This is a modern-English version of Experimental Researches in Electricity, Volume 1, originally written by Faraday, Michael. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

 

 


 

 

Experimental Researches In Electricity.

By Michael Faraday, D.C.L. F.R.S.

By Michael Faraday, D.C.L. F.R.S.

Fullerian Profesor Of Chemistry In The Royal Institution. Corresponding Member, Etc. Of The Royal And Imperial Academies Of Science Of Paris, Petersburgh, Florence, Copenhagen, Berlin, Gottingen, Modena, Stockholm, Palermo, Etc. Etc.

Fullerian Professor of Chemistry at the Royal Institution. Corresponding Member, etc., of the Royal and Imperial Academies of Science in Paris, Petersburg, Florence, Copenhagen, Berlin, Göttingen, Modena, Stockholm, Palermo, etc., etc.

In Two Volumes.

In Two Volumes.

Vol. I.

Vol. 1.

Second Edition.

Second Edition.

Reprinted from the Philosophical Transactions of 1831-1838.

Reprinted from the *Philosophical Transactions* of 1831-1838.

London: Richard And John Edward Taylor, printers And Publishers To The University Of London, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 1849.

London: Richard and John Edward Taylor, printers and publishers to the University of London, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. 1849.


Preface.

I have been induced by various circumstances to collect in One Volume the Fourteen Series of Experimental Researches in Electricity, which have appeared in the Philosophical Transactions during the last seven years: the chief reason has been the desire to supply at a moderate price the whole of these papers, with an Index, to those who may desire to have them.

I have been prompted by various reasons to gather all Fourteen Series of Experimental Researches in Electricity into One Volume, which have been published in the Philosophical Transactions over the past seven years. The main reason for this is to provide, at a reasonable price, the complete set of these papers along with an Index for anyone interested in obtaining them.

The readers of the volume will, I hope, do me the justice to remember that it was not written as a whole, but in parts; the earlier portions rarely having any known relation at the time to those which might follow. If I had rewritten the work, I perhaps might have considerably varied the form, but should not have altered much of the real matter: it would not, however, then have been considered a faithful reprint or statement of the course and results of the whole investigation, which only I desired to supply.

I hope the readers of this book will understand that it wasn’t written as a whole, but in sections; the earlier parts rarely had a known connection to those that followed. If I had rewritten it, I might have changed the structure quite a bit, but I wouldn’t have altered much of the actual content. However, it wouldn't then have been seen as an accurate reprint or summary of the entire investigation, which is what I really wanted to provide.

I may be allowed to express my great satisfaction at finding, that the different parts, written at intervals during seven years, harmonize so well as they do. There would have been nothing particular in this, if the parts had related only to matters well-ascertained before any of them were written:—but as each professes to contain something of original discovery, or of correction of received views, it does surprise even my partiality, that they should have the degree of consistency and apparent general accuracy which they seem to me to present.

I’m really pleased to see how well the different sections, written over seven years, come together. It wouldn't be unusual if these parts only covered topics that were already well-established when they were written. However, since each section claims to offer some original insights or corrections to accepted ideas, I’m honestly surprised—despite my bias—that they have such a strong level of consistency and seem to convey a general accuracy.

I have made some alterations in the text, but they have been altogether of a typographical or grammatical character; and even where greatest, have been intended to explain the sense, not to alter it. I have often added Notes at the bottom of the page, as to paragraphs 59, 360, 439, 521, 552, 555, 598, 657, 883, for the correction of errors, and also the purpose of illustration: but these are all distinguished from the Original Notes of the Researches by the date of Dec. 1838.

I’ve made some changes to the text, but they’ve mostly been typographical or grammatical. Even where the changes are significant, they were meant to clarify the meaning, not to change it. I often added Notes at the bottom of the page for sections 59, 360, 439, 521, 552, 555, 598, 657, and 883, to correct errors and also for illustration purposes. However, these are all marked as different from the Original Notes of the Researches by the date of Dec. 1838.

The date of a scientific paper containing any pretensions to discovery is frequently a matter of serious importance, and it is a great misfortune that there are many most valuable communications, essential to the history and progress of science, with respect to which this point cannot now be ascertained. This arises from the circumstance of the papers having no dates attached to them individually, and of the journals in which they appear having such as are inaccurate, i.e. dates of a period earlier than that of publication. I may refer to the note at the end of the First Series, as an illustration of the kind of confusion thus produced. These circumstances have induced me to affix a date at the top of every other page, and I have thought myself justified in using that placed by the Secretary of the Royal Society on each paper as it was received. An author has no right, perhaps, to claim an earlier one, unless it has received confirmation by some public act or officer.

The date of a scientific paper that claims a discovery is often very important, and it's unfortunate that there are many valuable papers essential to the history and progress of science where this information can’t be determined now. This issue arises because the papers don’t have individual dates attached to them, and the journals they appear in have inaccurate dates, often showing a time before their actual publication. I can refer to the note at the end of the First Series to illustrate the kind of confusion this causes. Because of these issues, I've decided to put a date at the top of every other page, and I believe I’m justified in using the date marked by the Secretary of the Royal Society on each paper when it was received. An author probably shouldn’t claim an earlier date unless it has been confirmed by some public act or official.

Before concluding these lines I would beg leave to make a reference or two; first, to my own Papers on Electro-magnetic Rotations in the Quarterly Journal of Science, 1822. xii. 74. 186. 283. 416, and also to my Letter on Magneto-electric Induction in the Annales de Chimie, li. p. 404. These might, as to the matter, very properly have appeared in this volume, but they would have interfered with it as a simple reprint of the "Experimental Researches" of the Philosophical Transactions.

Before wrapping up this discussion, I’d like to mention a couple of things: first, my own papers on electromagnetic rotations published in the Quarterly Journal of Science, 1822, xii. 74, 186, 283, 416, and also my letter on magneto-electric induction in the Annales de Chimie, li. p. 404. These could have easily been included in this volume, but they would have complicated it as a straightforward reprint of the "Experimental Researches" from the Philosophical Transactions.

Then I wish to refer, in relation to the Fourth Series on a new law of Electric Conduction, to Franklin's experiments on the non-conduction of ice, which have been very properly separated and set forth by Professor Bache (Journal of the Franklin Institute, 1836. xvii. 183.). These, which I did not at all remember as to the extent of the effect, though they in no way anticipate the expression of the law I state as to the general effect of liquefaction on electrolytes, still should never be forgotten when speaking of that law as applicable to the case of water.

Then I want to refer to the Fourth Series regarding a new law of Electric Conduction and mention Franklin's experiments on the non-conduction of ice, which have been clearly outlined by Professor Bache (Journal of the Franklin Institute, 1836. xvii. 183.). I didn't remember the extent of the effect at all, but while they don’t exactly predict the expression of the law I’m discussing about the general effect of liquefaction on electrolytes, they should never be overlooked when talking about that law in relation to water.

There are two papers which I am anxious to refer to, as corrections or criticisms of parts of the Experimental Researches. The first of these is one by Jacobi (Philosophical Magazine, 1838. xiii. 401.), relative to the possible production of a spark on completing the junction of the two metals of a single pair of plates (915.). It is an excellent paper, and though I have not repeated the experiments, the description of them convinces me that I must have been in error. The second is by that excellent philosopher, Marianini (Memoria della Societa Italiana di Modena, xxi. 205), and is a critical and experimental examination of Series viii, and of the question whether metallic contact is or is not productive of a part of the electricity of the voltaic pile. I see no reason as yet to alter the opinion I have given; but the paper is so very valuable, comes to the question so directly, and the point itself is of such great importance, that I intend at the first opportunity renewing the inquiry, and, if I can, rendering the proofs either on the one side or the other undeniable to all.

There are two papers that I’m eager to mention as they correct or critique parts of the Experimental Researches. The first is by Jacobi (Philosophical Magazine, 1838. xiii. 401.), concerning the potential production of a spark when two metals of a single pair of plates are joined (915.). It’s an excellent paper, and although I haven’t repeated the experiments, the way they’re described makes me think I must have been mistaken. The second is by the distinguished philosopher Marianini (Memoria della Societa Italiana di Modena, xxi. 205), who conducted a critical and experimental review of Series viii, examining whether metallic contact contributes to the electricity of the voltaic pile. I don’t see any reason to change my opinion yet, but the paper is extremely valuable, addresses the question head-on, and the issue itself is of such significance that I plan to revisit the inquiry at the first opportunity and, if I can, make the evidence on either side irrefutable for everyone.

Other parts of these researches have received the honour of critical attention from various philosophers, to all of whom I am obliged, and some of whose corrections I have acknowledged in the foot notes. There are, no doubt, occasions on which I have not felt the force of the remarks, but time and the progress of science will best settle such cases; and, although I cannot honestly say that I wish to be found in error, yet I do fervently hope that the progress of science in the hands of its many zealous present cultivators will be such, as by giving us new and other developments, and laws more and more general in their applications, will even make me think that what is written and illustrated in these experimental researches, belongs to the by-gone parts of science.

Other parts of this research have received praise and critical attention from various philosophers, to whom I am grateful, and some of whose corrections I've noted in the footnotes. There are definitely times when I haven't agreed with their comments, but time and the advancement of science will ultimately clarify these matters; and while I can't honestly say that I wish to be found in error, I genuinely hope that the progress of science, driven by its many dedicated current practitioners, will lead to new developments and laws that are increasingly applicable, to the point where I might consider what is documented and illustrated in these experimental studies to be part of the past in the field of science.

MICHAEL FARADAY.

Michael Faraday.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

March, 1839.

March 1839.


Contents


Experimental Researches In Electricity.


First Series.

§ 1. On the Induction of Electric Currents. § 2. On the Evolution of Electricity from Magnetism. § 3. On a new Electrical Condition of Matter. § 4. On Arago's Magnetic Phenomena.

§ 1. On the Induction of Electric Currents. § 2. On the Evolution of Electricity from Magnetism. § 3. On a New Electrical Condition of Matter. § 4. On Arago's Magnetic Phenomena.

[Read November 24, 1831.]

[Read Nov 24, 1831.]

1. The power which electricity of tension possesses of causing an opposite electrical state in its vicinity has been expressed by the general term Induction; which, as it has been received into scientific language, may also, with propriety, be used in the same general sense to express the power which electrical currents may possess of inducing any particular state upon matter in their immediate neighbourhood, otherwise indifferent. It is with this meaning that I purpose using it in the present paper.

1. The ability of high-tension electricity to create an opposite electrical state in its surroundings is known as Induction. This term has become common in scientific discussions and can also refer to the ability of electrical currents to induce a specific state in nearby matter that would otherwise remain unaffected. I intend to use this meaning in the current paper.

2. Certain effects of the induction of electrical currents have already been recognised and described: as those of magnetization; Ampère's experiments of bringing a copper disc near to a flat spiral; his repetition with electro-magnets of Arago's extraordinary experiments, and perhaps a few others. Still it appeared unlikely that these could be all the effects which induction by currents could produce; especially as, upon dispensing with iron, almost the whole of them disappear, whilst yet an infinity of bodies, exhibiting definite phenomena of induction with electricity of tension, still remain to be acted upon by the induction of electricity in motion.

2. Some effects of inducing electrical currents have already been recognized and described, like those of magnetization; Ampère's experiments with bringing a copper disc close to a flat spiral; his repetition of Arago's amazing experiments using electro-magnets, and maybe a few others. However, it seemed unlikely that these were all the effects that current induction could produce, especially since, without iron, almost all of them vanish, while there are still countless materials that show distinct induction phenomena with high-tension electricity that have yet to be influenced by moving electricity.

3. Further: Whether Ampère's beautiful theory were adopted, or any other, or whatever reservation were mentally made, still it appeared very extraordinary, that as every electric current was accompanied by a corresponding intensity of magnetic action at right angles to the current, good conductors of electricity, when placed within the sphere of this action, should not have any current induced through them, or some sensible effect produced equivalent in force to such a current.

3. Further: Whether we accept Ampère's impressive theory or any other, or whatever reservations we might keep in mind, it still seemed quite extraordinary that since every electric current is accompanied by a corresponding magnetic effect at right angles to the current, good conductors of electricity placed within this magnetic field should not have any current induced through them or produce some noticeable effect that is equal in strength to such a current.

4. These considerations, with their consequence, the hope of obtaining electricity from ordinary magnetism, have stimulated me at various times to investigate experimentally the inductive effect of electric currents. I lately arrived at positive results; and not only had my hopes fulfilled, but obtained a key which appeared to me to open out a full explanation of Arago's magnetic phenomena, and also to discover a new state, which may probably have great influence in some of the most important effects of electric currents.

4. These thoughts, along with the hope of generating electricity from regular magnetism, have motivated me at different times to experimentally explore the inductive effect of electric currents. Recently, I achieved positive results; not only were my hopes realized, but I also found a key that seemed to unlock a complete explanation of Arago's magnetic phenomena, and I discovered a new state that could potentially have a significant impact on some of the most important effects of electric currents.

5. These results I purpose describing, not as they were obtained, but in such a manner as to give the most concise view of the whole.

5. I intend to describe these results, not based on how they were obtained, but in a way that provides the clearest overview of everything.

§ 1. Induction of Electric Currents.

6. About twenty-six feet of copper wire one twentieth of an inch in diameter were wound round a cylinder of wood as a helix, the different spires of which were prevented from touching by a thin interposed twine. This helix was covered with calico, and then a second wire applied in the same manner. In this way twelve helices were superposed, each containing an average length of wire of twenty-seven feet, and all in the same direction. The first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh of these helices were connected at their extremities end to end, so as to form one helix; the others were connected in a similar manner; and thus two principal helices were produced, closely interposed, having the same direction, not touching anywhere, and each containing one hundred and fifty-five feet in length of wire.

6. About twenty-six feet of copper wire, one twentieth of an inch in diameter, was wound around a wooden cylinder in a helix, with thin twine preventing the different coils from touching each other. This helix was covered with calico, and then a second wire was applied in the same way. In this manner, twelve helices were stacked on top of each other, each with an average wire length of twenty-seven feet, all oriented in the same direction. The first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh helices were connected end to end to form one continuous helix; the others were also connected in the same way. As a result, two main helices were created, closely aligned, not touching anywhere, each containing one hundred and fifty-five feet of wire.

7. One of these helices was connected with a galvanometer, the other with a voltaic battery of ten pairs of plates four inches square, with double coppers and well charged; yet not the slightest sensible reflection of the galvanometer-needle could be observed.

7. One of these coils was connected to a galvanometer, and the other was linked to a voltaic battery with ten pairs of plates that were four inches square, featuring double copper plates and fully charged; however, there wasn't the slightest noticeable movement of the galvanometer needle.

8. A similar compound helix, consisting of six lengths of copper and six of soft iron wire, was constructed. The resulting iron helix contained two hundred and fourteen feet of wire, the resulting copper helix two hundred and eight feet; but whether the current from the trough was passed through the copper or the iron helix, no effect upon the other could be perceived at the galvanometer.

8. A similar compound helix, made up of six lengths of copper wire and six lengths of soft iron wire, was built. The resulting iron helix had two hundred fourteen feet of wire, while the copper helix had two hundred eight feet; however, it was impossible to detect any effect on one from the current running through the other at the galvanometer.

9. In these and many similar experiments no difference in action of any kind appeared between iron and other metals.

9. In these and many similar experiments, there was no difference in action of any kind between iron and other metals.

10. Two hundred and three feet of copper wire in one length were coiled round a large block of wood; other two hundred and three feet of similar wire were interposed as a spiral between the turns of the first coil, and metallic contact everywhere prevented by twine. One of these helices was connected with a galvanometer, and the other with a battery of one hundred pairs of plates four inches square, with double coppers, and well charged. When the contact was made, there was a sudden and very slight effect at the galvanometer, and there was also a similar slight effect when the contact with the battery was broken. But whilst the voltaic current was continuing to pass through the one helix, no galvanometrical appearances nor any effect like induction upon the other helix could be perceived, although the active power of the battery was proved to be great, by its heating the whole of its own helix, and by the brilliancy of the discharge when made through charcoal.

10. Two hundred and three feet of copper wire were coiled around a large block of wood; another two hundred and three feet of similar wire were spiraled between the turns of the first coil, with twine preventing any metallic contact. One of these coils was connected to a galvanometer, while the other was connected to a battery made up of one hundred pairs of four-inch square plates with double copper, well charged. When the contact was made, there was a brief and very slight effect on the galvanometer, and a similar slight effect occurred when the contact with the battery was broken. However, while the voltaic current was flowing through one coil, no galvanometric activity or inductive effect could be observed on the other coil, even though the battery showed it had significant power by heating its own coil and producing a brilliant discharge when passed through charcoal.

11. Repetition of the experiments with a battery of one hundred and twenty pairs of plates produced no other effects; but it was ascertained, both at this and the former time, that the slight deflection of the needle occurring at the moment of completing the connexion, was always in one direction, and that the equally slight deflection produced when the contact was broken, was in the other direction; and also, that these effects occurred when the first helices were used (6. 8.).

11. Repeating the experiments with a setup of one hundred and twenty pairs of plates showed no different results; however, it was confirmed, both at this time and earlier, that the small deflection of the needle that happened when the connection was made was always in one direction, while the similarly small deflection produced when the connection was broken was in the opposite direction. It was also noted that these effects occurred when the initial helices were used (6. 8.).

12. The results which I had by this time obtained with magnets led me to believe that the battery current through one wire, did, in reality, induce a similar current through the other wire, but that it continued for an instant only, and partook more of the nature of the electrical wave passed through from the shock of a common Leyden jar than of the current from a voltaic battery, and therefore might magnetise a steel needle, although it scarcely affected the galvanometer.

12. By this point, the results I had achieved with magnets made me think that the battery current running through one wire actually created a similar current in the other wire, but it lasted only for a brief moment and resembled more of an electrical wave caused by the shock from a typical Leyden jar rather than a steady current from a voltaic battery. As a result, it could magnetize a steel needle, even though it hardly influenced the galvanometer.

13. This expectation was confirmed; for on substituting a small hollow helix, formed round a glass tube, for the galvanometer, introducing a steel needle, making contact as before between the battery and the inducing wire (7. 10.), and then removing the needle before the battery contact was broken, it was found magnetised.

13. This expectation was confirmed; when we replaced the galvanometer with a small hollow helix around a glass tube and introduced a steel needle, making contact as before between the battery and the inducing wire (7. 10.), and then removed the needle before breaking the battery contact, it was found to be magnetized.

14. When the battery contact was first made, then an unmagnetised needle introduced into the small indicating helix (13.), and lastly the battery contact broken, the needle was found magnetised to an equal degree apparently as before; but the poles were of the contrary kind.

14. When the battery was first connected, an unmagnetized needle was placed into the small indicating helix (13.), and then the battery connection was broken. The needle was found to be magnetized to the same degree as before; however, the poles were of the opposite kind.

15. The same effects took place on using the large compound helices first described (6. 8.).

15. The same effects happened when using the large compound helices mentioned earlier (6. 8.).

16. When the unmagnetised needle was put into the indicating helix, before contact of the inducing wire with the battery, and remained there until the contact was broken, it exhibited little or no magnetism; the first effect having been nearly neutralised by the second (13. 14.). The force of the induced current upon making contact was found always to exceed that of the induced current at breaking of contact; and if therefore the contact was made and broken many times in succession, whilst the needle remained in the indicating helix, it at last came out not unmagnetised, but a needle magnetised as if the induced current upon making contact had acted alone on it. This effect may be due to the accumulation (as it is called) at the poles of the unconnected pile, rendering the current upon first making contact more powerful than what it is afterwards, at the moment of breaking contact.

16. When the unmagnetized needle was placed in the indicating helix, before the inducing wire was connected to the battery, and stayed there until the connection was interrupted, it showed little to no magnetism; the initial effect was almost canceled out by the second one (13. 14.). The strength of the induced current when the connection was made was always found to be greater than that of the induced current when the connection was broken; therefore, if the connection was made and broken several times in succession while the needle remained in the indicating helix, it eventually emerged not unmagnetized, but as if the induced current upon making contact had acted alone on it. This effect may be due to the accumulation (as it is called) at the poles of the unconnected pile, making the current stronger when the connection is first made than it is later, at the moment the connection is broken.

17. If the circuit between the helix or wire under induction and the galvanometer or indicating spiral was not rendered complete before the connexion between the battery and the inducing wire was completed or broken, then no effects were perceived at the galvanometer. Thus, if the battery communications were first made, and then the wire under induction connected with the indicating helix, no magnetising power was there exhibited. But still retaining the latter communications, when those with the battery were broken, a magnet was formed in the helix, but of the second kind (14.), i.e. with poles indicating a current in the same direction to that belonging to the battery current, or to that always induced by that current at its cessation.

17. If the connection between the helix or wire being induced and the galvanometer or indicating spiral was not complete before the connection between the battery and the inducing wire was made or interrupted, then no effects were seen on the galvanometer. So, if the battery connections were established first, and then the wire being induced was connected to the indicating helix, there was no magnetizing effect. However, if those connections were kept and the battery connections were broken, a magnet was created in the helix, but of the second kind (14.), meaning the poles showed a current in the same direction as that of the battery current, or in the direction that is always induced by that current when it stops.

18. In the preceding experiments the wires were placed near to each other, and the contact of the inducing one with the buttery made when the inductive effect was required; but as the particular action might be supposed to be exerted only at the moments of making and breaking contact, the induction was produced in another way. Several feet of copper wire were stretched in wide zigzag forms, representing the letter W, on one surface of a broad board; a second wire was stretched in precisely similar forms on a second board, so that when brought near the first, the wires should everywhere touch, except that a sheet of thick paper was interposed. One of these wires was connected with the galvanometer, and the other with a voltaic battery. The first wire was then moved towards the second, and as it approached, the needle was deflected. Being then removed, the needle was deflected in the opposite direction. By first making the wires approach and then recede, simultaneously with the vibrations of the needle, the latter soon became very extensive; but when the wires ceased to move from or towards each other, the galvanometer-needle soon came to its usual position.

18. In the previous experiments, the wires were placed close to each other, and contact was made with the battery when the inducing effect was needed. However, since the specific action might only occur when making and breaking contact, induction was produced in a different way. Several feet of copper wire were arranged in wide zigzag shapes, forming the letter W, on one side of a large board; a second wire was arranged in the same zigzag pattern on a second board, so that when brought close to the first, the wires would touch everywhere except where a thick sheet of paper was placed in between. One of these wires was connected to the galvanometer, and the other to a voltaic battery. The first wire was then moved closer to the second, and as it approached, the needle deflected. When it was then pulled away, the needle deflected in the opposite direction. By moving the wires closer and then further away, alongside the vibrations of the needle, the deflections became very pronounced; but when the wires stopped moving towards or away from each other, the galvanometer needle soon returned to its usual position.

19. As the wires approximated, the induced current was in the contrary direction to the inducing current. As the wires receded, the induced current was in the same direction as the inducing current. When the wires remained stationary, there was no induced current (54.).

19. As the wires got closer together, the induced current flowed in the opposite direction to the inducing current. As the wires moved apart, the induced current flowed in the same direction as the inducing current. When the wires stayed still, there was no induced current (54.).

20. When a small voltaic arrangement was introduced into the circuit between the galvanometer (10.) and its helix or wire, so as to cause a permanent deflection of 30° or 40°, and then the battery of one hundred pairs of plates connected with the inducing wire, there was an instantaneous action as before (11.); but the galvanometer-needle immediately resumed and retained its place unaltered, notwithstanding the continued contact of the inducing wire with the trough: such was the case in whichever way the contacts were made (33.).

20. When a small battery setup was added to the circuit between the galvanometer (10.) and its coil or wire, creating a steady deflection of 30° or 40°, and then the battery with one hundred pairs of plates was connected to the inducing wire, there was an immediate response like before (11.); however, the galvanometer needle quickly returned to and stayed in its original position, despite the ongoing connection of the inducing wire with the trough: this was true no matter how the connections were made (33.).

21. Hence it would appear that collateral currents, either in the same or in opposite directions, exert no permanent inducing power on each other, affecting their quantity or tension.

21. So it seems that collateral currents, whether they flow in the same direction or in opposite directions, do not have any lasting influence on each other, affecting their amount or pressure.

22. I could obtain no evidence by the tongue, by spark, or by heating fine wire or charcoal, of the electricity passing through the wire under induction; neither could I obtain any chemical effects, though the contacts with metallic and other solutions were made and broken alternately with those of the battery, so that the second effect of induction should not oppose or neutralise the first (13. 16.).

22. I couldn't find any evidence through sound, sparks, or by heating fine wire or charcoal that electricity was flowing through the wire under induction; I also couldn't get any chemical reactions, even though I alternated making and breaking contacts with metallic and other solutions along with the battery, so that the second effect of induction wouldn't counteract or cancel out the first (13. 16.).

23. This deficiency of effect is not because the induced current of electricity cannot pass fluids, but probably because of its brief duration and feeble intensity; for on introducing two large copper plates into the circuit on the induced side (20.), the plates being immersed in brine, but prevented from touching each other by an interposed cloth, the effect at the indicating galvanometer, or helix, occurred as before. The induced electricity could also pass through a voltaic trough (20.). When, however, the quantity of interposed fluid was reduced to a drop, the galvanometer gave no indication.

23. This lack of effect isn’t because the induced electric current can’t travel through liquids, but likely due to its short duration and weak intensity. When we placed two large copper plates into the circuit on the induced side (20.), with the plates soaked in brine and kept apart by a cloth, the effect on the indicating galvanometer, or helix, was the same as before. The induced electricity could also flow through a voltaic trough (20.). However, when the amount of fluid in between was reduced to a single drop, the galvanometer showed no sign of activity.

24. Attempts to obtain similar effects by the use of wires conveying ordinary electricity were doubtful in the results. A compound helix similar to that already described, containing eight elementary helices (6.), was used. Four of the helices had their similar ends bound together by wire, and the two general terminations thus produced connected with the small magnetising helix containing an unmagnetised needle (13.). The other four helices were similarly arranged, but their ends connected with a Leyden jar. On passing the discharge, the needle was found to be a magnet; but it appeared probable that a part of the electricity of the jar had passed off to the small helix, and so magnetised the needle. There was indeed no reason to expect that the electricity of a jar possessing as it does great tension, would not diffuse itself through all the metallic matter interposed between the coatings.

24. Efforts to achieve similar effects using wires carrying regular electricity yielded uncertain results. A compound helix, like the one previously described, was used, which consisted of eight basic helices (6.). Four of the helices had their like ends connected together by wire, and the two overall terminations created were linked to the small magnetizing helix that contained an unmagnetized needle (13.). The other four helices were arranged similarly, but their ends were connected to a Leyden jar. When the discharge was passed through, the needle became a magnet; however, it seemed likely that some of the electricity from the jar had transferred to the small helix, magnetizing the needle. There was really no reason to think that the electricity from a jar, which has high tension, wouldn't spread through all the metal between the coatings.

25. Still it does not follow that the discharge of ordinary electricity through a wire does not produce analogous phenomena to those arising from voltaic electricity; but as it appears impossible to separate the effects produced at the moment when the discharge begins to pass, from the equal and contrary effects produced when it ceases to pass (16.), inasmuch as with ordinary electricity these periods are simultaneous, so there can be scarcely any hope that in this form of the experiment they can be perceived.

25. However, it doesn't mean that the flow of regular electricity through a wire doesn't create similar effects to those caused by voltaic electricity; but since it's seemingly impossible to distinguish the effects occurring when the discharge starts from the equal and opposite effects when it stops (16.), and since with regular electricity these moments happen at the same time, there’s hardly any chance that in this type of experiment they can be noticed.

26. Hence it is evident that currents of voltaic electricity present phenomena of induction somewhat analogous to those produced by electricity of tension, although, as will be seen hereafter, many differences exist between them. The result is the production of other currents, (but which are only momentary,) parallel, or tending to parallelism, with the inducing current. By reference to the poles of the needle formed in the indicating helix (13. 14.) and to the deflections of the galvanometer-needle (11.), it was found in all cases that the induced current, produced by the first action of the inducing current, was in the contrary direction to the latter, but that the current produced by the cessation of the inducing current was in the same direction (19.). For the purpose of avoiding periphrasis, I propose to call this action of the current from the voltaic battery, volta-electric induction. The properties of the second wire, after induction has developed the first current, and whilst the electricity from the battery continues to flow through its inducing neighbour (10. 18.), constitute a peculiar electric condition, the consideration of which will be resumed hereafter (60.). All these results have been obtained with a voltaic apparatus consisting of a single pair of plates.

26. Therefore, it's clear that currents of voltaic electricity show induction phenomena similar to those created by tension electricity, although, as will be discussed later, there are many differences between them. This leads to the generation of other currents, which are only temporary and either parallel to or tending to be parallel with the inducing current. By looking at the poles of the needle formed in the indicating helix (13. 14.) and the deflections of the galvanometer needle (11.), it was found that in all cases the induced current, created by the initial action of the inducing current, flowed in the opposite direction to the latter. However, the current generated by the stopping of the inducing current flowed in the same direction (19.). To avoid lengthy descriptions, I will refer to this action of the current from the voltaic battery as volta-electric induction. The properties of the second wire, after the first current has been induced and while the electricity from the battery continues to flow through its inducing neighbor (10. 18.), create a unique electric condition, which will be discussed again later (60.). All these findings were achieved with a voltaic setup consisting of a single pair of plates.

§ 2. Evolution of Electricity from Magnetism.

27. A welded ring was made of soft round bar-iron, the metal being seven-eighths of an inch in thickness, and the ring six inches in external diameter. Three helices were put round one part of this ring, each containing about twenty-four feet of copper wire one twentieth of an inch thick; they were insulated from the iron and each other, and superposed in the manner before described (6.), occupying about nine inches in length upon the ring. They could be used separately or conjointly; the group may be distinguished by the letter A (Pl. I. fig. 1.). On the other part of the ring about sixty feet of similar copper wire in two pieces were applied in the same manner, forming a helix B, which had the same common direction with the helices of A, but being separated from it at each extremity by about half an inch of the uncovered iron.

27. A welded ring was made from soft round iron, with the metal measuring seven-eighths of an inch thick and the ring having an external diameter of six inches. Three coils were wrapped around one part of this ring, each containing about twenty-four feet of copper wire that was one-twentieth of an inch thick; they were insulated from the iron and from each other and stacked as previously described (6.), occupying about nine inches along the ring. They could be used separately or together; this group is labeled A (Pl. I. fig. 1.). On the other part of the ring, about sixty feet of similar copper wire was applied in two pieces in the same way, forming helix B, which had the same overall direction as the coils of A but was separated by about half an inch of uncovered iron at each end.

28. The helix B was connected by copper wires with a galvanometer three feet from the ring. The helices of A were connected end to end so as to form one common helix, the extremities of which were connected with a battery of ten pairs of plates four inches square. The galvanometer was immediately affected, and to a degree far beyond what has been described when with a battery of tenfold power helices without iron were used (10.); but though the contact was continued, the effect was not permanent, for the needle soon came to rest in its natural position, as if quite indifferent to the attached electro-magnetic arrangement. Upon breaking the contact with the batterry, the needle was again powerfully deflected, but in the contrary direction to that induced in the first instance.

28. The helix B was connected with copper wires to a galvanometer three feet from the ring. The helices of A were connected end to end to create one common helix, with the ends connected to a battery made up of ten pairs of four-inch square plates. The galvanometer reacted immediately, and to a degree much greater than when helices without iron were used with a battery ten times more powerful (10.); however, even though the contact was kept, the effect wasn’t permanent, as the needle soon settled back to its original position, as if it were indifferent to the connected electromagnetic setup. When the connection to the battery was broken, the needle was deflected again, but in the opposite direction compared to the initial reaction.

29. Upon arranging the apparatus so that B should be out of use, the galvanometer be connected with one of the three wires of A (27.), and the other two made into a helix through which the current from the trough (28.) was passed, similar but rather more powerful effects were produced.

29. After setting up the equipment so that B was not in use, the galvanometer was connected to one of the three wires of A (27.), and the other two were formed into a helix through which the current from the trough (28.) flowed, resulting in effects that were similar but somewhat more powerful.

30. When the battery contact was made in one direction, the galvanometer-needle was deflected on the one side; if made in the other direction, the deflection was on the other side. The deflection on breaking the battery contact was always the reverse of that produced by completing it. The deflection on making a battery contact always indicated an induced current in the opposite direction to that from the battery; but on breaking the contact the deflection indicated an induced current in the same direction as that of the battery. No making or breaking of the contact at B side, or in any part of the galvanometer circuit, produced any effect at the galvanometer. No continuance of the battery current caused any deflection of the galvanometer-needle. As the above results are common to all these experiments, and to similar ones with ordinary magnets to be hereafter detailed, they need not be again particularly described.

30. When the battery connection was made in one direction, the galvanometer needle moved to one side; when it was made in the other direction, the needle moved to the other side. The deflection when breaking the battery connection was always the opposite of what happened when completing it. The deflection when connecting the battery indicated an induced current flowing in the opposite direction to that from the battery, but when breaking the connection, the deflection indicated an induced current flowing in the same direction as the battery. Making or breaking the connection at point B, or anywhere in the galvanometer circuit, produced no effect on the galvanometer. A steady battery current did not cause any deflection of the galvanometer needle. Since these results are consistent across all these experiments, as well as with similar ones involving regular magnets that will be described later, they don't need to be repeated in detail.

31. Upon using the power of one hundred pairs of plates (10.) with this ring, the impulse at the galvanometer, when contact was completed or broken, was so great as to make the needle spin round rapidly four or five times, before the air and terrestrial magnetism could reduce its motion to mere oscillation.

31. When using the power of a hundred pairs of plates (10.) with this ring, the impulse at the galvanometer, when the contact was made or broken, was so strong that the needle would spin around quickly four or five times before the air and Earth's magnetic field could slow it down to just oscillation.

32. By using charcoal at the ends of the B helix, a minute spark could be perceived when the contact of the battery with A was completed. This spark could not be due to any diversion of a part of the current of the battery through the iron to the helix B; for when the battery contact was continued, the galvanometer still resumed its perfectly indifferent state (28.). The spark was rarely seen on breaking contact. A small platina wire could not be ignited by this induced current; but there seems every reason to believe that the effect would be obtained by using a stronger original current or a more powerful arrangement of helices.

32. When charcoal was used at the ends of the B helix, a tiny spark could be seen when the battery connected with A. This spark couldn't have been caused by some of the battery's current moving through the iron to helix B, because when the battery was still connected, the galvanometer returned to a completely neutral state (28.). The spark was rarely seen when breaking the connection. A small platinum wire couldn't be ignited by this induced current; however, there’s every reason to believe that a stronger initial current or a more powerful setup of helices would achieve the effect.

33. A feeble voltaic current was sent through the helix B and the galvanometer, so as to deflect the needle of the latter 30° or 40°, and then the battery of one hundred pairs of plates connected with A; but after the first effect was over, the galvanometer-needle resumed exactly the position due to the feeble current transmitted by its own wire. This took place in whichever way the battery contacts were made, and shows that here again (20.) no permanent influence of the currents upon each other, as to their quantity and tension, exists.

33. A weak electric current was passed through the coil B and the galvanometer, causing the needle to move 30° or 40°. Then, the battery with one hundred pairs of plates connected to A was activated; however, after the initial effect faded, the galvanometer needle returned exactly to the position created by the weak current flowing through its own wire. This happened regardless of how the battery connections were made, demonstrating once again (20.) that there is no lasting impact of the currents on one another in terms of their quantity and voltage.

34. Another arrangement was then employed connecting the former experiments on volta-electric induction (6-26.) with the present. A combination of helices like that already described (6.) was constructed upon a hollow cylinder of pasteboard: there were eight lengths of copper wire, containing altogether 220 feet; four of these helices were connected end to end, and then with the galvanometer (7.); the other intervening four were also connected end to end, and the battery of one hundred pairs discharged through them. In this form the effect on the galvanometer was hardly sensible (11.), though magnets could be made by the induced current (13.). But when a soft iron cylinder seven eighths of an inch thick, and twelve inches long, was introduced into the pasteboard tube, surrounded by the helices, then the induced current affected the galvanometer powerfully and with all the phenomena just described (30.). It possessed also the power of making magnets with more energy, apparently, than when no iron cylinder was present.

34. Another setup was then used to connect the earlier experiments on voltaic induction (6-26.) with the current ones. A combination of coils, like the one already described (6.), was made on a hollow cardboard cylinder: there were eight lengths of copper wire, totaling 220 feet; four of these coils were connected end to end, and then to the galvanometer (7.); the other four were also connected end to end, and the battery of one hundred pairs discharged through them. In this setup, the effect on the galvanometer was barely noticeable (11.), although magnets could be created by the induced current (13.). However, when a soft iron cylinder, seven-eighths of an inch thick and twelve inches long, was placed inside the cardboard tube surrounded by the coils, the induced current had a strong effect on the galvanometer, exhibiting all the phenomena described earlier (30.). It also seemed to have the ability to create magnets more effectively than when no iron cylinder was included.

35. When the iron cylinder was replaced by an equal cylinder of copper, no effect beyond that of the helices alone was produced. The iron cylinder arrangement was not so powerful as the ring arrangement already described (27.).

35. When the iron cylinder was replaced with a similar cylinder made of copper, there was no effect other than that of the helices alone. The iron cylinder setup wasn't as powerful as the ring setup already described (27.).

36. Similar effects were then produced by ordinary magnets: thus the hollow helix just described (34.) had all its elementary helices connected with the galvanometer by two copper wires, each five feet in length; the soft iron cylinder was introduced into its axis; a couple of bar magnets, each twenty-four inches long, were arranged with their opposite poles at one end in contact, so as to resemble a horse-shoe magnet, and then contact made between the other poles and the ends of the iron cylinder, so as to convert it for the time into a magnet (fig. 2.): by breaking the magnetic contacts, or reversing them, the magnetism of the iron cylinder could be destroyed or reversed at pleasure.

36. Similar effects were then created by ordinary magnets: the hollow helix described earlier (34.) had all its individual helices connected to the galvanometer with two copper wires, each five feet long; a soft iron cylinder was placed inside its center; a pair of bar magnets, each twenty-four inches long, were set up with their opposite poles touching at one end, resembling a horseshoe magnet, and then the other poles were connected to the ends of the iron cylinder to temporarily turn it into a magnet (fig. 2.). By breaking or reversing the magnetic connections, the magnetism of the iron cylinder could be easily turned off or reversed.

37. Upon making magnetic contact, the needle was deflected; continuing the contact, the needle became indifferent, and resumed its first position; on breaking the contact, it was again deflected, but in the opposite direction to the first effect, and then it again became indifferent. When the magnetic contacts were reversed the deflections were reversed.

37. When the magnetic connection was made, the needle moved; as the connection stayed, the needle returned to its original position; when the connection was broken, it moved again, but in the opposite direction of the first movement, and then it returned to being neutral. When the magnetic connections were switched, the movements were also reversed.

38. When the magnetic contact was made, the deflection was such as to indicate an induced current of electricity in the opposite direction to that fitted to form a magnet, having the same polarity as that really produced by contact with the bar magnets. Thus when the marked and unmarked poles were placed as in fig. 3, the current in the helix was in the direction represented, P being supposed to be the end of the wire going to the positive pole of the battery, or that end towards which the zinc plates face, and N the negative wire. Such a current would have converted the cylinder into a magnet of the opposite kind to that formed by contact with the poles A and B; and such a current moves in the opposite direction to the currents which in M. Ampère's beautiful theory are considered as constituting a magnet in the position figured1.

38. When the magnetic contact was made, the deflection indicated an induced current of electricity flowing in the opposite direction to that used to create a magnet, having the same polarity as what was actually produced by contact with the bar magnets. So when the marked and unmarked poles were positioned as shown in fig. 3, the current in the helix flowed in the direction indicated, with P being the end of the wire leading to the positive pole of the battery (the end facing the zinc plates), and N being the negative wire. This current would have turned the cylinder into a magnet of the opposite type compared to what was formed by contact with the poles A and B; and this current moves in the opposite direction to the currents that M. Ampère's elegant theory considers as creating a magnet in the position illustrated1.

39. But as it might be supposed that in all the preceding experiments of this section, it was by some peculiar effect taking place during the formation of the magnet, and not by its mere virtual approximation, that the momentary induced current was excited, the following experiment was made. All the similar ends of the compound hollow helix (34.) were bound together by copper wire, forming two general terminations, and these were connected with the galvanometer. The soft iron cylinder (34.) was removed, and a cylindrical magnet, three quarters of an inch in diameter and eight inches and a half in length, used instead. One end of this magnet was introduced into the axis of the helix (fig. 4.), and then, the galvanometer-needle being stationary, the magnet was suddenly thrust in; immediately the needle was deflected in the same direction as if the magnet had been formed by either of the two preceding processes (34. 36.). Being left in, the needle resumed its first position, and then the magnet being withdrawn the needle was deflected in the opposite direction. These effects were not great; but by introducing and withdrawing the magnet, so that the impulse each time should be added to those previously communicated to the needle, the latter could be made to vibrate through an arc of 180° or more.

39. However, it might be assumed that in all the previous experiments in this section, the momentary induced current was triggered not just by the magnet’s mere proximity, but by some specific effect happening during the magnet's formation. To test this, the following experiment was conducted. The similar ends of the compound hollow helix (34.) were connected together using copper wire, creating two main terminals, which were linked to the galvanometer. The soft iron cylinder (34.) was taken out and replaced with a cylindrical magnet that was three-quarters of an inch in diameter and eight and a half inches long. One end of this magnet was inserted into the center of the helix (fig. 4.), and while the galvanometer needle stayed still, the magnet was suddenly pushed in; immediately, the needle deflected in the same direction as if the magnet had been created by either of the two previous methods (34. 36.). When the magnet was left in place, the needle returned to its original position, and then when the magnet was pulled out, the needle deflected in the opposite direction. While these effects weren't large, by repeatedly inserting and removing the magnet, so that each impulse added to those already given to the needle, the needle could be made to swing through an arc of 180° or more.

40. In this experiment the magnet must not be passed entirely through the helix, for then a second action occurs. When the magnet is introduced, the needle at the galvanometer is deflected in a certain direction; but being in, whether it be pushed quite through or withdrawn, the needle is deflected in a direction the reverse of that previously produced. When the magnet is passed in and through at one continuous motion, the needle moves one way, is then suddenly stopped, and finally moves the other way.

40. In this experiment, the magnet shouldn't be pushed all the way through the helix because that causes a different effect. When the magnet is brought in, the needle on the galvanometer moves in one direction; but if it gets fully pushed through or taken out, the needle moves in the opposite direction than before. When the magnet is moved in and through in one continuous motion, the needle goes one way, suddenly stops, and then moves the other way.

41. If such a hollow helix as that described (34.) be laid east and west (or in any other constant position), and a magnet be retained east and west, its marked pole always being one way; then whichever end of the helix the magnet goes in at, and consequently whichever pole of the magnet enters first, still the needle is deflected the same way: on the other hand, whichever direction is followed in withdrawing the magnet, the deflection is constant, but contrary to that due to its entrance.

41. If a hollow helix like the one described (34.) is positioned east and west (or in any other fixed position), and a magnet is held east and west with its marked pole always facing in one direction, then no matter which end of the helix the magnet enters, and which pole of the magnet goes in first, the needle will still deflect the same way. Conversely, regardless of the direction taken when pulling the magnet out, the deflection remains consistent but is opposite to what occurred when the magnet was inserted.

42. These effects are simple consequences of the law hereafter to be described (114).

42. These effects are straightforward results of the law that will be described later (114).

43. When the eight elementary helices were made one long helix, the effect was not so great as in the arrangement described. When only one of the eight helices was used, the effect was also much diminished. All care was taken to guard against tiny direct action of the inducing magnet upon the galvanometer, and it was found that by moving the magnet in the same direction, and to the same degree on the outside of the helix, no effect on the needle was produced.

43. When the eight basic helices were combined into one long helix, the effect wasn't as strong as in the arrangement described. Using just one of the eight helices also significantly reduced the effect. Every precaution was taken to prevent any small direct influence of the inducing magnet on the galvanometer, and it was discovered that moving the magnet in the same direction and to the same extent outside the helix had no impact on the needle.

44. The Royal Society are in possession of a large compound magnet formerly belonging to Dr. Gowin Knight, which, by permission of the President and Council, I was allowed to use in the prosecution of these experiments: it is at present in the charge of Mr. Christie, at his house at Woolwich, where, by Mr. Christie's kindness, I was at liberty to work; and I have to acknowledge my obligations to him for his assistance in all the experiments and observations made with it. This magnet is composed of about 450 bar magnets, each fifteen inches long, one inch wide, and half an inch thick, arranged in a box so as to present at one of its extremities two external poles (fig. 5.). These poles projected horizontally six inches from the box, were each twelve inches high and three inches wide. They were nine inches apart; and when a soft iron cylinder, three quarters of an inch in diameter and twelve inches long, was put across from one to the other, it required a force of nearly one hundred pounds to break the contact. The pole to the left in the figure is the marked pole2.

44. The Royal Society has a large compound magnet that used to belong to Dr. Gowin Knight, which I was allowed to use for these experiments with the permission of the President and Council. It’s currently with Mr. Christie at his home in Woolwich, where he kindly let me work. I want to express my gratitude to him for all his help with the experiments and observations conducted with it. This magnet consists of about 450 bar magnets, each fifteen inches long, one inch wide, and half an inch thick, arranged in a box to create two external poles at one end (fig. 5.). These poles extended six inches horizontally from the box, each being twelve inches high and three inches wide. They were nine inches apart; and when a soft iron cylinder, three-quarters of an inch in diameter and twelve inches long, was placed between them, it took nearly one hundred pounds of force to break the contact. The pole on the left in the figure is the marked pole2.

45. The indicating galvanometer, in all experiments made with this magnet, was about eight feet from it, not directly in front of the poles, but about 16° or 17° on one side. It was found that on making or breaking the connexion of the poles by soft iron, the instrument was slightly affected; but all error of observation arising from this cause was easily and carefully avoided.

45. The indicating galvanometer, in all experiments done with this magnet, was about eight feet away from it, positioned not directly in front of the poles, but around 16° or 17° to one side. It was found that when connecting or disconnecting the poles with soft iron, the instrument was slightly impacted; however, any observational errors caused by this were easily and carefully avoided.

46. The electrical effects exhibited by this magnet were very striking. When a soft iron cylinder thirteen inches long was put through the compound hollow helix, with its ends arranged as two general terminations (39.), these connected with the galvanometer, and the iron cylinder brought in contact with the two poles of the magnet (fig. 5.), so powerful a rush of electricity took place that the needle whirled round many times in succession3.

46. The electrical effects shown by this magnet were impressive. When a soft iron cylinder that was thirteen inches long was placed through the compound hollow helix, with its ends set up as two general terminations (39.), and connected to the galvanometer, and the iron cylinder was brought into contact with the two poles of the magnet (fig. 5.), a massive surge of electricity occurred, causing the needle to spin around multiple times in succession 3.

47. Notwithstanding this great power, if the contact was continued, the needle resumed its natural position, being entirely uninfluenced by the position of the helix (30.). But on breaking the magnetic contact, the needle was whirled round in the opposite direction with a force equal to the former.

47. Despite this great power, if the contact continued, the needle returned to its natural position, completely unaffected by the position of the helix (30.). However, when the magnetic contact was broken, the needle spun around in the opposite direction with a force equal to the previous one.

48. A piece of copper plate wrapped once round the iron cylinder like a socket, but with interposed paper to prevent contact, had its edges connected with the wires of the galvanometer. When the iron was brought in contact with the poles the galvanometer was strongly affected.

48. A piece of copper plate wrapped once around the iron cylinder like a socket, but with paper in between to prevent contact, had its edges connected to the wires of the galvanometer. When the iron touched the poles, the galvanometer reacted strongly.

49. Dismissing the helices and sockets, the galvanometer wire was passed over, and consequently only half round the iron cylinder (fig. 6.); but even then a strong effect upon the needle was exhibited, when the magnetic contact was made or broken.

49. Ignoring the helices and sockets, the galvanometer wire was run over, resulting in it only wrapping halfway around the iron cylinder (fig. 6.); but even so, a strong effect on the needle was shown when the magnetic connection was made or broken.

50. As the helix with its iron cylinder was brought towards the magnetic poles, but without making contact, still powerful effects were produced. When the helix, without the iron cylinder, and consequently containing no metal but copper, was approached to, or placed between the poles (44.), the needle was thrown 80°, 90°, or more, from its natural position. The inductive force was of course greater, the nearer the helix, either with or without its iron cylinder, was brought to the poles; but otherwise the same effects were produced, whether the helix, &c. was or was not brought into contact with the magnet; i.e. no permanent effect on the galvanometer was produced; and the effects of approximation and removal were the reverse of each other (30.).

50. When the helix with its iron cylinder was moved towards the magnetic poles, but without touching, it still produced strong effects. When the helix, without the iron cylinder and made only of copper, was brought close to or placed between the poles (44.), the needle was deflected by 80°, 90°, or more from its normal position. The inductive force was obviously stronger the closer the helix, with or without its iron cylinder, got to the poles; however, the same effects occurred whether the helix, etc. made contact with the magnet or not; in other words, there was no lasting effect on the galvanometer, and the effects of getting closer and moving away were opposite to each other (30.).

51. When a bolt of copper corresponding to the iron cylinder was introduced, no greater effect was produced by the helix than without it. But when a thick iron wire was substituted, the magneto-electric induction was rendered sensibly greater.

51. When a copper rod similar to the iron cylinder was used, the helix had no greater effect than it did without it. However, when a thick iron wire was used instead, the magneto-electric induction was noticeably stronger.

52. The direction of the electric current produced in all these experiments with the helix, was the same as that already described (38.) as obtained with the weaker bar magnets.

52. The direction of the electric current generated in all these experiments with the helix was the same as what was previously described (38.) with the weaker bar magnets.

53. A spiral containing fourteen feet of copper wire, being connected with the galvanometer, and approximated directly towards the marked pole in the line of its axis, affected the instrument strongly; the current induced in it was in the reverse direction to the current theoretically considered by M. Ampère as existing in the magnet (38.), or as the current in an electro-magnet of similar polarity. As the spiral was withdrawn, the induced current was reversed.

53. A spiral with fourteen feet of copper wire, connected to the galvanometer and aligned directly with the marked pole along its axis, had a strong effect on the instrument; the current induced in it ran in the opposite direction to the current that M. Ampère theoretically identified as existing in the magnet (38.), or like the current in an electro-magnet of the same polarity. As the spiral was pulled away, the induced current reversed.

54. A similar spiral had the current of eighty pairs of 4-inch plates sent through it so as to form an electro-magnet, and then the other spiral connected with the galvanometer (58.) approximated to it; the needle vibrated, indicating a current in the galvanometer spiral the reverse of that in the battery spiral (18. 26.). On withdrawing the latter spiral, the needle passed in the opposite direction.

54. A similar spiral had a current from eighty pairs of 4-inch plates sent through it to create an electromagnet, and then the other spiral connected to the galvanometer (58.) was brought close to it; the needle vibrated, showing a current in the galvanometer spiral opposite to that in the battery spiral (18. 26.). When the latter spiral was removed, the needle moved in the opposite direction.

55. Single wires, approximated in certain directions towards the magnetic pole, had currents induced in them. On their removal, the currents were inverted. In such experiments the wires should not be removed in directions different to those in which they were approximated; for then occasionally complicated and irregular effects are produced, the causes of which will be very evident in the fourth part of this paper.

55. Single wires, positioned in specific directions towards the magnetic pole, had currents induced in them. When they were taken away, the currents reversed. In these experiments, the wires should not be removed in directions different from those in which they were positioned; otherwise, complicated and irregular effects can occur, the reasons for which will be very clear in the fourth part of this paper.

56. All attempts to obtain chemical effects by the induced current of electricity failed, though the precautions before described (22.), and all others that could be thought of, were employed. Neither was any sensation on the tongue, or any convulsive effect upon the limbs of a frog, produced. Nor could charcoal or fine wire be ignited (133.). But upon repeating the experiments more at leisure at the Royal Institution, with an armed loadstone belonging to Professor Daniell and capable of lifting about thirty pounds, a frog was very powerfully convulsed each time magnetic contact was made. At first the convulsions could not be obtained on breaking magnetic contact; but conceiving the deficiency of effect was because of the comparative slowness of separation, the latter act was effected by a blow, and then the frog was convulsed strongly. The more instantaneous the union or disunion is effected, the more powerful the convulsion. I thought also I could perceive the sensation upon the tongue and the flash before the eyes; but I could obtain no evidence of chemical decomposition.

56. All attempts to achieve chemical effects using the induced current of electricity failed, even with the precautions previously described (22.) and any other ideas we could think of. There was no sensation on the tongue, nor any twitching in the limbs of a frog. We also couldn't ignite charcoal or fine wire (133.). However, when we repeated the experiments more carefully at the Royal Institution with a powerful magnet owned by Professor Daniell that could lift about thirty pounds, the frog was very strongly convulsed every time we made magnetic contact. Initially, we couldn't induce convulsions when breaking the magnetic contact, but I thought the lack of effect was due to how slowly we were separating the magnet. So, I applied a quick blow to separate the magnet, which caused the frog to convulse strongly. The more instant the connection or disconnection, the stronger the convulsion. I also thought I could feel the sensation on my tongue and see a flash before my eyes, but I couldn't find any proof of chemical decomposition.

57. The various experiments of this section prove, I think, most completely the production of electricity from ordinary magnetism. That its intensity should be very feeble and quantity small, cannot be considered wonderful, when it is remembered that like thermo-electricity it is evolved entirely within the substance of metals retaining all their conducting power. But an agent which is conducted along metallic wires in the manner described; which whilst so passing possesses the peculiar magnetic actions and force of a current of electricity; which can agitate and convulse the limbs of a frog; and which, finally, can produce a spark4 by its discharge through charcoal (32.), can only be electricity. As all the effects can be produced by ferruginous electro-magnets (34.), there is no doubt that arrangements like the magnets of Professors Moll, Henry, Ten Eyke, and others, in which as many as two thousand pounds have been lifted, may be used for these experiments; in which case not only a brighter spark may be obtained, but wires also ignited, and, as the current can pass liquids (23.), chemical action be produced. These effects are still more likely to be obtained when the magneto-electric arrangements to be explained in the fourth section are excited by the powers of such apparatus.

57. The different experiments in this section clearly demonstrate the creation of electricity from regular magnetism. It's not surprising that its intensity is weak and its quantity small, especially when we remember that, similar to thermo-electricity, it forms entirely within metals that maintain their ability to conduct. However, we have an agent that travels through metal wires as described; while doing so, it exhibits the unique magnetic effects and force of an electric current; it can even stimulate and convulse a frog's limbs; and ultimately, it can create a spark4 through its discharge across charcoal (32.), which must be electricity. Since all these effects can be achieved with ferruginous electro-magnets (34.), there's no doubt that setups like those created by Professors Moll, Henry, Ten Eyke, and others, capable of lifting up to two thousand pounds, can be used for these experiments. In this case, it’s possible to not only produce a brighter spark but also to ignite wires, and, because the current can flow through liquids (23.), create chemical reactions. These effects are even more likely when the magneto-electric setups discussed in the fourth section are activated by the capabilities of such equipment.

58. The similarity of action, almost amounting to identity, between common magnets and either electro-magnets or volta-electric currents, is strikingly in accordance with and confirmatory of M. Ampère's theory, and furnishes powerful reasons for believing that the action is the same in both cases; but, as a distinction in language is still necessary, I propose to call the agency thus exerted by ordinary magnets, magneto-electric or magnelectric induction (26).

58. The similarity of action, nearly identical, between regular magnets and either electromagnets or voltaic currents strongly supports M. Ampère's theory and provides compelling reasons to believe that the action is the same in both cases. However, since a distinction in terminology is still needed, I suggest calling the action performed by ordinary magnets, magneto-electric or magnelectric induction (26).

59. The only difference which powerfully strikes the attention as existing between volta-electric and magneto-electric induction, is the suddenness of the former, and the sensible time required by the latter; but even in this early state of investigation there are circumstances which seem to indicate, that upon further inquiry this difference will, as a philosophical distinction, disappear (68).5

59. The only noticeable difference between voltaic and magneto-electric induction is the immediacy of the former compared to the noticeable time taken by the latter; however, even at this early stage of research, there are factors that suggest that upon further examination, this difference may vanish as a philosophical distinction (68).5

§ 3. New Electrical State or Condition of Matter.6

60. Whilst the wire is subject to either volta-electric or magneto-electric induction, it appears to be in a peculiar state; for it resists the formation of an electrical current in it, whereas, if in its common condition, such a current would be produced; and when left uninfluenced it has the power of originating a current, a power which the wire does not possess under common circumstances. This electrical condition of matter has not hitherto been recognised, but it probably exerts a very important influence in many if not most of the phenomena produced by currents of electricity. For reasons which will immediately appear (71.), I have, after advising with several learned friends, ventured to designate it as the electro-ionic state.

60. When the wire is exposed to either voltaic or magnetic induction, it seems to be in a unique state; it resists the flow of electrical current through it, even though in its usual state, such a current would flow freely. When left alone, it can generate a current, a capability it doesn’t have under normal conditions. This electrical state of matter hasn't been recognized before, but it likely plays a significant role in many, if not most, of the effects produced by electrical currents. For reasons that will soon be clear (71.), I have, after consulting with several knowledgeable friends, decided to call it the electro-ionic state.

61. This peculiar condition shows no known electrical effects whilst it continues; nor have I yet been able to discover any peculiar powers exerted, or properties possessed, by matter whilst retained in this state.

61. This unusual condition shows no known electrical effects while it persists; nor have I been able to find any special powers or properties in matter while it remains in this state.

62. It shows no reaction by attractive or repulsive powers. The various experiments which have been made with powerful magnets upon such metals, as copper, silver, and generally those substances not magnetic, prove this point; for the substances experimented upon, if electrical conductors, must have acquired this state; and yet no evidence of attractive or repulsive powers has been observed. I have placed copper and silver discs, very delicately suspended on torsion balances in vacuo near to the poles of very powerful magnets, yet have not been able to observe the least attractive or repulsive force.

62. It shows no reaction to attractive or repulsive forces. The various experiments conducted with strong magnets on metals like copper, silver, and generally those that are not magnetic, support this point; because the materials tested, if they are electrical conductors, should have developed this state; yet no signs of attractive or repulsive forces have been noted. I have positioned copper and silver discs, carefully suspended on torsion balances in a vacuum, close to the poles of very strong magnets, but I have not been able to detect even the slightest attractive or repulsive force.

63. I have also arranged a fine slip of gold-leaf very near to a bar of copper, the two being in metallic contact by mercury at their extremities. These have been placed in vacuo, so that metal rods connected with the extremities of the arrangement should pass through the sides of the vessel into the air. I have then moved powerful magnetic poles, about this arrangement, in various directions, the metallic circuit on the outside being sometimes completed by wires, and sometimes broken. But I never could obtain any sensible motion of the gold-leaf, either directed to the magnet or towards the collateral bar of copper, which must have been, as far as induction was concerned, in a similar state to itself.

63. I also set up a small piece of gold leaf very close to a copper bar, with the two connected by mercury at their ends. These were placed in a vacuum so that metal rods linked to the ends of the setup could pass through the sides of the container into the air. Then I moved strong magnetic poles around the setup in different directions, sometimes completing the metallic circuit outside with wires and other times breaking it. However, I could never get any noticeable movement from the gold leaf, either toward the magnet or toward the nearby copper bar, which should have been in a similar state of induction.

64. In some cases it has been supposed that, under such circumstances, attractive and repulsive forces have been exhibited, i.e. that such bodies have become slightly magnetic. But the phenomena now described, in conjunction with the confidence we may reasonably repose in M. Ampère's theory of magnetism, tend to throw doubt on such cases; for if magnetism depend upon the attraction of electrical currents, and if the powerful currents at first excited, both by volta-electric and magneto-electric induction, instantly and naturally cease (12. 28. 47.), causing at the same time an entire cessation of magnetic effects at the galvanometer needle, then there can be little or no expectation that any substances not partaking of the peculiar relation in which iron, nickel, and one or two other bodies, stand, should exhibit magneto-attractive powers. It seems far more probable, that the extremely feeble permanent effects observed have been due to traces of iron, or perhaps some other unrecognised cause not magnetic.

64. In some cases, it has been assumed that, under such circumstances, attractive and repulsive forces have been shown, meaning that these bodies have become slightly magnetic. However, the phenomena described here, along with the confidence we can reasonably place in M. Ampère's theory of magnetism, suggest otherwise; because if magnetism relies on the attraction of electrical currents, and if the strong currents initially generated by volta-electric and magneto-electric induction quickly and naturally stop (12. 28. 47.), leading to a complete cessation of magnetic effects at the galvanometer needle, then there is little to no expectation that any substances not sharing the specific relationship that iron, nickel, and a couple of other materials have would show magneto-attractive properties. It seems much more likely that the extremely weak permanent effects observed are due to traces of iron, or possibly some other unidentified non-magnetic cause.

65. This peculiar condition exerts no retarding or accelerating power upon electrical currents passing through metal thus circumstanced (20. 33.). Neither could any such power upon the inducing current itself be detected; for when masses of metal, wires, helices, &c. were arranged in all possible ways by the side of a wire or helix, carrying a current measured by the galvanometer (20.), not the slightest permanent change in the indication of the instrument could be perceived. Metal in the supposed peculiar state, therefore, conducts electricity in all directions with its ordinary facility, or, in other words, its conducting power is not sensibly altered by it.

65. This strange condition doesn’t slow down or speed up electrical currents passing through metal in this situation (20. 33.). There wasn’t any noticeable effect on the inducing current itself; when pieces of metal, wires, coils, etc. were arranged in every possible way next to a wire or coil carrying a current measured by the galvanometer (20.), not the smallest permanent change in the instrument’s reading could be seen. Metal in this supposed strange state therefore conducts electricity in all directions as easily as usual, or in other words, its ability to conduct electricity isn’t significantly changed by it.

66. All metals take on the peculiar state. This is proved in the preceding experiments with copper and iron (9.), and with gold, silver, tin, lead, zinc, antimony, bismuth, mercury, &c. by experiments to be described in the fourth part (132.), admitting of easy application. With regard to iron, the experiments prove the thorough and remarkable independence of these phenomena of induction, and the ordinary magnetical appearances of that metal.

66. All metals enter this unique state. This has been demonstrated in the previous experiments with copper and iron (9.), as well as with gold, silver, tin, lead, zinc, antimony, bismuth, mercury, etc., through experiments that will be detailed in the fourth part (132.), which are straightforward to apply. In the case of iron, the experiments highlight the clear and significant separation of these induction phenomena from the usual magnetic behaviors of that metal.

67. This state is altogether the effect of the induction exerted, and ceases as soon as the inductive force is removed. It is the same state, whether produced by the collateral passage of voltaic currents (26.), or the formation of a magnet (34. 36.), or the mere approximation of a magnet (39. 50.); and is a strong proof in addition to those advanced by M. Ampère, of the identity of the agents concerned in these several operations. It probably occurs, momentarily, during the passage of the common electric spark (24.), and may perhaps be obtained hereafter in bad conductors by weak electrical currents or other means (74. 76).

67. This state is completely the result of the applied induction, and it stops as soon as the inductive force is removed. It’s the same state, whether caused by the simultaneous flow of electric currents (26.), the creation of a magnet (34. 36.), or just bringing a magnet close (39. 50.); and it's strong evidence, in addition to what M. Ampère has presented, of the similarity of the forces involved in these different processes. It likely happens briefly when a typical electric spark passes (24.), and may possibly be achieved in the future in poor conductors using weak electrical currents or other methods (74. 76).

68. The state appears to be instantly assumed (12.), requiring hardly a sensible portion of time for that purpose. The difference of time between volta-electric and magneto-electric induction, rendered evident by the galvanometer (59.), may probably be thus explained. When a voltaic current is sent through one of two parallel wires, as those of the hollow helix (34.), a current is produced in the other wire, as brief in its continuance as the time required for a single action of this kind, and which, by experiment, is found to be inappreciably small. The action will seem still more instantaneous, because, as there is an accumulation of power in the poles of the battery before contact, the first rush of electricity in the wire of communication is greater than that sustained after the contact is completed; the wire of induction becomes at the moment electro-tonic to an equivalent degree, which the moment after sinks to the state in which the continuous current can sustain it, but in sinking, causes an opposite induced current to that at first produced. The consequence is, that the first induced wave of electricity more resembles that from the discharge of an electric jar, than it otherwise would do.

68. The state seems to be instantly assumed, needing hardly any time for that to happen. The difference in time between voltaic and magneto-electric induction, shown clearly by the galvanometer, can probably be explained like this. When a voltaic current flows through one of two parallel wires, like those in the hollow helix, a current is generated in the other wire that lasts only as long as the single action involved, which experiments show is incredibly brief. This action seems even more immediate because there is an accumulation of power in the battery's poles before contact; therefore, the initial surge of electricity in the communication wire is stronger than the current maintained after contact is established. At that moment, the induction wire becomes electro-tonic to a corresponding degree, which then quickly drops to a level that the continuous current can support, but this drop creates an opposite induced current compared to what was initially produced. As a result, the first induced wave of electricity resembles more the discharge from a Leyden jar than it would otherwise.

69. But when the iron cylinder is put into the same helix (31.), previous to the connexion being made with the battery, then the current from the latter may be considered as active in inducing innumerable currents of a similar kind to itself in the iron, rendering it a magnet. This is known by experiment to occupy time; for a magnet so formed, even of soft iron, does not rise to its fullest intensity in an instant, and it may be because the currents within the iron are successive in their formation or arrangement. But as the magnet can induce, as well as the battery current, the combined action of the two continues to evolve induced electricity, until their joint effect is at a maximum, and thus the existence of the deflecting force is prolonged sufficiently to overcome the inertia of the galvanometer needle.

69. But when the iron cylinder is placed in the same helix (31.) before connecting it to the battery, the current from the battery can be seen as actively creating countless similar currents in the iron, turning it into a magnet. Experiments show that this process takes time; even a magnet made of soft iron doesn't reach its full strength all at once, possibly because the currents within the iron form or align one after another. However, since the magnet can also create currents like the battery, the combined effect of both keeps producing induced electricity until their joint effect is maximized, therefore the deflecting force lasts long enough to overcome the inertia of the galvanometer needle.

70. In all those cases where the helices or wires are advanced towards or taken from the magnet (50. 55.), the direct or inverted current of induced electricity continues for the time occupied in the advance or recession; for the electro-tonic state is rising to a higher or falling to a lower degree during that time, and the change is accompanied by its corresponding evolution of electricity; but these form no objections to the opinion that the electro-tonic state is instantly assumed.

70. In all those situations where the coils or wires are moved toward or away from the magnet (50. 55.), the direct or inverted current of induced electricity persists for the duration of the movement; during that time, the electro-tonic state is increasing to a higher level or decreasing to a lower level, and this change is accompanied by the relevant generation of electricity. However, these do not contradict the belief that the electro-tonic state is immediately established.

71. This peculiar state appears to be a state of tension, and may be considered as equivalent to a current of electricity, at least equal to that produced either when the condition is induced or destroyed. The current evolved, however, first or last, is not to be considered a measure of the degree of tension to which the electro-tonic state has risen; for as the metal retains its conducting powers unimpaired (65.), and as the electricity evolved is but for a moment, (the peculiar state being instantly assumed and lost (68.),) the electricity which may be led away by long wire conductors, offering obstruction in their substance proportionate to their small lateral and extensive linear dimensions, can be but a very small portion of that really evolved within the mass at the moment it assumes this condition. Insulated helices and portions of metal instantly assumed the state; and no traces of electricity could be discovered in them, however quickly the contact with the electrometer was made, after they were put under induction, either by the current from the battery or the magnet. A single drop of water or a small piece of moistened paper (23. 56.) was obstacle sufficient to stop the current through the conductors, the electricity evolved returning to a state of equilibrium through the metal itself, and consequently in an unobserved manner.

71. This strange state seems to be one of tension and can be seen as equivalent to a current of electricity, at least as much as that produced when the condition is created or removed. However, the current generated, whether initially or ultimately, should not be viewed as a measure of how much tension the electro-tonic state has reached; because the metal maintains its ability to conduct electricity intact (65.), and the electricity produced only lasts for a moment (the unusual state being immediately taken on and lost (68.)), the electricity that can be directed away through long wire conductors, which face resistance based on their small lateral size and long length, can only be a tiny fraction of what is actually generated within the mass at the time it reaches this state. Insulated coils and pieces of metal quickly adopted the state, and no signs of electricity could be found in them, no matter how quickly they were checked with the electrometer after being exposed to the current from the battery or the magnet. A single drop of water or a small piece of damp paper (23. 56.) was enough to interrupt the current through the conductors, with the electricity produced returning to a state of balance through the metal itself, and thus in a way that went unnoticed.

72. The tension of this state may therefore be comparatively very great. But whether great or small, it is hardly conceivable that it should exist without exerting a reaction upon the original inducing current, and producing equilibrium of some kind. It might be anticipated that this would give rise to a retardation of the original current; but I have not been able to ascertain that this is the case. Neither have I in any other way as yet been able to distinguish effects attributable to such a reaction.

72. The tension in this situation can therefore be quite significant. But whether it's high or low, it's hard to imagine that it wouldn't have some effect on the original inducing current and create some sort of balance. One might expect this to lead to a slowdown of the original current; however, I haven't been able to confirm that this happens. I also haven't been able to identify any other effects that can be linked to such a reaction.

73. All the results favour the notion that the electro-tonic state relates to the particles, and not to the mass, of the wire or substance under induction, being in that respect different to the induction exerted by electricity of tension. If so, the state may be assumed in liquids when no electrical current is sensible, and even in non-conductors; the current itself, when it occurs, being as it were a contingency due to the existence of conducting power, and the momentary propulsive force exerted by the particles during their arrangement. Even when conducting power is equal, the currents of electricity, which as yet are the only indicators of this state, may be unequal, because of differences as to numbers, size, electrical condition, &c. &c. in the particles themselves. It will only be after the laws which govern this new state are ascertained, that we shall be able to predict what is the true condition of, and what are the electrical results obtainable from, any particular substance.

73. All the results support the idea that the electro-tonic state is related to the particles, not the mass, of the wire or substance being induced, which makes it different from the induction caused by electrical tension. If that's the case, this state can be assumed in liquids when no electrical current is detected, and even in non-conductors; the current itself, when it occurs, is merely a result of the presence of conductive properties and the temporary push from the particles as they arrange themselves. Even when conductivity is the same, the electrical currents—currently the only indicators of this state—can be different due to variations in particle numbers, sizes, electrical conditions, etc. It will only be after we determine the laws governing this new state that we'll be able to predict the true condition of any given substance and what electrical results can be obtained from it.

74. The current of electricity which induces the electro-tonic state in a neighbouring wire, probably induces that state also in its own wire; for when by a current in one wire a collateral wire is made electro-tonic, the latter state is not rendered any way incompatible or interfering with a current of electricity passing through it (62.). If, therefore, the current were sent through the second wire instead of the first, it does not seem probable that its inducing action upon the second would be less, but on the contrary more, because the distance between the agent and the matter acted upon would be very greatly diminished. A copper bolt had its extremities connected with a galvanometer, and then the poles of a battery of one hundred pairs of plates connected with the bolt, so as to send the current through it; the voltaic circuit was then suddenly broken, and the galvanometer observed for any indications of a return current through the copper bolt due to the discharge of its supposed electro-tonic state. No effect of the kind was obtained, nor indeed, for two reasons, ought it to be expected; for first, as the cessation of induction and the discharge of the electro-tonic condition are simultaneous, and not successive, the return current would only be equivalent to the neutralization of the last portion of the inducing current, and would not therefore show any alteration of direction; or assuming that time did intervene, and that the latter current was really distinct from the former, its short, sudden character (12. 26.) would prevent it from being thus recognised.

74. The flow of electricity that creates an electro-tonic state in a nearby wire likely creates that state in its own wire as well. When a current in one wire makes a nearby wire electro-tonic, this state doesn’t disrupt or interfere with the electricity flowing through it (62.). So, if the current were sent through the second wire instead of the first, it seems unlikely that its inducing effect on the second would be less; in fact, it would probably be greater because the distance between the source and the wire being affected would be significantly reduced. A copper bolt was connected at both ends to a galvanometer, and then the terminals of a battery with one hundred pairs of plates were connected to the bolt to send the current through it. The voltaic circuit was then suddenly broken, and the galvanometer was monitored for any signs of a returning current through the copper bolt due to the discharge of its presumed electro-tonic state. No such effect was observed, and for two reasons, it shouldn’t have been expected. First, since the end of induction and the discharge of the electro-tonic state happen at the same time and not one after the other, the return current would only cancel out the last part of the inducing current and wouldn’t show any change in direction. Assuming that some time did pass and that the later current was genuinely different from the earlier one, its brief, sudden nature (12. 26.) would prevent it from being recognized in this way.

75. No difficulty arises, I think, in considering the wire thus rendered electro-tonic by its own current more than by any external current, especially when the apparent non-interference of that state with currents is considered (62. 71.). The simultaneous existence of the conducting and electro-tonic states finds an analogy in the manner in which electrical currents can be passed through magnets, where it is found that both the currents passed, and those of the magnets, preserve all their properties distinct from each other, and exert their mutual actions.

75. I don’t think there’s any difficulty in understanding the wire that becomes electro-tonic due to its own current rather than an external one, especially when you consider that this state doesn’t seem to interfere with currents (62. 71.). The fact that both the conducting and electro-tonic states can exist at the same time is similar to how electrical currents can flow through magnets, where both the currents and the magnets maintain their distinct properties and interact with each other.

76. The reason given with regard to metals extends also to fluids and all other conductors, and leads to the conclusion that when electric currents are passed through them they also assume the electro-tonic state. Should that prove to be the case, its influence in voltaic decomposition, and the transference of the elements to the poles, can hardly be doubted. In the electro-tonic state the homogeneous particles of matter appear to have assumed a regular but forced electrical arrangement in the direction of the current, which if the matter be undecomposable, produces, when relieved, a return current; but in decomposable matter this forced state may be sufficient to make an elementary particle leave its companion, with which it is in a constrained condition, and associate with the neighbouring similar particle, in relation to which it is in a more natural condition, the forced electrical arrangement being itself discharged or relieved, at the same time, as effectually as if it had been freed from induction. But as the original voltaic current is continued, the electro-tonic state may be instantly renewed, producing the forced arrangement of the compound particles, to be as instantly discharged by a transference of the elementary particles of the opposite kind in opposite directions, but parallel to the current. Even the differences between common and voltaic electricity, when applied to effect chemical decomposition, which Dr. Wollaston has pointed out7, seem explicable by the circumstances connected with the induction of electricity from these two sources (25.). But as I have reserved this branch of the inquiry, that I might follow out the investigations contained in the present paper, I refrain (though much tempted) from offering further speculations.

76. The reason given for metals also applies to fluids and all other conductors, leading to the conclusion that when electric currents flow through them, they also enter an electro-tonic state. If this is indeed the case, its impact on voltaic decomposition and the movement of elements to the poles is hard to question. In the electro-tonic state, the uniform particles of matter seem to adopt a regular but forced electrical arrangement in the direction of the current, which, if the matter is undecomposable, results in a return current when released. In the case of decomposable matter, this forced state may be enough for an elementary particle to separate from its pair, to which it is bound, and join a nearby similar particle, in relation to which it is in a more natural state. At the same time, the forced electrical arrangement is discharged or relieved just as effectively as if it had been freed from induction. However, as the initial voltaic current continues, the electro-tonic state can quickly be renewed, creating the forced arrangement of the compound particles, which can just as quickly be discharged by transferring the elementary particles of the opposite kind in opposite directions, but parallel to the current. Even the differences between common and voltaic electricity, when applied to chemical decomposition, as pointed out by Dr. Wollaston7, seem to be explainable by the circumstances surrounding the induction of electricity from these two sources (25.). But since I have set aside this part of the inquiry to focus on the investigations in this paper, I will refrain (though I’m tempted) from further speculation.

77. Marianini has discovered and described a peculiar affection of the surfaces of metallic discs, when, being in contact with humid conductors, a current of electricity is passed through them; they are then capable of producing a reverse current of electricity, and Marianini has well applied the effect in explanation of the phenomena of Ritter's piles8. M.A. de la Rive has described a peculiar property acquired by metallic conductors, when being immersed in a liquid as poles, they have completed, for some time, the voltaic circuit, in consequence of which, when separated from the battery and plunged into the same fluid, they by themselves produce an electric current9. M.A. Van Beek has detailed cases in which the electrical relation of one metal in contact with another has been preserved after separation, and accompanied by its corresponding chemical effects10. These states and results appear to differ from the electro-tonic state and its phenomena; but the true relation of the former to the latter can only be decided when our knowledge of all these phenomena has been enlarged.

77. Marianini has discovered and described a unique behavior of metal discs. When these discs come into contact with damp conductors while an electric current is applied, they can generate a reverse electric current. Marianini has effectively used this effect to explain the phenomena observed in Ritter's piles8. M.A. de la Rive has noted a special property that metallic conductors acquire when they are immersed in a liquid as poles, allowing them to complete the voltaic circuit for some time. As a result, when removed from the battery and placed back into the same fluid, they can independently generate an electric current9. M.A. Van Beek has outlined instances where the electrical relationship between two metals in contact is maintained even after they are separated, along with the associated chemical effects10. These states and outcomes seem to differ from the electro-tonic state and its phenomena, but the true relationship between the two can only be understood when our knowledge of all these phenomena expands.

78. I had occasion in the commencement of this paper (2.) to refer to an experiment by Ampère, as one of those dependent upon the electrical induction of currents made prior to the present investigation, and have arrived at conclusions which seem to imply doubts of the accuracy of the experiment (62. &c.); it is therefore due to M. Ampère that I should attend to it more distinctly. When a disc of copper (says M. Ampère) was suspended by a silk thread and surrounded by a helix or spiral, and when the charge of a powerful voltaic battery was sent through the spiral, a strong magnet at the same time being presented to the copper disc, the latter turned at the moment to take a position of equilibrium, exactly as the spiral itself would have turned had it been free to move. I have not been able to obtain this effect, nor indeed any motion; but the cause of my failure in the latter point may be due to the momentary existence of the current not allowing time for the inertia of the plate to be overcome (11. 12.). M. Ampère has perhaps succeeded in obtaining motion from the superior delicacy and power of his electro-magnetical apparatus, or he may have obtained only the motion due to cessation of action. But all my results tend to invert the sense of the proposition stated by M. Ampère, "that a current of electricity tends to put the electricity of conductors near which it passes in motion in the same direction," for they indicate an opposite direction for the produced current (26. 53.); and they show that the effect is momentary, and that it is also produced by magnetic induction, and that certain other extraordinary effects follow thereupon.

78. At the beginning of this paper (2.), I mentioned an experiment by Ampère as one of those based on the electrical induction of currents made before this investigation, and I have reached conclusions that seem to raise questions about the experiment's accuracy (62. &c.); therefore, I need to address it more clearly. M. Ampère states that when a copper disc was suspended by a silk thread and surrounded by a coil or spiral, and when a powerful voltaic battery was activated through the spiral while a strong magnet was presented to the copper disc, the disc turned to find a position of equilibrium, just like the spiral would have if it were free to move. I haven't been able to replicate this effect, nor have I seen any motion; however, my failure in the latter point might be because the brief existence of the current doesn't allow enough time for the plate's inertia to be overcome (11. 12.). M. Ampère might have succeeded in creating motion because of the higher sensitivity and power of his electromagnetic setup, or he may have only observed motion due to the cessation of action. But all my results contradict M. Ampère's statement that "a current of electricity tends to set the electricity of nearby conductors in motion in the same direction," as they suggest an opposite direction for the produced current (26. 53.); and they show that the effect is brief, produced by magnetic induction, and brings about other remarkable effects as well.

79. The momentary existence of the phenomena of induction now described is sufficient to furnish abundant reasons for the uncertainty or failure of the experiments, hitherto made to obtain electricity from magnets, or to effect chemical decomposition or arrangement by their means11.

79. The brief occurrence of the induction phenomena just discussed provides plenty of reasons for the inconsistency or failure of the experiments conducted so far to generate electricity from magnets, or to achieve chemical decomposition or arrangement using them.11.

80. It also appears capable of explaining fully the remarkable phenomena observed by M. Arago between metals and magnets when neither are moving (120.), as well as most of the results obtained by Sir John Herschel, Messrs. Babbage, Harris, and others, in repeating his experiments; accounting at the same time perfectly for what at first appeared inexplicable; namely, the non-action of the same metals and magnets when at rest. These results, which also afford the readiest means of obtaining electricity from magnetism, I shall now proceed to describe.

80. It also seems to fully explain the impressive phenomena observed by M. Arago between metals and magnets when neither is in motion (120.), as well as most of the findings from Sir John Herschel, Messrs. Babbage, Harris, and others when they repeated his experiments; it also perfectly accounts for what initially seemed puzzling: the lack of interaction between the same metals and magnets when they are stationary. These results, which provide the easiest way to generate electricity from magnetism, I will now describe.

§ 4. Explication of Arago's Magnetic Phenomena.

81. If a plate of copper be revolved close to a magnetic needle, or magnet, suspended in such a way that the latter may rotate in a plane parallel to that of the former, the magnet tends to follow the motion of the plate; or if the magnet be revolved, the plate tends to follow its motion; and the effect is so powerful, that magnets or plates of many pounds weight may be thus carried round. If the magnet and plate be at rest relative to each other, not the slightest effect, attractive or repulsive, or of any kind, can be observed between them (62.). This is the phenomenon discovered by M. Arago; and he states that the effect takes place not only with all metals, but with solids, liquids, and even gases, i.e. with all substances (130.).

81. If you spin a copper plate close to a magnetic needle or magnet that's hanging in a way that lets it rotate parallel to the plate, the magnet tends to move along with the plate. Conversely, if you spin the magnet, the plate tends to follow. This effect is so strong that magnets or plates weighing several pounds can be moved this way. However, if the magnet and plate are stationary relative to each other, there is no observable effect, whether attractive or repulsive, or of any kind. This phenomenon was discovered by M. Arago, who noted that the effect occurs with all metals, as well as solids, liquids, and even gases, meaning it applies to all substances.

82. Mr. Babbage and Sir John Herschel, on conjointly repeating the experiments in this country12, could obtain the effects only with the metals, and with carbon in a peculiar state (from gas retorts), i.e. only with excellent conductors of electricity. They refer the effect to magnetism induced in the plate by the magnet; the pole of the latter causing an opposite pole in the nearest part of the plate, and round this a more diffuse polarity of its own kind (120.). The essential circumstance in producing the rotation of the suspended magnet is, that the substance revolving below it shall acquire and lose its magnetism in sensible time, and not instantly (124.). This theory refers the effect to an attractive force, and is not agreed to by the discoverer, M. Arago, nor by M. Ampère, who quote against it the absence of all attraction when the magnet and metal are at rest (62. 126.), although the induced magnetism should still remain; and who, from experiments made with a long dipping needle, conceive the action to be always repulsive (125.).

82. Mr. Babbage and Sir John Herschel, when they repeated the experiments together in this country12, could only achieve the effects with metals and with carbon in a specific state (from gas retorts), meaning only with good conductors of electricity. They attribute the effect to magnetism created in the plate by the magnet; the pole of the magnet causing an opposite pole to form in the nearest part of the plate, which then develops a more diffuse polarity of its own kind (120.). The key factor in producing the rotation of the suspended magnet is that the substance revolving beneath it must gain and lose its magnetism in a noticeable timeframe, rather than instantly (124.). This theory links the effect to an attractive force, but it is not supported by the discoverer, M. Arago, or by M. Ampère, who argue against it based on the lack of attraction when the magnet and metal are at rest (62. 126.), even though the induced magnetism should still persist; and who, based on experiments with a long dipping needle, believe the action to be always repulsive (125.).

83. Upon obtaining electricity from magnets by the means already described (36 46.), I hoped to make the experiment of M. Arago a new source of electricity; and did not despair, by reference to terrestrial magneto-electric induction, of being able to construct a new electrical machine. Thus stimulated, numerous experiments were made with the magnet of the Royal Society at Mr. Christie's house, in all of which I had the advantage of his assistance. As many of these were in the course of the superseded by more perfect arrangements, I shall consider myself at liberty investigation to rearrange them in a manner calculated to convey most readily what appears to me to be a correct view of the nature of the phenomena.

83. After generating electricity from magnets as previously described (36 46.), I was excited to try M. Arago's experiment as a new source of electricity; and I remained hopeful that, drawing on terrestrial magneto-electric induction, I could create a new electrical machine. Encouraged by this, I conducted numerous experiments with the magnet from the Royal Society at Mr. Christie's home, where I benefited from his assistance. Since many of these were eventually replaced by better setups, I feel free to reorganize my findings in a way that I believe clearly conveys what I see as a correct understanding of the phenomena.

84. The magnet has been already described (44.). To concentrate the poles, and bring them nearer to each other, two iron or steel bars, each about six or seven inches long, one inch wide, and half an inch thick, were put across the poles as in fig. 7, and being supported by twine from slipping, could be placed as near to or far from each other as was required. Occasionally two bars of soft iron were employed, so bent that when applied, one to each pole, the two smaller resulting poles were vertically over each other, either being uppermost at pleasure.

84. The magnet has already been described (44.). To focus the poles and bring them closer together, two iron or steel bars, each about six or seven inches long, one inch wide, and half an inch thick, were placed across the poles as shown in fig. 7. These bars were supported by twine to prevent slipping, allowing them to be positioned as close to or far from each other as needed. Sometimes, two bars of soft iron were used, bent in such a way that when applied to each pole, the two resulting smaller poles were vertically aligned, with either one on top at will.

85. A disc of copper, twelve inches in diameter, and about one fifth of an inch in thickness, fixed upon a brass axis, was mounted in frames so as to allow of revolution either vertically or horizontally, its edge being at the same time introduced more or less between the magnetic poles (fig. 7.). The edge of the plate was well amalgamated for the purpose of obtaining a good but moveable contact, and a part round the axis was also prepared in a similar manner.

85. A disc of copper, 12 inches in diameter and about a fifth of an inch thick, was secured on a brass axis and mounted in frames to allow for rotation both vertically and horizontally, with its edge positioned more or less between the magnetic poles (fig. 7.). The edge of the plate was well amalgamated to ensure a good but movable contact, and a section around the axis was also prepared in a similar way.

86. Conductors or electric collectors of copper and lead were constructed so as to come in contact with the edge of the copper disc (85.), or with other forms of plates hereafter to be described (101.). These conductors were about four inches long, one third of an inch wide, and one fifth of an inch thick; one end of each was slightly grooved, to allow of more exact adaptation to the somewhat convex edge of the plates, and then amalgamated. Copper wires, one sixteenth of an inch in thickness, attached, in the ordinary manner, by convolutions to the other ends of these conductors, passed away to the galvanometer.

86. Conductors or electric collectors made of copper and lead were designed to touch the edge of the copper disc (85.) or other types of plates that will be described later (101.). These conductors were about four inches long, one third of an inch wide, and one fifth of an inch thick; one end of each was slightly grooved to fit better against the somewhat curved edge of the plates and then merged with an amalgam. Copper wires, one sixteenth of an inch thick, were attached in the usual way by winding them around the other ends of these conductors, leading off to the galvanometer.

87. The galvanometer was roughly made, yet sufficiently delicate in its indications. The wire was of copper covered with silk, and made sixteen or eighteen convolutions. Two sewing-needles were magnetized and fixed on to a stem of dried grass parallel to each other, but in opposite directions, and about half an inch apart; this system was suspended by a fibre of unspun silk, so that the lower needle should be between the convolutions of the multiplier, and the upper above them. The latter was by much the most powerful magnet, and gave terrestrial direction to the whole; fig. 8. represents the direction of the wire and of the needles when the instrument was placed in the magnetic meridian: the ends of the wires are marked A and B for convenient reference hereafter. The letters S and N designate the south and north ends of the needle when affected merely by terrestrial magnetism; the end N is therefore the marked pole (44.). The whole instrument was protected by a glass jar, and stood, as to position and distance relative to the large magnet, under the same circumstances as before (45.).

87. The galvanometer was roughly built, but it was sensitive enough to provide accurate readings. The wire was made of copper and covered with silk, and it had sixteen or eighteen loops. Two sewing needles were magnetized and attached to a stem of dried grass, positioned parallel to each other but facing opposite directions, about half an inch apart. This setup was suspended by a strand of unspun silk so that the lower needle was positioned between the loops of the multiplier, and the upper needle was above them. The upper needle was significantly more powerful and oriented the entire system according to the Earth's magnetic field; fig. 8 shows the orientation of the wire and the needles when the device was aligned with the magnetic meridian: the ends of the wires are marked A and B for easy reference later on. The letters S and N indicate the south and north ends of the needle when influenced only by Earth's magnetism; the end N is therefore the marked pole (44.). The entire device was enclosed in a glass jar and was positioned at the same distance and alignment relative to the large magnet as it was previously (45.).

88. All these arrangements being made, the copper disc was adjusted as in fig. 7, the small magnetic poles being about half an inch apart, and the edge of the plate inserted about half their width between them. One of the galvanometer wires was passed twice or thrice loosely round the brass axis of the plate, and the other attached to a conductor (86.), which itself was retained by the hand in contact with the amalgamated edge of the disc at the part immediately between the magnetic poles. Under these circumstances all was quiescent, and the galvanometer exhibited no effect. But the instant the plate moved, the galvanometer was influenced, and by revolving the plate quickly the needle could be deflected 90° or more.

88. With all these arrangements made, the copper disc was set up as shown in fig. 7, with the small magnetic poles about half an inch apart, and the edge of the plate inserted about half their width between them. One of the galvanometer wires was wrapped loosely around the brass axis of the plate two or three times, while the other was connected to a conductor (86.), which was held by hand in contact with the coated edge of the disc at the point directly between the magnetic poles. Under these conditions, everything was still, and the galvanometer showed no effect. However, the moment the plate moved, the galvanometer was affected, and by spinning the plate quickly, the needle could be deflected by 90° or more.

89. It was difficult under the circumstances to make the contact between the conductor and the edge of the revolving disc uniformly good and extensive; it was also difficult in the first experiments to obtain a regular velocity of rotation: both these causes tended to retain the needle in a continual state of vibration; but no difficulty existed in ascertaining to which side it was deflected, or generally, about what line it vibrated. Afterwards, when the experiments were made more carefully, a permanent deflection of the needle of nearly 45° could be sustained.

89. Given the circumstances, it was tough to maintain a consistent and broad contact between the conductor and the edge of the spinning disc; it was also challenging in the initial experiments to achieve a steady rotation speed. Both of these factors caused the needle to constantly vibrate, but there was no trouble determining which direction it was deflected or generally along what line it vibrated. Later, when the experiments were conducted more meticulously, a lasting deflection of the needle of nearly 45° could be achieved.

90. Here therefore was demonstrated the production of a permanent current of electricity by ordinary magnets (57.).

90. Here, then, was shown how to create a continuous flow of electricity using regular magnets (57.).

91. When the motion of the disc was reversed, every other circumstance remaining the same, the galvanometer needle was deflected with equal power as before; but the deflection was on the opposite side, and the current of electricity evolved, therefore, the reverse of the former.

91. When the motion of the disc was reversed, and everything else stayed the same, the galvanometer needle was deflected with the same strength as before; however, the deflection was on the opposite side, meaning the current of electricity produced was the opposite of the first.

92. When the conductor was placed on the edge of the disc a little to the right or left, as in the dotted positions fig. 9, the current of electricity was still evolved, and in the same direction as at first (88. 91.). This occurred to a considerable distance, i.e. 50° or 60° on each side of the place of the magnetic poles. The current gathered by the conductor and conveyed to the galvanometer was of the same kind on both sides of the place of greatest intensity, but gradually diminished in force from that place. It appeared to be equally powerful at equal distances from the place of the magnetic poles, not being affected in that respect by the direction of the rotation. When the rotation of the disc was reversed, the direction of the current of electricity was reversed also; but the other circumstances were not affected.

92. When the conductor was placed slightly to the right or left at the edge of the disc, as shown in the dotted positions in fig. 9, electricity was still generated, flowing in the same direction as before (88. 91.). This effect extended quite a distance, approximately 50° or 60° on either side of the magnetic poles. The current collected by the conductor and sent to the galvanometer was consistent on both sides of the point of maximum intensity, but gradually decreased in strength as you moved away from that point. It seemed equally strong at equal distances from the magnetic poles, unaffected by the direction of the rotation. When the rotation of the disc was reversed, the direction of the electric current also reversed; however, the other factors remained unchanged.

93. On raising the plate, so that the magnetic poles were entirely hidden from each other by its intervention, (a. fig. 10,) the same effects were produced in the same order, and with equal intensity as before. On raising it still higher, so as to bring the place of the poles to c, still the effects were produced, and apparently with as much power as at first.

93. When the plate was lifted, completely hiding the magnetic poles from each other, (a. fig. 10,) the same effects occurred in the same order and with equal intensity as before. Lifting it even higher, with the poles positioned at c, still resulted in the same effects, seemingly with just as much power as initially.

94. When the conductor was held against the edge as if fixed to it, and with it moved between the poles, even though but for a few degrees, the galvanometer needle moved and indicated a current of electricity, the same as that which would have been produced if the wheel had revolved in the same direction, the conductor remaining stationary.

94. When the conductor was pressed against the edge as if it were stuck there and moved between the poles, even if just a little, the galvanometer needle moved and showed an electric current, just like what would have been produced if the wheel had turned in the same direction while the conductor stayed in place.

95. When the galvanometer connexion with the axis was broken, and its wires made fast to two conductors, both applied to the edge of the copper disc, then currents of electricity were produced, presenting more complicated appearances, but in perfect harmony with the above results. Thus, if applied as in fig. 11, a current of electricity through the galvanometer was produced; but if their place was a little shifted, as in fig. 12, a current in the contrary direction resulted; the fact being, that in the first instance the galvanometer indicated the difference between a strong current through A and a weak one through B, and in the second, of a weak current through A and a strong one through B (92.), and therefore produced opposite deflections.

95. When the connection of the galvanometer with the axis was disconnected, and its wires were secured to two conductors, both placed at the edge of the copper disk, electric currents were generated, showing more complex patterns, but still completely in line with the previous findings. So, when connected as shown in fig. 11, a current of electricity flowed through the galvanometer; however, if their positions were slightly adjusted, as in fig. 12, a current flowed in the opposite direction. In the first case, the galvanometer showed the difference between a strong current through A and a weak one through B, while in the second case, it indicated a weak current through A and a strong one through B (92.), resulting in opposite deflections.

96. So also when the two conductors were equidistant from the magnetic poles, as in fig. 13, no current at the galvanometer was perceived, whichever way the disc was rotated, beyond what was momentarily produced by irregularity of contact; because equal currents in the same direction tended to pass into both. But when the two conductors were connected with one wire, and the axis with the other wire, (fig. 14,) then the galvanometer showed a current according with the direction of rotation (91.); both conductors now acting consentaneously, and as a single conductor did before (88.).

96. Similarly, when the two conductors were the same distance from the magnetic poles, as shown in fig. 13, no current was detected on the galvanometer regardless of how the disc was turned, except for a brief moment due to poor contact; this was because equal currents flowing in the same direction were trying to go into both conductors. However, when the two conductors were linked with one wire and the axis was connected to the other wire (fig. 14), the galvanometer showed a current that corresponded to the direction of rotation (91.); both conductors now worked together like a single conductor did before (88.).

97. All these effects could be obtained when only one of the poles of the magnet was brought near to the plate; they were of the same kind as to direction, &c., but by no means so powerful.

97. All these effects could be achieved by bringing just one of the magnet's poles close to the plate; they were similar in direction, etc., but definitely not as strong.

98. All care was taken to render these results independent of the earth's magnetism, or of the mutual magnetism of the magnet and galvanometer needles. The contacts were made in the magnetic equator of the plate, and at other parts; the plate was placed horizontally, and the poles vertically; and other precautions were taken. But the absence of any interference of the kind referred to, was readily shown by the want of all effect when the disc was removed from the poles, or the poles from the disc; every other circumstance remaining the same.

98. Every effort was made to ensure these results were unaffected by the Earth's magnetism or the mutual magnetism between the magnet and galvanometer needles. The connections were made at the magnetic equator of the plate and other locations; the plate was positioned horizontally while the poles were set vertically; and additional precautions were taken. However, the lack of any interference of the kind mentioned was clearly demonstrated by the complete absence of effect when the disc was taken away from the poles or the poles were moved away from the disc, while keeping all other conditions the same.

99. The relation of the current of electricity produced, to the magnetic pole, to the direction of rotation of the plate, &c. &c., may be expressed by saying, that when the unmarked pole (44. 84.) is beneath the edge of the plate, and the latter revolves horizontally, screw-fashion, the electricity which can be collected at the edge of the plate nearest to the pole is positive. As the pole of the earth may mentally be considered the unmarked pole, this relation of the rotation, the pole, and the electricity evolved, is not difficult to remember. Or if, in fig. 15, the circle represent the copper disc revolving in the direction of the arrows, and a the outline of the unmarked pole placed beneath the plate, then the electricity collected at b and the neighbouring parts is positive, whilst that collected at the centre c and other parts is negative (88.). The currents in the plate are therefore from the centre by the magnetic poles towards the circumference.

99. The \relationship between the current\ of electricity produced, the magnetic pole, the direction of rotation of the plate, etc., can be explained by stating that when the unmarked pole (44. 84.) is below the edge of the plate, and the plate spins horizontally in a screw-like motion, the electricity that can be gathered at the edge of the plate closest to the pole is positive. Since the Earth's pole can be thought of as the unmarked pole, this relationship between rotation, the pole, and the electricity generated is easy to remember. Alternatively, if in fig. 15 the circle represents the copper disc spinning in the direction of the arrows, and \a\ outlines the unmarked pole placed under the plate, then the electricity collected at \b\ and surrounding areas is positive, while that collected at the center \c\ and other areas is negative (88.). The currents in the plate, therefore, flow from the center toward the magnetic poles and out to the edge.

100. If the marked pole be placed above, all other things remaining the same, the electricity at b, fig. 15, is still positive. If the marked pole be placed below, or the unmarked pole above, the electricity is reversed. If the direction of revolution in any case is reversed, the electricity is also reversed.

100. If the marked pole is placed on top, with everything else staying the same, the electricity at b, fig. 15, is still positive. If the marked pole is placed below or the unmarked pole is on top, the electricity is reversed. If the direction of rotation is reversed in any case, the electricity is also reversed.

101. It is now evident that the rotating plate is merely another form of the simpler experiment of passing a piece of metal between the magnetic poles in a rectilinear direction, and that in such cases currents of electricity are produced at right angles to the direction of the motion, and crossing it at the place of the magnetic pole or poles. This was sufficiently shown by the following simple experiment: A piece of copper plate one fifth of an inch thick, one inch and a half wide, and twelve inches long, being amalgamated at the edges, was placed between the magnetic poles, whilst the two conductors from the galvanometer were held in contact with its edges; it was then drawn through between the poles of the conductors in the direction of the arrow, fig. 16; immediately the galvanometer needle was deflected, its north or marked end passed eastward, indicating that the wire A received negative and the wire B positive electricity; and as the marked pole was above, the result is in perfect accordance with the effect obtained by the rotatory plate (99.).

101. It's now clear that the rotating plate is just another version of the simpler experiment of moving a piece of metal between magnetic poles in a straight line, and that in such cases, electric currents are generated at right angles to the direction of motion, crossing at the location of the magnetic pole or poles. This was clearly demonstrated by the following simple experiment: A piece of copper plate that is one-fifth of an inch thick, one and a half inches wide, and twelve inches long, with the edges amalgamated, was placed between the magnetic poles, while two conductors from the galvanometer were in contact with its edges; it was then pulled through between the poles of the conductors in the direction of the arrow, fig. 16; immediately, the galvanometer needle moved, with its north or marked end pointing east, indicating that wire A received negative and wire B received positive electricity; and since the marked pole was above, the result aligns perfectly with the effect obtained by the rotating plate (99.).

102. On reversing the motion of the plate, the needle at the galvanometer was deflected in the opposite direction, showing an opposite current.

102. When the motion of the plate was reversed, the needle on the galvanometer moved in the opposite direction, indicating a reverse current.

103. To render evident the character of the electrical current existing in various parts of the moving copper plate, differing in their relation to the inducing poles, one collector (86.) only was applied at the part to be examined near to the pole, the other being connected with the end of the plate as the most neutral place: the results are given at fig. 17-20, the marked pole being above the plate. In fig. 17, B received positive electricity; but the plate moving in the same direction, it received on the opposite side, fig. 18, negative electricity: reversing the motion of the latter, as in fig. 20, B received positive electricity; or reversing the motion of the first arrangement, that of fig. 17 to fig. 19, B received negative electricity.

103. To demonstrate the nature of the electrical current in different areas of the moving copper plate, which vary in relation to the inducing poles, one collector (86.) was placed close to the pole to be examined, while the other was connected to the end of the plate as a neutral point. The results are shown in fig. 17-20, with the marked pole positioned above the plate. In fig. 17, B collected positive electricity; however, while the plate moved in the same direction, it collected negative electricity on the opposite side, as seen in fig. 18. When the motion of the latter was reversed, as shown in fig. 20, B collected positive electricity again; or if we reversed the motion of the first setup, transitioning from fig. 17 to fig. 19, B collected negative electricity.

104. When the plates were previously removed sideways from between the magnets, as in fig. 21, so as to be quite out of the polar axis, still the same effects were produced, though not so strongly.

104. When the plates were taken out sideways from between the magnets, like in fig. 21, so that they were completely out of the polar axis, the same effects still occurred, although not as intensely.

105. When the magnetic poles were in contact, and the copper plate was drawn between the conductors near to the place, there was but very little effect produced. When the poles were opened by the width of a card, the effect was somewhat more, but still very small.

105. When the magnetic poles were touching, and the copper plate was pulled between the conductors close to that spot, there was only a very minimal effect. When the poles were separated by the thickness of a card, the effect was slightly greater, but still quite small.

106. When an amalgamated copper wire, one eighth of an inch thick, was drawn through between the conductors and poles (101.), it produced a very considerable effect, though not so much as the plates.

106. When a combined copper wire, one eighth of an inch thick, was pulled through between the conductors and poles (101.), it created a significant effect, though not as much as the plates.

107. If the conductors were held permanently against any particular parts of the copper plates, and carried between the magnetic poles with them, effects the same as those described were produced, in accordance with the results obtained with the revolving disc (94.).

107. If the conductors were kept pressed against certain spots on the copper plates and moved with them between the magnetic poles, the same effects as those described earlier would occur, in line with the results seen with the revolving disc (94.).

108. On the conductors being held against the ends of the plates, and the latter then passed between the magnetic poles, in a direction transverse to their length, the same effects were produced (fig. 22.). The parts of the plates towards the end may be considered either as mere conductors, or as portions of metal in which the electrical current is excited, according to their distance and the strength of the magnet; but the results were in perfect harmony with those before obtained. The effect was as strong as when the conductors were held against the sides of the plate (101.).

108. When the conductors were pressed against the ends of the plates, and those plates were then passed between the magnetic poles in a direction perpendicular to their length, the same effects were observed (fig. 22.). The areas of the plates at the ends can be seen either as simple conductors or as sections of metal where the electrical current is generated, depending on their distance and the strength of the magnet; however, the results were completely in line with those previously obtained. The effect was as strong as when the conductors were pressed against the sides of the plate (101.).

109. When a mere wire, connected with the galvanometer so as to form a complete circuit, was passed through between the poles, the galvanometer was affected; and upon moving the wire to and fro, so as to make the alternate impulses produced correspond with the vibrations of the needle, the latter could be increased to 20° or 30° on each side the magnetic meridian.

109. When a simple wire, connected to the galvanometer to complete the circuit, was passed between the poles, the galvanometer responded; and by moving the wire back and forth to match the alternating impulses with the needle's vibrations, the needle's deflection could be increased to 20° or 30° on either side of the magnetic meridian.

110. Upon connecting the ends of a plate of metal with the galvanometer wires, and then carrying it between the poles from end to end (as in fig. 23.), in either direction, no effect whatever was produced upon the galvanometer. But the moment the motion became transverse, the needle was deflected.

110. When the ends of a metal plate were connected to the galvanometer wires, and then it was moved between the poles from one end to the other (as shown in fig. 23), there was no effect on the galvanometer in either direction. However, as soon as the movement became sideways, the needle was deflected.

111. These effects were also obtained from electro-magnetic poles, resulting from the use of copper helices or spirals, either alone or with iron cores (34. 54.). The directions of the motions were precisely the same; but the action was much greater when the iron cores were used, than without.

111. These effects were also produced by electromagnetic poles, created by using copper coils or spirals, either on their own or with iron cores (34. 54.). The directions of the motions were exactly the same; however, the effect was significantly stronger when the iron cores were included than when they weren’t.

112. When a flat spiral was passed through edgewise between the poles, a curious action at the galvanometer resulted; the needle first went strongly one way, but then suddenly stopped, as if it struck against some solid obstacle, and immediately returned. If the spiral were passed through from above downwards, or from below upwards, still the motion of the needle was in the same direction, then suddenly stopped, and then was reversed. But on turning the spiral half-way round, i.e. edge for edge, then the directions of the motions were reversed, but still were suddenly interrupted and inverted as before. This double action depends upon the halves of the spiral (divided by a line passing through its centre perpendicular to the direction of its motion) acting in opposite directions; and the reason why the needle went to the same side, whether the spiral passed by the poles in the one or the other direction, was the circumstance, that upon changing the motion, the direction of the wires in the approaching half of the spiral was changed also. The effects, curious as they appear when witnessed, are immediately referable to the action of single wires (40. 109.).

112. When a flat spiral was inserted edgewise between the poles, an interesting reaction occurred at the galvanometer; the needle initially moved strongly in one direction, but then suddenly stopped, as if it hit some solid barrier, and immediately reversed direction. If the spiral was passed through from top to bottom or from bottom to top, the needle still moved in the same direction, then abruptly stopped, and then reversed. However, when the spiral was turned halfway around, meaning edge to edge, the directions of the movements were reversed but still abruptly stopped and inverted as before. This dual action is due to the halves of the spiral (split by a line through its center that’s perpendicular to the direction of its motion) acting in opposite ways. The reason the needle moved to the same side, regardless of whether the spiral passed by the poles in one direction or the other, was because when the motion was changed, the direction of the wires in the approaching half of the spiral also changed. The effects, as curious as they seem when observed, can be directly attributed to the action of individual wires (40. 109.).

113. Although the experiments with the revolving plate, wires, and plates of metal, were first successfully made with the large magnet belonging to the Royal Society, yet they were all ultimately repeated with a couple of bar magnets two feet long, one inch and a half wide, and half an inch thick; and, by rendering the galvanometer (87.) a little more delicate, with the most striking results. Ferro-electro-magnets, as those of Moll, Henry, &c. (57.), are very powerful. It is very essential, when making experiments on different substances, that thermo-electric effects (produced by contact of the fingers, &c.) be avoided, or at least appreciated and accounted for; they are easily distinguished by their permanency, and their independence of the magnets, or of the direction of the motion.

113. Even though the experiments with the spinning plate, wires, and metal plates were initially successfully conducted using the large magnet from the Royal Society, they were ultimately repeated with a couple of bar magnets that were two feet long, one and a half inches wide, and half an inch thick. By making the galvanometer (87.) a bit more sensitive, the results were even more impressive. Ferro-electro-magnets, like those of Moll, Henry, etc. (57.), are very strong. It's crucial when experimenting with different materials to avoid thermo-electric effects (caused by contact with fingers, etc.), or at least to recognize and account for them; they are easy to identify because of their permanence and because they are independent of the magnets or the direction of movement.

114. The relation which holds between the magnetic pole, the moving wire or metal, and the direction of the current evolved, i.e. the law which governs the evolution of electricity by magneto-electric induction, is very simple, although rather difficult to express. If in fig. 24, PN represent a horizontal wire passing by a marked magnetic pole, so that the direction of its motion shall coincide with the curved line proceeding from below upwards; or if its motion parallel to itself be in a line tangential to the curved line, but in the general direction of the arrows; or if it pass the pole in other directions, but so as to cut the magnetic curves13 in the same general direction, or on the same side as they would be cut by the wire if moving along the dotted curved line;—then the current of electricity in the wire is from P to N. If it be carried in the reverse directions, the electric current will be from N to P. Or if the wire be in the vertical position, figured P' N', and it be carried in similar directions, coinciding with the dotted horizontal curve so far, as to cut the magnetic curves on the same side with it, the current will be from P' to N'. If the wire be considered a tangent to the curved surface of the cylindrical magnet, and it be carried round that surface into any other position, or if the magnet itself be revolved on its axis, so as to bring any part opposite to the tangential wire,—still, if afterwards the wire be moved in the directions indicated, the current of electricity will be from P to N; or if it be moved in the opposite direction, from N to P; so that as regards the motions of the wire past the pole, they may be reduced to two, directly opposite to each other, one of which produces a current from P to N, and the other from N to P.

114. The relationship between the magnetic pole, the moving wire or metal, and the direction of the produced current, i.e., the law that governs the generation of electricity through magneto-electric induction, is quite straightforward, though somewhat challenging to articulate. In Fig. 24, if PN represents a horizontal wire passing by a designated magnetic pole, such that its motion aligns with the curved line moving from below to above; or if its motion is parallel to itself in a tangential line to the curved line, generally following the direction of the arrows; or if it passes the pole in other directions but still cuts the magnetic curves 13 in roughly the same direction or on the same side as it would if moving along the dotted curved line;—then the electric current in the wire flows from P to N. If the motion is reversed, the current will flow from N to P. Alternatively, if the wire is vertical, represented by P' N', and it moves in similar directions that align with the dotted horizontal curve, cutting the magnetic curves on the same side, the current will flow from P' to N'. If the wire is seen as tangent to the curved surface of the cylindrical magnet and is rotated around that surface into any position, or if the magnet itself is spun around its axis to bring any part in front of the tangential wire,—if the wire is then moved in the indicated directions, the electric current will still flow from P to N; or if moved in the opposite direction, from N to P. Thus, regarding the movements of the wire past the pole, they can essentially be categorized into two opposite directions, where one creates a current from P to N, and the other from N to P.

115. The same holds true of the unmarked pole of the magnet, except that if it be substituted for the one in the figure, then, as the wires are moved in the direction of the arrows, the current of electricity would be from N to P, and when they move in the reverse direction, from P to N.

115. The same is true for the unmarked end of the magnet. If you replace it with the one shown in the figure, then when the wires are moved in the direction of the arrows, the electric current would flow from N to P, and when moved in the opposite direction, it would flow from P to N.

116. Hence the current of electricity which is excited in metal when moving in the neighbourhood of a magnet, depends for its direction altogether upon the relation of the metal to the resultant of magnetic action, or to the magnetic curves, and may be expressed in a popular way thus; Let AB (fig. 25.) represent a cylinder magnet, A being the marked pole, and B the unmarked pole; let PN be a silver knife-blade, resting across the magnet with its edge upward, and with its marked or notched side towards the pole A; then in whatever direction or position this knife be moved edge foremost, either about the marked or the unmarked pole, the current of electricity produced will be from P to N, provided the intersected curves proceeding from A abut upon the notched surface of the knife, and those from B upon the unnotched side. Or if the knife be moved with its back foremost, the current will be from N to P in every possible position and direction, provided the intersected curves abut on the same surfaces as before. A little model is easily constructed, by using a cylinder of wood for a magnet, a flat piece for the blade, and a piece of thread connecting one end of the cylinder with the other, and passing through a hole in the blade, for the magnetic curves: this readily gives the result of any possible direction.

116. The electric current created in metal when it's near a magnet depends entirely on how the metal relates to the combination of magnetic forces or the magnetic lines of force. To explain it simply: Let AB (fig. 25) represent a cylindrical magnet, with A as the marked pole and B as the unmarked pole. Let PN be a silver knife blade, resting across the magnet with its edge facing up and its marked or notched side toward pole A. No matter which direction or position you move this knife, with the edge facing forward, around either the marked or unmarked pole, the electric current generated will flow from P to N, as long as the magnetic lines from A meet the notched surface of the knife and those from B meet the unnotched side. If the knife is moved with its back facing forward, the current will flow from N to P in every possible position and direction, again provided the magnetic lines meet the same surfaces as before. You can easily make a small model using a wooden cylinder as a magnet, a flat piece as the blade, and a piece of thread connecting one end of the cylinder to the other, passing through a hole in the blade to represent the magnetic lines: this will help demonstrate any possible direction.

117. When the wire under induction is passing by an electromagnetic pole, as for instance one end of a copper helix traversed by the electric current (34.), the direction of the current in the approaching wire is the same with that of the current in the parts or sides of the spirals nearest to it, and in the receding wire the reverse of that in the parts nearest to it.

117. When the wire that's being induced moves past an electromagnetic pole, like one end of a copper coil carrying electric current (34.), the direction of the current in the approaching wire matches the current direction in the closest parts of the spirals. In the receding wire, the current direction is the opposite of that in the parts nearest to it.

118. All these results show that the power of inducing electric currents is circumferentially exerted by a magnetic resultant or axis of power, just as circumferential magnetism is dependent upon and is exhibited by an electric current.

118. All these results show that the ability to create electric currents is exerted around a magnetic force or power axis, just as the magnetic force around an object relies on and is demonstrated by an electric current.

119. The experiments described combine to prove that when a piece of metal (and the same may be true of all conducting matter (213.) ) is passed either before a single pole, or between the opposite poles of a magnet, or near electro-magnetic poles, whether ferruginous or not, electrical currents are produced across the metal transverse to the direction of motion; and which therefore, in Arago's experiments, will approximate towards the direction of radii. If a single wire be moved like the spoke of a wheel near a magnetic pole, a current of electricity is determined through it from one end towards the other. If a wheel be imagined, constructed of a great number of these radii, and this revolved near the pole, in the manner of the copper disc (85.), each radius will have a current produced in it as it passes by the pole. If the radii be supposed to be in contact laterally, a copper disc results, in which the directions of the currents will be generally the same, being modified only by the coaction which can take place between the particles, now that they are in metallic contact.

119. The experiments described show that when a piece of metal (and this might also apply to all conductive materials (213.)) is moved either in front of one magnetic pole or between opposite poles of a magnet, or close to electro-magnetic poles, whether they contain iron or not, electrical currents are generated across the metal perpendicular to the direction of motion. In Arago's experiments, these currents tend to align with the direction of the radii. If a single wire is moved like a spoke of a wheel near a magnetic pole, an electric current flows through it from one end to the other. If we imagine a wheel made up of many of these spokes, and it spins near the pole like a copper disc (85.), each spoke will generate a current as it passes by the pole. If the spokes are thought to be in contact with each other, it creates a copper disc where the directions of the currents will generally align, only slightly influenced by the interaction that occurs between the particles now that they're in contact.

120. Now that the existence of these currents is known, Arago's phenomena may be accounted for without considering them as due to the formation in the copper, of a pole of the opposite kind to that approximated, surrounded by a diffuse polarity of the same kind (82.); neither is it essential that the plate should acquire and lose its state in a finite time; nor on the other hand does it seem necessary that any repulsive force should be admitted as the cause of the rotation (82.).

120. Now that we know these currents exist, we can explain Arago's phenomena without thinking they result from the formation in the copper of an opposite pole to the one that is nearby, surrounded by a diffuse polarity of the same type (82.); it’s also not necessary for the plate to gain and lose its state in a specific time; nor does it seem required to consider any repulsive force as the reason for the rotation (82.).

121. The effect is precisely of the same kind as the electromagnetic rotations which I had the good fortune to discover some years ago14. According to the experiments then made which have since been abundantly confirmed, if a wire (PN fig. 26.) be connected with the positive and negative ends of a voltaic buttery, so that the positive electricity shall pass from P to N, and a marked magnetic pole N be placed near the wire between it and the spectator, the pole will move in a direction tangential to the wire, i.e. towards the right, and the wire will move tangentially towards the left, according to the directions of the arrows. This is exactly what takes place in the rotation of a plate beneath a magnetic pole; for let N (fig. 27.) be a marked pole above the circular plate, the latter being rotated in the direction of the arrow: immediately currents of positive electricity set from the central parts in the general direction of the radii by the pole to the parts of the circumference a on the other side of that pole (99. 119.), and are therefore exactly in the same relation to it as the current in the wire (PN, fig. 26.), and therefore the pole in the same manner moves to the right hand.

121. The effect is exactly like the electromagnetic rotations I was fortunate enough to discover a few years ago14. Based on the experiments conducted at that time, which have since been thoroughly confirmed, if you connect a wire (PN fig. 26.) to the positive and negative ends of a battery, so that the positive electricity flows from P to N, and you place a marked magnetic pole N near the wire, between it and the observer, the pole will move tangentially to the wire, meaning it will go to the right, while the wire will move tangentially to the left, following the arrows' directions. This is exactly what happens when you rotate a plate under a magnetic pole; if N (fig. 27.) is a marked pole above the circular plate, and the plate rotates in the direction of the arrow, positive electric currents immediately start from the center towards the radius where the pole is, reaching the circumference part a on the opposite side of that pole (99. 119.), making them relate to each other just like the current in the wire (PN, fig. 26.), therefore causing the pole to move to the right as well.

122. If the rotation of the disc be reversed, the electric currents are reversed (91.), and the pole therefore moves to the left hand. If the contrary pole be employed, the effects are the same, i.e. in the same direction, because currents of electricity, the reverse of those described, are produced, and by reversing both poles and currents, the visible effects remain unchanged. In whatever position the axis of the magnet be placed, provided the same pole be applied to the same side of the plate, the electric current produced is in the same direction, in consistency with the law already stated (114, &c.); and thus every circumstance regarding the direction of the motion may be explained.

122. If the disc's rotation is reversed, the electric currents are also reversed (91.), and the pole moves to the left. If the opposite pole is used, the effects are the same, meaning they go in the same direction, because currents of electricity opposite to those previously mentioned are generated. By reversing both the poles and the currents, the visible effects stay the same. Regardless of how the axis of the magnet is positioned, as long as the same pole is applied to the same side of the plate, the electric current produced flows in the same direction, in line with the previously mentioned law (114, &c.); thus, every factor concerning the direction of the motion can be explained.

123. These currents are discharged or return in the parts of the plate on each side of and more distant from the place of the pole, where, of course, the magnetic induction is weaker; and when the collectors are applied, and a current of electricity is carried away to the galvanometer (88.), the deflection there is merely a repetition, by the same current or part of it, of the effect of rotation in the magnet over the plate itself.

123. These currents are discharged or returned in the sections of the plate on both sides and further away from the position of the pole, where the magnetic induction is, of course, weaker; and when the collectors are connected, and an electric current is sent to the galvanometer (88.), the deflection there is simply a repetition, by the same current or part of it, of the effect of rotation in the magnet over the plate itself.

124. It is under the point of view just put forth that I have ventured to say it is not necessary that the plate should acquire and lose its state in a finite time (120.); for if it were possible for the current to be fully developed the instant before it arrived at its state of nearest approximation to the vertical pole of the magnet, instead of opposite to or a little beyond it, still the relative motion of the pole and plate would be the same, the resulting force being in fact tangential instead of direct.

124. From the perspective just mentioned, I suggest that it's not required for the plate to gain and lose its state within a specific timeframe (120.); because if it were possible for the current to be completely established the moment before it reached its closest position to the vertical pole of the magnet, rather than directly opposite or slightly past it, the relative motion between the pole and the plate would remain the same, with the resulting force actually being tangential instead of direct.

125. But it is possible (though not necessary for the rotation) that time may be required for the development of the maximum current in the plate, in which case the resultant of all the forces would be in advance of the magnet when the plate is rotated, or in the rear of the magnet when the latter is rotated, and many of the effects with pure electro-magnetic poles tend to prove this is the case. Then, the tangential force may be resolved into two others, one parallel to the plane of rotation, and the other perpendicular to it; the former would be the force exerted in making the plate revolve with the magnet, or the magnet with the plate; the latter would be a repulsive force, and is probably that, the effects of which M. Arago has also discovered (82.).

125. However, it’s possible (though not necessary for the rotation) that time might be needed for the maximum current to develop in the plate. In that case, the result of all the forces would be ahead of the magnet when the plate is rotated, or behind the magnet when it’s the magnet that’s rotated. Many effects with pure electromagnetic poles seem to support this idea. Then, the tangential force can be broken down into two separate forces: one parallel to the plane of rotation and the other perpendicular to it. The first would be the force used to make the plate turn with the magnet, or the magnet turn with the plate. The second would act as a repulsive force, which is likely what M. Arago has also discovered (82.).

126. The extraordinary circumstance accompanying this action, which has seemed so inexplicable, namely, the cessation of all phenomena when the magnet and metal are brought to rest, now receives a full explanation (82.); for then the electrical currents which cause the motion cease altogether.

126. The unusual situation surrounding this action, which has felt so hard to understand, specifically the stopping of all phenomena when the magnet and metal are no longer in motion, now has a complete explanation (82.); because at that point, the electrical currents that create the motion come to a complete stop.

127. All the effects of solution of metallic continuity, and the consequent diminution of power described by Messrs. Babbage and Herschel15, now receive their natural explanation, as well also as the resumption of power when the cuts were filled up by metallic substances, which, though conductors of electricity, were themselves very deficient in the power of influencing magnets. And new modes of cutting the plate may be devised, which shall almost entirely destroy its power. Thus, if a copper plate (81.) be cut through at about a fifth or sixth of its diameter from the edge, so as to separate a ring from it, and this ring be again fastened on, but with a thickness of paper intervening (fig. 29.), and if Arago's experiment be made with this compound plate so adjusted that the section shall continually travel opposite the pole, it is evident that the magnetic currents will be greatly interfered with, and the plate probably lose much of its effect16.

127. All the effects of breaking the metallic continuity and the resulting decrease in power described by Messrs. Babbage and Herschel15 now have their clear explanation, as does the restoration of power when the gaps were filled with metallic substances that, while conductors of electricity, were weak in their influence on magnets. Moreover, new ways of cutting the plate could be developed that would almost completely eliminate its power. For instance, if a copper plate (81.) is cut about a fifth or sixth of its diameter from the edge, creating a ring that can be reattached with a layer of paper in between (fig. 29.), and if Arago's experiment is conducted with this adjusted compound plate in such a way that the cut continuously moves opposite the pole, it's clear that the magnetic currents will be significantly disrupted, causing the plate to likely lose much of its effectiveness16.

An elementary result of this kind was obtained by using two pieces of thick copper, shaped as in fig. 28. When the two neighbouring edges were amalgamated and put together, and the arrangement passed between the poles of the magnet, in the direction parallel to these edges, a current was urged through the wires attached to the outer angles, and the galvanometer became strongly affected; but when a single film of paper was interposed, and the experiment repeated, no sensible effect could be produced.

An elementary result of this kind was obtained by using two pieces of thick copper, shaped as shown in fig. 28. When the two adjacent edges were joined together and placed between the poles of the magnet, with the direction aligned parallel to these edges, a current flowed through the wires connected to the outer angles, and the galvanometer showed a strong response; however, when a single sheet of paper was placed in between and the experiment was repeated, no noticeable effect could be observed.

128. A section of this kind could not interfere much with the induction of magnetism, supposed to be of the nature ordinarily received by iron.

128. A section like this wouldn't really affect the induction of magnetism, which is believed to be the kind usually associated with iron.

129. The effect of rotation on deflection of the needle, which M. Arago obtained by ordinary magnets, M. Ampère succeeded in procuring by electro-magnets. This is perfectly in harmony with the results relative to volta-electric and magneto-electric induction described in this paper. And by using flat spirals of copper wire, through which electric currents were sent, in place of ordinary magnetic poles (Ill.), sometimes applying a single one to one side of the rotating plate, and sometimes two to opposite sides, I obtained the induced currents of electricity from the plate itself, and could lead them away to, and ascertain their existence by, the galvanometer.

129. The impact of rotation on the deflection of the needle, which M. Arago achieved with regular magnets, M. Ampère managed to replicate using electromagnets. This aligns perfectly with the findings on voltaic and magneto-electric induction discussed in this paper. By using flat spirals of copper wire, through which electric currents were passed, instead of regular magnetic poles (Ill.), I sometimes applied one spiral to one side of the rotating plate, and at other times two spirals to opposite sides. I was able to generate induced electric currents from the plate itself, which I could then direct away and confirm their presence using the galvanometer.

130. The cause which has now been assigned for the rotation in Arago's experiment, namely, the production of electrical currents, seems abundantly sufficient in all cases where the metals, or perhaps even other conductors, are concerned; but with regard to such bodies as glass, resins, and, above all, gases, it seems impossible that currents of electricity, capable of producing these effects, should be generated in them. Yet Arago found that the effects in question were produced by these and by all bodies tried (81.). Messrs. Babbage and Herschel, it is true, did not observe them with any substance not metallic, except carbon, in a highly conducting state (82.). Mr. Harris has ascertained their occurrence with wood, marble, freestone and annealed glass, but obtained no effect with sulphuric acid and saturated solution of sulphate of iron, although these are better conductors of electricity than the former substances.

130. The reason given for the rotation in Arago's experiment, which is the generation of electrical currents, seems to sufficiently explain the phenomenon in cases involving metals and possibly other conductors. However, for materials like glass, resins, and especially gases, it seems unlikely that electrical currents strong enough to produce these effects could be generated in them. Still, Arago found that the effects occurred with these and all other materials he tested (81.). Messrs. Babbage and Herschel didn't observe these effects in any non-metallic substances, except for carbon in a highly conductive state (82.). Mr. Harris has confirmed these effects with wood, marble, freestone, and annealed glass, but saw no effect with sulfuric acid and saturated solutions of iron sulfate, even though these are better conductors of electricity than the previous materials.

131. Future investigations will no doubt explain these difficulties, and decide the point whether the retarding or dragging action spoken of is always simultaneous with electric currents.17 The existence of the action in metals, only whilst the currents exist, i.e. whilst motion is given (82. 88.), and the explication of the repulsive action observed by M. Arago (82. 125.), are powerful reasons for referring it to this cause; but it may be combined with others which occasionally act alone.

131. Future research will definitely clarify these challenges, and determine whether the slowing or dragging effect mentioned happens every time electric currents are present.17 The fact that this effect occurs in metals only when the currents are active, meaning when motion is applied (82. 88.), along with the explanation of the repulsive effect noted by M. Arago (82. 125.), strongly suggests that it's linked to this cause; however, it might also combine with other factors that can sometimes act independently.

132. Copper, iron, tin, zinc, lead, mercury, and all the metals tried, produced electrical currents when passed between the magnetic poles: the mercury was put into a glass tube for the purpose. The dense carbon deposited in coal gas retorts, also produced the current, but ordinary charcoal did not. Neither could I obtain any sensible effects with brine, sulphuric acid, saline solutions, &c., whether rotated in basins, or inclosed in tubes and passed between the poles.

132. Copper, iron, tin, zinc, lead, mercury, and all the tested metals generated electrical currents when placed between the magnetic poles: mercury was put into a glass tube for this purpose. The dense carbon left over in coal gas retorts also produced a current, but regular charcoal did not. I also couldn’t achieve any noticeable effects with brine, sulfuric acid, saline solutions, etc., whether spun in basins or contained in tubes passed between the poles.

133. I have never been able to produce any sensation upon the tongue by the wires connected with the conductors applied to the edges of the revolving plate (88.) or slips of metal (101.). Nor have I been able to heat a fine platina wire, or produce a spark, or convulse the limbs of a frog. I have failed also to produce any chemical effects by electricity thus evolved (22. 56).

133. I have never been able to create any sensation on the tongue using the wires connected to the conductors attached to the edges of the revolving plate (88.) or metal strips (101.). I also haven't been able to heat a fine platinum wire, produce a spark, or make a frog's limbs twitch. Additionally, I've failed to generate any chemical effects from the electricity produced this way (22. 56).

134. As the electric current in the revolving copper plate occupies but a small space, proceeding by the poles and being discharged right and left at very small distances comparatively (123.); and as it exists in a thick mass of metal possessing almost the highest conducting power of any, and consequently offering extraordinary facility for its production and discharge; and as, notwithstanding this, considerable currents may be drawn off which can pass through narrow wires, forty, fifty, sixty, or even one hundred feet long; it is evident that the current existing in the plate itself must be a very powerful one, when the rotation is rapid and the magnet strong. This is also abundantly proved by the obedience and readiness with which a magnet ten or twelve pounds in weight follows the motion of the plate and will strongly twist up the cord by which it is suspended.

134. Since the electric current in the spinning copper plate takes up only a small space, flowing from the poles and being released on both sides at relatively short distances (123.); and since it exists in a thick mass of metal that has one of the highest conducting capacities, making it very easy to produce and discharge; and since, despite this, significant currents can be drawn that can travel through narrow wires, forty, fifty, sixty, or even one hundred feet long; it’s clear that the current in the plate itself must be very strong when it's spinning quickly and the magnet is powerful. This is further demonstrated by how readily a magnet weighing ten or twelve pounds follows the plate's movement and will tightly twist the cord it hangs from.

135. Two rough trials were made with the intention of constructing magneto-electric machines. In one, a ring one inch and a half broad and twelve inches external diameter, cut from a thick copper plate, was mounted so as to revolve between the poles of the magnet and represent a plate similar to those formerly used (101.), but of interminable length; the inner and outer edges were amalgamated, and the conductors applied one to each edge, at the place of the magnetic poles. The current of electricity evolved did not appear by the galvanometer to be stronger, if so strong, as that from the circular plate (88.).

135. Two rough experiments were conducted to create magneto-electric machines. In one of them, a ring that was one and a half inches wide and twelve inches in external diameter, cut from a thick copper plate, was set up to spin between the magnet's poles, resembling a plate like those used before (101.), but with endless length. The inner and outer edges were combined, and conductors were connected to each edge at the location of the magnetic poles. The electric current generated did not appear, according to the galvanometer, to be stronger, if even as strong, as that from the circular plate (88.).

136. In the other, small thick discs of copper or other metal, half an inch in diameter, were revolved rapidly near to the poles, but with the axis of rotation out of the polar axis; the electricity evolved was collected by conductors applied as before to the edges (86.). Currents were procured, but of strength much inferior to that produced by the circular plate.

136. In the other setup, small, thick discs made of copper or another metal, about half an inch in diameter, were spun quickly near the poles, but their rotation axis was tilted away from the polar axis. The electricity generated was collected using conductors attached to the edges as before (86.). Currents were generated, but they were significantly weaker than those produced by the circular plate.

137. The latter experiment is analogous to those made by Mr. Barlow with a rotating iron shell, subject to the influence of the earth18. The effects obtained by him have been referred by Messrs. Babbage and Herschel to the same cause as that considered as influential in Arago's experiment19; but it would be interesting to know how far the electric current which might be produced in the experiment would account for the deflexion of the needle. The mere inversion of a copper wire six or seven times near the poles of the magnet, and isochronously with the vibrations of the galvanometer needle connected with it, was sufficient to make the needle vibrate through an arc of 60° or 70°. The rotation of a copper shell would perhaps decide the point, and might even throw light upon the more permanent, though somewhat analogous effects obtained by Mr. Christie.

137. The latter experiment is similar to those conducted by Mr. Barlow using a rotating iron shell, influenced by the earth18. The results he achieved have been attributed by Messrs. Babbage and Herschel to the same factor considered significant in Arago's experiment19; however, it would be intriguing to understand how much the electric current generated in the experiment would explain the deflection of the needle. Simply inverting a copper wire six or seven times near the magnet's poles, and doing so in sync with the vibrations of the galvanometer needle connected to it, was enough to make the needle swing through an arc of 60° or 70°. Rotating a copper shell could potentially clarify this issue and might even shed light on the more permanent, albeit somewhat similar, effects observed by Mr. Christie.

138. The remark which has already been made respecting iron (66.), and the independence of the ordinary magnetical phenomena of that substance and the phenomena now described of magneto-electric induction in that and other metals, was fully confirmed by many results of the kind detailed in this section. When an iron plate similar to the copper one formerly described (101.) was passed between the magnetic poles, it gave a current of electricity like the copper plate, but decidedly of less power; and in the experiments upon the induction of electric currents (9.), no difference in the kind of action between iron and other metals could be perceived. The power therefore of an iron plate to drag a magnet after it, or to intercept magnetic action, should be carefully distinguished from the similar power of such metals as silver, copper, &c. &c., inasmuch as in the iron by far the greater part of the effect is due to what may be called ordinary magnetic action. There can be no doubt that the cause assigned by Messrs. Babbage and Herschel in explication of Arago's phenomena is the true one, when iron is the metal used.

138. The point that was previously made about iron (66.) and the independence of its usual magnetic effects from the magneto-electric induction phenomena being discussed now in iron and other metals has been thoroughly supported by numerous results detailed in this section. When an iron plate similar to the copper one described earlier (101.) was moved between the magnetic poles, it produced an electric current like the copper plate, but noticeably weaker; and in the experiments on the induction of electric currents (9.), no difference in the nature of the action between iron and other metals could be observed. Therefore, the ability of an iron plate to pull a magnet along or to disrupt magnetic action should be distinctly separated from the similar abilities of metals like silver, copper, etc., because in iron, the majority of the effect comes from what can be described as ordinary magnetic action. There is no doubt that the explanation provided by Messrs. Babbage and Herschel for Arago's phenomena is the correct one when iron is the metal being used.

139. The very feeble powers which were found by those philosophers to belong to bismuth and antimony, when moving, of affecting the suspended magnet, and which has been confirmed by Mr. Harris, seem at first disproportionate to their conducting powers; whether it be so or not must be decided by future experiment (73.)20. These metals are highly crystalline, and probably conduct electricity with different degrees of facility in different directions; and it is not unlikely that where a mass is made up of a number of crystals heterogeneously associated, an effect approaching to that of actual division may occur (127.); or the currents of electricity may become more suddenly deflected at the confines of similar crystalline arrangements, and so be more readily and completely discharged within the mass.

139. The very weak abilities that these philosophers found in bismuth and antimony when they moved and affected a suspended magnet, which has been confirmed by Mr. Harris, seem at first to be disproportionate to their ability to conduct electricity; whether this is the case or not will need to be determined by future experiments (73.)20. These metals are highly crystalline and likely conduct electricity with varying degrees of ease in different directions; it’s also possible that when a mass is made up of a mixture of crystals arranged in different ways, an effect similar to actual division could happen (127.); or the electrical currents might suddenly change direction more at the boundaries of similar crystalline structures, allowing them to be more efficiently and completely discharged within the mass.

Royal Institution, November 1831.

Royal Institution, November 1831.

Note.—In consequence of the long period which has intervened between the reading and printing of the foregoing paper, accounts of the experiments have been dispersed, and, through a letter of my own to M. Hachette, have reached France and Italy. That letter was translated (with some errors), and read to the Academy of Sciences at Paris, 26th December, 1831. A copy of it in Le Temps of the 28th December quickly reached Signor Nobili, who, with Signor Antinori, immediately experimented upon the subject, and obtained many of the results mentioned in my letter; others they could not obtain or understand, because of the brevity of my account. These results by Signori Nobili and Antinori have been embodied in a paper dated 31st January 1832, and printed and published in the number of the Antologia dated November 1831 (according at least to the copy of the paper kindly sent me by Signor Nobili). It is evident the work could not have been then printed; and though Signor Nobili, in his paper, has inserted my letter as the text of his experiments, yet the circumstance of back date has caused many here, who have heard of Nobili's experiments by report only, to imagine his results were anterior to, instead of being dependent upon, mine.

Note.—Because a long time has passed between the reading and printing of the previous paper, details about the experiments have been spread around. Through a letter I sent to M. Hachette, this information reached France and Italy. That letter was translated (with some errors) and presented to the Academy of Sciences in Paris on December 26, 1831. A copy of it appeared in Le Temps on December 28, which quickly reached Signor Nobili. He, along with Signor Antinori, immediately conducted experiments on the topic and obtained many of the results I mentioned in my letter. However, there were others they could not replicate or grasp due to the brevity of my account. The results obtained by Signori Nobili and Antinori were included in a paper dated January 31, 1832, which was printed and published in the November 1831 issue of the Antologia (at least according to the copy kindly sent to me by Signor Nobili). It's clear that the work couldn't have been printed then. Although Signor Nobili included my letter as the basis for his experiments, the earlier date has led many, who heard about Nobili's experiments only through reports, to mistakenly believe that his findings came before mine instead of being based on them.

I may be allowed under these circumstances to remark, that I experimented on this subject several years ago, and have published results. (See Quarterly Journal of Science for July 1825, p. 338.) The following also is an extract from my note-book, dated November 28, 1825: "Experiments on induction by connecting wire of voltaic battery:—a battery of four troughs, ten pairs of plates, each arranged side by side—the poles connected by a wire about four feet long, parallel to which was another similar wire separated from it only by two thicknesses of paper, the ends of the latter were attached to a galvanometer:—exhibited no action, &c. &c. &c.—Could not in any way render any induction evident from the connecting wire." The cause of failure at that time is now evident (79.).—M.F. April, 1832.

I can say that I explored this topic several years ago and published my findings. (See Quarterly Journal of Science for July 1825, p. 338.) Here’s an excerpt from my notebook, dated November 28, 1825: "Experiments on induction by connecting wire from a voltaic battery:—a battery with four troughs, ten pairs of plates, each set up side by side—the poles were connected by a wire about four feet long, next to which was another similar wire separated by only two layers of paper, with the ends attached to a galvanometer:—showed no action, etc. etc. etc.—I couldn't detect any evidence of induction from the connecting wire." The reason for the failure at that time is now clear (79.).—M.F. April, 1832.


Second Series.

The Bakerian Lecture.

§ 5. Terrestrial Magneto-electric Induction. § 6. Force and Direction of Magneto-electric Induction generally.

§ 5. Earth's Magneto-electrical Induction. § 6. Magneto-electrical Induction: Force and Direction in General.

Read January 12, 1832.

Read Jan 12, 1832.

§ 5. Terrestrial Magneto-electric Induction.

140. When the general facts described in the former paper were discovered, and the law of magneto-electric induction relative to direction was ascertained (114.), it was not difficult to perceive that the earth would produce the same effect as a magnet, and to an extent that would, perhaps, render it available in the construction of new electrical machines. The following are some of the results obtained in pursuance of this view.

140. When the general facts described in the previous paper were discovered, and the law of magneto-electric induction related to direction was determined (114.), it wasn’t hard to see that the earth would create the same effect as a magnet, potentially to a degree that could be useful in building new electrical machines. Here are some of the results obtained from this perspective.

141. The hollow helix already described (6.) was connected with a galvanometer by wires eight feet long; and the soft iron cylinder (34.) after being heated red-hot and slowly cooled, to remove all traces of magnetism, was put into the helix so as to project equally at both ends, and fixed there. The combined helix and bar were held in the magnetic direction or line of dip, and (the galvanometer needle being motionless) were then inverted, so that the lower end should become the upper, but the whole still correspond to the magnetic direction; the needle was immediately deflected. As the latter returned to its first position, the helix and bar were again inverted; and by doing this two or three times, making the inversions and vibrations to coincide, the needle swung through an arc of 150° or 160°.

141. The hollow helix already described (6.) was connected to a galvanometer by eight-foot-long wires. The soft iron cylinder (34.), after being heated until it was red-hot and then gradually cooled to eliminate all traces of magnetism, was placed inside the helix so that it extended equally at both ends and secured there. The combined helix and bar were positioned in the magnetic direction or line of dip, and (with the galvanometer needle steady) were inverted, so that the lower end became the upper, while still maintaining alignment with the magnetic direction; the needle immediately deflected. As the needle returned to its original position, the helix and bar were inverted again. By repeating this two or three times, and making the inversions and vibrations align, the needle swung through an arc of 150° or 160°.

142. When one end of the helix, which may be called A, was uppermost at first (B end consequently being below), then it mattered not in which direction it proceeded during the inversion, whether to the right hand or left hand, or through any other course; still the galvanometer needle passed in the same direction. Again, when B end was uppermost, the inversion of the helix and bar in any direction always caused the needle to be deflected one way; that way being the opposite to the course of the deflection in the former case.

142. When one end of the helix, called A, was at the top at first (with end B below), it didn’t matter which way it turned during the inversion—whether to the right, the left, or any other direction—the galvanometer needle always moved in the same direction. Conversely, when end B was at the top, inverting the helix and bar in any direction made the needle deflect in a single way; that direction being the opposite of the deflection observed in the previous case.

143. When the helix with its iron core in any given position was inverted, the effect was as if a magnet with its marked pole downwards had been introduced from above into the inverted helix. Thus, if the end B were upwards, such a magnet introduced from above would make the marked end of the galvanometer needle pass west. Or the end B being downwards, and the soft iron in its place, inversion of the whole produced the same effect.

143. When the helix with its iron core in any position was turned upside down, it was like placing a magnet with its marked pole facing downwards into the flipped helix from above. So, if end B was facing upwards, introducing such a magnet from above would cause the marked end of the galvanometer needle to point west. Conversely, if end B was facing downwards, and the soft iron was in its position, flipping the whole thing produced the same result.

144. When the soft iron bar was taken out of the helix and inverted in various directions within four feet of the galvanometer, not the slightest effect upon it was produced.

144. When the soft iron bar was removed from the coil and turned in different directions within four feet of the galvanometer, it had no noticeable effect on it at all.

145. These phenomena are the necessary consequence of the inductive magnetic power of the earth, rendering the soft iron cylinder a magnet with its marked pole downwards. The experiment is analogous to that in which two bar magnets were used to magnetize the same cylinder in the same helix (36.), and the inversion of position in the present experiment is equivalent to a change of the poles in that arrangement. But the result is not less an instance of the evolution of electricity by means of the magnetism of the globe.

145. These events are the necessary result of the Earth's inductive magnetic power, making the soft iron cylinder a magnet with its marked pole facing down. This experiment is similar to one where two bar magnets were used to magnetize the same cylinder in the same helix (36.), and the change in position in this experiment is equivalent to switching the poles in that setup. However, the outcome is still a demonstration of electricity being generated by the Earth's magnetism.

146. The helix alone was then held permanently in the magnetic direction, and the soft iron cylinder afterwards introduced; the galvanometer needle was instantly deflected; by withdrawing the cylinder as the needle returned, and continuing the two actions simultaneously, the vibrations soon extended through an arc of 180°. The effect was precisely the same as that obtained by using a cylinder magnet with its marked pole downwards; and the direction of motion, &c. was perfectly in accordance with the results of former experiments obtained with such a magnet (39.). A magnet in that position being used, gave the same deflections, but stronger. When the helix was put at right angles to the magnetic direction or dip, then the introduction or removal of the soft iron cylinder produced no effect at the needle. Any inclination to the dip gave results of the same kind as those already described, but increasing in strength as the helix approximated to the direction of the dip.

146. The helix was then kept permanently aligned with the magnetic direction, and the soft iron cylinder was introduced afterward; the galvanometer needle moved immediately. By pulling out the cylinder as the needle returned, and keeping both actions going at the same time, the vibrations quickly spread through an arc of 180°. The effect was exactly the same as when using a cylinder magnet with its marked pole facing down; and the direction of motion, etc. was completely in line with the results from previous experiments conducted with such a magnet (39.). Using a magnet in that position produced the same deflections, but stronger. When the helix was positioned at right angles to the magnetic direction or dip, introducing or removing the soft iron cylinder had no effect on the needle. Any tilt towards the dip yielded similar results to those already mentioned, but the strength increased as the helix got closer to the direction of the dip.

147. A cylinder magnet, although it has great power of affecting the galvanometer when moving into or out of the helix, has no power of continuing the deflection (39.); and therefore, though left in, still the magnetic needle comes to its usual place of rest. But upon repeating (with the magnet) the experiment of inversion in the direction of the dip (141), the needle was affected as powerfully as before; the disturbance of the magnetism in the steel magnet, by the earth's inductive force upon it, being thus shown to be nearly, if not quite, equal in amount and rapidity to that occurring in soft iron. It is probable that in this way magneto-electrical arrangements may become very useful in indicating the disturbance of magnetic forces, where other means will not apply; for it is not the whole magnetic power which produces the visible effect, but only the difference due to the disturbing causes.

147. A cylinder magnet, while it strongly affects the galvanometer when it moves in or out of the coil, doesn't keep the deflection going (39.); so even if it's left in place, the magnetic needle returns to its usual resting point. However, when the experiment of reversing the dip direction (141) is repeated with the magnet, the needle is affected just as strongly as before; this shows that the disturbance in the magnetism of the steel magnet caused by the earth's magnetic influence is almost, if not completely, equal in strength and speed to that in soft iron. It's likely that magneto-electrical setups could be very useful for indicating disturbances in magnetic forces when other methods won't work; because it's not the entire magnetic force that creates the visible effect, but just the difference caused by the disturbances.

148. These favourable results led me to hope that the direct magneto-electric induction of the earth might be rendered sensible; and I ultimately succeeded in obtaining the effect in several ways. When the helix just referred to (141. 6.) was placed in the magnetic dip, but without any cylinder of iron or steel, and was then inverted, a feeble action at the needle was observed. Inverting the helix ten or twelve times, and at such periods that the deflecting forces exerted by the currents of electricity produced in it should be added to the momentum of the needle (39.), the latter was soon made to vibrate through an arc of 80° or 90°. Here, therefore, currents of electricity were produced by the direct inductive power of the earth's magnetism, without the use of any ferruginous matter, and upon a metal not capable of exhibiting any of the ordinary magnetic phenomena. The experiment in everything represents the effects produced by bringing the same helix to one or both poles of any powerful magnet (50.).

148. These positive results made me hopeful that the direct magneto-electric induction from the earth could be detected, and I eventually managed to achieve this effect in several ways. When the helix mentioned earlier (141. 6.) was placed in the magnetic dip, without any iron or steel cylinder, and then inverted, a slight movement of the needle was observed. Inverting the helix ten or twelve times, and at intervals that allowed the deflecting forces created by the electricity generated in it to combine with the momentum of the needle (39.), caused the needle to quickly vibrate through an arc of 80° or 90°. Thus, currents of electricity were generated by the direct inductive power of the earth's magnetism, without the use of any magnetic material, and on a metal that couldn't show any typical magnetic phenomena. The experiment accurately demonstrates the effects produced by bringing the same helix to one or both poles of any strong magnet (50.).

149. Guided by the law already expressed (114.), I expected that all the electric phenomena of the revolving metal plate could now be produced without any other magnet than the earth. The plate so often referred to (85.) was therefore fixed so as to rotate in a horizontal plane. The magnetic curves of the earth (114. note), i.e. the dip, passes through this plane at angles of about 70°, which it was expected would be an approximation to perpendicularity, quite enough to allow of magneto-electric induction sufficiently powerful to produce a current of electricity.

149. Following the law previously stated (114.), I anticipated that all the electric effects from the spinning metal plate could now occur using only the Earth's magnetism. The plate mentioned frequently (85.) was set up to rotate in a horizontal plane. The Earth's magnetic curves (114. note), which show the dip, intersect this plane at angles of about 70°, which I expected would be close enough to vertical to enable magneto-electric induction strong enough to generate an electric current.

150. Upon rotation of the plate, the currents ought, according to the law (114. 121.), to tend to pass in the direction of the radii, through all parts of the plate, either from the centre to the circumference, or from the circumference to the centre, as the direction of the rotation of the plate was one way or the other. One of the wires of the galvanometer was therefore brought in contact with the axis of the plate, and the other attached to a leaden collector or conductor (86.), which itself was placed against the amalgamated edge of the disc. On rotating the plate there was a distinct effect at the galvanometer needle; on reversing the rotation, the needle went in the opposite direction; and by making the action of the plate coincide with the vibrations of the needle, the arc through which the latter passed soon extended to half a circle.

150. When the plate rotates, the currents should, according to the law (114. 121.), move toward the radii through all areas of the plate, either from the center to the edge or from the edge to the center, depending on the direction the plate is spinning. One wire of the galvanometer was connected to the axis of the plate, while the other was linked to a lead collector or conductor (86.) that was pressed against the amalgamated edge of the disc. As the plate rotated, the galvanometer needle showed a clear effect; when the rotation was reversed, the needle moved in the opposite direction; and by syncing the plate's action with the needle's vibrations, the arc the needle traveled soon reached half a circle.

151. Whatever part of the edge of the plate was touched by the conductor, the electricity was the same, provided the direction of rotation continued unaltered.

151. No matter which part of the plate's edge was touched by the conductor, the electricity remained the same, as long as the direction of rotation stayed constant.

152. When the plate revolved screw-fashion, or as the hands of a watch, the current of electricity (150.) was from the centre to the circumference; when the direction of rotation was unscrew, the current was from the circumference to the centre. These directions are the same with those obtained when the unmarked pole of a magnet was placed beneath the revolving plate (99.).

152. When the plate turned like a screw or the hands of a clock, the flow of electricity (150.) went from the center to the edge; when it rotated in the opposite direction, the flow went from the edge to the center. These directions match those observed when the unmarked pole of a magnet was positioned under the spinning plate (99.).

153. When the plate was in the magnetic meridian, or in any other plane coinciding with the magnetic dip, then its rotation produced no effect upon the galvanometer. When inclined to the dip but a few degrees, electricity began to appear upon rotation. Thus when standing upright in a plane perpendicular to the magnetic meridian, and when consequently its own plane was inclined only about 20° to the dip, revolution of the plate evolved electricity. As the inclination was increased, the electricity became more powerful until the angle formed by the plane of the plate with the dip was 90°, when the electricity for a given velocity of the plate was a maximum.

153. When the plate was aligned with the magnetic meridian, or in any other position matching the magnetic dip, its rotation didn’t affect the galvanometer. However, when tilted just a few degrees from the dip, electricity started to generate during the rotation. So, when it was standing upright in a plane that was perpendicular to the magnetic meridian, making its own plane tilted only about 20° from the dip, the rotation of the plate generated electricity. As the tilt increased, the electricity grew stronger until the angle between the plate and the dip reached 90°, at which point the electricity was at its maximum for a given speed of the plate.

154. It is a striking thing to observe the revolving copper plate become thus a new electrical machine; and curious results arise on comparing it with the common machine. In the one, the plate is of the best non-conducting substance that can be applied; in the other, it is the most perfect conductor: in the one, insulation is essential; in the other, it is fatal. In comparison of the quantities of electricity produced, the metal machine does not at all fall below the glass one; for it can produce a constant current capable of deflecting the galvanometer needle, whereas the latter cannot. It is quite true that the force of the current thus evolved has not as yet been increased so as to render it available in any of our ordinary applications of this power; but there appears every reasonable expectation that this may hereafter be effected; and probably by several arrangements. Weak as the current may seem to be, it is as strong as, if not stronger than, any thermo-electric current; for it can pass fluids (23.), agitate the animal system, and in the case of an electro-magnet has produced sparks (32.).

154. It's fascinating to see the rotating copper plate transform into a new electrical machine; and interesting results come up when you compare it to the regular machine. In one, the plate is made of the best non-conductive material; in the other, it's the most perfect conductor. In one case, insulation is crucial; in the other, it's detrimental. When looking at the amount of electricity produced, the metal machine holds its own against the glass one; it can create a steady current strong enough to move the galvanometer needle, while the glass machine cannot. It's true that the strength of the current generated hasn't yet been boosted enough to be useful for our usual applications of this power; however, there's good reason to believe that this could be achieved in the future, likely through various setups. As weak as the current may seem, it's as strong as, if not stronger than, any thermo-electric current; it can flow through liquids (23.), stimulate the nervous system, and produce sparks (32.) in the case of an electro-magnet.

155. A disc of copper, one fifth of an inch thick and only one inch and a half in diameter, was amalgamated at the edge; a square piece of sheet lead (copper would have been better) of equal thickness had a circular hole cut in it, into which the disc loosely fitted; a little mercury completed the metallic communication of the disc and its surrounding ring; the latter was attached to one of the galvanometer wires, and the other wire dipped into a little metallic cup containing mercury, fixed upon the top of the copper axis of the small disc. Upon rotating the disc in a horizontal plane, the galvanometer needle could be affected, although the earth was the only magnet employed, and the radius of the disc but three quarters of an inch; in which space only the current was excited.

155. A copper disc, one-fifth of an inch thick and only one and a half inches in diameter, was connected at the edge; a square piece of sheet lead (copper would have worked better) of the same thickness had a circular hole cut in it, into which the disc loosely fit; a bit of mercury completed the metal connection between the disc and its surrounding ring; the latter was attached to one of the galvanometer wires, and the other wire dipped into a small metal cup filled with mercury, which was fixed on top of the copper axis of the small disc. When the disc was rotated in a horizontal plane, the galvanometer needle could be influenced, even though the earth was the only magnet used, and the radius of the disc was only three-quarters of an inch; within this space, only the current was generated.

156. On putting the pole of a magnet under the revolving disc, the galvanometer needle could be permanently deflected.

156. When the pole of a magnet was placed under the spinning disc, the galvanometer needle could be permanently deflected.

157. On using copper wires one sixth of an inch in thickness instead of the smaller wires (86.) hitherto constantly employed, far more powerful effects were obtained. Perhaps if the galvanometer had consisted of fewer turns of thick wire instead of many convolutions of thinner, more striking effects would have been produced.

157. Using copper wires that are one sixth of an inch thick instead of the smaller wires (86.) that were used before resulted in much more powerful effects. If the galvanometer had been made with fewer loops of thick wire instead of many turns of thinner wire, it might have produced even more impressive effects.

158. One form of apparatus which I purpose having arranged, is to have several discs superposed; the discs are to be metallically connected, alternately at the edges and at the centres, by means of mercury; and are then to be revolved alternately in opposite directions, i.e. the first, third, fifth, &c. to the right hand, and the second, fourth, sixth, &c. to the left hand; the whole being placed so that the discs are perpendicular to the dip, or intersect most directly the magnetic curves of powerful magnets. The electricity will be from the centre to the circumference in one set of discs, and from the circumference to the centre in those on each side of them; thus the action of the whole will conjoin to produce one combined and more powerful current.

158. One type of equipment I plan to set up consists of several stacked discs. These discs will be electrically connected, alternately at the edges and at the centers, using mercury. They will then spin in opposite directions: the first, third, fifth, etc. will turn to the right, while the second, fourth, sixth, etc. will turn to the left. The entire setup will be positioned so that the discs are vertical to the dip or intersect most directly with the magnetic curves of strong magnets. Electricity will flow from the center to the edge in one set of discs, and from the edge to the center in the discs on each side of them; thus, the combined action of all will create a single, stronger current.

159. I have rather, however, been desirous of discovering new facts and new relations dependent on magneto-electric induction, than of exalting the force of those already obtained; being assured that the latter would find their full development hereafter.

159. However, I've been more interested in uncovering new facts and new connections related to magneto-electric induction than in enhancing the strength of those already found, knowing that the latter will fully develop in the future.

* * * * *

Please provide the text for modernization.

160. I referred in my former paper to the probable influence of terrestrial magneto-electric induction (137.) in producing, either altogether or in part, the phenomena observed by Messrs. Christie and Barlow21, whilst revolving ferruginous bodies; and especially those observed by the latter when rapidly rotating an iron shell, which were by that philosopher referred to a change in the ordinary disposition of the magnetism of the ball. I suggested also that the rotation of a copper globe would probably insulate the effects due to electric currents from those due to mere derangement of magnetism, and throw light upon the true nature of the phenomena.

160. In my previous paper, I mentioned the likely effect of terrestrial magneto-electric induction (137.) in causing, either entirely or in part, the phenomena observed by Messrs. Christie and Barlow21, while rotating ferrous objects; particularly those noted by Barlow when he rapidly spun an iron shell, which he attributed to a change in the usual arrangement of the magnetism of the sphere. I also proposed that spinning a copper globe would probably separate the effects from electric currents and those from simple magnetic disruption, shedding light on the true nature of the phenomena.

161. Upon considering the law already referred to (114.), it appeared impossible that a metallic globe could revolve under natural circumstances, without having electric currents produced within it, circulating round the revolving globe in a plane at right angles to the plane of revolution, provided its axis of rotation did not coincide with the dip; and it appeared that the current would be most powerful when the axis of revolution was perpendicular to the dip of the needle: for then all those parts of the ball below a plane passing through its centre and perpendicular to the dip, would in moving cut the magnetic curves in one direction, whilst all those parts above that plane would intersect them in the other direction: currents therefore would exist in these moving parts, proceeding from one pole of rotation to the other; but the currents above would be in the reverse direction to those below, and in conjunction with them would produce a continued circulation of electricity.

161. After looking into the law mentioned earlier (114.), it seemed impossible for a metal globe to rotate naturally without generating electric currents inside it, circulating around the revolving globe in a direction perpendicular to the plane of rotation, as long as its axis of rotation didn’t align with the dip. It seemed that the current would be strongest when the axis of rotation was at a right angle to the dip of the needle: this way, all parts of the ball below an imaginary plane that goes through its center and is perpendicular to the dip would move in a way that cuts the magnetic curves in one direction, while all parts above that plane would intersect them in the opposite direction. Therefore, currents would exist in these moving parts, flowing from one rotation pole to the other; but the currents above would flow in the opposite direction to those below, and together they would create a continuous flow of electricity.

162. As the electric currents are nowhere interrupted in the ball, powerful effects were expected, and I endeavoured to obtain them with simple apparatus. The ball I used was of brass; it had belonged to an old electrical machine, was hollow, thin (too thin), and four inches in diameter; a brass wire was screwed into it, and the ball either turned in the hand by the wire, or sometimes, to render it more steady, supported by its wire in a notched piece of wood, and motion again given by the hand. The ball gave no signs of magnetism when at rest.

162. Since the electric currents were uninterrupted in the ball, I expected strong effects and tried to achieve them with basic equipment. The ball I used was made of brass; it was originally part of an old electrical machine, hollow, thin (too thin), and four inches in diameter. A brass wire was screwed into it, allowing the ball to either be rotated by the wire in my hand or, to keep it steadier, supported by its wire in a notched piece of wood while I gave it motion again by hand. The ball showed no signs of magnetism when it was at rest.

163. A compound magnetic needle was used to detect the currents. It was arranged thus: a sewing-needle had the head and point broken off, and was then magnetised; being broken in halves, the two magnets thus produced were fixed on a stem of dried grass, so as to be perpendicular to it, and about four inches asunder; they were both in one plane, but their similar poles in contrary directions. The grass was attached to a piece of unspun silk about six inches long, the latter to a stick passing through a cork in the mouth of a cylindrical jar; and thus a compound arrangement was obtained, perfectly sheltered from the motion of the air, but little influenced by the magnetism of the earth, and yet highly sensible to magnetic and electric forces, when the latter were brought into the vicinity of the one or the other needle.

163. A compound magnetic needle was used to detect currents. It was set up like this: a sewing needle had its head and point cut off, and then it was magnetized; after being broken in half, the two magnets created were attached to a stem of dried grass, positioned so that they were perpendicular to it and about four inches apart; both were in the same plane, but their similar poles faced opposite directions. The grass was connected to a piece of unspun silk about six inches long, which was then attached to a stick passing through a cork in the mouth of a cylindrical jar; this created a compound setup that was completely shielded from air movement, minimally affected by the Earth's magnetism, and highly sensitive to magnetic and electric forces when they were brought close to either needle.

164. Upon adjusting the needles to the plane of the magnetic meridian; arranging the ball on the outside of the glass jar to the west of the needles, and at such a height that its centre should correspond horizontally with the upper needle, whilst its axis was in the plane of the magnetic meridian, but perpendicular to the dip; and then rotating the ball, the needle was immediately affected. Upon inverting the direction of rotation, the needle was again affected, but in the opposite direction. When the ball revolved from east over to west, the marked pole went eastward; when the ball revolved in the opposite direction, the marked pole went westward or towards the ball. Upon placing the ball to the east of the needles, still the needle was deflected in the same way; i.e. when the ball revolved from east over to west, the marked pole wont eastward (or towards the ball); when the rotation was in the opposite direction, the marked pole went westward.

164. After adjusting the needles to align with the magnetic meridian, position the ball outside the glass jar to the west of the needles and at a height where its center matches the upper needle horizontally, while its axis is in the plane of the magnetic meridian but perpendicular to the dip. Then, when you rotate the ball, the needle is immediately affected. If you reverse the rotation direction, the needle reacts again, but in the opposite way. When the ball spins from east to west, the marked pole moves eastward; when the ball rotates the other way, the marked pole moves westward or towards the ball. Even when placing the ball to the east of the needles, the needle deflected the same way; that is, when the ball turned from east to west, the marked pole moved eastward (or towards the ball); and when the rotation was reversed, the marked pole moved westward.

165. By twisting the silk of the needles, the latter were brought into a position perpendicular to the plane of the magnetic meridian; the ball was again revolved, with its axis parallel to the needles; the upper was affected as before, and the deflection was such as to show that both here and in the former case the needle was influenced solely by currents of electricity existing in the brass globe.

165. By twisting the silk around the needles, they were positioned perpendicular to the magnetic meridian; the ball was rotated again, with its axis parallel to the needles; the upper needle responded as before, and the deflection indicated that in both this case and the previous one, the needle was affected only by the electric currents present in the brass globe.

166. If the upper part of the revolving ball be considered as a wire moving from east to west, over the unmarked pole of the earth, the current of electricity in it should be from north to south (99. 114. 150.); if the under part be considered as a similar wire, moving from west to east over the same pole, the electric current should be from south to north; and the circulation of electricity should therefore be from north above to south, and below back to north, in a metal ball revolving from east above to west in these latitudes. Now these currents are exactly those required to give the directions of the needle in the experiments just described; so that the coincidence of the theory from which the experiments were deduced with the experiments themselves, is perfect.

166. If you think of the upper part of the spinning ball as a wire moving from east to west over the unmarked pole of the Earth, the flow of electricity in it should go from north to south (99. 114. 150.); if the lower part is seen as a similar wire moving from west to east over the same pole, the electric current should flow from south to north. Therefore, the circulation of electricity should go from north above to south, and below back to north, in a metal ball spinning from east above to west at these latitudes. Now, these currents are exactly what’s needed to determine the direction of the needle in the experiments we just talked about; thus, the alignment of the theory behind the experiments with the experiments themselves is perfect.

167. Upon inclining the axis of rotation considerably, the revolving ball was still found to affect the magnetic needle; and it was not until the angle which it formed with the magnetic dip was rendered small, that its effects, even upon this apparatus, were lost (153.). When revolving with its axis parallel to the dip, it is evident that the globe becomes analogous to the copper plate; electricity of one kind might be collected at its equator, and of the other kind at its poles.

167. When the axis of rotation was tilted significantly, the spinning ball still influenced the magnetic needle; it was only when the angle it made with the magnetic dip became small that its effects on this device disappeared (153.). When it spins with its axis parallel to the dip, it’s clear that the globe acts like the copper plate; one type of electricity could be gathered at its equator, and the opposite type at its poles.

168. A current in the ball, such as that described above (161.), although it ought to deflect a needle the same way whether it be to the right or the left of the ball and of the axis of rotation, ought to deflect it the contrary way when above or below the ball; for then the needle is, or ought to be, acted upon in a contrary direction by the current. This expectation was fulfilled by revolving the ball beneath the magnetic needle, the latter being still inclosed in its jar. When the ball was revolved from east over to west, the marked pole of the needle, instead of passing eastward, went westward; and when revolved from west over to east, the marked pole went eastward.

168. A current in the ball, like the one described above (161.), should deflect a needle the same way whether it’s to the right or the left of the ball and the axis of rotation. However, it should deflect it in the opposite direction when it’s above or below the ball; in that case, the needle is influenced by the current in the opposite direction. This expectation was confirmed by rotating the ball beneath the magnetic needle, which was still enclosed in its jar. When the ball was turned from east to west, the marked pole of the needle, instead of moving eastward, moved westward; and when rotated from west to east, the marked pole moved eastward.

169. The deflections of the magnetic needle thus obtained with a brass ball are exactly in the same direction as those observed by Mr. Barlow in the revolution of the iron shell; and from the manner in which iron exhibits the phenomena of magneto-electric induction like any other metal, and distinct from its peculiar magnetic phenomena (132.), it is impossible but that electric currents must have been excited, and become active in those experiments. What proportion of the whole effect obtained is due to this cause, must be decided by a more elaborate investigation of all the phenomena.

169. The deflections of the magnetic needle observed with a brass ball are exactly in the same direction as those noted by Mr. Barlow during the revolution of the iron shell. Given how iron shows the phenomena of magneto-electric induction just like any other metal, and separately from its unique magnetic characteristics (132.), it’s clear that electric currents must have been generated and became active in those experiments. Determining what portion of the overall effect is due to this cause will require a more detailed investigation of all the phenomena.

170. These results, in conjunction with the general law before stated (114.), suggested an experiment of extreme simplicity, which yet, on trial, was found to answer perfectly. The exclusion of all extraneous circumstances and complexity of arrangement, and the distinct character of the indications afforded, render this single experiment an epitome of nearly all the facts of magneto-electric induction.

170. These results, along with the previously stated general law (114.), inspired a very simple experiment that, when tested, worked perfectly. The removal of all outside factors and complicated setups, along with the clear nature of the results, make this single experiment a summary of nearly all the facts about magneto-electric induction.

171. A piece of common copper wire, about eight feet long and one twentieth of an inch in thickness, had one of its ends fastened to one of the terminations of the galvanometer wire, and the other end to the other termination; thus it formed an endless continuation of the galvanometer wire: it was then roughly adjusted into the shape of a rectangle, or rather of a loop, the upper part of which could be carried to and fro over the galvanometer, whilst the lower part, and the galvanometer attached to it, remained steady (Plate II. fig. 30.). Upon moving this loop over the galvanometer from right to left, the magnetic needle was immediately deflected; upon passing the loop back again, the needle passed in the contrary direction to what it did before; upon repeating these motions of the loop in accordance with the vibrations of the needle (39.), the latter soon swung through 90° or more.

171. A piece of regular copper wire, about eight feet long and one-twentieth of an inch thick, had one end connected to one terminal of the galvanometer wire, and the other end connected to the other terminal; this way, it created a continuous loop of galvanometer wire. It was then roughly shaped into a rectangle, or rather a loop, with the upper part being movable over the galvanometer, while the lower part and the attached galvanometer stayed still (Plate II. fig. 30.). When this loop was moved over the galvanometer from right to left, the magnetic needle quickly swung to one side; as the loop was moved back again, the needle swung in the opposite direction compared to before. By repeating these movements of the loop in sync with the vibrations of the needle (39.), the needle soon moved through 90° or more.

172. The relation of the current of electricity produced in the wire, to its motion, may be understood by supposing the convolutions at the galvanometer away, and the wire arranged as a rectangle, with its lower edge horizontal and in the plane of the magnetic meridian, and a magnetic needle suspended above and over the middle part of this edge, and directed by the earth (fig. 30.). On passing the upper part of the rectangle from west to east into the position represented by the dotted line, the marked pole of the magnetic needle went west; the electric current was therefore from north to south in the part of the wire passing under the needle, and from south to north in the moving or upper part of the parallelogram. On passing the upper part of the rectangle from east to west over the galvanometer, the marked pole of the needle went east, and the current of electricity was therefore the reverse of the former.

172. The relationship between the electric current produced in the wire and its motion can be understood by imagining the coils at the galvanometer removed, with the wire set up as a rectangle. The bottom edge should be horizontal and aligned with the magnetic meridian, and a magnetic needle should be suspended above the middle of this edge, pointing toward the earth (fig. 30). When the upper part of the rectangle moves from west to east to the position shown by the dotted line, the marked pole of the magnetic needle moves west. This means the electric current was flowing from north to south in the section of the wire beneath the needle, and from south to north in the moving upper part of the rectangle. When the upper part of the rectangle moves from east to west over the galvanometer, the marked pole of the needle moves east, indicating that the electric current is now reversed from before.

173. When the rectangle was arranged in a plane east and west, and the magnetic needle made parallel to it, either by the torsion of its suspension thread or the action of a magnet, still the general effects were the same. On moving the upper part of the rectangle from north to south, the marked pole of the needle went north; when the wire was moved in the opposite direction, the marked pole went south. The same effect took place when the motion of the wire was in any other azimuth of the line of dip; the direction of the current always being conformable to the law formerly expressed (114.), and also to the directions obtained with the rotating ball (101.).

173. When the rectangle was positioned in a horizontal plane facing east and west, and the magnetic needle was aligned with it, either by twisting its suspension thread or using a magnet, the overall effects were the same. When the upper part of the rectangle was moved from north to south, the marked end of the needle pointed north; when the wire was moved in the opposite direction, the marked end pointed south. The same effect occurred when the wire was moved in any other direction of the dip; the direction of the current always followed the previously mentioned law (114.) and also aligned with the results obtained from the rotating ball (101.).

174. In these experiments it is not necessary to move the galvanometer or needle from its first position. It is quite sufficient if the wire of the rectangle is distorted where it leaves the instrument, and bent so as to allow the moving upper part to travel in the desired direction.

174. In these experiments, you don’t need to move the galvanometer or the needle from its initial position. It’s enough if the wire of the rectangle is bent where it exits the instrument, allowing the moving upper part to move in the desired direction.

175. The moveable part of the wire was then arranged below the galvanometer, but so as to be carried across the dip. It affected the instrument as before, and in the same direction; i.e. when carried from west to east under the instrument, the marked end of the needle went west, as before. This should, of course, be the case; for when the wire is cutting the magnetic dip in a certain direction, an electric current also in a certain direction should be induced in it.

175. The movable part of the wire was then positioned below the galvanometer, but designed to move across the dip. It influenced the instrument just like before and in the same way; that is, when it moved from west to east under the instrument, the marked end of the needle pointed west, just as it did before. This is, of course, expected; because when the wire is cutting through the magnetic dip in a specific direction, an electric current in that same direction should be induced in it.

176. If in fig. 31 dp be parallel to the dip, and BA be considered as the upper part of the rectangle (171.), with an arrow c attached to it, both these being retained in a plane perpendicular to the dip,—then, however BA with its attached arrow is moved upon dp as an axis, if it afterwards proceed in the direction of the arrow, a current of electricity will move along it from B towards A.

176. If in fig. 31 dp is parallel to the dip, and BA is seen as the top part of the rectangle (171.), with an arrow c attached to it, both of these remaining in a plane that’s perpendicular to the dip,—then, no matter how BA with its attached arrow is moved along dp as a pivot, if it then moves in the direction of the arrow, an electric current will flow from B to A.

177. When the moving part of the wire was carried up or down parallel to the dip, no effect was produced on the galvanometer. When the direction of motion was a little inclined to the dip, electricity manifested itself; and was at a maximum when the motion was perpendicular to the magnetic direction.

177. When the moving part of the wire was moved up or down parallel to the dip, there was no effect on the galvanometer. When the direction of motion was slightly tilted to the dip, electricity showed up, and it was at its peak when the motion was perpendicular to the magnetic direction.

178. When the wire was bent into other forms and moved, equally strong effects were obtained, especially when instead of a rectangle a double catenarian curve was formed of it on one side of the galvanometer, and the two single curves or halves were swung in opposite directions at the same time; their action then combined to affect the galvanometer: but all the results were reducible to those above described.

178. When the wire was bent into different shapes and moved, similar strong effects were observed, especially when instead of a rectangle, a double catenary curve was created on one side of the galvanometer, and the two single curves or halves were swung in opposite directions simultaneously; their combined action then influenced the galvanometer: but all the results could still be simplified to those described above.

179. The longer the extent of the moving wire, and the greater the space through which it moves, the greater is the effect upon the galvanometer.

179. The longer the length of the moving wire and the bigger the distance it moves, the greater the impact on the galvanometer.

180. The facility with which electric currents are produced in metals when moving under the influence of magnets, suggests that henceforth precautions should always be taken, in experiments upon metals and magnets, to guard against such effects. Considering the universality of the magnetic influence of the earth, it is a consequence which appears very extraordinary to the mind, that scarcely any piece of metal can be moved in contact with others, either at rest, or in motion with different velocities or in varying directions, without an electric current existing within them. It is probable that amongst arrangements of steam-engines and metal machinery, some curious accidental magneto-electric combinations may be found, producing effects which have never been observed, or, if noticed, have never as yet been understood.

180. The ease with which electric currents are generated in metals when they move under the influence of magnets suggests that we should always take precautions in experiments involving metals and magnets to prevent such effects. Considering the widespread magnetic influence of the Earth, it seems quite extraordinary that almost any piece of metal can be moved in contact with others, whether at rest, moving at different speeds, or in various directions, without generating an electric current within them. It's likely that among the setups of steam engines and metal machinery, there are some interesting accidental magneto-electric combinations that may create effects that have never been observed or, if they have been noticed, have never been fully understood.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text for me to modernize.

181. Upon considering the effects of terrestrial magneto-electric induction which have now been described, it is almost impossible to resist the impression that similar effects, but infinitely greater in force, may be produced by the action of the globe, as a magnet, upon its own mass, in consequence of its diurnal rotation. It would seem that if a bar of metal be laid in these latitudes on the surface of the earth parallel to the magnetic meridian, a current of electricity tends to pass through it from south to north, in consequence of the travelling of the bar from west to east (172.), by the rotation of the earth; that if another bar in the same direction be connected with the first by wires, it cannot discharge the current of the first, because it has an equal tendency to have a current in the same direction induced within itself: but that if the latter be carried from east to west, which is equivalent to a diminution of the motion communicated to it from the earth (172.), then the electric current from south to north is rendered evident in the first bar, in consequence of its discharge, at the same time, by means of the second.

181. After considering the effects of terrestrial magneto-electric induction described earlier, it’s hard to ignore the idea that similar effects, but much more powerful, could be created by the Earth acting as a magnet on its own mass due to its daily rotation. It seems that if you place a metal bar on the Earth's surface in these latitudes parallel to the magnetic meridian, an electric current tends to flow through it from south to north because the bar is moving from west to east (172.) with the Earth's rotation. If another bar is placed in the same direction and connected to the first by wires, it can’t discharge the current of the first bar since it also tends to have a current induced in the same direction. However, if the second bar is moved from east to west, which effectively reduces the motion it receives from the Earth (172.), then the electric current from south to north becomes noticeable in the first bar, due to its discharge at the same time through the second bar.

182. Upon the supposition that the rotation of the earth tended, by magneto-electric induction, to cause currents in its own mass, these would, according to the law (114.) and the experiments, be, upon the surface at least, from the parts in the neighbourhood of or towards the plane of the equator, in opposite directions to the poles; and if collectors could be applied at the equator and at the poles of the globe, as has been done with the revolving copper plate (150.), and also with magnets (220.), then negative electricity would be collected at the equator, and positive electricity at both poles (222.). But without the conductors, or something equivalent to them, it is evident these currents could not exist, as they could not be discharged.

182. Assuming that the rotation of the earth causes currents within its own mass through magneto-electric induction, these currents would flow, at least on the surface, from areas near or towards the equator in opposite directions towards the poles, according to the law (114.) and experiments. If collectors were positioned at both the equator and the poles, similar to what has been done with the rotating copper plate (150.) and with magnets (220.), then negative electricity would gather at the equator, while positive electricity would accumulate at both poles (222.). However, it's clear that without conductors or something equivalent, these currents couldn't exist because they wouldn't be able to discharge.

183. I did not think it impossible that some natural difference might occur between bodies, relative to the intensity of the current produced or tending to be produced in them by magneto-electric induction, which might be shown by opposing them to each other; especially as Messrs. Arago, Babbage, Herschel, and Harris, have all found great differences, not only between the metals and other substances, but between the metals themselves, in their power of receiving motion from or giving it to a magnet in trials by revolution (130.). I therefore took two wires, each one hundred and twenty feet long, one of iron and the other of copper. These were connected with each other at their ends, and then extended in the direction of the magnetic meridian, so as to form two nearly parallel lines, nowhere in contact except at the extremities. The copper wire was then divided in the middle, and examined by a delicate galvanometer, but no evidence of an electrical current was obtained.

183. I didn't think it was impossible for some natural differences to occur between materials in terms of how strong the current produced or about to be produced in them by magneto-electric induction might be, which could be revealed by comparing them to each other; especially since Messrs. Arago, Babbage, Herschel, and Harris have all found significant differences, not just between metals and other materials, but also among the metals themselves, in their ability to either receive motion from or transfer it to a magnet during rotational tests (130.). So, I took two wires, each one hundred and twenty feet long, one made of iron and the other of copper. I connected them at their ends, extending them in the direction of the magnetic meridian to create two nearly parallel lines that didn't touch at any point except at the ends. I then cut the copper wire in the middle and tested it with a sensitive galvanometer, but found no evidence of an electrical current.

184. By favour of His Royal Highness the President of the Society, I obtained the permission of His Majesty to make experiments at the lake in the gardens of Kensington-palace, for the purpose of comparing, in a similar manner, water and metal. The basin of this lake is artificial; the water is supplied by the Chelsea Company; no springs run into it, and it presented what I required, namely, a uniform mass of still pure water, with banks ranging nearly from east to west, and from north to south.

184. With the help of His Royal Highness the President of the Society, I got permission from His Majesty to conduct experiments at the lake in the gardens of Kensington Palace, aiming to compare water and metal in a similar way. This lake's basin is man-made; it's filled with water from the Chelsea Company; no springs feed into it, and it provided what I needed: a consistent body of still, clean water, with banks stretching almost from east to west and north to south.

185. Two perfectly clean bright copper plates, each exposing four square feet of surface, were soldered to the extremities of a copper wire; the plates were immersed in the water, north and south of each other, the wire which connected them being arranged upon the grass of the bank. The plates were about four hundred and eighty feet from each other, in a right line; the wire was probably six hundred feet long. This wire was then divided in the middle, and connected by two cups of mercury with a delicate galvanometer.

185. Two perfectly clean, shiny copper plates, each with a surface area of four square feet, were attached to the ends of a copper wire. The plates were placed in the water, positioned north and south of each other, while the connecting wire lay along the grass on the bank. The plates were about four hundred eighty feet apart in a straight line, and the wire was likely six hundred feet long. This wire was then cut in the middle and connected by two cups of mercury to a sensitive galvanometer.

186. At first, indications of electric currents were obtained; but when these were tested by inverting the direction of contact, and in other ways, they were found to be due to other causes than the one sought for. A little difference in temperature; a minute portion of the nitrate of mercury used to amalgamate the wires, entering into the water employed to reduce the two cups of mercury to the same temperature; was sufficient to produce currents of electricity, which affected the galvanometer, notwithstanding they had to pass through nearly five hundred feet of water. When these and other interfering causes were guarded against, no effect was obtained; and it appeared that even such dissimilar substances as water and copper, when cutting the magnetic curves of the earth with equal velocity, perfectly neutralized each other's action.

186. At first, we recorded signs of electric currents; however, when these were tested by reversing the direction of contact and using other methods, it turned out they were caused by factors other than what we were looking for. A slight change in temperature or a tiny amount of the mercury nitrate used to coat the wires mixing into the water meant to equalize the temperature of the two mercury cups was enough to create electric currents that affected the galvanometer, even though they had to travel through almost five hundred feet of water. Once these and other interfering factors were controlled, no effect was observed; it seemed that even different materials like water and copper, when moving through the Earth's magnetic fields at the same speed, completely canceled out each other's effects.

187. Mr. Fox of Falmouth has obtained some highly important results respecting the electricity of metalliferous veins in the mines of Cornwall, which have been published in the Philosophical Transactions22. I have examined the paper with a view to ascertain whether any of the effects were probably referable to magneto-electric induction; but, though unable to form a very strong opinion, believe they are not. When parallel veins running east and west were compared, the general tendency of the electricity in the wires was from north to south; when the comparison was made between parts towards the surface and at some depth, the current of electricity in the wires was from above downwards. If there should be any natural difference in the force of the electric currents produced by magneto-electric induction in different substances, or substances in different positions moving with the earth, and which might be rendered evident by increasing the masses acted upon, then the wires and veins experimented with by Mr. Fox might perhaps have acted as dischargers to the electricity of the mass of strata included between them, and the directions of the currents would agree with those observed as above.

187. Mr. Fox from Falmouth has obtained some very important results regarding the electricity of mineral veins in the mines of Cornwall, which have been published in the Philosophical Transactions22. I have reviewed the paper to determine whether any of the effects might be attributed to magneto-electric induction; while I can't form a very strong opinion, I believe they are not. When comparing parallel veins running east and west, the overall direction of the electricity in the wires was from north to south; when comparing parts closer to the surface and at some depth, the electric current in the wires flowed from above downward. If there is any natural variation in the strength of the electric currents generated by magneto-electric induction in different materials, or in materials at different positions moving with the Earth, which could be revealed by increasing the masses involved, then the wires and veins tested by Mr. Fox might have acted as dischargers to the electricity of the strata between them, and the directions of the currents would align with those observed above.

188. Although the electricity obtained by magneto-electric induction in a few feet of wire is of but small intensity, and has not yet been observed except in metals, and carbon in a particular state, still it has power to pass through brine (23.); and, as increased length in the substance acted upon produces increase of intensity, I hoped to obtain effects from extensive moving masses of water, though quiescent water gave none. I made experiments therefore (by favour) at Waterloo Bridge, extending a copper wire nine hundred and sixty feet in length upon the parapet of the bridge, and dropping from its extremities other wires with extensive plates of metal attached to them to complete contact with the water. Thus the wire and the water made one conducting circuit; and as the water ebbed or flowed with the tide, I hoped to obtain currents analogous to those of the brass ball (161.).

188. Even though the electricity generated by magneto-electric induction in just a few feet of wire is quite weak and has only been seen in metals and carbon in a specific state, it can still pass through brine (23.); and since using a longer piece of the material increases intensity, I thought I could get results from large moving bodies of water, even though still water didn’t produce any. So, I conducted experiments (with permission) at Waterloo Bridge, running a copper wire nine hundred sixty feet long along the bridge's railing, and attaching other wires with large metal plates at the ends to ensure contact with the water. This way, the wire and the water formed one complete circuit; and as the water rose and fell with the tide, I hoped to generate currents similar to those produced by the brass ball (161.).

189. I constantly obtained deflections at the galvanometer, but they were very irregular, and were, in succession, referred to other causes than that sought for. The different condition of the water as to purity on the two sides of the river; the difference in temperature; slight differences in the plates, in the solder used, in the more or less perfect contact made by twisting or otherwise; all produced effects in turn: and though I experimented on the water passing through the middle arches only; used platina plates instead of copper; and took every other precaution, I could not after three days obtain any satisfactory results.

189. I kept getting readings on the galvanometer, but they were really inconsistent, and I attributed them to various factors other than what I was looking for. The varying purity of the water on both sides of the river, the temperature differences, slight variations in the plates, the solder used, and the imperfect contact from twisting or other methods all had an impact. Even though I focused my experiments on the water flowing through the middle arches only, used platinum plates instead of copper, and took every precaution I could think of, I still couldn't achieve any satisfactory results after three days.

190. Theoretically, it seems a necessary consequence, that where water is flowing, there electric currents should be formed; thus, if a line be imagined passing from Dover to Calais through the sea, and returning through the land beneath the water to Dover, it traces out a circuit of conducting matter, one part of which, when the water moves up or down the channel, is cutting the magnetic curves of the earth, whilst the other is relatively at rest. This is a repetition of the wire experiment (171.), but with worse conductors. Still there is every reason to believe that electric currents do run in the general direction of the circuit described, either one way or the other, according as the passage of the waters is up or down the channel. Where the lateral extent of the moving water is enormously increased, it does not seem improbable that the effect should become sensible; and the gulf stream may thus, perhaps, from electric currents moving across it, by magneto-electric induction from the earth, exert a sensible influence upon the forms of the lines of magnetic variation23.

190. Theoretically, it seems necessary that where water flows, electric currents should form. So, if you think about a line extending from Dover to Calais through the sea and returning through the land beneath the water back to Dover, it creates a circuit of conductive material. One part of this circuit, when the water moves up or down the channel, cuts across the Earth's magnetic fields, while the other part remains relatively still. This is similar to the wire experiment (171.), but with poorer conductors. Still, there's every reason to believe that electric currents flow in the general direction of this circuit, one way or the other, depending on whether the water is flowing up or down the channel. When the width of the moving water is significantly larger, it seems likely that the effect would become noticeable. The Gulf Stream may, therefore, exert a noticeable influence on the patterns of magnetic variation due to electric currents moving across it, driven by magneto-electric induction from the Earth. 23

191. Though positive results have not yet been obtained by the action of the earth upon water and aqueous fluids, yet, as the experiments are very limited in their extent, and as such fluids do yield the current by artificial magnets (23.), (for transference of the current is proof that it may be produced (213.),) the supposition made, that the earth produces these induced currents within itself (181.) in consequence of its diurnal rotation, is still highly probable (222, 223.); and when it is considered that the moving masses extend for thousands of miles across the magnetic curves, cutting them in various directions within its mass, as well as at the surface, it is possible the electricity may rise to considerable intensity.

191. Although we haven't yet seen positive results from the Earth's interaction with water and liquid substances, the experiments so far have been quite limited. These fluids can create electricity with artificial magnets (23.), and the transfer of current indicates that such electricity can be generated (213.). Therefore, the idea that the Earth generates these induced currents internally (181.) due to its daily rotation remains very likely (222, 223.). Furthermore, considering that moving masses extend thousands of miles across the magnetic fields, intersecting them in various ways both within the Earth and at its surface, it's possible that the electricity could become quite intense.

192. I hardly dare venture, even in the most hypothetical form, to ask whether the Aurora Borealis and Australia may not be the discharge of electricity, thus urged towards the poles of the earth, from whence it is endeavouring to return by natural and appointed means above the earth to the equatorial regions. The non-occurrence of it in very high latitudes is not at all against the supposition; and it is remarkable that Mr. Fox, who observed the deflections of the magnetic needle at Falmouth, by the Aurora Borealis, gives that direction of it which perfectly agrees with the present view. He states that all the variations at night were towards the east24, and this is what would happen if electric currents were setting from south to north in the earth under the needle, or from north to south in space above it.

192. I can barely bring myself to propose, even in the most theoretical way, whether the Aurora Borealis and Australia might be the result of electricity discharging as it travels towards the Earth's poles, trying to return by natural and established means above the Earth to the equatorial regions. The fact that it doesn't happen in very high latitudes doesn't contradict this idea at all; and it's interesting that Mr. Fox, who observed the magnetic needle's deflections at Falmouth due to the Aurora Borealis, gives a direction that completely matches this current understanding. He notes that all the variations at night pointed towards the east24, which is what would occur if electric currents were moving from south to north beneath the needle, or from north to south in the space above it.

§ 6. General remarks and illustrations of the Force and Direction of Magneto-electric Induction.

193. In the repetition and variation of Arago's experiment by Messrs. Babbage, Herschel, and Harris, these philosophers directed their attention to the differences of force observed amongst the metals and other substances in their action on the magnet. These differences were very great25, and led me to hope that by mechanical combinations of various metals important results might be obtained (183.). The following experiments were therefore made, with a view to obtain, if possible, any such difference of the action of two metals,

193. In the repeated experiments based on Arago's work by Messrs. Babbage, Herschel, and Harris, these thinkers focused on the varying strengths observed among metals and other materials in their interactions with magnets. These variations were significant25, and I began to hope that by combining different metals mechanically, we could achieve noteworthy outcomes (183.). Hence, the following experiments were conducted to see if we could identify any differences in the interaction of two metals,

194. A piece of soft iron bonnet-wire covered with cotton was laid bare and cleaned at one extremity, and there fastened by metallic contact with the clean end of a copper wire. Both wires were then twisted together like the strands of a rope, for eighteen or twenty inches; and the remaining parts being made to diverge, their extremities were connected with the wires of the galvanometer. The iron wire was about two feet long, the continuation to the galvanometer being copper.

194. A length of soft iron bonnet wire wrapped in cotton was stripped and cleaned at one end, which was then connected to the clean end of a copper wire. Both wires were twisted together like rope strands for about eighteen or twenty inches; the other ends were spread apart, and their tips were attached to the wires of the galvanometer. The iron wire was around two feet long, with the part leading to the galvanometer being made of copper.

195. The twisted copper and iron (touching each other nowhere but at the extremity) were then passed between the poles of a powerful magnet arranged horse-shoe fashion (fig. 32.); but not the slightest effect was observed at the galvanometer, although the arrangement seemed fitted to show any electrical difference between the two metals relative to the action of the magnet,

195. The twisted copper and iron (touching each other only at the ends) were then placed between the poles of a powerful magnet set up in a horseshoe shape (fig. 32.); however, there was no noticeable effect at the galvanometer, even though the setup appeared capable of detecting any electrical difference between the two metals in relation to the magnet's action,

196. A soft iron cylinder was then covered with paper at the middle part, and the twisted portion of the above compound wire coiled as a spiral around it, the connexion with the galvanometer still being made at the ends A and B. The iron cylinder was then brought in contact with the poles of a powerful magnet capable of raising thirty pounds; yet no signs of electricity appeared at the galvanometer. Every precaution was applied in making and breaking contact to accumulate effect, but no indications of a current could be obtained.

196. A soft iron cylinder was covered with paper in the middle, and the twisted part of the wire was coiled around it in a spiral, with connections still made to the galvanometer at points A and B. The iron cylinder was then placed in contact with the poles of a powerful magnet that could lift thirty pounds; however, there were no signs of electricity detected at the galvanometer. Every precaution was taken when making and breaking contact to generate an effect, but no indications of a current could be observed.

197. Copper and tin, copper and zinc, tin and zinc, tin and iron, and zinc and iron, were tried against each other in a similar manner (194), but not the slightest sign of electric currents could be procured.

197. Copper and tin, copper and zinc, tin and zinc, tin and iron, and zinc and iron were tested against each other in a similar way (194), but not the slightest indication of electric currents could be found.

198. Two flat spirals, one of copper and the other of iron, containing each eighteen inches of wire, were connected with each other and with the galvanometer, and then put face to face so as to be in contrary directions. When brought up to the magnetic pole (53.). No electrical indications at the galvanometer were observed. When one was turned round so that both were in the same direction, the effect at the galvanometer was very powerful.

198. Two flat spirals, one made of copper and the other of iron, each containing eighteen inches of wire, were connected together and to the galvanometer, then positioned face to face so that they pointed in opposite directions. When brought close to the magnetic pole (53.), there were no electrical signals detected on the galvanometer. However, when one was turned around so that both were aligned in the same direction, the effect on the galvanometer was very strong.

199. The compound helix of copper and iron wire formerly described (8.) was arranged as a double helix, one of the helices being all iron and containing two hundred and fourteen feet, the other all copper and continuing two hundred and eight feet. The two similar ends AA of the copper and iron helix were connected together, and the other ends BB of each helix connected with the galvanometer; so that when a magnet was introduced into the centre of the arrangement, the induced currents in the iron and copper would tend to proceed in contrary directions. Yet when a magnet was inserted, or a soft iron bar within made a magnet by contact with poles, no effect at the needle was produced.

199. The previously described compound helix made of copper and iron wire (8.) was set up as a double helix. One helix was entirely made of iron and was two hundred and fourteen feet long, while the other was entirely made of copper and extended two hundred and eight feet. The similar ends AA of both the copper and iron helices were connected together, and the other ends BB of each helix were connected to the galvanometer. This way, when a magnet was placed in the center of the setup, the induced currents in the iron and copper would flow in opposite directions. However, when a magnet was inserted or a soft iron bar was made into a magnet through contact with its poles, there was no effect on the needle.

200. A glass tube about fourteen inches long was filled with strong sulphuric acid. Twelve inches of the end of a clean copper wire were bent up into a bundle and inserted into the tube, so as to make good superficial contact with the acid, and the rest of the wire passed along the outside of the tube and away to the galvanometer. A wire similarly bent up at the extremity was immersed in the other end of the sulphuric acid, and also connected with the galvanometer, so that the acid and copper wire were in the same parallel relation to each other in this experiment as iron and copper were in the first (194). When this arrangement was passed in a similar manner between the poles of the magnet, not the slightest effect at the galvanometer could be perceived.

200. A glass tube about fourteen inches long was filled with strong sulfuric acid. Twelve inches of a clean copper wire were bent into a bundle and placed into the tube to ensure good surface contact with the acid, while the rest of the wire ran along the outside of the tube and connected to the galvanometer. A similarly bent wire at the other end was immersed in the sulfuric acid and also connected to the galvanometer, so that the acid and copper wire were arranged in the same parallel manner as iron and copper were in the first (194). When this setup was moved in a similar way between the poles of the magnet, there was no noticeable effect on the galvanometer.

201. From these experiments it would appear, that when metals of different kinds connected in one circuit are equally subject in every circumstance to magneto-electric induction, they exhibit exactly equal powers with respect to the currents which either are formed, or tend to form, in them. The same even appears to be the case with regard to fluids, and probably all other substances.

201. From these experiments, it seems that when different types of metals are connected in a single circuit and are equally affected by magneto-electric induction, they show exactly the same capabilities regarding the currents that are created or are likely to be created within them. The same also appears to be true for fluids, and likely for all other materials.

202. Still it seemed impossible that these results could indicate the relative inductive power of the magnet upon the different metals; for that the effect should be in some relation to the conducting power seemed a necessary consequence (139.), and the influence of rotating plates upon magnets had been found to bear a general relation to the conducting power of the substance used.

202. Still, it seemed impossible that these results could show the relative inductive power of the magnet on the different metals; it seemed necessary that the effect should be related to the conducting power (139.), and it had been found that the influence of rotating plates on magnets generally relates to the conducting power of the material used.

203. In the experiments of rotation (81.), the electric current is excited and discharged in the same substance, be it a good or bad conductor; but in the experiments just described the current excited in iron could not be transmitted but through the copper, and that excited in copper had to pass through iron: i.e. supposing currents of dissimilar strength to be formed in the metals proportionate to their conducting power, the stronger current had to pass through the worst conductor, and the weaker current through the best.

203. In the rotation experiments (81.), the electric current is generated and discharged within the same material, whether it's a good or bad conductor; however, in the previously described experiments, the current generated in iron could only be transmitted through copper, and the current generated in copper had to go through iron. In other words, if we assume that currents of different strengths are created in the metals based on their conducting ability, the stronger current had to flow through the poorer conductor, while the weaker current passed through the better conductor.

204. Experiments were therefore made in which different metals insulated from each other were passed between the poles of the magnet, their opposite ends being connected with the same end of the galvanometer wire, so that the currents formed and led away to the galvanometer should oppose each other; and when considerable lengths of different wires were used, feeble deflections were obtained.

204. Experiments were conducted where different metals, insulated from one another, were passed between the poles of the magnet, with their opposite ends connected to the same end of the galvanometer wire, so that the currents created and directed to the galvanometer would oppose each other; and when long lengths of different wires were used, weak deflections were observed.

205. To obtain perfectly satisfactory results a new galvanometer was constructed, consisting of two independent coils, each containing eighteen feet of silked copper wire. These coils were exactly alike in shape and number of turns, and were fixed side by side with a small interval between them, in which a double needle could be hung by a fibre of silk exactly as in the former instrument (87.). The coils may be distinguished by the letters KL, and when electrical currents were sent through them in the same direction, acted upon the needle with the sum of their powers; when in opposite directions, with the difference of their powers.

205. To achieve perfectly satisfactory results, a new galvanometer was built, featuring two separate coils, each made of eighteen feet of silk-covered copper wire. These coils were identical in shape and number of turns, positioned next to each other with a small gap in between, where a double needle could be suspended by a silk fiber just like in the previous instrument (87.). The coils are labeled KL, and when electrical currents flow through them in the same direction, they affect the needle with their combined strength; when flowing in opposite directions, they influence the needle with the difference in their strengths.

206. The compound helix (199. 8.) was now connected, the ends A and B of the iron with A and B ends of galvanometer coil K, and the ends A and B of the copper with B and A ends of galvanometer coil L, so that the currents excited in the two helices should pass in opposite directions through the coils K and L. On introducing a small cylinder magnet within the helices, the galvanometer needle was powerfully deflected. On disuniting the iron helix, the magnet caused with the copper helix alone still stronger deflection in the same direction. On reuniting the iron helix, and unconnecting the copper helix, the magnet caused a moderate deflection in the contrary direction. Thus it was evident that the electric current induced by a magnet in a copper wire was far more powerful than the current induced by the same magnet in an equal iron wire.

206. The compound helix (199. 8.) was now connected, with ends A and B of the iron linked to ends A and B of galvanometer coil K, and ends A and B of the copper linked to ends B and A of galvanometer coil L, so that the currents generated in the two helices would flow in opposite directions through coils K and L. When a small cylinder magnet was placed within the helices, the galvanometer needle was strongly deflected. When the iron helix was disconnected, the magnet caused an even stronger deflection using just the copper helix, in the same direction. When the iron helix was reconnected and the copper helix was disconnected, the magnet caused a moderate deflection in the opposite direction. Thus, it was clear that the electric current induced by a magnet in a copper wire was much stronger than the current induced by the same magnet in an equal length of iron wire.

207. To prevent any error that might arise from the greater influence, from vicinity or other circumstances, of one coil on the needle beyond that of the other, the iron and copper terminations were changed relative to the galvanometer coils KL, so that the one which before carried the current from the copper now conveyed that from the iron, and vice versa. But the same striking superiority of the copper was manifested as before. This precaution was taken in the rest of the experiments with other metals to be described.

207. To avoid any mistakes that might occur due to the greater influence of one coil on the needle compared to the other, whether from closeness or other factors, the iron and copper connections were switched relative to the galvanometer coils KL, so that the one which previously carried the current from the copper now carried it from the iron, and vice versa. However, the same impressive advantages of copper were evident as before. This step was taken in the other experiments with different metals that will be described.

208. I then had wires of iron, zinc, copper, tin, and lead, drawn to the same diameter (very nearly one twentieth of an inch), and I compared exactly equal lengths, namely sixteen feet, of each in pairs in the following manner: The ends of the copper wire were connected with the ends A and B of galvanometer coil K, and the ends of the zinc wire with the terminations A and B of the galvanometer coil L. The middle part of each wire was then coiled six times round a cylinder of soft iron covered with paper, long enough to connect the poles of Daniell's horse-shoe magnet (56.) (fig. 33.), so that similar helices of copper and zinc, each of six turns, surrounded the bar at two places equidistant from each other and from the poles of the magnet; but these helices were purposely arranged so as to be in contrary directions, and therefore send contrary currents through the galvanometer coils K and L,

208. I then had wires made of iron, zinc, copper, tin, and lead, all drawn to the same diameter (about one-twentieth of an inch), and I compared equal lengths, specifically sixteen feet, of each in pairs in the following way: The ends of the copper wire were connected to points A and B of galvanometer coil K, and the ends of the zinc wire were connected to points A and B of galvanometer coil L. The middle section of each wire was then wrapped six times around a cylinder of soft iron covered with paper, long enough to connect the poles of Daniell's horse-shoe magnet (56.) (fig. 33.), so that each copper and zinc helix, with six turns, surrounded the bar at two equal distances from each other and from the poles of the magnet; these helices were intentionally arranged in opposite directions, thus sending opposite currents through the galvanometer coils K and L.

209. On making and breaking contact between the soft iron bar and the poles of the magnet, the galvanometer was strongly affected; on detaching the zinc it was still more strongly affected in the same direction. On taking all the precautions before alluded to (207.), with others, it was abundantly proved that the current induced by the magnet in copper was far more powerful than in zinc.

209. When connecting and disconnecting the soft iron bar to the poles of the magnet, the galvanometer reacted strongly; when the zinc was removed, it reacted even more strongly in the same direction. By taking all the precautions mentioned earlier (207.), along with others, it was clearly demonstrated that the current generated by the magnet in copper was much stronger than in zinc.

210. The copper was then compared in a similar manner with tin, lead, and iron, and surpassed them all, even more than it did zinc. The zinc was then compared experimentally with the tin, lead, and iron, and found to produce a more powerful current than any of them. Iron in the same manner proved superior to tin and lead. Tin came next, and lead the last.

210. The copper was then compared in a similar way with tin, lead, and iron, and exceeded them all, even more than it did zinc. The zinc was then tested against tin, lead, and iron, and was found to generate a stronger current than any of them. Iron similarly proved to be better than tin and lead. Tin came next, and lead was last.

211. Thus the order of these metals is copper, zinc, iron, tin, and lead. It is exactly their order with respect to conducting power for electricity, and, with the exception of iron, is the order presented by the magneto-rotation experiments of Messrs. Babbage, Herschel, Harris, &c. The iron has additional power in the latter kind of experiments, because of its ordinary magnetic relations, and its place relative to magneto-electric action of the kind now under investigation cannot be ascertained by such trials. In the manner above described it may be correctly ascertained26.

211. So the order of these metals is copper, zinc, iron, tin, and lead. This is their order based on how well they conduct electricity, and, except for iron, it's also the order shown by the magneto-rotation experiments done by Babbage, Herschel, Harris, etc. Iron has extra power in these types of experiments due to its usual magnetic properties, and its position in relation to the magneto-electric action currently being studied can't be determined by such tests. The method described above can accurately determine it.26.

212. It must still be observed that in these experiments the whole effect between different metals is not obtained; for of the thirty-four feet of wire included in each circuit, eighteen feet are copper in both, being the wire of the galvanometer coils; and as the whole circuit is concerned in the resulting force of the current, tin's circumstance must tend to diminish the difference which would appear between the metals if the circuits were of the same substances throughout. In the present case the difference obtained is probably not more than a half of that which would be given if the whole of each circuit were of one metal.

212. It should still be noted that in these experiments, the full effect between different metals isn’t captured; of the thirty-four feet of wire used in each circuit, eighteen feet are copper in both, as this is the wire in the galvanometer coils. Since the entire circuit affects the resulting force of the current, this factor must reduce the difference that would show up between the metals if the circuits were made entirely of the same substance. In this case, the difference observed is likely only about half of what it would be if each circuit were made from only one type of metal.

213. These results tend to prove that the currents produced by magneto-electric induction in bodies is proportional to their conducting power. That they are exactly proportional to and altogether dependent upon the conducting power, is, I think, proved by the perfect neutrality displayed when two metals or other substances, as acid, water, &c. &c. (201. 186.), are opposed to each other in their action. The feeble current which tends to be produced in the worse conductor, has its transmission favoured in the better conductor, and the stronger current which tends to form in the latter has its intensity diminished by the obstruction of the former; and the forces of generation and obstruction are so perfectly neutralize each other exactly. Now as the obstruction is inversely as the balanced as to conducting power, the tendency to generate a current must be directly as that power to produce this perfect equilibrium.

213. These results suggest that the currents generated by magneto-electric induction in materials are proportional to their conductivity. I believe it's clear that they are exactly proportional to and entirely dependent on conductivity, as seen in the perfect neutrality observed when two metals or other substances, like acids or water, are put against each other in their action (201. 186.). The weak current that forms in the poorer conductor finds support in the better conductor, while the stronger current that forms in the latter has its intensity lessened by the resistance of the former; the forces of generation and obstruction completely balance each other out. Since the obstruction is inversely related to the balanced conductivity, the tendency to generate a current must be directly related to the capacity to maintain this perfect equilibrium.

214. The cause of the equality of action under the various circumstances described, where great extent of wire (183.) or wire and water (181.) were connected together, which yet produced such different effects upon the magnet, is now evident and simple.

214. The reason for the equality of action under the different situations described, where long lengths of wire (183.) or wire and water (181.) were connected, yet resulted in such varying effects on the magnet, is now clear and straightforward.

215. The effects of a rotating substance upon a needle or magnet ought, where ordinary magnetism has no influence, to be directly as the conducting power of the substance; and I venture now to predict that such will be found to be the case; and that in all those instances where non-conductors have been supposed to exhibit this peculiar influence, the motion has been due to some interfering cause of an ordinary kind; as mechanical communication of motion through the parts of the apparatus, or otherwise (as in the case Mr. Harris has pointed out27); or else to ordinary magnetic attractions. To distinguish the effects of the latter from those of the induced electric currents, I have been able to devise a most perfect test, which shall be almost immediately described (243.).

215. The effects of a rotating substance on a needle or magnet should, where typical magnetism doesn’t apply, be directly proportional to the conductivity of the substance; and I now confidently predict that this will be proven true. In all those cases where non-conductors were thought to show this unique influence, the motion was actually caused by some regular factor, like the mechanical transfer of motion through the parts of the apparatus or other factors (as pointed out by Mr. Harris27); or it could also be due to regular magnetic attractions. To differentiate the effects of the latter from those of the induced electric currents, I’ve come up with a very effective test, which I will describe shortly (243.).

216. There is every reason to believe that the magnet or magnetic needle will become an excellent measurer of the conducting power of substances rotated near it; for I have found by careful experiment, that when a constant current of electricity was sent successively through a series of wires of copper, platina, zinc, silver, lead, and tin, drawn to the same diameter; the deflection of the needle was exactly equal by them all. It must be remembered that when bodies are rotated in a horizontal plane, the magnetism of the earth is active upon them. As the effect is general to the whole of the plate, it may not interfere in these cases; but in some experiments and calculations may be of important consequence.

216. There's every reason to think that the magnet or magnetic needle will be a great way to measure how well substances conduct electricity when they are rotated near it. I found through careful experiments that when a constant electrical current was sent through a series of wires made of copper, platinum, zinc, silver, lead, and tin, all drawn to the same diameter, the deflection of the needle was exactly the same for each of them. It's important to keep in mind that when objects are rotated in a horizontal plane, the earth's magnetism affects them. Since the effect is general across the entire plate, it might not interfere in these cases, but in some experiments and calculations, it could be quite significant.

217. Another point which I endeavoured to ascertain, was, whether it was essential or not that the moving part of the wire should, in cutting the magnetic curves, pass into positions of greater or lesser magnetic force; or whether, always intersecting curves of equal magnetic intensity, the mere motion was sufficient for the production of the current. That the latter is true, has been proved already in several of the experiments on terrestrial magneto-electric induction. Thus the electricity evolved from the copper plate (149.), the currents produced in the rotating globe (161, &c.), and those passing through the moving wire (171.), are all produced under circumstances in which the magnetic force could not but be the same during the whole experiments.

217. Another point I tried to determine was whether it was necessary for the moving part of the wire to cut through areas of stronger or weaker magnetic force, or if simply crossing curves of equal magnetic intensity was enough to generate the current. The latter has already been demonstrated in several experiments on terrestrial magneto-electric induction. For instance, the electricity generated from the copper plate (149.), the currents produced in the rotating globe (161, &c.), and those flowing through the moving wire (171.) were all created under conditions where the magnetic force remained constant throughout the experiments.

218. To prove the point with an ordinary magnet, a copper disc was cemented upon the end of a cylinder magnet, with paper intervening; the magnet and disc were rotated together, and collectors (attached to the galvanometer) brought in contact with the circumference and the central part of the copper plate. The galvanometer needle moved as in former cases, and the direction of motion was the same as that which would have resulted, if the copper only had revolved, and the magnet been fixed. Neither was there any apparent difference in the quantity of deflection. Hence, rotating the magnet causes no difference in the results; for a rotatory and a stationary magnet produce the same effect upon the moving copper.

218. To demonstrate this with a regular magnet, a copper disc was glued to the end of a cylinder magnet, with paper in between; the magnet and disc were rotated together, and connections (attached to the galvanometer) were made to the edge and the center of the copper plate. The galvanometer needle moved just like before, and the direction of the movement was the same as if only the copper had been spinning while the magnet stayed still. There was also no noticeable difference in the amount of deflection. Therefore, rotating the magnet doesn't change the results; both a rotating and a stationary magnet have the same effect on the moving copper.

219. A copper cylinder, closed at one extremity, was then put over the magnet, one half of which it inclosed like a cap; it was firmly fixed, and prevented from touching the magnet anywhere by interposed paper. The arrangement was then floated in a narrow jar of mercury, so that the lower edge of the copper cylinder touched the fluid metal; one wire of the galvanometer dipped into this mercury, and the other into a little cavity in the centre of the end of the copper cap. Upon rotating the magnet and its attached cylinder, abundance of electricity passed through the galvanometer, and in the same direction as if the cylinder had rotated only, the magnet being still. The results therefore were the same as those with the disc (218.).

219. A copper cylinder, closed at one end, was placed over the magnet, covering one half like a cap; it was securely fixed in place and kept from touching the magnet by some paper in between. The setup was then floated in a narrow jar of mercury, allowing the bottom edge of the copper cylinder to touch the liquid metal. One wire of the galvanometer was immersed in the mercury, while the other was placed in a small cavity in the center of the copper cap’s end. When the magnet and its attached cylinder were rotated, a significant amount of electricity flowed through the galvanometer, in the same direction as if only the cylinder had rotated while the magnet remained still. Therefore, the results were the same as those with the disc (218.).

220. That the metal of the magnet itself might be substituted for the moving cylinder, disc, or wire, seemed an inevitable consequence, and yet one which would exhibit the effects of magneto-electric induction in a striking form. A cylinder magnet had therefore a little hole made in the centre of each end to receive a drop of mercury, and was then floated pole upwards in the same metal contained in a narrow jar. One wire from the galvanometer dipped into the mercury of the jar, and the other into the drop contained in the hole at the upper extremity of the axis. The magnet was then revolved by a piece of string passed round it, and the galvanometer-needle immediately indicated a powerful current of electricity. On reversing the order of rotation, the electrical current was reversed. The direction of the electricity was the same as if the copper cylinder (219.) or a copper wire had revolved round the fixed magnet in the same direction as that which the magnet itself had followed. Thus a singular independence of the magnetism and the bar in which it resides is rendered evident.

220. It seemed inevitable that the metal of the magnet itself could replace the moving cylinder, disc, or wire, and doing so would showcase the effects of magneto-electric induction in a striking way. A cylindrical magnet was therefore created with a small hole in the center of each end to hold a drop of mercury and was then floated pole-up in the same metal inside a narrow jar. One wire from the galvanometer was placed in the mercury of the jar, and the other was inserted into the drop in the hole at the top of the axis. The magnet was then rotated using a piece of string wrapped around it, and the galvanometer needle immediately showed a strong electric current. When the direction of rotation was reversed, the electric current changed direction as well. The direction of the electricity was the same as if the copper cylinder (219.) or a copper wire had revolved around the fixed magnet in the same direction that the magnet had turned. This clearly demonstrates a singular independence of the magnetism and the bar that holds it.

221. In the above experiment the mercury reached about halfway up the magnet; but when its quantity was increased until within one eighth of an inch of the top, or diminished until equally near the bottom, still the same effects and the same direction of electrical current was obtained. But in those extreme proportions the effects did not appear so strong as when the surface of the mercury was about the middle, or between that and an inch from each end. The magnet was eight inches and a half long, and three quarters of an inch in diameter.

221. In the experiment mentioned, the mercury rose about halfway up the magnet; however, when the amount was increased to within one-eighth of an inch from the top, or decreased to the same distance from the bottom, the same effects and the same direction of electrical current were observed. Yet, at those extreme levels, the effects weren't as strong as when the mercury's surface was in the middle or between that and an inch from either end. The magnet measured eight and a half inches long and three-quarters of an inch in diameter.

222. Upon inversion of the magnet, and causing rotation in the same direction, i.e. always screw or always unscrew, then a contrary current of electricity was produced. But when the motion of the magnet was continued in a direction constant in relation to its own axis, then electricity of the same kind was collected at both poles, and the opposite electricity at the equator, or in its neighbourhood, or in the parts corresponding to it. If the magnet be held parallel to the axis of the earth, with its unmarked pole directed to the pole star, and then rotated so that the parts at its southern side pass from west to east in conformity to the motion of the earth; then positive electricity may be collected at the extremities of the magnet, and negative electricity at or about the middle of its mass.

222. When the magnet is flipped and rotated in the same direction, either always screwing or always unscrewing, it generates an opposite electric current. However, if the magnet continues to move in a constant direction relative to its own axis, the same type of electricity accumulates at both poles, while the opposite type of electricity gathers at the equator or nearby areas. If the magnet is held parallel to the Earth's axis, with its unmarked pole facing the North Star, and then rotated so that the southern side moves from west to east in line with Earth's rotation, positive electricity can be collected at the ends of the magnet and negative electricity at or near its middle.

223. When the galvanometer was very sensible, the mere spinning of the magnet in the air, whilst one of the galvanometer wires touched the extremity, and the other the equatorial parts, was sufficient to evolve a current of electricity and deflect the needle.

223. When the galvanometer was highly sensitive, just spinning the magnet in the air, while one of the galvanometer wires touched the end and the other touched the middle, was enough to generate an electric current and move the needle.

224. Experiments were then made with a similar magnet, for the purpose of ascertaining whether any return of the electric current could occur at the central or axial parts, they having the same angular velocity of rotation as the other parts (259.) the belief being that it could not.

224. Experiments were then conducted with a similar magnet to find out if any return of the electric current could happen in the central or axial areas, which had the same rotational speed as the other parts (259.), with the belief that it could not.

225. A cylinder magnet, seven inches in length, and three quarters of an inch in diameter, had a hole pierced in the direction of its axis from one extremity, a quarter of an inch in diameter, and three inches deep. A copper cylinder, surrounded by paper and amalgamated at both extremities, was introduced so as to be in metallic contact at the bottom of the hole, by a little mercury, with the middle of the magnet; insulated at the sides by the paper; and projecting about a quarter of an inch above the end of the steel. A quill was put over the copper rod, which reached to the paper, and formed a cup to receive mercury for the completion of the circuit. A high paper edge was also raised round that end of the magnet and mercury put within it, which however had no metallic connexion with that in the quill, except through the magnet itself and the copper rod (fig. 34.). The wires A and B from the galvanometer were dipped into these two portions of mercury; any current through them could, therefore, only pass down the magnet towards its equatorial parts, and then up the copper rod; or vice versa.

225. A cylinder magnet, seven inches long and three-quarters of an inch in diameter, had a hole drilled along its axis from one end, measuring a quarter of an inch in diameter and three inches deep. A copper cylinder, wrapped in paper and connected at both ends, was inserted so that it made metallic contact at the bottom of the hole with the center of the magnet using a bit of mercury; the sides were insulated by the paper, with about a quarter of an inch sticking out above the end of the steel. A quill was placed over the copper rod, extending to the paper, forming a cup to hold mercury to complete the circuit. A high paper edge was also built up around that end of the magnet, and mercury was added inside it, although it had no metallic connection with the mercury in the quill except through the magnet itself and the copper rod (fig. 34.). Wires A and B from the galvanometer were dipped into these two sections of mercury; thus, any current could only flow down the magnet toward its equatorial parts and then up the copper rod, or the other way around.

226. When thus arranged and rotated screw fashion, the marked end of the galvanometer needle went west, indicating that there was a current through the instrument from A to B and consequently from B through the magnet and copper rod to A (fig. 34.).

226. When arranged and turned like a screw, the marked end of the galvanometer needle pointed west, showing that there was a current flowing through the instrument from A to B, and then from B through the magnet and copper rod back to A (fig. 34.).

227. The magnet was then put into a jar of mercury (fig. 35.) as before (219.); the wire A left in contact with the copper axis, but the wire B dipped in the mercury of the jar, and therefore in metallic communication with the equatorial parts of the magnet instead of its polar extremity. On revolving the magnet screw fashion, the galvanometer needle was deflected in the same direction as before, but far more powerfully. Yet it is evident that the parts of the magnet from the equator to the pole were out of the electric circuit.

227. The magnet was then placed in a jar of mercury (fig. 35.) like before (219.); wire A was left in contact with the copper axis, but wire B was dipped into the mercury in the jar, which connected it to the equatorial parts of the magnet instead of the polar end. When the magnet was rotated, the galvanometer needle deflected in the same direction as before, but much more strongly. However, it was clear that the parts of the magnet from the equator to the pole were not part of the electric circuit.

228. Then the wire A was connected with the mercury on the extremity of the magnet, the wire B still remaining in contact with that in the jar (fig. 36.), so that the copper axis was altogether out of the circuit. The magnet was again revolved screw fashion, and again caused the same deflection of the needle, the current being as strong as it was in the last trial (227.), and much stronger than at first (226.).

228. Then the wire A was connected to the mercury at the end of the magnet, while the wire B continued to touch the one in the jar (fig. 36.), ensuring that the copper axis was completely out of the circuit. The magnet was once again rotated in a screw-like manner, producing the same deflection of the needle as before, with the current being as strong as it was in the previous trial (227.) and much stronger than during the initial test (226.).

229. Hence it is evident that there is no discharge of the current at the centre of the magnet, for the current, now freely evolved, is up through the magnet; but in the first experiment (226.) it was down. In fact, at that time, it was only the part of the moving metal equal to a little disc extending from the end of the wire B in the mercury to the wire A that was efficient, i.e. moving with a different angular velocity to the rest of the circuit (258.); and for that portion the direction of the current is consistent with the other results.

229. It’s clear that there’s no current discharge at the center of the magnet, because the current, which is now flowing freely, moves up through the magnet; whereas in the first experiment (226.), it moved down. In fact, at that time, only the part of the moving metal that corresponds to a small disc extending from the end of wire B in the mercury to wire A was effective, meaning it was moving at a different angular velocity compared to the rest of the circuit (258.); and for that portion, the direction of the current aligns with the other results.

230. In the two after experiments, the lateral parts of the magnet or of the copper rod are those which move relative to the other parts of the circuit, i.e. the galvanometer wires; and being more extensive, intersecting more curves, or moving with more velocity, produce the greater effect. For the discal part, the direction of the induced electric current is the same in all, namely, from the circumference towards the centre.

230. In the two subsequent experiments, the side parts of the magnet or the copper rod are the ones that move relative to the other parts of the circuit, specifically the galvanometer wires; and since they are larger, intersecting more curves or moving faster, they create a greater effect. For the disc part, the direction of the induced electric current is the same in all cases, moving from the outer edge towards the center.

* * * * *

Understood. Please provide the text for modernization.

231. The law under which the induced electric current excited in bodies moving relatively to magnets, is made dependent on the intersection of the magnetic curves by the metal (114.) being thus rendered more precise and definite (217. 220. 224.), seem now even to apply to the cause in the first section of the former paper (26.); and by rendering a perfect reason for the effects produced, take away any for supposing that peculiar condition, which I ventured to call the electro-tonic state (60.).

231. The law regarding the induced electric current generated in bodies moving in relation to magnets is now clearly linked to the intersection of the magnetic curves by the metal (114.), making it more precise and specific (217. 220. 224.). This seems to also relate to the cause mentioned in the first section of the previous paper (26.); and by providing a complete explanation for the observed effects, it eliminates the need to assume the special condition that I previously referred to as the electro-tonic state (60.).

232. When an electrical current is passed through a wire, that wire is surrounded at every part by magnetic curves, diminishing in intensity according to their distance from the wire, and which in idea may be likened to rings situated in planes perpendicular to the wire or rather to the electric current within it. These curves, although different in form, are perfectly analogous to those existing between two contrary magnetic poles opposed to each other; and when a second wire, parallel to that which carries the current, is made to approach the latter (18.), it passes through magnetic curves exactly of the same kind as those it would intersect when carried between opposite magnetic poles (109.) in one direction; and as it recedes from the inducing wire, it cuts the curves around it in the same manner that it would do those between the same poles if moved in the other direction.

232. When an electrical current flows through a wire, that wire is surrounded by magnetic curves at every point, which decrease in strength as they get farther from the wire. You can think of these curves like rings that lie in planes perpendicular to the wire, or more accurately, to the electric current within it. Though these curves may look different, they are very similar to those found between two opposing magnetic poles. When a second wire, parallel to the one carrying the current, gets closer to the first wire, it moves through magnetic curves that are the same as those it would encounter if placed between opposite magnetic poles (109.) in one direction. As it moves away from the current-carrying wire, it cuts through the curves around it in the same way it would with the curves between the same poles if it moved in the opposite direction.

233. If the wire NP (fig. 40.) have an electric current passed through it in the direction from P to N, then the dotted ring may represent a magnetic curve round it, and it is in such a direction that if small magnetic needles lie placed as tangents to it, they will become arranged as in the figure, n and s indicating north and south ends (14. note.).

233. If the wire NP (fig. 40) has an electric current flowing through it from P to N, then the dotted ring can show a magnetic field around it. This field is arranged in such a way that if small magnetic needles are placed as tangents to it, they will align as shown in the figure, with n and s representing the north and south poles (14. note.)

234. But if the current of electricity were made to cease for a while, and magnetic poles were used instead to give direction to the needles, and make them take the same position as when under the influence of the current, then they must be arranged as at fig. 41; the marked and unmarked poles ab above the wire, being in opposite directions to those a'b' below. In such a position therefore the magnetic curves between the poles ab and a'b' have the same general direction with the corresponding parts of the ring magnetic curve surrounding the wire NP carrying an electric current.

234. However, if the flow of electricity were temporarily stopped, and magnetic poles were used instead to direct the needles, making them align the same way as they do when influenced by the current, then they would need to be arranged as shown in fig. 41; the marked and unmarked poles ab above the wire would face opposite directions to those a'b' below. In this position, the magnetic curves between the poles ab and a'b' have the same general direction as the corresponding parts of the ring magnetic curve surrounding the wire NP that carries an electric current.

235. If the second wire pn (fig. 40.) be now brought towards the principal wire, carrying a current, it will cut an infinity of magnetic curves, similar in direction to that figured, and consequently similar in direction to those between the poles ab of the magnets (fig. 41.), and it will intersect these current curves in the same manner as it would the magnet curves, if it passed from above between the poles downwards. Now, such an intersection would, with the magnets, induce an electric current in the wire from p to n (114.); and therefore as the curves are alike in arrangement, the same effect ought to result from the intersection of the magnetic curves dependent on the current in the wire NP; and such is the case, for on approximation the induced current is in the opposite direction to the principal current (19.).

235. If the second wire pn (fig. 40.) is now brought closer to the main wire carrying a current, it will cut through countless magnetic curves, which are oriented similarly to those shown, and thus similar to those between the poles ab of the magnets (fig. 41.). It will intersect these current curves in the same way it would the magnetic curves if it moved downwards from above between the poles. This kind of intersection would, with the magnets, generate an electric current in the wire from p to n (114.); and since the curves are arranged in the same way, the same effect should occur from the intersection of the magnetic curves that rely on the current in the wire NP. Indeed, this is true, as when brought closer, the induced current flows in the opposite direction to the main current (19.).

236. If the wire p'n' be carried up from below, it will pass in the opposite direction between the magnetic poles; but then also the magnetic poles themselves are reversed (fig. 41.), and the induced current is therefore (114.) still in the same direction as before. It is also, for equally sufficient and evident reasons, in the same direction, if produced by the influence of the curves dependent upon the wire.

236. If the wire p'n' is brought up from below, it will move in the opposite direction between the magnetic poles; however, the magnetic poles themselves are also reversed (fig. 41.), and the induced current is still in the same direction as before. For equally valid and clear reasons, it is in the same direction if generated by the influence of the curves related to the wire.

237. When the second wire is retained at rest in the vicinity the principal wire, no current is induced through it, for it is intersecting no magnetic curves. When it is removed from the principal wire, it intersects the curves in the opposite direction to what it did before (235.); and a current in the opposite direction is induced, which therefore corresponds with the direction of the principal current (19.). The same effect would take place if by inverting the direction of motion of the wire in passing between either set of poles (fig. 41.), it were made to intersect the curves there existing in the opposite direction to what it did before.

237. When the second wire is held still near the main wire, no current is induced in it because it's not crossing any magnetic lines. When it's moved away from the main wire, it crosses the lines in the opposite direction than it did before (235.); this induces a current in the opposite direction, which aligns with the direction of the main current (19.). The same effect would happen if, by reversing the direction of the wire's movement while passing between either set of poles (fig. 41.), it crossed the existing lines in the opposite direction than it did before.

238. In the first experiments (10. 13.), the inducing wire and that under induction were arranged at a fixed distance from each other, and then an electric current sent through the former. In such cases the magnetic curves themselves must be considered as moving (if I may use the expression) across the wire under induction, from the moment at which they begin to be developed until the magnetic force of the current is at its utmost; expanding as it were from the wire outwards, and consequently being in the same relation to the fixed wire under induction as if it had moved in the opposite direction across them, or towards the wire carrying the current. Hence the first current induced in such cases was in the contrary direction to the principal current (17. 235.). On breaking the battery contact, the magnetic curves (which are mere expressions for arranged magnetic forces) may be conceived as contracting upon and returning towards the failing electrical current, and therefore move in the opposite direction across the wire, and cause an opposite induced current to the first.

238. In the initial experiments (10. 13.), the inducing wire and the one being induced were set at a fixed distance apart, and then an electric current was passed through the inducing wire. In these situations, the magnetic curves should be thought of as moving (if I can put it that way) across the wire being induced, from the moment they start to form until the magnetic force of the current reaches its peak; expanding outward from the wire, and therefore having the same relationship to the fixed wire under induction as if it had moved in the opposite direction across them, or towards the wire carrying the current. As a result, the initial current induced in these cases flowed in the opposite direction to the main current (17. 235.). When the battery contact is broken, the magnetic curves (which are simply descriptions of organized magnetic forces) can be imagined as contracting and moving back towards the diminishing electrical current, and thus moving in the opposing direction across the wire, creating an opposite induced current to the first.

239. When, in experiments with ordinary magnets, the latter, in place of being moved past the wires, were actually made near them (27. 36.), then a similar progressive development of the magnetic curves may be considered as having taken place, producing the effects which would have occurred by motion of the wires in one direction; the destruction of the magnetic power corresponds to the motion of the wire in the opposite direction.

239. When, in experiments with regular magnets, the magnets were actually brought close to the wires instead of being moved past them (27. 36.), we can think of a similar progressive development of the magnetic curves occurring, resulting in the same effects that would have happened if the wires had moved in one direction; the loss of magnetic power corresponds to the wire moving in the opposite direction.

240. If, instead of intersecting the magnetic curves of a straight wire carrying a current, by approximating or removing a second wire (235.), a revolving plate be used, being placed for that purpose near the wire, and, as it were, amongst the magnetic curves, then it ought to have continuous electric currents induced within it; and if a line joining the wire with the centre of the plate were perpendicular to both, then the induced current ought to be, according to the law (114.), directly across the plate, from one side to the other, and at right angles to the direction of the inducing current.

240. If, instead of crossing the magnetic fields of a straight wire carrying a current by getting close to or moving a second wire (235.), a spinning plate is used and positioned near the wire, effectively among the magnetic fields, it should generate continuous electric currents within it. If a line connecting the wire to the center of the plate is perpendicular to both, then the induced current should flow, according to the law (114.), straight across the plate from one side to the other, at a right angle to the direction of the inducing current.

241. A single metallic wire one twentieth of an inch in diameter had an electric current passed through it, and a small copper disc one inch and a half in diameter revolved near to and under, but not in actual contact with it (fig. 39). Collectors were then applied at the opposite edges of the disc, and wires from them connected with the galvanometer. As the disc revolved in one direction, the needle was deflected on one side: and when the direction of revolution was reversed, the needle was inclined on the other side, in accordance with the results anticipated.

241. A single metal wire that was one-twentieth of an inch in diameter had an electric current flowing through it, and a small copper disc that was one and a half inches in diameter spun nearby, underneath it, but not touching it (fig. 39). Collectors were then placed at the opposite edges of the disc, with wires connecting them to the galvanometer. As the disc spun in one direction, the needle was deflected to one side; and when the direction of spinning was reversed, the needle tilted to the other side, as expected.

242. Thus the reasons which induce me to suppose a particular state in the wire (60.) have disappeared; and though it still seems to me unlikely that a wire at rest in the neighbourhood of another carrying a powerful electric current is entirely indifferent to it, yet I am not aware of any distinct facts which authorize the conclusion that it is in a particular state.

242. So the reasons that made me think there's a specific state in the wire (60.) are no longer valid; and while I still find it hard to believe that a wire just sitting near another one carrying a strong electric current is completely unaffected by it, I don't have any clear facts that support the conclusion that it is in a specific state.

* * * * *

Below is a short piece of text (5 words or fewer). Modernize it into contemporary English if there's enough context, but do not add or omit any information. If context is insufficient, return it unchanged. Do not add commentary, and do not modify any placeholders. If you see placeholders of the form __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_x__, you must keep them exactly as-is so they can be replaced with links. * * * * *

243. In considering the nature of the cause assigned in these papers to account for the mutual influence of magnets and moving metals (120.), and comparing it with that heretofore admitted, namely, the induction of a feeble magnetism like that produced in iron, it occurred to me that a most decisive experimental test of the two views could be applied (215.).

243. When thinking about the reason given in these papers to explain the mutual influence of magnets and moving metals (120.), and comparing it to the previously accepted explanation, which is the induction of a weak magnetism similar to what happens in iron, I realized that a very definitive experimental test of both ideas could be conducted (215.).

244. No other known power has like direction with that exerted between an electric current and a magnetic pole; it is tangential, while all other forces, acting at a distance, are direct. Hence, if a magnetic pole on one side of a revolving plate follow its course by reason of its obedience to the tangential force exerted upon it by the very current of electricity which it has itself caused, a similar pole on the opposite side of the plate should immediately set it free from this force; for the currents which tend to be formed by the action of the two poles are in opposite directions; or rather no current tends to be formed, or no magnetic curves are intersected (114.); and therefore the magnet should remain at rest. On the contrary, if the action of a north magnetic pole were to produce a southness in the nearest part of the copper plate, and a diffuse northness elsewhere (82.), as is really the case with iron; then the use of another north pole on the opposite side of the same part of the plate should double the effect instead of destroying it, and double the tendency of the first magnet to move with the plate.

244. No other known force works the same way as the interaction between an electric current and a magnetic pole; it acts tangentially, while all other forces that act at a distance are direct. So, if a magnetic pole on one side of a spinning plate follows its path because of the tangential force exerted by the very electric current it has created, a similar pole on the opposite side of the plate should instantly neutralize this force; because the currents generated by the two poles flow in opposite directions, or rather, no current is formed, or no magnetic curves are intersected (114.); and thus the magnet should stay still. Conversely, if the action of a north magnetic pole creates a south polarity in the nearest part of the copper plate and a diffuse north polarity elsewhere (82.), as actually happens with iron; then the presence of another north pole on the opposite side of the same section of the plate should amplify the effect rather than cancel it out, increasing the tendency of the first magnet to move along with the plate.

245. A thick copper plate (85.) was therefore fixed on a vertical axis, a bar magnet was suspended by a plaited silk cord, so that its marked pole hung over the edge of the plate, and a sheet of paper being interposed, the plate was revolved; immediately the magnetic pole obeyed its motion and passed off in the same direction. A second magnet of equal size and strength was then attached to the first, so that its marked pole should hang beneath the edge of the copper plate in a corresponding position to that above, and at an equal distance (fig. 37.). Then a paper sheath or screen being interposed as before, and the plate revolved, the poles were found entirely indifferent to its motion, although either of them alone would have followed the course of rotation.

245. A thick copper plate (85.) was fixed on a vertical axis, and a bar magnet was hung from a braided silk cord so that its marked pole dangled over the edge of the plate. A sheet of paper was placed in between, and the plate was spun; immediately, the magnetic pole followed the motion and moved in the same direction. A second magnet of the same size and strength was then attached to the first, with its marked pole hanging beneath the edge of the copper plate in the same position as the one above, and at an equal distance (fig. 37.). Then, with a paper sheath or screen placed as before, and the plate spun, the poles were completely indifferent to its motion, even though either one alone would have followed the rotation.

246. On turning one magnet round, so that opposite poles were on each side of the plate, then the mutual action of the poles and the moving metal was a maximum.

246. When you turn one magnet around so that opposite poles are on each side of the plate, the interaction between the poles and the moving metal is at its highest.

247. On suspending one magnet so that its axis was level with the plate, and either pole opposite its edge, the revolution of the plate caused no motion of the magnet. The electrical currents dependent upon induction would now tend to be produced in a vertical direction across the thickness of the plate, but could not be so discharged, or at least only to so slight a degree as to leave all effects insensible; but ordinary magnetic induction, or that on an iron plate, would be equally if not more powerfully developed in such a position (251.).

247. When a magnet was hung so that its axis was level with the plate and one of its poles faced the edge, rotating the plate did not make the magnet move. The electrical currents created by induction would now aim to flow vertically through the plate's thickness, but couldn't actually be discharged, or at least not enough to produce noticeable effects; however, regular magnetic induction, or that on an iron plate, would develop just as strongly, if not more, in that position (251.).

248. Then, with regard to the production of electricity in these cases:—whenever motion was communicated by the plate to the magnets, currents existed; when it was not communicated, they ceased. A marked pole of a large bar magnet was put under the edge of the plate; collectors (86.) applied at the axis and edge of the plate as on former occasions (fig. 38.), and these connected with the galvanometer; when the plate was revolved, abundance of electricity passed to the instrument. The unmarked pole of a similar magnet was then put over the place of the former pole, so that contrary poles were above and below; on revolving the plate, the electricity was more powerful than before. The latter magnet was then turned end for end, so that marked poles were both above and below the plate, and then, upon revolving it, scarcely any electricity was procured. By adjusting the distance of the poles so as to correspond with their relative force, they at last were brought so perfectly to neutralize each other's inductive action upon the plate, that no electricity could be obtained with the most rapid motion.

248. Regarding the production of electricity in these cases: whenever motion was transferred from the plate to the magnets, currents were generated; when the motion stopped, they ceased. A marked pole of a large bar magnet was placed under the edge of the plate; collectors (86.) were positioned at the axis and edge of the plate just like before (fig. 38.), and these were connected to the galvanometer. As the plate was turned, a significant amount of electricity flowed to the instrument. The unmarked pole of another similar magnet was then placed above the previous pole, so that opposite poles were aligned above and below; when the plate was revolved, the electricity produced was stronger than before. The second magnet was then flipped end for end, so that the marked poles were both above and below the plate, and when it was revolved, almost no electricity was generated. By adjusting the distance between the poles to match their relative strength, they were eventually positioned to perfectly cancel out each other’s inductive effect on the plate, resulting in no electricity being produced even with the fastest motion.

249. I now proceeded to compare the effect of similar and dissimilar poles upon iron and copper, adopting for the purpose Mr. Sturgeon's very useful form of Arago's experiment. This consists in a circular plate of metal supported in a vertical plane by a horizontal axis, and weighted a little at one edge or rendered excentric so as to vibrate like a pendulum. The poles of the magnets are applied near the side and edges of these plates, and then the number of vibrations, required to reduce the vibrating arc a certain constant quantity, noted. In the first description of this instrument28 it is said that opposite poles produced the greatest retarding effect, and similar poles none; and yet within a page of the place the effect is considered as of the same kind with that produced in iron.

249. I then compared the effect of similar and different poles on iron and copper, using Mr. Sturgeon's helpful version of Arago's experiment. This involves a circular metal plate supported vertically by a horizontal axis and slightly weighted at one edge to allow it to swing like a pendulum. The poles of the magnets are placed near the side and edges of these plates, and then I recorded the number of vibrations needed to reduce the swinging arc by a certain constant amount. In the first description of this instrument28it states that opposite poles created the greatest slowing effect, while similar poles had none; yet just a page later, the effect is considered to be the same as that produced in iron.

250. I had two such plates mounted, one of copper, one of iron. The copper plate alone gave sixty vibrations, in the average of several experiments, before the arc of vibration was reduced from one constant mark to another. On placing opposite magnetic poles near to, and on each side of, the same place, the vibrations were reduced to fifteen. On putting similar poles on each side of it, they rose to fifty; and on placing two pieces of wood of equal size with the poles equally near, they became fifty-two. So that, when similar poles were used, the magnetic effect was little or none, (the obstruction being due to the confinement of the air, rather,) whilst with opposite poles it was the greatest possible. When a pole was presented to the edge of the plate, no retardation occurred.

250. I had two plates made, one from copper and the other from iron. The copper plate alone produced sixty vibrations, on average across several experiments, before the range of vibration was reduced from one steady mark to another. When I placed opposite magnetic poles close to each other on either side of the same spot, the vibrations dropped to fifteen. When I put similar poles on each side, the vibrations increased to fifty; and when I placed two pieces of wood of the same size with the poles equally close, the vibrations rose to fifty-two. This shows that when similar poles were used, the magnetic effect was minimal or nonexistent (the obstruction was mostly due to the trapped air), while using opposite poles produced the maximum effect. When a pole was held near the edge of the plate, there was no delay in the vibrations.

251. The iron plate alone made thirty-two vibrations, whilst the arc of vibration diminished a certain quantity. On presenting a magnetic pole to the edge of the plate (247.), the vibrations were diminished to eleven; and when the pole was about half an inch from the edge, to five.

251. The iron plate alone made thirty-two vibrations, while the arc of vibration decreased by a certain amount. When a magnetic pole was brought close to the edge of the plate (247.), the vibrations dropped to eleven; and when the pole was about half an inch from the edge, they fell to five.

252. When the marked pole was put at the side of the iron plate at a certain distance, the number of vibrations was only five. When the marked pole of the second bar was put on the opposite side of the plate at the same distance (250.), the vibrations were reduced to two. But when the second pole was an unmarked one, yet occupying exactly the same position, the vibrations rose to twenty-two. By removing the stronger of these two opposite poles a little way from the plate, the vibrations increased to thirty-one, or nearly the original number. But on removing it altogether, they fell to between five and six.

252. When the marked pole was placed beside the iron plate at a specific distance, it produced only five vibrations. However, when the marked pole of the second bar was positioned on the opposite side of the plate at the same distance (250.), the vibrations dropped to two. But when the second pole was unmarked yet in the exact same location, the vibrations jumped to twenty-two. By moving the stronger of these two opposite poles slightly away from the plate, the vibrations increased to thirty-one, nearly returning to the original number. But when it was removed completely, the vibrations decreased to between five and six.

253. Nothing can be more clear, therefore, than that with iron, and bodies admitting of ordinary magnetic induction, opposite poles on opposite sides of the edge of the plate neutralize each other's effect, whilst similar poles exalt the action; a single pole end on is also sufficient. But with copper, and substances not sensible to ordinary magnetic impressions, similar poles on opposite sides of the plate neutralize each other; opposite poles exalt the action; and a single pole at the edge or end on does nothing.

253. Nothing is clearer than that with iron and materials that can normally be magnetized, opposite poles on opposite sides of the edge of the plate cancel each other's effect, while similar poles enhance the action; even a single pole at the end is enough. But with copper and materials that don’t react to regular magnetic influences, similar poles on opposite sides of the plate cancel each other out; opposite poles enhance the action; and a single pole at the edge or end does nothing.

254. Nothing can more completely show the thorough independence of the effects obtained with the metals by Arago, and those due to ordinary magnetic forces; and henceforth, therefore, the application of two poles to various moving substances will, if they appear at all magnetically affected, afford a proof of the nature of that affection. If opposite poles produce a greater effect than one pole, the result will be due to electric currents. If similar poles produce more effect than one, then the power is not electrical; it is not like that active in the metals and carbon when they are moving, and in most cases will probably be found to be not even magnetical, but the result of irregular causes not anticipated and consequently not guarded against.

254. Nothing demonstrates more clearly the complete independence of the effects achieved with metals by Arago compared to those from regular magnetic forces. Therefore, from now on, using two poles on different moving substances will, if they show any magnetic response, prove what kind of response it is. If opposite poles create a stronger effect than a single pole, the result will be due to electric currents. If similar poles produce a stronger effect than one, then the power is not electrical; it's not like the active force in metals and carbon when they are in motion, and in most cases, it will likely be found not even to be magnetic, but a result of irregular causes that weren't anticipated and thus not prepared for.

255. The result of these investigations tends to show that there are really but very few bodies that are magnetic in the manner of iron. I have often sought for indications of this power in the common metals and other substances; and once in illustration of Arago's objection (82.), and in hopes of ascertaining the existence of currents in metals by the momentary approach of a magnet, suspended a disc of copper by a single fibre of silk in an excellent vacuum, and approximated powerful magnets on the outside of the jar, making them approach and recede in unison with a pendulum that vibrated as the disc would do: but no motion could be obtained; not merely, no indication of ordinary magnetic powers, but none or any electric current occasioned in the metal by the approximation and recession of the magnet. I therefore venture to arrange substances in three classes as regards their relation to magnets; first, those which are affected when at rest, like iron, nickel, &c., being such as possess ordinary magnetic properties; then, those which are affected when in motion, being conductors of electricity in which are produced electric currents by the inductive force of the magnet; and, lastly, those which are perfectly indifferent to the magnet, whether at rest or in motion.

255. The results of these investigations suggest that there are very few materials that are magnetic like iron. I have often looked for signs of this property in common metals and other substances; once, to illustrate Arago's objection (82.) and to try to determine if there are currents in metals caused by the temporary proximity of a magnet, I suspended a disc of copper from a single silk fiber in a perfect vacuum and brought powerful magnets close to the outside of the jar, moving them closer and further away in sync with a pendulum that vibrated like the disc would: but I couldn’t get any movement. There was not only no sign of ordinary magnetic properties but also no electric current generated in the metal by the magnet's approach and retreat. Therefore, I categorize substances into three groups regarding their relationship to magnets: first, those that are affected when at rest, like iron and nickel, which possess ordinary magnetic properties; second, those that are affected when in motion, which are conductors of electricity that produce electric currents due to the inductive force of the magnet; and last, those that are completely indifferent to the magnet, whether at rest or in motion.

256. Although it will require further research, and probably close investigation, both experimental and mathematical, before the exact mode of action between a magnet and metal moving relatively to each other is ascertained; yet many of the results appear sufficiently clear and simple to allow of expression in a somewhat general manner.—If a terminated wire move so as to cut a magnetic curve, a power is called into action which tends to urge an electric current through it; but this current cannot be brought into existence unless provision be made at the ends of the wire for its discharge and renewal.

256. Although more research and likely detailed investigation, both experimental and mathematical, will be needed before we fully understand how a magnet and metal interact when they move relative to each other, many of the results seem clear and simple enough to express in a general way. If a wire with its ends connected moves in a way that intersects a magnetic field, a force is generated that pushes an electric current through it; however, this current won't be able to exist unless there are connections at the ends of the wire for it to discharge and refresh.

257. If a second wire move in the same direction as the first, the same power is exerted upon it, and it is therefore unable to alter the condition of the first: for there appear to be no natural differences among substances when connected in a series, by which, when moving under the same circumstances relative to the magnet, one tends to produce a more powerful electric current in the whole circuit than another (201. 214.).

257. If a second wire moves in the same direction as the first, the same force acts on it, so it can't change the state of the first one: because there seem to be no natural differences between substances when connected in a series, which would cause one to generate a stronger electric current in the entire circuit than another while moving under the same conditions relative to the magnet (201. 214.).

258. But if the second wire move with a different velocity, or in some other direction, then variations in the force exerted take place; and if connected at their extremities, an electric current passes through them.

258. But if the second wire moves at a different speed or in a different direction, then the force applied changes; and if they are connected at their ends, an electric current flows through them.

259. Taking, then, a mass of metal or an endless wire, and referring to the pole of the magnet as a centre of action, (which though perhaps not strictly correct may be allowed for facility of expression, at present,) if all parts move in the same direction, and with the same angular velocity, and through magnetic curves of constant intensity, then no electric currents are produced. This point is easily observed with masses subject to the earth's magnetism, and may be proved with regard to small magnets; by rotating them, and leaving the metallic arrangements stationary, no current is produced.

259. So, if you take a piece of metal or a long wire and think of the magnet's pole as the center of action (which might not be entirely accurate but let's go with it for simplicity), if every part moves in the same direction and with the same angular velocity through magnetic fields of constant intensity, then no electric currents are generated. You can easily see this with objects influenced by the Earth's magnetism, and it can be shown with small magnets as well; if you rotate them while keeping the metal setups still, no current is generated.

260. If one part of the wire or metal cut the magnetic curves, whilst the other is stationary, then currents are produced. All the results obtained with the galvanometer are more or less of this nature, the galvanometer extremity being the fixed part. Even those with the wire, galvanometer, and earth (170.), may be considered so without any error in the result.

260. If one part of the wire or metal intersects the magnetic lines while the other remains still, then currents are generated. All the results obtained with the galvanometer are somewhat like this, with one end of the galvanometer being the fixed part. Even those involving the wire, galvanometer, and ground (170.) can be viewed this way without any errors in the outcome.

261. If the motion of the metal be in the same direction, but the angular velocity of its parts relative to the pole of the magnet different, then currents are produced. This is the case in Arago's experiment, and also in the wire subject to the earth's induction (172.), when it was moved from west to east.

261. If the movement of the metal is in the same direction, but the angular speed of its parts relative to the magnet's pole is different, then currents are generated. This happens in Arago's experiment and also with the wire affected by the earth's induction (172.) when it was moved from west to east.

262. If the magnet moves not directly to or from the arrangement, but laterally, then the case is similar to the last.

262. If the magnet doesn’t move directly toward or away from the setup, but instead slides to the side, then the situation is similar to the previous one.

263. If different parts move in opposite directions across the magnetic curves, then the effect is a maximum for equal velocities.

263. If different parts move in opposite directions along the magnetic curves, then the effect is greatest when the speeds are equal.

264. All these in fact are variations of one simple condition, namely, that all parts of the mass shall not move in the same direction across the curves, and with the same angular velocity. But they are forms of expression which, being retained in the mind, I have found useful when comparing the consistency of particular phenomena with general results.

264. All of these are actually variations of one simple condition, which is that all parts of the mass shouldn't move in the same direction across the curves and with the same angular velocity. But they are ways of expressing that idea which, once kept in mind, I have found helpful when comparing the consistency of specific phenomena with overall outcomes.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution,

December 21, 1831.

December 21, 1831.


Third Series.

§ 7. Identity of Electricities derived from different sources. § 8. Relation by measure of common and voltaic Electricity.

§ 7. Identity of Electricities derived from different sources. § 8. Relation by measure of common and voltaic Electricity.

[Read January 10th and 17th, 1833.]

[Read January 10th and 17th, 1833.]

§ 7. Identity of Electricities derived from different sources.

265. The progress of the electrical researches which I have had the honour to present to the Royal Society, brought me to a point at which it was essential for the further prosecution of my inquiries that no doubt should remain of the identity or distinction of electricities excited by different means. It is perfectly true that Cavendish29, Wollaston30, Colladon31, and others, have in succession removed some of the greatest objections to the acknowledgement of the identity of common, animal and voltaic electricity, and I believe that most philosophers consider these electricities as really the same. But on the other hand it is also true, that the accuracy of Wollaston's experiments has been denied32; and also that one of them, which really is no proper proof of chemical decomposition by common electricity (309. 327.), has been that selected by several experimenters as the test of chemical action (336. 346.). It is a fact, too, that many philosophers are still drawing distinctions between the electricities from different sources; or at least doubting whether their identity is proved. Sir Humphry Davy, for instance, in his paper on the Torpedo33, thought it probable that animal electricity would be found of a peculiar kind; and referring to it, to common electricity, voltaic electricity and magnetism, has said, "Distinctions might be established in pursuing the various modifications or properties of electricity in those different forms, &c." Indeed I need only refer to the last volume of the Philosophical Transactions to show that the question is by no means considered as settled35.

265. The progress of my electrical research, which I've had the honor to present to the Royal Society, led me to a point where it was crucial for the continuation of my investigations that there be no doubt about whether different methods produce identical or distinct electricities. It's true that Cavendish29, Wollaston30, Colladon31, and others have addressed some of the major objections to recognizing that common, animal, and voltaic electricity are the same, and I believe most scientists see these electricities as fundamentally identical. However, it’s also true that Wollaston’s experiments have faced skepticism32; furthermore, one of his experiments, which doesn’t properly demonstrate chemical decomposition by common electricity (309. 327.), has been chosen by several researchers as a benchmark for chemical activity (336. 346.). Additionally, many scientists are still making distinctions between electricities from different sources; or at the very least, they’re questioning whether their identity has been proven. For example, Sir Humphry Davy, in his paper on the Torpedo33, suggested that animal electricity might be a unique type; and when comparing it to common electricity, voltaic electricity, and magnetism, he stated, "Distinctions might be established in pursuing the various modifications or properties of electricity in those different forms, etc." In fact, I only need to refer to the latest volume of the Philosophical Transactions to demonstrate that the matter is far from settled35.

266. Notwithstanding, therefore, the general impression of the identity of electricities, it is evident that the proofs have not been sufficiently clear and distinct to obtain the assent of all those who were competent to consider the subject; and the question seemed to me very much in the condition of that which Sir H. Davy solved so beautifully,—namely, whether voltaic electricity in all cases merely eliminated, or did not in some actually produce, the acid and alkali found after its action upon water. The same necessity that urged him to decide the doubtful point, which interfered with the extension of his views, and destroyed the strictness of his reasoning, has obliged me to ascertain the identity or difference of common and voltaic electricity. I have satisfied myself that they are identical, and I hope the experiments which I have to offer and the proofs flowing from them, will be found worthy the attention of the Royal Society.

266. Despite the general belief that electricities are the same, it's clear that the evidence hasn't been clear enough for everyone who understands the topic to agree. The question seems quite similar to the one that Sir H. Davy addressed so elegantly—whether voltaic electricity only eliminated or actually produced the acid and alkali observed after it acted on water. The same need that drove him to clarify the uncertain issue, which hindered the growth of his theories and weakened his logic, has compelled me to determine whether common and voltaic electricity are the same or different. I am convinced that they are identical, and I hope the experiments and evidence I present will catch the attention of the Royal Society.

267. The various phenomena exhibited by electricity may, for the purposes of comparison, be arranged under two heads; namely, those connected with electricity of tension, and those belonging to electricity in motion. This distinction is taken at present not as philosophical, but merely as convenient. The effect of electricity of tension, at rest, is either attraction or repulsion at sensible distances. The effects of electricity in motion or electrical currents may be considered as 1st, Evolution of heat; 2nd, Magnetism; 3rd, Chemical decomposition; 4th, Physiological phenomena; 5th, Spark. It will be my object to compare electricities from different sources, and especially common and voltaic electricities, by their power of producing these effects.

267. The various phenomena exhibited by electricity can be grouped into two categories for comparison: those related to static electricity and those related to moving electricity. This distinction is made not for philosophical reasons, but simply for convenience. The effect of static electricity, when at rest, is either attraction or repulsion at noticeable distances. The effects of moving electricity or electrical currents can be categorized as follows: 1st, heat generation; 2nd, magnetism; 3rd, chemical decomposition; 4th, physiological effects; 5th, sparks. My goal is to compare electricities from different sources, especially common and voltaic electricity, based on their ability to produce these effects.

I. Voltaic Electricity.

268. Tension.—When a voltaic battery of 100 pairs of plates has its extremities examined by the ordinary electrometer, it is well known that they are found positive and negative, the gold leaves at the same extremity repelling each other, the gold leaves at different extremities attracting each other, even when half an inch or more of air intervenes.

268. Tension.—When you check a voltaic battery with 100 pairs of plates using a regular electrometer, you will find that one end is positive and the other is negative. The gold leaves at the same end push away from each other, while the gold leaves at opposite ends pull towards each other, even if there's half an inch or more of air between them.

269. That ordinary electricity is discharged by points with facility through air; that it is readily transmitted through highly rarefied air; and also through heated air, as for instance a flame; is due to its high tension. I sought, therefore, for similar effects in the discharge of voltaic electricity, using as a test of the passage of the electricity either the galvanometer or chemical action produced by the arrangement hereafter to be described (312. 316.).

269. Ordinary electricity easily discharges through points in the air, and it can also be transmitted through highly rarefied air and heated air, like a flame, because of its high tension. So, I looked for similar effects in the discharge of voltaic electricity, using either a galvanometer or chemical action produced by the setup that will be described later (312. 316.).

270. The voltaic battery I had at my disposal consisted of 140 pairs of plates four inches square, with double coppers. It was insulated throughout, and diverged a gold leaf electrometer about one third of an inch. On endeavouring to discharge this battery by delicate points very nicely arranged and approximated, either in the air or in an exhausted receiver, I could obtain no indications of a current, either by magnetic or chemical action. In this, however, was found no point of discordance between voltaic and common electricity; for when a Leyden battery (291.) was charged so as to deflect the gold leaf electrometer to the same degree, the points were found equally unable to discharge it with such effect as to produce either magnetic or chemical action. This was not because common electricity could not produce both these effects (307. 310.); but because when of such low intensity the quantity required to make the effects visible (being enormously great (371. 375.),) could not be transmitted in any reasonable time. In conjunction with the other proofs of identity hereafter to be given, these effects of points also prove identity instead of difference between voltaic and common electricity.

270. The voltaic battery I had on hand consisted of 140 pairs of four-inch-square plates, with double copper connections. It was fully insulated and caused a gold leaf electrometer to diverge about a third of an inch. When I tried to discharge this battery using very precisely arranged delicate points, either in the air or in a vacuum, I couldn’t detect any current, either by magnetic or chemical means. However, this didn’t indicate any inconsistency between voltaic and regular electricity. When a Leyden battery (291.) was charged to the same level, causing the gold leaf electrometer to deflect the same way, the points were also unable to discharge it effectively enough to produce magnetic or chemical effects. This wasn’t because regular electricity couldn’t produce these effects (307. 310.); rather, it was due to the low intensity requiring an enormous amount of quantity to make the effects visible (371. 375.), which couldn’t be transmitted in any reasonable timeframe. Together with the other evidence of identity that will be presented later, these effects of points also demonstrate the similarity rather than the difference between voltaic and regular electricity.

271. As heated air discharges common electricity with far greater facility than points, I hoped that voltaic electricity might in this way also be discharged. An apparatus was therefore constructed (Plate III. fig. 46.), in which AB is an insulated glass rod upon which two copper wires, C, D, are fixed firmly; to these wires are soldered two pieces of fine platina wire, the ends of which are brought very close to each other at e, but without touching; the copper wire C was connected with the positive pole of a voltaic battery, and the wire D with a decomposing apparatus (312. 316.), from which the communication was completed to the negative pole of the battery. In these experiments only two troughs, or twenty pairs of plates, were used.

271. Since heated air releases common electricity much more easily than points do, I thought that voltaic electricity might also be released in the same way. So, an apparatus was built (Plate III. fig. 46.), in which AB is an insulated glass rod with two copper wires, C and D, securely attached to it; these wires are soldered to two pieces of fine platinum wire, whose ends are brought very close together at e but do not touch. The copper wire C was connected to the positive pole of a voltaic battery, and the wire D was connected to a decomposing apparatus (312. 316.), which was then connected to the negative pole of the battery. In these experiments, only two troughs, or twenty pairs of plates, were used.

272. Whilst in the state described, no decomposition took place at the point a, but when the side of a spirit-lamp flame was applied to the two platina extremities at e, so as to make them bright red-hot, decomposition occurred; iodine soon appeared at the point a, and the transference of electricity through the heated air was established. On raising the temperature of the points e by a blowpipe, the discharge was rendered still more free, and decomposition took place instantly. On removing the source of heat, the current immediately ceased. On putting the ends of the wires very close by the side of and parallel to each other, but not touching, the effects were perhaps more readily obtained than before. On using a larger voltaic battery (270.), they were also more freely obtained.

272. While in the described state, no decomposition happened at point a, but when the side of a spirit-lamp flame was applied to the two platinum ends at e, making them glow red-hot, decomposition occurred; iodine quickly showed up at point a, and the transfer of electricity through the heated air was established. By raising the temperature of the points e with a blowpipe, the discharge became even more active, and decomposition happened instantly. When the heat source was removed, the current stopped immediately. When the ends of the wires were placed very close to each other, parallel but not touching, the effects were perhaps more easily achieved than before. Using a larger voltaic battery (270.) also allowed for more effective results.

273. On removing the decomposing apparatus and interposing a galvanometer instead, heating the points e as the needle would swing one way, and removing the heat during the time of its return (302.), feeble deflections were soon obtained: thus also proving the current through heated air; but the instrument used was not so sensible under the circumstances as chemical action.

273. When they took out the decomposing device and replaced it with a galvanometer, heating the points e caused the needle to swing in one direction, and removing the heat while it returned (302.) produced weak deflections. This also showed that there was a current through heated air, but the instrument used wasn’t as sensitive under these conditions as chemical action.

274. These effects, not hitherto known or expected under this form, are only cases of the discharge which takes place through air between the charcoal terminations of the poles of a powerful battery, when they are gradually separated after contact. Then the passage is through heated air exactly as with common electricity, and Sir H. Davy has recorded that with the original battery of the Royal Institution this discharge passed through a space of at least four inches36. In the exhausted receiver the electricity would strike through nearly half an inch of space, and the combined effects of rarefaction and heat were such upon the inclosed air us to enable it to conduct the electricity through a space of six or seven inches.

274. These effects, which were not previously known or expected in this form, are just examples of the discharge that occurs through air between the charcoal tips of the poles of a powerful battery when they are gradually pulled apart after contact. At that point, the current travels through heated air, just like with regular electricity. Sir H. Davy noted that with the original battery from the Royal Institution, this discharge could cross a distance of at least four inches36. In the vacuum chamber, the electricity could jump through nearly half an inch of space, and the combined effects of low pressure and heat allowed the enclosed air to conduct electricity across a distance of six or seven inches.

275. The instantaneous charge of a Leyden battery by the poles of a voltaic apparatus is another proof of the tension, and also the quantity, of electricity evolved by the latter. Sir H. Davy says37, "When the two conductors from the ends of the combination were connected with a Leyden battery, one with the internal, the other with the external coating, the battery instantly became charged; and on removing the wires and making the proper connexions, either a shock or a spark could be perceived: and the least possible time of contact was sufficient to renew the charge to its full intensity."

275. The instant charging of a Leyden battery using the poles of a voltaic device is another proof of both the voltage and the amount of electricity produced by it. Sir H. Davy says37, "When the two conductors from the ends of the setup were connected to a Leyden battery, one to the internal coating and the other to the external coating, the battery charged instantly; and after disconnecting the wires and reconnecting them properly, you could feel either a shock or see a spark: even the briefest contact was enough to recharge it to full strength."

276. In motion: i. Evolution of Heat.—The evolution of heat in wires and fluids by the voltaic current is matter of general notoriety.

276. In motion: i. Evolution of Heat.—The generation of heat in wires and fluids by the electric current is widely known.

277. ii. Magnetism.—No fact is better known to philosophers than the power of the voltaic current to deflect the magnetic needle, and to make magnets according to certain laws; and no effect can be more distinctive of an electrical current.

277. ii. Magnetism.—No fact is better known to philosophers than the ability of the voltaic current to change the direction of the magnetic needle and to create magnets according to certain laws; and no effect can be more characteristic of an electrical current.

278. iii. Chemical decomposition.—The chemical powers of the voltaic current, and their subjection to certain laws, are also perfectly well known.

278. iii. Chemical decomposition.—The chemical effects of the voltaic current, and how they follow certain laws, are also well understood.

279. iv. Physiological effects.—The power of the voltaic current, when strong, to shock and convulse the whole animal system, and when weak to affect the tongue and the eyes, is very characteristic.

279. iv. Physiological effects.—The ability of a strong voltaic current to shock and convulse the entire animal system, and a weak current to affect the tongue and the eyes, is very distinctive.

280. v. Spark.—The brilliant star of light produced by the discharge of a voltaic battery is known to all as the most beautiful light that man can produce by art.

280. v. Spark.—The dazzling light created by the discharge of a battery is recognized by everyone as the most stunning light that humans can produce through art.

* * * * *

No text provided for modernization.

281. That these effects may be almost infinitely varied, some being exalted whilst others are diminished, is universally acknowledged; and yet without any doubt of the identity of character of the voltaic currents thus made to differ in their effect. The beautiful explication of these variations afforded by Cavendish's theory of quantity and intensity requires no support at present, as it is not supposed to be doubted.

281. It’s widely recognized that these effects can vary greatly, with some being heightened while others are lessened, and there’s no doubt about the consistent nature of the voltaic currents that produce these different effects. The elegant explanation for these variations provided by Cavendish's theory of quantity and intensity doesn’t need any further support at this time, as it’s not considered questionable.

282. In consequence of the comparisons that will hereafter arise between wires carrying voltaic and ordinary electricities, and also because of certain views of the condition of a wire or any other conducting substance connecting the poles of a voltaic apparatus, it will be necessary to give some definite expression of what is called the voltaic current, in contradistinction to any supposed peculiar state of arrangement, not progressive, which the wire or the electricity within it may be supposed to assume. If two voltaic troughs PN, P'N', fig. 42, be symmetrically arranged and insulated, and the ends NP' connected by a wire, over which a magnetic needle is suspended, the wire will exert no effect over the needle; but immediately that the ends PN' are connected by another wire, the needle will be deflected, and will remain so as long as the circuit is complete. Now if the troughs merely act by causing a peculiar arrangement in the wire either of its particles or its electricity, that arrangement constituting its electrical and magnetic state, then the wire NP' should be in a similar state of arrangement before P and N' were connected, to what it is afterwards, and should have deflected the needle, although less powerfully, perhaps to one half the extent which would result when the communication is complete throughout. But if the magnetic effects depend upon a current, then it is evident why they could not be produced in any degree before the circuit was complete; because prior to that no current could exist.

282. Because of the comparisons that will come up later between wires carrying voltaic and regular electricity, and also due to certain ideas about the condition of a wire or any other conductor connecting the poles of a voltaic device, we need to clearly define what is called the voltaic current, in contrast to any assumed specific state of arrangement, that isn't progressive, which the wire or the electricity within it might be thought to take on. If two voltaic troughs PN, P'N', fig. 42, are symmetrically arranged and insulated, and the ends NP' are connected by a wire, over which a magnetic needle is suspended, the wire won't affect the needle; but as soon as the ends PN' are connected by another wire, the needle will be deflected and will stay that way as long as the circuit is complete. Now, if the troughs simply cause a specific arrangement in the wire either of its particles or its electricity, with that arrangement representing its electrical and magnetic state, then the wire NP' should have a similar state of arrangement before P and N' were connected, as it does afterward, and should have deflected the needle, though less powerfully, perhaps to half the extent that would occur when the circuit is fully connected. However, if the magnetic effects rely on a current, then it’s clear why they couldn’t be produced to any degree before the circuit was complete; because before that, no current could exist.

283. By current, I mean anything progressive, whether it be a fluid of electricity, or two fluids moving in opposite directions, or merely vibrations, or, speaking still more generally, progressive forces. By arrangement, I understand a local adjustment of particles, or fluids, or forces, not progressive. Many other reasons might be urged in support of the view of a current rather than an arrangement, but I am anxious to avoid stating unnecessarily what will occur to others at the moment.

283. By current, I mean anything that moves forward, whether it's a flow of electricity, or two flows going in opposite directions, or just vibrations, or, to put it more broadly, moving forces. By arrangement, I refer to a local setup of particles, or fluids, or forces that aren't moving forward. There are many other arguments that could be made to support the idea of a current instead of an arrangement, but I want to avoid repeating what others might think right away.

II. Ordinary Electricity.

284. By ordinary electricity I understand that which can be obtained from the common machine, or from the atmosphere, or by pressure, or cleavage of crystals, or by a multitude of other operations; its distinctive character being that of great intensity, and the exertion of attractive and repulsive powers, not merely at sensible but at considerable distances.

284. By ordinary electricity, I mean the type that can be generated from a standard machine, from the air, or through pressure, or by breaking crystals, or from a variety of other processes; its defining feature being its high intensity and the ability to exert attractive and repulsive forces, not just at noticeable distances but at significant ranges.

285. Tension. The attractions and repulsions at sensible distances, caused by ordinary electricity, are well known to be so powerful in certain cases, as to surpass, almost infinitely, the similar phenomena produced by electricity, otherwise excited. But still those attractions and repulsions are exactly of the same nature as those already referred to under the head Tension, Voltaic electricity (268.); and the difference in degree between them is not greater than often occurs between cases of ordinary electricity only. I think it will be unnecessary to enter minutely into the proofs of the identity of this character in the two instances. They are abundant; are generally admitted as good; and lie upon the surface of the subject: and whenever in other parts of the comparison I am about to draw, a similar case occurs, I shall content myself with a mere announcement of the similarity, enlarging only upon those parts where the great question of distinction or identity still exists.

285. Tension. The attractions and repulsions at sensible distances caused by regular electricity are known to be so powerful in some cases that they almost infinitely exceed similar phenomena produced by other forms of electricity. However, those attractions and repulsions are essentially the same as those mentioned earlier under Tension, Voltaic electricity (268.); and the difference in strength between them is not greater than what often happens within cases of regular electricity alone. I don’t think it’s necessary to go into detail to prove that these two instances share the same characteristics. There’s plenty of evidence supporting this that is widely accepted and is clear within the topic: when similar cases arise in other parts of the comparison I’m making, I’ll simply note the similarity and only delve deeper into the aspects where the major question of distinction or identity remains.

286. The discharge of common electricity through heated air is a well-known fact. The parallel case of voltaic electricity has already been described (272, &c.).

286. The flow of regular electricity through warm air is a well-known fact. The similar case of voltaic electricity has already been discussed (272, &c.).

287. In motion. i. Evolution of heat.—The heating power of common electricity, when passed through wires or other substances, is perfectly well known. The accordance between it and voltaic electricity is in this respect complete. Mr. Harris has constructed and described38 a very beautiful and sensible instrument on this principle, in which the heat produced in a wire by the discharge of a small portion of common electricity is readily shown, and to which I shall have occasion to refer for experimental proof in a future part of this paper (344.).

287. In motion. i. Evolution of heat.—The heating effect of regular electricity flowing through wires or other materials is well understood. It aligns completely with the behavior of voltaic electricity in this regard. Mr. Harris has developed and described38 a very elegant and sensitive instrument based on this principle, which clearly demonstrates the heat generated in a wire by the discharge of a small amount of regular electricity. I will refer to it for experimental evidence later in this paper (344.).

288. ii. Magnetism.—Voltaic electricity has most extraordinary and exalted magnetic powers. If common electricity be identical with it, it ought to have the same powers. In rendering needles or bars magnetic, it is found to agree with voltaic electricity, and the direction of the magnetism, in both cases, is the same; but in deflecting the magnetic needle, common electricity has been found deficient, so that sometimes its power has been denied altogether, and at other times distinctions have been hypothetically assumed for the purpose of avoiding the difficulty39.

288. ii. Magnetism.—Voltaic electricity has some incredible and remarkable magnetic abilities. If common electricity is the same as it, it should have the same abilities. When it comes to making needles or bars magnetic, it matches up with voltaic electricity, and the direction of the magnetism in both cases is the same; however, in terms of deflecting the magnetic needle, common electricity has been found lacking, leading to some cases where its power has been completely dismissed, while in other instances, hypothetical distinctions have been made to sidestep the issue39.

289. M. Colladon, of Geneva, considered that the difference might be due to the use of insufficient quantities of common electricity in all the experiments before made on this head; and in a memoir read to the Academie des Sciences in 182640, describes experiments, in which, by the use of a battery, points, and a delicate galvanometer, he succeeded in obtaining deflections, and thus establishing identity in that respect. MM. Arago, Ampère, and Savary, are mentioned in the paper as having witnessed a successful repetition of the experiments. But as no other one has come forward in confirmation, MM. Arago, Ampère, and Savary, not having themselves published (that I am aware of) their admission of the results, and as some have not been able to obtain them, M. Colladon's conclusions have been occasionally doubted or denied; and an important point with me was to establish their accuracy, or remove them entirely from the body of received experimental research. I am happy to say that my results fully confirm those by M. Colladon, and I should have had no occasion to describe them, but that they are essential as proofs of the accuracy of the final and general conclusions I am enabled to draw respecting the magnetic and chemical action of electricity (360. 366. 367. 377. &c.).

289. M. Colladon from Geneva believed that the difference might be because the previous experiments used insufficient amounts of common electricity. In a paper presented to the Academie des Sciences in 182640, he described experiments where he used a battery, points, and a sensitive galvanometer to achieve deflections, thereby demonstrating that they were identical in that aspect. The paper mentions that MM. Arago, Ampère, and Savary witnessed a successful repeat of the experiments. However, since no one else has confirmed this and MM. Arago, Ampère, and Savary haven't published their own admissions of the results (at least to my knowledge), and because some attempted experiments have not succeeded, M. Colladon's conclusions have sometimes been questioned or rejected. It was crucial for me to either confirm their accuracy or completely remove them from established experimental research. I’m pleased to report that my results fully confirm those of M. Colladon, and I felt it necessary to include them as they are vital evidence for the accuracy of the final and overall conclusions I can draw regarding the magnetic and chemical effects of electricity (360. 366. 367. 377. &c.).

290. The plate electrical machine I have used is fifty inches in diameter; it has two sets of rubbers; its prime conductor consists of two brass cylinders connected by a third, the whole length being twelve feet, and the surface in contact with air about 1422 square inches. When in good excitation, one revolution of the plate will give ten or twelve sparks from the conductors, each an inch in length. Sparks or flashes from ten to fourteen inches in length may easily be drawn from the conductors. Each turn of the machine, when worked moderately, occupies about 4/5ths of a second.

290. The plate electrical machine I've used is fifty inches in diameter; it has two sets of rubbers. Its main conductor consists of two brass cylinders connected by a third, with a total length of twelve feet and an air-exposed surface of about 1422 square inches. When properly excited, one revolution of the plate produces ten to twelve sparks from the conductors, each about an inch long. Sparks or flashes ranging from ten to fourteen inches in length can easily be drawn from the conductors. Each turn of the machine, when operated at a moderate pace, takes about 4/5ths of a second.

291. The electric battery consisted of fifteen equal jars. They are coated eight inches upwards from the bottom, and are twenty-three inches in circumference, so that each contains one hundred and eighty-four square inches of glass, coated on both sides; this is independent of the bottoms, which are of thicker glass, and contain each about fifty square inches.

291. The electric battery was made up of fifteen identical jars. They are coated eight inches up from the bottom and have a circumference of twenty-three inches, meaning each jar has one hundred and eighty-four square inches of glass, coated on both sides; this doesn’t include the bottoms, which are made of thicker glass and each contain about fifty square inches.

292. A good discharging train was arranged by connecting metallically a sufficiently thick wire with the metallic gas pipes of the house, with the metallic gas pipes belonging to the public gas works of London; and also with the metallic water pipes of London. It was so effectual in its office as to carry off instantaneously electricity of the feeblest tension, even that of a single voltaic trough, and was essential to many of the experiments.

292. A good discharging train was set up by connecting a thick enough wire to the metal gas pipes in the house, to the metal gas pipes of the public gas works in London, and also to the metal water pipes in London. It worked so effectively that it could instantly carry away even the weakest electrical charge, like that from a single voltaic cell, and was essential for many of the experiments.

293. The galvanometer was one or the other of those formerly described (87. 205.), but the glass jar covering it and supporting the needle was coated inside and outside with tinfoil, and the upper part (left uncoated, that the motions of the needle might be examined,) was covered with a frame of wire-work, having numerous sharp points projecting from it. When this frame and the two coatings were connected with the discharging train (292.), an insulated point or ball, connected with the machine when most active, might be brought within an inch of any part of the galvanometer, yet without affecting the needle within by ordinary electrical attraction or repulsion.

293. The galvanometer was one of those mentioned earlier (87. 205.), but the glass jar that covered it and held the needle was lined with tinfoil on both the inside and the outside. The top part (left uncoated so that the needle's movements could be observed) was covered with a wire frame, which had many sharp points sticking out. When this frame and the two coatings were linked to the discharging train (292.), an insulated point or ball, connected to the machine when it was most active, could be placed within an inch of any part of the galvanometer without influencing the needle through regular electrical attraction or repulsion.

294. In connexion with these precautions, it may be necessary to state that the needle of the galvanometer is very liable to have its magnetic power deranged, diminished, or even inverted by the passage of a shock through the instrument. If the needle be at all oblique, in the wrong direction, to the coils of the galvanometer when the shock passes, effects of this kind are sure to happen.

294. Along with these precautions, it's important to mention that the needle of the galvanometer can easily lose its magnetic power, be weakened, or even reverse its direction when a shock passes through the instrument. If the needle is even slightly off-angle to the coils of the galvanometer when the shock occurs, these effects are likely to happen.

295. It was to the retarding power of bad conductors, with the intention of diminishing its intensity without altering its quantity, that I first looked with the hope of being able to make common electricity assume more of the characters and power of voltaic electricity, than it is usually supposed to have.

295. I initially focused on the delaying effect of poor conductors, hoping to reduce its intensity without changing its quantity, with the goal of making common electricity display more of the traits and power of voltaic electricity than is generally believed.

296, The coating and armour of the galvanometer were first connected with the discharging train (292.); the end B (87.) of the galvanometer wire was connected with the outside coating of the battery, and then both these with the discharging train; the end A of the galvanometer wire was connected with a discharging rod by a wet thread four feet long; and finally, when the battery (291.) had been positively charged by about forty turns of the machine, it was discharged by the rod and the thread through the galvanometer. The needle immediately moved.

296. The coating and armor of the galvanometer were first linked to the discharging train (292.); the end B (87.) of the galvanometer wire was connected to the outer coating of the battery, and then both were linked to the discharging train; the end A of the galvanometer wire was connected to a discharging rod using a wet thread four feet long; and finally, when the battery (291.) had been positively charged with about forty turns of the machine, it was discharged through the rod and the thread via the galvanometer. The needle immediately moved.

297. During the time that the needle completed its vibration in the first direction and returned, the machine was worked, and the battery recharged; and when the needle in vibrating resumed its first direction, the discharge was again made through the galvanometer. By repeating this action a few times, the vibrations soon extended to above 40° on each side of the line of rest.

297. While the needle finished its vibration in the first direction and came back, the machine operated, and the battery was recharged; and when the needle began vibrating again in its original direction, the discharge was triggered again through the galvanometer. By repeating this process a few times, the vibrations quickly increased to over 40° on each side of the resting line.

298. This effect could be obtained at pleasure. Nor was it varied, apparently, either in direction or degree, by using a short thick string, or even four short thick strings in place of the long fine thread. With a more delicate galvanometer, an excellent swing of the needle could be obtained by one discharge of the battery.

298. This effect could be achieved at will. It didn’t seem to change in either direction or intensity by using a short, thick string or even four short, thick strings instead of the long, fine thread. With a more sensitive galvanometer, a great swing of the needle could be produced with just one discharge of the battery.

299. On reversing the galvanometer communications so as to pass the discharge through from B to A, the needle was equally well deflected, but in the opposite direction.

299. When we switched the galvanometer connections to allow the discharge to flow from B to A, the needle was also well deflected, but in the opposite direction.

300. The deflections were in the same direction as if a voltaic current had been passed through the galvanometer, i.e. the positively charged surface of the electric battery coincided with the positive end of the voltaic apparatus (268.) and the negative surface of the former with the negative end of the latter.

300. The deflections were in the same direction as if an electric current had been passed through the galvanometer, meaning the positively charged surface of the battery matched up with the positive end of the electric device (268.) and the negative surface of the battery matched with the negative end of the device.

301. The battery was then thrown out of use, and the communications so arranged that the current could be passed from the prime conductor, by the discharging rod held against it, through the wet string, through the galvanometer coil, and into the discharging train (292), by which it was finally dispersed. This current could be stopped at any moment, by removing the discharging rod, and either stopping the machine or connecting the prime conductor by another rod with the discharging train; and could be as instantly renewed. The needle was so adjusted, that whilst vibrating in moderate and small arcs, it required time equal to twenty-five beats of a watch to pass in one direction through the arc, and of course an equal time to pass in the other direction.

301. The battery was then taken out of use, and the communications were set up so that the current could flow from the prime conductor, through the discharging rod held against it, through the wet string, into the galvanometer coil, and finally into the discharging train (292), where it was dispersed. This current could be stopped at any time by removing the discharging rod and either stopping the machine or connecting the prime conductor to the discharging train with another rod; it could also be instantly restarted. The needle was adjusted so that while vibrating in moderate and small arcs, it took the same amount of time as twenty-five beats of a stopwatch to move in one direction through the arc, and obviously the same amount of time to move in the opposite direction.

302. Thus arranged, and the needle being stationary, the current, direct from the machine, was sent through the galvanometer for twenty-five beats, then interrupted for other twenty-five beats, renewed for twenty-five beats more, again interrupted for an equal time, and so on continually. The needle soon began to vibrate visibly, and after several alternations of this kind, the vibration increased to 40° or more.

302. With everything set up and the needle stable, the current from the machine was sent through the galvanometer for twenty-five beats, then stopped for another twenty-five beats, started again for twenty-five beats, paused for an equal time, and this process continued. The needle soon started to vibrate noticeably, and after several cycles like this, the vibration increased to 40° or more.

303. On changing the direction of the current through the galvanometer, the direction of the deflection of the needle was also changed. In all cases the motion of the needle was in direction the same as that caused either by the use of the electric battery or a voltaic trough (300).

303. When the direction of the current through the galvanometer was changed, the direction of the needle's deflection also changed. In every case, the needle moved in the same direction as it did when using either the electric battery or a voltaic trough (300).

304. I now rejected the wet string, and substituted a copper wire, so that the electricity of the machine passed at once into wires communicating directly with the discharging train, the galvanometer coil being one of the wires used for the discharge. The effects were exactly those obtained above (302).

304. I now got rid of the wet string and replaced it with a copper wire, so that the machine's electricity went directly into wires connected to the discharging train, with the galvanometer coil being one of the wires used for the discharge. The results were exactly the same as those obtained above (302).

305. Instead of passing the electricity through the system, by bringing the discharging rod at the end of it into contact with the conductor, four points were fixed on to the rod; when the current was to pass, they were held about twelve inches from the conductor, and when it was not to pass, they were turned away. Then operating as before (302.), except with this variation, the needle was soon powerfully deflected, and in perfect consistency with the former results. Points afforded the means by which Colladon, in all cases, made his discharges.

305. Instead of sending the electricity through the system by bringing the discharging rod at the end into contact with the conductor, four points were attached to the rod. When the current was supposed to flow, these points were held about twelve inches away from the conductor, and when it wasn’t meant to flow, they were turned away. Then, operating as before (302.), with this one change, the needle quickly showed a strong deflection, completely in line with the previous results. The points provided the method by which Colladon made his discharges in all cases.

306. Finally, I passed the electricity first through an exhausted receiver, so as to make it there resemble the aurora borealis, and then through the galvanometer to the earth; and it was found still effective in deflecting the needle, and apparently with the same force as before.

306. Finally, I sent the electricity first through an exhausted receiver, making it look like the northern lights, and then through the galvanometer to the ground. It was still able to deflect the needle, seemingly with the same strength as before.

307. From all these experiments, it appears that a current of common electricity, whether transmitted through water or metal, or rarefied air, or by means of points in common air, is still able to deflect the needle; the only requisite being, apparently, to allow time for its action: that it is, in fact, just as magnetic in every respect as a voltaic current, and that in this character therefore no distinction exists.

307. From all these experiments, it seems that a flow of ordinary electricity, whether sent through water, metal, rarefied air, or through points in regular air, can still deflect the needle; the only requirement appears to be to give it enough time to act: it is, in fact, just as magnetic in every way as a battery current, and therefore there is no difference in this regard.

308. Imperfect conductors, as water, brine, acids, &c. &c. will be found far more convenient for exhibiting these effects than other modes of discharge, as by points or balls; for the former convert at once the charge of a powerful battery into a feeble spark discharge, or rather continuous current, and involve little or no risk of deranging the magnetism of the needles (294.).

308. Imperfect conductors like water, saltwater, acids, etc., will be much more effective for demonstrating these effects than other methods of discharge, like using points or balls. This is because they instantly transform the charge from a strong battery into a weak spark discharge, or more accurately, a continuous current, and they pose minimal risk of disturbing the magnetism of the needles (294.).

309. iii. Chemical decomposition.—The chemical action of voltaic electricity is characteristic of that agent, but not more characteristic than are the laws under which the bodies evolved by decomposition arrange themselves at the poles. Dr. Wollaston showed41 that common electricity resembled it in these effects, and "that they are both essentially the same"; but he mingled with his proofs an experiment having a resemblance, and nothing more, to a case of voltaic decomposition, which however he himself partly distinguished; and this has been more frequently referred to by some, on the one hand, to prove the occurrence of electro-chemical decomposition, like that of the pile, and by others to throw doubt upon the whole paper, than the more numerous and decisive experiments which he has detailed.

309. iii. Chemical decomposition.—The chemical action of voltaic electricity is typical of this agent, but it's no more typical than the laws that govern the arrangement of the substances produced by decomposition at the poles. Dr. Wollaston demonstrated41 that common electricity had similar effects and that "they are both essentially the same"; however, he included an experiment that was only somewhat similar to a case of voltaic decomposition, which he himself somewhat differentiated. This has been referenced more often by some, on one hand, to support the existence of electro-chemical decomposition, like that of the pile, and by others to cast doubt on the entire paper, rather than the more numerous and convincing experiments he detailed.

310. I take the liberty of describing briefly my results, and of thus adding my testimony to that of Dr. Wollaston on the identity of voltaic and common electricity as to chemical action, not only that I may facilitate the repetition of the experiments, but also lead to some new consequences respecting electrochemical decomposition (376. 377.).

310. I’d like to briefly share my results and add my support to Dr. Wollaston's findings on the similarity between voltaic and regular electricity in terms of chemical action. This is not only to make it easier for others to repeat the experiments but also to suggest some new insights regarding electrochemical decomposition (376. 377.).

311. I first repeated Wollaston's fourth experiment42, in which the ends of coated silver wires are immersed in a drop of sulphate of copper. By passing the electricity of the machine through such an arrangement, that end in the drop which received the electricity became coated with metallic copper. One hundred turns of the machine produced an evident effect; two hundred turns a very sensible one. The decomposing action was however very feeble. Very little copper was precipitated, and no sensible trace of silver from the other pole appeared in the solution.

311. I first repeated Wollaston's fourth experiment42, where the ends of coated silver wires are dipped into a drop of copper sulfate. When I passed electric current from the machine through this setup, the end in the drop that received the current became coated with metallic copper. One hundred turns of the machine had a noticeable effect; two hundred turns produced a significant result. However, the decomposing action was quite weak. Only a small amount of copper was deposited, and there was no significant trace of silver from the other pole in the solution.

312. A much more convenient and effectual arrangement for chemical decompositions by common electricity, is the following. Upon a glass plate, fig. 43, placed over, but raised above a piece of white paper, so that shadows may not interfere, put two pieces of tinfoil a, b; connect one of these by an insulated wire c, or wire and string (301.) with the machine, and the other g, with the discharging train (292.) or the negative conductor; provide two pieces of fine platina wire, bent as in fig. 44, so that the part d, f shall be nearly upright, whilst the whole is resting on the three bearing points p, e, f place these as in fig. 43; the points p, n then become the decomposing poles. In this way surfaces of contact, as minute as possible, can be obtained at pleasure, and the connexion can be broken or renewed in a moment, and the substances acted upon examined with the utmost facility.

312. A much more convenient and effective setup for chemical reactions using regular electricity is as follows. On a glass plate, fig. 43, which is elevated above a piece of white paper to avoid shadows, place two pieces of tinfoil a, b; connect one of them with an insulated wire c, or a wire and string (301.) to the machine, and connect the other g to the discharge circuit (292.) or the negative conductor. Take two pieces of fine platinum wire, bent as shown in fig. 44, so that section d, f is nearly vertical while resting on the three support points p, e, f. Position these as in fig. 43; the points p, n then serve as the decomposition poles. This setup allows for very small contact surfaces to be created at will, and the connection can be quickly broken or reestablished, making it easy to examine the substances involved.

313. A coarse line was made on the glass with solution of sulphate of copper, and the terminations p and n put into it; the foil a was connected with the positive conductor of the machine by wire and wet string, so that no sparks passed: twenty turns of the machine caused the precipitation of so much copper on the end n, that it looked like copper wire; no apparent change took place at p.

313. A rough line was drawn on the glass using a copper sulfate solution, and the ends p and n were placed in it; the foil a was connected to the positive terminal of the machine with a wire and damp string, ensuring no sparks occurred: twenty rotations of the machine resulted in enough copper depositing on the end n that it resembled copper wire; no visible change happened at p.

314. A mixture of equal parts of muriatic acid and water was rendered deep blue by sulphate of indigo, and a large drop put on the glass, fig. 43, so that p and n were immersed at opposite sides: a single turn of the machine showed bleaching effects round p, from evolved chlorine. After twenty revolutions no effect of the kind was visible at n, but so much chlorine had been set free at p, that when the drop was stirred the whole became colourless.

314. A mixture of equal parts of hydrochloric acid and water turned deep blue with indigo sulfate, and a large drop was placed on the glass, fig. 43, so that p and n were submerged at opposite sides: a single turn of the machine showed bleaching effects around p, due to the chlorine released. After twenty rotations, there was no visible effect at n, but so much chlorine had been released at p that when the drop was stirred, the entire mixture became colorless.

315. A drop of solution of iodide of potassium mingled with starch was put into the same position at p and n; on turning the machine, iodine was evolved at p, but not at n.

315. A drop of potassium iodide solution mixed with starch was placed in the same spots at p and n; when the machine was turned, iodine was produced at p, but not at n.

316. A still further improvement in this form of apparatus consists in wetting a piece of filtering paper in the solution to be experimented on, and placing that under the points p and n, on the glass: the paper retains the substance evolved at the point of evolution, by its whiteness renders any change of colour visible, and allows of the point of contact between it and the decomposing wires being contracted to the utmost degree. A piece of paper moistened in the solution of iodide of potassium and starch, or of the iodide alone, with certain precautions (322.), is a most admirable test of electro-chemical action; and when thus placed and acted upon by the electric current, will show iodine evolved at p by only half a turn of the machine. With these adjustments and the use of iodide of potassium on paper, chemical action is sometimes a more delicate test of electrical currents than the galvanometer (273.). Such cases occur when the bodies traversed by the current are bad conductors, or when the quantity of electricity evolved or transmitted in a given time is very small.

316. Another improvement in this type of apparatus involves wetting a piece of filter paper in the solution being tested and placing it under points p and n on the glass. The paper captures the substance produced at the point of generation, its whiteness makes any color change noticeable, and it allows for the contact point between it and the decomposing wires to be minimized. A piece of paper soaked in a solution of potassium iodide and starch, or just iodide alone, with certain precautions (322.), serves as an excellent test for electro-chemical activity. When positioned this way and activated by the electric current, iodine will appear at p with just a half turn of the machine. With these modifications and using potassium iodide on paper, chemical action can sometimes provide a more sensitive test of electrical currents than a galvanometer (273.). This is especially true when the materials affected by the current are poor conductors or when the amount of electricity generated or transmitted in a specific time frame is very low.

317. A piece of litmus paper moistened in solution of common salt or sulphate of soda, was quickly reddened at p. A similar piece moistened in muriatic acid was very soon bleached at p. No effects of a similar kind took place at n.

317. A piece of litmus paper dipped in a solution of table salt or soda sulfate quickly turned red at p. A similar piece dipped in hydrochloric acid was quickly bleached at p. No similar effects occurred at n.

318. A piece of turmeric paper moistened in solution of sulphate of soda was reddened at n by two or three turns of the machine, and in twenty or thirty turns plenty of alkali was there evolved. On turning the paper round, so that the spot came under p, and then working the machine, the alkali soon disappeared, the place became yellow, and a brown alkaline spot appeared in the new part under n.

318. A piece of turmeric paper dampened with a solution of sodium sulfate was turned red at n after two or three rotations of the machine, and within twenty or thirty turns, a significant amount of alkali was produced. When the paper was flipped so that the spot was under p, and the machine was operated again, the alkali quickly vanished, the area turned yellow, and a brown alkaline spot appeared in the new section under n.

319. On combining a piece of litmus with a piece of turmeric paper, wetting both with solution of sulphate of soda, and putting the paper on the glass, so that p was on the litmus and n on the turmeric, a very few turns of the machine sufficed to show the evolution of acid at the former and alkali at the latter, exactly in the manner effected by a volta-electric current.

319. When you combine a piece of litmus paper with a piece of turmeric paper, wet both with a solution of sodium sulfate, and place the paper on the glass so that p is on the litmus and n is on the turmeric, just a few turns of the machine are enough to show the production of acid at the litmus and alkali at the turmeric, similar to what happens with a voltaic electric current.

320. All these decompositions took place equally well, whether the electricity passed from the machine to the foil a, through water, or through wire only; by contact with the conductor, or by sparks there; provided the sparks were not so large as to cause the electricity to pass in sparks from p to n, or towards n; and I have seen no reason to believe that in cases of true electro-chemical decomposition by the machine, the electricity passed in sparks from the conductor, or at any part of the current, is able to do more, because of its tension, than that which is made to pass merely as a regular current.

320. All these breakdowns happened just as well, whether the electricity flowed from the machine to the foil a, through water, or just through wire; by contact with the conductor, or through sparks there; as long as the sparks weren't so large that they made the electricity jump from p to n, or towards n; and I have found no evidence to suggest that in cases of genuine electro-chemical breakdown by the machine, the electricity traveling in sparks from the conductor, or at any point in the current, can do anything more because of its tension than what is simply carried as a regular current.

321. Finally, the experiment was extended into the following form, supplying in this case the tidiest analogy between common and voltaic electricity. Three compound pieces of litmus and turmeric paper (319.) were moistened in solution of sulphate of soda, and arranged on a plate of glass with platina wires, as in fig. 45. The wire m was connected with the prime conductor of the machine, the wire t with the discharging train, and the wires r and s entered into the course of the electrical current by means of the pieces of moistened paper; they were so bent as to rest each on three points, n, r, p; n, s, p, the points r and s being supported by the glass, and the others by the papers; the three terminations p, p, p rested on the litmus, and the other three n, n, n on the turmeric paper. On working the machine for a short time only, acid was evolved at all the poles or terminations p, p, p, by which the electricity entered the solution, and alkali at the other poles n, n, n, by which the electricity left the solution.

321. Finally, the experiment was set up in the following way, providing a clear comparison between common and voltaic electricity. Three pieces of litmus and turmeric paper (319.) were soaked in a solution of sodium sulfate and arranged on a glass plate with platinum wires, as shown in fig. 45. The wire m was connected to the main conductor of the machine, the wire t was connected to the discharge train, and the wires r and s were included in the flow of the electrical current through the moist paper; they were bent to rest on three points, n, r, p; n, s, p, with points r and s supported by the glass and the others by the paper; the three ends p, p, p rested on the litmus, while the other three n, n, n were on the turmeric paper. After running the machine for only a short time, acid was generated at all the ends p, p, p, where the electricity entered the solution, and alkali was produced at the other ends n, n, n, where the electricity exited the solution.

322. In all experiments of electro-chemical decomposition by the common machine and moistened papers (316.), it is necessary to be aware of and to avoid the following important source of error. If a spark passes over moistened litmus and turmeric paper, the litmus paper (provided it be delicate and not too alkaline,) is reddened by it; and if several sparks are passed, it becomes powerfully reddened. If the electricity pass a little way from the wire over the surface of the moistened paper, before it finds mass and moisture enough to conduct it, then the reddening extends as far as the ramifications. If similar ramifications occur at the termination n, on the turmeric paper, they prevent the occurrence of the red spot due to the alkali, which would otherwise collect there: sparks or ramifications from the points n will also redden litmus paper. If paper moistened by a solution of iodide of potassium (which is an admirably delicate test of electro-chemical action,) be exposed to the sparks or ramifications, or even a feeble stream of electricity through the air from either the point p or n, iodine will be immediately evolved.

322. In all experiments involving electro-chemical decomposition using the common machine and damp paper (316.), it's important to recognize and avoid a significant source of error. If a spark passes over damp litmus and turmeric paper, the litmus paper (as long as it's sensitive and not too alkaline) turns red; if multiple sparks pass, it becomes deeply reddened. If the electricity travels a short distance from the wire across the surface of the damp paper before it finds enough mass and moisture to conduct, the reddening will spread along the branches. If similar branches occur at the point n on the turmeric paper, they prevent the formation of the red spot caused by the alkali that would otherwise gather there: sparks or branches from the points n will also redden litmus paper. If paper dampened with a potassium iodide solution (which is an excellent sensitive test for electro-chemical activity) is exposed to sparks or branches, or even a weak stream of electricity through the air from either point p or n, iodine will be released immediately.

323. These effects must not be confounded with those due to the true electro-chemical powers of common electricity, and must be carefully avoided when the latter are to be observed. No sparks should be passed, therefore, in any part of the current, nor any increase of intensity allowed, by which the electricity may be induced to pass between the platina wires and the moistened papers, otherwise than by conduction; for if it burst through the air, the effect referred to above (322.) ensues.

323. These effects shouldn't be confused with the actual electro-chemical properties of regular electricity, and should be carefully avoided when those properties are being studied. Therefore, no sparks should be allowed anywhere in the current, nor should there be any increase in intensity that could cause the electricity to jump between the platinum wires and the moist papers in any way other than conduction; because if it arcs through the air, the effect mentioned above (322) occurs.

324. The effect itself is due to the formation of nitric acid by the combination of the oxygen and nitrogen of the air, and is, in fact, only a delicate repetition of Cavendish's beautiful experiment. The acid so formed, though small in quantity, is in a high state of concentration as to water, and produces the consequent effects of reddening the litmus paper; or preventing the exhibition of alkali on the turmeric paper; or, by acting on the iodide of potassium, evolving iodine.

324. The effect is caused by the creation of nitric acid when oxygen and nitrogen from the air combine, and it’s really just a refined version of Cavendish's impressive experiment. The acid produced, although in a small amount, is highly concentrated compared to water, and this leads to effects like turning litmus paper red, stopping alkaline reactions on turmeric paper, or releasing iodine by reacting with potassium iodide.

325. By moistening a very small slip of litmus paper in solution of caustic potassa, and then passing the electric spark over its length in the air, I gradually neutralized the alkali, and ultimately rendered the paper red; on drying it, I found that nitrate of potassa had resulted from the operation, and that the paper had become touch-paper.

325. By wetting a tiny piece of litmus paper in a solution of caustic potash and then passing an electric spark over it while it's in the air, I gradually neutralized the alkali, eventually turning the paper red. After drying it, I discovered that potassium nitrate had formed from the process, and the paper had become touch-paper.

326. Either litmus paper or white paper, moistened in a strong solution of iodide of potassium, offers therefore a very simple, beautiful, and ready means of illustrating Cavendish's experiment of the formation of nitric acid from the atmosphere.

326. Either litmus paper or white paper, dampened in a strong solution of potassium iodide, provides a very simple, elegant, and quick way to demonstrate Cavendish's experiment on the formation of nitric acid from the atmosphere.

327. I have already had occasion to refer to an experiment (265. 309.) made by Dr. Wollaston, which is insisted upon too much, both by those who oppose and those who agree with the accuracy of his views respecting the identity of voltaic and ordinary electricity. By covering fine wires with glass or other insulating substances, and then removing only so much matter as to expose the point, or a section of the wires, and by passing electricity through two such wires, the guarded points of which were immersed in water, Wollaston found that the water could be decomposed even by the current from the machine, without sparks, and that two streams of gas arose from the points, exactly resembling, in appearance, those produced by voltaic electricity, and, like the latter, giving a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen gases. But Dr. Wollaston himself points out that the effect is different from that of the voltaic pile, inasmuch as both oxygen and hydrogen are evolved from each pole; he calls it "a very close imitation of the galvanic phenomena," but adds that "in fact the resemblance is not complete," and does not trust to it to establish the principles correctly laid down in his paper.

327. I've already mentioned an experiment (265. 309.) conducted by Dr. Wollaston, which is emphasized too much by both those who challenge and those who support the accuracy of his views on the similarity between voltaic and regular electricity. By covering fine wires with glass or other insulating materials and then removing just enough to expose the tip or a section of the wires, and by passing electricity through two of these wires with their protected tips submerged in water, Wollaston discovered that the water could be decomposed even by the machine's current, without sparks. He observed two streams of gas rising from the tips, looking exactly like those produced by voltaic electricity, and, like the latter, creating a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen gases. However, Dr. Wollaston himself notes that the effect is different from that of the voltaic pile, since both oxygen and hydrogen are produced from each pole; he describes it as "a very close imitation of the galvanic phenomena," but adds that "in fact the resemblance is not complete," and does not rely on it to validate the principles correctly outlined in his paper.

328. This experiment is neither more nor less than a repetition, in a refined manner, of that made by Dr. Pearson in 179743, and previously by MM. Paets Van Troostwyk and Deiman in 1789 or earlier. That the experiment should never be quoted as proving true electro-chemical decomposition, is sufficiently evident from the circumstance, that the law which regulates the transference and final place of the evolved bodies (278. 309.) has no influence here. The water is decomposed at both poles independently of each other, and the oxygen and hydrogen evolved at the wires are the elements of the water existing the instant before in those places. That the poles, or rather points, have no mutual decomposing dependence, may be shown by substituting a wire, or the finger, for one of them, a change which does not at all interfere with the other, though it stops all action at the changed pole. This fact may be observed by turning the machine for some time; for though bubbles will rise from the point left unaltered, in quantity sufficient to cover entirely the wire used for the other communication, if they could be applied to it, yet not a single bubble will appear on that wire.

328. This experiment is just a more refined version of the one done by Dr. Pearson in 179743, and earlier by MM. Paets Van Troostwyk and Deiman in 1789 or even earlier. It’s clear that this experiment should never be cited as evidence of true electro-chemical decomposition, due to the fact that the law governing the movement and final position of the produced substances (278. 309.) has no bearing here. The water is broken down at both poles independently, and the oxygen and hydrogen produced at the wires are simply the elements of the water that existed there just before. The poles, or rather the points, don’t rely on each other for decomposition, which can be demonstrated by replacing one of them with a wire or finger; this change doesn't affect the other pole at all, although it halts all activity at the altered pole. You can see this by running the machine for a while; even though bubbles will rise from the unchanged point in a quantity large enough to completely cover the wire used for the other connection, not a single bubble will form on that wire.

329. When electro-chemical decomposition takes place, there is great reason to believe that the quantity of matter decomposed is not proportionate to the intensity, but to the quantity of electricity passed (320.). Of this I shall be able to offer some proofs in a future part of this paper (375. 377.). But in the experiment under consideration, this is not the case. If, with a constant pair of points, the electricity be passed from the machine in sparks, a certain proportion of gas is evolved; but if the sparks be rendered shorter, less gas is evolved; and if no sparks be passed, there is scarcely a sensible portion of gases set free. On substituting solution of sulphate of soda for water, scarcely a sensible quantity of gas could be procured even with powerful sparks, and nearly none with the mere current; yet the quantity of electricity in a given time was the same in all these cases.

329. When electro-chemical decomposition happens, it's highly likely that the amount of matter decomposed is not related to the intensity, but rather to the amount of electricity passed (320.). I will provide some evidence for this in a later part of this paper (375. 377.). However, in the experiment we're focusing on, this isn't the case. If you pass electricity from the machine in sparks through a constant pair of points, a certain amount of gas is produced; but if the sparks are shorter, less gas is produced, and if no sparks are generated, there's hardly any gas released at all. When using a solution of sulphate of soda instead of water, only a minimal amount of gas could be collected even with strong sparks, and almost none with just the current; yet, the amount of electricity in the same time frame was consistent across all these scenarios.

330. I do not intend to deny that with such an apparatus common electricity can decompose water in a manner analogous to that of the voltaic pile; I believe at present that it can. But when what I consider the true effect only was obtained, the quantity of gas given off was so small that I could not ascertain whether it was, as it ought to be, oxygen at one wire and hydrogen at the other. Of the two streams one seemed more copious than the other, and on turning the apparatus round, still the same side in relation to the machine; gave the largest stream. On substituting solution of sulphate of soda for pure water (329.), these minute streams were still observed. But the quantities were so small, that on working the machine for half an hour I could not obtain at either pole a bubble of gas larger than a small grain of sand. If the conclusion which I have drawn (377.) relating to the amount of chemical action be correct, this ought to be the case.

330. I don’t intend to deny that with this setup, regular electricity can break down water in a way similar to the voltaic pile; I currently believe it can. However, when I achieved what I consider the true effect, the amount of gas produced was so tiny that I couldn’t determine if it was, as expected, oxygen at one wire and hydrogen at the other. One of the two streams appeared larger than the other, and even when I turned the setup around, the same side relative to the machine still produced the bigger stream. When I replaced pure water with a solution of sodium sulfate (329.), these tiny streams were still present. But the quantities were so small that after running the machine for half an hour, I couldn’t get a bubble of gas at either pole larger than a grain of sand. If my conclusion (377.) about the level of chemical action is correct, this should be the case.

331. I have been the more anxious to assign the true value of this experiment as a test of electro-chemical action, because I shall have occasion to refer to it in cases of supposed chemical action by magneto-electric and other electric currents (336. 346.) and elsewhere. But, independent of it, there cannot be now a doubt that Dr. Wollaston was right in his general conclusion; and that voltaic and common electricity have powers of chemical decomposition, alike in their nature, and governed by the same law of arrangement.

331. I've been particularly keen to establish the real significance of this experiment as a test of electrochemical action, since I'll mention it in discussions of supposed chemical reactions caused by magneto-electric and other electric currents (336. 346.) and in other places. However, aside from this, there's no doubt that Dr. Wollaston was correct in his overall conclusion: both voltaic and regular electricity have the ability to cause chemical decomposition, similar in nature and governed by the same arrangement laws.

332. iv. Physiological effects.—The power of the common electric current to shock and convulse the animal system, and when weak to affect the tongue and the eyes, may be considered as the same with the similar power of voltaic electricity, account being taken of the intensity of the one electricity and duration of the other. When a wet thread was interposed in the course of the current of common electricity from the battery (291.) charged by eight or ten44 revolutions of the machine in good action (290.), and the discharge made by platina spatulas through the tongue or the gums, the effect upon the tongue and eyes was exactly that of a momentary feeble voltaic circuit.

332. iv. Physiological effects.—The ability of a standard electric current to shock and convulse the animal system, and when weak, to affect the tongue and eyes, can be considered similar to the effects of voltaic electricity, taking into account the intensity of one type of electricity and the duration of the other. When a wet thread was placed in the path of the common electric current from the battery (291.) powered by eight or ten44 revolutions of the machine in proper working order (290.), and the discharge was applied through platinum spatulas to the tongue or gums, the effect on the tongue and eyes was exactly like that of a brief weak voltaic circuit.

333. v. Spark.—The beautiful flash of light attending the discharge of common electricity is well known. It rivals in brilliancy, if it does not even very much surpass, the light from the discharge of voltaic electricity; but it endures for an instant only, and is attended by a sharp noise like that of a small explosion. Still no difficulty can arise in recognising it to be the same spark as that from the voltaic battery, especially under certain circumstances. The eye cannot distinguish the difference between a voltaic and a common electricity spark, if they be taken between amalgamated surfaces of metal, at intervals only, and through the same distance of air.

333. v. Spark.—The stunning flash of light that happens during the discharge of regular electricity is well-known. It shines as brightly, if not more so, than the light from the discharge of voltaic electricity; however, it lasts only for an instant and is accompanied by a sharp sound similar to a small explosion. Still, there is no difficulty in recognizing it as the same spark produced by a voltaic battery, especially in certain situations. The eye cannot tell the difference between a voltaic spark and a regular electricity spark when they are created between merged metal surfaces, at intervals only, and across the same distance of air.

334. When the Leyden battery (291.) was discharged through a wet string placed in some part of the circuit away from the place where the spark was to pass, the spark was yellowish, flamy, having a duration sensibly longer than if the water had not been interposed, was about three-fourths of an inch in length, was accompanied by little or no noise, and whilst losing part of its usual character had approximated in some degree to the voltaic spark. When the electricity retarded by water was discharged between pieces of charcoal, it was exceedingly luminous and bright upon both surfaces of the charcoal, resembling the brightness of the voltaic discharge on such surfaces. When the discharge of the unretarded electricity was taken upon charcoal, it was bright upon both the surfaces, (in that respect resembling the voltaic spark,) but the noise was loud, sharp, and ringing.

334. When the Leyden battery (291.) was discharged through a wet string placed in some part of the circuit away from where the spark was supposed to jump, the spark was yellowish and flame-like, lasting noticeably longer than if the water hadn't been in the way. It measured about three-quarters of an inch long, made little or no noise, and while losing some of its usual characteristics, had somewhat resembled a voltaic spark. When the electricity, slowed down by the water, was discharged between pieces of charcoal, it was extremely bright on both surfaces, similar to the brightness seen in a voltaic discharge on those surfaces. When the discharge of the unrestricted electricity was directed at the charcoal, it was bright on both surfaces (similar to the voltaic spark in that way), but the noise was loud, sharp, and ringing.

335. I have assumed, in accordance, I believe, with the opinion of every other philosopher, that atmospheric electricity is of the same nature with ordinary electricity (284.), and I might therefore refer to certain published statements of chemical effects produced by the former as proofs that the latter enjoys the power of decomposition in common with voltaic electricity. But the comparison I am drawing is far too rigorous to allow me to use these statements without being fully assured of their accuracy; yet I have no right to suppress them, because, if accurate, they establish what I am labouring to put on an undoubted foundation, and have priority to my results.

335. I have assumed, in line with what I believe to be the view of every other philosopher, that atmospheric electricity is the same as ordinary electricity (284). Therefore, I could point to certain published findings on chemical effects caused by the former as evidence that the latter has the power of decomposition, similar to voltaic electricity. However, the comparison I'm making is too strict for me to use these findings without being completely sure of their accuracy. Still, I can't ignore them because, if they are correct, they support what I'm trying to establish on a solid foundation and came before my results.

336. M. Bonijol of Geneva45 is said to have constructed very delicate apparatus for the decomposition of water by common electricity. By connecting an insulated lightning rod with his apparatus, the decomposition of the water proceeded in a continuous and rapid manner even when the electricity of the atmosphere was not very powerful. The apparatus is not described; but as the diameter of the wire is mentioned as very small, it appears to have been similar in construction to that of Wollaston (327.); and as that does not furnish a case of true polar electro-chemical decomposition (328.), this result of M. Bonijol does not prove the identity in chemical action of common and voltaic electricity.

336. M. Bonijol of Geneva45 is said to have created very delicate equipment for breaking down water using ordinary electricity. By connecting an insulated lightning rod to his equipment, the water decomposition happened in a continuous and fast manner even when the atmospheric electricity wasn’t very strong. The equipment isn’t described, but since the wire’s diameter is noted to be very small, it seems to be similar in design to Wollaston's (327.); and since that doesn’t demonstrate a true case of polar electro-chemical decomposition (328.), M. Bonijol’s results do not confirm that common and voltaic electricity have the same chemical effects.

337. At the same page of the Bibliothèque Universelle, M. Bonijol is said to have decomposed, potash, and also chloride of silver, by putting them into very narrow tubes and passing electric sparks from an ordinary machine over them. It is evident that these offer no analogy to cases of true voltaic decomposition, where the electricity only decomposes when it is conducted by the body acted upon, and ceases to decompose, according to its ordinary laws, when it passes in sparks. These effects are probably partly analogous to that which takes place with water in Pearson's or Wollaston's apparatus, and may be due to very high temperature acting on minute portions of matter; or they may be connected with the results in air (322.). As nitrogen can combine directly with oxygen under the influence of the electric spark (324.), it is not impossible that it should even take it from the potassium of the potash, especially as there would be plenty of potassa in contact with the acting particles to combine with the nitric acid formed. However distinct all these actions may be from true polar electro-chemical decompositions, they are still highly important, and well-worthy of investigation.

337. On the same page of the Bibliothèque Universelle, Mr. Bonijol is said to have broken down potash and chloride of silver by placing them in very narrow tubes and passing electric sparks from a standard machine over them. It’s clear that these processes are not similar to true voltaic decomposition, where electricity only breaks down substances when conducted through the material being affected, and stops decomposing, as per its usual behavior, when it discharges in sparks. These effects might be somewhat similar to what happens with water in Pearson's or Wollaston's setups, and could be caused by extremely high temperatures affecting tiny particles of matter; they might also relate to results in air (322.). Since nitrogen can combine directly with oxygen under the influence of an electric spark (324.), it’s possible that it could even take oxygen from the potassium in the potash, especially since there would be plenty of potassa available to react with the nitric acid produced. Although all these actions are quite different from true polar electro-chemical decompositions, they are still very significant and definitely worth investigating.

338. The late Mr. Barry communicated a paper to the Royal Society46 last year, so distinct in the details, that it would seem at once to prove the identity in chemical action of common and voltaic electricity; but, when examined, considerable difficulty arises in reconciling certain of the effects with the remainder. He used two tubes, each having a wire within it passing through the closed end, as is usual for voltaic decompositions. The tubes were filled with solution of sulphate of soda, coloured with syrup of violets, and connected by a portion of the same solution, in the ordinary manner; the wire in one tube was connected by a gilt thread with the string of an insulated electrical kite, and the wire in the other tube by a similar gilt thread with the ground. Hydrogen soon appeared in the tube connected with the kite, and oxygen in the other, and in ten minutes the liquid in the first tube was green from the alkali evolved, and that in the other red from free acid produced. The only indication of the strength or intensity of the atmospheric electricity is in the expression, "the usual shocks were felt on touching the string."

338. The late Mr. Barry submitted a paper to the Royal Society46 last year, which included such detailed information that it seemed to immediately prove the similarity in chemical behavior between ordinary and voltaic electricity. However, upon further examination, it became quite challenging to align some of the effects with the others. He used two tubes, each containing a wire that passed through the closed end, as is typical for voltaic decompositions. The tubes were filled with a solution of sodium sulfate, colored with violet syrup, and connected by a part of the same solution in the usual way. The wire in one tube was linked by a gilt thread to the string of an insulated electrical kite, while the wire in the other tube was similarly connected by a gilt thread to the ground. Hydrogen quickly appeared in the tube attached to the kite, and oxygen in the other one. In ten minutes, the liquid in the first tube turned green due to the alkali released, while the liquid in the second tube became red from the free acid produced. The only sign of the strength or intensity of the atmospheric electricity was the statement, "the usual shocks were felt on touching the string."

339. That the electricity in this case does not resemble that from any ordinary source of common electricity, is shown by several circumstances. Wollaston could not effect the decomposition of water by such an arrangement, and obtain the gases in separate vessels, using common electricity; nor have any of the numerous philosophers, who have employed such an apparatus, obtained any such decomposition, either of water or of a neutral salt, by the use of the machine. I have lately tried the large machine (290.) in full action for a quarter of an hour, during which time seven hundred revolutions were made, without producing any sensible effects, although the shocks that it would then give must have been far more powerful and numerous than could have been taken, with any chance of safety, from an electrical kite-string; and by reference to the comparison hereafter to be made (371.), it will be seen that for common electricity to have produced the effect, the quantity must have been awfully great, and apparently far more than could have been conducted to the earth by a gilt thread, and at the same time only have produced the "usual shocks."

339. The electricity in this case is different from any typical source of common electricity, as shown by several factors. Wollaston couldn't break down water using common electricity and collect the gases in separate vessels; nor have any of the many scientists who have used such equipment succeeded in decomposing water or a neutral salt with this machine. Recently, I operated the large machine (290.) at full capacity for fifteen minutes, during which it made seven hundred revolutions without creating any noticeable effects. The shocks it generated must have been much more powerful and frequent than what could be safely experienced from an electrical kite string. Referring to the comparison to be made later (371.), it will be evident that for common electricity to have caused the effect, the quantity would have had to be extremely high, likely more than could be conducted to the earth through a gilded thread, and still only cause the "usual shocks."

340. That the electricity was apparently not analogous to voltaic electricity is evident, for the "usual shocks" only were produced, and nothing like the terrible sensation due to a voltaic battery, even when it has a tension so feeble as not to strike through the eighth of an inch of air.

340. It's clear that the electricity wasn't quite like voltaic electricity, since only the "usual shocks" were felt, and nothing compared to the intense sensation caused by a voltaic battery, even when it's so weak it can't jump across an eighth of an inch of air.

341. It seems just possible that the air which was passing by the kite and string, being in an electrical state sufficient to produce the "usual shocks" only, could still, when the electricity was drawn off below, renew the charge, and so continue the current. The string was 1500 feet long, and contained two double threads. But when the enormous quantity which must have been thus collected is considered (371. 376.), the explanation seems very doubtful. I charged a voltaic battery of twenty pairs of plates four inches square with double coppers very strongly, insulated it, connected its positive extremity with the discharging train (292.), and its negative pole with an apparatus like that of Mr. Barry, communicating by a wire inserted three inches into the wet soil of the ground. This battery thus arranged produced feeble decomposing effects, as nearly as I could judge answering the description Mr. Barry has given. Its intensity was, of course, far lower than the electricity of the kite-string, but the supply of quantity from the discharging train was unlimited. It gave no shocks to compare with the "usual shocks" of a kite-string.

341. It seems possible that the air moving past the kite and string, which was in an electrical state sufficient to create the "usual shocks," could still, when the electricity was drawn off below, recharge itself and keep the current going. The string was 1500 feet long and had two double threads. But when you consider the massive amount that must have been collected (371. 376.), the explanation seems quite uncertain. I charged a voltaic battery made up of twenty pairs of plates, each four inches square, with double copper very strongly, insulated it, connected its positive end to the discharging train (292.), and its negative pole to a setup like Mr. Barry’s, using a wire inserted three inches into the wet soil. This battery, set up this way, produced weak decomposition effects that, as far as I could tell, matched the description Mr. Barry provided. Its intensity was obviously much lower than the electricity from the kite string, but the discharge train provided an unlimited supply of quantity. It didn’t create shocks that could be compared to the "usual shocks" from a kite string.

342. Mr. Barry's experiment is a very important one to repeat and verify. If confirmed, it will be, as far as I am aware, the first recorded case of true electro-chemical decomposition of water by common electricity, and it will supply a form of electrical current, which, both in quantity and intensity, is exactly intermediate with those of the common electrical machine and the voltaic pile.

342. Mr. Barry's experiment is really important to repeat and verify. If confirmed, it will be, as far as I know, the first recorded case of true electro-chemical decomposition of water using regular electricity, and it will provide a type of electrical current that is exactly in between the amounts and intensity of a regular electrical machine and a voltaic pile.

III. Magneto-Electricity.

343. Tension.—The attractions and repulsions due to the tension of ordinary electricity have been well observed with that evolved by magneto-electric induction. M. Pixii, by using an apparatus, clever in its construction and powerful in its action47, was able to obtain great divergence of the gold leaves of an electrometer48.

343. Tension.—The attractions and repulsions caused by the tension of regular electricity have been thoroughly studied alongside those produced by magneto-electric induction. M. Pixii, using a cleverly designed and highly effective apparatus47, was able to achieve significant divergence of the gold leaves in an electrometer48.

344. In motion: i. Evolution of Heat.—The current produced by magneto-electric induction can heat a wire in the manner of ordinary electricity. At the British Association of Science at Oxford, in June of the present year, I had the pleasure, in conjunction with Mr. Harris, Professor Daniell, Mr. Duncan, and others, of making an experiment, for which the great magnet in the museum, Mr. Harris's new electrometer (287.), and the magneto-electric coil described in my first paper (34.), were put in requisition. The latter had been modified in the manner I have elsewhere described49 so as to produce an electric spark when its contact with the magnet was made or broken. The terminations of the spiral, adjusted so as to have their contact with each other broken when the spark was to pass, were connected with the wire in the electrometer, and it was found that each time the magnetic contact was made and broken, expansion of the air within the instrument occurred, indicating an increase, at the moment, of the temperature of the wire.

344. In motion: i. Evolution of Heat.—The current generated by magneto-electric induction can heat a wire just like regular electricity. At the British Association of Science in Oxford this June, I had the pleasure, along with Mr. Harris, Professor Daniell, Mr. Duncan, and others, of conducting an experiment. We used the large magnet in the museum, Mr. Harris's new electrometer (287.), and the magneto-electric coil I described in my first paper (34.). The coil had been modified, as I've described elsewhere49, so it created an electric spark when the contact with the magnet was made or broken. The ends of the spiral were set up to interrupt contact with each other when the spark was supposed to occur; these were connected to the wire in the electrometer. It was observed that every time the magnetic contact was made and then broken, the air inside the instrument expanded, indicating a momentary increase in the wire's temperature.

345. ii. Magnetism.—These currents were discovered by their magnetic power.

345. ii. Magnetism.—These currents were found because of their magnetic strength.

346. iii. Chemical decomposition.—I have made many endeavours to effect chemical decomposition by magneto-electricity, but unavailingly. In July last I received an anonymous letter (which has since been published50,) describing a magneto-electric apparatus, by which the decomposition of water was effected. As the term "guarded points" is used, I suppose the apparatus to have been Wollaston's (327. &c.), in which case the results did not indicate polar electro-chemical decomposition. Signor Botto has recently published certain results which he has obtained51; but they are, as at present described, inconclusive. The apparatus he used was apparently that of Dr. Wollaston, which gives only fallacious indications (327. &c.). As magneto-electricity can produce sparks, it would be able to show the effects proper to this apparatus. The apparatus of M. Pixii already referred to (343.) has however, in the hands of himself52 and M. Hachctte53, given decisive chemical results, so as to complete this link in the chain of evidence. Water was decomposed by it, and the oxygen and hydrogen obtained in separate tubes according to the law governing volta-electric and machine-electric decomposition.

346. iii. Chemical decomposition.—I’ve made many attempts to achieve chemical decomposition using magneto-electricity, but without success. Last July, I received an anonymous letter (which has since been published50,) describing a magneto-electric device that supposedly decomposed water. Since it mentions "guarded points," I assume the device was Wollaston's (327. &c.), in which case the results didn’t suggest polar electro-chemical decomposition. Recently, Signor Botto published some results he obtained51; however, as currently described, they are inconclusive. The device he used seems to be Dr. Wollaston’s, which only provides misleading indications (327. &c.). Since magneto-electricity can create sparks, it could demonstrate the effects specific to this device. However, M. Pixii’s apparatus, mentioned earlier (343.), has, in the hands of him52 and M. Hachctte53, yielded definitive chemical results, successfully completing this link in the chain of evidence. Water was decomposed by it, with the oxygen and hydrogen collected in separate tubes according to the laws governing volta-electric and machine-electric decomposition.

347. iv. Physiological effects.—A frog was convulsed in the earliest experiments on these currents (56.). The sensation upon the tongue, and the flash before the eyes, which I at first obtained only in a feeble degree (56.), have been since exalted by more powerful apparatus, so as to become even disagreeable.

347. iv. Physiological effects.—In the earliest experiments with these currents, a frog experienced convulsions (56.). The sensation on the tongue and the flash in front of the eyes, which I initially experienced only slightly (56.), have since been intensified by stronger equipment, making them even unpleasant.

348. v. Spark.—The feeble spark which I first obtained with these currents (32.), has been varied and strengthened by Signori Nobili and Antinori, and others, so as to leave no doubt as to its identity with the common electric spark.

348. v. Spark.—The weak spark that I first got from these currents (32.) has been modified and enhanced by Signori Nobili and Antinori, among others, leaving no doubt that it is the same as the typical electric spark.

IV. Thermo-Electricity.

349. With regard to thermo-electricity, (that beautiful form of electricity discovered by Seebeck,) the very conditions under which it is excited are such as to give no ground for expecting that it can be raised like common electricity to any high degree of tension; the effects, therefore, due to that state are not to be expected. The sum of evidence respecting its analogy to the electricities already described, is, I believe, as follows:—Tension. The attractions and repulsions due to a certain degree of tension have not been observed. In currents: i. Evolution of Heat. I am not aware that its power of raising temperature has been observed. ii. Magnetism. It was discovered, and is best recognised, by its magnetic powers. iii. Chemical decomposition has not been effected by it. iv. Physiological effects. Nobili has shown54 that these currents are able to cause contractions in the limbs of a frog. v. Spark. The spark has not yet been seen.

349. Regarding thermo-electricity, (that amazing form of electricity discovered by Seebeck), the conditions under which it is generated are not conducive to raising it to a high level of tension like ordinary electricity; therefore, the effects associated with that state shouldn't be expected. The overall evidence about its similarity to the types of electricity already described, I believe, is as follows: Tension. The attractions and repulsions from a certain level of tension have not been observed. In currents: i. Evolution of Heat. I am not aware of any observations of its ability to increase temperature. ii. Magnetism. It was discovered and is best recognized by its magnetic properties. iii. Chemical decomposition has not been achieved by it. iv. Physiological effects. Nobili has shown54 that these currents can cause contractions in the limbs of a frog. v. Spark. The spark has not been observed yet.

350. Only those effects are weak or deficient which depend upon a certain high degree of intensity; and if common electricity be reduced in that quality to a similar degree with the thermo-electricity, it can produce no effects beyond the latter.

350. Only the effects that rely on a certain high degree of intensity are weak or lacking; and if regular electricity is reduced in that quality to a level similar to thermo-electricity, it won't produce any effects beyond what the latter can.

V. Animal Electricity.

351. After an examination of the experiments of Walsh55 Ingenhousz56, Cavendish57, Sir H. Davy58, and Dr. Davy59, no doubt remains on my mind as to the identity of the electricity of the torpedo with common and voltaic electricity; and I presume that so little will remain on the minds of others as to justify my refraining from entering at length into the philosophical proofs of that identity. The doubts raised by Sir H. Davy have been removed by his brother Dr. Davy; the results of the latter being the reverse of those of the former. At present the sum of evidence is as follows:—

351. After looking at the experiments by Walsh55, Ingenhousz56, Cavendish57, Sir H. Davy58, and Dr. Davy59, I have no doubt that the electricity from the torpedo is the same as common and voltaic electricity. I believe that others will also have minimal doubts, which is why I won’t go into detail about the philosophical proofs of that identity. The doubts raised by Sir H. Davy have been addressed by his brother Dr. Davy, whose results are the opposite of Sir H. Davy's. Currently, the total evidence is as follows:—

352. Tension.—No sensible attractions or repulsions due to tension have been observed.

352. Tension.—No logical attractions or repulsions due to tension have been observed.

353. In motion: i. Evolution of Heat; not yet observed; I have little or no doubt that Harris's electrometer would show it (287. 359.).

353. In motion: i. Evolution of Heat; not yet observed; I am quite confident that Harris's electrometer would detect it (287. 359.).

354. ii. Magnetism.—Perfectly distinct. According to Dr. Davy60, the current deflected the needle and made magnets under the same law, as to direction, which governs currents of ordinary and voltaic electricity.

354. ii. Magnetism.—Clearly defined. According to Dr. Davy60, the current shifted the needle and created magnets following the same directional law that applies to standard and voltaic electricity currents.

355. iii. Chemical decomposition.—Also distinct; and though Dr. Davy used an apparatus of similar construction with that of Dr. Wollaston (327.), still no error in the present case is involved, for the decompositions were polar, and in their nature truly electro-chemical. By the direction of the magnet it was found that the under surface of the fish was negative, and the upper positive; and in the chemical decompositions, silver and lead were precipitated on the wire connected with the under surface, and not on the other; and when these wires were either steel or silver, in solution of common salt, gas (hydrogen?) rose from the negative wire, but none from the positive.

355. iii. Chemical decomposition.—Also distinct; and although Dr. Davy used an apparatus similar to Dr. Wollaston's (327.), there is no error in this case since the decompositions were polar and truly electro-chemical in nature. It was determined by the direction of the magnet that the underside of the fish was negative and the top was positive; in the chemical decompositions, silver and lead were deposited on the wire connected to the underside, not the top; and when these wires were either steel or silver in a common salt solution, gas (hydrogen?) was produced from the negative wire, but none from the positive.

356. Another reason for the decomposition being electrochemical is, that a Wollaston's apparatus constructed with wires, coated by sealing-wax, would most probably not have decomposed water, even in its own peculiar way, unless the electricity had risen high enough in intensity to produce sparks in some part of the circuit; whereas the torpedo was not able to produce sensible sparks. A third reason is, that the purer the water in Wollaston's apparatus, the more abundant is the decomposition; and I have found that a machine and wire points which succeeded perfectly well with distilled water, failed altogether when the water was rendered a good conductor by sulphate of soda, common salt, or other saline bodies. But in Dr. Davy's experiments with the torpedo, strong solutions of salt, nitrate of silver, and superacetate of lead were used successfully, and there is no doubt with more success than weaker ones.

356. Another reason the decomposition is electrochemical is that a Wollaston's apparatus made with wires coated in sealing wax likely wouldn't have decomposed water, even in its own unique way, unless the electricity was strong enough to create sparks somewhere in the circuit; meanwhile, the torpedo couldn't produce noticeable sparks. A third reason is that the purer the water in Wollaston's apparatus, the more significant the decomposition. I've found that a machine and wire points that worked perfectly with distilled water completely failed when the water was made a good conductor by adding sulfate of soda, common salt, or other salts. However, in Dr. Davy's experiments with the torpedo, strong solutions of salt, silver nitrate, and superacetate of lead were used effectively, and there's no doubt they were more successful than weaker solutions.

357. iv. Physiological effects.—These are so characteristic, that by them the peculiar powers of the torpedo and gymnotus are principally recognised.

357. iv. Physiological effects.—These are so distinctive that the unique abilities of the torpedo and gymnotus are mainly identified through them.

358. v. Spark.—The electric spark has not yet been obtained, or at least I think not; but perhaps I had better refer to the evidence on this point. Humboldt, speaking of results obtained by M. Fahlberg, of Sweden, says, "This philosopher has seen an electric spark, as Walsh and Ingenhousz had done before him in London, by placing the gymnotus in the air, and interrupting the conducting chain by two gold leaves pasted upon glass, and a line distant from each other61." I cannot, however, find any record of such an observation by either Walsh or Ingenhousz, and do not know where to refer to that by M. Fahlberg. M. Humboldt could not himself perceive any luminous effect.

358. v. Spark.—The electric spark hasn't been produced yet, or at least I don't think so; but maybe I should point out the evidence on this matter. Humboldt, discussing results obtained by M. Fahlberg from Sweden, mentions, "This philosopher has seen an electric spark, just as Walsh and Ingenhousz did previously in London, by placing the gymnotus in the air and breaking the conductive chain with two gold leaves glued to glass, spaced apart from each other61." However, I can't find any record of such an observation from either Walsh or Ingenhousz, and I'm unsure where to refer for M. Fahlberg's. M. Humboldt himself couldn't see any luminous effect.

Again, Sir John Leslie, in his dissertation on the progress of mathematical and physical science, prefixed to the seventh edition of the Encyclopædia Britannica, Edinb. 1830, p. 622, says, "From a healthy specimen" of the Silurus electricus, meaning rather the gymnotus, "exhibited in London, vivid sparks were drawn in a darkened room"; but he does not say he saw them himself, nor state who did see them; nor can I find any account of such a phenomenon; so that the statement is doubtful62.

Again, Sir John Leslie, in his essay on the advancement of mathematical and physical science, published in the seventh edition of the Encyclopædia Britannica, Edinburgh, 1830, p. 622, states, "From a healthy specimen" of the Silurus electricus, actually referring to the gymnotus, "vivid sparks were observed in a darkened room" in London; however, he doesn't mention if he witnessed them himself or who did see them, and I can't find any account of such a phenomenon, making the statement questionable. A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

359. In concluding this summary of the powers of torpedinal electricity, I cannot refrain from pointing out the enormous absolute quantity of electricity which the animal must put in circulation at each effort. It is doubtful whether any common electrical machine has as yet been able to supply electricity sufficient in a reasonable time to cause true electro-chemical decomposition of water (330. 339.), yet the current from the torpedo has done it. The same high proportion is shown by the magnetic effects (296. 371.). These circumstances indicate that the torpedo has power (in the way probably that Cavendish describes,) to continue the evolution for a sensible time, so that its successive discharges rather resemble those of a voltaic arrangement, intermitting in its action, than those of a Leyden apparatus, charged and discharged many times in succession. In reality, however, there is no philosophical difference between these two cases.

359. In wrapping up this summary of the powers of torpedinal electricity, I can’t help but highlight the massive amount of electricity the animal must generate with each effort. It’s questionable whether any regular electrical machine could ever produce enough electricity in a reasonable time to actually cause true electro-chemical decomposition of water (330. 339.), yet the current from the torpedo has managed to do just that. The same significant ratio is evident in the magnetic effects (296. 371.). These factors suggest that the torpedo has the ability (likely in the way Cavendish describes) to sustain the production for a noticeable period, making its successive discharges more similar to those of a voltaic setup, which operates intermittently, than to those of a Leyden jar, which can be charged and discharged many times in quick succession. In fact, however, there is no philosophical difference between these two cases.

360. The general conclusion which must, I think, be drawn from this collection of facts is, that electricity, whatever may be its source, is identical in its nature. The phenomena in the five kinds or species quoted, differ, not in their character but only in degree; and in that respect vary in proportion to the variable circumstances of quantity and intensity63 which can at pleasure be made to change in almost any one of the kinds of electricity, as much as it does between one kind and another.

360. The overall conclusion I draw from this collection of facts is that electricity, no matter its source, is fundamentally the same. The phenomena in the five types mentioned differ not in their essence but only in degree; and in that regard, they vary according to the changing factors of quantity and intensity63 which can be adjusted almost freely in any of the types of electricity, just as they do between different types.

Table of the experimental Effects common to the Electricities derived from different Sources64.

Table of the experimental effects common to the electricities derived from different sources64.

Physiological EffectsMagnetic Deflection.Magnets made.Spark.Heating Power.True chemical Action.Attraction and Repulsion.Discharge by Hot Air.
1. Voltaic electricityXXXXXXXX
2. Common electricityXXXXXXXX
3. Magneto-ElectricityXXXXXXX
4. Thermo-ElectricityXX++++
5. Animal ElectricityXXX++X

§ 8. Relation by Measure of common and voltaic Electricity.65

361. Believing the point of identity to be satisfactorily established, I next endeavoured to obtain a common measure, or a known relation as to quantity, of the electricity excited by a machine, and that from a voltaic pile; for the purpose not only of confirming their identity (378.), but also of demonstrating certain general principles (366, 377, &c.), and creating an extension of the means of investigating and applying the chemical powers of this wonderful and subtile agent.

361. Believing that I've successfully established the point of identity, I then tried to find a common measure or a known relationship regarding the quantity of electricity generated by a machine and that produced by a voltaic pile. The goal was not only to confirm their identity (378.), but also to demonstrate certain general principles (366, 377, etc.) and to expand the ways of investigating and applying the chemical properties of this amazing and subtle agent.

362. The first point to be determined was, whether the same absolute quantity of ordinary electricity, sent through a galvanometer, under different circumstances, would cause the same deflection of the needle. An arbitrary scale was therefore attached to the galvanometer, each division of which was equal to about 4°, and the instrument arranged as in former experiments (296.). The machine (290.), battery (291.), and other parts of the apparatus were brought into good order, and retained for the time as nearly as possible in the same condition. The experiments were alternated so as to indicate any change in the condition of the apparatus and supply the necessary corrections.

362. The first thing to figure out was whether the same amount of regular electricity passing through a galvanometer, under different conditions, would cause the same movement of the needle. So, an arbitrary scale was attached to the galvanometer, with each division equal to about 4°, and the instrument was set up like in previous experiments (296.). The machine (290.), battery (291.), and other parts of the setup were organized and kept as close to the same state as possible. The experiments were alternated to show any changes in the equipment and provide the necessary adjustments.

363. Seven of the battery jars were removed, and eight retained for present use. It was found that about forty turns would fully charge the eight jars. They were then charged by thirty turns of the machine, and discharged through the galvanometer, a thick wet string, about ten inches long, being included in the circuit. The needle was immediately deflected five divisions and a half, on the one side of the zero, and in vibrating passed as nearly as possible through five divisions and a half on the other side.

363. Seven of the battery jars were taken out, leaving eight for current use. It was discovered that around forty turns would fully charge the eight jars. They were charged by turning the machine thirty times and then discharged through the galvanometer, with a thick wet string about ten inches long included in the circuit. The needle immediately moved five and a half divisions on one side of zero, and while vibrating, it passed as close as possible to five and a half divisions on the other side.

364. The other seven jars were then added to the eight, and the whole fifteen charged by thirty turns of the machine. The Henley's electrometer stood not quite half as high as before; but when the discharge was made through the galvanometer, previously at rest, the needle immediately vibrated, passing exactly to the same division as in the former instance. These experiments with eight and with fifteen jars were repeated several times alternately with the same results.

364. The other seven jars were then added to the eight, making a total of fifteen, and the whole setup was charged by running the machine for thirty turns. The Henley's electrometer was not quite half as high as it had been before; however, when the discharge went through the galvanometer, which had been at rest, the needle immediately vibrated, moving exactly to the same division as in the earlier test. These experiments with eight and with fifteen jars were repeated several times alternately with consistent results.

365. Other experiments were then made, in which all the battery was used, and its charge (being fifty turns of the machine,) sent through the galvanometer: but it was modified by being passed sometimes through a mere wet thread, sometimes through thirty-eight inches of thin string wetted by distilled water, and sometimes through a string of twelve times the thickness, only twelve inches in length, and soaked in dilute acid (298.). With the thick string the charge passed at once; with the thin string it occupied a sensible time, and with the thread it required two or three seconds before the electrometer fell entirely down. The current therefore must have varied extremely in intensity in these different cases, and yet the deflection of the needle was sensibly the same in all of them. If any difference occurred, it was that the thin string and thread caused greatest deflection; and if there is any lateral transmission, as M. Colladon says, through the silk in the galvanometer coil, it ought to have been so, because then the intensity is lower and the lateral transmission less.

365. Other experiments were conducted where the entire battery was used, and its charge (which was fifty turns of the machine) was sent through the galvanometer. However, the setup was modified by passing the charge through different materials: sometimes just a wet thread, sometimes through thirty-eight inches of thin string that had been dampened with distilled water, and other times through a string twelve times thicker but only twelve inches long, soaked in dilute acid (298.). With the thick string, the charge passed instantly; with the thin string, it took a noticeable amount of time, and with the thread, it required two or three seconds before the electrometer fully dropped. Therefore, the current must have varied significantly in intensity in these different scenarios, yet the needle's deflection was noticeably the same in all instances. If there was any difference, it was that the thin string and thread caused the greatest deflection; and if there is any lateral transmission, as M. Colladon states, through the silk in the galvanometer coil, it should have occurred, since that would lower the intensity and reduce lateral transmission.

366. Hence it would appear that if the same absolute quantity of electricity pass through the galvanometer, whatever may be its intensity, the deflecting force upon the magnetic needle is the same.

366. So it seems that if the same total amount of electricity flows through the galvanometer, regardless of its intensity, the force that deflects the magnetic needle remains constant.

367. The battery of fifteen jars was then charged by sixty revolutions of the machine, and discharged, as before, through the galvanometer. The deflection of the needle was now as nearly as possible to the eleventh division, but the graduation was not accurate enough for me to assert that the arc was exactly double the former arc; to the eye it appeared to be so. The probability is, that the deflecting force of an electric current is directly proportional to the absolute quantity of electricity passed, at whatever intensity that electricity may be66.

367. The set of fifteen jars was then charged by sixty spins of the machine and discharged, just like before, through the galvanometer. The needle's deflection was now as close as possible to the eleventh division, but the measurements weren’t precise enough for me to confidently say that the arc was exactly double the previous arc; it looked like it was. It’s likely that the deflecting force of an electric current is directly proportional to the total amount of electricity passed, regardless of the intensity of that electricity66.

368. Dr. Ritchie has shown that in a case where the intensity of the electricity remained the same, the deflection of the magnetic needle was directly as the quantity of electricity passed through the galvanometer67. Mr. Harris has shown that the heating power of common electricity on metallic wires is the same for the same quantity of electricity whatever its intensity might have previously been68.

368. Dr. Ritchie demonstrated that when the intensity of the electricity stayed constant, the deflection of the magnetic needle was directly proportional to the amount of electricity that flowed through the galvanometer67. Mr. Harris demonstrated that the heating effect of regular electricity on metallic wires is the same for the same amount of electricity, regardless of what its intensity was before68.

369. The next point was to obtain a voltaic arrangement producing an effect equal to that just described (367.). A platina and a zinc wire were passed through the same hole of a draw-plate, being then one eighteenth of an inch in diameter; these were fastened to a support, so that their lower ends projected, were parallel, and five sixteenths of an inch apart. The upper ends were well-connected with the galvanometer wires. Some acid was diluted, and, after various preliminary experiments, that adopted as a standard which consisted of one drop strong sulphuric acid in four ounces distilled water. Finally, the time was noted which the needle required in swinging either from right to left or left to right: it was equal to seventeen beats of my watch, the latter giving one hundred and fifty in a minute. The object of these preparations was to arrange a voltaic apparatus, which, by immersion in a given acid for a given time, much less than that required by the needle to swing in one direction, should give equal deflection to the instrument with the discharge of ordinary electricity from the battery (363. 364.); and a new part of the zinc wire having been brought into position with the platina, the comparative experiments were made.

369. The next step was to create a voltaic setup that produced an effect equal to the one just described (367.). A platinum wire and a zinc wire were threaded through the same hole of a draw-plate, which was then one eighteenth of an inch in diameter; these were secured to a support so that their lower ends extended down, remained parallel, and were five sixteenths of an inch apart. The upper ends were properly connected to the galvanometer wires. Some acid was diluted, and after various initial experiments, the standard chosen consisted of one drop of strong sulfuric acid in four ounces of distilled water. Finally, the time it took for the needle to swing either from right to left or left to right was noted: it took the same time as seventeen beats of my watch, which registered one hundred and fifty beats per minute. The purpose of these preparations was to set up a voltaic device that, when immersed in a specific acid for a time much shorter than what was needed for the needle to swing in one direction, would provide the same deflection to the instrument as the discharge of regular electricity from the battery (363. 364.); and with a new section of the zinc wire positioned alongside the platinum, the comparative experiments were conducted.

370. On plunging the zinc and platina wires five eighths of an inch deep into the acid, and retaining them there for eight beats of the watch, (after which they were quickly withdrawn,) the needle was deflected, and continued to advance in the same direction some time after the voltaic apparatus had been removed from the acid. It attained the five-and-a-half division, and then returned swinging an equal distance on the other side. This experiment was repeated many times, and always with the same result.

370. By inserting the zinc and platinum wires five-eighths of an inch into the acid and keeping them there for eight beats of the watch (after which they were quickly pulled out), the needle moved and kept moving in the same direction for a while even after the voltaic device was taken out of the acid. It reached the five-and-a-half division and then swung back an equal distance on the other side. This experiment was repeated numerous times, always resulting in the same outcome.

371. Hence, as an approximation, and judging from magnetic force only at present (376.), it would appear that two wires, one of platina and one of zinc, each one eighteenth of an inch in diameter, placed five sixteenths of an inch apart and immersed to the depth of five eighths of an inch in acid, consisting of one drop oil of vitriol and four ounces distilled water, at a temperature about 60°, and connected at the other extremities by a copper wire eighteen feet long and one eighteenth of an inch thick (being the wire of the galvanometer coils), yield as much electricity in eight beats of my watch, or in 8/150ths of a minute, as the electrical battery charged by thirty turns of the large machine, in excellent order (363. 364.). Notwithstanding this apparently enormous disproportion, the results are perfectly in harmony with those effects which are known to be produced by variations in the intensity and quantity of the electric fluid.

371. So, as an estimate, and focusing only on magnetic force for now (376.), it seems that two wires—one made of platinum and the other of zinc—each one eighteenth of an inch in diameter, placed five sixteenths of an inch apart and submerged to a depth of five eighths of an inch in an acid solution made of one drop of sulfuric acid and four ounces of distilled water, at a temperature of around 60°, and connected at the other ends by a copper wire eighteen feet long and one eighteenth of an inch thick (which is the wire of the galvanometer coils), produce as much electricity in eight beats of my watch, or in 8/150ths of a minute, as the electrical battery charged by thirty turns of the large machine, in good condition (363. 364.). Despite this apparently huge difference, the results are completely consistent with the effects known to be caused by changes in the intensity and amount of electrical fluid.

372. In order to procure a reference to chemical action, the wires were now retained immersed in the acid to the depth of five eighths of an inch, and the needle, when stationary, observed; it stood, as nearly as the unassisted eye could decide, at 5-1/3 division. Hence a permanent deflection to that extent might be considered as indicating a constant voltaic current, which in eight beats of my watch (369.) could supply as much electricity as the electrical battery charged by thirty turns of the machine.

372. To get a reference for chemical action, the wires were kept submerged in the acid to a depth of five eighths of an inch. The needle was observed when it was stationary; it pointed, as closely as the naked eye could tell, at the 5-1/3 division. Therefore, a permanent deflection to that degree could be seen as showing a constant voltaic current, which in eight beats of my watch (369.) could provide as much electricity as the electrical battery charged by thirty turns of the machine.

373. The following arrangements and results are selected from many that were made and obtained relative to chemical action. A platina wire one twelfth of an inch in diameter, weighing two hundred and sixty grains, had the extremity rendered plain, so as to offer a definite surface equal to a circle of the same diameter as the wire; it was then connected in turn with the conductor of the machine, or with the voltaic apparatus (369.), so as always to form the positive pole, and at the same time retain a perpendicular position, that it might rest, with its whole weight, upon the test paper to be employed. The test paper itself was supported upon a platina spatula, connected either with the discharging train (292.), or with the negative wire of the voltaic apparatus, and it consisted of four thicknesses, moistened at all times to an equal degree in a standard solution of hydriodate of potassa (316.).

373. The following arrangements and results are taken from many experiments related to chemical reactions. A platinum wire, one-twelfth of an inch in diameter and weighing two hundred and sixty grains, had its end smoothed out to provide a flat surface equal to a circle of the same diameter as the wire. It was then connected, in turn, to the machine's conductor or the voltaic apparatus (369.), ensuring that it always formed the positive pole while maintaining a vertical position, allowing it to rest its entire weight on the test paper being used. The test paper itself was supported on a platinum spatula, which was connected either to the discharging train (292.) or to the negative wire of the voltaic apparatus, consisting of four layers, kept evenly moist in a standard solution of potassium hydriodide (316.).

374. When the platina wire was connected with the prime conductor of the machine, and the spatula with the discharging train, ten turns of the machine had such decomposing power as to produce a pale round spot of iodine of the diameter of the wire; twenty turns made a much darker mark, and thirty turns made a dark brown spot penetrating to the second thickness of the paper. The difference in effect produced by two or three turns, more or less, could be distinguished with facility.

374. When the platinum wire was connected to the main conductor of the machine, and the spatula was linked to the discharging train, ten turns of the machine produced enough decomposition to create a pale round spot of iodine with the same diameter as the wire; twenty turns created a much darker mark, and thirty turns resulted in a dark brown spot that penetrated the second layer of the paper. It was easy to notice the difference in effect produced by two or three more or fewer turns.

375. The wire and spatula were then connected with the voltaic apparatus (369.), the galvanometer being also included in the arrangement; and, a stronger acid having been prepared, consisting of nitric acid and water, the voltaic apparatus was immersed so far as to give a permanent deflection of the needle to the 5-1/3 division (372.), the fourfold moistened paper intervening as before69. Then by shifting the end of the wire from place to place upon the test paper, the effect of the current for five, six, seven, or any number of the beats of the watch (369.) was observed, and compared with that of the machine. After alternating and repeating the experiments of comparison many times, it was constantly found that this standard current of voltaic electricity, continued for eight beats of the watch, was equal, in chemical effect, to thirty turns of the machine; twenty-eight revolutions of the machine were sensibly too few.

375. The wire and spatula were then connected to the voltaic apparatus (369.), with the galvanometer also included in the setup. A stronger acid was prepared, made of nitric acid and water, and the voltaic apparatus was immersed enough to cause the needle to consistently deflect to the 5-1/3 division (372.), with the fourfold moistened paper in between as before69. By moving the end of the wire around on the test paper, the impact of the current for five, six, seven, or any number of beats of the watch (369.) was observed and compared to that of the machine. After alternating and repeating the comparison experiments many times, it was consistently found that this standard current of voltaic electricity, sustained for eight beats of the watch, was equivalent, in chemical effect, to thirty turns of the machine; twenty-eight revolutions of the machine were noticeably too few.

376. Hence it results that both in magnetic deflection (371.) and in chemical force, the current of electricity of the standard voltaic battery for eight beats of the watch was equal to that of the machine evolved by thirty revolutions.

376. As a result, both in magnetic deflection (371.) and in chemical force, the electric current from the standard voltaic battery for eight beats of the watch was equal to that produced by thirty revolutions of the machine.

377. It also follows that for this case of electro-chemical decomposition, and it is probable for all cases, that the chemical power, like the magnetic force (36.), is in direct proportion to the absolute quantity of electricity which passes.

377. It also follows that in this case of electro-chemical decomposition, and likely for all cases, that the chemical power, like the magnetic force (36.), is directly proportional to the total amount of electricity that flows through.

378. Hence arises still further confirmation, if any were required, of the identity of common and voltaic electricity, and that the differences of intensity and quantity are quite sufficient to account for what were supposed to be their distinctive qualities.

378. This provides even more confirmation, if any was needed, of the identity of common and voltaic electricity, and that the differences in intensity and quantity are more than enough to explain what were thought to be their unique characteristics.

379. The extension which the present investigations have enabled me to make of the facts and views constituting the theory of electro-chemical decomposition, will, with some other points of electrical doctrine, be almost immediately submitted to the Royal Society in another series of these Researches.

379. The extension that the current investigations have allowed me to make on the facts and views that make up the theory of electro-chemical decomposition, along with a few other aspects of electrical doctrine, will be presented to the Royal Society shortly in another series of these Researches.

Royal Institution, 15th Dec. 1832.

Royal Institution, December 15, 1832.

Note.—I am anxious, and am permitted, to add to this paper a correction of an error which I have attributed to M. Ampère in the first series of these Experimental Researches. In referring to his experiment on the induction of electrical currents (78.), I have called that a disc which I should have called a circle or a ring. M. Ampère used a ring, or a very short cylinder made of a narrow plate of copper bent into a circle, and he tells me that by such an arrangement the motion is very readily obtained. I have not doubted that M. Ampère obtained the motion he described; but merely mistook the kind of mobile conductor used, and so far I described his experiment erroneously.

Note.—I’m eager, and allowed, to add a correction to this paper regarding an error I attributed to M. Ampère in the first series of these Experimental Researches. When mentioning his experiment on the induction of electrical currents (78.), I referred to it as a disc when I should have referred to it as a circle or a ring. M. Ampère used a ring, or a very short cylinder made from a narrow piece of copper bent into a circle, and he explains that this setup easily produces motion. I have no doubt that M. Ampère achieved the motion he described; I simply misidentified the type of mobile conductor used, and for that reason, I described his experiment incorrectly.

In the same paragraph I have stated that M. Ampère says the disc turned "to take a position of equilibrium exactly as the spiral itself would have turned had it been free to move"; and further on I have said that my results tended to invert the sense of the proposition "stated by M. Ampère, that a current of electricity tends to put the electricity of conductors near which it passes in motion in the same direction." M. Ampère tells me in a letter which I have just received from him, that he carefully avoided, when describing the experiment, any reference to the direction of the induced current; and on looking at the passages he quotes to me, I find that to be the case. I have therefore done him injustice in the above statements, and am anxious to correct my error.

In the same paragraph, I mentioned that M. Ampère says the disc turned "to find a state of balance just like the spiral would have turned if it could move freely"; and later, I noted that my results seemed to reverse the meaning of the claim "made by M. Ampère, that a current of electricity tends to set the electricity in nearby conductors in motion in the same direction." M. Ampère informs me in a letter I just received from him that he deliberately avoided mentioning the direction of the induced current when he described the experiment; upon reviewing the passages he referenced, I see that this is indeed true. Therefore, I realize I have misrepresented him in my earlier statements, and I'm eager to correct my mistake.

But that it may not be supposed I lightly wrote those passages, I will briefly refer to my reasons for understanding them in the sense I did. At first the experiment failed. When re-made successfully about a year afterwards, it was at Geneva in company with M.A. De la Rive: the latter philosopher described the results70, and says that the plate of copper bent into a circle which was used as the mobile conductor "sometimes advanced between the two branches of the (horse-shoe) magnet, and sometimes was repelled, according to the direction of the current in the surrounding conductors."

But to make it clear that I didn’t write those passages without thought, I will briefly mention my reasons for interpreting them as I did. Initially, the experiment didn’t work. When it was successfully repeated about a year later, it took place in Geneva alongside M.A. De la Rive. The latter philosopher described the results70, noting that the copper plate shaped into a circle, which served as the mobile conductor, "sometimes moved toward the two branches of the (horse-shoe) magnet, and sometimes was pushed away, depending on the direction of the current in the surrounding conductors."

I have been in the habit of referring to Demonferrand's Manuel d'Electricité Dynamique, as a book of authority in France; containing the general results and laws of this branch of science, up to the time of its publication, in a well arranged form. At p. 173, the author, when describing this experiment, says, "The mobile circle turns to take a position of equilibrium as a conductor would do in which the current moved in the same direction as in the spiral;" and in the same paragraph he adds, "It is therefore proved that a current of electricity tends to put the electricity of conductors, near which it passes, in motion in the same direction." These are the words I quoted in my paper (78.).

I usually refer to Demonferrand's Manuel d'Electricité Dynamique as an authoritative book in France, which summarizes the general results and laws of this field of science in an organized way, up to its publication. On page 173, the author describes an experiment, stating, "The mobile circle shifts to achieve equilibrium just like a conductor would when the current moves in the same direction as in the spiral." In the same paragraph, he adds, "It is therefore proven that a current of electricity tends to set the electricity in conductors nearby in motion in the same direction." These are the words I quoted in my paper (78.).

Le Lycée of 1st of January, 1832, No. 36, in an article written after the receipt of my first unfortunate letter to M. Hachette, and before my papers were printed, reasons upon the direction of the induced currents, and says, that there ought to be "an elementary current produced in the same direction as the corresponding portion of the producing current." A little further on it says, "therefore we ought to obtain currents, moving in the same direction, produced upon a metallic wire, either by a magnet or a current. M. Ampère was so thouroughly persuaded that such ought to be the direction of the currents by influence, that he neglected to assure himself of it in his experiment at Geneva."

Le Lycée of January 1, 1832, No. 36, in an article written after I received my first unfortunate letter to M. Hachette and before my papers were published, discusses the direction of induced currents. It states that there should be "an elementary current produced in the same direction as the corresponding part of the producing current." A little further on, it mentions, "therefore we should obtain currents moving in the same direction, created on a metallic wire, either by a magnet or a current. M. Ampère was so convinced that this should be the direction of the induced currents that he neglected to verify it in his experiment in Geneva."

It was the precise statements in Demonferrand's Manuel, agreeing as they did with the expression in M. De la Rive's paper, (which, however, I now understand as only meaning that when the inducing current was changed, the motion of the mobile circle changed also,) and not in discordance with anything expressed by M. Ampère himself where he speaks of the experiment, which made me conclude, when I wrote the paper, that what I wrote was really his avowed opinion; and when the Number of the Lycée referred to appeared, which was before my paper was printed, it could excite no suspicion that I was in error.

It was the exact statements in Demonferrand's Manuel, which matched the expression in M. De la Rive's paper (although now I realize it only meant that when the inducing current changed, the movement of the mobile circle changed too), and there was no contradiction with anything that M. Ampère himself said regarding the experiment, that led me to conclude, when I wrote the paper, that what I wrote truly represented his stated opinion; and when the issue of the Lycée that I mentioned came out, which was before my paper was published, it couldn’t raise any doubts that I was wrong.

Hence the mistake into which I unwittingly fell. I am proud to correct it and do full justice to the acuteness and accuracy which, as far as I can understand the subjects, M. Ampère carries into all the branches of philosophy which he investigates.

So, I unknowingly made a mistake. I'm glad to correct it and fully acknowledge the sharpness and precision that M. Ampère brings to all the areas of philosophy he explores, as far as I can understand them.

Finally, my note to (79.) says that the Lycée, No. 36. "mistakes the erroneous results of MM. Fresnel and Ampère for true ones," &c. &c. In calling M. Ampère's results erroneous, I spoke of the results described in, and referred to by the Lycée itself; but now that the expression of the direction of the induced current is to be separated, the term erroneous ought no longer to be attached to them.

Finally, my note to (79.) states that the Lycée, No. 36, "confuses the incorrect results of MM. Fresnel and Ampère with true ones," etc. In calling M. Ampère's results incorrect, I was referring to the results mentioned in, and cited by, the Lycée itself; but now that the expression of the direction of the induced current is going to be clarified, the term incorrect should no longer be associated with them.

April 29, 1833.

April 29, 1833.

M.F.

M.F.


Fourth Series.

§ 9. On a new Law of Electric Conduction. § 10. On Conducting Power generally.

§ 9. On a new Law of Electric Conduction. § 10. On Conducting Power generally.

Received April 24,—Read May 23, 1833.

Received April 24, — Read May 23, 1833.

§ 9. On a new Law of Electric Conduction.71

380. It was during the progress of investigations relating to electro-chemical decomposition, which I still have to submit to the Royal Society, that I encountered effects due to a very general law of electric conduction not hitherto recognised; and though they prevented me from obtaining the condition I sought for, they afforded abundant compensation for the momentary disappointment, by the new and important interest which they gave to an extensive part of electrical science.

380. While investigating electro-chemical decomposition, which I still need to present to the Royal Society, I discovered effects from a very general law of electric conduction that hadn't been recognized before. Although these effects stopped me from reaching the condition I wanted, they made up for the temporary disappointment by adding significant interest to a large area of electrical science.

381. I was working with ice, and the solids resulting from the freezing of solutions, arranged either as barriers across a substance to be decomposed, or as the actual poles of a voltaic battery, that I might trace and catch certain elements in their transit, when I was suddenly stopped in my progress by finding that ice was in such circumstances a non-conductor of electricity; and that as soon as a thin film of it was interposed, in the circuit of a very powerful voltaic battery, the transmission of electricity was prevented, and all decomposition ceased.

381. I was working with ice and the solid byproducts from freezing solutions, which were set up either as barriers across a material to be broken down or as the actual poles of a voltaic battery. My goal was to track and capture certain elements as they moved through. However, I was suddenly halted when I discovered that ice, in this context, does not conduct electricity. As soon as a thin layer of ice was placed in the circuit of a very powerful voltaic battery, the flow of electricity was blocked, and all decomposition stopped.

382. At first the experiments were made with common ice, during the cold freezing weather of the latter end of January 1833; but the results were fallacious, from the imperfection of the arrangements, and the following more unexceptionable form of experiment was adopted.

382. Initially, the experiments were conducted using regular ice during the cold weather at the end of January 1833; however, the results were misleading due to the issues with the setup, so a more reliable method of experimentation was implemented.

383. Tin vessels were formed, five inches deep, one inch and a quarter wide in one direction, of different widths from three eighths to five eighths of an inch in the other, and open at one extremity. Into these were fixed by corks, plates of platina, so that the latter should not touch the tin cases; and copper wires having previously been soldered to the plate, these were easily connected, when required, with a voltaic pile. Then distilled water, previously boiled for three hours, was poured into the vessels, and frozen by a mixture of salt and snow, so that pure transparent solid ice intervened between the platina and tin; and finally these metals were connected with the opposite extremities of the voltaic apparatus, a galvanometer being at the same time included in the circuit.

383. Tin containers were made, five inches deep and one and a quarter inches wide in one direction, with various widths from three-eighths to five-eighths of an inch in the other direction, and open at one end. Plates of platinum were secured in these using corks, ensuring that the platinum didn’t come into contact with the tin containers; copper wires were previously soldered to the plates, making it easy to connect them with a voltaic pile when needed. Distilled water, boiled for three hours before, was poured into the containers and frozen using a mix of salt and snow, creating a layer of pure, clear solid ice between the platinum and tin. Finally, these metals were connected to opposite ends of the voltaic apparatus, with a galvanometer included in the circuit at the same time.

384. In the first experiment, the platina pole was three inches and a half long, and seven eighths of an inch wide; it was wholly immersed in the water or ice, and as the vessel was four eighths of an inch in width, the average thickness of the intervening ice was only a quarter of an inch, whilst the surface of contact with it at both poles was nearly fourteen square inches. After the water was frozen, the vessel was still retained in the frigorific mixture, whilst contact between the tin and platina respectively was made with the extremities of a well-charged voltaic battery, consisting of twenty pairs of four-inch plates, each with double coppers. Not the slightest deflection of the galvanometer needle occurred.

384. In the first experiment, the platinum pole was three and a half inches long and seven eighths of an inch wide; it was completely immersed in the water or ice, and since the vessel was four eighths of an inch wide, the average thickness of the ice in between was only a quarter of an inch, while the surface area of contact at both poles was nearly fourteen square inches. After the water froze, the vessel remained in the cooling mixture, while contact between the tin and platinum was made with the ends of a fully charged voltaic battery, which consisted of twenty pairs of four-inch plates, each with double copper electrodes. There was not the slightest movement of the galvanometer needle.

385. On taking the frozen arrangement out of the cold mixture, and applying warmth to the bottom of the tin case, so as to melt part of the ice, the connexion with the battery being in the mean time retained, the needle did not at first move; and it was only when the thawing process had extended so far as to liquefy part of the ice touching the platina pole, that conduction took place; but then it occurred effectually, and the galvanometer needle was permanently deflected nearly 70°.

385. When taking the frozen setup out of the cold mixture and applying heat to the bottom of the tin case to melt some of the ice, while still keeping the connection to the battery, the needle didn’t move at first. It wasn’t until the thawing process melted enough of the ice touching the platinum pole that conduction happened. Once it began, it worked effectively, and the galvanometer needle was permanently deflected by nearly 70°.

386. In another experiment, a platina spatula, five inches in length and seven eighths of an inch in width, had four inches fixed in the ice, and the latter was only three sixteenths of an inch thick between one metallic surface and the other; yet this arrangement insulated as perfectly as the former.

386. In another experiment, a platinum spatula, five inches long and seven-eighths of an inch wide, had four inches embedded in the ice, which was only three-sixteenths of an inch thick between the metallic surfaces; still, this setup insulated just as effectively as the previous one.

387. Upon pouring a little water in at the top of this vessel on the ice, still the arrangement did not conduct; yet fluid water was evidently there. This result was the consequence of the cold metals having frozen the water where they touched it, and thus insulating the fluid part; and it well illustrates the non-conducting power of ice, by showing how thin a film could prevent the transmission of the battery current. Upon thawing parts of this thin film, at both metals, conduction occurred.

387. When a little water was poured into the top of this container on the ice, it still didn’t conduct; however, there was clearly liquid water present. This outcome was due to the cold metals freezing the water where they made contact, effectively insulating the liquid part. It clearly shows how non-conductive ice is by demonstrating how a thin layer could block the flow of the battery current. When parts of this thin layer were thawed at both metals, conduction took place.

388. Upon warming the tin case and removing the piece of ice, it was found that a cork having slipped, one of the edges of the platina had been all but in contact with the inner surface of the tin vessel; yet, notwithstanding the extreme thinness of the interfering ice in this place, no sensible portion of electricity had passed.

388. After warming the tin case and taking out the piece of ice, we discovered that a cork had slipped, causing one edge of the platinum to be nearly touching the inner surface of the tin vessel; however, despite the extreme thinness of the ice in this spot, no noticeable amount of electricity had flowed through.

389. These experiments were repeated many times with the same results. At last a battery of fifteen troughs, or one hundred and fifty pairs of four-inch plates, powerfully charged, was used; yet even here no sensible quantity of electricity passed the thin barrier of ice.

389. These experiments were repeated many times with the same results. Finally, a setup of fifteen troughs, or one hundred and fifty pairs of four-inch plates, which were highly charged, was used; yet even then, no significant amount of electricity was able to pass through the thin barrier of ice.

390. It seemed at first as if occasional departures from these effects occurred; but they could always be traced to some interfering circumstances. The water should in every instance be well-frozen; for though it is not necessary that the ice should reach from pole to pole, since a barrier of it about one pole would be quite sufficient to prevent conduction, yet, if part remain fluid, the mere necessary exposure of the apparatus to the air or the approximation of the hands, is sufficient to produce, at the upper surface of the water and ice, a film of fluid, extending from the platina to the tin; and then conduction occurs. Again, if the corks used to block the platina in its place are damp or wet within, it is necessary that the cold be sufficiently well applied to freeze the water in them, or else when the surfaces of their contact with the tin become slightly warm by handling, that part will conduct, and the interior being ready to conduct also, the current will pass. The water should be pure, not only that unembarrassed results may be obtained, but also that, as the freezing proceeds, a minute portion of concentrated saline solution may not be formed, which remaining fluid, and being interposed in the ice, or passing into cracks resulting from contraction, may exhibit conducting powers independent of the ice itself.

390. At first, it seemed like there were occasional variations in these effects, but they could always be traced back to some interfering circumstances. The water should be well-frozen in every case; while it’s not necessary for the ice to extend from pole to pole, having a barrier of ice around one pole would be enough to stop conduction. If any part of the water remains liquid, just exposing the apparatus to air or getting too close with your hands is enough to create a layer of liquid at the upper surface of the water and ice, connecting the platinum to the tin, which causes conduction. Also, if the corks used to secure the platinum are damp inside, the cold needs to be applied well enough to freeze the water within them. Otherwise, when the contact surfaces with the tin warm up slightly from handling, that area will conduct, and since the interior is also ready to conduct, the current will flow. The water should be pure, not only to obtain clear results but also so that, as freezing occurs, a tiny amount of concentrated saline solution doesn’t form, which could stay liquid and get trapped in the ice or slide into cracks from contraction, showing conducting abilities independent of the ice itself.

391. On one occasion I was surprised to find that after thawing much of the ice the conducting power had not been restored; but I found that a cork which held the wire just where it joined the platina, dipped so far into the ice, that with the ice itself it protected the platina from contact with the melted part long after that contact was expected.

391. One time I was surprised to see that even after melting much of the ice, the conducting power hadn’t come back. I discovered that a cork holding the wire where it connected to the platinum was submerged deep in the ice, and along with the ice itself, it kept the platinum from making contact with the melted area much longer than I had anticipated.

392. This insulating power of ice is not effective with electricity of exalted intensity. On touching a diverged gold-leaf electrometer with a wire connected with the platina, whilst the tin case was touched by the hand or another wire, the electrometer was instantly discharged (419.).

392. The insulating properties of ice don’t work well with high-intensity electricity. When a wire linked to platinum touched a diverged gold-leaf electrometer while the tin case was touched by a hand or another wire, the electrometer was immediately discharged (419.).

393. But though electricity of an intensity so low that it cannot diverge the electrometer, can still pass (though in very limited quantities (419.),) through ice; the comparative relation of water and ice to the electricity of the voltaic apparatus is not less extraordinary on that account, Or less important in its consequences.

393. But even though electricity at such a low intensity that it can't move the electrometer can still flow (though in very limited amounts (419.)) through ice, the relationship between water and ice in regard to the electricity from the voltaic device is no less remarkable because of this, nor is it any less significant in its effects.

394. As it did not seem likely that this law of the assumption of conducting power during liquefaction, and loss of it during congelation, would be peculiar to water, I immediately proceeded to ascertain its influence in other cases, and found it to be very general. For this purpose bodies were chosen which were solid at common temperatures, but readily fusible; and of such composition as, for other reasons connected with electrochemical action, led to the conclusion that they would be able when fused to replace water as conductors. A voltaic battery of two troughs, or twenty pairs of four-inch plates (384.), was used as the source of electricity, and a galvanometer introduced into the circuit to indicate the presence or absence of a current.

394. Since it didn't seem likely that this law of the assumption of conducting power during melting, and loss of it during freezing would be unique to water, I immediately set out to determine its effects in other materials and found it to be quite widespread. For this purpose, I selected substances that were solid at normal temperatures but could easily melt; I also considered their composition, which, for other reasons related to electrochemical action, suggested they could function as conductors when melted, similar to water. A voltaic battery consisting of two troughs or twenty pairs of four-inch plates (384.) was used as the power source, and a galvanometer was added to the circuit to show whether there was current flow or not.

395. On fusing a little chloride of lead by a spirit lamp on a fragment of a Florence flask, and introducing two platina wires connected with the poles of the battery, there was instantly powerful action, the galvanometer was most violently affected, and the chloride rapidly decomposed. On removing the lamp, the instant the chloride solidified all current and consequent effects ceased, though the platina wires remained inclosed in the chloride not more than the one-sixteenth of an inch from each other. On renewing the heat, as soon as the fusion had proceeded far enough to allow liquid matter to connect the poles, the electrical current instantly passed.

395. When a small amount of lead chloride was melted with a spirit lamp on a piece of a Florence flask, and two platinum wires connected to the battery were introduced, there was an immediate and strong reaction; the galvanometer was violently affected, and the lead chloride quickly broke down. After removing the lamp, the moment the chloride solidified, all current and resulting effects stopped, even though the platinum wires remained enclosed in the chloride no more than one-sixteenth of an inch apart. When the heat was reapplied and the melting progressed enough to allow the liquid to bridge the poles, the electrical current flowed immediately.

396. On fusing the chloride, with one wire introduced, and then touching the liquid with the other, the latter being cold, caused a little knob to concrete on its extremity, and no current passed; it was only when the wire became so hot as to be able to admit or allow of contact with the liquid matter, that conduction took place, and then it was very powerful.

396. When the chloride was melted, introducing one wire and then touching the liquid with the other wire—which was cold—created a small bead on the end of the cold wire, and no current flowed. It was only when the wire got hot enough to come into contact with the liquid that conduction occurred, and then it was very strong.

397. When chloride of silver and chlorate of potassa were experimented with, in a similar manner, exactly the same results occurred.

397. When they experimented with silver chloride and potassium chlorate in the same way, they got exactly the same results.

398. Whenever the current passed in these cases, there was decomposition of the substances; but the electro-chemical part of this subject I purpose connecting with more general views in a future paper72.

398. Whenever the current flowed in these cases, the substances broke down; however, I plan to tie the electro-chemical aspect of this topic to broader ideas in a future paper72.

399. Other substances, which could not be melted on glass, were fused by the lamp and blowpipe on platina connected with one pole of the battery, and then a wire, connected with the other, dipped into them. In this way chloride of sodium, sulphate of soda, protoxide of lead, mixed carbonates of potash and soda, &c. &c., exhibited exactly the same phenomena as those already described: whilst liquid, they conducted and were decomposed; whilst solid, though very hot, they insulated the battery current even when four troughs were used.

399. Other substances that couldn't be melted on glass were fused by the lamp and blowpipe on platinum connected to one pole of the battery, while a wire connected to the other pole was dipped into them. In this way, sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, lead monoxide, mixed carbonates of potassium and sodium, etc., showed exactly the same phenomena as those already described: when liquid, they conducted and were decomposed; when solid, even when very hot, they insulated the battery current, even with four troughs in use.

400. Occasionally the substances were contained in small bent tubes of green glass, and when fused, the platina poles introduced, one on each side. In such cases the same general results as those already described were procured; but a further advantage was obtained, namely, that whilst the substance was conducting and suffering decomposition, the final arrangement of the elements could be observed. Thus, iodides of potassium and lead gave iodine at the positive pole, and potassium or lead at the negative pole. Chlorides of lead and silver gave chlorine at the positive, and metals at the negative pole. Nitre and chlorate; of potassa gave oxygen, &c., at the positive, and alkali, or even potassium, at the negative pole.

400. Sometimes the substances were placed in small bent tubes made of green glass, and when melted, the platinum electrodes were inserted, one on each side. In these cases, the same general results as those already described were obtained; however, an additional benefit was achieved, which was that while the substance was conducting and undergoing decomposition, the final arrangement of the elements could be observed. For example, potassium iodide and lead iodide produced iodine at the positive electrode and potassium or lead at the negative electrode. Lead and silver chlorides released chlorine at the positive electrode and metals at the negative electrode. Nitre and potassium chlorate produced oxygen, etc., at the positive electrode, and alkali, or even potassium, at the negative electrode.

401. A fourth arrangement was used for substances requiring very high temperatures for their fusion. A platina wire was connected with one pole of the battery; its extremity bent into a small ring, in the manner described by Berzelius, for blowpipe experiments; a little of the salt, glass, or other substance, was melted on this ring by the ordinary blowpipe, or even in some cases by the oxy-hydrogen blowpipe, and when the drop, retained in its place by the ring, was thoroughly hot and fluid, a platina wire from the opposite pole of the battery was made to touch it, and the effects observed.

401. A fourth setup was used for materials that needed very high temperatures to melt. A platinum wire was connected to one side of the battery; its end was shaped into a small loop, as described by Berzelius, for blowpipe experiments; a small amount of salt, glass, or other material was melted onto this loop using a regular blowpipe, or in some cases, the oxy-hydrogen blowpipe. Once the droplet, held in place by the loop, was completely hot and liquid, a platinum wire from the other side of the battery was brought into contact with it, and the results were observed.

402. The following are various substances, taken from very different classes chemically considered, which are subject to this law. The list might, no doubt, be enormously extended; but I have not had time to do more than confirm the law by a sufficient number of instances.

402. The following are various substances, categorized from very different chemical classes, that are subject to this law. The list could definitely be greatly expanded; however, I haven't had the time to do more than validate the law with a sufficient number of examples.

First, water.

First, drink water.

Amongst oxides;—potassa, protoxide of lead, glass of antimony, protoxide of antimony, oxide of bismuth.

Among oxides;—potash, lead(II) oxide, antimony glass, antimony(III) oxide, and bismuth oxide.

Chlorides of potassium, sodium, barium, strontium, calcium, magnesium, manganese, zinc, copper (proto-), lead, tin (proto-), antimony, silver.

Chlorides of potassium, sodium, barium, strontium, calcium, magnesium, manganese, zinc, copper (I), lead, tin (I), antimony, silver.

Iodides of potassium, zinc and lead, protiodide of tin, periodide of mercury; fluoride of potassium; cyanide of potassium; sulpho-cyanide of potassium.

Iodides of potassium, zinc, and lead, tin iodide, mercury periodide; fluoride of potassium; cyanide of potassium; sulpho-cyanide of potassium.

Salts. Chlorate of potassa; nitrates of potassa, soda, baryta, strontia, lead, copper, and silver; sulphates of soda and lead, proto-sulphate of mercury; phosphates of potassa, soda, lead, copper, phosphoric glass or acid phosphate of lime; carbonates of potassa and soda, mingled and separate; borax, borate of lead, per-borate of tin; chromate of potassa, bi-chromate of potassa, chromate of lead; acetate of potassa.

Salts. Potassium chlorate; potassium, sodium, barium, strontium, lead, copper, and silver nitrates; sodium and lead sulfates, mercury(I) sulfate; potassium, sodium, lead, and copper phosphates, phosphoric glass or calcium acid phosphate; potassium and sodium carbonates, mixed and separate; borax, lead borate, tin perborate; potassium chromate, potassium dichromate, lead chromate; potassium acetate.

Sulphurets. Sulphuret of antimony, sulphuret of potassium made by reducing sulphate of potassa by hydrogen; ordinary sulphuret of potassa.

Sulphurets. Antimony sulfide, potassium sulfide produced by reducing potassium sulfate with hydrogen; common potassium sulfide.

Silicated potassa; chameleon mineral.

Silicate potash; chameleon mineral.

403. It is highly interesting in the instances of those substances which soften before they liquefy, to observe at what period the conducting power is acquired, and to what degree it is exalted by perfect fluidity. Thus, with the borate of lead, when heated by the lamp upon glass, it becomes as soft as treacle, but it did not conduct, and it was only when urged by the blowpipe and brought to a fair red heat, that it conducted. When rendered quite liquid, it conducted with extreme facility.

403. It's really fascinating to look at those substances that soften before they turn into liquid and see when they start conducting electricity and how much that ability increases when they become completely fluid. For example, when lead borate is heated with a lamp on glass, it gets as soft as syrup, but it doesn’t conduct electricity. It only starts conducting when heated with a blowpipe to a bright red heat. Once it’s fully liquid, it conducts very easily.

404. I do not mean to deny that part of the increased conducting power in these cases of softening was probably due to the elevation of temperature (432. 445.); but I have no doubt that by far the greater part was due to the influence of the general law already demonstrated, and which in these instances came gradually, instead of suddenly, into operation.

404. I don’t mean to say that some of the increased conductivity in these cases of softening wasn’t probably due to the rise in temperature (432. 445.); however, I’m convinced that the majority of it was due to the effect of the general law that has already been shown, and which in these instances took effect gradually, rather than suddenly.

405. The following are bodies which acquired no conducting power upon assuming the liquid state:—

405. The following are substances that gained no ability to conduct electricity when they turned into a liquid:—

Sulphur, phosphorus; iodide of sulphur, per-iodide of tin; orpiment, realgar; glacial acetic acid, mixed margaric and oleic acids, artificial camphor; caffeine, sugar, adipocire, stearine of cocoa-nut oil, spermaceti, camphor, naphthaline, resin, gum sandarach, shell lac.

Sulfur, phosphorus; sulfur iodide, tin(IV) iodide; orpiment, realgar; glacial acetic acid, mixed margaric and oleic acids, artificial camphor; caffeine, sugar, adipocere, coconut oil stearin, spermaceti, camphor, naphthalene, resin, gum sandarac, shellac.

406. Perchloride of tin, chloride of arsenic, and the hydrated chloride of arsenic, being liquids, had no sensible conducting power indicated by the galvanometer, nor were they decomposed.

406. Perchloride of tin, arsenic chloride, and hydrated arsenic chloride, being liquids, showed no noticeable conducting power on the galvanometer, nor were they broken down.

407. Some of the above substances are sufficiently remarkable as exceptions to the general law governing the former cases. These are orpiment, realgar, acetic acid, artificial camphor, per-iodide of tin, and the chlorides of tin and arsenic. I shall have occasion to refer to these cases in the paper on Electro-chemical Decomposition.

407. Some of the substances mentioned above stand out as exceptions to the general rule that applies to the previous cases. These include orpiment, realgar, acetic acid, artificial camphor, tin (IV) iodide, and the chlorides of tin and arsenic. I will refer to these cases in the paper on Electro-chemical Decomposition.

408. Boracic acid was raised to the highest possible temperature by an oxy-hydrogen flame (401.), yet it gained no conducting powers sufficient to affect the galvanometer, and underwent no apparent voltaic decomposition. It seemed to be quite as bad a conductor as air. Green bottle-glass, heated in the same manner, did not gain conducting power sensible to the galvanometer. Flint glass, when highly heated, did conduct a little and decompose; and as the proportion of potash or oxide of lead was increased in the glass, the effects were more powerful. Those glasses, consisting of boracic acid on the one hand, and oxide of lead or potassa on the other, show the assumption of conducting power upon fusion and the accompanying decomposition very well.

408. Boracic acid was heated to the highest possible temperature using an oxy-hydrogen flame (401.), but it didn’t show any conductivity strong enough to impact the galvanometer, and there was no visible voltaic decomposition. It appeared to be just as poor a conductor as air. When green bottle-glass was heated in the same way, it also did not show any noticeable conductivity to the galvanometer. Flint glass, when heated intensely, did conduct a little and showed some decomposition; and as the amount of potash or lead oxide in the glass increased, the effects became stronger. The glasses made of boracic acid on one side and lead oxide or potash on the other clearly demonstrated the gain of conductivity upon melting and the resulting decomposition.

409. I was very anxious to try the general experiment with sulphuric acid, of about specific gravity 1.783, containing that proportion of water which gives it the power of crystallizing at 40° Fahr.; but I found it impossible to obtain it so that I could be sure the whole would congeal even at 0° Fahr. A ten-thousandth part of water, more or less than necessary, would, upon cooling the whole, cause a portion of uncongealable liquid to separate, and that remaining in the interstices of the solid mass, and moistening the planes of division, would prevent the correct observation of the phenomena due to entire solidification and subsequent liquefaction.

409. I was really eager to conduct the general experiment with sulfuric acid, which has a specific gravity of about 1.783 and contains just the right amount of water to allow it to crystallize at 40° Fahrenheit. However, I found it impossible to obtain it in a way that would ensure it all freezes even at 0° Fahrenheit. Even a tiny change—just one ten-thousandth of a part of water too much or too little—would, upon cooling, result in some liquid that wouldn't freeze separating out. This leftover liquid would get trapped in the gaps of the solid mass and wet the surfaces of division, making it difficult to accurately observe the phenomena resulting from complete solidification and the subsequent melting.

410. With regard to the substances on which conducting power is thus conferred by liquidity, the degree of power so given is generally very great. Water is that body in which this acquired power is feeblest. In the various oxides, chlorides, salts, &c. &c., it is given in a much higher degree. I have not had time to measure the conducting power in these cases, but it is apparently some hundred times that of pure water. The increased conducting power known to be given to water by the addition of salts, would seem to be in a great degree dependent upon the high conducting power of these bodies when in the liquid state, that state being given them for the time, not by heat but solution in the water73.

410. When it comes to the substances that gain conducting power through being liquid, the level of power they acquire is usually very high. Water is the substance where this power is the weakest. In different oxides, chlorides, salts, etc., this power is much stronger. I haven't had the chance to measure the conductivity in these cases, but it's clearly several hundred times stronger than that of pure water. The increased conductivity that water gains from adding salts seems to largely depend on the high conductivity of these substances when they are in liquid form, which is achieved not by heat but by dissolving in water.73.

411. Whether the conducting power of these liquefied bodies is a consequence of their decomposition or not (413.), or whether the two actions of conduction and decomposition are essentially connected or not, would introduce no difference affecting the probable accuracy of the preceding statement.

411. Whether the ability of these liquefied substances to conduct is a result of their decomposition or not (413.), or whether the two processes of conduction and decomposition are fundamentally related or not, would not change the likely accuracy of the previous statement.

412. This general assumption of conducting power by bodies as soon as they pass from the solid to the liquid state, offers a new and extraordinary character, the existence of which, as far as I know, has not before been suspected; and it seems importantly connected with some properties and relations of the particles of matter which I may now briefly point out.

412. This general assumption of conducting power by bodies as soon as they change from solid to liquid offers a new and remarkable feature, which, as far as I know, hasn’t been suspected before; and it appears to be significantly related to some properties and relationships of matter particles that I can now briefly highlight.

413. In almost all the instances, as yet observed, which are governed by this law, the substances experimented with have been those which were not only compound bodies, but such as contain elements known to arrange themselves at the opposite poles; and were also such as could be decomposed by the electrical current. When conduction took place, decomposition occurred; when decomposition ceased, conduction ceased also; and it becomes a fair and an important question, Whether the conduction itself may not, wherever the law holds good, be a consequence not merely of the capability, but of the act of decomposition? And that question may be accompanied by another, namely, Whether solidification does not prevent conduction, merely by chaining the particles to their places, under the influence of aggregation, and preventing their final separation in the manner necessary for decomposition?

413. In almost all the cases observed so far that follow this law, the substances involved have been not only compound materials but also those containing elements that tend to arrange themselves at opposite poles; and they were also capable of being decomposed by an electrical current. When conduction occurred, decomposition happened as well; when decomposition stopped, so did conduction. It raises a valid and important question: Could the conduction itself, wherever this law applies, be a result not just of the ability to decompose, but of the act of decomposition itself? This question might be accompanied by another one: Does solidification prevent conduction simply by locking the particles in place, due to aggregation, and stopping their necessary separation for decomposition?

414. But, on the other hand, there is one substance (and others may occur), the per-iodide of mercury, which, being experimented with like the others (400.), was found to insulate when solid, and to acquire conducting power when fluid; yet it did not seem to undergo decomposition in the latter case.

414. But, on the other hand, there is one substance (and others may occur), the per-iodide of mercury, which, when tested like the others (400.), was found to insulate when solid and to conduct electricity when in liquid form; however, it did not seem to break down in that case.

415. Again, there are many substances which contain elements such as would be expected to arrange themselves at the opposite poles of the pile, and therefore in that respect fitted for decomposition, which yet do not conduct. Amongst these are the iodide of sulphur, per-iodide of zinc, per-chloride of tin, chloride of arsenic, hydrated chloride of arsenic, acetic acid, orpiment, realgar, artificial camphor, &c.; and from these it might perhaps be assumed that decomposition is dependent upon conducting power, and not the latter upon the former. The true relation, however, of conduction and decomposition in those bodies governed by the general law which it is the object of this paper to establish, can only be satisfactorily made out from a far more extensive series of observations than those I have yet been able to supply74.

415. Again, there are many substances that contain elements which you would expect to arrange themselves at opposite ends of the pile, making them suitable for decomposition, yet they do not conduct. Among these are sulfur iodide, zinc tetraiodide, tin tetrachloride, arsenic chloride, hydrated arsenic chloride, acetic acid, orpiment, realgar, synthetic camphor, etc.; and from these, one might assume that decomposition depends on electrical conductivity, rather than conductivity being influenced by decomposition. However, the true relationship between conductivity and decomposition in those substances governed by the general law that this paper aims to establish can only be clearly understood from a much broader set of observations than what I have been able to provide so far.74.

416. The relation, under this law, of the conducting power for electricity to that for heat, is very remarkable, and seems to imply a natural dependence of the two. As the solid becomes a fluid, it loses almost entirely the power of conduction for heat, but gains in a high degree that for electricity; but as it reverts hack to the solid state, it gains the power of conducting heat, and loses that of conducting electricity. If, therefore, the properties are not incompatible, still they are most strongly contrasted, one being lost as the other is gained. We may hope, perhaps, hereafter to understand the physical reason of this very extraordinary relation of the two conducting powers, both of which appear to be directly connected with the corpuscular condition of the substances concerned.

416. The relationship between the ability to conduct electricity and heat under this law is quite striking and suggests a natural connection between the two. When a solid turns into a liquid, it almost completely loses its ability to conduct heat but significantly improves its ability to conduct electricity. However, when it changes back to a solid, it regains the ability to conduct heat and loses the ability to conduct electricity. Therefore, while these properties aren't incompatible, they contrast sharply—one decreases as the other increases. We may hopefully, in the future, gain a better understanding of the physical reasons behind this unusual relationship between the two conducting abilities, both of which seem to be directly linked to the molecular state of the substances involved.

417. The assumption of conducting power and a decomposable condition by liquefaction, promises new opportunities of, and great facilities in, voltaic decomposition. Thus, such bodies as the oxides, chlorides, cyanides, sulpho-cyanides, fluorides, certain vitreous mixtures, &c. &c., may be submitted to the action of the voltaic battery under new circumstances; and indeed I have already been able, with ten pairs of plates, to decompose common salt, chloride of magnesium, borax, &c. &c., and to obtain sodium, magnesium, boron, &c., in their separate states.

417. The ability to conduct electricity and a breakable state from liquefaction offer new opportunities and great ease in voltaic decomposition. Therefore, substances like oxides, chlorides, cyanides, sulpho-cyanides, fluorides, and certain glassy mixtures can be exposed to the voltaic battery under new conditions. In fact, I've already been able to use ten pairs of plates to decompose common salt, magnesium chloride, borax, and others, obtaining sodium, magnesium, boron, and more in their pure forms.

§ 10. On Conducting Power generally.75

418. It is not my intention here to enter into an examination of all the circumstances connected with conducting power, but to record certain facts and observations which have arisen during recent inquiries, as additions to the general stock of knowledge relating to this point of electrical science.

418. I’m not planning to go into all the details about conducting power, but I want to note some facts and observations that came up during recent investigations, as contributions to the overall understanding of this aspect of electrical science.

419. I was anxious, in the first place, to obtain some idea of the conducting power of ice and solid salts for electricity of high tension (392.), that a comparison might be made between it and the large accession of the same power gained upon liquefaction. For this purpose the large electrical machine (290.) was brought into excellent action, its conductor connected with a delicate gold-leaf electrometer, and also with the platina inclosed in the ice (383.), whilst the tin case was connected with the discharging train (292.). On working the machine moderately, the gold leaves barely separated; on working it rapidly, they could be opened nearly two inches. In this instance the tin case was five-eighths of an inch in width; and as, after the experiment, the platina plate was found very nearly in the middle of the ice, the average thickness of the latter had been five-sixteenths of an inch, and the extent of surface of contact with tin and platina fourteen square inches (384.). Yet, under these circumstances, it was but just able to conduct the small quantity of electricity which this machine could evolve (371.), even when of a tension competent to open the leaves two inches; no wonder, therefore, that it could not conduct any sensible portion of the electricity of the troughs (384.), which, though almost infinitely surpassing that of the machine in quantity, had a tension so low us not to be sensible to an electrometer.

419. I was initially eager to get an understanding of how well ice and solid salts conduct high-tension electricity (392.), so that I could compare it to the significant increase in conductivity observed during liquefaction. To do this, the large electrical machine (290.) was set up effectively, connecting its conductor to a sensitive gold-leaf electrometer, as well as to the platinum embedded in the ice (383.), while the tin case was linked to the discharging train (292.). When operating the machine at a moderate speed, the gold leaves barely moved apart; however, when run quickly, they could spread almost two inches. In this case, the tin case measured five-eighths of an inch in width, and after the experiment, the platinum plate was found to be nearly in the middle of the ice, indicating an average thickness of about five-sixteenths of an inch and a contact surface area with the tin and platinum of fourteen square inches (384.). Yet, under these conditions, it could only just manage to conduct the small amount of electricity this machine could generate (371.), even when the tension was enough to separate the leaves by two inches; it’s no surprise, then, that it couldn’t handle any noticeable portion of the electricity from the troughs (384.), which, while significantly greater in quantity than that from the machine, had a tension so low that it wasn’t detectable by an electrometer.

420. In another experiment, the tin case was only four-eighths of an inch in width, and it was found afterwards that the platina had been not quite one-eighth of an inch distant in the ice from one side of the tin vessel. When this was introduced into the course of the electricity from the machine (419.), the gold leaves could be opened, but not more than half an inch; the thinness of the ice favouring the conduction of the electricity, and permitting the same quantity to pass in the same time, though of a much lower tension.

420. In another experiment, the tin case was only half an inch wide, and it was later discovered that the platinum was less than one-eighth of an inch away from one side of the tin container. When this was connected to the electrical flow from the machine (419.), the gold leaves could open, but only about half an inch. The thinness of the ice helped conduct the electricity, allowing the same amount to flow in the same time, although with much lower tension.

421. Iodide of potassium which had been fused and cooled was introduced into the course of the electricity from the machine. There were two pieces, each about a quarter of an inch in thickness, and exposing a surface on each side equal to about half a square inch; these were placed upon platina plates, one connected with the machine and electrometer (419.), and the other with the discharging train, whilst a fine platina wire connected the two pieces, resting upon them by its two points. On working the electrical machine, it was possible to open the electrometer leaves about two-thirds of an inch.

421. Fused and cooled potassium iodide was placed in the path of the electricity from the machine. There were two pieces, each about a quarter of an inch thick, with a surface area of about half a square inch on each side; these were positioned on platinum plates, one connected to the machine and electrometer (419.), and the other to the discharging train, while a fine platinum wire connected the two pieces, resting on them at its two points. When the electrical machine was operated, it was possible to open the electrometer leaves to about two-thirds of an inch.

422. As the platina wire touched only by points, the facts show that this salt is a far better conductor than ice; but as the leaves of the electrometer opened, it is also evident with what difficulty conduction, even of the small portion of electricity produced by the machine, is effected by this body in the solid state, when compared to the facility with which enormous quantities at very low tensions are transmitted by it when in the fluid state.

422. As the platinum wire only made contact at specific points, the facts show that this salt conducts electricity much better than ice. However, as the leaves of the electrometer opened, it became clear how challenging it is for this substance to conduct even the small amount of electricity generated by the machine while in solid form, especially compared to how easily it transmits huge amounts at very low voltages when in liquid form.

423. In order to confirm these results by others, obtained from the voltaic apparatus, a battery of one hundred and fifty plates, four inches square, was well-charged: its action was good; the shock from it strong; the discharge would continue from copper to copper through four-tenths of an inch of air, and the gold-leaf electrometer before used could be opened nearly a quarter of an inch.

423. To verify these results obtained from the voltaic apparatus, a battery consisting of one hundred and fifty four-inch square plates was fully charged. Its performance was excellent; the shock it produced was strong, and the discharge could travel from one copper point to another through four-tenths of an inch of air, allowing the gold-leaf electrometer used earlier to open nearly a quarter of an inch.

424. The ice vessel employed (420.) was half an inch in width; as the extent of contact of the ice with the tin and platina was nearly fourteen square inches, the whole was equivalent to a plate of ice having a surface of seven square inches, of perfect contact at each side, and only one fourth of an inch thick. It was retained in a freezing mixture during the experiment.

424. The ice container used (420.) was half an inch wide; since the area of contact between the ice and the tin and platinum was nearly fourteen square inches, it was equivalent to a piece of ice with a surface area of seven square inches, perfectly contacting both sides, and just a quarter of an inch thick. It was kept in a freezing mixture throughout the experiment.

425. The order of arrangement in the course of the electric current was as follows. The positive pole of the battery was connected by a wire with the platina plate in the ice; the plate was in contact with the ice, the ice with the tin jacket, the jacket with a wire, which communicated with a piece of tin foil, on which rested one end of a bent platina wire (312.), the other or decomposing end being supported on paper moistened with solution of iodide of potassium (316.): the paper was laid flat on a platina spatula connected with the negative end of the battery. All that part of the arrangement between the ice vessel and the decomposing wire point, including both these, was insulated, so that no electricity might pass through the latter which had not traversed the former also.

425. The setup for the flow of electric current was arranged like this: The positive end of the battery was connected by a wire to the platinum plate in the ice. The plate was in contact with the ice, the ice was in contact with the tin jacket, and the jacket was connected to a wire that linked to a piece of tin foil. One end of a bent platinum wire rested on the tin foil, while the other end, which was used for decomposition, was placed on paper dampened with potassium iodide solution. This paper was laid flat on a platinum spatula that was connected to the negative end of the battery. The entire section of the setup between the ice container and the decomposition wire point, including both of these elements, was insulated so that no electricity could flow through the latter without passing through the former as well.

426. Under these circumstances, it was found that, a pale brown spot of iodine was slowly formed under the decomposing platina point, thus indicating that ice could conduct a little of the electricity evolved by a voltaic battery charged up to the degree of intensity indicated by the electrometer. But it is quite evident that notwithstanding the enormous quantity of electricity which the battery could furnish, it was, under present circumstances, a very inferior instrument to the ordinary machine; for the latter could send as much through the ice as it could carry, being of a far higher intensity, i.e. able to open the electrometer leaves half an inch or more (419. 420.).

426. Given these circumstances, it was discovered that a pale brown spot of iodine gradually formed under the decaying platinum point, indicating that ice could conduct a small amount of electricity generated by a voltaic battery charged to the intensity shown by the electrometer. However, it's clear that despite the huge amount of electricity the battery could provide, it was, in this context, a much weaker instrument compared to the regular machine; the latter could push through as much electricity as it could handle, being of much higher intensity, meaning it could separate the electrometer leaves by half an inch or more (419. 420.).

427. The decomposing wire and solution of iodide of potassium were then removed, and replaced by a very delicate galvanometer (205.); it was so nearly astatic, that it vibrated to and fro in about sixty-three beats of a watch giving one hundred and fifty beats in a minute. The same feebleness of current as before was still indicated; the galvanometer needle was deflected, but it required to break and make contact three or four times (297.), before the effect was decided.

427. The decomposing wire and potassium iodide solution were then taken out and switched with a very sensitive galvanometer (205.); it was so nearly astatic that it swung back and forth about sixty-three times for every watch beat, totaling one hundred and fifty beats per minute. The same weak current as before was still showing; the galvanometer needle moved, but it needed to be turned off and on three or four times (297.) before the effect was clear.

428. The galvanometer being removed, two platina plates were connected with the extremities of the wires, and the tongue placed between them, so that the whole charge of the battery, so far as the ice would let it pass, was free to go through the tongue. Whilst standing on the stone floor, there was shock, &c., but when insulated, I could feel no sensation. I think a frog would have been scarcely, if at all, affected.

428. After removing the galvanometer, two platinum plates were connected to the ends of the wires, and the tongue was placed between them, allowing the full charge of the battery to flow through the tongue as much as the ice would allow. While standing on the stone floor, I felt a shock, etc., but when insulated, I felt nothing. I think a frog would have been hardly affected, if at all.

429. The ice was now removed, and experiments made with other solid bodies, for which purpose they were placed under the end of the decomposing wire instead of the solution of iodide of potassium (125.). For instance, a piece of dry iodide of potassium was placed on the spatula connected with the negative pole of the battery, and the point of the decomposing wire placed upon it, whilst the positive end of the battery communicated with the latter. A brown spot of iodine very slowly appeared, indicating the passage of a little electricity, and agreeing in that respect with the results obtained by the use of the electrical machine (421.). When the galvanometer was introduced into the circuit at the same time with the iodide, it was with difficulty that the action of the current on it could be rendered sensible.

429. The ice was now removed, and experiments were conducted with other solid materials, for which they were placed under the end of the decomposing wire instead of the potassium iodide solution (125.). For example, a piece of dry potassium iodide was put on the spatula connected to the negative terminal of the battery, while the point of the decomposing wire was placed on it, with the positive end of the battery connected to the latter. A brown spot of iodine slowly appeared, indicating a small current of electricity, which matched the results obtained using the electrical machine (421.). When the galvanometer was added to the circuit along with the iodide, it was difficult to observe the effect of the current on it.

430. A piece of common salt previously fused and solidified being introduced into the circuit was sufficient almost entirely to destroy the action on the galvanometer. Fused and cooled chloride of lead produced the same effect. The conducting power of these bodies, when fluid, is very great (395. 402.).

430. A chunk of common salt that had been melted and solidified was enough to almost completely eliminate the action on the galvanometer when added to the circuit. Melted and cooled lead chloride had the same effect. The conductivity of these materials, when liquid, is very high (395. 402.).

431. These effects, produced by using the common machine and the voltaic battery, agree therefore with each other, and with the law laid down in this paper (394.); and also with the opinion I have supported, in the Third Series of these Researches, of the identity of electricity derived from different sources (360.).

431. These effects, created by using the common machine and the voltaic battery, are consistent with each other and with the principle mentioned in this paper (394.); and also with the view I've argued for in the Third Series of these Researches, about the sameness of electricity coming from different sources (360.).

432. The effect of heat in increasing the conducting power of many substances, especially for electricity of high tension, is well known. I have lately met with an extraordinary case of this kind, for electricity of low tension, or that of the voltaic pile, and which is in direct contrast with the influence of heat upon metallic bodies, as observed and described by Sir Humphry Davy76.

432. It's well-known that heat increases the conductivity of many materials, especially for high-voltage electricity. Recently, I encountered an amazing case involving low-voltage electricity, like that from a galvanic cell, which directly contrasts with how heat affects metals, as noted by Sir Humphry Davy76.

433. The substance presenting this effect is sulphuret of silver. It was made by fusing a mixture of precipitated silver and sublimed sulphur, removing the film of silver by a file from the exterior of the fused mass, pulverizing the sulphuret, mingling it with more sulphur, and fusing it again in a green glass tube, so that no air should obtain access during the process. The surface of the sulphuret being again removed by a file or knife, it was considered quite free from uncombined silver.

433. The substance that produces this effect is silver sulfide. It was created by melting a mix of pre-formed silver and sublimated sulfur, scraping off the silver layer from the outside of the molten mass with a file, grinding the sulfide into a powder, mixing it with more sulfur, and melting it again in a green glass tube to prevent any air from getting in during the process. After scraping the surface of the sulfide with a file or knife again, it was deemed completely free of unreacted silver.

434. When a piece of this sulphuret, half an inch in thickness, was put between surfaces of platina, terminating the poles of a voltaic battery of twenty pairs of four-inch plates, a galvanometer being also included in the circuit, the needle was slightly deflected, indicating a feeble conducting power. On pressing the platina poles and sulphuret together with the fingers, the conducting power increased as the whole became warm. On applying a lamp under the sulphuret between the poles, the conducting power rose rapidly with the heat, and at last-the galvanometer needle jumped into a fixed position, and the sulphuret was found conducting in the manner of a metal. On removing the lamp and allowing the heat to fall, the effects were reversed, the needle at first began to vibrate a little, then gradually left its transverse direction, and at last returned to a position very nearly that which it would take when no current was passing through the galvanometer.

434. When a piece of this sulfide, half an inch thick, was placed between surfaces of platinum, connecting the terminals of a voltaic battery with twenty pairs of four-inch plates, and a galvanometer was included in the circuit, the needle showed a slight deflection, indicating weak conductivity. When the platinum terminals and the sulfide were pressed together with fingers, the conductivity improved as everything warmed up. When a lamp was placed under the sulfide between the terminals, the conductivity increased quickly with the heat, and eventually, the galvanometer needle jumped into a fixed position, showing that the sulfide was conducting like a metal. Once the lamp was removed and the heat decreased, the effects reversed; the needle initially vibrated slightly, then slowly shifted from its transverse position, and finally returned to a position very close to where it would be with no current flowing through the galvanometer.

435. Occasionally, when the contact of the sulphuret with the platina poles was good, the battery freshly charged, and the commencing temperature not too low, the mere current of electricity from the battery was sufficient to raise the temperature of the sulphuret; and then, without any application of extraneous heat, it went on increasing conjointly in temperature and conducting power, until the cooling influence of the air limited the effects. In such cases it was generally necessary to cool the whole purposely, to show the returning series of phenomena.

435. Sometimes, when the sulphuret was making good contact with the platinum electrodes, the battery was freshly charged, and the starting temperature wasn't too low, the flow of electricity from the battery alone was enough to raise the temperature of the sulphuret. Then, without any outside heat added, it continued to increase in both temperature and conductivity until the cooling effect of the air limited what could happen. In these situations, it was usually necessary to cool everything deliberately to demonstrate the returning sequence of phenomena.

436. Occasionally, also, the effects would sink of themselves, and could not be renewed until a fresh surface of the sulphuret had been applied to the positive pole. This was in consequence of peculiar results of decomposition, to which I shall have occasion to revert in the section on Electro-chemical Decomposition, and was conveniently avoided by inserting the ends of two pieces of platina wire into the opposite extremities of a portion of sulphuret fused in a glass tube, and placing this arrangement between the poles of the battery.

436. Sometimes, the effects would fade on their own and couldn't be renewed until a new layer of the sulfide was applied to the positive pole. This happened because of unique decomposition results, which I'll discuss more in the section on Electro-chemical Decomposition. This issue was easily avoided by inserting the ends of two pieces of platinum wire into opposite ends of a portion of sulfide melted in a glass tube and placing this setup between the battery poles.

437. The hot sulphuret of silver conducts sufficiently well to give a bright spark with charcoal, &c. &c., in the manner of a metal.

437. The hot silver sulfide conducts well enough to create a bright spark with charcoal, etc., in a way similar to a metal.

438. The native grey sulphuret of silver, and the ruby silver ore, both presented the same phenomena. The native malleable sulphuret of silver presented precisely the same appearances as the artificial sulphuret.

438. The natural grey silver sulfide and the ruby silver ore showed the same characteristics. The natural malleable silver sulfide looked exactly like the synthetic sulfide.

439. There is no other body with which I am acquainted, that, like sulphuret of silver, can compare with metals in conducting power for electricity of low tension when hot, but which, unlike them, during cooling, loses in power, whilst they, on the contrary, gain. Probably, however, many others may, when sought for, be found77.

439. There’s no other material I know of that, like silver sulfide, can match metals in conducting electricity at low voltage when heated, but which, unlike metals, loses its conductivity as it cools down, while metals actually improve in conductivity. However, it’s likely that many other materials could be found if someone looks for them. 77.

440. The proto-sulphuret of iron, the native per-sulphuret of iron, arsenical sulphuret of iron, native yellow sulphuret of copper and iron, grey artificial sulphuret of copper, artificial sulphuret of bismuth, and artificial grey sulphuret of tin, all conduct the voltaic battery current when cold, more or less, some giving sparks like the metals, others not being sufficient for that high effect. They did not seem to conduct better when heated, than before; but I had not time to enter accurately into the investigation of this point. Almost all of them became much heated by the transmission of the current, and present some very interesting phenomena in that respect. The sulphuret of antimony does not conduct the same current sensibly either hot or cold, but is amongst those bodies acquiring conducting power when fused (402.). The sulphuret of silver and perhaps some others decompose whilst in the solid state; but the phenomena of this decomposition will be reserved for its proper place in the next series of these Researches.

440. The proto-sulfide of iron, the native persulfide of iron, arsenic sulfide of iron, native yellow sulfide of copper and iron, gray artificial sulfide of copper, artificial sulfide of bismuth, and artificial gray sulfide of tin all conduct the voltaic battery current when cold, to varying degrees; some give off sparks like metals, while others aren’t good enough for that high effect. They didn’t seem to conduct better when heated than they did when cold, but I didn’t have time to investigate this point thoroughly. Almost all of them got quite hot when the current passed through, showing some very interesting phenomena in that regard. The sulfide of antimony doesn’t conduct the current noticeably, whether hot or cold, but it’s among those substances that gain conducting power when melted (402.). The sulfide of silver, and possibly some others, decompose while in the solid state; however, the details of this decomposition will be covered in the next section of these Researches.

441. Notwithstanding the extreme dissimilarity between sulphuret of silver and gases or vapours, I cannot help suspecting the action of heat upon them to be the same, bringing them all into the same class as conductors of electricity, although with those great differences in degree, which are found to exist under common circumstances. When gases are heated, they increase in conducting power, both for common and voltaic electricity (271.); and it is probable that if we could compress and condense them at the same time, we should still further increase their conducting power. Cagniard de la Tour has shown that a substance, for instance water, may be so expanded by heat whilst in the liquid state, or condensed whilst in the vaporous state, that the two states shall coincide at one point, and the transition from one to the other be so gradual that no line of demarcation can be pointed out78; that, in fact, the two states shall become one;—which one state presents us at different times with differences in degree as to certain properties and relations; and which differences are, under ordinary circumstances, so great as to be equivalent to two different states.

441. Despite the huge differences between silver sulfide and gases or vapors, I can't help but suspect that heat affects them all similarly, categorizing them as conductors of electricity, even though there are major differences in degree that are typically observed. When gases are heated, their ability to conduct both regular and voltaic electricity increases (271.); and it's likely that if we could compress and condense them at the same time, we would further boost their conductivity. Cagniard de la Tour demonstrated that a substance like water can be so expanded by heat while in its liquid form, or condensed while in its vapor form, that both states meet at one point, transitioning so smoothly that no clear boundary can be identified78; essentially, the two states merge into one;—which one state shows us varying degrees of certain properties and relationships at different times; and these differences are, under normal conditions, so significant that they resemble two distinct states.

442. I cannot but suppose at present that at that point where the liquid and the gaseous state coincide, the conducting properties are the same for both; but that they diminish as the expansion of the matter into a rarer form takes place by the removal of the necessary pressure; still, however, retaining, as might be expected, the capability of having what feeble conducting power remains, increased by the action of heat.

442. I can only assume right now that at the point where the liquid and gas states meet, their conducting properties are the same for both; however, those properties decrease as the material expands into a less dense form when pressure is removed. Still, as you might expect, it retains the ability to enhance whatever weak conducting power remains through the application of heat.

443. I venture to give the following summary of the conditions of electric conduction in bodies, not however without fearing that I may have omitted some important points79.

443. I want to provide the following summary of how electricity conducts in materials, though I worry that I might have left out some important details79.

444. All bodies conduct electricity in the same manner from metals to lac and gases, but in very different degrees.

444. All materials conduct electricity similarly, from metals to lac and gases, but to very different extents.

445. Conducting power is in some bodies powerfully increased by heat, and in others diminished, yet without our perceiving any accompanying essential electrical difference, either in the bodies or in the changes occasioned by the electricity conducted.

445. In some materials, the ability to conduct electricity is significantly increased by heat, while in others it decreases, yet we don't notice any essential electrical differences in the materials themselves or in the changes caused by the electricity being conducted.

446. A numerous class of bodies, insulating electricity of low intensity, when solid, conduct it very freely when fluid, and are then decomposed by it.

446. A large group of materials that insulate low-intensity electricity when solid can conduct it easily when in liquid form, and they undergo decomposition as a result.

447. But there are many fluid bodies which do not sensibly conduct electricity of this low intensity; there are some which conduct it and are not decomposed; nor is fluidity essential to decomposition80.

447. However, there are many liquid substances that don't noticeably conduct electricity at this low level; some do conduct it without being broken down; and fluidity isn't necessary for decomposition80.

448. There is but one body yet discovered81 which, insulating a voltaic current when solid, and conducting it when fluid, is not decomposed in the latter case (414.).

448. There is only one body that has been discovered81 which, when solid, insulates a voltaic current, and when fluid, conducts it without being decomposed in that state (414.).

449. There is no strict electrical distinction of conduction which can, as yet, be drawn between bodies supposed to be elementary, and those known to be compounds.

449. There isn’t a clear electrical difference in conduction that can be made between what are thought to be elementary bodies and those that are known to be compounds.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution,

April 15, 1833.

April 15, 1833.


Fifth Series.

§ 11. On Electro-chemical Decomposition. ¶ i. New conditions of Electro-chemical Decomposition. ¶ ii. Influence of Water in Electro-chemical Decomposition. ¶ iii. Theory of Electro-chemical Decomposition.

§ 11. On Electrochemical Decomposition. ¶ i. New Conditions of Electrochemical Decomposition. ¶ ii. Influence of Water in Electrochemical Decomposition. ¶ iii. Theory of Electrochemical Decomposition.

Received June 18,—Read June 20, 1833.

Received June 18, — Read June 20, 1833.

§ 11. On Electro-chemical Decomposition.82

450. I have in a recent series of these Researches (265.) proved (to my own satisfaction, at least,) the identity of electricities derived from different sources, and have especially dwelt upon the proofs of the sameness of those obtained by the use of the common electrical machine and the voltaic battery.

450. In a recent series of these Researches (265.), I have demonstrated (at least to my own satisfaction) that the electricities from different sources are identical, and I have particularly focused on the evidence showing that the electricities produced by the common electrical machine and the voltaic battery are the same.

451. The great distinction of the electricities obtained from these two sources is the very high tension to which the small quantity obtained by aid of the machine may be raised, and the enormous quantity (371. 376.) in which that of comparatively low tension, supplied by the voltaic battery, may be procured; but as their actions, whether magnetical, chemical, or of any other nature, are essentially the same (360.), it appeared evident that we might reason from the former as to the manner of action of the latter; and it was, to me, a probable consequence, that the use of electricity of such intensity as that afforded by the machine, would, when applied to effect and elucidate electro-chemical decomposition, show some new conditions of that action, evolve new views of the internal arrangements and changes of the substances under decomposition, and perhaps give efficient powers over matter as yet undecomposed.

451. The main difference between the electrical sources we have is that the small amount produced by the machine can reach a very high tension, while the large amount from a voltaic battery has a relatively low tension. However, since their effects—whether magnetic, chemical, or otherwise—are fundamentally similar, it seemed clear that we could make inferences about the latter based on the former. I believed it was likely that using the high-intensity electricity generated by the machine to explore and clarify electro-chemical decomposition would reveal new aspects of that process, uncover new insights into the internal structures and changes in the substances being decomposed, and possibly provide significant effects on matter that hasn’t yet been decomposed.

452. For the purpose of rendering the bearings of the different parts of this series of researches more distinct, I shall divide it into several heads.

452. To make the findings of this series of research clearer, I'll break it down into several sections.

¶ i. New conditions of Electro-chemical Decomposition.

453. The tension of machine electricity causes it, however small in quantity, to pass through any length of water, solutions, or other substances classing with these as conductors, as fast as it can be produced, and therefore, in relation to quantity, as fast as it could have passed through much shorter portions of the same conducting substance. With the voltaic battery the case is very different, and the passing current of electricity supplied by it suffers serious diminution in any substance, by considerable extension of its length, but especially in such bodies as those mentioned above.

453. The tension of electric current can cause it, even if there's only a small amount, to travel through any length of water, solutions, or other materials that act as conductors, as quickly as it can be generated. Therefore, in relation to quantity, it can move through much shorter segments of the same conducting material just as fast. With a voltaic battery, the situation is quite different. The current of electricity produced by it decreases significantly when it passes through longer lengths of any material, especially in those substances mentioned above.

454. I endeavoured to apply this facility of transmitting the current of electricity through any length of a conductor, to an investigation of the transfer of the elements in a decomposing body, in contrary directions, towards the poles. The general form of apparatus used in these experiments has been already described (312. 316); and also a particular experiment (319.), in which, when a piece of litmus paper and a piece of turmeric paper were combined and moistened in solution of sulphate of soda, the point of the wire from the machine (representing the positive pole) put upon the litmus paper, and the receiving point from the discharging train (292. 316.), representing the negative pole, upon the turmeric paper, a very few turns of the machine sufficed to show the evolution of acid at the former, and alkali at the latter, exactly in the manner effected by a volta-electric current.

454. I tried to use this ability to send an electric current through any length of a conductor to explore how elements transfer in a decomposing body, moving in opposite directions toward the poles. The basic setup used in these experiments has already been outlined (312. 316); there’s also a specific experiment (319.) where a piece of litmus paper and a piece of turmeric paper were combined and soaked in a solution of sodium sulfate. When the positive pole wire from the machine was placed on the litmus paper and the receiving point from the discharging circuit (292. 316.), acting as the negative pole, was put on the turmeric paper, just a few turns of the machine were enough to demonstrate the release of acid at the former and alkali at the latter, just like what happens with a voltaic electric current.

455. The pieces of litmus and turmeric paper were now placed each upon a separate plate of glass, and connected by an insulated string four feet long, moistened in the same solution of sulphate of soda: the terminal decomposing wire points were placed upon the papers as before. On working the machine, the same evolution of acid and alkali appeared as in the former instance, and with equal readiness, notwithstanding that the places of their appearance were four feet apart from each other. Finally, a piece of string, seventy feet long, was used. It was insulated in the air by suspenders of silk, so that the electricity passed through its entire length: decomposition took place exactly as in former cases, alkali and acid appearing at the two extremities in their proper places.

455. The pieces of litmus and turmeric paper were now placed on separate glass plates and connected by a four-foot insulated string, which was moistened in the same solution of sulfate of soda. The terminal decomposing wire points were placed on the papers as before. When the machine was operated, the same production of acid and alkali occurred as in the previous case, with equal effectiveness, even though their appearance points were four feet apart. Finally, a seventy-foot piece of string was used, insulated in the air by silk suspenders, allowing the electricity to pass through its entire length. Decomposition happened exactly as in the earlier cases, with alkali and acid appearing at the two ends in their correct places.

456. Experiments were then made both with sulphate of soda and iodide of potassium, to ascertain if any diminution of decomposing effect was produced by such great extension as those just described of the moist conductor or body under decomposition; but whether the contact of the decomposing point connected with the discharging train was made with turmeric paper touching the prime conductor, or with other turmeric paper connected with it through the seventy feet of string, the spot of alkali for an equal number of turns of the machine had equal intensity of colour. The same results occurred at the other decomposing wire, whether the salt or the iodide were used; and it was fully proved that this great extension of the distance between the poles produced no effect whatever on the amount of decomposition, provided the same quantity of electricity were passed in both cases (377.).

456. Experiments were then conducted using both sodium sulfate and potassium iodide to determine if extending the moist conductor or body under decomposition had any effect on reducing decomposition. Regardless of whether the contact point connected to the discharging train was made with turmeric paper touching the prime conductor or with other turmeric paper linked through the seventy feet of string, the spot of alkali had the same color intensity after the same number of machine turns. The same results were observed with the other decomposing wire, whether using the salt or the iodide; it was conclusively shown that this significant increase in distance between the poles had no impact on the degree of decomposition, as long as the same quantity of electricity was passed in both scenarios (377.).

457. The negative point of the discharging train, the turmeric paper, and the string were then removed; the positive point was left resting upon the litmus paper, and the latter touched by a piece of moistened string held in the hand. A few turns of the machine evolved acid at the positive point as freely as before.

457. The negative part of the discharging train, the turmeric paper, and the string were then taken away; the positive part was left resting on the litmus paper, which was touched by a damp piece of string held in hand. A few turns of the machine generated acid at the positive point just as freely as before.

458. The end of the moistened string, instead of being held in the hand, was suspended by glass in the air. On working the machine the electricity proceeded from the conductor through the wire point to the litmus paper, and thence away by the intervention of the string to the air, so that there was (as in the last experiment) but one metallic pole; still acid was evolved there as freely as in any former case.

458. The end of the damp string, instead of being held in a hand, was hanging in the air by glass. When the machine was operated, electricity traveled from the conductor through the wire point to the litmus paper, and then through the string to the air, resulting in just one metallic pole, just like in the previous experiment; yet acid was produced there just as freely as before.

459. When any of these experiments were repeated with electricity from the negative conductor, corresponding effects were produced whether one or two decomposing wires were used. The results were always constant, considered in relation to the direction of the electric current.

459. When any of these experiments were repeated using electricity from the negative conductor, similar effects occurred whether one or two decomposing wires were utilized. The results were consistently reliable, especially regarding the direction of the electric current.

460. These experiments were varied so as to include the action of only one metallic pole, but that not the pole connected with the machine. Turmeric paper was moistened in solution of sulphate of soda, placed upon glass, and connected with the discharging train (292.) by a decomposing wire (312.); a piece of wet string was hung from it, the lower extremity of which was brought opposite a point connected with the positive prime conductor of the machine. The machine was then worked for a few turns, and alkali immediately appeared at the point of the discharging train which rested on the turmeric paper. Corresponding effects took place at the negative conductor of a machine.

460. These experiments were adjusted to include the action of just one metallic pole, but not the one linked to the machine. Turmeric paper was soaked in a solution of sodium sulfate, placed on glass, and hooked up to the discharging train (292.) via a decomposing wire (312.); a piece of wet string was suspended from it, with the lower end positioned near a point connected to the positive prime conductor of the machine. The machine was then operated for a few rotations, and alkali instantly appeared at the point of the discharging train resting on the turmeric paper. Similar effects occurred at the negative conductor of a machine.

461. These cases are abundantly sufficient to show that electrochemical decomposition does not depend upon the simultaneous action of two metallic poles, since a single pole might be used, decomposition ensue, and one or other of the elements liberated, pass to the pole, according as it was positive or negative. In considering the course taken by, and the final arrangement of, the other element, I had little doubt that I should find it had receded towards the other extremity, and that the air itself had acted as a pole, an expectation which was fully confirmed in the following manner.

461. These cases clearly demonstrate that electrochemical decomposition doesn't rely on the simultaneous action of two metallic poles. A single pole can be used, leading to decomposition, and either one of the elements can move to the pole, depending on whether it’s positive or negative. When I looked at the behavior of the other element and how it was ultimately arranged, I was fairly certain it would have moved towards the opposite end, and I expected that the air itself would have acted as a pole. This expectation was completely confirmed in the following way.

462. A piece of turmeric paper, not more than 0.4 of an inch in length and 0.5 of an inch in width, was moistened with sulphate of soda and placed upon the edge of a glass plate opposite to, and about two inches from, a point connected with the discharging train (Plate IV. fig. 47.); a piece of tinfoil, resting upon the same glass plate, was connected with the machine, and also with the turmeric paper, by a decomposing wire a (312.). The machine was then worked, the positive electricity passing into the turmeric paper at the point p, and out at the extremity n. After forty or fifty turns of the machine, the extremity n was examined, and the two points or angles found deeply coloured by the presence of free alkali (fig. 48.).

462. A piece of turmeric paper, no more than 0.4 inches long and 0.5 inches wide, was dampened with sodium sulfate and placed on the edge of a glass plate, opposite to and about two inches away from a point connected to the discharge circuit (Plate IV. fig. 47.). A piece of tinfoil, resting on the same glass plate, was linked to the machine as well as to the turmeric paper by a decomposing wire a (312.). The machine was then operated, with positive electricity entering the turmeric paper at point p and exiting at the end n. After forty or fifty turns of the machine, the end n was checked, and the two points or angles were found to be deeply colored due to the presence of free alkali (fig. 48.).

463. A similar piece of litmus paper, dipped in solution of sulphate of soda n, fig. 49, was now supported upon the end of the discharging train a, and its extremity brought opposite to a point p, connected with the conductor of the machine. After working the machine for a short time, acid was developed at both the corners towards the point, i.e. at both the corners receiving the electricities from the air. Every precaution was taken to prevent this acid from being formed by sparks or brushes passing through the air (322.); and these, with the accompanying general facts, are sufficient to show that the acid was really the result of electro-chemical decomposition (466.).

463. A similar piece of litmus paper, dipped in a solution of sodium sulfate n, fig. 49, was now held at the end of the discharge train a, with its tip brought close to a point p, connected to the machine’s conductor. After operating the machine for a short while, acid formed at both corners near the point, meaning at both corners receiving electricity from the air. Every precaution was taken to prevent this acid from being created by sparks or brushes passing through the air (322.); and these, along with the related general facts, are enough to demonstrate that the acid was indeed the result of electro-chemical decomposition (466.).

464. Then a long piece of turmeric paper, large at one end and pointed at the other, was moistened in the saline solution, and immediately connected with the conductor of the machine, so that its pointed extremity was opposite a point upon the discharging train. When the machine was worked, alkali was evolved at that point; and even when the discharging train was removed, and the electricity left to be diffused and carried off altogether by the air, still alkali was evolved where the electricity left the turmeric paper.

464. A long piece of turmeric paper, wide on one end and pointed on the other, was dampened in the saline solution and then connected to the machine's conductor, with its pointed end facing a spot on the discharging train. When the machine operated, alkali was produced at that point; even when the discharging train was taken away and the electricity was allowed to disperse and dissipate into the air, alkali continued to be produced where the electricity exited the turmeric paper.

465. Arrangements were then made in which no metallic communication with the decomposing matter was allowed, but both poles (if they might now be called by that name) formed of air only. A piece of turmeric paper a fig. 50, and a piece of litmus paper b, were dipped in solution of sulphate of soda, put together so as to form one moist pointed conductor, and supported on wax between two needle points, one, p, connected by a wire with the conductor of the machine, and the other, n, with the discharging train. The interval in each case between the points was about half an inch; the positive point p was opposite the litmus paper; the negative point n opposite the turmeric. The machine was then worked for a time, upon which evidence of decomposition quickly appeared, for the point of the litmus b became reddened from acid evolved there, and the point of the turmeric a red from a similar and simultaneous evolution of alkali.

465. Arrangements were then made to ensure that there was no metal contact with the decaying matter, with both poles (if they can still be called that) made of air only. A piece of turmeric paper a fig. 50 and a piece of litmus paper b were dipped in a solution of sulfate of soda, put together to form one moist pointed conductor, and supported on wax between two needle points—one, p, connected by a wire to the conductor of the machine, and the other, n, connected to the discharging train. The distance between the points was about half an inch; the positive point p was in front of the litmus paper, and the negative point n was in front of the turmeric. The machine was then operated for a while, after which signs of decomposition quickly showed up, as the tip of the litmus b turned red from the acid produced there, while the tip of the turmeric a turned red from a similar and simultaneous production of alkali.

466. Upon turning the paper conductor round, so that the litmus point should now give off the positive electricity, and the turmeric point receive it, and working the machine for a short time, both the red spots disappeared, and as on continuing the action of the machine no red spot was re-formed at the litmus extremity, it proved that in the first instance (463.) the effect was not due to the action of brushes or mere electric discharges causing the formation of nitric acid from the air (322.).

466. When the paper conductor was turned around so that the litmus point now emitted positive electricity and the turmeric point received it, and after running the machine for a short time, both red spots disappeared. Since no red spot was formed again at the litmus end after continuing the machine’s operation, it indicated that initially (463.) the effect wasn’t caused by the brushes or simple electric discharges creating nitric acid from the air (322.).

467. If the combined litmus and turmeric paper in this experiment be considered as constituting a conductor independent of the machine or the discharging train, and the final places of the elements evolved be considered in relation to this conductor, then it will be found that the acid collects at the negative or receiving end or pole of the arrangement, and the alkali at the positive or delivering extremity.

467. If we think of the combined litmus and turmeric paper in this experiment as a conductor separate from the machine or the discharging train, and we look at where the elements settle in relation to this conductor, we'll see that the acid gathers at the negative or receiving end of the setup, while the alkali collects at the positive or delivering end.

468. Similar litmus and turmeric paper points were now placed upon glass plates, and connected by a string six feet long, both string and paper being moistened in solution of sulphate of soda; a needle point connected with the machine was brought opposite the litmus paper point, and another needle point connected with the discharging train brought opposite the turmeric paper. On working the machine, acid appeared on the litmus, and alkali on the turmeric paper; but the latter was not so abundant as in former cases, for much of the electricity passed off from the string into the air, and diminished the quantity discharged at the turmeric point.

468. Similar litmus and turmeric paper points were placed on glass plates and connected by a six-foot string, with both the string and paper moistened in a solution of sulfate of soda. A needle point connected to the machine was positioned in front of the litmus paper, and another needle point linked to the discharging train was aligned with the turmeric paper. When the machine was operated, acid appeared on the litmus and alkali on the turmeric paper; however, the alkali was not as plentiful as in previous instances since a lot of the electricity discharged from the string into the air, reducing the amount released at the turmeric point.

469. Finally, a series of four small compound conductors, consisting of litmus and turmeric paper (fig. 51.) moistened in solution of sulphate of soda, were supported on glass rods, in a line at a little distance from each other, between the points p and n of the machine and discharging train, so that the electricity might pass in succession through them, entering in at the litmus points b, b, and passing out at the turmeric points a, a. On working the machine carefully, so as to avoid sparks and brushes (322.), I soon obtained evidence of decomposition in each of the moist conductors, for all the litmus points exhibited free acid, and the turmeric points equally showed free alkali.

469. Finally, a series of four small compound conductors made up of litmus and turmeric paper (fig. 51) soaked in a solution of sodium sulfate were set up on glass rods, arranged in a line with a little space between them, between the points p and n of the machine and discharging train, so that electricity could pass through them in order, entering at the litmus points b, b and exiting at the turmeric points a, a. When I operated the machine carefully to avoid sparks and brushes (322), I quickly noticed signs of decomposition in each of the moist conductors, as all the litmus points showed free acid, and the turmeric points also revealed free alkali.

470. On using solutions of iodide of potassium, acetate of lead, &c., similar effects were obtained; but as they were all consistent with the results above described, I refrain from describing the appearances minutely.

470. Using solutions of potassium iodide, lead acetate, etc., produced similar effects; however, since they were all in line with the results mentioned above, I won't go into detail about the appearances.

471. These cases of electro-chemical decomposition are in their nature exactly of the same kind as those affected under ordinary circumstances by the voltaic battery, notwithstanding the great differences as to the presence or absence, or at least as to the nature of the parts usually called poles; and also of the final situation of the elements eliminated at the electrified boundary surfaces (467.). They indicate at once an internal action of the parts suffering decomposition, and appear to show that the power which is effectual in separating the elements is exerted there, and not at the poles. But I shall defer the consideration of this point for a short time (493. 518.), that I may previously consider another supposed condition of electro-chemical decomposition83.

471. These cases of electro-chemical decomposition are essentially the same as those influenced by a voltaic battery under normal conditions, despite the significant differences related to the presence or absence, or at least the nature of the components typically referred to as poles. Additionally, they reveal the final position of the elements released at the electrified boundary surfaces (467.). They immediately indicate an internal reaction of the parts undergoing decomposition and seem to demonstrate that the force responsible for separating the elements acts at that point, not at the poles. However, I will postpone discussing this matter for a short while (493. 518.) so I can first examine another supposed condition of electro-chemical decomposition83.

¶ ii. Influence of Water in Electro-chemical Decomposition.

472. It is the opinion of several philosophers, that the presence of water is essential in electro-chemical decomposition, and also for the evolution of electricity in the voltaic battery itself. As the decomposing cell is merely one of the cells of the battery, into which particular substances are introduced for the purpose of experiment, it is probable that what is an essential condition in the one case is more or less so in the other. The opinion, therefore, that water is necessary to decomposition, may have been founded on the statement made by Sir Humphry Davy, that "there are no fluids known, except such as contain water, which are capable of being made the medium of connexion between the metals or metal of the voltaic apparatus84:" and again, "when any substance rendered fluid by heat, consisting of water, oxygen, and inflammable or metallic matter, is exposed to those wires, similar phenomena (of decomposition) occur85."

472. Several philosophers believe that the presence of water is essential for electro-chemical decomposition and for generating electricity in the voltaic battery itself. Since the decomposing cell is just one of the cells in the battery, into which specific substances are added for experimentation, it’s likely that what is essential in one case is somewhat essential in the other. Therefore, the idea that water is necessary for decomposition may have been based on Sir Humphry Davy’s statement that "there are no fluids known, except those that contain water, that can serve as the medium of connection between the metals or metal of the voltaic apparatus84:" and again, "when any substance made fluid by heat, composed of water, oxygen, and flammable or metallic matter, is exposed to those wires, similar decomposition phenomena occur85."

473. This opinion has, I think, been shown by other philosophers not to be accurate, though I do not know where to refer for a contradiction of it. Sir Humphry Davy himself said in 180186, that dry nitre, caustic potash and soda are conductors of galvanism when rendered fluid by a high degree of heat, but he must have considered them, or the nitre at least, as not suffering decomposition, for the statements above were made by him eleven years subsequently. In 1826 he also pointed out, that bodies not containing water, as fused litharge and chlorate of potassa, were sufficient to form, with platina and zinc, powerful electromotive circles87; but he is here speaking of the production of electricity in the pile, and not of its effects when evolved; nor do his words at all imply that any correction of his former distinct statements relative to decomposition was required.

473. I believe other philosophers have shown this opinion to be inaccurate, although I can’t point to a specific contradiction. Sir Humphry Davy himself stated in 180186 that dry nitre, caustic potash, and soda are conductors of galvanism when heated to a high temperature, but he must have thought of them, or at least nitre, as not undergoing decomposition, since he made those statements eleven years later. In 1826, he also noted that substances without water, like fused litharge and chlorate of potassa, could form powerful electromotive circles with platinum and zinc87; however, he was discussing the production of electricity in the pile and not its effects once generated. His words do not suggest that any correction of his earlier clear statements about decomposition was necessary.

474. I may refer to the last series of these Experimental Researches (380. 402.) as setting the matter at rest, by proving that there are hundreds of bodies equally influential with water in this respect; that amongst binary compounds, oxides, chlorides, iodides, and even sulphurets (402.) were effective; and that amongst more complicated compounds, cyanides and salts, of equal efficacy, occurred in great numbers (402.).

474. I can refer to the last series of these Experimental Researches (380. 402.) as putting the matter to rest, by proving that there are hundreds of substances just as influential as water in this regard; that among binary compounds, oxides, chlorides, iodides, and even sulfides (402.) were effective; and that among more complex compounds, cyanides and salts of equal effectiveness appeared in large quantities (402.).

475. Water, therefore, is in this respect merely one of a very numerous class of substances, instead of being the only one and essential; and it is of that class one of the worst as to its capability of facilitating conduction and suffering decomposition. The reasons why it obtained for a time an exclusive character which it so little deserved are evident, and consist, in the general necessity of a fluid condition (394.); in its being the only one of this class of bodies existing in the fluid state at common temperatures; its abundant supply as the great natural solvent; and its constant use in that character in philosophical investigations, because of its having a smaller interfering, injurious, or complicating action upon the bodies, either dissolved or evolved, than any other substance.

475. Water, therefore, is just one of many substances rather than the only one and essential option; and it's actually one of the worst when it comes to its ability to conduct and undergo decomposition. The reasons it was thought to have a special status, which it hardly deserved, are clear. They include the general need for a fluid state (394.); its being the only one in this category that stays liquid at normal temperatures; its abundance as the primary natural solvent; and its ongoing use in that role for scientific research, because it has less of a disruptive, harmful, or complicating effect on the substances being dissolved or produced than any other substance.

476. The analogy of the decomposing or experimental cell to the other cells of the voltaic battery renders it nearly certain that any of those substances which are decomposable when fluid, as described in my last paper (402.), would, if they could be introduced between the metallic plates of the pile, be equally effectual with water, if not more so. Sir Humphry Davy found that litharge and chlorate of potassa were thus effectual88. I have constructed various voltaic arrangements, and found the above conclusion to hold good. When any of the following substances in a fused state were interposed between copper and platina, voltaic action more or less powerful was produced. Nitre; chlorate of potassa; carbonate of potassa; sulphate of soda; chloride of lead, of sodium, of bismuth, of calcium; iodide of lead; oxide of bismuth; oxide of lead: the electric current was in the same direction as if acids had acted upon the metals. When any of the same substances, or phosphate of soda, were made to act on platina and iron, still more powerful voltaic combinations of the same kind were produced. When either nitrate of silver or chloride of silver was the fluid substance interposed, there was voltaic action, but the electric current was in the reverse direction.

476. The comparison of the decomposing or experimental cell to the other cells in the voltaic battery makes it pretty clear that any of those substances that can be broken down when in liquid form, as I mentioned in my last paper (402.), would be just as effective as water, if not more so, if they could be placed between the metal plates of the battery. Sir Humphry Davy discovered that litharge and chlorate of potash were effective in this way88. I have set up various voltaic systems and found that this conclusion holds true. When any of the following substances in a melted state were placed between copper and platinum, some level of voltaic action was produced. Nitre; chlorate of potash; carbonate of potash; sulfate of soda; chloride of lead, sodium, bismuth, calcium; iodide of lead; bismuth oxide; lead oxide: the electric current flowed in the same direction as if acids had acted on the metals. When any of these substances, or sodium phosphate, acted on platinum and iron, even more powerful voltaic combinations were created. When either silver nitrate or silver chloride was used as the liquid substance, there was voltaic action, but the electric current flowed in the opposite direction.

¶ iii. Theory of Electro-chemical Decomposition.

477. The extreme beauty and value of electro-chemical decompositions have given to that power which the voltaic pile possesses of causing their occurrence an interest surpassing that of any other of its properties; for the power is not only intimately connected with the continuance, if not with the production, of the electrical phenomena, but it has furnished us with the most beautiful demonstrations of the nature of many compound bodies; has in the hands of Becquerel been employed in compounding substances; has given us several new combinations, and sustains us with the hope that when thoroughly understood it will produce many more.

477. The incredible beauty and significance of electro-chemical decompositions have given the voltaic pile's ability to trigger these reactions an interest that surpasses any of its other features. This power is not only closely linked to the ongoing presence of electrical phenomena, but it has also provided us with stunning demonstrations of the nature of many compounds. Under Becquerel's guidance, it has been used to create new substances, introduced several new combinations, and keeps us hopeful that when fully understood, it will lead to many more discoveries.

478. What may be considered as the general facts of electrochemical decomposition are agreed to by nearly all who have written on the subject. They consist in the separation of the decomposable substance acted upon into its proximate or sometimes ultimate principles, whenever both poles of the pile are in contact with that substance in a proper condition; in the evolution of these principles at distant points, i.e. at the poles of the pile, where they are either finally set free or enter into union with the substance of the poles; and in the constant determination of the evolved elements or principles to particular poles according to certain well-ascertained laws.

478. Most people who have written about electrochemical decomposition agree on its basic facts. It involves breaking down the substance being worked on into its immediate or sometimes ultimate components, as long as both poles of the battery are in proper contact with that substance. This process results in these components being released at different points, specifically at the battery's poles, where they either get released completely or combine with the substance of the poles. Additionally, the released elements or components are consistently attracted to specific poles according to established laws.

479. But the views of men of science vary much as to the nature of the action by which these effects are produced; and as it is certain that we shall be better able to apply the power when we really understand the manner in which it operates, this difference of opinion is a strong inducement to further inquiry. I have been led to hope that the following investigations might be considered, not as an increase of that which is doubtful, but a real addition to this branch of knowledge.

479. However, scientists have widely different opinions about how these effects are produced. Since it's clear that understanding how this power works will help us use it more effectively, these differing views strongly encourage further investigation. I hope that the following studies will be seen not as just adding to what's uncertain, but as a genuine contribution to this area of knowledge.

480. It will be needful that I briefly state the views of electro-chemical decomposition already put forth, that their present contradictory and unsatisfactory state may be seen before I give that which seems to me more accurately to agree with facts; and I have ventured to discuss them freely, trusting that I should give no offence to their high-minded authors; for I felt convinced that if I were right, they would be pleased that their views should serve as stepping-stones for the advance of science; and that if I were wrong, they would excuse the zeal which misled me, since it was exerted for the service of that great cause whose prosperity and progress they have desired.

480. I think it's important to briefly outline the views on electro-chemical decomposition that have been proposed so we can see their current contradictory and unsatisfactory state before I present what I believe aligns more accurately with the facts. I’ve taken the liberty to discuss them openly, hoping I won't offend their esteemed authors. I truly believe that if I'm correct, they would appreciate their ideas being used as stepping stones for scientific advancement; and if I'm wrong, they would understand my enthusiasm that led me astray, as it was directed toward the important cause of advancing knowledge, which they also support.

481. Grotthuss, in the year 1805, wrote expressly on the decomposition of liquids by voltaic electricity89. He considers the pile as an electric magnet, i.e. as an attractive and repulsive agent; the poles having attractive and repelling powers. The pole from whence resinous electricity issues attracts hydrogen and repels oxygen, whilst that from which vitreous electricity proceeds attracts oxygen and repels hydrogen; so that each of the elements of a particle of water, for instance, is subject to an attractive and a repulsive force, acting in contrary directions, the centres of action of which are reciprocally opposed. The action of each force in relation to a molecule of water situated in the course of the electric current is in the inverse ratio of the square of the distance at which it is exerted, thus giving (it is stated) for such a molecule a constant force90. He explains the appearance of the elements at a distance from each other by referring to a succession of decompositions and recompositions occurring amongst the intervening particles91, and he thinks it probable that those which are about to separate at the poles unite to the two electricities there, and in consequence become gases92.

481. Grotthuss, in 1805, specifically wrote about the breakdown of liquids by voltaic electricity89. He views the pile as an electric magnet, meaning it acts as an attracting and repelling force; the poles have attractive and repelling qualities. The pole that emits resinous electricity attracts hydrogen and repels oxygen, while the pole that emits vitreous electricity attracts oxygen and repels hydrogen; therefore, each element of a water molecule, for example, experiences both an attractive and a repulsive force acting in opposite directions, with the centers of action being mutually opposed. The action of each force in relation to a molecule of water in the path of the electric current is inversely proportional to the square of the distance at which it is applied, thus providing (it's reported) for that molecule a constant force90. He accounts for the visibility of the elements being separated by suggesting a series of decompositions and recompositions taking place among the intervening particles91, and he believes it’s likely that those set to separate at the poles combine with the two electricities there, turning into gases as a result92.

482. Sir Humphry Davy's celebrated Bakerian Lecture on some chemical agencies of electricity was read in November 1806, and is almost entirely occupied in the consideration of electro-chemical decompositions. The facts are of the utmost value, and, with the general points established, are universally known. The mode of action by which the effects take place is stated very generally, so generally, indeed, that probably a dozen precise schemes of electro-chemical action might be drawn up, differing essentially from each other, yet all agreeing with the statement there given.

482. Sir Humphry Davy's famous Bakerian Lecture on some chemical actions of electricity was presented in November 1806, and mainly focuses on electro-chemical decompositions. The facts are extremely valuable, and, along with the general principles established, are widely recognized. The method of action by which the effects occur is described very broadly, so broadly that it’s likely a dozen specific models of electro-chemical action could be created, differing significantly from one another, yet all aligning with the information presented.

483. When Sir Humphry Davy uses more particular expressions, he seems to refer the decomposing effects to the attractions of the poles. This is the case in the "general expression of facts" given at pp. 28 and 29 of the Philosophical Transactions for 1807, also at p. 30. Again at p. 160 of the Elements of Chemical Philosophy, he speaks of the great attracting powers of the surfaces of the poles. He mentions the probability of a succession of decompositions and recompositions throughout the fluid,—agreeing in that respect with Grotthuss93; and supposes that the attractive and repellent agencies may be communicated from the metallic surfaces throughout the whole of the menstruum94, being communicated from one particle to another particle of the same kind95, and diminishing in strength from the place of the poles to the middle point, which is necessarily neutral96. In reference to this diminution of power at increased distances from the poles, he states that in a circuit of ten inches of water, solution of sulphate of potassa placed four inches from the positive pole, did not decompose; whereas when only two inches from that pole, it did render up its elements97.

483. When Sir Humphry Davy uses more specific language, he seems to attribute the decomposing effects to the attractions of the poles. This is noted in the "general expression of facts" found on pages 28 and 29 of the Philosophical Transactions for 1807, and also on page 30. Again, on page 160 of the Elements of Chemical Philosophy, he discusses the significant attracting powers of the surfaces of the poles. He talks about the likelihood of a series of decompositions and recompositions happening throughout the fluid, which aligns with what Grotthuss mentioned. He theorizes that the attractive and repulsive forces might be transmitted from the metallic surfaces throughout the entire menstruum, being passed from one particle to another particle of the same kind, and decreasing in strength from the poles to the midpoint, which is inherently neutral. Regarding this decrease in power at greater distances from the poles, he observes that in a circuit of ten inches of water, a solution of sulphate of potassa placed four inches from the positive pole did not decompose; however, when it was only two inches away from that pole, it did release its elements.

484. When in 1826 Sir Humphry Davy wrote again on this subject, he stated that he found nothing to alter in the fundamental theory laid down in the original communication98, and uses the terms attraction and repulsion apparently in the same sense as before99.

484. When in 1826 Sir Humphry Davy wrote again on this topic, he stated that he found nothing to change in the basic theory presented in the original communication98, and uses the terms attraction and repulsion apparently in the same way as before99.

485. Messrs. Riffault and Chompré experimented on this subject in 1807. They came to the conclusion that the voltaic current caused decompositions throughout its whole course in the humid conductor, not merely as preliminary to the recompositions spoken of by Grotthuss and Davy, but producing final separation of the elements in the course of the current, and elsewhere than at the poles. They considered the negative current as collecting and carrying the acids, &c. to the positive pole, and the positive current as doing the same duty with the bases, and collecting them at the negative pole. They likewise consider the currents as more powerful the nearer they are to their respective poles, and state that the positive current is superior in power to the negative current100.

485. Messrs. Riffault and Chompré conducted experiments on this topic in 1807. They concluded that the voltaic current caused breakdowns throughout its entire path in the moist conductor, not just as a precursor to the recompositions mentioned by Grotthuss and Davy, but also leading to the final separation of elements during the current flow, and away from the poles. They viewed the negative current as gathering and transporting acids, etc., to the positive pole, while the positive current performed the same role with bases, collecting them at the negative pole. They also believed that the currents are more powerful the closer they are to their respective poles and stated that the positive current is superior in strength to the negative current100.

486. M. Biot is very cautious in expressing an opinion as to the cause of the separation of the elements of a compound body101. But as far as the effects can be understood, he refers them to the opposite electrical states of the portions of the decomposing substance in the neighbourhood of the two poles. The fluid is most positive at the positive pole; that state gradually diminishes to the middle distance, where the fluid is neutral or not electrical; but from thence to the negative pole it becomes more and more negative102. When a particle of salt is decomposed at the negative pole, the acid particle is considered as acquiring a negative electrical state from the pole, stronger than that of the surrounding undecomposed particles, and is therefore repelled from amongst them, and from out of that portion of the liquid towards the positive pole, towards which also it is drawn by the attraction of the pole itself and the particles of positive undecomposed fluid around it103.

486. M. Biot is very careful when sharing his thoughts on the reason behind the separation of elements in a compound body101. However, based on the observable effects, he attributes them to the opposite electrical states of the parts of the decomposing substance near the two poles. The fluid is most positively charged at the positive pole; that charge gradually decreases as you move toward the center, where the fluid is neutral or neutralized; but from there to the negative pole, it becomes increasingly negatively charged102. When a salt particle is decomposed at the negative pole, the acid particle is thought to gain a negative electrical charge from the pole that is stronger than that of the surrounding undecomposed particles. As a result, it is pushed away from them and toward the positive pole, drawn by both the attraction of the pole itself and the positive undecomposed fluid particles around it103.

487. M. Biot does not appear to admit the successive decompositions and recompositions spoken of by Grotthuss, Davy, &c. &c.; but seems to consider the substance whilst in transit as combined with, or rather attached to, the electricity for the time104, and though it communicates this electricity to the surrounding undecomposed matter with which it is in contact, yet it retains during the transit a little superiority with respect to that kind which it first received from the pole, and is, by virtue of that difference, carried forward through the fluid to the opposite pole105.

487. M. Biot doesn’t seem to accept the successive decompositions and recompositions mentioned by Grotthuss, Davy, etc.; instead, he appears to think of the substance while it’s moving as being combined with, or rather attached to, the electricity for the time104. Although it transfers this electricity to the surrounding undecomposed matter it touches, it still maintains a slight advantage in relation to the type of electricity it initially received from the pole, and because of that difference, it moves through the fluid toward the opposite pole105.

488. This theory implies that decomposition takes place at both poles upon distinct portions of fluid, and not at all in the intervening parts. The latter serve merely as imperfect conductors, which, assuming an electric state, urge particles electrified more highly at the poles through them in opposite directions, by virtue of a series of ordinary electrical attractions and repulsions106.

488. This theory suggests that decomposition happens at both poles on separate sections of fluid, and not at all in the areas in between. The intervening areas just act as poor conductors, which, when in an electric state, push more highly electrified particles at the poles through them in opposite directions due to a series of regular electrical attractions and repulsions106.

489. M.A. de la Rive investigated this subject particularly, and published a paper on it in 1825107. He thinks those who have referred the phenomena to the attractive powers of the poles, rather express the general fact than give any explication of it. He considers the results as due to an actual combination of the elements, or rather of half of them, with the electricities passing from the poles in consequence of a kind of play of affinities between the matter and electricity108. The current from the positive pole combining with the hydrogen, or the bases it finds there, leaves the oxygen and acids at liberty, but carries the substances it is united with across to the negative pole, where, because of the peculiar character of the metal as a conductor109, it is separated from them, entering the metal and leaving the hydrogen or bases upon its surface. In the same manner the electricity from the negative pole sets the hydrogen and bases which it finds there, free, but combines with the oxygen and acids, carries them across to the positive pole, and there deposits them110. In this respect M. de la Rive's hypothesis accords in part with that of MM. Riffault and Chompré (485.).

489. M.A. de la Rive looked into this topic in detail and published a paper on it in 1825107. He believes that those who attribute the phenomena to the attractive powers of the poles are merely stating a general fact rather than providing an explanation. He views the results as a result of an actual combination of the elements, or rather of half of them, with the electricities flowing from the poles due to a kind of interaction between matter and electricity108. The current from the positive pole interacts with the hydrogen or the bases it encounters there, freeing the oxygen and acids, but it carries the substances it has combined with across to the negative pole. There, due to the unique properties of the metal as a conductor109, it separates from them, entering the metal and leaving the hydrogen or bases on its surface. Similarly, the electricity from the negative pole frees the hydrogen and bases it finds there, but combines with the oxygen and acids, carries them to the positive pole, and deposits them there110. In this regard, M. de la Rive's hypothesis partially aligns with that of MM. Riffault and Chompré (485.).

490. M. de la Rive considers the portions of matter which are decomposed to be those contiguous to both poles111. He does not admit with others the successive decompositions and recompositions in the whole course of the electricity through the humid conductor112, but thinks the middle parts are in themselves unaltered, or at least serve only to conduct the two contrary currents of electricity and matter which set off from the opposite poles113. The decomposition, therefore, of a particle of water, or a particle of salt, may take place at either pole, and when once effected, it is final for the time, no recombination taking place, except the momentary union of the transferred particle with the electricity be so considered.

490. M. de la Rive believes that the parts of matter that decompose are those adjacent to both poles111. He does not agree with others about the successive decompositions and recompositions happening throughout the flow of electricity through the wet conductor112, but thinks that the middle parts remain unchanged or, at least, only function to conduct the two opposing currents of electricity and matter that originate from the opposite poles113. Therefore, the decomposition of a water particle or a salt particle can occur at either pole, and once it happens, it’s permanent for the time being; no recombination takes place, except for the brief joining of the transferred particle with the electricity, if that is considered.

491. The latest communication that I am aware of on the subject is by M. Hachette: its date is October 1832114. It is incidental to the description of the decomposition of water by the magneto-electric currents (346.). One of the results of the experiment is, that "it is not necessary, as has been supposed, that for the chemical decomposition of water, the action of the two electricities, positive and negative, should be simultaneous."

491. The most recent communication I'm aware of on the topic is from M. Hachette, dated October 1832 114. It's related to the description of water decomposition through magneto-electric currents (346.). One finding from the experiment is that "it’s not necessary, as previously thought, for the actions of the two types of electricity, positive and negative, to occur at the same time for the chemical breakdown of water."

492. It is more than probable that many other views of electro-chemical decomposition may have been published, and perhaps amongst them some which, differing from those above, might, even in my own opinion, were I acquainted with them, obviate the necessity for the publication of my views. If such be the case, I have to regret my ignorance of them, and apologize to the authors.

492. It’s very likely that many other perspectives on electro-chemical decomposition have been published, and among them, there may be some that, if I were aware of them, could even make me reconsider the need to share my own views. If that’s true, I regret not knowing about them and apologize to their authors.

* * * * *

Sure! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

493. That electro-chemical decomposition does not depend upon any direct attraction and repulsion of the poles (meaning thereby the metallic terminations either of the voltaic battery, or ordinary electrical machine arrangements (312.),) upon the elements in contact with or near to them, appeared very evident from the experiments made in air (462, 465, &c.), when the substances evolved did not collect about any poles, but, in obedience to the direction of the current, were evolved, and I would say ejected, at the extremities of the decomposing substance. But notwithstanding the extreme dissimilarity in the character of air and metals, and the almost total difference existing between them as to their mode of conducting electricity, and becoming charged with it, it might perhaps still be contended, although quite hypothetically, that the bounding portions of air were now the surfaces or places of attraction, as the metals had been supposed to be before. In illustration of this and other points, I endeavoured to devise an arrangement by which I could decompose a body against a surface of water, as well as against air or metal, and succeeded in doing so unexceptionably in the following manner. As the experiment for very natural reasons requires many precautions, to be successful, and will be referred to hereafter in illustration of the views I shall venture to give, I must describe it minutely.

493. The electro-chemical breakdown doesn’t rely on any direct attraction or repulsion from the poles (referring to the metal ends of the voltaic battery or standard electrical setups (312.)) on the elements in contact with or near them. This was clearly shown in experiments conducted in air (462, 465, etc.), where the substances produced didn’t gather around any poles but instead were released, and I would say ejected, at the ends of the decomposing material in line with the current’s direction. Even though air and metals are extremely different in nature and have almost nothing in common when it comes to how they conduct electricity or become charged, one could still argue, albeit quite hypothetically, that the outer parts of the air were now the areas of attraction, as the metals were thought to be previously. To illustrate this and other points, I tried to create a setup where I could decompose a material against a surface of water, just like against air or metal, and I successfully did so without any issues in the following way. Since this experiment requires a lot of precautions to succeed for very obvious reasons, it will be described in detail later to support the ideas I intend to present.

494. A glass basin (fig. 52.), four inches in diameter and four inches deep, had a division of mica a, fixed across the upper part so as to descend one inch and a half below the edge, and be perfectly water-tight at the sides: a plate of platina b, three inches wide, was put into the basin on one side of the division a, and retained there by a glass block below, so that any gas produced by it in a future stage of the experiment should not ascend beyond the mica, and cause currents in the liquid on that side. A strong solution of sulphate of magnesia was carefully poured without splashing into the basin, until it rose a little above the lower edge of the mica division a, great care being taken that the glass or mica on the unoccupied or c side of the division in the figure, should not be moistened by agitation of the solution above the level to which it rose. A thin piece of clean cork, well-wetted in distilled water, was then carefully and lightly placed on the solution at the c side, and distilled water poured gently on to it until a stratum the eighth of an inch in thickness appeared over the sulphate of magnesia; all was then left for a few minutes, that any solution adhering to the cork might sink away from it, or be removed by the water on which it now floated; and then more distilled water was added in a similar manner, until it reached nearly to the top of the glass. In this way solution of the sulphate occupied the lower part of the glass, and also the upper on the right-hand side of the mica; but on the left-hand side of the division a stratum of water from c to d, one inch and a half in depth, reposed upon it, the two presenting, when looked through horizontally, a comparatively definite plane of contact. A second platina pole e, was arranged so as to be just under the surface of the water, in a position nearly horizontal, a little inclination being given to it, that gas evolved during decomposition might escape: the part immersed was three inches and a half long by one inch wide, and about seven-eighths of an inch of water intervened between it and the solution of sulphate of magnesia.

494. A glass basin (fig. 52), four inches in diameter and four inches deep, had a mica divider a fixed across the top that extended one and a half inches below the edge, making it completely water-tight at the sides. A platinum plate b, three inches wide, was placed in the basin on one side of the divider a and secured there by a glass block below, ensuring that any gas produced by it in a later stage of the experiment would not rise above the mica and create currents in the liquid on that side. A strong solution of magnesium sulfate was carefully poured into the basin without splashing, until it rose slightly above the lower edge of the mica divider a. Great care was taken to ensure that the glass or mica on the unoccupied c side of the divider, as seen in the figure, remained dry and was not moistened by agitation of the solution above the level to which it rose. A thin piece of clean cork, well-soaked in distilled water, was then gently placed on the solution at the c side, and distilled water was poured gently onto it until there was an eighth of an inch thick layer above the magnesium sulfate. All was then left for a few minutes so that any solution clinging to the cork could sink away or be removed by the water it floated on; then more distilled water was added in a similar manner until it was nearly to the top of the glass. This way, the magnesium sulfate solution occupied the lower part of the glass, as well as the upper right-hand side of the mica, while on the left-hand side of the divider, there was a layer of water from c to d, one and a half inches deep, resting on it, with the two layers presenting a relatively distinct plane of contact when viewed horizontally. A second platinum pole e was positioned just below the water surface, almost horizontally, with a slight tilt to allow gas produced during decomposition to escape; the immersed portion was three and a half inches long, one inch wide, and there was about seven-eighths of an inch of water between it and the magnesium sulfate solution.

495. The latter pole e was now connected with the negative end of a voltaic battery, of forty pairs of plates four inches square, whilst the former pole b was connected with the positive end. There was action and gas evolved at both poles; but from the intervention of the pure water, the decomposition was very feeble compared to what the battery would have effected in a uniform solution. After a little while (less than a minute,) magnesia also appeared at the negative side: it did not make its appearance at the negative metallic pole, but in the water, at the plane where the solution and the water met; and on looking at it horizontally, it could be there perceived lying in the water upon the solution, not rising more than the fourth of an inch above the latter, whilst the water between it and the negative pole was perfectly clear. On continuing the action, the bubbles of hydrogen rising upwards from the negative pole impressed a circulatory movement on the stratum of water, upwards in the middle, and downwards at the side, which gradually gave an ascending form to the cloud of magnesia in the part just under the pole, having an appearance as if it were there attracted to it; but this was altogether an effect of the currents, and did not occur until long after the phenomena looked for were satisfactorily ascertained.

495. The latter electrode e was now connected to the negative end of a voltaic battery with forty pairs of plates that were four inches square, while the former electrode b was connected to the positive end. There was activity and gas produced at both electrodes; however, due to the presence of pure water, the decomposition was much weaker compared to what the battery would have done in a uniform solution. After a short time (less than a minute), magnesia also showed up on the negative side: it did not appear at the negative metal pole, but in the water, at the interface where the solution met the water; and looking at it horizontally, it could be seen resting in the water above the solution, not rising more than a quarter of an inch above it, while the water between it and the negative pole was completely clear. As the action continued, the bubbles of hydrogen rising from the negative pole created a circular movement in the layer of water, rising in the middle and descending at the sides, which gradually formed an ascending shape to the cloud of magnesia just below the pole, giving the impression that it was being attracted to it; but this was entirely an effect of the currents, and did not happen until well after the expected phenomena were satisfactorily observed.

496. After a little while the voltaic communication was broken, and the platina poles removed with as little agitation as possible from the water and solution, for the purpose of examining the liquid adhering to them. The pole c, when touched by turmeric paper, gave no traces of alkali, nor could anything but pure water be found upon it. The pole b, though drawn through a much greater depth and quantity of fluid, was found so acid as to give abundant evidence to litmus paper, the tongue, and other tests. Hence there had been no interference of alkaline salts in any way, undergoing first decomposition, and then causing the separation of the magnesia at a distance from the pole by mere chemical agencies. This experiment was repeated again and again, and always successfully.

496. After a short while, the electrical connection was lost, and the platinum electrodes were removed from the water and solution as gently as possible to examine the liquid clinging to them. The electrode c, when tested with turmeric paper, showed no signs of alkalinity, and only pure water was found on it. The electrode b, although pulled through a much deeper and larger amount of fluid, was found to be so acidic that it gave clear evidence with litmus paper, the tongue, and other tests. Therefore, there was no interference from alkaline salts in any way; they first decomposed and then caused the separation of the magnesium from the electrode through chemical means. This experiment was repeated multiple times and was always successful.

497. As, therefore, the substances evolved in cases of electrochemical decomposition may be made to appear against air (465. 469.),—which, according to common language, is not a conductor, nor is decomposed, or against water (495.), which is a conductor, and can be decomposed,—as well as against the metal poles, which are excellent conductors, but undecomposable, there appears but little reason to consider the phenomena generally, as due to the attraction or attractive powers of the latter, when used in the ordinary way, since similar attractions can hardly be imagined in the former instances.

497. Therefore, the substances produced during electrochemical decomposition can be made to appear in air (465. 469.), which, in everyday terms, isn’t a conductor and isn't decomposed, or in water (495.), which is a conductor and can be decomposed, as well as against the metal poles, which are great conductors but aren't decomposed. This brings up little reason to think of the phenomena in general as being caused by the attraction or attractive powers of the latter when used in the usual way, since similar attractions are hard to imagine in the previous cases.

498. It may be said that the surfaces of air or of water in these cases become the poles, and exert attractive powers; but what proof is there of that, except the fact that the matters evolved collect there, which is the point to be explained, and cannot be justly quoted as its own explanation? Or it may be said, that any section of the humid conductor, as that in the present case, where the solution and the water meet, may be considered as representing the pole. But such does not appear to me to be the view of those who have written on the subject, certainly not of some of them, and is inconsistent with the supposed laws which they have assumed, as governing the diminution of power at increased distances from the poles.

498. It could be argued that the surfaces of air or water in these cases act as poles and have attractive powers, but what evidence supports that claim, aside from the fact that the substances produced gather there? That observation itself needs explaining and can’t just be taken as its own justification. Alternatively, it could be suggested that any cross-section of the moist conductor, like the one in this instance where the solution meets the water, might be seen as representing a pole. However, that doesn’t seem to align with the views of the authors who have written about this topic, at least not for some of them, and it contradicts the supposed laws they’ve established, which govern the decrease of power at greater distances from the poles.

499. Grotthuss, for instance, describes the poles as centres of attractive and repulsive forces (481.), these forces varying inversely as the squares of the distances, and says, therefore, that a particle placed anywhere between the poles will be acted upon by a constant force. But the compound force, resulting from such a combination as he supposes, would be anything but a constant force; it would evidently be a force greatest at the poles, and diminishing to the middle distance. Grotthuss is right, however, in the fact, according to my experiments (502. 505.), that the particles are acted upon by equal force everywhere in the circuit, when the conditions of the experiment are the simplest possible; but the fact is against his theory, and is also, I think, against all theories that place the decomposing effect in the attractive power of the poles.

499. Grotthuss, for example, describes the poles as centers of attractive and repulsive forces (481.), with these forces varying inversely with the squares of the distances. He argues that a particle placed anywhere between the poles will experience a constant force. However, the combined force resulting from such a setup would not be constant; it would be strongest at the poles and decrease toward the middle distance. Grotthuss is correct, though, in the fact, based on my experiments (502. 505.), that the particles are affected by an equal force throughout the circuit when the conditions of the experiment are as simple as possible. But this fact contradicts his theory, and I believe it also goes against all theories that attribute the decomposing effect to the attractive power of the poles.

500. Sir Humphry Davy, who also speaks of the diminution of power with increase of distance from the poles115 (483.), supposes, that when both poles are acting on substances to decompose them, still the power of decomposition diminishes to the middle distance. In this statement of fact he is opposed to Grotthuss, and quotes an experiment in which sulphate of potassa, placed at different distances from the poles in a humid conductor of constant length, decomposed when near the pole, but not when at a distance. Such a consequence would necessarily result theoretically from considering the poles as centres of attraction and repulsion; but I have not found the statement borne out by other experiments (505.); and in the one quoted by him the effect was doubtless due to some of the many interfering causes of variation which attend such investigations.

500. Sir Humphry Davy, who also discusses the decrease of power with increased distance from the poles115 (483.), suggests that when both poles are influencing substances to decompose them, the power of decomposition decreases towards the midpoint. In this assertion, he contradicts Grotthuss and refers to an experiment where sulphate of potassa, placed at varying distances from the poles in a humid conductor of constant length, decomposed when close to the pole but not when farther away. Such a result would theoretically follow from viewing the poles as centers of attraction and repulsion; however, I haven't found this claim supported by other experiments (505.); and in the one he cited, the effect was likely due to some of the many interfering variables that come into play in such studies.

501. A glass vessel had a platina plate fixed perpendicularly across it, so as to divide it into two cells: a head of mica was fixed over it, so as to collect the gas it might evolve during experiments; then each cell, and the space beneath the mica, was filled with dilute sulphuric acid. Two poles were provided, consisting each of a platina wire terminated by a plate of the same metal; each was fixed into a tube passing through its upper end by an air-tight joint, that it might be moveable, and yet that the gas evolved at it might be collected. The tubes were filled with the acid, and one immersed in each cell. Each platina pole was equal in surface to one side of the dividing plate in the middle glass vessel, and the whole might be considered as an arrangement between the poles of the battery of a humid decomposable conductor divided in the middle by the interposed platina diaphragm. It was easy, when required, to draw one of the poles further up the tube, and then the platina diaphragm was no longer in the middle of the humid conductor. But whether it were thus arranged at the middle, or towards one side, it always evolved a quantity of oxygen and hydrogen equal to that evolved by both the extreme plates116.

501. A glass container had a platinum plate fixed upright across it to split it into two sections: a piece of mica was placed over it to capture any gas produced during experiments; then each section, along with the space beneath the mica, was filled with diluted sulfuric acid. Two electrodes were installed, each made of a platinum wire ending in a plate of the same metal; each was secured in a tube that passed through its top with an airtight seal, making it movable while allowing the gas produced to be collected. The tubes were filled with the acid, and one was placed in each section. Each platinum electrode had a surface area equal to one side of the dividing plate in the middle glass container. This entire setup could be viewed as an arrangement between the electrodes of a battery of a humid decomposable conductor divided in the center by the inserted platinum diaphragm. It was easy to pull one of the electrodes further up the tube when needed, meaning the platinum diaphragm was no longer centered in the humid conductor. Regardless of whether it was positioned in the middle or off to one side, it always produced a quantity of oxygen and hydrogen equal to that generated by both end plates.

502. If the wires of a galvanometer be terminated by plates, and these be immersed in dilute acid, contained in a regularly formed rectangular glass trough, connected at each end with a voltaic battery by poles equal to the section of the fluid, a part of the electricity will pass through the instrument and cause a certain deflection. And if the plates are always retained at the same distance from each other and from the sides of the trough, are always parallel to each other, and uniformly placed relative to the fluid, then, whether they are immersed near the middle of the decomposing solution, or at one end, still the instrument will indicate the same deflection, and consequently the same electric influence.

502. If the wires of a galvanometer are connected to plates and these are submerged in a diluted acid within a rectangular glass tank, linked at both ends to a battery with poles matching the fluid's cross-section, some electricity will flow through the device and create a certain deflection. If the plates are kept at the same distance apart and from the tank's sides, always parallel to each other and consistently positioned in relation to the fluid, then whether they are placed near the center of the solution or at one end, the device will still show the same deflection, reflecting the same electric influence.

503. It is very evident, that when the width of the decomposing conductor varies, as is always the case when mere wires or plates, as poles, are dipped into or are surrounded by solution, no constant expression can be given as to the action upon a single particle placed in the course of the current, nor any conclusion of use, relative to the supposed attractive or repulsive force of the poles, be drawn. The force will vary as the distance from the pole varies; as the particle is directly between the poles, or more or less on one side; and even as it is nearer to or further from the sides of the containing vessels, or as the shape of the vessel itself varies; and, in fact, by making variations in the form of the arrangement, the force upon any single particle may be made to increase, or diminish, or remain constant, whilst the distance between the particle and the pole shall remain the same; or the force may be made to increase, or diminish, or remain constant, either as the distance increases or as it diminishes.

503. It's clear that when the width of the decomposing conductor changes, which always happens when simple wires or plates are immersed in or surrounded by a solution, there can't be a consistent explanation about the effect on a single particle in the current's path, nor can any practical conclusion about the supposed attractive or repulsive force of the poles be drawn. The force will change depending on the distance from the pole; whether the particle is exactly between the poles or off to one side; and even as it gets closer to or further from the sides of the container, or if the shape of the container itself changes. In fact, by altering the arrangement, the force on any single particle can be made to increase, decrease, or stay the same, even when the distance between the particle and the pole is unchanged; or the force can be adjusted to increase, decrease, or remain constant as the distance either grows or shrinks.

504. From numerous experiments, I am led to believe the following general expression to be correct; but I purpose examining it much further, and would therefore wish not to be considered at present as pledged to its accuracy. The sum of chemical decomposition is constant for any section taken across a decomposing conductor, uniform in its nature, at whatever distance the poles may be from each other or from the section; or however that section may intersect the currents, whether directly across them, or so oblique as to reach almost from pole to pole, or whether it be plane, or curved, or irregular in the utmost degree; provided the current of electricity be retained constant in quantity (377.), and that the section passes through every part of the current through the decomposing conductor.

504. From many experiments, I believe the following general statement to be true; however, I plan to explore it further and therefore do not want to be seen as committed to its accuracy right now. The sum of chemical decomposition is constant for any cross-section taken across a decomposing conductor that is uniform in its nature, regardless of how far apart the poles are from each other or from the section; or how that section intersects the currents, whether it cuts directly across them, is angled enough to span almost from pole to pole, or is flat, curved, or extremely irregular; as long as the current of electricity remains constant in quantity (377.) and the section passes through every part of the current in the decomposing conductor.

505. I have reason to believe that the statement might be made still more general, and expressed thus: That for a constant quantity of electricity, whatever the decomposing conductor may be, whether water, saline solutions, acids, fused bodies, &c., the amount of electro-chemical action is also a constant quantity, i.e. would always be equivalent to a standard chemical effect founded upon ordinary chemical affinity. I have this investigation in hand, with several others, and shall be prepared to give it in the next series but one of these Researches.

505. I have reason to believe that this statement could be made even more general, expressed like this: That for a constant amount of electricity, regardless of the decomposing conductor—whether it’s water, salt solutions, acids, molten substances, etc.—the amount of electro-chemical action is also a constant, meaning it would always match a standard chemical effect based on normal chemical attraction. I'm currently working on this investigation, along with several others, and I will be ready to present it in the next series of these Researches.

506. Many other arguments might be adduced against the hypotheses of the attraction of the poles being the cause of electro-chemical decomposition; but I would rather pass on to the view I have thought more consistent with facts, with this single remark; that if decomposition by the voltaic battery depended upon the attraction of the poles, or the parts about them, being stronger than the mutual attraction of the particles separated, it would follow that the weakest electrical attraction was stronger than, if not the strongest, yet very strong chemical attraction, namely, such as exists between oxygen and hydrogen, potassium and oxygen, chlorine and sodium, acid and alkali, &c., a consequence which, although perhaps not impossible, seems in the present state of the subject very unlikely.

506. Many other arguments could be presented against the idea that the attraction of the poles causes electro-chemical decomposition; however, I would prefer to move on to the perspective I believe is more consistent with the facts, making this one comment: if decomposition by the voltaic battery depended on the attraction of the poles, or the areas around them, being stronger than the mutual attraction of the separated particles, it would imply that the weakest electrical attraction is stronger than, if not the strongest, certainly much stronger than chemical attraction, like that which exists between oxygen and hydrogen, potassium and oxygen, chlorine and sodium, acid and alkali, etc. This outcome, while perhaps not impossible, seems quite unlikely given the current understanding of the subject.

507. The view which M. de la Rive has taken (489.), and also MM. Riffault and Chompré (485.), of the manner in which electro-chemical decomposition is effected, is very different to that already considered, and is not affected by either the arguments or facts urged against the latter. Considering it as stated by the former philosopher, it appears to me to be incompetent to account for the experiments of decomposition against surfaces of air (462. 469.) and water (495.), which I have described; for if the physical differences between metals and humid conductors, which M. de la Rive supposes to account for the transmission of the compound of matter and electricity in the latter, and the transmission of the electricity only with the rejection of the matter in the former, be allowed for a moment, still the analogy of air to metal is, electrically considered, so small, that instead of the former replacing the latter (462.), an effect the very reverse might have been expected. Or if even that were allowed, the experiment with water (495.), at once sets the matter at rest, the decomposing pole being now of a substance which is admitted as competent to transmit the assumed compound of electricity and matter.

507. The perspective that M. de la Rive has taken (489.) and also that of MM. Riffault and Chompré (485.) regarding how electrochemical decomposition occurs is quite different from what we've discussed before, and it isn't influenced by the arguments or evidence presented against the earlier view. According to the former philosopher's explanation, it seems inadequate to explain the decomposition experiments involving air (462. 469.) and water (495.) that I've described. Even if we accept M. de la Rive's idea that the physical differences between metals and humid conductors account for how the compound of matter and electricity is transmitted in the latter, while only the electricity is transmitted without the matter in the former, the similarity between air and metal, when considered electrically, is so minimal that instead of air replacing metal (462.), we might have expected the opposite effect. Furthermore, if we were to entertain that idea, the water experiment (495.) definitively settles the matter, as the decomposing pole consists of a substance that is recognized as capable of transmitting the presumed compound of electricity and matter.

508. With regard to the views of MM. Riffault and Chompré (485.), the occurrence of decomposition alone in the course of the current is so contrary to the well-known effects obtained in the forms of experiment adopted up to this time, that it must be proved before the hypothesis depending on it need be considered.

508. Regarding the opinions of MM. Riffault and Chompré (485.), the presence of decomposition alone in the course of the current goes against the well-established results from experiments conducted so far, so it needs to be proven before the hypothesis based on it can be taken seriously.

509. The consideration of the various theories of electro-chemical decomposition, whilst it has made me diffident, has also given me confidence to add another to the number; for it is because the one I have to propose appears, after the most attentive consideration, to explain and agree with the immense collection of facts belonging to this branch of science, and to remain uncontradicted by, or unopposed to, any of them, that I have been encouraged to give it.

509. Thinking about the different theories of electro-chemical decomposition has made me both hesitant and yet confident enough to present my own. This is because my proposal seems, after careful consideration, to explain and align with the vast amount of facts in this field of science, and it hasn't been contradicted or opposed by any of them, which encourages me to share it.

510. Electro-chemical decomposition is well known to depend essentially upon the current of electricity. I have shown that in certain cases (375.) the decomposition is proportionate to the quantity of electricity passing, whatever may be its intensity or its source, and that the same is probably true for all cases (377.), even when the utmost generality is taken on the one hand, and great precision of expression on the other (505.).

510. Electrochemical decomposition is known to primarily depend on the current of electricity. I have demonstrated that in certain cases (375.), the decomposition is proportional to the amount of electricity flowing, regardless of its intensity or source, and this is likely true for all cases (377.), even when we consider utmost generality on one side and great precision in expression on the other (505.).

511. In speaking of the current, I find myself obliged to be still more particular than on a former occasion (283.), in consequence of the variety of views taken by philosophers, all agreeing in the effect of the current itself. Some philosophers, with Franklin, assume but one electric fluid; and such must agree together in the general uniformity and character of the electric current. Others assume two electric fluids; and here singular differences have arisen.

511. When discussing the current, I feel I need to be more specific than I was before (283.), due to the different perspectives held by philosophers, who all agree on the effect of the current itself. Some philosophers, like Franklin, believe there is only one electric fluid; and they must concur on the general consistency and nature of the electric current. Others propose that there are two electric fluids, leading to notable differences in opinion.

512. MM. Riffault and Chompré, for instance, consider the positive and negative currents each as causing decomposition, and state that the positive current is more powerful than the negative current117, the nitrate of soda being, under similar circumstances, decomposed by the former, but not by the latter.

512. MM. Riffault and Chompré, for example, see both positive and negative currents as responsible for decomposition, and they assert that the positive current is more powerful than the negative current117, with nitrate of soda being decomposed by the former under similar conditions, but not by the latter.

513. M. Hachette states118 that "it is not necessary, as has been believed, that the action of the two electricities, positive and negative, should be simultaneous for the decomposition of water." The passage implying, if I have caught the meaning aright, that one electricity can be obtained, and can be applied in effecting decompositions, independent of the other.

513. M. Hachette states118 that "it's not necessary, as was previously thought, for the actions of the two electricities, positive and negative, to happen at the same time for water to decompose." The passage suggests, if I understand it correctly, that one type of electricity can be produced and used to cause decompositions without relying on the other.

514. The view of M. de la Rive to a certain extent agrees with that of M. Hachette, for he considers that the two electricities decompose separate portions of water (490.)119. In one passage he speaks of the two electricities as two influences, wishing perhaps to avoid offering a decided opinion upon the independent existence of electric fluids; but as these influences are considered as combining with the elements set free as by a species of chemical affinity, and for the time entirely masking their character, great vagueness of idea is thus introduced, inasmuch as such a species of combination can only be conceived to take place between things having independent existences. The two elementary electric currents, moving in opposite directions, from pole to pole, constitute the ordinary voltaic current.

514. M. de la Rive's perspective somewhat aligns with M. Hachette's, as he believes that the two types of electricity decompose different parts of water (490.)119. In one part, he refers to the two electricities as two influences, possibly to avoid making a definitive statement about the independent existence of electric fluids. However, since these influences are seen as interacting with the elements that are freed in a way similar to chemical attraction, this introduces a lot of ambiguity. A combination like that can only be understood to occur between things that exist independently. The two basic electric currents, moving in opposite directions from pole to pole, make up the standard voltaic current.

515. M. Grotthuss is inclined to believe that the elements of water, when about to separate at the poles, combine with the electricities, and so become gases. M. de la Rive's view is the exact reverse of this: whilst passing through the fluid, they are, according to him, compounds with the electricities; when evolved at the poles, they are de-electrified.

515. M. Grotthuss thinks that the elements of water, when they're about to separate at the poles, combine with electric charges and turn into gases. M. de la Rive has the exact opposite opinion: he believes that while moving through the fluid, they are combined with electric charges; when they are released at the poles, they lose their electric charge.

516. I have sought amongst the various experiments quoted in support of these views, or connected with electro-chemical decompositions or electric currents, for any which might be considered as sustaining the theory of two electricities rather than that of one, but have not been able to perceive a single fact which could be brought forward for such a purpose: or, admitting the hypothesis of two electricities, much less have I been able to perceive the slightest grounds for believing that one electricity in a current can be more powerful than the other, or that it can be present without the other, or that one can be varied or in the slightest degree affected, without a corresponding variation in the other120. If, upon the supposition of two electricities, a current of one can be obtained without the other, or the current of one be exalted or diminished more than the other, we might surely expect some variation either of the chemical or magnetical effects, or of both; but no such variations have been observed. If a current be so directed that it may act chemically in one part of its course, and magnetically in another, the two actions are always found to take place together. A current has not, to my knowledge, been produced which could act chemically and not magnetically, nor any which can act on the magnet, and not at the same time chemically121.

516. I’ve looked through the various experiments mentioned to support these ideas or related to electro-chemical reactions or electric currents, trying to find any that would back the theory of two types of electricity instead of one. However, I haven’t found a single fact that could be used for that purpose. Even if we accept the idea of two electricity types, I still can’t see any reason to believe that one type in a current could be stronger than the other, or that one could exist without the other, or that one can change or be affected in any way without corresponding changes in the other120. If, assuming there are two types of electricity, one type of current could exist without the other, or one type could be increased or decreased more than the other, we would expect some variation in either the chemical or magnetic effects, or both; but no such variations have been noticed. If a current is directed so that it acts chemically in one part and magnetically in another, both actions are always found to occur together. To my knowledge, there hasn’t been a current produced that could act chemically without also acting magnetically, nor any that can affect a magnet but not at the same time act chemically121.

517. Judging from facts only, there is not as yet the slightest reason for considering the influence which is present in what we call the electric current,—whether in metals or fused bodies or humid conductors, or even in air, flame, and rarefied elastic media,—as a compound or complicated influence. It has never been resolved into simpler or elementary influences, and may perhaps best be conceived of as an axis of power having contrary forces, exactly equal in amount, in contrary directions.

517. Based on the facts alone, there’s not yet any reason to view the influence present in what we call the electric current—whether in metals, molten materials, wet conductors, or even in air, flame, and thin gases—as a complex or complicated influence. It has never been broken down into simpler or fundamental influences, and it might be best understood as an axis of power with equal but opposing forces acting in opposite directions.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like to modernize.

518. Passing to the consideration of electro-chemical decomposition, it appears to me that the effect is produced by an internal corpuscular action, exerted according to the direction of the electric current, and that it is due to a force either super to, or giving direction to the ordinary chemical affinity of the bodies present. The body under decomposition may be considered as a mass of acting particles, all those which are included in the course of the electric current contributing to the final effect; and it is because the ordinary chemical affinity is relieved, weakened, or partly neutralized by the influence of the electric current in one direction parallel to the course of the latter, and strengthened or added to in the opposite direction, that the combining particles have a tendency to pass in opposite courses.

518. When looking at electro-chemical decomposition, it seems to me that the effect comes from an internal particle action, which works along the direction of the electric current. This happens due to a force that is either above or influencing the normal chemical attraction of the substances involved. The substance undergoing decomposition can be seen as a collection of active particles, with all those in the path of the electric current contributing to the overall effect. It’s because the normal chemical attraction is either eased, weakened, or partially neutralized by the influence of the electric current moving in one direction alongside that current, and strengthened or supplemented in the opposite direction, that the combining particles tend to move in the opposite directions.

519. In this view the effect is considered as essentially dependent upon the mutual chemical affinity of the particles of opposite kinds. Particles aa, fig. 53, could not be transferred or travel from one pole N towards the other P, unless they found particles of the opposite kind bb, ready to pass in the contrary direction: for it is by virtue of their increased affinity for those particles, combined with their diminished affinity for such as are behind them in their course, that they are urged forward: and when any one particle a, fig. 54, arrives at the pole, it is excluded or set free, because the particle b of the opposite kind, with which it was the moment before in combination, has, under the superinducing influence of the current, a greater attraction for the particle a', which is before it in its course, than for the particle a, towards which its affinity has been weakened.

519. In this view, the effect is seen as essentially dependent on the mutual chemical affinity of the particles of opposite types. Particles aa, fig. 53, couldn't move from pole N to pole P unless there were particles of the opposite type bb ready to move in the opposite direction. It's their stronger attraction to those particles, combined with their weaker attraction to those behind them, that pushes them forward. When a particle a, fig. 54, reaches the pole, it gets pushed out or released because the particle b of the opposite type, which was just combined with it, has a stronger attraction to the particle a', which is ahead of it, than to the particle a, which it now feels less drawn to.

520. As far as regards any single compound particle, the case may be considered as analogous to one of ordinary decomposition, for in fig. 54, a may be conceived to be expelled from the compound ab by the superior attraction of a' for b, that superior attraction belonging to it in consequence of the relative position of a'b and a to the direction of the axis of electric power (517.) superinduced by the current. But as all the compound particles in the course of the current, except those actually in contact with the poles, act conjointly, and consist of elementary particles, which, whilst they are in one direction expelling, are in the other being expelled, the case becomes more complicated, but not more difficult of comprehension.

520. When it comes to any single compound particle, it can be thought of similarly to a regular decomposition. In figure 54, a can be imagined as being pushed out from the compound ab by the stronger attraction of a' for b. This stronger attraction happens because of the relative position of a'b and a to the direction of the electric power axis (517) created by the current. However, since all the compound particles in the current, except for those in direct contact with the poles, act together and consist of elementary particles, which are expelling in one direction while being expelled in the other, the situation becomes more complex but not harder to understand.

521. It is not here assumed that the acting particles must be in a right line between the poles. The lines of action which may be supposed to represent the electric currents passing through a decomposing liquid, have in many experiments very irregular forms; and even in the simplest case of two wires or points immersed as poles in a drop or larger single portion of fluid, these lines must diverge rapidly from the poles; and the direction in which the chemical affinity between particles is most powerfully modified (519. 520.) will vary with the direction of these lines, according constantly with them. But even in reference to these lines or currents, it is not supposed that the particles which mutually affect each other must of necessity be parallel to them, but only that they shall accord generally with their direction. Two particles, placed in a line perpendicular to the electric current passing in any particular place, are not supposed to have their ordinary chemical relations towards each other affected; but as the line joining them is inclined one way to the current their mutual affinity is increased; as it is inclined in the other direction it is diminished; and the effect is a maximum, when that line is parallel to the current122.

521. It’s not assumed here that the particles in action need to be in a straight line between the poles. The lines of action that represent the electric currents going through a decomposing liquid often take very irregular shapes in various experiments; and even in the simplest scenario involving two wires or points acting as poles in a drop or larger volume of liquid, these lines must quickly spread out from the poles. The direction in which the chemical attraction between particles is most significantly impacted (519. 520.) will change with the direction of these lines, consistently aligning with them. However, regarding these lines or currents, it’s not assumed that the particles affecting each other must be directly parallel to them, but rather that they should generally align with their direction. Two particles positioned in a line perpendicular to the electric current at any particular point are not thought to have their usual chemical interactions influenced; but as the line connecting them leans in one direction towards the current, their mutual attraction increases; if it leans in the opposite direction, it decreases; and the effect is greatest when that line is parallel to the current122.

522. That the actions, of whatever kind they may be, take place frequently in oblique directions is evident from the circumstance of those particles being included which in numerous cases are not in a line between the poles. Thus, when wires are used as poles in a glass of solution, the decompositions and recompositions occur to the right or left of the direct line between the poles, and indeed in every part to which the currents extend, as is proved by many experiments, and must therefore often occur between particles obliquely placed as respects the current itself; and when a metallic vessel containing the solution is made one pole, whilst a mere point or wire is used for the other, the decompositions and recompositions must frequently be still more oblique to the course of the currents.

522. It's clear that actions, no matter what kind, often happen at angles, shown by the fact that particles included in many cases aren't in a straight line between the poles. For example, when wires are used as poles in a glass of solution, decompositions and recompositions occur to the right or left of the direct path between the poles, and in every area where the currents reach, as proven by many experiments. Therefore, they must often happen between particles that are angled in relation to the current itself. Additionally, when a metal container holding the solution is one pole and a single point or wire is the other, the decompositions and recompositions are likely to be even more angled to the flow of the currents.

523. The theory which I have ventured to put forth (almost) requires an admission, that in a compound body capable of electro-chemical decomposition the elementary particles have a mutual relation to, and influence upon each other, extending beyond those with which they are immediately combined. Thus in water, a particle of hydrogen in combination with oxygen is considered as not altogether indifferent to other particles of oxygen, although they are combined with other particles of hydrogen; but to have an affinity or attraction towards them, which, though it does not at all approach in force, under ordinary circumstances, to that by which it is combined with its own particle, can, under the electric influence, exerted in a definite direction, be made even to surpass it. This general relation of particles already in combination to other particles with which they are not combined, is sufficiently distinct in numerous results of a purely chemical character; especially in those where partial decompositions only take place, and in Berthollet's experiments on the effects of quantity upon affinity: and it probably has a direct relation to, and connexion with, attraction of aggregation, both in solids and fluids. It is a remarkable circumstance, that in gases and vapours, where the attraction of aggregation ceases, there likewise the decomposing powers of electricity apparently cease, and there also the chemical action of quantity is no longer evident. It seems not unlikely, that the inability to suffer decomposition in these cases may be dependent upon the absence of that mutual attractive relation of the particles which is the cause of aggregation.

523. The theory I've proposed almost requires acknowledging that in a compound body capable of electrochemical breakdown, the elementary particles relate to and influence each other in ways that go beyond just those they are directly combined with. For example, in water, a hydrogen particle that's combined with oxygen isn't completely indifferent to other oxygen particles, even if they're combined with other hydrogen particles. Instead, it has an affinity or attraction toward them, which, while much weaker than the attraction it has with its own hydrogen particle under normal circumstances, can, when influenced by electricity in a specific direction, become stronger. This general relationship of particles that are already combined to other particles they're not combined with shows up clearly in many purely chemical results, especially in cases where only partial breakdowns occur and in Berthollet's experiments on how quantity affects affinity. It likely has a direct connection to attraction of aggregation in both solids and liquids. Interestingly, in gases and vapors, where the attraction of aggregation stops, the decomposing effects of electricity also seem to stop, and the chemical impact of quantity is no longer clear. It seems plausible that the inability to break down in these situations may be due to the lack of that mutual attractive relationship among the particles that causes aggregation.

524. I hope I have now distinctly stated, although in general terms, the view I entertain of the cause of electro-chemical decomposition, as far as that cause can at present be traced and understood. I conceive the effects to arise from forces which are internal, relative to the matter under decomposition—and not external, as they might be considered, if directly dependent upon the poles. I suppose that the effects are due to a modification, by the electric current, of the chemical affinity of the particles through or by which that current is passing, giving them the power of acting more forcibly in one direction than in another, and consequently making them travel by a series of successive decompositions and recompositions in opposite directions, and finally causing their expulsion or exclusion at the boundaries of the body under decomposition, in the direction of the current, and that in larger or smaller quantities, according as the current is more or less powerful (377.). I think, therefore, it would be more philosophical, and more directly expressive of the facts, to speak of such a body, in relation to the current passing through it, rather than to the poles, as they are usually called, in contact with it; and say that whilst under decomposition, oxygen, chlorine, iodine, acids, &c., are rendered at its negative extremity, and combustibles, metals, alkalies, bases, &c., at its positive extremity (467.), I do not believe that a substance can be transferred in the electric current beyond the point where it ceases to find particles with which it can combine; and I may refer to the experiments made in air (465.) and in water (495.), already quoted, for facts illustrating these views in the first instance; to which I will now add others.

524. I hope I have clearly explained, even if in general terms, my view on the cause of electro-chemical decomposition, as far as that cause can currently be traced and understood. I believe the effects come from forces that are internal, related to the matter undergoing decomposition—and not external, as they might seem if they depended directly on the poles. I think the effects arise from a modification, by the electric current, of the chemical affinity of the particles that the current is passing through, giving them the ability to act more strongly in one direction than another. This results in them moving through a series of successive decompositions and recompositions in opposite directions, ultimately leading to their expulsion or exclusion at the boundaries of the body undergoing decomposition, in the direction of the current, and this in varying quantities, depending on the strength of the current (377). Therefore, I believe it would be more reasonable, and more accurately representative of the facts, to describe such a body in relation to the current flowing through it rather than the poles, as they are typically called, that are in contact with it. While under decomposition, oxygen, chlorine, iodine, acids, etc., are found at its negative end, while combustibles, metals, alkalies, bases, etc., are at its positive end (467). I do not think a substance can be moved in the electric current past the point where it can no longer find particles to combine with; and I can refer to the experiments conducted in air (465) and in water (495), which I've mentioned before, for evidence supporting these ideas, to which I will now add more.

525. In order to show the dependence of the decomposition and transfer of elements upon the chemical affinity of the substances present, experiments were made upon sulphuric acid in the following manner. Dilute sulphuric acid was prepared: its specific gravity was 1.0212. A solution of sulphate of soda was also prepared, of such strength that a measure of it contained exactly as much sulphuric acid as an equal measure of the diluted acid just referred to. A solution of pure soda, and another of pure ammonia, were likewise prepared, of such strengths that a measure of either should be exactly neutralized by a measure of the prepared sulphuric acid.

525. To demonstrate how the breakdown and transfer of elements depend on the chemical affinity of the substances involved, experiments were conducted with sulfuric acid in this way. A dilute solution of sulfuric acid was created with a specific gravity of 1.0212. A solution of sodium sulfate was also made, so that a certain amount contained exactly the same amount of sulfuric acid as an equal amount of the previously mentioned dilute acid. Additionally, solutions of pure sodium and pure ammonia were prepared, both in concentrations that would be completely neutralized by an equal measure of the sulfuric acid solution.

526. Four glass cups were then arranged, as in fig. 55; seventeen measures of the free sulphuric acid (525.) were put into each of the vessels a and b, and seventeen measures of the solution of sulphate of soda into each of the vessels A and B. Asbestus, which had been well-washed in acid, acted upon by the voltaic pile, well-washed in water, and dried by pressure, was used to connect a with b and A with B, the portions being as equal as they could be made in quantity, and cut as short as was consistent with their performing the part of effectual communications, b and A were connected by two platina plates or poles soldered to the extremities of one wire, and the cups a and B were by similar platina plates connected with a voltaic battery of forty pairs of plates four inches square, that in a being connected with the negative, and that in B with the positive pole. The battery, which was not powerfully charged, was retained in communication above half an hour. In this manner it was certain that the same electric current had passed through a b and A B, and that in each instance the same quantity and strength of acid had been submitted to its action, but in one case merely dissolved in water, and in the other dissolved and also combined with an alkali.

526. Four glass cups were arranged as shown in fig. 55; seventeen measures of free sulfuric acid (525.) were poured into each of the vessels a and b, and seventeen measures of the sodium sulfate solution into each of the vessels A and B. Asbestos, which had been thoroughly washed in acid, acted on by the voltaic pile, well-washed in water, and dried under pressure, was used to connect a with b and A with B, with the portions being made as equal as possible in quantity, and cut as short as necessary for effective communication. b and A were connected by two platinum plates or poles soldered to the ends of one wire, and the cups a and B were connected with a voltaic battery of forty pairs of plates four inches square, with the one in a connected to the negative pole, and the one in B to the positive pole. The battery, which wasn't strongly charged, stayed connected for over half an hour. In this way, it was ensured that the same electric current had passed through a b and A B, and that in each case the same quantity and strength of acid had been subjected to its action, but in one instance it was just dissolved in water, and in the other it was dissolved and also combined with an alkali.

527. On breaking the connexion with the battery, the portions of asbestus were lifted out, and the drops hanging at the ends allowed to fall each into its respective vessel. The acids in a and b were then first compared, for which purpose two evaporating dishes were balanced, and the acid from a put into one, and that from b into the other; but as one was a little heavier than the other, a small drop was transferred from the heavier to the lighter, and the two rendered equal in weight. Being neutralized by the addition of the soda solution (525.), that from a, or the negative vessel, required 15 parts of the soda solution, and that from b, or the positive vessel, required 16.3 parts. That the sum of these is not 34 parts is principally due to the acid removed with the asbestus; but taking the mean of 15.65 parts, it would appear that a twenty-fourth part of the acid originally in the vessel a had passed, through the influence of the electric current, from a into b.

527. After disconnecting the battery, the pieces of asbestos were taken out, and the drops hanging from the ends were allowed to fall into their respective containers. The acids in a and b were then compared. Two evaporating dishes were balanced, with the acid from a in one dish and that from b in the other. Since one was slightly heavier than the other, a small drop was moved from the heavier dish to the lighter one until they were equal in weight. After neutralizing with the soda solution (525.), the acid from a (the negative vessel) needed 15 parts of the soda solution, while the acid from b (the positive vessel) required 16.3 parts. The total doesn't add up to 34 parts mainly because some acid was lost with the asbestos. However, averaging the two gives 15.65 parts, indicating that about one twenty-fourth of the acid originally in vessel a had migrated to b due to the electric current's influence.

528. In comparing the difference of acid in A and B, the necessary equality of weight was considered as of no consequence, because the solution was at first neutral, and would not, therefore, affect the test liquids, and all the evolved acid would be in B, and the free alkali in A. The solution in A required 3.2 measures of the prepared acid (525.) to neutralize it, and the solution in B required also 3.2 measures of the soda solution (525.) to neutralize it. As the asbestus must have removed a little acid and alkali from the glasses, these quantities are by so much too small; and therefore it would appear that about a tenth of the acid originally in the vessel A had been transferred into B during the continuance of the electric action.

528. When comparing the acid content in A and B, the equal weight was seen as unimportant since the solution started off neutral, which wouldn’t affect the test liquids. All the acid generated would be in B, while the free alkali would be in A. The solution in A needed 3.2 measures of the prepared acid (525.) to neutralize it, and the solution in B also needed 3.2 measures of the soda solution (525.) to neutralize it. Since the asbestos must have removed a bit of acid and alkali from the glasses, these amounts are somewhat too small; therefore, it seems that about a tenth of the acid originally in vessel A was transferred into B during the electric action.

529. In another similar experiment, whilst a thirty-fifth part of the acid passed from a to b; in the free acid vessels, between a tenth and an eleventh passed from A to B in the combined acid vessels. Other experiments of the same kind gave similar results.

529. In another similar experiment, while one thirty-fifth of the acid moved from a to b; in the free acid containers, between one tenth and one eleventh moved from A to B in the combined acid containers. Other experiments of the same type showed similar results.

530. The variation of electro-chemical decomposition, the transfer of elements and their accumulation at the poles, according as the substance submitted to action consists of particles opposed more or less in their chemical affinity, together with the consequent influence of the latter circumstances, are sufficiently obvious in these cases, where sulphuric acid is acted upon in the same quantity by the same electric current, but in one case opposed to the comparatively weak affinity of water for it, and in the other to the stronger one of soda. In the latter case the quantity transferred is from two and a half to three times what it is in the former; and it appears therefore very evident that the transfer is greatly dependent upon the mutual action of the particles of the decomposing bodies123.

530. The variation in electrochemical decomposition, the movement of elements, and their buildup at the poles, depending on the substance's chemical affinities, is clearly shown in these cases where sulphuric acid is impacted by the same quantity of the same electric current. In one instance, it faces water's relatively weak affinity, and in the other, it encounters the stronger affinity of soda. In the latter situation, the amount transferred is two and a half to three times greater than in the former. Therefore, it's evident that the transfer heavily relies on the mutual interaction of the particles in the substances undergoing decomposition123.

531. In some of the experiments the acid from the vessels a and b was neutralized by ammonia, then evaporated to dryness, heated to redness, and the residue examined for sulphates. In these cases more sulphate was always obtained from a than from b; showing that it had been impossible to exclude saline bases (derived from the asbestus, the glass, or perhaps impurities originally in the acid,) and that they had helped in transferring the acid into b. But the quantity was small, and the acid was principally transferred by relation to the water present.

531. In some of the experiments, the acid from the containers a and b was neutralized with ammonia, then evaporated until dry, heated to a high temperature, and the residue checked for sulfates. In these instances, more sulfate was consistently obtained from a than from b; indicating that it was impossible to eliminate saline bases (coming from the asbestos, the glass, or maybe impurities that were originally in the acid), and that they contributed to transferring the acid into b. However, the quantity was small, and the acid was mainly transferred in relation to the amount of water present.

532. I endeavoured to arrange certain experiments by which saline solutions should be decomposed against surfaces of water; and at first worked with the electric machine upon a piece of bibulous paper, or asbestus moistened in the solution, and in contact at its two extremities with pointed pieces of paper moistened in pure water, which served to carry the electric current to and from the solution in the middle piece. But I found numerous interfering difficulties. Thus, the water and solutions in the pieces of paper could not be prevented from mingling at the point where they touched. Again, sufficient acid could be derived from the paper connected with the discharging train, or it may be even from the air itself, under the influence of electric action, to neutralize the alkali developed at the positive extremity of the decomposing solution, and so not merely prevent its appearance, but actually transfer it on to the metal termination: and, in fact, when the paper points were not allowed to touch there, and the machine was worked until alkali was evolved at the delivering or positive end of the turmeric paper, containing the sulphate of soda solution, it was merely necessary to place the opposite receiving point of the paper connected with the discharging train, which had been moistened by distilled water, upon the brown turmeric point and press them together, when the alkaline effect immediately disappeared.

532. I tried to set up some experiments to see if saline solutions could be broken down using water surfaces. At first, I used an electric machine on a piece of absorbent paper or asbestos that was soaked in the solution, connecting both ends to pointed pieces of paper moistened with pure water. These pieces helped carry the electric current to and from the middle solution. However, I ran into several problems. The water and solutions in the paper couldn't help but mix where they touched. Additionally, enough acid could be generated from the paper attached to the discharging system, or possibly even from the air itself due to electric action, to neutralize the alkali produced at the positive end of the solution. This didn’t just prevent the alkali from forming; it actually transferred it to the metal end. In fact, when the paper points didn't touch, and I operated the machine until alkali appeared at the positive end of the turmeric paper with the sodium sulfate solution, it simply required placing the opposite paper point, which had been soaked in distilled water, on the brown turmeric point and pressing them together for the alkaline effect to vanish instantly.

533. The experiment with sulphate of magnesia already described (495.) is a case in point, however, and shows most clearly that the sulphuric acid and magnesia contributed to each other's transfer and final evolution, exactly as the same acid and soda affected each other in the results just given (527, &c.); and that so soon as the magnesia advanced beyond the reach of the acid, and found no other substance with which it could combine, it appeared in its proper character, and was no longer able to continue its progress towards the negative pole.

533. The experiment with magnesium sulfate previously mentioned (495.) is a clear example of this and clearly demonstrates that sulfuric acid and magnesium helped each other in their transfer and final outcome, just as the same acid and sodium interacted in the results previously mentioned (527, &c.); and as soon as the magnesium moved beyond the reach of the acid and found no other substance to combine with, it showed its true nature and could no longer move toward the negative pole.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

534. The theory I have ventured to put forth appears to me to explain all the prominent features of electro-chemical decomposition in a satisfactory manner.

534. The theory I've put forward seems to explain all the key aspects of electro-chemical decomposition clearly.

535. In the first place, it explains why, in all ordinary cases, the evolved substances appear only at the poles; for the poles are the limiting surfaces of the decomposing substance, and except at them, every particle finds other particles having a contrary tendency with which it can combine.

535. First, it explains why, in most cases, the evolved substances only show up at the poles; because the poles are the boundary areas of the decomposing substance, and everywhere else, each particle encounters other particles with opposite tendencies that it can combine with.

536. Then it explains why, in numerous cases, the elements or evolved substances are not retained by the poles; and this is no small difficulty in those theories which refer the decomposing effect directly to the attractive power of the poles. If, in accordance with the usual theory, a piece of platina be supposed to have sufficient power to attract a particle of hydrogen from the particle of oxygen with which it was the instant before combined, there seems no sufficient reason, nor any fact, except those to be explained, which show why it should not, according to analogy with all ordinary attractive forces, as those of gravitation, magnetism, cohesion, chemical affinity, &c. retain that particle which it had just before taken from a distance and from previous combination. Yet it does not do so, but allows it to escape freely. Nor does this depend upon its assuming the gaseous state, for acids and alkalies, &c. are left equally at liberty to diffuse themselves through the fluid surrounding the pole, and show no particular tendency to combine with or adhere to the latter. And though there are plenty of cases where combination with the pole does take place, they do not at all explain the instances of non-combination, and do not therefore in their particular action reveal the general principle of decomposition.

536. Then it explains why, in many cases, the elements or evolved substances are not retained by the poles; and this poses a significant challenge for theories that attribute the decomposing effect directly to the attractive power of the poles. If we follow the usual theory and imagine that a piece of platinum has enough power to attract a hydrogen particle from the oxygen particle it was just joined with, there seems to be no strong reason or fact—aside from those needing explanation—that shows why it shouldn't, similarly to all typical attractive forces like gravity, magnetism, cohesion, chemical affinity, etc., retain that particle it just drew in from a distance and a prior bond. Yet it doesn't do that and lets it escape freely. This doesn’t rely on the hydrogen becoming a gas, as acids and bases, etc., are also free to spread through the fluid surrounding the pole without showing any particular tendency to combine with or stick to it. Although there are many instances where the pole does combine with substances, they do not explain the cases of non-combination and therefore do not reveal the general principle of decomposition through their specific action.

537. But in the theory that I have just given, the effect appears to be a natural consequence of the action: the evolved substances are expelled from the decomposing mass (518. 519.), not drawn out by an attraction which ceases to act on one particle without any assignable reason, while it continues to act on another of the same kind: and whether the poles be metal, water, or air, still the substances are evolved, and are sometimes set free, whilst at others they unite to the matter of the poles, according to the chemical nature of the latter, i.e. their chemical relation to those particles which are leaving the substance under operation.

537. In the theory I've just presented, the effect seems to naturally result from the action: the evolved substances are released from the decomposing mass (518. 519.), not pulled out by an attraction that stops acting on one particle for no clear reason while continuing to act on another particle of the same type. Whether the poles are metal, water, or air, the substances still emerge, sometimes being set free, and at other times combining with the matter of the poles, depending on the chemical nature of the poles, that is, their chemical relationship to the particles that are departing from the substance being processed.

538. The theory accounts for the transfer of elements in a manner which seems to me at present to leave nothing unexplained; and it was, indeed, the phenomena of transfer in the numerous cases of decomposition of bodies rendered fluid by heat (380. 402.), which, in conjunction with the experiments in air, led to its construction. Such cases as the former where binary compounds of easy decomposability are acted upon, are perhaps the best to illustrate the theory.

538. The theory explains the transfer of elements in a way that, to me right now, leaves nothing unresolved; in fact, it was the phenomena of transfer in various cases of substances becoming liquid due to heat (380. 402.) that, along with the experiments in air, inspired its development. Cases like these, where easily decomposable binary compounds are involved, are perhaps the best examples to illustrate the theory.

539. Chloride of lead, for instance, fused in a bent tube (400.), and decomposed by platina wires, evolves lead, passing to what is usually called the negative pole, and chlorine, which being evolved at the positive pole, is in part set free, and in part combines with the platina. The chloride of platina formed, being soluble in the chloride of lead, is subject to decomposition, and the platina itself is gradually transferred across the decomposing matter, and found with the lead at the negative pole.

539. Lead chloride, for example, melted in a bent tube (400.) and broken down using platinum wires, releases lead at what’s typically referred to as the negative pole, while chlorine, which is produced at the positive pole, is partly released and partly combines with the platinum. The platinum chloride formed, being soluble in lead chloride, undergoes decomposition, and the platinum itself is gradually moved across the decomposing material and found with the lead at the negative pole.

540. Iodide of lead evolves abundance of lead at the negative pole, and abundance of iodine at the positive pole.

540. Lead iodide releases a lot of lead at the negative electrode and a lot of iodine at the positive electrode.

541. Chloride of silver furnishes a beautiful instance, especially when decomposed by silver wire poles. Upon fusing a portion of it on a piece of glass, and bringing the poles into contact with it, there is abundance of silver evolved at the negative pole, and an equal abundance absorbed at the positive pole, for no chlorine is set free: and by careful management, the negative wire may be withdrawn from the fused globule as the silver is reduced there, the latter serving as the continuation of the pole, until a wire or thread of revived silver, five or six inches in length, is produced; at the same time the silver at the positive pole is as rapidly dissolved by the chlorine, which seizes upon it, so that the wire has to be continually advanced as it is melted away. The whole experiment includes the action of only two elements, silver and chlorine, and illustrates in a beautiful manner their progress in opposite directions, parallel to the electric current, which is for the time giving a uniform general direction to their mutual affinities (524.).

541. Silver chloride provides a great example, especially when broken down by silver wire poles. When you melt a bit of it on a piece of glass and touch the poles to it, a lot of silver is produced at the negative pole, while an equal amount is taken up at the positive pole, with no chlorine being released. By carefully managing the process, you can pull the negative wire away from the melted blob of silver as the silver is formed there, allowing it to act as an extension of the pole until you create a wire or thread of silver that's about five or six inches long. Meanwhile, the silver at the positive pole dissolves quickly due to the chlorine, which grabs onto it, so you need to keep moving the wire forward as it gets melted away. The entire experiment involves just two elements, silver and chlorine, and it beautifully demonstrates their movement in opposite directions, aligned with the electric current, which temporarily gives a consistent overall direction to their interactions (524.).

542. According to my theory, an element or a substance not decomposable under the circumstances of the experiment, (as for instance, a dilute acid or alkali,) should not be transferred, or pass from pole to pole, unless it be in chemical relation to some other element or substance tending to pass in the opposite direction, for the effect is considered as essentially due to the mutual relation of such particles. But the theories attributing the determination of the elements to the attractions and repulsions of the poles require no such condition, i.e. there is no reason apparent why the attraction of the positive pole, and the repulsion of the negative pole, upon a particle of free acid, placed in water between them, should not (with equal currents of electricity) be as strong as if that particle were previously combined with alkali; but, on the contrary, as they have not a powerful chemical affinity to overcome, there is every reason to suppose they would be stronger, and would sooner bring the acid to rest at the positive pole124. Yet such is not the case, as has been shown by the experiments on free and combined acid (526. 528.).

542. According to my theory, an element or substance that doesn’t break down under the experiment's conditions (like a dilute acid or alkali) shouldn't be able to move from one pole to another unless it has a chemical relationship with another element or substance that tends to move in the opposite direction. The effect is mainly due to the mutual relationship of those particles. However, theories that say the behavior of elements is determined by the attractions and repulsions of the poles don’t require this condition. In other words, there's no clear reason why the attraction of the positive pole and the repulsion of the negative pole on a free acid particle placed in water between them shouldn’t be just as strong (with equal electrical currents) as if that particle was already combined with alkali. In fact, since there’s no strong chemical affinity to overcome, we’d expect the forces to be even stronger, and for the acid to settle at the positive pole sooner. Yet, that’s not the case, as shown by the experiments on free and combined acid (526. 528.).

543. Neither does M. de la Rive's theory, as I understand it, require that the particles should be in combination: it does not even admit, where there are two sets of particles capable of combining with and passing by each other, that they do combine, but supposes that they travel as separate compounds of matter and electricity. Yet in fact the free substance cannot travel, the combined one can.

543. M. de la Rive's theory, as I see it, doesn't require that the particles should be combined: it doesn't even suggest that, when there are two sets of particles that can combine and pass by each other, they actually do combine, but instead assumes that they move as separate compounds of matter and electricity. However, in reality, the free substance cannot move, while the combined one can.

544. It is very difficult to find cases amongst solutions or fluids which shall illustrate this point, because of the difficulty of finding two fluids which shall conduct, shall not mingle, and in which an element evolved from one shall not find a combinable element in the other. Solutions of acids or alkalies will not answer, because they exist by virtue of an attraction; and increasing the solubility of a body in one direction, and diminishing it in the opposite, is just as good a reason for transfer, as modifying the affinity between the acids and alkalies themselves125. Nevertheless the case of sulphate of magnesia is in point (494. 495.), and shows that one element or principle only has no power of transference or of passing towards either pole.

544. It's really hard to find examples among solutions or liquids that illustrate this point because it’s tough to find two fluids that conduct electricity, don’t mix, and where an element that comes from one doesn’t find a compatible element in the other. Solutions of acids or bases won’t work because they exist due to attraction; increasing the solubility of one substance in one direction while decreasing it in the opposite direction is just as valid a reason for transfer as changing the attraction between acids and bases themselves 125. However, the case of magnesium sulfate is relevant (494. 495.), showing that only one element or principle has no ability to transfer or move toward either pole.

545. Many of the metals, however, in their solid state, offer very fair instances of the kind required. Thus, if a plate of platina be used as the positive pole in a solution of sulphuric acid, oxygen will pass towards it, and so will acid; but these are not substances having such chemical relation to the platina as, even under the favourable condition superinduced by the current (518. 524.), to combine with it; the platina therefore remains where it was first placed, and has no tendency to pass towards the negative pole. But if a plate of iron, zinc or copper, be substituted for the platina, then the oxygen and acid can combine with these, and the metal immediately begins to travel (as an oxide) to the opposite pole, and is finally deposited there. Or if, retaining the platina pole, a fused chloride, as of lead, zinc, silver, &c., be substituted for the sulphuric acid, then, as the platina finds an element it can combine with, it enters into union, acts as other elements do in cases of voltaic decomposition, is rapidly transferred across the melted matter, and expelled at the negative pole.

545. Many metals, when solid, are good examples of the desired type. For instance, if you use a platinum plate as the positive electrode in a sulfuric acid solution, oxygen will move toward it, along with the acid; however, these substances don't chemically interact with the platinum enough to combine with it under the favorable conditions created by the current (518. 524.), so the platinum stays in place and doesn't move toward the negative electrode. But if you replace the platinum with a plate of iron, zinc, or copper, then the oxygen and acid can combine with these metals, causing the metal to start moving (as an oxide) to the opposite electrode, where it eventually deposits. Alternatively, if you keep the platinum electrode and substitute a fused chloride like lead, zinc, silver, etc., for the sulfuric acid, the platinum will react with the new element it can combine with, just like other elements do during voltaic decomposition, quickly transferring across the melted material and being expelled at the negative electrode.

546. I can see but little reason in the theories referring the electro-chemical decomposition to the attractions and repulsions of the poles, and I can perceive none in M. de la Rive's theory, why the metal of the positive pole should not be transferred across the intervening conductor, and deposited at the negative pole, even when it cannot act chemically upon the element of the fluid surrounding it. It cannot be referred to the attraction of cohesion preventing such an effect; for if the pole be made of the lightest spongy platina, the effect is the same. Or if gold precipitated by sulphate of iron be diffused through the solution, still accumulation of it at the negative pole will not take place; and yet the attraction of cohesion is almost perfectly overcome, the particles are in it so small as to remain for hours in suspension, and are perfectly free to move by the slightest impulse towards either pole; and if in relation by chemical affinity to any substance present, are powerfully determined to the negative pole126.

546. I see very little reason in the theories that link electro-chemical decomposition to the attractions and repulsions of the poles, and I don’t see any basis in M. de la Rive's theory for why the metal from the positive pole shouldn't be moved across the connecting conductor and deposited at the negative pole, even when it can't act chemically on the fluid around it. This can't be explained by the attraction of cohesion preventing such a process; because if the pole is made of very light spongy platinum, the result is the same. Or, if gold that has been precipitated by iron sulfate is spread throughout the solution, it still won't accumulate at the negative pole; yet the attraction of cohesion is almost entirely defeated, as the particles are so small that they remain suspended for hours and can easily be moved by the slightest push towards either pole; and if in relation by chemical affinity to any present substance, they are strongly directed to the negative pole126.

547. In support of these arguments, it may be observed, that as yet no determination of a substance to a pole, or tendency to obey the electric current, has been observed (that I am aware of,) in cases of mere mixture; i.e. a substance diffused through a fluid, but having no sensible chemical affinity with it, or with substances that may be evolved from it during the action, does not in any case seem to be affected by the electric current. Pulverised charcoal was diffused through dilute sulphuric acid, and subjected with the solution to the action of a voltaic battery, terminated by platina poles; but not the slightest tendency of the charcoal to the negative pole could be observed, Sublimed sulphur was diffused through similar acid, and submitted to the same action, a silver plate being used as the negative pole; but the sulphur had no tendency to pass to that pole, the silver was not tarnished, nor did any sulphuretted hydrogen appear. The case of magnesia and water (495. 533.), with those of comminuted metals in certain solutions (546.), are also of this kind; and, in fact, substances which have the instant before been powerfully determined towards the pole, as magnesia from sulphate of magnesia, become entirely indifferent to it the moment they assume their independent state, and pass away, diffusing themselves through the surrounding fluid.

547. To support these points, it's important to note that, so far, no substance has been found to be attracted to a pole or to respond to an electric current in cases of mere mixing. This means that if a substance is simply spread out in a fluid without any noticeable chemical connection to it, or to any substances that might come from it during the process, it doesn’t seem to be affected by the electric current at all. For example, powdered charcoal was mixed into dilute sulfuric acid and subjected, along with the solution, to the action of a voltaic battery with platinum poles; however, there was no noticeable attraction of the charcoal to the negative pole. Similarly, sublimated sulfur was mixed into the same kind of acid and exposed to the same conditions, using a silver plate as the negative pole; yet again, the sulfur showed no tendency to move toward that pole, the silver remained untarnished, and no hydrogen sulfide was produced. The situation with magnesia and water (495. 533.), along with that of ground metals in certain solutions (546.), follows the same pattern. In fact, substances that were previously strongly attracted to a pole, like magnesia from magnesium sulfate, become completely indifferent to it the moment they take on their independent state and disperse into the surrounding fluid.

548. There are, it is true, many instances of insoluble bodies being acted upon, as glass, sulphate of baryta, marble, slate, basalt, &c., but they form no exception; for the substances they give up are in direct and strong relation as to chemical affinity with those which they find in the surrounding solution, so that these decompositions enter into the class of ordinary effects.

548. It's true that there are many cases where insoluble substances are influenced, like glass, barium sulfate, marble, slate, basalt, etc., but they don’t really stand out; the substances they release have a direct and strong chemical affinity with those present in the surrounding solution, so these decompositions are just regular occurrences.

549. It may be expressed as a general consequence, that the more directly bodies are opposed to each other in chemical affinity, the more ready is their separation from each other in cases of electro-chemical decomposition, i.e. provided other circumstances, as insolubility, deficient conducting power, proportions, &c., do not interfere. This is well known to be the case with water and saline solutions; and I have found it to be equally true with dry chlorides, iodides, salts, &c., rendered subject to electro-chemical decomposition by fusion (402.). So that in applying the voltaic battery for the purpose of decomposing bodies not yet resolved into forms of matter simpler than their own, it must be remembered, that success may depend not upon the weakness, or failure upon the strength, of the affinity by which the elements sought for are held together, but contrariwise; and then modes of application may be devised, by which, in association with ordinary chemical powers, and the assistance of fusion (394. 417.), we may be able to penetrate much further than at present into the constitution of our chemical elements.

549. A general rule can be stated: the more directly substances oppose each other in chemical affinity, the more easily they can be separated in cases of electro-chemical decomposition, as long as other factors like insolubility, poor conductivity, proportions, etc., don't interfere. This is well understood in the context of water and salt solutions; I've also found it to be true with dry chlorides, iodides, salts, etc., that are subject to electro-chemical decomposition via fusion (402.). Therefore, when using a voltaic battery to decompose substances that are not already in simpler forms, it's important to remember that success might not rely on the weakness of the affinity keeping the elements together but may actually depend on its strength. This means we can devise methods where, combined with regular chemical processes and the help of fusion (394. 417.), we can explore much deeper into the structure of our chemical elements than we currently can.

550. Some of the most beautiful and surprising cases of electro-chemical decomposition and transfer which Sir Humphry Davy described in his celebrated paper127, were those in which acids were passed through alkalies, and alkalies or earths through acids128; and the way in which substances having the most powerful attractions for each other were thus prevented from combining, or, as it is said, had their natural affinity destroyed or suspended throughout the whole of the circuit, excited the utmost astonishment. But if I be right in the view I have taken of the effects, it will appear, that that which made the wonder, is in fact the essential condition of transfer and decomposition, and that the more alkali there is in the course of an acid, the more will the transfer of that acid be facilitated from pole to pole; and perhaps a better illustration of the difference between the theory I have ventured, and those previously existing, cannot be offered than the views they respectively give of such facts as these.

550. Some of the most beautiful and surprising examples of electro-chemical decomposition and transfer that Sir Humphry Davy talked about in his famous paper127 were those where acids were run through alkalies, and alkalies or earths were run through acids128; and the way substances that have strong attractions for each other were kept from combining, or, as it's said, had their natural affinity destroyed or put on hold throughout the entire circuit, was truly astonishing. But if I'm correct in my interpretation of the effects, it will show that what caused the wonder is actually the essential condition for transfer and decomposition, and that the more alkali exists in the path of an acid, the easier it will be for that acid to move from one pole to the other; and perhaps a better example of the difference between my theory and the ones that came before it can't be found than in the perspectives they each provide on facts like these.

551. The instances in which sulphuric acid could not be passed though baryta, or baryta through sulphuric acid129, because of the precipitation of sulphate of baryta, enter within the pale of the law already described (380. 412.), by which liquidity is so generally required for conduction and decomposition. In assuming the solid state of sulphate of baryta, these bodies became virtually non-conductors to electricity of so low a tension as that of the voltaic battery, and the power of the latter over them was almost infinitely diminished.

551. The situations where sulfuric acid couldn't pass through barium, or barium couldn't pass through sulfuric acid129, due to the formation of barium sulfate, fall under the law already described (380. 412.), which generally requires a liquid state for conduction and decomposition. When barium sulfate solidifies, these substances essentially become non-conductors of electricity at the low voltage levels generated by a voltaic battery, significantly reducing the battery's effectiveness on them.

552. The theory I have advanced accords in a most satisfactory manner with the fact of an element or substance finding its place of rest, or rather of evolution, sometimes at one pole and sometimes at the other. Sulphur illustrates this effect very well130. When sulphuric acid is decomposed by the pile, sulphur is evolved at the negative pole; but when sulphuret of silver is decomposed in a similar way (436.), then the sulphur appears at the positive pole; and if a hot platina pole be used so as to vaporize the sulphur evolved in the latter case, then the relation of that pole to the sulphur is exactly the same as the relation of the same pole to oxygen upon its immersion in water. In both cases the element evolved is liberated at the pole, but not retained by it; but by virtue of its elastic, uncombinable, and immiscible condition passes away into the surrounding medium. The sulphur is evidently determined in these opposite directions by its opposite chemical relations to oxygen and silver; and it is to such relations generally that I have referred all electro-chemical phenomena. Where they do not exist, no electro-chemical action can take place. Where they are strongest, it is most powerful; where they are reversed, the direction of transfer of the substance is reversed with them.

552. The theory I've put forward fits perfectly with the fact that an element or substance settles into its resting place, or evolves, sometimes at one pole and sometimes at the other. Sulphur illustrates this effect very well130. When sulphuric acid is broken down by the battery, sulphur is released at the negative pole; but when silver sulfide is decomposed in a similar way (436.), the sulphur appears at the positive pole. If a hot platinum pole is used to vaporize the sulphur released in the latter case, then the relationship of that pole to the sulphur is exactly the same as its relationship to oxygen when it's immersed in water. In both scenarios, the element released is liberated at the pole but is not retained by it. Instead, due to its elastic, uncombined, and immiscible nature, it disperses into the surrounding environment. The sulphur is clearly influenced in these opposite directions by its differing chemical relationships with oxygen and silver. It is these relationships in general to which I have attributed all electro-chemical phenomena. Where they do not exist, no electro-chemical action can occur. Where they are strongest, the action is most powerful; and when they are reversed, the direction of the substance's transfer is reversed along with them.

553. Water may be considered as one of those substances which can be made to pass to either pole. When the poles are immersed in dilute sulphuric acid (527.), acid passes towards the positive pole, and water towards the negative pole; but when they are immersed in dilute alkali, the alkali passes towards the negative pole, and water towards the positive pole.

553. Water can be seen as one of those substances that can move toward either pole. When the poles are placed in dilute sulfuric acid (527.), the acid moves toward the positive pole, while water moves toward the negative pole; however, when they are placed in dilute alkali, the alkali moves toward the negative pole, and water moves toward the positive pole.

554. Nitrogen is another substance which is considered as determinable to either pole; but in consequence of the numerous compounds which it forms, some of which pass to one pole, and some to the other, I have not always found it easy to determine the true circumstances of its appearance. A pure strong solution of ammonia is so bad a conductor of electricity that it is scarcely more decomposable than pure water; but if sulphate of ammonia be dissolved in it, then decomposition takes place very well; nitrogen almost pure, and in some cases quite, is evolved at the positive pole, and hydrogen at the negative pole.

554. Nitrogen is another substance that can be associated with either pole; however, due to the many compounds it creates, some of which lean toward one pole and some toward the other, I haven't always found it easy to identify its true behavior. A pure, strong solution of ammonia is such a poor conductor of electricity that it’s hardly more decomposable than pure water. But if you dissolve ammonium sulfate in it, decomposition happens quite effectively; almost pure nitrogen, and in some cases entirely pure, is released at the positive pole, while hydrogen is released at the negative pole.

555. On the other hand, if a strong solution of nitrate of ammonia be decomposed, oxygen appears at the positive pole, and hydrogen, with sometimes nitrogen, at the negative pole. If fused nitrate of ammonia be employed, hydrogen appears at the negative pole, mingled with a little nitrogen. Strong nitric acid yields plenty of oxygen at the positive pole, but no gas (only nitrous acid) at the negative pole. Weak nitric acid yields the oxygen and hydrogen of the water present, the acid apparently remaining unchanged. Strong nitric acid with nitrate of ammonia dissolved in it, yields a gas at the negative pole, of which the greater part is hydrogen, but apparently a little nitrogen is present. I believe, that in some of these cases a little nitrogen appeared at the negative pole. I suspect, however, that in all these, and in all former cases, the appearance of the nitrogen at the positive or negative pole is entirely a secondary effect, and not an immediate consequence of the decomposing power of the electric current131.

555. On the other hand, when a strong solution of ammonium nitrate is decomposed, oxygen shows up at the positive electrode, while hydrogen, sometimes accompanied by nitrogen, appears at the negative electrode. If fused ammonium nitrate is used, hydrogen comes out at the negative electrode, mixed with a bit of nitrogen. Strong nitric acid produces a lot of oxygen at the positive electrode, but generates no gas (only nitrous acid) at the negative electrode. Weak nitric acid yields the oxygen and hydrogen from the water present, with the acid seemingly remaining unchanged. Strong nitric acid containing dissolved ammonium nitrate produces gas at the negative electrode, mostly hydrogen, though some nitrogen may also be present. I think that in some instances, a bit of nitrogen appeared at the negative electrode. However, I suspect that in all these cases, both now and in previous ones, the presence of nitrogen at either the positive or negative electrode is purely a secondary effect and not a direct result of the electric current's decomposing power.131.

556. A few observations on what are called the poles of the voltaic battery now seem necessary. The poles are merely the surfaces or doors by which the electricity enters into or passes out of the substance suffering decomposition. They limit the extent of that substance in the course of the electric current, being its terminations in that direction: Hence the elements evolved pass so far and no further.

556. A few comments on what are known as the poles of the voltaic battery now seem necessary. The poles are simply the surfaces or points through which electricity enters or exits the substance undergoing decomposition. They define the boundaries of that substance along the path of the electric current, serving as its terminations in that direction: Therefore, the elements that are produced go this far and no further.

557. Metals make admirable poles, in consequence of their high conducting power, their immiscibility with the substances generally acted upon, their solid form, and the opportunity afforded of selecting such as are not chemically acted upon by ordinary substances.

557. Metals make excellent poles because of their high conductivity, their inability to mix with most substances they're typically in contact with, their solid state, and the ability to choose ones that aren't affected by common substances.

558. Water makes a pole of difficult application, except in a few cases (494.), because of its small conducting power, its miscibility with most of the substances acted upon, and its general relation to them in respect to chemical affinity. It consists of elements, which in their electrical and chemical relations are directly and powerfully opposed, yet combining to produce a body more neutral in its character than any other. So that there are but few substances which do not come into relation, by chemical affinity, with water or one of its elements; and therefore either the water or its elements are transferred and assist in transferring the infinite variety of bodies which, in association with it, can be placed in the course of the electric current. Hence the reason why it so rarely happens that the evolved substances rest at the first surface of the water, and why it therefore does not exhibit the ordinary action of a pole.

558. Water is a challenging material to use as an electrode, except in a few cases (494.), because it has low conductivity, mixes easily with most substances it interacts with, and has a specific chemical relationship with them. It is made up of elements that are strongly opposed in terms of their electrical and chemical properties, yet they combine to form a substance that is more neutral than any other. As a result, there are only a few substances that don't react chemically with water or one of its components. This means that either the water or its components are involved in moving the endless variety of substances that can be influenced by the electric current. This is why it's rare for the substances produced to settle on the surface of the water, and thus it doesn't behave like a typical electrode.

559. Air, however, and some gases are free from the latter objection, and may be used as poles in many cases (461, &c.); but, in consequence of the extremely low degree of conducting power belonging to them, they cannot be employed with the voltaic apparatus. This limits their use; for the voltaic apparatus is the only one as yet discovered which supplies sufficient quantity of electricity (371. 376.) to effect electro-chemical decomposition with facility.

559. However, air and some gases don’t have this issue and can be used as poles in many cases (461, &c.); but due to their very low conductivity, they can’t be used with the voltaic apparatus. This limits their application, as the voltaic apparatus is the only one discovered so far that provides enough electricity (371. 376.) to easily achieve electro-chemical decomposition.

560. When the poles are liable to the chemical action of the substances evolved, either simply in consequence of their natural relation to them, or of that relation aided by the influence of the current (518.), then they suffer corrosion, and the parts dissolved are subject to transference, in the same manner as the particles of the body originally under decomposition. An immense series of phenomena of this kind might be quoted in support of the view I have taken of the cause of electro-chemical decomposition, and the transfer and evolution of the elements. Thus platina being made the positive and negative poles in a solution of sulphate of soda, has no affinity or attraction for the oxygen, hydrogen, acid, or alkali evolved, and refuses to combine with or retain them. Zinc can combine with the oxygen and acid; at the positive pole it does combine, and immediately begins to travel as oxide towards the negative pole. Charcoal, which cannot combine with the metals, if made the negative pole in a metallic solution, refuses to unite to the bodies which are ejected from the solution upon its surface; but if made the positive pole in a dilute solution of sulphuric acid, it is capable of combining with the oxygen evolved there, and consequently unites with it, producing both carbonic acid and carbonic oxide in abundance.

560. When the poles are exposed to the chemical action of the substances produced, either simply because of their natural relationship to them or due to that relationship being enhanced by the influence of the current (518.), they experience corrosion, and the dissolved parts can be transferred, similar to how particles of the body originally being decomposed behave. A vast number of phenomena could be cited to support my view on the cause of electro-chemical decomposition and the transfer and evolution of elements. For example, when platinum is used as the positive and negative poles in a solution of sodium sulfate, it shows no affinity or attraction for the oxygen, hydrogen, acid, or alkali produced and does not combine with or hold onto them. Zinc can combine with the oxygen and acid; at the positive pole, it does combine and immediately starts moving as oxide toward the negative pole. Charcoal, which cannot combine with metals, if used as the negative pole in a metallic solution, refuses to bond with the substances that are released from the solution onto its surface. However, if it is the positive pole in a dilute solution of sulfuric acid, it is capable of combining with the oxygen produced there, thereby uniting with it and producing both carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide in large quantities.

561. A great advantage is frequently supplied, by the opportunity afforded amongst the metals of selecting a substance for the pole, which shall or shall not be acted upon by the elements to be evolved. The consequent use of platina is notorious. In the decomposition of sulphuret of silver and other sulphurets, a positive silver pole is superior to a platina one, because in the former case the sulphur evolved there combines with the silver, and the decomposition of the original sulphuret is rendered evident; whereas in the latter case it is dissipated, and the assurance of its separation at the pole not easily obtained.

561. A significant advantage often comes from the ability to choose a material for the pole that will or won’t react with the elements being produced. The use of platinum is well known. In the breakdown of silver sulfide and other sulfides, a silver positive pole is better than a platinum one because in the first case, the sulfur produced reacts with the silver, making the breakdown of the original sulfide clear. In contrast, with platinum, the sulfur is lost, making it hard to confirm its separation at the pole.

562. The effects which take place when a succession of conducting decomposable and undecomposable substances are placed in the electric circuit, as, for instance, of wires and solutions, or of air and solutions (465, 469.), are explained in the simplest possible manner by the theoretical view I have given. In consequence of the reaction of the constituents of each portion of decomposable matter, affected as they are by the supervention of the electric current (524.), portions of the proximate or ultimate elements proceed in the direction of the current as far as they find matter of a contrary kind capable of effecting their transfer, and being equally affected by them; and where they cease to find such matter, they are evolved in their free state, i.e. upon the surfaces of metal or air bounding the extent of decomposable matter in the direction of the current.

562. The effects that occur when a series of conducting substances, both decomposable and undecomposable, are placed in an electric circuit—like wires and solutions, or air and solutions (465, 469.)—are explained in the simplest way by the theoretical perspective I provided. Due to the reaction of the components in each segment of decomposable matter, influenced by the presence of the electric current (524.), parts of the basic or ultimate elements move along the direction of the current until they encounter contrary matter that can facilitate their transfer and is also influenced by them. When they no longer find such matter, they are released in their free state, meaning on the surfaces of metal or air that define the boundaries of the decomposable matter in the direction of the current.

563. Having thus given my theory of the mode in which electro-chemical decomposition is effected, I will refrain for the present from entering upon the numerous general considerations which it suggests, wishing first to submit it to the test of publication and discussion.

563. Having explained my theory on how electro-chemical decomposition works, I’ll hold off on discussing the many broader ideas it brings up for now, as I want to submit it for publication and feedback first.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

June 1833.

June 1833.


Sixth Series.

§ 12. On the power of Metals and other Solids to induce the Combination of Gaseous Bodies.

§ 12. On the ability of metals and other solids to cause the combination of gases.

Received November 30, 1833,—Read January 11, 1834.

Received November 30, 1833—Read January 11, 1834.

564. The conclusion at which I have arrived in the present communication may seem to render the whole of it unfit to form part of a series of researches in electricity; since, remarkable as the phenomena are, the power which produces them is not to be considered as of an electric origin, otherwise than as all attraction of particles may have this subtile agent for their common cause. But as the effects investigated arose out of electrical researches, as they are directly connected with other effects which are of an electric nature, and must of necessity be understood and guarded against in a very extensive series of electro-chemical decompositions (707.), I have felt myself fully justified in describing them in this place.

564. The conclusion I’ve reached in this communication may seem to make the entire piece unsuitable for inclusion in a series of studies on electricity; even though the phenomena are remarkable, the power behind them shouldn’t be considered of electric origin, except in the way that all particle attraction might have this subtle agent as a common cause. However, since the effects I’ve investigated came from electrical research, and they are directly connected to other electric phenomena, they need to be understood and accounted for in a broad range of electro-chemical decompositions (707.). Therefore, I believe it’s completely justified to describe them here.

565. Believing that I had proved (by experiments hereafter to be described (705.),) the constant and definite chemical action of a certain quantity of electricity, whatever its intensity might be, or however the circumstances of its transmission through either the body under decomposition or the more perfect conductors were varied, I endeavoured upon that result to construct a new measuring instrument, which from its use might be called, at least provisionally, a Volta-electrometer (739.)132.

565. Believing that I had demonstrated (through experiments that will be described later (705.)) the consistent and specific chemical action of a certain amount of electricity, regardless of its intensity or how the conditions of its transfer through either the decomposing body or the better conductors were altered, I sought to create a new measuring device, which could temporarily be called a Volta-electrometer (739.)132.

566. During the course of the experiments made to render the instrument efficient, I was occasionally surprised at observing a deficiency of the gases resulting from the decompositions of water, and at last an actual disappearance of portions which had been evolved, collected, and measured. The circumstances of the disappearance were these. A glass tube, about twelve inches in length and 3/4ths of an inch in diameter, had two platina poles fixed into its upper, hermetically sealed, extremity: the poles, where they passed through the glass, were of wire; but terminated below in plates, which were soldered to the wires with gold (Plate V. fig. 56.). The tube was filled with dilute sulphuric acid, and inverted in a cup of the same fluid; a voltaic battery was connected with the two wires, and sufficient oxygen and hydrogen evolved to occupy 4/5ths of the tube, or by the graduation, 116 parts. On separating the tube from the voltaic battery the volume of gas immediately began to diminish, and in about five hours only 13-1/2 parts remained, and these ultimately disappeared.

566. During the experiments aimed at making the instrument work effectively, I was sometimes surprised to notice a lack of gases resulting from the breakdown of water, and eventually an actual disappearance of some of the gas that had been produced, collected, and measured. The details of the disappearance were as follows. A glass tube, about twelve inches long and 3/4 inch in diameter, had two platinum electrodes fixed into its sealed top end: the electrodes passed through the glass as wires but ended below in plates, which were soldered to the wires with gold (Plate V. fig. 56.). The tube was filled with diluted sulfuric acid and inverted in a cup containing the same solution; a voltaic battery was connected to the two wires, and enough oxygen and hydrogen were produced to fill 4/5 of the tube, or, according to the scale, 116 parts. When the tube was disconnected from the voltaic battery, the volume of gas immediately started to decrease, and after about five hours, only 13.5 parts remained, and these eventually vanished completely.

567. It was found by various experiments, that this effect was not due to the escape or solution of the gas, nor to recombination of the oxygen or hydrogen in consequence of any peculiar condition they might be supposed to possess under the circumstances; but to be occasioned by the action of one or both of the poles within the tube upon the gas around them. On disuniting the poles from the pile after they had acted upon dilute sulphuric acid, and introducing them into separate tubes containing mixed oxygen and hydrogen, it was found that the positive pole effected the union of the gases, but the negative pole apparently not (588.). It was ascertained also that no action of a sensible kind took place between the positive pole with oxygen or hydrogen alone.

567. Various experiments showed that this effect was not caused by the escape or dissolution of the gas, nor by the recombination of oxygen or hydrogen due to any specific condition they might be thought to have in these situations. Instead, it was caused by the influence of one or both poles within the tube on the surrounding gas. When the poles were disconnected from the pile after interacting with dilute sulfuric acid and placed into separate tubes with a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, it was found that the positive pole facilitated the combination of the gases, while the negative pole did not appear to do so (588.). It was also determined that no noticeable reaction occurred between the positive pole and either oxygen or hydrogen alone.

568. These experiments reduced the phenomena to the consequence of a power possessed by the platina, after it had been the positive pole of a voltaic pile, of causing the combination of oxygen and hydrogen at common, or even at low, temperatures. This effect is, as far as I am aware, altogether new, and was immediately followed out to ascertain whether it was really of an electric nature, and how far it would interfere with the determination of the quantities evolved in the cases of electro-chemical decomposition required in the fourteenth section of these Researches.

568. These experiments showed that platinum, after being the positive electrode of a voltaic battery, has the ability to cause oxygen and hydrogen to combine at normal or even low temperatures. This effect is, as far as I know, completely new, and further investigation was quickly pursued to determine if it was genuinely electric in nature and how it would impact the measurement of the amounts produced in the electrochemical decomposition cases discussed in the fourteenth section of these Researches.

569. Several platina plates were prepared (fig. 57.). They were nearly half an inch wide, and two inches and a half long: some were 1/200dth of an inch, others not more than 1/600dth, whilst some were as much as 1/70th of an inch in thickness. Each had a piece of platina wire, about seven inches long, soldered to it by pure gold. Then a number of glass tubes were prepared: they were about nine or ten inches in length, 5/8ths of an inch in internal diameter, were sealed hermetically at one extremity, and were graduated. Into these tubes was put a mixture of two volumes of hydrogen and one of oxygen, at the water pneumatic trough, and when one of the plates described had been connected with the positive or negative pole of the voltaic battery for a given time, or had been otherwise prepared, it was introduced through the water into the gas within the tube; the whole set aside in a test-glass (fig. 58.), and left for a longer or shorter period, that the action might be observed.

569. Several platinum plates were prepared (fig. 57.). They were nearly half an inch wide and two and a half inches long: some were 1/200 of an inch thick, others not more than 1/600 of an inch, while some were as much as 1/70 of an inch in thickness. Each had a piece of platinum wire, about seven inches long, soldered to it with pure gold. Then, a number of glass tubes were prepared: they were about nine or ten inches long, 5/8 of an inch in internal diameter, sealed hermetically at one end, and graduated. Into these tubes was placed a mixture of two volumes of hydrogen and one of oxygen, at the water pneumatic trough, and when one of the plates mentioned had been connected to the positive or negative pole of the voltaic battery for a specific time, or had been otherwise prepared, it was introduced through the water into the gas within the tube; the whole was set aside in a test glass (fig. 58.) and left for a longer or shorter period to observe the action.

570. The following result may be given as an illustration of the phenomenon to be investigated. Diluted sulphuric acid, of the specific gravity 1.336, was put into a glass jar, in which was placed also a large platina plate, connected with the negative end of a voltaic battery of forty pairs of four-inch plates, with double coppers, and moderately charged. One of the plates above described (569.) was then connected with the positive extremity, and immersed in the same jar of acid for five minutes, after which it was separated from the battery, washed in distilled water, and introduced through the water of the pneumatic trough into a tube containing the mixture of oxygen and hydrogen (569.). The volume of gases immediately began to lessen, the diminution proceeding more and more rapidly until about 3/4ths of the mixture had disappeared. The upper end of the tube became quite warm, the plate itself so hot that the water boiled as it rose over it; and in less than a minute a cubical inch and a half of the gases were gone, having been combined by the power of the platina, and converted into water.

570. The following result illustrates the phenomenon being studied. Diluted sulfuric acid, with a specific gravity of 1.336, was placed in a glass jar that also contained a large platinum plate connected to the negative end of a voltaic battery with forty pairs of four-inch plates, using double copper connectors, and charged moderately. One of the previously mentioned plates (569.) was then connected to the positive terminal and immersed in the same jar of acid for five minutes. It was then disconnected from the battery, rinsed in distilled water, and introduced through the water of the pneumatic trough into a tube containing a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen (569.). The volume of gases began to decrease immediately, with the reduction speeding up until about three-quarters of the mixture was gone. The upper end of the tube became quite warm, and the plate itself got so hot that the water boiled as it rose over it; in less than a minute, one and a half cubic inches of gas had vanished, having been combined by the power of the platinum and transformed into water.

571. This extraordinary influence acquired by the platina at the positive pole of the pile, is exerted far more readily and effectively on oxygen and hydrogen than on any other mixture of gases that I have tried. One volume of nitrous gas was mixed with a volume of hydrogen, and introduced into a tube with a plate which had been made positive in the dilute sulphuric acid for four minutes (570.). There was no sensible action in an hour: being left for thirty-six hours, there was a diminution of about one-eighth of the whole volume. Action had taken place, but it had been very feeble.

571. The remarkable influence gained by the platinum at the positive terminal of the battery works much more easily and effectively on oxygen and hydrogen than on any other combination of gases I've tested. I mixed one volume of nitrous gas with a volume of hydrogen and put it into a tube with a plate that had been made positive in dilute sulfuric acid for four minutes (570.). There was no noticeable reaction after an hour; after being left for thirty-six hours, there was a decrease of about one-eighth of the total volume. Some reaction occurred, but it was very weak.

572. A mixture of two volumes of nitrous oxide with one volume of hydrogen was put with a plate similarly prepared into a tube (569. 570.). This also showed no action immediately; but in thirty-six hours nearly a fourth of the whole had disappeared, i.e. about half of a cubic inch. By comparison with another tube containing the same mixture without a plate, it appeared that a part of the diminution was due to solution, and the other part to the power of the platina; but the action had been very slow and feeble.

572. A mixture of two volumes of nitrous oxide and one volume of hydrogen was placed with a similarly prepared plate into a tube (569. 570.). This also showed no immediate reaction, but after thirty-six hours, nearly a fourth of the total had vanished, which is about half a cubic inch. Compared to another tube with the same mixture but without a plate, it seemed that part of the decrease was due to solubility, while the other part was due to the platinum's power; however, the reaction had been very slow and weak.

573. A mixture of one volume olefiant gas and three volumes oxygen was not affected by such a platina plate, even though left together for several days (640. 641.).

573. A mix of one part olefiant gas and three parts oxygen wasn't changed by a platinum plate, even after being left together for several days (640. 641.).

574. A mixture of two volumes carbonic oxide and one volume oxygen was also unaffected by the prepared platina plate in several days (645, &c.).

574. A mixture of two volumes of carbon monoxide and one volume of oxygen was also unaffected by the prepared platinum plate over several days (645, &c.).

575. A mixture of equal volumes of chlorine and hydrogen was used in several experiments, with plates prepared in a similar manner (570.). Diminution of bulk soon took place; but when after thirty-six hours the experiments were examined, it was found that nearly all the chlorine had disappeared, having been absorbed, principally by the water, and that the original volume of hydrogen remained unchanged. No combination of the gases, therefore, had here taken place.

575. A mixture of equal amounts of chlorine and hydrogen was used in several experiments, with plates prepared in a similar way (570.). A reduction in volume quickly occurred; but when the experiments were checked after thirty-six hours, it was found that nearly all the chlorine had disappeared, having been absorbed mainly by the water, while the original volume of hydrogen remained the same. Therefore, there was no combination of the gases in this case.

576. Reverting to the action of the prepared plates on mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen (570.), I found that the power, though gradually diminishing in all cases, could still be retained for a period, varying in its length with circumstances. When tubes containing plates (569.) were supplied with fresh portions of mixed oxygen and hydrogen as the previous portions were condensed, the action was found to continue for above thirty hours, and in some cases slow combination could be observed even after eighty hours; but the continuance of the action greatly depended upon the purity of the gases used (638.).

576. Going back to how the prepared plates reacted with mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen (570.), I discovered that the effect, although gradually decreasing in all instances, could still last for a while, with the duration varying based on different factors. When tubes filled with plates (569.) were given fresh amounts of mixed oxygen and hydrogen as the earlier portions were used up, the reaction was observed to continue for over thirty hours, and in some cases, slow reactions could still be seen even after eighty hours; however, how long the reaction lasted heavily relied on the purity of the gases used (638.).

577. Some plates (569.) were made positive for four minutes in dilute sulphuric acid of specific gravity 1.336: they were rinsed in distilled water, after which two were put into a small bottle and closed up, whilst others were left exposed to the air. The plates preserved in the limited portion of air were found to retain their power after eight days, but those exposed to the atmosphere had lost their force almost entirely in twelve hours, and in some situations, where currents existed, in a much shorter time.

577. Some plates (569.) were positively charged for four minutes in dilute sulfuric acid with a specific gravity of 1.336. They were rinsed in distilled water, then two were placed in a small bottle and sealed, while the others were left exposed to the air. The plates kept in the limited air volume were found to still have their charge after eight days, but those exposed to the atmosphere had lost most of their charge in just twelve hours, and in some cases, where there were currents, it happened even faster.

578. Plates were made positive for five minutes in sulphuric acid, specific gravity 1.336. One of these was retained in similar acid for eight minutes after separation from the battery: it then acted on mixed oxygen and hydrogen with apparently undiminished vigour. Others were left in similar acid for forty hours, and some even for eight days, after the electrization, and then acted as well in combining oxygen and hydrogen gas as those which were used immediately after electrization.

578. Plates were positively charged in sulfuric acid with a specific gravity of 1.336 for five minutes. One of these plates was kept in the same acid for eight minutes after being disconnected from the battery, and it still reacted with a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen just as strongly. Others were left in the same acid for forty hours, and some even for eight days after the charging, and they were just as effective in combining oxygen and hydrogen gas as those used right after charging.

579. The effect of a solution of caustic potassa in preserving the platina plates was tried in a similar manner. After being retained in such a solution for forty hours, they acted exceedingly well on oxygen and hydrogen, and one caused such rapid condensation of the gases, that the plate became much heated, and I expected the temperature would have risen to ignition.

579. The impact of a caustic potash solution on preserving the platinum plates was tested similarly. After being soaked in this solution for forty hours, they performed exceptionally well with oxygen and hydrogen, and one even caused such rapid condensation of the gases that the plate got very hot, making me think the temperature would rise to the point of ignition.

580. When similarly prepared plates (569.) had been put into distilled water for forty hours, and then introduced into mixed oxygen and hydrogen, they were found to act but very slowly and feebly as compared with those which had been preserved in acid or alkali. When, however, the quantity of water was but small, the power was very little impaired after three or four days. As the water had been retained in a wooden vessel, portions of it were redistilled in glass, and this was found to preserve prepared plates for a great length of time. Prepared plates were put into tubes with this water and closed up; some of them, taken out at the end of twenty-four days, were found very active on mixed oxygen and hydrogen; others, which were left in the water for fifty-three days, were still found to cause the combination of the gases. The tubes had been closed only by corks.

580. When similarly prepared plates (569.) were placed in distilled water for forty hours and then exposed to a mix of oxygen and hydrogen, they were observed to react very slowly and weakly compared to those kept in acid or alkali. However, when the amount of water was minimal, their effectiveness was only slightly reduced after three or four days. Since the water was kept in a wooden container, some of it was redistilled in glass, which turned out to preserve the prepared plates for an extended period. Prepared plates were put in tubes with this water and sealed; some taken out after twenty-four days were found to be very active with the mixed oxygen and hydrogen, while others, which remained in the water for fifty-three days, still facilitated the combination of the gases. The tubes were sealed only with corks.

581. The act of combination always seemed to diminish, or apparently exhaust, the power of the platina plate. It is true, that in most, if not all instances, the combination of the gases, at first insensible, gradually increased in rapidity, and sometimes reached to explosion; but when the latter did not happen, the rapidity of combination diminished; and although fresh portions of gas were introduced into the tubes, the combination went on more and more slowly, and at last ceased altogether. The first effect of an increase in the rapidity of combination depended in part upon the water flowing off from the platina plate, and allowing a better contact with the gas, and in part upon the heat evolved during the progress of the combination (630.). But notwithstanding the effect of these causes, diminution, and at last cessation of the power, always occurred. It must not, however, be unnoticed, that the purer the gases subjected to the action of the plate, the longer was its combining power retained. With the mixture evolved at the poles of the voltaic pile, in pure dilute sulphuric acid, it continued longest; and with oxygen and hydrogen, of perfect purity, it probably would not be diminished at all.

581. The act of combining always seemed to reduce, or seemingly exhaust, the power of the platinum plate. It's true that in most, if not all, cases, the combination of the gases, which was initially unnoticeable, gradually increased in speed and sometimes led to an explosion; but when that didn’t happen, the speed of combination slowed down. Even when fresh gas was added to the tubes, the combination progressed more and more slowly, eventually stopping completely. The initial increase in the speed of combination was partly due to the water flowing off the platinum plate, allowing for better contact with the gas, and partly due to the heat generated during the combination process (630.). However, despite these effects, a reduction and eventual cessation of power always occurred. It should be noted that the purer the gases acted upon by the plate, the longer its combining power lasted. With the mixture produced at the poles of the voltaic pile in pure dilute sulfuric acid, it lasted the longest; and with perfectly pure oxygen and hydrogen, it likely wouldn’t diminish at all.

582. Different modes of treatment applied to the platina plate, after it had ceased to be the positive pole of the pile, affected its power very curiously. A plate which had been a positive pole in diluted sulphuric acid of specific gravity 1.336 for four or five minutes, if rinsed in water and put into mixed oxygen and hydrogen, would act very well, and condense perhaps one cubic inch and a half of gas in six or seven minutes; but if that same plate, instead of being merely rinsed, had been left in distilled water for twelve or fifteen minutes, or more, it would rarely fail, when put into the oxygen and hydrogen, of becoming, in the course of a minute or two, ignited, and would generally explode the gases. Occasionally the time occupied in bringing on the action extended to eight or nine minutes, and sometimes even to forty minutes, and yet ignition and explosion would result. This effect is due to the removal of a portion of acid which otherwise adheres firmly to the plate 133.

582. Different treatment methods applied to the platinum plate, after it stopped being the positive pole of the battery, influenced its performance in interesting ways. A plate that had served as a positive pole in diluted sulfuric acid with a specific gravity of 1.336 for four or five minutes, when rinsed in water and placed in a mix of oxygen and hydrogen, would work effectively, condensing about one and a half cubic inches of gas in six or seven minutes. However, if the same plate was left in distilled water for twelve to fifteen minutes or longer instead of just being rinsed, it would often ignite when placed in the oxygen and hydrogen within a minute or two, and usually result in an explosion of the gases. Sometimes, the time taken to initiate the reaction would extend to eight or nine minutes, or even forty minutes, yet ignition and explosion would still occur. This effect is due to the removal of some acid that otherwise clings tightly to the plate 133.

583. Occasionally the platina plates (569.), after being made the positive pole of the battery, were washed, wiped with filtering-paper or a cloth, and washed and wiped again. Being then introduced into mixed oxygen and hydrogen, they acted apparently as if they had been unaffected by the treatment. Sometimes the tubes containing the gas were opened in the air for an instant, and the plates put in dry; but no sensible difference in action was perceived, except that it commenced sooner.

583. Sometimes the platinum plates (569.), after being used as the positive pole of the battery, were cleaned, wiped with filter paper or a cloth, and then washed and wiped again. When they were placed in a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, they seemed to act as though the treatment hadn't affected them at all. Occasionally, the tubes holding the gas were briefly opened to the air, and the plates were added dry; however, no noticeable difference in performance was observed, except that it started a bit sooner.

584. The power of heat in altering the action of the prepared platina plates was also tried (595.). Plates which had been rendered positive in dilute sulphuric acid for four minutes were well-washed in water, and heated to redness in the flame of a spirit-lamp: after this they acted very well on mixed oxygen and hydrogen. Others, which had been heated more powerfully by the blowpipe, acted afterwards on the gases, though not so powerfully as the former. Hence it appears that heat does not take away the power acquired by the platina at the positive pole of the pile: the occasional diminution of force seemed always referable to other causes than the mere heat. If, for instance, the plate had not been well-washed from the acid, or if the flame used was carbonaceous, or was that of an alcohol lamp trimmed with spirit containing a little acid, or having a wick on which salt, or other extraneous matter, had been placed, then the power of the plate was quickly and greatly diminished (634. 636.).

584. The ability of heat to change the behavior of the prepared platinum plates was also tested (595.). Plates that had been positively charged in dilute sulfuric acid for four minutes were thoroughly rinsed in water and then heated to a glowing red in the flame of a spirit lamp: after this process, they performed very well with a mix of oxygen and hydrogen. Others, which were heated more intensely with a blowpipe, did interact with the gases but not as effectively as the first group. Therefore, it seems that heat does not strip the power gained by the platinum at the positive pole of the battery; any occasional decrease in effectiveness appears to be linked to factors other than just heat. For example, if the plate wasn't properly rinsed from the acid, or if the flame used was sooty, or if it was from an alcohol lamp that had a bit of acid in the spirit, or had a wick with salt or other impurities, then the plate's effectiveness was quickly and significantly reduced (634. 636.).

585. This remarkable property was conferred upon platina when it was made the positive pole in sulphuric acid of specific gravity 1.336, or when it was considerably weaker, or when stronger, even up to the strength of oil of vitriol. Strong and dilute nitric acid, dilute acetic acid, solutions of tartaric, citric, and oxalic acids, were used with equal success. When muriatic acid was used, the plates acquired the power of condensing the oxygen and hydrogen, but in a much inferior degree.

585. This amazing property was given to platinum when it was the positive pole in sulfuric acid with a specific gravity of 1.336, whether it was much weaker or stronger, even up to the strength of oil of vitriol. Strong and weak nitric acid, weak acetic acid, and solutions of tartaric, citric, and oxalic acids were equally effective. When hydrochloric acid was used, the plates gained the ability to condense oxygen and hydrogen, but to a much lesser extent.

586. Plates which were made positive in solution of caustic potassa did not show any sensible action upon the mixed oxygen and hydrogen. Other plates made positive in solutions of carbonates of potassa and soda exhibited the action, but only in a feeble degree.

586. Plates that were positively charged in a solution of caustic potash didn't show any noticeable reaction with the mixed oxygen and hydrogen. Other plates that were positively charged in solutions of potassium and sodium carbonates did show some reaction, but it was only weak.

587. When a neutral solution of sulphate of soda, or of nitre, or of chlorate of potassa, or of phosphate of potassa, or acetate of potassa, or sulphate of copper, was used, the plates, rendered positive in them for four minutes, and then washed in water, acted very readily and powerfully on the mixed oxygen and hydrogen.

587. When a neutral solution of sodium sulfate, or potassium nitrate, or potassium chlorate, or potassium phosphate, or potassium acetate, or copper sulfate was used, the plates, made positive in these solutions for four minutes and then washed in water, reacted very easily and powerfully with the combined oxygen and hydrogen.

588. It became a very important point, in reference to the cause of this action of the platina, to determine whether the positive pole only could confer it (567.), or whether, notwithstanding the numerous contrary cases, the negative pole might not have the power when such circumstances as could interfere with or prevent the action were avoided. Three plates were therefore rendered negative, for four minutes in diluted sulphuric acid of specific gravity 1.336, washed in distilled water, and put into mixed oxygen and hydrogen. All of them acted, though not so strongly as they would have done if they had been rendered positive. Each combined about a cubical inch and a quarter of the gases in twenty-five minutes. On every repetition of the experiment the same result was obtained; and when the plates were retained in distilled water for ten or twelve minutes, before being introduced into the gas (582.), the action was very much quickened.

588. It became a really important point, regarding the cause of this action of the platinum, to figure out whether the positive pole only could produce it (567.), or whether, despite the many contrary cases, the negative pole might also have the capability if conditions that could interfere with or prevent the action were avoided. Three plates were therefore made negative for four minutes in diluted sulfuric acid with a specific gravity of 1.336, washed in distilled water, and then placed in a mix of oxygen and hydrogen. All of them worked, though not as strongly as they would have if they had been made positive. Each combined about a cubical inch and a quarter of the gases in twenty-five minutes. Every time the experiment was repeated, the same result was achieved; and when the plates were kept in distilled water for ten or twelve minutes before being introduced into the gas (582.), the action was significantly faster.

589. But when there was any metallic or other substance present in the acid, which could be precipitated on the negative plate, then that plate ceased to act upon the mixed oxygen and hydrogen.

589. But when there was any metal or other substance present in the acid that could be deposited on the negative plate, that plate stopped affecting the mixed oxygen and hydrogen.

590. These experiments led to the expectation that the power of causing oxygen and hydrogen to combine, which could be conferred upon any piece of platina by making it the positive pole of a voltaic pile, was not essentially dependent upon the action of the pile, or upon any structure or arrangement of parts it might receive whilst in association with it, but belonged to the platina at all times, and was always effective when the surface was perfectly clean. And though, when made the positive pole of the pile in acids, the circumstances might well be considered as those which would cleanse the surface of the platina in the most effectual manner, it did not seem impossible that ordinary operations should produce the same result, although in a less eminent degree.

590. These experiments led to the expectation that the ability to make oxygen and hydrogen combine, which could be given to any piece of platinum by making it the positive pole of a voltaic cell, wasn’t fundamentally dependent on the cell's action, or on any configuration or arrangement of its parts while connected to it, but belonged to the platinum at all times, and was always effective when the surface was perfectly clean. And although, when it was the positive pole of the cell in acids, the conditions could be seen as those that would clean the platinum's surface most effectively, it didn’t seem impossible that normal procedures could achieve the same result, albeit to a lesser extent.

591. Accordingly, a platina plate (569.) was cleaned by being rubbed with a cork, a little water, and some coal-fire ashes upon a glass plate: being washed, it was put into mixed oxygen and hydrogen, and was found to act at first slowly, and then more rapidly. In an hour, a cubical inch and a half had disappeared.

591. So, a platinum plate (569.) was cleaned by rubbing it with a cork, a bit of water, and some coal ashes on a glass plate. After washing it, it was placed in a mix of oxygen and hydrogen, and it initially reacted slowly, then picked up speed. In an hour, a cubic inch and a half had vanished.

592. Other plates were cleaned with ordinary sand-paper and water; others with chalk and water; others with emery and water; others, again, with black oxide of manganese and water; and others with a piece of charcoal and water. All of these acted in tubes of oxygen and hydrogen, causing combination of the gases. The action was by no means so powerful as that produced by plates having been in communication with the battery; but from one to two cubical inches of the gases disappeared, in periods extending from twenty-five to eighty or ninety minutes.

592. Other plates were cleaned with regular sandpaper and water; some with chalk and water; others with emery and water; still others with black oxide of manganese and water; and some with a piece of charcoal and water. All of these worked in tubes of oxygen and hydrogen, causing the gases to combine. The reaction wasn’t nearly as strong as that produced by plates connected to the battery, but about one to two cubic inches of the gases vanished over periods ranging from twenty-five to eighty or ninety minutes.

593. Upon cleaning the plates with a cork, ground emery, and dilute sulphuric acid, they were found to act still better. In order to simplify the conditions, the cork was dismissed, and a piece of platina foil used instead; still the effect took place. Then the acid was dismissed, and a solution of potassa used, but the effect occurred as before.

593. When the plates were cleaned with a cork, ground emery, and diluted sulfuric acid, they worked even better. To simplify things, the cork was removed and a piece of platinum foil was used instead; the effect still happened. Then the acid was replaced with a solution of potassa, but the effect was the same as before.

594. These results are abundantly sufficient to show that the mere mechanical cleansing of the surface of the platina is sufficient to enable it to exert its combining power over oxygen and hydrogen at common temperatures.

594. These results clearly demonstrate that simply cleaning the surface of the platinum is enough for it to effectively combine with oxygen and hydrogen at normal temperatures.

595. I now tried the effect of heat in conferring this property upon platina (584.). Plates which had no action on the mixture of oxygen and hydrogen were heated by the flame of a freshly trimmed spirit-lamp, urged by a mouth blowpipe, and when cold were put into tubes of the mixed gases: they acted slowly at first, but after two or three hours condensed nearly all the gases.

595. I now tested how heat affected platina's ability to acquire this property (584.). Plates that didn’t interact with the mixture of oxygen and hydrogen were heated using the flame from a freshly trimmed spirit lamp, with help from a mouth blowpipe. Once they cooled down, they were placed in tubes with the mixed gases: they started reacting slowly at first, but after two or three hours, they condensed almost all the gases.

596. A plate of platina, which was about one inch wide and two and three-quarters in length, and which had not been used in any of the preceding experiments, was curved a little so as to enter a tube, and left in a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen for thirteen hours: not the slightest action or combination of the gases occurred. It was withdrawn at the pneumatic trough from the gas through the water, heated red-hot by the spirit-lamp and blowpipe, and then returned when cold into the same portion of gas. In the course of a few minutes diminution of the gases could be observed, and in forty-five minutes about one cubical inch and a quarter had disappeared. In many other experiments platina plates when heated were found to acquire the power of combining oxygen and hydrogen.

596. A piece of platinum, about one inch wide and two and three-quarters inches long, which hadn't been used in any of the earlier experiments, was slightly curved to fit into a tube. It was left in a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen for thirteen hours, and there was no reaction or combination of the gases. It was taken out at the pneumatic trough from the gas through the water, heated red-hot with a spirit lamp and blowpipe, and then returned to the same gas mixture once it cooled down. After a few minutes, a decrease in the gases was observed, and in forty-five minutes, about one cubic inch and a quarter had vanished. In many other experiments, heated platinum plates were found to gain the ability to combine oxygen and hydrogen.

597. But it happened not infrequently that plates, after being heated, showed no power of combining oxygen and hydrogen gases, though left undisturbed in them for two hours. Sometimes also it would happen that a plate which, having been heated to dull redness, acted feebly, upon being heated to whiteness ceased to act; and at other times a plate which, having been slightly heated, did not act, was rendered active by a more powerful ignition.

597. However, it often happened that plates, after being heated, showed no ability to combine oxygen and hydrogen gases, even when left undisturbed in them for two hours. There were also times when a plate that had been heated to a dull red worked weakly but, when heated to whiteness, stopped working altogether; and at other times, a plate that didn’t work after being slightly heated became active with a stronger ignition.

598. Though thus uncertain in its action, and though often diminishing the power given to the plates at the positive pole of the pile (584.), still it is evident that heat can render platina active, which before was inert (595.). The cause of its occasional failure appears to be due to the surface of the metal becoming soiled, either from something previously adhering to it, which is made to adhere more closely by the action of the heat, or from matter communicated from the flame of the lamp, or from the air itself. It often happens that a polished plate of platina, when heated by the spirit-lamp and a blowpipe, becomes dulled and clouded on its surface by something either formed or deposited there; and this, and much less than this, is sufficient to prevent it from exhibiting the curious power now under consideration (634. 636.). Platina also has been said to combine with carbon; and it is not at all unlikely that in processes of heating, where carbon or its compounds are present, a film of such a compound may be thus formed, and thus prevent the exhibition of the properties belonging to pure platina134.

598. Even though it’s often unreliable in its action and can sometimes reduce the power at the positive terminal of the pile (584.), it’s clear that heat can make platinum active when it was previously not (595.). The reason it sometimes fails seems to be that the metal's surface gets dirty, either from something already stuck to it that becomes more tightly bonded with the heat, or from residue from the lamp’s flame, or even from the air itself. It often happens that a polished piece of platinum, when heated by a spirit lamp and a blowpipe, gets dull and cloudy due to something being formed or deposited on its surface; and this, or even less, is enough to prevent it from showing the interesting properties we're discussing (634. 636.). Platinum has also been said to combine with carbon; and it’s quite possible that during heating processes where carbon or its compounds are involved, a layer of such a compound could form and stop the pure platinum properties from showing up. 134

599. The action of alkalies and acids in giving platina this property was now experimentally examined. Platina plates (569.) having no action on mixed oxygen and hydrogen, being boiled in a solution of caustic potassa, washed, and then put into the gases, were found occasionally to act pretty well, but at other times to fail. In the latter case I concluded that the impurity upon the surface of the platina was of a nature not to be removed by the mere solvent action of the alkali, for when the plates were rubbed with a little emery, and the same solution of alkali (592.), they became active.

The effect of alkalis and acids on giving platinum this characteristic was now tested experimentally. Platinum plates (569.) that didn’t react with a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, when boiled in a solution of caustic potash, washed, and then placed in the gases, sometimes performed well, but at other times didn’t. In those cases, I concluded that the impurity on the surface of the platinum couldn’t be removed just by the solvent action of the alkali because when the plates were rubbed with a bit of emery and the same alkali solution (592.), they became active.

600. The action of acids was far more constant and satisfactory. A platina plate was boiled in dilute nitric acid: being washed and put into mixed oxygen and hydrogen gases, it acted well. Other plates were boiled in strong nitric acid for periods extending from half a minute to four minutes, and then being washed in distilled water, were found to act very well, condensing one cubic inch and a half of gas in the space of eight or nine minutes, and rendering the tube warm (570.).

600. The action of acids was much more consistent and effective. A platinum plate was boiled in diluted nitric acid; after being washed and placed in a mix of oxygen and hydrogen gases, it performed well. Other plates were boiled in strong nitric acid for times ranging from half a minute to four minutes, and after being washed in distilled water, they were found to perform very well, condensing one and a half cubic inches of gas in about eight or nine minutes and causing the tube to heat up. (570.)

601. Strong sulphuric acid was very effectual in rendering the platina active. A plate (569.) was heated in it for a minute, then washed and put into the mixed oxygen and hydrogen, upon which it acted as well as if it had been made the positive pole of a voltaic pile (570.).

601. Strong sulfuric acid was very effective in making the platinum active. A plate (569.) was heated in it for a minute, then washed and placed into the mixed oxygen and hydrogen, upon which it worked just as well as if it had been made the positive pole of a voltaic pile (570.).

602. Plates which, after being heated or electrized in alkali, or after other treatment, were found inert, immediately received power by being dipped for a minute or two, or even only for an instant, into hot oil of vitriol, and then into water.

602. Plates that were found inactive after being heated or electrified in alkali, or after other treatments, could instantly gain power by being soaked for a minute or two, or even just for a moment, in hot sulfuric acid, and then in water.

603. When the plate was dipped into the oil of vitriol, taken out, and then heated so as to drive off the acid, it did not act, in consequence of the impurity left by the acid upon its surface.

603. When the plate was dipped into the sulfuric acid, taken out, and then heated to remove the acid, it didn't work because of the residue left by the acid on its surface.

604. Vegetable acids, as acetic and tartaric, sometimes rendered inert platina active, at other times not. This, I believe, depended upon the character of the matter previously soiling the plates, and which may easily be supposed to be sometimes of such a nature as to be removed by these acids, and at other times not. Weak sulphuric acid showed the same difference, but strong sulphuric acid (601.) never failed in its action.

604. Vegetable acids like acetic and tartaric sometimes made platinum active and sometimes didn’t. I believe this depended on the type of substances that had previously contaminated the plates, which could easily be assumed to be either removable by these acids or not. Weak sulfuric acid showed the same variability, but strong sulfuric acid (601.) always worked reliably.

605. The most favourable treatment, except that of making the plate a positive pole in strong acid, was as follows. The plate was held over a spirit-lamp flame, and when hot, rubbed with a piece of potassa fusa (caustic potash), which melting, covered the metal with a coat of very strong alkali, and this was retained fused upon the surface for a second or two135: it was then put into water for four or five minutes to wash off the alkali, shaken, and immersed for about a minute in hot strong oil of vitriol; from this it was removed into distilled water, where it was allowed to remain ten or fifteen minutes to remove the last traces of acid (582.). Being then put into a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, combination immediately began, and proceeded rapidly; the tube became warm, the platina became red-hot, and the residue of the gases was inflamed. This effect could be repeated at pleasure, and thus the maximum phenomenon could be produced without the aid of the voltaic battery.

605. The best method of treatment, aside from using the plate as a positive pole in strong acid, was as follows. The plate was held over a spirit lamp flame, and when it got hot, it was rubbed with a piece of potassa fusa (caustic potash), which melted and formed a strong alkali layer on the metal. This was kept melted on the surface for a second or two135: then it was placed in water for four or five minutes to wash off the alkali, shaken, and immersed for about a minute in hot concentrated sulfuric acid; after that, it was transferred to distilled water, where it stayed for ten or fifteen minutes to remove any remaining acid (582.). Once placed in a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, a reaction started immediately and progressed quickly; the tube heated up, the platinum turned red-hot, and the leftover gases ignited. This result could be achieved whenever desired, allowing the maximum effect to be produced without needing a voltaic battery.

606. When a solution of tartaric or acetic acid was substituted, in this mode of preparation, for the sulphuric acid, still the plate was found to acquire the same power, and would often produce explosion in the mixed gases; but the strong sulphuric acid was most certain and powerful.

606. When a solution of tartaric or acetic acid was used instead of sulfuric acid in this method of preparation, the plate still gained the same power and would often cause an explosion in the mixed gases; however, strong sulfuric acid was the most reliable and effective.

607. If borax, or a mixture of the carbonates of potash and soda, be fused on the surface of a platina plate, and that plate be well-washed in water, it will be found to have acquired the power of combining oxygen and hydrogen, but only in a moderate degree; but if, after the fusion and washing, it be dipped in the hot sulphuric acid (601.), it will become very active.

607. If you melt borax or a mix of potassium carbonate and sodium carbonate on a platinum plate and then wash that plate thoroughly with water, you'll find it has the ability to combine oxygen and hydrogen, but only to a limited extent. However, if you dip it in hot sulfuric acid after melting and washing, it will become highly reactive.

608. Other metals than platina were then experimented with. Gold and palladium exhibited the power either when made the positive pole of the voltaic battery (570.), or when acted on by hot oil of vitriol (601.). When palladium is used, the action of the battery or acid should be moderated, as that metal is soon acted upon under such circumstances. Silver and copper could not be made to show any effect at common temperatures.

608. Other metals besides platinum were then tested. Gold and palladium showed the ability to conduct either when used as the positive pole of the voltaic battery (570.) or when exposed to hot sulfuric acid (601.). When using palladium, the action of the battery or acid should be reduced, as that metal reacts quickly under those conditions. Silver and copper did not display any effect at normal temperatures.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

609. There can remain no doubt that the property of inducing combination, which can thus be conferred upon masses of platina and other metals by connecting them with the poles of the battery, or by cleansing processes either of a mechanical or chemical nature, is the same as that which was discovered by Döbereiner136, in 1823, to belong in so eminent a degree to spongy platina, and which was afterwards so well experimented upon and illustrated by MM. Dulong and Thenard137, in 1823. The latter philosophers even quote experiments in which a very fine platina wire, which had been coiled up and digested in nitric, sulphuric, or muriatic acid, became ignited when put into a jet of hydrogen gas138. This effect I can now produce at pleasure with either wires or plates by the processes described (570. 601. 605.); and by using a smaller plate cut so that it shall rest against the glass by a few points, and yet allow the water to flow off (fig. 59.), the loss of heat is less, the metal is assimilated somewhat to the spongy state, and the probability of failure almost entirely removed.

609. There’s no doubt that the ability to induce a reaction, which can be given to masses of platinum and other metals by connecting them to battery terminals or through mechanical or chemical cleaning processes, is the same as what Döbereiner discovered in 1823 to be notably true for spongy platinum. This was further tested and demonstrated by Dulong and Thenard in 1823. These scientists even reported experiments where a very fine platinum wire, which had been coiled and treated with nitric, sulfuric, or hydrochloric acid, ignited when placed in a stream of hydrogen gas. I can now replicate this effect with either wires or plates using the processes described (570. 601. 605.); by using a smaller plate positioned so that it only touches the glass at a few points, allowing water to drain off (fig. 59.), the heat loss is minimized, the metal behaves somewhat like the spongy state, and the chances of failure are almost entirely eliminated.

610. M. Döbereiner refers the effect entirely to an electric action. He considers the platina and hydrogen as forming a voltaic element of the ordinary kind, in which the hydrogen, being very highly positive, represents the zinc of the usual arrangement, and like it, therefore, attracts oxygen and combines with it139.

610. M. Döbereiner attributes the effect solely to an electric action. He views platinum and hydrogen as creating a standard voltaic element, where hydrogen, being extremely positive, plays the role of zinc in the typical arrangement, and like zinc, it attracts oxygen and combines with it139.

611. In the two excellent experimental papers by MM. Dulong and Thenard140, those philosophers show that elevation of temperature favours the action, but does not alter its character; Sir Humphry Davy's incandescent platina wire being the same phenomenon with Döbereiner's spongy platina. They show that all metals have this power in a greater or smaller degree, and that it is even possessed by such bodies as charcoal, pumice, porcelain, glass, rock crystal, &c., when their temperatures are raised; and that another of Davy's effects, in which oxygen and hydrogen had combined slowly together at a heat below ignition, was really dependent upon the property of the heated glass, which it has in common with the bodies named above. They state that liquids do not show this effect, at least that mercury, at or below the boiling point, has not the power; that it is not due to porosity; that the same body varies very much in its action, according to its state; and that many other gaseous mixtures besides oxygen and hydrogen are affected, and made to act chemically, when the temperature is raised. They think it probable that spongy platina acquires its power from contact with the acid evolved during its reduction, or from the heat itself to which it is then submitted.

611. In the two excellent experimental papers by Dulong and Thenard140, those philosophers demonstrate that increasing temperature enhances the action, but does not change its nature; Sir Humphry Davy's incandescent platinum wire is the same phenomenon as Döbereiner's spongy platinum. They show that all metals have this capability to varying degrees, and that even materials like charcoal, pumice, porcelain, glass, rock crystal, etc., exhibit this property when heated; they also note that another of Davy's effects, where oxygen and hydrogen combined slowly at a temperature below ignition, was actually due to the characteristics of the heated glass, which it shares with the aforementioned materials. They state that liquids do not demonstrate this effect, at least that mercury, at or below its boiling point, lacks this capability; it is not because of porosity; that the same material can behave very differently depending on its state; and that many other gas mixtures besides oxygen and hydrogen are influenced and made to react chemically when the temperature rises. They believe it is likely that spongy platinum gains its properties from contact with the acid released during its reduction or from the heat it is subjected to.

612. MM. Dulong and Thenard express themselves with great caution on the theory of this action; but, referring to the decomposing power of metals on ammonia when heated to temperatures not sufficient alone to affect the alkali, they remark that those metals which in this case are most efficacious, are the least so in causing the combination of oxygen and hydrogen; whilst platina, gold, &c., which have least power of decomposing ammonia, have most power of combining the elements of water:—from which they are led to believe, that amongst gases, some tend to unite under the influence of metals, whilst others tend to separate, and that this property varies in opposite directions with the different metals. At the close of their second paper they observe, that the action is of a kind that cannot be connected with any known theory; and though it is very remarkable that the effects are transient, like those of most electrical actions, yet they state that the greater number of the results observed by them are inexplicable, by supposing them to be of a purely electric origin.

612. MM. Dulong and Thenard express themselves very carefully about this action theory; however, referring to the ability of metals to decompose ammonia when heated to temperatures that aren't enough to affect the alkali on their own, they point out that the metals that are most effective in this case are the least effective in combining oxygen and hydrogen. In contrast, platinum, gold, etc., which have the least ability to decompose ammonia, have the greatest ability to combine the elements of water. From this, they conclude that among gases, some tend to unite under the influence of metals, while others tend to separate, and this property varies in opposite directions with different metals. At the end of their second paper, they mention that the action is of a kind that cannot be tied to any known theory; and although it's quite remarkable that the effects are temporary, like most electrical actions, they state that most of the results they observed are inexplicable by considering them to be of purely electric origin.

613. Dr. Fusinieri has also written on this subject, and given a theory which he considers as sufficient to account for the phenomena141. He expresses the immediate cause thus: "The platina determines upon its surface a continual renovation of concrete laminæ of the combustible substance of the gases or vapours, which flowing over it are burnt, pass away, and are renewed: this combustion at the surface raises and sustains the temperature of the metal." The combustible substance, thus reduced into imperceptible laminæ, of which the concrete parts are in contact with the oxygen, is presumed to be in a state combinable with the oxygen at a much lower temperature than when it is in the gaseous state, and more in analogy with what is called the nascent condition. That combustible gases should lose their elastic state, and become concrete, assuming the form of exceedingly attenuated but solid strata, is considered as proved by facts, some of which are quoted in the Giornale di Fisica for 1824142; and though the theory requires that they should assume this state at high temperatures, and though the similar films of aqueous and other matter are dissipated by the action of heat, still the facts are considered as justifying the conclusion against all opposition of reasoning.

613. Dr. Fusinieri has also written about this topic and provided a theory that he believes sufficiently explains the phenomena141. He describes the immediate cause like this: "The platinum continually renews layers of the combustible substances from the gases or vapors that flow over it, which are burned, dissipate, and are replaced: this combustion at the surface raises and maintains the temperature of the metal." The combustible substance, reduced to imperceptible layers in contact with oxygen, is thought to be in a state that can combine with oxygen at a much lower temperature than when it's in gaseous form, aligning more with what's known as the nascent condition. It is considered proven by certain facts, some of which are referenced in the Giornale di Fisica for 1824142; and although the theory posits that these substances must enter this state at high temperatures, and that similar films of water and other materials are dissipated by heat, the evidence is viewed as justifying the conclusion despite any opposing reasoning.

614. The power or force which makes combustible gas or vapour abandon its elastic state in contact with a solid, that it may cover the latter with a thin stratum of its own proper substance, is considered as being neither attraction nor affinity. It is able also to extend liquids and solids in concrete laminæ over the surface of the acting solid body, and consists in a repulsion, which is developed from the parts of the solid body by the simple fact of attenuation, and is highest when the attenuation is most complete. The force has a progressive development, and acts most powerfully, or at first, in the direction in which the dimensions of the attenuated mass decrease, and then in the direction of the angles or corners which from any cause may exist on the surface. This force not only causes spontaneous diffusion of gases and other substances over the surface, but is considered as very elementary in its nature, and competent to account for all the phenomena of capillarity, chemical affinity, attraction of aggregation, rarefaction, ebullition, volatilization, explosion, and other thermometric effects, as well as inflammation, detonation, &c. &c. It is considered as a form of heat to which the term native calorie is given, and is still further viewed as the principle of the two electricities and the two magnetisms.

614. The power or force that causes combustible gas or vapor to leave its elastic state when it comes into contact with a solid, allowing it to cover the surface with a thin layer of its own substance, is viewed as neither attraction nor affinity. It can also spread liquids and solids in thin layers over the surface of the solid object, and this results from a repulsion generated by the solid's structure due to the simple fact of thinning, which is most intense when the thinning is complete. The force grows progressively and operates most effectively, initially, in the direction where the dimensions of the thinned mass shrink, and then towards the angles or edges that may exist on the surface for any reason. This force not only facilitates the spontaneous diffusion of gases and other substances across the surface, but is also regarded as very fundamental in nature, capable of explaining all phenomena related to capillarity, chemical affinity, aggregation attraction, rarification, boiling, vaporization, explosions, and other thermal effects, including inflammation, detonation, etc. It is seen as a form of heat called native calorie, and is further considered the principle behind the two types of electricity and magnetism.

615. I have been the more anxious to give a correct abstract of Dr. Fusinieri's view, both because I cannot form a distinct idea of the power to which he refers the phenomena, and because of my imperfect knowledge of the language in which the memoir is written. I would therefore beg to refer those who pursue the subject to the memoir itself.

615. I’ve been more eager to provide an accurate summary of Dr. Fusinieri’s perspective because I can’t fully understand the concept he attributes to the phenomena, and my grasp of the language in which the paper is written is limited. I’d like to direct anyone interested in this topic to read the paper itself.

616. Not feeling, however, that the problem has yet been solved, I venture to give the view which seems to me sufficient, upon known principles, to account for the effect.

616. However, not feeling that the problem has been fully resolved yet, I dare to present the perspective that seems adequate, based on known principles, to explain the effect.

617. It may be observed of this action, that, with regard to platina, it cannot be due to any peculiar, temporary condition, either of an electric or of any other nature: the activity of plates rendered either positive or negative by the pole, or cleaned with such different substances as acids, alkalies, or water; charcoal, emery, ashes, or glass; or merely heated, is sufficient to negative such an opinion. Neither does it depend upon the spongy and porous, or upon the compact and burnished, or upon the massive or the attenuated state of the metal, for in any of these states it may be rendered effective, or its action may be taken away. The only essential condition appears to be a perfectly clean and metallic surface, for whenever that is present the platina acts, whatever its form and condition in other respects may be; and though variations in the latter points will very much affect the rapidity, and therefore the visible appearances and secondary effects, of the action, i.e. the ignition of the metal and the inflammation of the gases, they, even in their most favourable state, cannot produce any effect unless the condition of a clean, pure, metallic surface be also fulfilled.

617. It can be noted about this action that, regarding platinum, it can't be attributed to any specific, temporary situation, whether electrical or otherwise: the effectiveness of plates made either positive or negative by the pole, or cleaned with various substances like acids, bases, or water; charcoal, emery, ashes, or glass; or simply heated, is enough to contradict that idea. It also doesn't rely on whether the metal is spongy and porous, compact and polished, or massive or thin, because in any of these forms, it can be effective or its action can be nullified. The only crucial requirement seems to be a perfectly clean and metallic surface, as whenever that is present, platinum works, regardless of its other forms and conditions; although variations in those factors can significantly impact the speed, and therefore the visible results and secondary effects of the action, such as the ignition of the metal and the burning of gases, they still cannot produce any effect unless the condition of a clean, pure, metallic surface is also satisfied.

618. The effect is evidently produced by most, if not all, solid bodies, weakly perhaps by many of them, but rising to a high degree in platina. Dulong and Thenard have very philosophically extended our knowledge of the property to its possession by all the metals, and by earths, glass, stones, &c. (611.); and every idea of its being a known and recognised electric action is in this way removed.

618. The effect is clearly caused by most, if not all, solid materials, perhaps weakly in many cases, but significantly in platinum. Dulong and Thenard have wisely expanded our understanding of this property to include all metals, along with earths, glass, stones, etc. (611.); and this perspective eliminates any notion that it is a known and recognized electric action.

619. All the phenomena connected with this subject press upon my mind the conviction that the effects in question are entirely incidental and of a secondary nature; that they are dependent upon the natural conditions of gaseous elasticity, combined with the exertion of that attractive force possessed by many bodies, especially those which are solid, in an eminent degree, and probably belonging to all; by which they are drawn into association more or less close, without at the same time undergoing chemical combination, though often assuming the condition of adhesion; and which occasionally leads, under very favourable circumstances, as in the present instance, to the combination of bodies simultaneously subjected to this attraction. I am prepared myself to admit (and probably many others are of the same opinion), both with respect to the attraction of aggregation and of chemical affinity, that the sphere of action of particles extends beyond those other particles with which they are immediately and evidently in union (523.), and in many cases produces effects rising into considerable importance: and I think that this kind of attraction is a determining cause of Döbereiner's effect, and of the many others of a similar nature.

619. All the phenomena related to this topic lead me to believe that the effects in question are completely incidental and secondary; they depend on the natural conditions of gas elasticity, combined with the gravitational pull exerted by many bodies, especially solid ones, which possess this force to a significant degree and likely apply to all of them. This force draws them into close association without necessarily resulting in a chemical reaction, though they often stick together. Occasionally, under very favorable circumstances, like in this case, it can lead to the combination of bodies that are simultaneously affected by this attraction. I'm ready to accept (and probably many others share this view) that both the attraction of aggregation and chemical affinity act beyond the particles they are directly connected with (523.), and often produce significant effects. I believe this type of attraction is a key factor in Döbereiner's effect and various other similar occurrences.

620. Bodies which become wetted by fluids with which they do not combine chemically, or in which they do not dissolve, are simple and well-known instances of this kind of attraction.

620. Objects that get wet from liquids they don’t chemically combine with or dissolve in are straightforward and familiar examples of this kind of attraction.

621. All those cases of bodies which being insoluble in water and not combining with it are hygrometric, and condense its vapour around or upon their surface, are stronger instances of the same power, and approach a little nearer to the cases under investigation. If pulverized clay, protoxide or peroxide of iron, oxide of manganese, charcoal, or even metals, as spongy platina or precipitated silver, be put into an atmosphere containing vapour of water, they soon become moist by virtue of an attraction which is able to condense the vapour upon, although not to combine it with, the substances; and if, as is well known, these bodies so damped be put into a dry atmosphere, as, for instance, one confined over sulphuric acid, or if they be heated, then they yield up this water again almost entirely, it not being in direct or permanent combination143.

621. All the cases of substances that don't dissolve in water and don't react with it are hygroscopic, meaning they attract and condense water vapor around or on their surfaces. These cases are stronger examples of the same principle and relate more closely to the situations we're examining. If you take powdered clay, iron oxides, manganese oxide, charcoal, or even metals like spongy platinum or precipitated silver and place them in an atmosphere with water vapor, they quickly become damp because of an attraction that allows them to condense the vapor on their surfaces, even though they don't combine with it. When these damp substances are exposed to a dry atmosphere, like one created over sulfuric acid, or if they're heated, they will almost completely release this water again, as it isn’t in direct or permanent combination.143.

622. Still better instances of the power I refer to, because they are more analogous to the cases to be explained, are furnished by the attraction existing between glass and air, so well known to barometer and thermometer makers, for here the adhesion or attraction is exerted between a solid and gases, bodies having very different physical conditions, having no power of combination with each other, and each retaining, during the time of action, its physical state unchanged144. When mercury is poured into a barometer tube, a film of air will remain between the metal and glass for months, or, as far as is known, for years, for it has never been displaced except by the action of means especially fitted for the purpose. These consist in boiling the mercury, or in other words, of forming an abundance of vapour, which coming in contact with every part of the glass and every portion of surface of the mercury, gradually mingles with, dilutes, and carries off the air attracted by, and adhering to, those surfaces, replacing it by other vapour, subject to an equal or perhaps greater attraction, but which when cooled condenses into the same liquid as that with which the tube is filled.

622. Even better examples of the power I’m talking about, because they are more similar to the cases being explained, come from the attraction between glass and air. This is well known among makers of barometers and thermometers, as here the adhesion or attraction occurs between a solid and gases—substances with very different physical properties that can’t combine with each other, and both maintain their physical state unchanged during the interaction. When mercury is poured into a barometer tube, a layer of air can stay between the metal and glass for months or even years, as it has only been removed through methods specifically designed for that purpose. These methods involve boiling the mercury, meaning lots of vapor is produced, which then comes into contact with every part of the glass and every surface of the mercury. This vapor gradually mixes with, dilutes, and removes the air that was attracted to and stuck to those surfaces, replacing it with other vapor that has an equal or perhaps even stronger attraction. When this vapor cools, it condenses back into the same liquid that fills the tube.

623. Extraneous bodies, which, acting as nuclei in crystallizing or depositing solutions, cause deposition of substances on them, when it does not occur elsewhere in the liquid, seem to produce their effects by a power of the same kind, i.e. a power of attraction extending to neighbouring particles, and causing them to become attached to the nuclei, although it is not strong enough to make them combine chemically with their substance.

623. Foreign objects, which act as centers for crystallizing or depositing solutions, cause substances to gather on them when this doesn’t happen elsewhere in the liquid. They seem to work through a similar type of force, meaning a kind of attraction that reaches out to nearby particles, causing them to stick to the centers, although it isn’t strong enough to make them chemically bond with the material.

624. It would appear from many cases of nuclei in solutions, and from the effects of bodies put into atmospheres containing the vapours of water, or camphor, or iodine, &c., as if this attraction were in part elective, partaking in its characters both of the attraction of aggregation and chemical affinity: nor is this inconsistent with, but agreeable to, the idea entertained, that it is the power of particles acting, not upon others with which they can immediately and intimately combine, but upon such as are either more distantly situated with respect to them, or which, from previous condition, physical constitution, or feeble relation, are unable to enter into decided union with them.

624. It seems from many cases of nuclei in solutions, and from the effects of substances placed in atmospheres containing water vapor, camphor, iodine, etc., that this attraction is partly selective, exhibiting characteristics of both aggregation and chemical affinity. This is not inconsistent with, but supports the idea that it is the force of particles acting not only on those they can immediately and closely combine with, but also on those that are either more distantly located or, due to their previous state, physical makeup, or weak connections, cannot form a strong bond with them.

625. Then, of all bodies, the gases are those which might be expected to show some mutual action whilst jointly under the attractive influence of the platina or other solid acting substance. Liquids, such as water, alcohol, &c., are in so dense and comparatively incompressible a state, as to favour no expectation that their particles should approach much closer to each other by the attraction of the body to which they adhere, and yet that attraction must (according to its effects) place their particles as near to those of the solid wetted body as they are to each other, and in many cases it is evident that the former attraction is the stronger. But gases and vapours are bodies competent to suffer very great changes in the relative distances of their particles by external agencies; and where they are in immediate contact with the platina, the approximation of the particles to those of the metal may be very great. In the case of the hygrometric bodies referred to (621.), it is sufficient to reduce the vapour to the fluid state, frequently from atmospheres so rare that without this influence it would be needful to compress them by mechanical force into a bulk not more than 1/10th or even 1/20th of their original volume before the vapours would become liquids.

625. Of all substances, gases are the ones that would most likely show some mutual interaction when influenced by the attractive force of platinum or another solid substance. Liquids, like water and alcohol, are so dense and relatively incompressible that we wouldn’t expect their particles to come much closer together due to the attraction of the solid they are in contact with. However, this attraction must, according to its effects, bring their particles as close to those of the solid surface they are wetting as they are to each other, and in many cases, it's clear that this attraction is stronger. On the other hand, gases and vapors can undergo significant changes in the distances between their particles due to external influences; and when they are in direct contact with platinum, the particles can come very close to the metal. For the hygrometric bodies mentioned (621.), it's often enough to reduce the vapor to a liquid state, often from atmospheric conditions so rare that without this influence, you'd need to compress them mechanically into a volume no more than 1/10th or even 1/20th of their original volume for the vapors to turn into liquids.

626. Another most important consideration in relation to this action of bodies, and which, as far as I am aware, has not hitherto been noticed, is the condition of elasticity under which the gases are placed against the acting surface. We have but very imperfect notions of the real and intimate conditions of the particles of a body existing in the solid, the liquid, and the gaseous state; but when we speak of the gaseous state as being due to the mutual repulsions of the particles or of their atmospheres, although we may err in imagining each particle to be a little nucleus to an atmosphere of heat, or electricity, or any other agent, we are still not likely to be in error in considering the elasticity as dependent on mutuality of action. Now this mutual relation fails altogether on the side of the gaseous particles next to the platina, and we might be led to expect à priori a deficiency of elastic force there to at least one half; for if, as Dalton has shown, the elastic force of the particles of one gas cannot act against the elastic force of the particles of another, the two being as vacua to each other, so is it far less likely that the particles of the platina can exert any influence on those of the gas against it, such as would be exerted by gaseous particles of its own kind.

626. Another really important factor in relation to this action of bodies, which as far as I know hasn't been noted before, is the state of elasticity in which the gases are situated against the acting surface. We have only a vague understanding of the actual conditions of the particles of a body in solid, liquid, and gaseous states; however, when we discuss the gaseous state as a result of the mutual repulsions of the particles or their atmospheres, even if we might be mistaken about imagining each particle as a small nucleus surrounded by an atmosphere of heat, electricity, or any other force, we're still unlikely to be wrong in viewing elasticity as reliant on mutuality of action. Yet this mutual relationship is completely absent on the side of the gaseous particles next to the platinum, leading us to expect à priori a reduction in elastic force there by at least half; because if, as Dalton has indicated, the elastic force of one gas's particles can't counter the elastic force of another gas's particles—since they act like vacuums to each other—then it's even less likely that the platinum particles could influence those of the gas against it in a way similar to how gaseous particles of the same type would.

627. But the diminution of power to one-half on the side of the gaseous body towards the metal is only a slight result of what seems to me to flow as a necessary consequence of the known constitution of gases. An atmosphere of one gas or vapour, however dense or compressed, is in effect as a vacuum to another: thus, if a little water were put into a vessel containing a dry gas, as air, of the pressure of one hundred atmospheres, as much vapour of the water would rise as if it were in a perfect vacuum. Here the particles of watery vapour appear to have no difficulty in approaching within any distance of the particles of air, being influenced solely by relation to particles of their own kind; and if it be so with respect to a body having the same elastic powers as itself, how much more surely must it be so with particles, like those of the platina, or other limiting body, which at the same time that they have not these elastic powers, are also unlike it in nature! Hence it would seem to result that the particles of hydrogen or any other gas or vapour which are next to the platina, &c., must be in such contact with it as if they were in the liquid state, and therefore almost infinitely closer to it than they are to each other, even though the metal be supposed to exert no attractive influence over them.

627. However, the reduction of power to half on the side of the gaseous body towards the metal is just a minor outcome of what I believe is a necessary result of the known structure of gases. An atmosphere of one gas or vapor, no matter how dense or compressed, essentially acts like a vacuum to another. For example, if a small amount of water is placed in a container filled with a dry gas, like air, under a pressure of one hundred atmospheres, as much vapor from the water would rise as if it were in a perfect vacuum. Here, the particles of water vapor seem to have no trouble getting close to the particles of air, influenced solely by their relation to particles of their own kind. If this is the case for a body with the same elastic properties as itself, how much more so must it be for particles like those of platinum or any other limiting body that, while lacking these elastic properties, are also different in nature! Therefore, it seems that the particles of hydrogen or any other gas or vapor that are next to the platinum, etc., must be in contact with it as if they were in a liquid state, making them almost infinitely closer to it than they are to each other, even if we assume that the metal has no attractive influence over them.

628. A third and very important consideration in favour of the mutual action of gases under these circumstances is their perfect miscibility. If fluid bodies capable of combining together are also capable of mixture, they do combine when they are mingled, not waiting for any other determining circumstance; but if two such gases as oxygen and hydrogen are put together, though they are elements having such powerful affinity as to unite naturally under a thousand different circumstances, they do not combine by mere mixture. Still it is evident that, from their perfect association, the particles are in the most favourable state possible for combination upon the supervention of any determining cause, such either as the negative action of the platina in suppressing or annihilating, as it were, their elasticity on its side; or the positive action of the metal in condensing them against its surface by an attractive force; or the influence of both together.

628. A third important factor that supports the mutual interaction of gases in these situations is their ability to mix completely. When fluid bodies that can combine also mix together, they do combine without needing any other specific conditions. However, when gases like oxygen and hydrogen are combined, even though they are elements with a strong attraction that allows them to naturally unite in many different situations, they don't combine just by mixing. Nonetheless, it is clear that because they mix perfectly, the particles are in the best possible state for combining if any determining factor comes into play, such as the negative effect of platinum suppressing or effectively eliminating their elasticity; or the positive effect of the metal condensing them against its surface due to an attractive force; or the combined influence of both.

629. Although there are not many distinct cases of combination under the influence of forces external to the combining particles, yet there are sufficient to remove any difficulty which might arise on that ground. Sir James Hull found carbonic acid and lime to remain combined under pressure at temperatures at which they would not have remained combined if the pressure had been removed; and I have had occasion to observe a case of direct combination in chlorine145, which being compressed at common temperatures will combine with water, and form a definite crystalline hydrate, incapable either of being formed or of existing if that pressure be removed.

629. While there aren't many clear examples of combination influenced by forces outside the combining particles, there are enough to resolve any potential issues that could arise. Sir James Hull discovered that carbonic acid and lime stay combined under pressure at temperatures where they wouldn't if the pressure were released. I've also seen a case of direct combination in chlorine145, which, when compressed at normal temperatures, will combine with water to create a specific crystalline hydrate that cannot form or exist without that pressure.

630. The course of events when platina acts upon, and combines oxygen and hydrogen, may be stated, according to these principles, as follows. From the influence of the circumstances mentioned (619. &c.), i.e. the deficiency of elastic power and the attraction of the metal for the gases, the latter, when they are in association with the former, are so far condensed as to be brought within the action of their mutual affinities at the existing temperature; the deficiency of elastic power, not merely subjecting them more closely to the attractive influence of the metal, but also bringing them into a more favourable state for union, by abstracting a part of that power (upon which depends their elasticity,) which elsewhere in the mass of gases is opposing their combination. The consequence of their combination is the production of the vapour of water and an elevation of temperature. But as the attraction of the platina for the water formed is not greater than for the gases, if so great, (for the metal is scarcely hygrometric,) the vapour is quickly diffused through the remaining gases; fresh portions of this latter, therefore, come into juxtaposition with the metal, combine, and the fresh vapour formed is also diffused, allowing new portions of gas to be acted upon. In this way the process advances, but is accelerated by the evolution of heat, which is known by experiment to facilitate the combination in proportion to its intensity, and the temperature is thus gradually exalted until ignition results.

630. The sequence of events when platinum interacts with oxygen and hydrogen can be described based on these principles as follows. Because of the factors mentioned (619. & c.), like the lack of elastic force and the metal's attraction to the gases, the gases become condensed enough to activate their mutual affinities at the current temperature when they are combined with the platinum. The lack of elastic force not only brings them closer to the metal's attractive pull but also puts them in a better position to bond by removing some of the force (which affects their elasticity) that in other parts of the gas mass prevents them from combining. As a result, their combination produces water vapor and raises the temperature. However, since platinum's attraction to the formed water is not stronger than its attraction to the gases (in fact, the metal is hardly hygrometric), the vapor quickly spreads through the remaining gases; thus, fresh portions of these gases come into contact with the metal, combine, and the newly formed vapor also diffuses, allowing new gas portions to be affected. This process continues, but it's sped up by the release of heat, which experiments have shown helps the combination to occur more as the intensity increases, gradually raising the temperature until ignition happens.

631. The dissipation of the vapour produced at the surface of the platina, and the contact of fresh oxygen and hydrogen with the metal, form no difficulty in this explication. The platina is not considered as causing the combination of any particles with itself, but only associating them closely around it; and the compressed particles are as free to move from the platina, being replaced by other particles, as a portion of dense air upon the surface of the globe, or at the bottom of a deep mine, is free to move by the slightest impulse, into the upper and rarer parts of the atmosphere.

631. The release of the vapor created on the surface of the platinum, along with the interaction of fresh oxygen and hydrogen with the metal, doesn’t create any issues in this explanation. The platinum isn’t seen as causing any particles to combine with it; rather, it just brings them close together around it. The compressed particles can move away from the platinum just as easily as a section of dense air at the Earth's surface or at the bottom of a deep mine can shift with the slightest push into the upper, less dense parts of the atmosphere.

632. It can hardly be necessary to give any reasons why platina does not show this effect under ordinary circumstances. It is then not sufficiently clean (617.), and the gases are prevented from touching it, and suffering that degree of effect which is needful to commence their combination at common temperatures, and which they can only experience at its surface. In fact, the very power which causes the combination of oxygen and hydrogen, is competent, under the usual casual exposure of platina, to condense extraneous matters upon its surface, which soiling it, take away for the time its power of combining oxygen and hydrogen, by preventing their contact with it (598.).

632. It’s hardly necessary to explain why platinum doesn’t have this effect under normal conditions. It’s simply not clean enough (617.), and the gases can’t make contact with it, preventing the level of interaction needed to start combining at regular temperatures, which can only happen at its surface. In fact, the very ability that allows for the combination of oxygen and hydrogen is also capable, during typical exposure to platinum, of causing foreign substances to accumulate on its surface. This contamination temporarily strips it of its ability to combine oxygen and hydrogen by blocking their contact with it (598.).

633. Clean platina, by which I mean such as has been made the positive pole of a pile (570.), or has been treated with acid (605.), and has then been put into distilled water for twelve or fifteen minutes, has a peculiar friction when one piece is rubbed against another. It wets freely with pure water, even after it has been shaken and dried by the heat of a spirit-lamp; and if made the pole of a voltaic pile in a dilute acid, it evolves minute bubbles from every part of its surface. But platina in its common state wants that peculiar friction: it will not wet freely with water as the clean platina does; and when made the positive pole of a pile, it for a time gives off large bubbles, which seem to cling or adhere to the metal, and are evolved at distinct and separate points of the surface. These appearances and effects, as well as its want of power on oxygen and hydrogen, are the consequences, and the indications, of a soiled surface.

633. Clean platinum, meaning the kind that's been made the positive pole of a battery (570.) or treated with acid (605.) and then placed in distilled water for twelve to fifteen minutes, has a unique friction when one piece is rubbed against another. It also wets easily with pure water, even after being shaken and dried with a spirit lamp; and when used as the positive pole of a battery in a dilute acid, it produces tiny bubbles all over its surface. However, regular platinum lacks that unique friction: it doesn't wet easily with water like clean platinum does; and when it's made the positive pole of a battery, it initially releases large bubbles that seem to stick to the metal, and these bubbles appear at specific and separate spots on the surface. These observations and effects, along with its reduced activity with oxygen and hydrogen, are signs of a dirty surface.

634. I found also that platina plates which had been cleaned perfectly soon became soiled by mere exposure to the air; for after twenty-four hours they no longer moistened freely with water, but the fluid ran up into portions, leaving part of the surface bare, whilst other plates which had been retained in water for the same time, when they were dried (580.) did moisten, and gave the other indications of a clean surface.

634. I also discovered that platinum plates that had been thoroughly cleaned quickly got dirty just from being exposed to the air; after twenty-four hours, they didn't wet evenly with water anymore, causing the liquid to pool in spots and leaving some areas of the surface dry. In contrast, other plates that had been kept in water for the same amount of time, when dried (580.), did wet properly and showed the other signs of a clean surface.

635. Nor was this the case with platina or metals only, but also with earthy bodies, Rock crystal and obsidian would not wet freely upon the surface, but being moistened with strong oil of vitriol, then washed, and left in distilled water to remove all the acid, they did freely become moistened, whether they were previously dry or whether they were left wet; but being dried and left exposed to the air for twenty-four hours, their surface became so soiled that water would not then adhere freely to it, but ran up into partial portions. Wiping with a cloth (even the cleanest) was still worse than exposure to air; the surface either of the minerals or metals immediately became as if it were slightly greasy. The floating upon water of small particles of metals under ordinary circumstances is a consequence of this kind of soiled surface. The extreme difficulty of cleaning the surface of mercury when it has once been soiled or greased, is due to the same cause.

635. This wasn't just true for platina or metals; it also applied to earthy materials. Rock crystal and obsidian wouldn't wet easily on the surface, but when they were treated with strong sulfuric acid, then washed and soaked in distilled water to remove all the acid, they became easily moistened, whether they were dry or had been wet before. However, if they were dried and left out in the air for twenty-four hours, their surface would get so dirty that water wouldn't stick to it properly, but instead would form little beads. Wiping them with a cloth (even a clean one) made it even worse than just leaving them in the air; the surfaces of the minerals or metals would immediately feel slightly greasy. The tendency of small metal particles to float on water in normal conditions is a result of this kind of dirty surface. The extreme difficulty of cleaning mercury once it's become soiled or greasy is due to the same issue.

636. The same reasons explain why the power of the platina plates in some circumstances soon disappear, and especially upon use: MM. Dulong and Thenard have observed the same effect with the spongy metal146, as indeed have all those who have used Döbereiner's instantaneous light machines. If left in the air, if put into ordinary distilled water, if made to act upon ordinary oxygen and hydrogen, they can still find in all these cases that minute portion of impurity which, when once in contact with the surface of the platina, is retained there, and is sufficient to prevent its full action upon oxygen and hydrogen at common temperatures: a slight elevation of temperature is again sufficient to compensate this effect, and cause combination.

636. The same reasons explain why the effectiveness of the platinum plates can quickly fade in certain situations, especially with use: Dulong and Thenard have noticed the same issue with the spongy metal146, as have all who have used Döbereiner's instant light machines. If left exposed to air, submerged in regular distilled water, or made to interact with standard oxygen and hydrogen, they can still detect a tiny amount of impurity in all these cases that when it comes into contact with the platinum surface, gets trapped there and is enough to hinder its full reaction with oxygen and hydrogen at normal temperatures: a slight increase in temperature is again enough to counteract this effect and cause a reaction.

637. No state of a solid body can be conceived more favourable for the production of the effect than that which is possessed by platina obtained from the ammonio-muriate by heat. Its surface is most extensive and pure, yet very accessible to the gases brought in contact with it: if placed in impurity, the interior, as Thenard and Dulong have observed, is preserved clean by the exterior; and as regards temperature, it is so bad a conductor of heat, because of its divided condition, that almost all which is evolved by the combination of the first portions of gas is retained within the mass, exalting the tendency of the succeeding portions to combine.

637. No solid state can be imagined more suitable for producing the effect than the form of platinum obtained from ammonium chloride through heat. Its surface is vast and clean, yet easily exposed to the gases that come into contact with it. If it's placed in a contaminated environment, the interior, as Thenard and Dulong have noted, remains clean due to the protective exterior; and in terms of temperature, it is such a poor conductor of heat, because of its fragmented state, that almost all the heat generated by the initial gas combinations is held within the material, increasing the likelihood of subsequent gases combining.

* * * * *

Understood. Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

638. I have now to notice some very extraordinary interferences with this phenomenon, dependent, not upon the nature or condition of the metal or other acting solid, but upon the presence of certain substances mingled with the gases acted upon; and as I shall have occasion to speak frequently of a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, I wish it always to be understood that I mean a mixture composed of one volume of oxygen to two volumes of hydrogen, being the proportions that form water. Unless otherwise expressed, the hydrogen was always that obtained by the action of dilute sulphuric acid on pure zinc, and the oxygen that obtained by the action of heat from the chlorate of potassa.

638. I now need to talk about some very unusual interactions with this phenomenon, which depend not on the type or state of the metal or other solid that’s acting, but rather on the presence of certain substances mixed with the gases involved. Since I’ll often refer to a mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, I want it to be clear that I’m talking about a mixture that consists of one volume of oxygen to two volumes of hydrogen, the proportions that make water. Unless stated otherwise, the hydrogen mentioned was always obtained by the reaction of dilute sulfuric acid with pure zinc, and the oxygen was produced by heating potassium chlorate.

639. Mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen with air, containing one-fourth, one-half, and even two-thirds of the latter, being introduced with prepared platina plates (570. 605.) into tubes, were acted upon almost as well as if no air were present: the retardation was far less than might have been expected from the mere dilution and consequent obstruction to the contact of the gases with the plates. In two hours and a half nearly all the oxygen and hydrogen introduced as mixture was gone.

639. Mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen with air, containing one-fourth, one-half, and even two-thirds of the latter, when introduced with prepared platinum plates (570. 605.) into tubes, reacted almost as well as if there was no air present: the delay was much less than expected from just the dilution and the resulting barrier to the gases contacting the plates. In two and a half hours, nearly all the oxygen and hydrogen introduced as a mixture was used up.

640. But when similar experiments were made with olefiant gas (the platina plates having been made the positive poles of a voltaic pile (570.) in acid), very different results occurred. A mixture was made of 29.2 volumes hydrogen and 14.6 volumes oxygen, being the proportions for water; and to this was added another mixture of 3 volumes oxygen and one volume olefiant gas, so that the olefiant gas formed but 1/40th part of the whole; yet in this mixture the platina plate would not act in forty-five hours. The failure was not for want of any power in the plate, for when after that time it was taken out of this mixture and put into one of oxygen and hydrogen, it immediately acted, and in seven minutes caused explosion of the gas. This result was obtained several times, and when larger proportions of olefiant gas were used, the action seemed still more hopeless.

640. But when similar experiments were conducted with olefiant gas (the platinum plates serving as the positive poles of a voltaic pile (570.) in acid), the results were very different. A mixture was created using 29.2 volumes of hydrogen and 14.6 volumes of oxygen, which is the ratio for water; to this, another mixture of 3 volumes of oxygen and one volume of olefiant gas was added, making the olefiant gas only 1/40th of the total. However, in this mixture, the platinum plate did not function for forty-five hours. The failure wasn’t due to a lack of power in the plate because after that time, when it was removed from this mixture and placed into one of oxygen and hydrogen, it immediately worked, causing an explosion of the gas in seven minutes. This result was achieved multiple times, and when larger amounts of olefiant gas were used, the reaction seemed even more unlikely.

641. A mixture of forty-nine volumes oxygen and hydrogen (638.) with one volume of olefiant gas had a well-prepared platina plate introduced. The diminution of gas was scarcely sensible at the end of two hours, during which it was watched; but on examination twenty-four hours afterwards, the tube was found blown to pieces. The action, therefore, though it had been very much retarded, had occurred at last, and risen to a maximum.

641. A mixture of forty-nine parts oxygen and hydrogen (638.) with one part of olefiant gas had a well-prepared platinum plate added. The decrease in gas was hardly noticeable after two hours of observation; however, when checked twenty-four hours later, the tube was found shattered. Hence, the reaction, although significantly delayed, eventually took place and reached its peak.

642. With a mixture of ninety-nine volumes of oxygen and hydrogen (638.) with one of olefiant gas, a feeble action was evident at the end of fifty minutes; it went on accelerating (630.) until the eighty-fifth minute, and then became so intense that the gas exploded. Here also the retarding effect of the olefiant gas was very beautifully illustrated.

642. When you mix ninety-nine parts of oxygen and hydrogen (638.) with one part of olefiant gas, a slight reaction was noticeable after fifty minutes; it continued to speed up (630.) until the eighty-fifth minute, and then became so powerful that the gas exploded. This clearly demonstrated the slowing effect of the olefiant gas.

643. Plates prepared by alkali and acid (605.) produced effects corresponding to those just described.

643. Plates made with alkali and acid (605.) produced results similar to those just described.

644. It is perfectly clear from these experiments, that olefiant gas, even in small quantities, has a very remarkable influence in preventing the combination of oxygen and hydrogen under these circumstances, and yet without at all injuring or affecting the power of the platina.

644. It's clear from these experiments that olefiant gas, even in small amounts, has a significant effect in stopping the combination of oxygen and hydrogen in these conditions, and it does this without harming or affecting the power of platinum at all.

645. Another striking illustration of similar interference may be shown in carbonic oxide; especially if contrasted with carbonic acid. A mixture of one volume oxygen and hydrogen (638.) with four volumes of carbonic acid was affected at once by a platina plate prepared with acid, &c. (605.); and in one hour and a quarter nearly all the oxygen and hydrogen was gone. Mixtures containing less carbonic acid were still more readily affected.

645. Another clear example of similar interference can be seen in carbon monoxide, especially when compared to carbon dioxide. A mixture of one volume of oxygen and hydrogen (638.) with four volumes of carbon dioxide was quickly affected by a platinum plate prepared with acid, etc. (605.); and in just over an hour, nearly all the oxygen and hydrogen were gone. Mixtures with less carbon dioxide were even more easily affected.

646. But when carbonic oxide was substituted for the carbonic acid, not the slightest effect of combination was produced; and when the carbonic oxide was only one-eighth of the whole volume, no action occurred in forty and fifty hours. Yet the plates had not lost their power; for being taken out and put into pure oxygen and hydrogen, they acted well and at once.

646. But when carbon monoxide replaced the carbon dioxide, there was no sign of any reaction at all; even when the carbon monoxide made up just one-eighth of the total volume, nothing happened after forty to fifty hours. Still, the plates hadn’t lost their effectiveness; when they were removed and placed in pure oxygen and hydrogen, they worked well right away.

647. Two volumes of carbonic oxide and one of oxygen were mingled with nine volumes of oxygen and hydrogen (638.). This mixture was not affected by a plate which had been made positive in acid, though it remained in it fifteen hours. But when to the same volumes of carbonic oxide and oxygen were added thirty-three volumes of oxygen and hydrogen, the carbonic oxide being then only 1/18th part of the whole, the plate acted, slowly at first, and at the end of forty-two minutes the gases exploded.

647. Two volumes of carbon monoxide and one of oxygen were mixed with nine volumes of oxygen and hydrogen (638.). This mixture wasn’t affected by a plate that had been positively charged in acid, even after staying in it for fifteen hours. However, when thirty-three volumes of oxygen and hydrogen were added to the same amounts of carbon monoxide and oxygen, making the carbon monoxide only 1/18th of the total, the plate reacted slowly at first, and after forty-two minutes, the gases exploded.

648. These experiments were extended to various gases and vapours, the general results of which may be given as follow. Oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, and nitrous oxide, when used to dilute the mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, did not prevent the action of the plates even when they made four-fifths of the whole volume of gas acted upon. Nor was the retardation so great in any case as might have been expected from the mere dilution of the oxygen and hydrogen, and the consequent mechanical obstruction to its contact with the platina. The order in which carbonic acid and these substances seemed to stand was as follows, the first interfering least with the action; nitrous oxide, hydrogen, carbonic acid, nitrogen, oxygen: but it is possible the plates were not equally well prepared in all the cases, and that other circumstances also were unequal; consequently more numerous experiments would be required to establish the order accurately.

648. These experiments were conducted with various gases and vapors, and the overall results can be summarized as follows. Oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, and nitrous oxide, when used to dilute the mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, did not stop the action of the plates, even when they made up four-fifths of the total gas volume tested. The delay in the reaction was also not as significant in any case as one might have expected just from the dilution of the oxygen and hydrogen, and the resulting mechanical barrier to their contact with the platinum. The order in which carbon dioxide and these substances seemed to affect the reaction was as follows, with the first causing the least interference: nitrous oxide, hydrogen, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, oxygen: however, it is possible that the plates were not equally well prepared in all cases, and that other factors were also inconsistent; therefore, more experiments would be needed to accurately determine the order.

649. As to cases of retardation, the powers of olefiant gas and carbonic oxide have been already described. Mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen, containing from 1/16th to 1/20th of sulphuretted hydrogen or phosphuretted hydrogen, seemed to show a little action at first, but were not further affected by the prepared plates, though in contact with them for seventy hours. When the plates were removed they had lost all power over pure oxygen and hydrogen, and the interference of these gases was therefore of a different nature from that of the two former, having permanently affected the plate.

649. Regarding cases of retardation, the effects of olefiant gas and carbon monoxide have already been discussed. Mixtures of oxygen and hydrogen that contained between 1/16th to 1/20th of either hydrogen sulfide or phosphine initially showed some reaction but were not significantly affected by the treated plates, even after being in contact for seventy hours. Once the plates were removed, they had lost all effectiveness over pure oxygen and hydrogen, indicating that the interaction with these gases was different from that of the previous two, having permanently impacted the plates.

650. A small piece of cork was dipped in sulphuret of carbon and passed up through water into a tube containing oxygen and hydrogen (638.), so as to diffuse a portion of its vapour through the gases. A plate being introduced appeared at first to act a little, but after sixty-one hours the diminution was very small. Upon putting the same plate into a pure mixture of oxygen and hydrogen, it acted at once and powerfully, having apparently suffered no diminution of its force.

650. A small piece of cork was soaked in carbon disulfide and then pushed through water into a tube filled with oxygen and hydrogen (638.), allowing some of its vapor to mix with the gases. When a plate was added, it seemed to have a slight effect at first, but after sixty-one hours, the reduction was minimal. When the same plate was placed into a pure mix of oxygen and hydrogen, it reacted immediately and strongly, showing no apparent loss of effectiveness.

651. A little vapour of ether being mixed with the oxygen and hydrogen retarded the action of the plate, but did not prevent it altogether. A little of the vapour of the condensed oil-gas liquor147 retarded the action still more, but not nearly so much as an equal volume of olefiant gas would have done. In both these cases it was the original oxygen and hydrogen which combined together, the ether and the oil-gas vapour remaining unaffected, and in both cases the plates retained the power of acting on fresh oxygen and hydrogen.

651. A small amount of ether vapor mixed with oxygen and hydrogen slowed down the reaction of the plate but didn't stop it completely. A bit of vapor from the condensed oil-gas liquid147 further slowed the reaction, but not nearly as much as an equal amount of olefiant gas would have. In both situations, it was the original oxygen and hydrogen that combined, while the ether and oil-gas vapor remained unchanged, and in both cases, the plates kept their ability to react with new oxygen and hydrogen.

652. Spongy platina was then used in place of the plates, and jets of hydrogen mingled with the different gases thrown against it in air. The results were exactly of the same kind, although presented occasionally in a more imposing form. Thus, mixtures of one volume of olefiant gas or carbonic oxide with three of hydrogen could not heat the spongy platina when the experiments were commenced at common temperatures; but a mixture of equal volumes of nitrogen and hydrogen acted very well, causing ignition. With carbonic acid the results were still more striking. A mixture of three volumes of that gas with one of hydrogen caused ignition of the platina, yet that mixture would not continue to burn from the jet when attempts were made to light it by a taper. A mixture even of seven volumes of carbonic acid and one of hydrogen will thus cause the ignition of cold spongy platina, and yet, as if to supply a contrast, than which none can be greater, it cannot burn at a taper, but causes the extinction of the latter. On the other hand, the mixtures of carbonic oxide or olefiant gas, which can do nothing with the platina, are inflamed by the taper, burning well.

652. Spongy platinum was then used instead of the plates, and jets of hydrogen mixed with the different gases that were directed at it in air. The results were similar, although sometimes they appeared more impressive. For example, mixtures of one volume of ethylene or carbon monoxide with three volumes of hydrogen couldn't heat the spongy platinum when the experiments began at normal temperatures; however, a mixture of equal volumes of nitrogen and hydrogen worked well, causing ignition. With carbon dioxide, the results were even more remarkable. A mix of three volumes of that gas with one volume of hydrogen caused ignition of the platinum, but that mixture wouldn't keep burning from the jet when attempts were made to light it with a match. Even a mixture of seven volumes of carbon dioxide and one of hydrogen can ignite cold spongy platinum, yet, to create an even greater contrast, it cannot burn with a match; instead, it extinguishes the flame. On the other hand, the mixtures of carbon monoxide or ethylene, which cannot do anything to the platinum, ignite easily with a match, burning well.

653. Hydrogen mingled with the vapour of ether or oil-gas liquor causes the ignition of the spongy platina. The mixture with oil-gas burns with a flame far brighter than that of the mixture of hydrogen and olefiant gas already referred to, so that it would appear that the retarding action of the hydrocarbons is not at all in proportion merely to the quantity of carbon present.

653. Hydrogen mixed with ether vapor or oil-gas liquid ignites the spongy platinum. The mixture with oil-gas burns with a flame much brighter than that of the hydrogen and olefiant gas mixture mentioned earlier, suggesting that the inhibiting effect of the hydrocarbons is not simply proportional to the amount of carbon present.

654. In connexion with these interferences, I must state, that hydrogen itself, prepared from steam passed over ignited iron, was found when mingled with oxygen to resist the action of platina. It had stood over water seven days, and had lost all fetid smell; but a jet of it would not cause the ignition of spongy platina, commencing at common temperatures; nor would it combine with oxygen in a tube either under the influence of a prepared plate or of spongy platina. A mixture of one volume of this gas with three of pure hydrogen, and the due proportion of oxygen, was not affected by plates after fifty hours. I am inclined to refer the effect to carbonic oxide present in the gas, but have not had time to verify the suspicion. The power of the plates was not destroyed (640. 646.).

654. Regarding these interferences, I must mention that hydrogen itself, produced from steam passed over heated iron, was found to resist the action of platinum when mixed with oxygen. It had been stored over water for seven days and had lost all foul smell; however, a stream of it wouldn't ignite spongy platinum, even at normal temperatures; nor would it combine with oxygen in a tube under the influence of a prepared plate or spongy platinum. A mixture of one volume of this gas with three volumes of pure hydrogen, and the correct amount of oxygen, remained unchanged by the plates after fifty hours. I suspect that the effect is due to carbon monoxide present in the gas, but I haven't had time to confirm that suspicion. The effectiveness of the plates was not diminished (640. 646.).

655. Such are the general facts of these remarkable interferences. Whether the effect produced by such small quantities of certain gases depends upon any direct action which they may exert upon the particles of oxygen and hydrogen, by which the latter are rendered less inclined to combine, or whether it depends upon their modifying the action of the plate temporarily (for they produce no real change on it), by investing it through the agency of a stronger attraction than that of the hydrogen, or otherwise, remains to be decided by more extended experiments.

655. These are the general facts about these remarkable interferences. It's still unclear whether the effect caused by small amounts of certain gases is due to a direct action they have on the oxygen and hydrogen particles, making them less likely to combine, or if it’s because they temporarily alter the plate’s action (since they don’t actually change it), by surrounding it with a stronger attraction than that of hydrogen, or some other reason. More extensive experiments are needed to figure it out.

* * * * *

Understood. Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

656. The theory of action which I have given for the original phenomena appears to me quite sufficient to account for all the effects by reference to known properties, and dispenses with the assumption of any new power of matter. I have pursued this subject at some length, as one of great consequence, because I am convinced that the superficial actions of matter, whether between two bodies, or of one piece of the same body, and the actions of particles not directly or strongly in combination, are becoming daily more and more important to our theories of chemical as well as mechanical philosophy148. In all ordinary cases of combustion it is evident that an action of the kind considered, occurring upon the surface of the carbon in the fire, and also in the bright part of a flame, must have great influence over the combinations there taking place.

656. The theory of action that I've presented for the original phenomena seems to be enough to explain all the effects by referring to known properties, without needing to assume any new power of matter. I've explored this topic at some length because I believe it's of great importance. I’m convinced that the superficial interactions of matter, whether between two bodies or within a single piece of the same body, as well as the interactions of particles that aren’t directly or strongly combined, are becoming increasingly significant for our theories in both chemistry and mechanical philosophy148. In all typical cases of combustion, it's clear that the kind of action I’ve discussed, occurring on the surface of the carbon in the fire and also in the bright part of a flame, must greatly affect the combinations happening there.

657. The condition of elasticity upon the exterior of the gaseous or vaporous mass already referred to (626. 627.), must be connected directly with the action of solid bodies, as nuclei, on vapours, causing condensation upon them in preference to any condensation in the vapours themselves; and in the well-known effect of nuclei on solutions a similar condition may have existence (623.), for an analogy in condition exists between the parts of a body in solution, and those of a body in the vaporous or gaseous state. This thought leads us to the consideration of what are the respective conditions at the surfaces of contact of two portions of the same substance at the same temperature, one in the solid or liquid, and the other in the vaporous state; as, for instance, steam and water. It would seem that the particles of vapour next to the particles of liquid are in a different relation to the latter to what they would be with respect to any other liquid or solid substance; as, for instance, mercury or platina, if they were made to replace the water, i.e. if the view of independent action which I have taken (626. 627.) as a consequence of Dalton's principles, be correct. It would also seem that the mutual relation of similar particles, and the indifference of dissimilar particles which Dalton has established as a matter of fact amongst gases and vapours, extends to a certain degree amongst solids and fluids, that is, when they are in relation by contact with vapours, either of their own substance or of other bodies. But though I view these points as of great importance with respect to the relations existing between different substances and their physical constitution in the solid, liquid, or gaseous state, I have not sufficiently considered them to venture any strong opinions or statements here149.

657. The elastic condition on the surface of a gas or vapor, as mentioned earlier (626. 627.), is directly linked to the impact of solid bodies acting as nuclei on vapors, leading to condensation on them instead of within the vapors themselves. A similar situation may exist with nuclei in solutions (623.), as there’s an analogy between the components of a solution and those of a vapor or gas. This brings us to explore the conditions at the points where two parts of the same substance meet at the same temperature, one being solid or liquid and the other in vapor form, like steam and water. It seems that the vapor particles closest to the liquid particles have a different relationship with the liquid than they would with any other liquid or solid, such as mercury or platinum, if they replaced the water. This assumption aligns with the independent action perspective I've taken (626. 627.) based on Dalton's principles. It also appears that the relationships among similar particles and the indifference of different particles that Dalton noted among gases and vapors also apply, to some extent, among solids and liquids when they are in contact with vapors, whether of their own substance or others. However, while I regard these points as significant regarding the relationships between various substances and their physical makeup in solid, liquid, or gas forms, I haven’t examined them thoroughly enough to express any strong opinions or assertions here149.

658. There are numerous well-known cases, in which substances, such as oxygen and hydrogen, act readily in their nascent state, and produce chemical changes which they are not able to effect if once they have assumed the gaseous condition. Such instances are very common at the poles of the voltaic pile, and are, I think, easily accounted for, if it be considered that at the moment of separation of any such particle it is entirely surrounded by other particles of a different kind with which it is in close contact, and has not yet assumed those relations and conditions which it has in its fully developed state, and which it can only assume by association with other particles of its own kind. For, at the moment, its elasticity is absent, and it is in the same relation to particles with which it is in contact, and for which it has an affinity, as the particles of oxygen and hydrogen are to each other on the surface of clean platina (626. 627.).

658. There are many well-known cases where substances like oxygen and hydrogen react easily in their nascent state, leading to chemical changes that they can't achieve once they become gases. These situations are quite common at the poles of the voltaic pile, and I believe they can be easily explained by considering that at the moment a particle separates, it is completely surrounded by other particles of a different kind with which it is in close contact. At this point, it hasn't yet formed the relationships and conditions it has in its fully developed state, which it can only achieve by associating with other particles of the same kind. In that moment, its elasticity is lacking, and it relates to the particles it touches, to which it has an affinity, just like the particles of oxygen and hydrogen do to each other on the surface of clean platina (626. 627.).

659. The singular effects of retardation produced by very small quantities of some gases, and not by large quantities of others (640. 645. 652.), if dependent upon any relation of the added gas to the surface of the solid, will then probably be found immediately connected with the curious phenomena which are presented by different gases when passing through narrow tubes at low pressures, which I observed many years ago150; and this action of surfaces must, I think, influence the highly interesting phenomena of the diffusion of gases, at least in the form in which it has been experimented upon by Mr. Graham in 1829 and 1831151, and also by Dr. Mitchell of Philadelphia152 in 1830. It seems very probable that if such a substance as spongy platina were used, another law for the diffusion of gases under the circumstances would come out than that obtained by the use of plaster of Paris.

659. The unique effects of slowing down caused by very small amounts of certain gases, and not by larger amounts of others (640. 645. 652.), if they depend on any relationship between the added gas and the surface of the solid, will likely be closely linked to the interesting phenomena observed when different gases flow through narrow tubes at low pressures, which I noticed many years ago150; and this interaction of surfaces must, I believe, impact the fascinating phenomena of gas diffusion, at least in the way Mr. Graham experimented with it in 1829 and 1831151, and also by Dr. Mitchell of Philadelphia152 in 1830. It seems quite likely that if a material like spongy platinum were used, a different law for gas diffusion under these conditions would emerge compared to what was found using plaster of Paris.

660. I intended to have followed this section by one on the secondary piles of Ritter, and the peculiar properties of the poles of the pile, or of metals through which electricity has passed, which have been observed by Ritter, Van Marum, Yelin, De la Rive, Marianini, Berzelius, and others. It appears to me that all these phenomena bear a satisfactory explanation on known principles, connected with the investigation just terminated, and do not require the assumption of any new state or new property. But as the experiments advanced, especially those of Marianini, require very careful repetition and examination, the necessity of pursuing the subject of electro-chemical decomposition obliges me for a time to defer the researches to which I have just referred.

660. I planned to follow this section with one about the secondary piles of Ritter and the unique properties of the poles of the pile, or of metals that have conducted electricity, as noted by Ritter, Van Marum, Yelin, De la Rive, Marianini, Berzelius, and others. It seems to me that all these phenomena can be satisfactorily explained by known principles related to the investigation just concluded, without needing to assume any new state or new property. However, since the experiments, especially those by Marianini, require very careful repetition and review, I need to postpone the research I mentioned to focus on the subject of electro-chemical decomposition for a while.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

November 30, 1833.

November 30, 1833.


Seventh Series.

§ 11. On Electro-chemical Decomposition, continued.153 ¶ iv. On some general conditions of Electro-decomposition. ¶ v. On a new Measurer of Volta-electricity. ¶ vi. On the primary or secondary character of bodies evolved in Electro-decomposition. ¶ vii. On the definite nature and extent of Electro-chemical Decompositions. § 13. On the absolute quantity of Electricity associated with the particles or atoms of Matter.

§ 11. On Electro-chemical Decomposition, continued.153 ¶ iv. On some general conditions of Electro-decomposition. ¶ v. On a new Measurer of Volta-electricity. ¶ vi. On the primary or secondary nature of substances produced in Electro-decomposition. ¶ vii. On the specific nature and scope of Electro-chemical Decompositions. § 13. On the total amount of Electricity linked to the particles or atoms of Matter.

Received January 9,—Read January 23, February 6 and 13, 1834.

Received January 9—Read January 23, February 6, and February 13, 1834.

Preliminary.

661. The theory which I believe to be a true expression of the facts of electro-chemical decomposition, and which I have therefore detailed in a former series of these Researches, is so much at variance with those previously advanced, that I find the greatest difficulty in stating results, as I think, correctly, whilst limited to the use of terms which are current with a certain accepted meaning. Of this kind is the term pole, with its prefixes of positive and negative, and the attached ideas of attraction and repulsion. The general phraseology is that the positive pole attracts oxygen, acids, &c., or more cautiously, that it determines their evolution upon its surface; and that the negative pole acts in an equal manner upon hydrogen, combustibles, metals, and bases. According to my view, the determining force is not at the poles, but within the body under decomposition; and the oxygen and acids are rendered at the negative extremity of that body, whilst hydrogen, metals, &c., are evolved at the positive extremity (518. 524.).

661. The theory that I believe accurately represents the facts of electro-chemical decomposition, which I have elaborated on in a previous series of these Researches, differs greatly from those previously suggested. This makes it very challenging to present my findings correctly while sticking to terms that have a certain accepted meaning. One such term is pole, along with the prefixes positive and negative, which come with the associated ideas of attraction and repulsion. The common phrasing suggests that the positive pole attracts oxygen, acids, etc., or more cautiously, that it determines their release on its surface; and that the negative pole has a similar effect on hydrogen, fuels, metals, and bases. In my view, the determining force is not located at the poles, but within the substance undergoing decomposition. Here, oxygen and acids are produced at the negative end of that substance, while hydrogen, metals, etc., are released at the positive end (518. 524.).

662. To avoid, therefore, confusion and circumlocution, and for the sake of greater precision of expression than I can otherwise obtain, I have deliberately considered the subject with two friends, and with their assistance and concurrence in framing them, I purpose henceforward using certain other terms, which I will now define. The poles, as they are usually called, are only the doors or ways by which the electric current passes into and out of the decomposing body (556.); and they of course, when in contact with that body, are the limits of its extent in the direction of the current. The term has been generally applied to the metal surfaces in contact with the decomposing substance; but whether philosophers generally would also apply it to the surfaces of air (465. 471.) and water (493.), against which I have effected electro-chemical decomposition, is subject to doubt. In place of the term pole, I propose using that of Electrode154, and I mean thereby that substance, or rather surface, whether of air, water, metal, or any other body, which bounds the extent of the decomposing matter in the direction of the electric current.

662. To avoid confusion and unnecessary explanations, and to express myself more clearly than I otherwise could, I've intentionally discussed the topic with two friends. With their help and agreement in creating definitions, I now intend to use some different terms, which I will define here. The poles, as they're commonly known, are just the points where the electric current enters and exits the decomposing substance (556.); and when they touch that substance, they mark the limits of its size in the direction of the current. This term has generally been used for the metal surfaces in contact with the decomposing material; however, it's uncertain whether most philosophers would apply it to the surfaces of air (465. 471.) and water (493.), where I've performed electro-chemical decomposition. Instead of the term pole, I suggest using Electrode154, which I mean to refer to the substance or, more precisely, the surface—whether it's air, water, metal, or any other material—that defines the boundary of the decomposing matter in the direction of the electric current.

663. The surfaces at which, according to common phraseology, the electric current enters and leaves a decomposing body, are most important places of action, and require to be distinguished apart from the poles, with which they are mostly, and the electrodes, with which they are always, in contact. Wishing for a natural standard of electric direction to which I might refer these, expressive of their difference and at the same time free from all theory, I have thought it might be found in the earth. If the magnetism of the earth be due to electric currents passing round it, the latter must be in a constant direction, which, according to present usage of speech, would be from east to west, or, which will strengthen this help to the memory, that in which the sun appears to move. If in any case of electro-decomposition we consider the decomposing body as placed so that the current passing through it shall be in the same direction, and parallel to that supposed to exist in the earth, then the surfaces at which the electricity is passing into and out of the substance would have an invariable reference, and exhibit constantly the same relations of powers. Upon this notion we purpose calling that towards the east the anode155, and that towards the west the cathode156; and whatever changes may take place in our views of the nature of electricity and electrical action, as they must affect the natural standard referred to, in the same direction, and to an equal amount with any decomposing substances to which these terms may at any time be applied, there seems no reason to expect that they will lead to confusion, or tend in any way to support false views. The anode is therefore that surface at which the electric current, according to our present expression, enters: it is the negative extremity of the decomposing body; is where oxygen, chlorine, acids, &c., are evolved; and is against or opposite the positive electrode. The cathode is that surface at which the current leaves the decomposing body, and is its positive extremity; the combustible bodies, metals, alkalies, and bases, are evolved there, and it is in contact with the negative electrode.

663. The surfaces where, in everyday language, the electric current enters and exits a decomposing substance are crucial points of action and need to be identified separately from the poles, which they are mostly in contact with, and the electrodes, which they are always in contact with. Looking for a natural standard of electric direction to differentiate between these surfaces without any theoretical bias, I thought it might be based on the Earth. If the Earth's magnetism comes from electric currents circling around it, those currents must flow in a constant direction, which, as we typically say, would be from east to west, or to make it easier to remember, in the direction the sun appears to move. If we consider a case of electro-decomposition where the decomposing body is positioned so that the current flowing through it is aligned with the direction thought to exist in the Earth, then the surfaces where electricity is entering and leaving the substance would have a constant reference point and would show consistently the same relationships of forces. Based on this idea, we will call the surface facing east the anode155, and the one facing west the cathode156; and regardless of any changes in our understanding of the nature of electricity and electrical action, as these must align in the same direction and to the same degree as any decomposing substances to which these terms might apply at any time, there’s no reason to expect confusion or to support incorrect views. The anode is therefore the surface where the electric current, as we currently express it, enters: it is the negative end of the decomposing substance; this is where oxygen, chlorine, acids, etc., are produced; and it is opposite the positive electrode. The cathode is the surface where the current exits the decomposing substance and is its positive end; combustible materials, metals, alkalis, and bases are produced there, and it is in contact with the negative electrode.

664. I shall have occasion in these Researches, also, to class bodies together according to certain relations derived from their electrical actions (822.); and wishing to express those relations without at the same time involving the expression of any hypothetical views, I intend using the following names and terms. Many bodies are decomposed directly by the electric current, their elements being set free; these I propose to call electrolytes.157 Water, therefore, is an electrolyte. The bodies which, like nitric or sulphuric acids, are decomposed in a secondary manner (752. 757.), are not included under this term. Then for electro-chemically decomposed, I shall often use the term electrolyzed, derived in the same way, and implying that the body spoken of is separated into its components under the influence of electricity: it is analogous in its sense and sound to analyse, which is derived in a similar manner. The term electrolytical will be understood at once: muriatic acid is electrolytical, boracic acid is not.

664. In these studies, I will also categorize substances based on their electrical behavior (822.); and to describe those relationships without implying any theoretical assumptions, I will use the following names and terms. Many substances are directly broken down by the electric current, releasing their elements; I will call these electrolytes.157 Therefore, water is an electrolyte. Substances like nitric or sulfuric acids, which are decomposed in a secondary manner (752. 757.), are not included under this term. For electro-chemically decomposed, I will often use the term electrolyzed, derived similarly, indicating that the substance is separated into its components by electricity: it is similar in meaning and sound to analyze, which comes from a related origin. The term electrolytical will be immediately clear: muriatic acid is electrolytical, boracic acid is not.

665. Finally, I require a term to express those bodies which can pass to the electrodes, or, as they are usually called, the poles. Substances are frequently spoken of as being electro-negative, or electro-positive, according as they go under the supposed influence of a direct attraction to the positive or negative pole. But these terms are much too significant for the use to which I should have to put them; for though the meanings are perhaps right, they are only hypothetical, and may be wrong; and then, through a very imperceptible, but still very dangerous, because continual, influence, they do great injury to science, by contracting and limiting the habitual views of those engaged in pursuing it. I propose to distinguish such bodies by calling those anions158 which go to the anode of the decomposing body; and those passing to the cathode, cations159; and when I have occasion to speak of these together, I shall call them ions. Thus the chloride of lead is an electrolyte, and when electrolyzed evolves the two ions, chlorine and lead, the former being an anion, and the latter a cation.

665. Finally, I need a term to describe those substances that can move toward the electrodes, or what are commonly known as the poles. We often refer to materials as being electro-negative or electro-positive, depending on whether they seem to be attracted to the positive or negative pole. However, these terms carry too much significance for my purposes; while the meanings might be correct, they are only theoretical and could be incorrect. This creates a subtle, yet dangerous, ongoing influence that can harm scientific understanding by narrowing the perspectives of those studying it. I suggest distinguishing these substances by labeling those that go to the anode of the decomposing substance as anions158, and those moving to the cathode as cations159; when I refer to them together, I will call them ions. For example, lead chloride is an electrolyte, and when electrolyzed, it produces the two ions, chlorine and lead, where chlorine is an anion and lead is a cation.

666. These terms being once well-defined, will, I hope, in their use enable me to avoid much periphrasis and ambiguity of expression. I do not mean to press them into service more frequently than will be required, for I am fully aware that names are one thing and science another.

666. Once these terms are clearly defined, I hope their use will help me avoid a lot of unnecessary jargon and unclear wording. I don’t intend to use them more often than necessary, as I'm well aware that names and science are two different things.

667. It will be well understood that I am giving no opinion respecting the nature of the electric current now, beyond what I have done on former occasions (283. 517.); and that though I speak of the current as proceeding from the parts which are positive to those which are negative (663.), it is merely in accordance with the conventional, though in some degree tacit, agreement entered into by scientific men, that they may have a constant, certain, and definite means of referring to the direction of the forces of that current.160

667. It's clear that I'm not offering any opinion on the nature of the electric current right now, beyond what I've mentioned before (283. 517.); and although I describe the current as flowing from the positive parts to the negative ones (663.), it's only following the conventional, somewhat unspoken, agreement made by scientists to have a consistent, clear, and definite way of referring to the direction of the forces of that current.160

¶ iv. On some general conditions of Electro-chemical Decomposition.

669. From the period when electro-chemical decomposition was first effected to the present time, it has been a remark, that those elements which, in the ordinary phenomena of chemical affinity, were the most directly opposed to each other, and combined with the greatest attractive force, were those which were the most readily evolved at the opposite extremities of the decomposing bodies (549.).

669. Since the time when electro-chemical decomposition was first achieved, it's been noted that the elements which, in typical chemical reactions, were the most opposed to each other and combined with the strongest attraction were also the ones that were most easily released at the opposite ends of the decomposing substances (549.).

670. If this result was evident when water was supposed to be essential to, and was present in, almost every case of such decomposition (472.), it is far more evident now that it has been shown and proved that water is not necessarily concerned in the phenomena (474.), and that other bodies much surpass it in some of the effects supposed to be peculiar to that substance.

670. If this outcome was clear when water was believed to be essential to, and present in, almost every case of such decomposition (472.), it is even more clear now that it has been demonstrated and proven that water is not necessarily involved in the phenomena (474.), and that other substances greatly exceed it in some of the effects thought to be unique to that substance.

671. Water, from its constitution and the nature of its elements, and from its frequent presence in cases of electrolytic action, has hitherto stood foremost in this respect. Though a compound formed by very powerful affinity, it yields up its elements under the influence of a very feeble electric current; and it is doubtful whether a case of electrolyzation can occur, where, being present, it is not resolved into its first principles.

671. Water, because of its composition and the nature of its elements, and its common occurrence in situations involving electrolysis, has always been at the forefront in this regard. Although it is a compound formed by a strong attraction, it separates into its elements with just a weak electric current; and it’s uncertain whether there’s ever a case of electrolysis where it doesn’t break down into its basic components.

672. The various oxides, chlorides, iodides, and salts, which I have shown are decomposable by the electric current when in the liquid state, under the same general law with water (402.), illustrate in an equally striking manner the activity, in such decompositions, of elements directly and powerfully opposed to each other by their chemical relations.

672. The different oxides, chlorides, iodides, and salts that I have demonstrated can be broken down by electric current when they are in a liquid state, under the same general principle as water (402.), clearly show how elements that are directly and strongly opposed to each other in their chemical relationships are active in these decompositions.

673. On the other hand, bodies dependent on weak affinities very rarely give way. Take, for instance, glasses: many of those formed of silica, lime, alkali, and oxide of lead, may be considered as little more than solutions of substances one in another161. If bottle-glass be fused, and subjected to the voltaic pile, it does not appear to be at all decomposed (408.). If flint glass, which contains substances more directly opposed, be operated upon, it suffers some decomposition; and if borate of lead glass, which is a definite chemical compound, be experimented with, it readily yields up its elements (408.).

673. On the other hand, bodies that rely on weak bonds rarely break down. For example, glasses: many made from silica, lime, alkali, and lead oxide can be seen as little more than solutions of substances mixed together161. When bottle glass is melted and subjected to a voltaic pile, it doesn't seem to break down at all (408.). However, if flint glass, which contains substances that are more directly opposing, is treated, it undergoes some decomposition; and if borate of lead glass, which is a specific chemical compound, is tested, it easily releases its elements (408.).

674. But the result which is found to be so striking in the instances quoted is not at all borne out by reference to other cases where a similar consequence might have been expected. It may be said, that my own theory of electro-chemical decomposition would lead to the expectation that all compound bodies should give way under the influence of the electric current with a facility proportionate to the strength of the affinity by which their elements, either proximate or ultimate, are combined. I am not sure that that follows as a consequence of the theory; but if the objection is supposed to be one presented by the facts, I have no doubt it will be removed when we obtain a more intimate acquaintance with, and precise idea of, the nature of chemical affinity and the mode of action of an electric current over it (518. 524.): besides which, it is just as directly opposed to any other theory of electro-chemical decomposition as the one I have propounded; for if it be admitted, as is generally the case, that the more directly bodies are opposed to each other in their attractive forces, the more powerfully do they combine, then the objection applies with equal force to any of the theories of electrolyzation which have been considered, and is an addition to those which I have taken against them.

674. However, the results that seem so notable in the examples provided aren't supported when looking at other cases where a similar outcome could have been expected. One might argue that my theory of electro-chemical decomposition suggests that all compound substances should break down under the influence of an electric current in a way that corresponds to the strength of the forces attracting their elements, whether they are closely or more distantly related. I'm not entirely convinced that this follows directly from the theory; however, if this objection comes from the facts themselves, I have no doubt it will be resolved as we gain a deeper understanding of the nature of chemical affinity and how electric currents act upon it (518. 524.). Furthermore, this is just as directly counter to any other theories of electro-chemical decomposition as the one I have proposed; because if it is acknowledged, as is typically the case, that the more bodies resist each other’s attractive forces, the more powerfully they combine, then the same objection applies equally to any of the theories of electrolyzation that have been discussed and adds to the criticisms I have against them.

675. Amongst powerful compounds which are not decomposed, boracic acids stand prominent (408.). Then again, the iodide of sulphur, and the chlorides of sulphur, phosphorus, and carbon, are not decomposable under common circumstances, though their elements are of a nature which would lead to a contrary expectation. Chloride of antimony (402. 690.), the hydro-carbons, acetic acid, ammonia, and many other bodies undecomposable by the voltaic pile, would seem to be formed by an affinity sufficiently strong to indicate that the elements were so far contrasted in their nature as to sanction the expectation that, the pile would separate them, especially as in some cases of mere solution (530. 544.), where the affinity must by comparison be very weak, separation takes place162.

675. Among strong compounds that don’t break down, boracic acids are notable (408.). Additionally, the iodide of sulfur and the chlorides of sulfur, phosphorus, and carbon don’t decompose under normal conditions, even though their elements suggest they should. Chloride of antimony (402. 690.), hydrocarbons, acetic acid, ammonia, and many other substances that aren’t decomposable by the voltaic pile seem to be formed by a strong enough affinity to suggest that the elements are quite different in nature, which would lead to the expectation that the pile would separate them. This is especially true since, in some cases of simple solution (530. 544.), where the affinity is relatively weak, separation occurs.162

676. It must not be forgotten, however, that much of this difficulty, and perhaps the whole, may depend upon the absence of conducting power, which, preventing the transmission of the current, prevents of course the effects due to it. All known compounds being non-conductors when solid, but conductors when liquid, are decomposed, with perhaps the single exception at present known of periodide of mercury (679. 691.)163; and even water itself, which so easily yields up its elements when the current passes, if rendered quite pure, scarcely suffers change, because it then becomes a very bad conductor.

676. It shouldn't be overlooked, though, that a lot of this issue, and maybe even all of it, could be due to the lack of conducting power, which prevents the current from flowing and, of course, stops the effects that should come from it. All known compounds are non-conductors when solid but act as conductors when liquid, except, perhaps, for the only known case of mercuric periodide (679. 691.)163; and even water, which readily breaks down into its elements when the current flows, barely changes when it's made completely pure because in that state, it's a very poor conductor.

677. If it should hereafter be proved that the want of decomposition in those cases where, from chemical considerations, it might be so strongly expected (669, 672. 674.), is due to the absence or deficiency of conducting power, it would also at the same time be proved that decomposition depends upon conduction, and not the latter upon the former (413.); and in water this seems to be very nearly decided. On the other hand, the conclusion is almost irresistible, that in electrolytes the power of transmitting the electricity across the substance is dependent upon their capability of suffering decomposition; taking place only whilst they are decomposing, and being proportionate to the quantity of elements separated (821.). I may not, however, stop to discuss this point experimentally at present.

677. If it is later shown that the lack of decomposition in cases where we would expect it based on chemical principles (669, 672, 674) is caused by a lack of conductivity, it would also be demonstrated that decomposition depends on conduction, rather than the other way around (413). In water, this appears to be almost certain. On the flip side, the conclusion is almost unavoidable that in electrolytes, the ability to transmit electricity through the substance depends on their ability to undergo decomposition, occurring only while they are decomposing and correlating with the amount of elements separated (821). However, I won’t stop to discuss this experimentally right now.

678. When a compound contains such elements as are known to pass towards the opposite extremities of the voltaic pile, still the proportions in which they are present appear to be intimately connected with capability in the compound of suffering or resisting decomposition. Thus, the protochloride of tin readily conducts, and is decomposed (402.), but the perchloride neither conducts nor is decomposed (406.). The protiodide of tin is decomposed when fluid (402.); the periodide is not (405.). The periodide of mercury when fused is not decomposed (691.), even though it does conduct. I was unable to contrast it with the protiodide, the latter being converted into mercury and periodide by heat.

678. When a compound has elements that are known to move towards the opposite ends of the voltaic pile, the proportions in which they exist seem to be closely linked to the compound's ability to decompose or resist decomposition. For instance, the protochloride of tin easily conducts and decomposes (402.), whereas the perchloride neither conducts nor decomposes (406.). The protiodide of tin decomposes when in liquid form (402.); the periodide does not (405.). The periodide of mercury, when melted, doesn't decompose (691.), even though it does conduct. I couldn't compare it with the protiodide since the latter turns into mercury and periodide when heated.

679. These important differences induced me to look more closely to certain binary compounds, with a view of ascertaining whether a law regulating the decomposability according to some relation of the proportionals or equivalents of the elements, could be discovered. The proto compounds only, amongst those just referred to, were decomposable; and on referring to the substances quoted to illustrate the force and generality of the law of conduction and decomposition which I discovered (402.), it will be found that all the oxides, chlorides, and iodides subject to it, except the chloride of antimony and the periodide of mercury, (to which may now perhaps be added corrosive sublimate,) are also decomposable, whilst many per compounds of the same elements, not subject to the law, were not so (405. 406.).

679. These significant differences led me to take a closer look at certain binary compounds to determine if a law governing the decomposability based on some relationship of the proportions or equivalents of the elements could be identified. Only the proto compounds among those mentioned were decomposable; and when examining the substances cited to illustrate the strength and general applicability of the law of conduction and decomposition that I discovered (402.), it turns out that all the oxides, chlorides, and iodides affected by it, except for antimony chloride and mercury periodide (and perhaps now also corrosive sublimate), are also decomposable, while many per compounds of the same elements that do not adhere to the law were not (405. 406.).

680. The substances which appeared to form the strongest exceptions to this general result were such bodies as the sulphuric, phosphoric, nitric, arsenic, and other acids.

680. The substances that seemed to be the biggest exceptions to this general result were things like sulfuric, phosphoric, nitric, arsenic, and other acids.

681. On experimenting with sulphuric acid, I found no reason to believe that it was by itself a conductor of, or decomposable by, electricity, although I had previously been of that opinion (552.). When very strong it is a much worse conductor than if diluted164. If then subjected to the action of a powerful battery, oxygen appears at the anode, or positive electrode, although much is absorbed (728.), and hydrogen and sulphur appear at the cathode, or negative electrode. Now the hydrogen has with me always been pure, not sulphuretted, and has been deficient in proportion to the sulphur present, so that it is evident that when decomposition occurred water must have been decomposed. I endeavoured to make the experiment with anhydrous sulphuric acid; and it appeared to me that, when fused, such acid was not a conductor, nor decomposed; but I had not enough of the dry acid in my possession to allow me to decide the point satisfactorily. My belief is, that when sulphur appears during the action of the pile on sulphuric acid, it is the result of a secondary action, and that the acid itself is not electrolyzable (757.).

681. While experimenting with sulfuric acid, I found no reason to believe that it was a conductor of electricity or could be broken down by it on its own, even though I had previously thought so (552.). When it's very strong, it conducts electricity much worse than when it's diluted 164. When subjected to a powerful battery, oxygen is produced at the anode (positive electrode), although a significant amount is absorbed (728.), and hydrogen and sulfur come out at the cathode (negative electrode). The hydrogen I've observed has always been pure, not sulfurous, and has been less in quantity compared to the sulfur present, indicating that when decomposition happens, water must also be decomposed. I tried to conduct the experiment with anhydrous sulfuric acid, and it seemed to me that when melted, this acid was neither a conductor nor able to decompose; however, I didn't have enough of the dry acid to reach a definite conclusion. I believe that when sulfur appears during the reaction of the battery with sulfuric acid, it's due to a secondary reaction, and that the acid itself is not electrolyzable (757.).

682. Phosphoric acid is, I believe, also in the same condition; but I have found it impossible to decide the point, because of the difficulty of operating on fused anhydrous phosphoric acid. Phosphoric acid which has once obtained water cannot be deprived of it by heat alone. When heated, the hydrated acid volatilizes. Upon subjecting phosphoric acid, fused upon the ring end of a wire (401.), to the action of the voltaic apparatus, it conducted, and was decomposed; but gas, which I believe to be hydrogen, was always evolved at the negative electrode, and the wire was not affected as would have happened had phosphorus been separated. Gas was also evolved at the positive electrode. From all the facts, I conclude it was the water and not the acid which was decomposed.

682. I believe phosphoric acid is also in the same state; however, I've found it impossible to determine this conclusively due to the challenge of working with fused anhydrous phosphoric acid. Once phosphoric acid absorbs water, it can't be removed by heat alone. When heated, the hydrated acid vaporizes. When I subjected phosphoric acid, fused onto the end of a wire (401.), to the voltaic apparatus, it conducted and was decomposed; however, gas, which I think is hydrogen, was always released at the negative electrode, and the wire showed no signs of damage, which would have occurred if phosphorus had been separated. Gas was also released at the positive electrode. Based on all these observations, I conclude that it was the water, not the acid, that was decomposed.

683. Arsenic acid. This substance conducted, and was decomposed; but it contained water, and I was unable at the time to press the investigation so as to ascertain whether a fusible anhydrous arsenic acid could be obtained. It forms, therefore, at present no exception to the general result.

683. Arsenic acid. This substance conducted and decomposed; however, it had water in it, and I couldn’t pursue the investigation further at that time to determine if a fusible anhydrous arsenic acid could be produced. As a result, it currently doesn't stand out from the general findings.

684. Nitrous acid, obtained by distilling nitrate of lead, and keeping it in contact with strong sulphuric acid, was found to conduct and decompose slowly. But on examination there were strong reasons for believing that water was present, and that the decomposition and conduction depended upon it. I endeavoured to prepare a perfectly anhydrous portion, but could not spare the time required to procure an unexceptionable result.

684. Nitrous acid, which is made by distilling lead nitrate and mixing it with strong sulfuric acid, was observed to conduct electricity and decompose slowly. However, upon closer inspection, there were strong indications that water was involved and that the decomposition and conductivity relied on it. I tried to create a completely dry sample, but I couldn't find the time to achieve a reliable result.

685. Nitric acid is a substance which I believe is not decomposed directly by the electric current. As I want the facts in illustration of the distinction existing between primary and secondary decomposition, I will merely refer to them in this place (752.).

685. Nitric acid is a substance that I believe is not broken down directly by electric current. Since I want the facts to illustrate the difference between primary and secondary decomposition, I will just mention them here (752.).

686. That these mineral acids should confer facility of conduction and decomposition on water, is no proof that they are competent to favour and suffer these actions in themselves. Boracic acid does the same thing, though not decomposable. M. de la Rive has pointed out that chlorine has this power also; but being to us an elementary substance, it cannot be due to its capability of suffering decomposition.

686. Just because these mineral acids make it easier for water to conduct and break down doesn’t mean that they themselves can promote or undergo these processes. Boric acid does the same thing, even though it doesn’t decompose. M. de la Rive has noted that chlorine has this ability too; however, since it is an elementary substance for us, it can’t be attributed to its ability to decompose.

687. Chloride of sulphur does not conduct, nor is it decomposed. It consists of single proportionals of its elements, but is not on that account an exception to the rule (679.), which does not affirm that all compounds of single proportionals of elements are decomposable, but that such as are decomposable are so constituted.

687. Chloride of sulfur does not conduct electricity, nor does it break down. It consists of single proportions of its elements, but that doesn't make it an exception to the rule (679.), which does not claim that all compounds with single proportions of elements are decomposable; rather, it states that those that are decomposable have this specific structure.

688. Protochloride of phosphorus does not conduct nor become decomposed.

688. Protochloride of phosphorus does not conduct electricity and does not break down.

689. Protochloride of carbon does not conduct nor suffer decomposition. In association with this substance, I submitted the hydro-chloride of carbon from olefiant gas and chlorine to the action of the electric current; but it also refused to conduct or yield up its elements.

689. Protochloride of carbon doesn’t conduct electricity and doesn’t break down. Along with this substance, I tested the hydro-chloride of carbon made from olefiant gas and chlorine using an electric current; it also wouldn’t conduct or release its elements.

600. With regard to the exceptions (679.), upon closer examination some of them disappear. Chloride of antimony (a compound of one proportional of antimony and one and a half of chlorine) of recent preparation was put into a tube (fig. 68.) (789.), and submitted when fused to the action of the current, the positive electrode being of plumbago. No electricity passed, and no appearance of decomposition was visible at first; but when the positive and negative electrodes were brought very near each other in the chloride, then a feeble action occurred and a feeble current passed. The effect altogether was so small (although quite amenable to the law before given (394.)), and so unlike the decomposition and conduction occurring in all the other cases, that I attribute it to the presence of a minute quantity of water, (for which this and many other chlorides have strong attractions, producing hydrated chlorides,) or perhaps of a true protochloride consisting of single proportionals (695, 796.).

600. Regarding the exceptions (679.), upon closer inspection, some of them fade away. Chloride of antimony (a compound of one part antimony and one and a half parts chlorine) that was recently prepared was placed in a tube (fig. 68.) (789.) and, when melted, exposed to the electric current, with a graphite positive electrode. No electricity flowed, and no signs of decomposition were visible at first; however, when the positive and negative electrodes were brought very close to each other in the chloride, a weak reaction occurred, and a slight current passed. The overall effect was so minor (though quite consistent with the previously mentioned law (394.)), and so different from the decomposition and conduction seen in all other instances, that I attribute it to the presence of a tiny amount of water, which this and many other chlorides have a strong attraction for, leading to the formation of hydrated chlorides, or possibly to a true protochloride made up of single proportions (695, 796.).

691. Periodide of mercury being examined in the same manner, was found most distinctly to insulate whilst solid, but conduct when fluid, according to the law of liquido-conduction (402.); but there was no appearance of decomposition. No iodine appeared at the anode, nor mercury or other substance at the cathode. The case is, therefore, no exception to the rule, that only compounds of single proportionals are decomposable; but it is an exception, and I think the only one, to the statement, that all bodies subject to the law of liquido-conduction are decomposable. I incline, however, to believe, that a portion of protiodide of mercury is retained dissolved in the periodide, and that to its slow decomposition the feeble conducting power is due. Periodide would be formed, as a secondary result, at the anode; and the mercury at the cathode would also form, as a secondary result, protiodide. Both these bodies would mingle with the fluid mass, and thus no final separation appear, notwithstanding the continued decomposition.

691. Mercury Periodide was examined in the same way and was found to insulate well while solid but conduct when liquid, following the principle of liquido-conduction (402.); however, there was no sign of decomposition. No iodine showed up at the anode, nor did mercury or any other substance appear at the cathode. Therefore, this case does not contradict the rule that only compounds with simple proportions are decomposable; however, it does challenge the claim that all substances that follow the law of liquido-conduction can be decomposed. I tend to believe that some protiodide of mercury is dissolved in the periodide, and that its weak conductivity is due to this slow decomposition. Periodide would form as a secondary outcome at the anode; likewise, mercury at the cathode would also produce protiodide as a secondary result. Both of these substances would mix with the liquid mass, so no final separation would be visible, despite the ongoing decomposition.

692. When perchloride of mercury was subjected to the voltaic current, it did not conduct in the solid state, but it did conduct when fluid. I think, also, that in the latter case it was decomposed; but there are many interfering circumstances which require examination before a positive conclusion can be drawn165.

692. When perchloride of mercury was exposed to the electric current, it didn't conduct in its solid form, but it did conduct when it was liquid. I also think that in this situation, it was broken down; however, there are many complicating factors that need to be analyzed before any definite conclusions can be made165.

693. When the ordinary protoxide of antimony is subjected to the voltaic current in a fused state, it also is decomposed, although the effect from other causes soon ceases (402, 801.). This oxide consists of one proportional of antimony and one and a half of oxygen, and is therefore an exception to the general law assumed. But in working with this oxide and the chloride, I observed facts which lead me to doubt whether the compounds usually called the protoxide and the protochloride do not often contain other compounds, consisting of single proportions, which are the true proto compounds, and which, in the case of the oxide, might give rise to the decomposition above described.

693. When regular antimony protoxide is exposed to a voltaic current while melted, it breaks down, even though effects from other reasons quickly fade (402, 801.). This oxide is made up of one part antimony and one and a half parts oxygen, making it an exception to the general rule. However, while working with this oxide and the chloride, I noticed things that made me question whether the substances commonly referred to as protoxide and protochloride sometimes contain other compounds, made up of single proportions, which are the actual proto compounds, and which, in the case of the oxide, could lead to the decomposition mentioned above.

694. The ordinary sulphuret of antimony its considered as being the compound with the smallest quantity of sulphur, and analogous in its proportions to the ordinary protoxide. But I find that if it be fused with metallic antimony, a new sulphuret is formed, containing much more of the metal than the former, and separating distinctly, when fused, both from the pure metal on the one hand, and the ordinary gray sulphuret on the other. In some rough experiments, the metal thus taken up by the ordinary sulphuret of antimony was equal to half the proportion of that previously in the sulphuret, in which case the new sulphuret would consist of single proportionals.

694. The regular sulfide of antimony is considered the compound with the smallest amount of sulfur, similar in its proportions to the regular protoxide. However, I have found that when it is melted with metallic antimony, a new sulfide is created that contains significantly more metal than the original, and it distinctly separates when melted, both from the pure metal on one side and the usual gray sulfide on the other. In some preliminary experiments, the metal absorbed by the ordinary sulfide of antimony was equal to half the amount that was previously in the sulfide, resulting in the new sulfide consisting of single proportionals.

695. When this new sulphuret was dissolved in muriatic acid, although a little antimony separated, yet it appeared to me that a true protochloride, consisting of single proportionals, was formed, and from that by alkalies, &c., a true protoxide, consisting also of single proportionals, was obtainable. But I could not stop to ascertain this matter strictly by analysis.

695. When this new sulfide was dissolved in hydrochloric acid, although a small amount of antimony separated, it seemed to me that a true protochloride, made up of single proportions, was formed. From that, a true protoxide, also made of single proportions, could be obtained using alkalies, etc. However, I couldn't take the time to confirm this through detailed analysis.

696. I believe, however, that there is such an oxide; that it is often present in variable proportions in what is commonly called protoxide, throwing uncertainty upon the results of its analysis, and causing the electrolytic decomposition above described166.

696. I believe, though, that there is such an oxide; that it often appears in varying amounts in what is typically referred to as protoxide, leading to uncertainty in the analysis results and causing the electrolytic decomposition mentioned above.166

697. Upon the whole, it appears probable that all those binary compounds of elementary bodies which are capable of being electrolyzed when fluid, but not whilst solid, according to the law of liquido-conduction (394.), consist of single proportionals of their elementary principles; and it may be because of their departure from this simplicity of composition, that boracic acid, ammonia, perchlorides, periodides, and many other direct compounds of elements, are indecomposable.

697. Overall, it seems likely that all those binary compounds of basic elements that can be electrolyzed when in liquid form, but not when solid, according to the law of liquid conduction (394.), consist of simple ratios of their elemental principles. It could be due to their complexity in composition that boric acid, ammonia, perchlorates, periodides, and many other direct compounds of elements are not decomposable.

698. With regard to salts and combinations of compound bodies, the same simple relation does not appear to hold good. I could not decide this by bisulphates of the alkalies, for as long as the second proportion of acid remained, water was retained with it. The fused salts conducted, and were decomposed; but hydrogen always appeared at the negative electrode.

698. When it comes to salts and combinations of compound substances, the same straightforward relationship doesn't seem to apply. I couldn't determine this using alkali bisulphates because as long as there was a second amount of acid present, water stayed with it. The melted salts conducted electricity and were broken down; however, hydrogen consistently appeared at the negative electrode.

699. A biphosphate of soda was prepared by heating, and ultimately fusing, the ammonia-phosphate of soda. In this case the fused bisalt conducted, and was decomposed; but a little gas appeared at the negative electrode; and though I believe the salt itself was electrolyzed, I am not quite satisfied that water was entirely absent.

699. A biphosphate of soda was made by heating and eventually melting the ammonia-phosphate of soda. In this case, the fused bisalt conducted electricity and was broken down; however, a small amount of gas was seen at the negative electrode. While I think the salt itself was electrolyzed, I'm not completely sure that water wasn't present at all.

700. Then a biborate of soda was prepared; and this, I think, is an unobjectionable case. The salt, when fused, conducted, and was decomposed, and gas appeared at both electrodes: even when the boracic acid was increased to three proportionals, the same effect took place.

700. Then a borate of soda was prepared; and I think this is a good example. The salt, when melted, conducted electricity and was decomposed, generating gas at both electrodes: even when the boric acid amount increased to three parts, the same result occurred.

701. Hence this class of compound combinations does not seem to be subject to the same simple law as the former class of binary combinations. Whether we may find reason to consider them as mere solutions of the compound of single proportionals in the excess of acid, is a matter which, with some apparent exceptions occurring amongst the sulphurets, must be left for decision by future examination.

701. Therefore, this group of compound combinations doesn't seem to follow the same straightforward rule as the previous group of binary combinations. Whether we can regard them as just solutions of the compound made up of single proportions with an excess of acid is a question, with some noticeable exceptions among the sulfides, that will need to be explored in future investigations.

702. In any investigation of these points, great care must be taken to exclude water; for if present, secondary effects are so frequently produced as often seemingly to indicate an electro-decomposition of substances, when no true result of the kind has occurred (742, &c.).

702. In any investigation of these points, great care must be taken to exclude water; because if it’s present, secondary effects often arise that can give the appearance of electro-decomposition of substances, even when no real result of that kind has actually occurred (742, &c.).

703. It is evident that all the cases in which decomposition does not occur, may depend upon the want of conduction (677. 413.); but that does not at all lessen the interest excited by seeing the great difference of effect due to a change, not in the nature of the elements, but merely in their proportions; especially in any attempt which may be made to elucidate and expound the beautiful theory put forth by Sir Humphry Davy167, and illustrated by Berzelius and other eminent philosophers, that ordinary chemical affinity is a mere result of the electrical attractions of the particles of matter.

703. It’s clear that all the cases where decomposition does not occur may depend on a lack of conduction (677. 413.); however, that doesn’t diminish the fascination of observing the significant differences in effect that arise from a change not in the nature of the elements but simply in their proportions. This is especially true in any efforts to explain and clarify the elegant theory proposed by Sir Humphry Davy167, and illustrated by Berzelius and other distinguished philosophers, which suggests that ordinary chemical affinity is simply a result of the electrical attractions between particles of matter.

¶ v. On a new measure of Volta-electricity.

704. I have already said, when engaged in reducing common and voltaic electricity to one standard of measurement (377.), and again when introducing my theory of electro-chemical decomposition (504. 505. 510.), that the chemical decomposing action of a current is constant for a constant quantity of electricity, notwithstanding the greatest variations in its sources, in its intensity, in the size of the electrodes used, in the nature of the conductors (or non-conductors (307.)) through which it is passed, or in other circumstances. The conclusive proofs of the truth of these statements shall be given almost immediately (783, &c.).

704. I've already mentioned, when working on standardizing common and voltaic electricity (377.), and again when introducing my theory of electro-chemical decomposition (504. 505. 510.), that the chemical decomposing action of a current remains consistent for a constant amount of electricity, regardless of significant variations in its sources, its intensity, the size of the electrodes used, the type of conductors (or non-conductors (307.)) it passes through, or any other factors. The definitive proof of these claims will be provided very soon (783, &c.).

705. I endeavoured upon this law to construct an instrument which should measure out the electricity passing through it, and which, being interposed in the course of the current used in any particular experiment, should serve at pleasure, either as a comparative standard of effect, or as a positive measurer of this subtile agent.

705. I worked on this law to create a device that would measure the electricity flowing through it, and which, when placed in the path of the current used in any specific experiment, could serve at will as either a comparison standard for effects or as a definitive measure of this subtle force.

706. There is no substance better fitted, under ordinary circumstances, to be the indicating body in such an instrument than water; for it is decomposed with facility when rendered a better conductor by the addition of acids or salts; its elements may in numerous cases be obtained and collected without any embarrassment from secondary action, and, being gaseous, they are in the best physical condition for separation and measurement. Water, therefore, acidulated by sulphuric acid, is the substance I shall generally refer to, although it may become expedient in peculiar cases or forms of experiment to use other bodies (843.).

706. There’s no substance better suited, under normal conditions, to be the indicator in such a device than water. It can easily break down when improved as a conductor by adding acids or salts. Its components can often be obtained and collected without complications from secondary reactions, and because they are in a gas form, they are in the best physical state for separation and measurement. So, water mixed with sulfuric acid is the substance I will generally refer to, although in specific cases or types of experiments, it might be necessary to use other substances (843.).

707. The first precaution needful in the construction of the instrument was to avoid the recombination of the evolved gases, an effect which the positive electrode has been found so capable of producing (571.). For this purpose various forms of decomposing apparatus were used. The first consisted of straight tubes, each containing a plate and wire of platina soldered together by gold, and fixed hermetically in the glass at the closed extremity of the tube (Plate V. fig. 60.). The tubes were about eight inches long, 0.7 of an inch in diameter, and graduated. The platina plates were about an inch long, as wide as the tubes would permit, and adjusted as near to the mouths of the tubes as was consistent with the safe collection of the gases evolved. In certain cases, where it was required to evolve the elements upon as small a surface as possible, the metallic extremity, instead of being a plate, consisted of the wire bent into the form of a ring (fig. 61.). When these tubes were used as measurers, they were filled with the dilute sulphuric acid, inverted in a basin of the same liquid (fig. 62.), and placed in an inclined position, with their mouths near to each other, that as little decomposing matter should intervene as possible; and also, in such a direction that the platina plates should be in vertical planes (720).

707. The first precaution necessary in building the instrument was to prevent the recombination of the gases produced, which the positive electrode is known to cause (571.). To achieve this, different types of decomposition apparatus were used. The first type consisted of straight tubes, each containing a plate and wire of platinum soldered together with gold, and sealed hermetically in the glass at the closed end of the tube (Plate V. fig. 60.). The tubes were about eight inches long, 0.7 inches in diameter, and graduated. The platinum plates were about an inch long, as wide as the tubes allowed, and positioned as close to the tube openings as safely possible to collect the gases generated. In some cases, where it was necessary to create the elements on as small a surface as possible, the metallic end was shaped like a ring instead of being a plate (fig. 61.). When these tubes were used as measuring devices, they were filled with dilute sulfuric acid, inverted in a basin of the same liquid (fig. 62.), and placed at an angle so their openings were close to each other, minimizing the amount of decomposing material between them; also, positioned so that the platinum plates were in vertical planes (720).

708. Another form of apparatus is that delineated (fig. 63.). The tube is bent in the middle; one end is closed; in that end is fixed a wire and plate, a, proceeding so far downwards, that, when in the position figured, it shall be as near to the angle as possible, consistently with the collection, at the closed extremity of the tube, of all the gas evolved against it. The plane of this plate is also perpendicular (720.). The other metallic termination, b, is introduced at the time decomposition is to be effected, being brought as near the angle as possible, without causing any gas to pass from it towards the closed end of the instrument. The gas evolved against it is allowed to escape.

708. Another type of device is shown in (fig. 63.). The tube is bent in the middle; one end is closed. Inside that end, there’s a wire and plate, a, which goes down far enough so that, when positioned as shown, it’s as close to the angle as possible, while still allowing all the gas produced at the closed end of the tube to collect against it. The surface of this plate is also vertical (720.). The other metal end, b, is inserted when it’s time to start the decomposition, positioned as close to the angle as possible, without making any gas flow from it toward the closed end of the device. The gas produced against it can escape.

709. The third form of apparatus contains both electrodes in the same tube; the transmission, therefore, of the electricity, and the consequent decomposition, is far more rapid than in the separate tubes. The resulting gas is the sum of the portions evolved at the two electrodes, and the instrument is better adapted than either of the former as a measurer of the quantity of voltaic electricity transmitted in ordinary cases. It consists of a straight tube (fig. 64.) closed at the upper extremity, and graduated, through the sides of which pass platina wires (being fused into the glass), which are connected with two plates within. The tube is fitted by grinding into one mouth of a double-necked bottle. If the latter be one-half or two-thirds full of the dilute sulphuric acid (706.), it will, upon inclination of the whole, flow into the tube and fill it. When an electric current is passed through the instrument, the gases evolved against the plates collect in the upper portion of the tube, and are not subject to the recombining power of the platina.

709. The third type of apparatus puts both electrodes in the same tube; this means that the transmission of electricity, and the resulting decomposition, happens much faster than in separate tubes. The gas produced is the total of the amounts generated at the two electrodes, and this instrument is better suited than either of the previous ones for measuring the amount of voltaic electricity transmitted in typical situations. It consists of a straight tube (fig. 64) that is closed at the top and marked with graduations. Platina wires, which are fused into the glass, run through the sides and connect with two plates inside. The tube is fitted to one opening of a double-necked bottle through grinding. If the bottle is half or two-thirds full of dilute sulfuric acid (706), tilting the whole setup will allow the acid to flow into the tube and fill it. When an electric current runs through the instrument, the gases produced at the plates collect in the upper part of the tube and are not affected by the recombining power of the platina.

710. Another form of the instrument is given at fig. 65.

710. Another version of the instrument is shown in fig. 65.

711. A fifth form is delineated (fig. 66.). This I have found exceedingly useful in experiments continued in succession for days together, and where large quantities of indicating gas were to be collected. It is fixed on a weighted foot, and has the form of a small retort containing the two electrodes: the neck is narrow, and sufficiently long to deliver gas issuing from it into a jar placed in a small pneumatic trough. The electrode chamber, sealed hermetically at the part held in the stand, is five inches in length, and 0.6 of an inch in diameter; the neck about nine inches in length, and 0.4 of an inch in diameter internally. The figure will fully indicate the construction.

711. A fifth design is shown (fig. 66.). I've found this extremely useful for experiments carried out over several days, especially when collecting large amounts of indicating gas. It's mounted on a weighted base and shaped like a small retort with two electrodes inside: the neck is narrow and long enough to channel the gas into a jar placed in a small pneumatic trough. The electrode chamber, sealed tightly where it sits in the stand, is five inches long and 0.6 inches in diameter; the neck is about nine inches long and 0.4 inches in diameter on the inside. The figure will clearly show the construction.

712. It can hardly be requisite to remark, that in the arrangement of any of these forms of apparatus, they, and the wires connecting them with the substance, which is collaterally subjected to the action of the same electric current, should be so far insulated as to ensure a certainty that all the electricity which passes through the one shall also be transmitted through the other.

712. It’s important to point out that when setting up any of these types of devices, they and the wires connecting them to the material affected by the same electric current should be properly insulated to make sure that all the electricity flowing through one will also go through the other.

* * * * *

Understood. Please provide the phrases you would like me to modernize.

713. Next to the precaution of collecting the gases, if mingled, out of contact with the platinum, was the necessity of testing the law of a definite electrolytic action, upon water at least, under all varieties of condition; that, with a conviction of its certainty, might also be obtained a knowledge of those interfering circumstances which would require to be practically guarded against.

713. Besides the precaution of collecting the gases, if combined, away from the platinum, it was essential to test the law of a definite electrolytic action on water in all different situations. With a strong belief in its accuracy, one could also gain an understanding of the factors that could interfere and would need to be actively managed.

714. The first point investigated was the influence or indifference of extensive variations in the size of the electrodes, for which purpose instruments like those last described (709. 710. 711.) were used. One of these had plates 0.7 of an inch wide, and nearly four inches long; another had plates only 0.5 of an inch wide, and 0.8 of an inch long; a third had wires 0.02 of an inch in diameter, and three inches long; and a fourth, similar wires only half an inch in length. Yet when these were filled with dilute sulphuric acid, and, being placed in succession, had one common current of electricity passed through them, very nearly the same quantity of gas was evolved in all. The difference was sometimes in favour of one and sometimes on the side of another; but the general result was that the largest quantity of gases was evolved at the smallest electrodes, namely, those consisting merely of platina wires.

714. The first point examined was the impact or lack of impact from significant differences in the size of the electrodes, for which instruments like those previously mentioned (709. 710. 711.) were used. One of these had plates that were 0.7 inches wide and nearly four inches long; another had plates that were only 0.5 inches wide and 0.8 inches long; a third had wires that were 0.02 inches in diameter and three inches long; and a fourth had similar wires that were only half an inch long. However, when these were filled with diluted sulfuric acid and connected in turn to a single electrical current, almost the same amount of gas was produced across all of them. The differences occasionally favored one and sometimes another; but overall, the largest amount of gas was generated by the smallest electrodes, specifically those made of platinum wires.

715. Experiments of a similar kind were made with the single-plate, straight tubes (707.), and also with the curved tubes (708.), with similar consequences; and when these, with the former tubes, were arranged together in various ways, the result, as to the equality of action of large and small metallic surfaces when delivering and receiving the same current of electricity, was constantly the same. As an illustration, the following numbers are given. An instrument with two wires evolved 74.3 volumes of mixed gases; another with plates 73.25 volumes; whilst the sum of the oxygen and hydrogen in two separate tubes amounted to 73.65 volumes. In another experiment the volumes were 55.3, 55.3, and 54.4.

715. Similar experiments were conducted with the single-plate straight tubes (707.) and the curved tubes (708.), leading to comparable results. When these were arranged with the previous tubes in different configurations, the outcome regarding the equal effectiveness of large and small metallic surfaces for delivering and receiving the same electric current remained consistent. To illustrate, the following numbers were recorded: An instrument with two wires produced 74.3 volumes of mixed gases; another with plates generated 73.25 volumes, while the total volume of oxygen and hydrogen in two separate tubes was 73.65 volumes. In another experiment, the volumes recorded were 55.3, 55.3, and 54.4.

716. But it was observed in these experiments, that in single-plate tubes (707.) more hydrogen was evolved at the negative electrode than was proportionate to the oxygen at the positive electrode; and generally, also, more than was proportionate to the oxygen and hydrogen in a double-plate tube. Upon more minutely examining these effects, I was led to refer them, and also the differences between wires and plates (714.), to the solubility of the gases evolved, especially at the positive electrode.

716. However, during these experiments, it was noted that in single-plate tubes (707.), more hydrogen was produced at the negative electrode than what would be expected based on the oxygen at the positive electrode; and generally, this was also true compared to the oxygen and hydrogen in a double-plate tube. Upon closer inspection of these effects, I concluded that they, along with the differences between wires and plates (714.), were related to the solubility of the gases produced, particularly at the positive electrode.

717. When the positive and negative electrodes are equal in surface, the bubbles which rise from them in dilute sulphuric acid are always different in character. Those from the positive plate are exceedingly small, and separate instantly from every part of the surface of the metal, in consequence of its perfect cleanliness (633.); whilst in the liquid they give it a hazy appearance, from their number and minuteness; are easily carried down by currents, and therefore not only present far greater surface of contact with the liquid than larger bubbles would do, but are retained a much longer time in mixture with it. But the bubbles at the negative surface, though they constitute twice the volume of the gas at the positive electrode, are nevertheless very inferior in number. They do not rise so universally from every part of the surface, but seem to be evolved at different parts; and though so much larger, they appear to cling to the metal, separating with difficulty from it, and when separated, instantly rising to the top of the liquid. If, therefore, oxygen and hydrogen had equal solubility in, or powers of combining with, water under similar circumstances, still under the present conditions the oxygen would be far the most liable to solution; but when to these is added its well-known power of forming a compound with water, it is no longer surprising that such a compound should be produced in small quantities at the positive electrode; and indeed the blenching power which some philosophers have observed in a solution at this electrode, when chlorine and similar bodies have been carefully excluded, is probably due to the formation there, in this manner, of oxywater.

717. When the positive and negative electrodes have the same surface area, the bubbles that rise from them in dilute sulfuric acid are always different in nature. The bubbles from the positive plate are very small and break away instantly from the metal's surface due to its cleanliness; this causes the liquid to look hazy because of their high number and tiny size. These small bubbles are easily carried down by currents, providing much greater surface contact with the liquid than larger bubbles would, and they stay mixed in the liquid for a much longer time. In contrast, the bubbles at the negative surface, although they make up twice the gas volume compared to the positive electrode, are much fewer in number. They don’t rise uniformly from the entire surface but seem to emerge from specific areas. Despite being larger, they tend to stick to the metal and separate with difficulty, and when they do break free, they quickly rise to the liquid's surface. Therefore, if oxygen and hydrogen had equal solubility in or ability to combine with water under similar conditions, oxygen would still be more likely to dissolve. Additionally, when you consider its known ability to form a compound with water, it makes sense that such a compound would be produced in small amounts at the positive electrode. In fact, the bleaching effect some scientists have noticed in a solution at this electrode when chlorine and similar substances are excluded is likely due to the formation of oxywater in this way.

718. That more gas was collected from the wires than from the plates, I attribute to the circumstance, that as equal quantities were evolved in equal times, the bubbles at the wires having been more rapidly produced, in relation to any part of the surface, must have been much larger; have been therefore in contact with the fluid by a much smaller surface, and for a much shorter time than those at the plates; hence less solution and a greater amount collected.

718. I believe that more gas was collected from the wires than from the plates because, since equal amounts were produced in equal times, the bubbles at the wires were generated more quickly. This means that those bubbles must have been much larger compared to any part of the surface, resulting in them being in contact with the fluid over a much smaller surface area and for a much shorter duration than those at the plates. As a result, there was less dissolution and a larger amount collected.

719. There was also another effect produced, especially by the use of large electrodes, which was both a consequence and a proof of the solution of part of the gas evolved there. The collected gas, when examined, was found to contain small portions of nitrogen. This I attribute to the presence of air dissolved in the acid used for decomposition. It is a well-known fact, that when bubbles of a gas but slightly soluble in water or solutions pass through them, the portion of this gas which is dissolved displaces a portion of that previously in union with the liquid: and so, in the decompositions under consideration, as the oxygen dissolves, it displaces a part of the air, or at least of the nitrogen, previously united to the acid; and this effect takes place most extensively with large plates, because the gas evolved at them is in the most favourable condition for solution,

719. Another effect occurred, especially with large electrodes, which was both a result and a confirmation of some of the gas released. The collected gas was found to contain small amounts of nitrogen upon examination. I believe this is due to the air that was dissolved in the acid used for decomposition. It's a well-known fact that when bubbles of a gas that is only slightly soluble in water or solutions pass through them, the amount of that gas that dissolves displaces some of the gas that was previously combined with the liquid. So, in the decompositions being discussed, as the oxygen dissolves, it pushes out some of the air, or at least some of the nitrogen, that was already mixed with the acid. This effect is seen most extensively with large plates, as the gas released there is in the best condition for dissolving.

720. With the intention of avoiding this solubility of the gases as much as possible, I arranged the decomposing plates in a vertical position (707. 708.), that the bubbles might quickly escape upwards, and that the downward currents in the fluid should not meet ascending currents of gas. This precaution I found to assist greatly in producing constant results, and especially in experiments to be hereafter referred to, in which other liquids than dilute sulphuric acid, as for instance solution of potash, were used.

720. To minimize the solubility of the gases as much as possible, I set the decomposing plates upright (707. 708.) so that the bubbles could quickly rise and the downward currents in the fluid wouldn't interfere with the ascending gas currents. I found this step significantly helped in achieving consistent results, especially in experiments that will be mentioned later, where other liquids like potassium solution, rather than just dilute sulfuric acid, were used.

721. The irregularities in the indications of the measurer proposed, arising from the solubility just referred to, are but small, and may be very nearly corrected by comparing the results of two or three experiments. They may also be almost entirely avoided by selecting that solution which is found to favour them in the least degree (728.); and still further by collecting the hydrogen only, and using that as the indicating gas; for being much less soluble than oxygen, being evolved with twice the rapidity and in larger bubbles (717.), it can be collected more perfectly and in greater purity.

721. The inconsistencies in the measurer's readings mentioned earlier, due to the solubility issue, are minor and can be almost fully corrected by comparing the results of two or three experiments. They can also be mostly avoided by choosing the solution that minimizes these issues the most (728.); and even more so by collecting only the hydrogen and using it as the indicating gas. Since hydrogen is much less soluble than oxygen, is produced twice as quickly, and in larger bubbles (717.), it can be collected more efficiently and with greater purity.

722. From the foregoing and many other experiments, it results that variation in the size of the electrodes causes no variation in the chemical action of a given quantity of electricity upon water.

722. From the above and many other experiments, it follows that changing the size of the electrodes does not change the chemical action of a specific amount of electricity on water.

723. The next point in regard to which the principle of constant electro-chemical action was tested, was variation of intensity. In the first place, the preceding experiments were repeated, using batteries of an equal number of plates, strongly and weakly charged; but the results were alike. They were then repeated, using batteries sometimes containing forty, and at other times only five pairs of plates; but the results were still the same. Variations therefore in the intensity, caused by difference in the strength of charge, or in the number of alternations used, produced no difference as to the equal action of large and small electrodes.

723. The next point regarding the principle of constant electro-chemical action that was tested was variation of intensity. First, the previous experiments were repeated using batteries with an equal number of plates, both strongly and weakly charged; however, the results were the same. They were then repeated with batteries that sometimes had forty and other times only five pairs of plates; yet again, the results remained unchanged. Therefore, variations in intensity, from differences in charge strength or the number of alternations used, did not affect the equal action of large and small electrodes.

724. Still these results did not prove that variation in the intensity of the current was not accompanied by a corresponding variation in the electro-chemical effects, since the actions at all the surfaces might have increased or diminished together. The deficiency in the evidence is, however, completely supplied by the former experiments on different-sized electrodes; for with variation in the size of these, a variation in the intensity must have occurred. The intensity of an electric current traversing conductors alike in their nature, quality, and length, is probably as the quantity of electricity passing through a given sectional area perpendicular to the current, divided by the time (360. note); and therefore when large plates were contrasted with wires separated by an equal length of the same decomposing conductor (714.), whilst one current of electricity passed through both arrangements, that electricity must have been in a very different state, as to tension, between the plates and between the wires; yet the chemical results were the same.

724. However, these results did not prove that changes in the strength of the current weren't linked to changes in the electro-chemical effects, since the actions at all surfaces could have increased or decreased together. The lack of evidence is, however, completely addressed by the earlier experiments on electrodes of different sizes; as the size of these varied, the intensity must have changed as well. The strength of an electric current passing through conductors that are similar in nature, quality, and length is likely proportional to the amount of electricity flowing through a specific cross-section perpendicular to the current, divided by the time (360. note); therefore, when large plates were compared to wires separated by the same length of the same decomposing conductor (714.), while one current of electricity flowed through both setups, that electricity must have been in a very different state, in terms of tension, between the plates and between the wires; yet the chemical outcomes were the same.

725. The difference in intensity, under the circumstances described, may be easily shown practically, by arranging two decomposing apparatus as in fig. 67, where the same fluid is subjected to the decomposing power of the same current of electricity, passing in the vessel A. between large platina plates, and in the vessel B. between small wires. If a third decomposing apparatus, such as that delineated fig. 66. (711.), be connected with the wires at ab, fig. 67, it will serve sufficiently well, by the degree of decomposition occurring in it, to indicate the relative state of the two plates as to intensity; and if it then be applied in the same way, as a test of the state of the wires at a'b', it will, by the increase of decomposition within, show how much greater the intensity is there than at the former points. The connexions of P and N with the voltaic battery are of course to be continued during the whole time.

725. The difference in intensity, given the described circumstances, can be easily demonstrated by setting up two decomposing apparatus as shown in fig. 67. Here, the same fluid is exposed to the decomposing effect of the same electric current, which flows through vessel A between large platinum plates and through vessel B between small wires. If a third decomposing apparatus, like the one illustrated in fig. 66. (711.), is connected to the wires at ab, fig. 67, it will adequately indicate the relative intensity of the two plates based on the degree of decomposition that occurs in it. If it is then applied similarly to test the condition of the wires at a'b', the increase in decomposition observed will reveal how much greater the intensity is there compared to the previous points. The connections of P and N with the voltaic battery should, of course, remain intact throughout the entire process.

726. A third form of experiment, in which difference of intensity was obtained, for the purpose of testing the principle of equal chemical action, was to arrange three volta-electrometers, so that after the electric current had passed through one, it should divide into two parts, each of which should traverse one of the remaining instruments, and should then reunite. The sum of the decomposition in the two latter vessels was always equal to the decomposition in the former vessel. But the intensity of the divided current could not be the same as that it had in its original state; and therefore variation of intensity has no influence on the results if the quantity of electricity remain the same. The experiment, in fact, resolves itself simply into an increase in the size of the electrodes (725.).

726. A third type of experiment, where differences in intensity were achieved to test the principle of equal chemical action, involved setting up three volta-electrometers. After the electric current flowed through one, it split into two parts, each passing through one of the other two instruments, and then they came back together. The total decomposition in the latter two vessels always matched the decomposition in the first vessel. However, the intensity of the divided current was not the same as it was in its original state; therefore, variation of intensity has no effect on the results if the quantity of electricity remains constant. In fact, the experiment essentially boils down to an increase in the size of the electrodes (725.).

727. The third point, in respect to which the principle of equal electro-chemical action on water was tested, was variation of the strength of the solution used. In order to render the water a conductor, sulphuric acid had been added to it (707.); and it did not seem unlikely that this substance, with many others, might render the water more subject to decomposition, the electricity remaining the same in quantity. But such did not prove to be the case. Diluted sulphuric acid, of different strengths, was introduced into different decomposing apparatus, and submitted simultaneously to the action of the same electric current (714.). Slight differences occurred, as before, sometimes in one direction, sometimes in another; but the final result was, that exactly the same quantity of water was decomposed in all the solutions by the same quantity of electricity, though the sulphuric acid in some was seventy-fold what it was in others. The strengths used were of specific gravity 1.495, and downwards.

727. The third point regarding the principle of equal electro-chemical action on water was the variation in the strength of the solution used. To make the water a conductor, sulfuric acid had been added to it (707.); and it didn’t seem out of the question that this substance, along with many others, might make the water more prone to decomposition, while the electricity remained the same in amount. However, this was not the case. Diluted sulfuric acid, of different strengths, was introduced into various decomposing apparatus and subjected at the same time to the same electric current (714.). Slight differences were observed, as before, sometimes leaning one way and sometimes the other; but the final outcome was that exactly the same amount of water was decomposed in all the solutions by the same amount of electricity, even though the concentration of sulfuric acid in some was seventy times higher than in others. The strengths used had a specific gravity of 1.495 and lower.

728. When an acid having a specific gravity of about 1.336 was employed, the results were most uniform, and the oxygen and hydrogen (716.) most constantly in the right proportion to each other. Such an acid gave more gas than one much weaker acted upon by the same current, apparently because it had less solvent power. If the acid were very strong, then a remarkable disappearance of oxygen took place; thus, one made by mixing two measures of strong oil of vitriol with one of water, gave forty-two volumes of hydrogen, but only twelve of oxygen. The hydrogen was very nearly the same with that evolved from acid of the specific gravity 1.232. I have not yet had time to examine minutely the circumstances attending the disappearance of the oxygen in this case, but imagine it is due to the formation of oxywater, which Thenard has shown is favoured by the presence of acid.

728. When an acid with a specific gravity of about 1.336 was used, the results were the most consistent, and the oxygen and hydrogen (716.) were most reliably in the correct proportions to each other. This acid produced more gas than a much weaker one subjected to the same current, apparently because it had less solvent strength. However, if the acid was very strong, a significant amount of oxygen would disappear; for example, a mixture of two parts of strong sulfuric acid with one part of water produced forty-two volumes of hydrogen but only twelve volumes of oxygen. The hydrogen was almost identical to that produced from the acid with a specific gravity of 1.232. I haven't had the chance to closely examine the factors involved in the loss of oxygen in this case, but I suspect it's because of the formation of oxywater, which Thenard has indicated is promoted by the presence of acid.

729. Although not necessary for the practical use of the instrument I am describing, yet as connected with the important point of constant chemical action upon water, I now investigated the effects produced by an electro-electric current passing through aqueous solutions of acids, salts, and compounds, exceedingly different from each other in their nature, and found them to yield astonishingly uniform results. But many of them which are connected with a secondary action will be more usefully described hereafter (778.).

729. While it's not essential for using the instrument I'm discussing, I looked into the effects of an electric current moving through water solutions of various acids, salts, and compounds, which are very different from one another. I found that they produced remarkably consistent results. However, many of these secondary effects will be described more effectively later (778.).

730. When solutions of caustic potassa or soda, or sulphate of magnesia, or sulphate of soda, were acted upon by the electric current, just as much oxygen and hydrogen was evolved from them as from the diluted sulphuric acid, with which they were compared. When a solution of ammonia, rendered a better conductor by sulphate of ammonia (554.), or a solution of subcarbonate of potassa was experimented with, the hydrogen evolved was in the same quantity as that set free from the diluted sulphuric acid with which they were compared. Hence changes in the nature of the solution do not alter the constancy of electrolytic action upon water.

730. When solutions of caustic potash or soda, or magnesium sulfate, or sodium sulfate, were exposed to an electric current, the same amount of oxygen and hydrogen was produced from them as from diluted sulfuric acid, which they were compared to. When a solution of ammonia, enhanced as a conductor by ammonium sulfate (554.), or a solution of potassium carbonate was tested, the hydrogen produced was the same amount as that released from the diluted sulfuric acid they were compared to. Therefore, changes in the type of solution do not affect the consistency of electrolytic action on water.

731. I have already said, respecting large and small electrodes, that change of order caused no change in the general effect (715.). The same was the case with different solutions, or with different intensities; and however the circumstances of an experiment might be varied, the results came forth exceedingly consistent, and proved that the electro-chemical action was still the same.

731. I've already mentioned regarding large and small electrodes that changing the order didn't affect the overall outcome (715.). The same was true with different solutions or varying intensities; no matter how the conditions of an experiment were altered, the results remained remarkably consistent and demonstrated that the electro-chemical action was still the same.

732. I consider the foregoing investigation as sufficient to prove the very extraordinary and important principle with respect to WATER, that when subjected to the influence of the electric current, a quantity of it is decomposed exactly proportionate to the quantity of electricity which has passed, notwithstanding the thousand variations in the conditions and circumstances under which it may at the time be placed; and further, that when the interference of certain secondary effects (742. &c.), together with the solution or recombination of the gas and the evolution of air, are guarded against, the products of the decomposition may be collected with such accuracy, as to afford a very excellent and valuable measurer of the electricity concerned in their evolution.

732. I believe the investigation above is enough to demonstrate the very remarkable and significant principle regarding WATER, that when it is subjected to the influence of an electric current, a quantity of it is decomposed in exact proportion to the amount of electricity that has passed through, regardless of the numerous variations in the conditions and circumstances it may be in at the time; and additionally, when we prevent certain secondary effects (742. &c.), along with the solution or recombination of the gas and the release of air, the products of the decomposition can be collected with such precision that they provide an excellent and valuable measure of the electricity involved in their production.

733. The forms of instrument which I have given, figg. 64, 65, 66. (709. 710. 711.), are probably those which will be found most useful, as they indicate the quantity of electricity by the largest volume of gases, and cause the least obstruction to the passage of the current. The fluid which my present experience leads me to prefer, is a solution of sulphuric acid of specific gravity about 1.336, or from that to 1.25; but it is very essential that there should be no organic substance, nor any vegetable acid, nor other body, which, by being liable to the action of the oxygen or hydrogen evolved at the electrodes (773. &c.), shall diminish their quantity, or add other gases to them.

733. The types of instruments I’ve provided, figs. 64, 65, 66. (709. 710. 711.), are probably the most useful, as they show the amount of electricity through the largest volume of gases and create the least resistance to the flow of current. Based on my current experience, I prefer a solution of sulfuric acid with a specific gravity of about 1.336, or ranging from that to 1.25; however, it's crucial that there are no organic substances, vegetable acids, or any other materials that could react with the oxygen or hydrogen produced at the electrodes (773. &c.), which would reduce their quantity or introduce other gases.

734. In many cases when the instrument is used as a comparative standard, or even as a measurer, it may be desirable to collect the hydrogen only, as being less liable to absorption or disappearance in other ways than the oxygen; whilst at the same time its volume is so large, as to render it a good and sensible indicator. In such cases the first and second form of apparatus have been used, figg. 62, 63. (707. 708.). The indications obtained were very constant, the variations being much smaller than in those forms of apparatus collecting both gases; and they can also be procured when solutions are used in comparative experiments, which, yielding no oxygen or only secondary results of its action, can give no indications if the educts at both electrodes be collected. Such is the case when solutions of ammonia, muriatic acid, chlorides, iodides, acetates or other vegetable salts, &c., are employed.

734. In many situations where the instrument is used as a comparative standard or even as a measurer, it can be helpful to collect only the hydrogen. This is because hydrogen is less likely to be absorbed or lost in other ways compared to oxygen, and its volume is large enough to make it a reliable and clear indicator. In these cases, the first and second types of apparatus have been utilized, see figg. 62, 63. (707. 708.). The readings obtained were very consistent, with variations being much smaller than those in apparatus that collect both gases. These readings can also be obtained when solutions are used in comparative experiments, which do not release oxygen or only provide secondary results from its action, and thus cannot produce any indications if the materials at both electrodes are collected. This is true when using solutions like ammonia, hydrochloric acid, chlorides, iodides, acetates, or other organic salts, etc.

735. In a few cases, as where solutions of metallic salts liable to reduction at the negative electrode are acted upon, the oxygen may be advantageously used as the measuring substance. This is the case, for instance, with sulphate of copper.

735. In some cases, like when solutions of metallic salts that can be reduced at the negative electrode are involved, oxygen can be effectively used as the measuring substance. This is true, for example, with copper sulfate.

736. There are therefore two general forms of the instrument which I submit as a measurer of electricity; one, in which both the gases of the water decomposed are collected (709. 710. 711.); and the other, in which a single gas, as the hydrogen only, is used (707. 708.). When referred to as a comparative instrument, (a use I shall now make of it very extensively,) it will not often require particular precaution in the observation; but when used as an absolute measurer, it will be needful that the barometric pressure and the temperature be taken into account, and that the graduation of the instruments should be to one scale; the hundredths and smaller divisions of a cubical inch are quite fit for this purpose, and the hundredth may be very conveniently taken as indicating a DEGREE of electricity.

736. There are two main types of instruments I propose for measuring electricity: one that collects both gases produced from the decomposition of water (709. 710. 711.), and another that uses only one gas, like hydrogen (707. 708.). When used as a comparative instrument—a function I will extensively apply—it usually won’t require special care during observation. However, when used as an absolute measurer, it’s important to consider barometric pressure and temperature, and the scales on the instruments should be uniform. The hundredths and smaller divisions of a cubic inch are suitable for this purpose, and the hundredth can conveniently represent a DEGREE of electricity.

737. It can scarcely be needful to point out further than has been done how this instrument is to be used. It is to be introduced into the course of the electric current, the action of which is to be exerted anywhere else, and if 60° or 70° of electricity are to be measured out, either in one or several portions, the current, whether strong or weak, is to be continued until the gas in the tube occupies that number of divisions or hundredths of a cubical inch. Or if a quantity competent to produce a certain effect is to be measured, the effect is to be obtained, and then the indication read off. In exact experiments it is necessary to correct the volume of gas for changes in temperature and pressure, and especially for moisture168. For the latter object the volta-electrometer (fig. 66.) is most accurate, as its gas can be measured over water, whilst the others retain it over acid or saline solutions.

737. It hardly seems necessary to explain further how this instrument should be used. It needs to be connected in the path of the electric current, which will then act elsewhere. If we're measuring out 60° or 70° of electricity, whether in one go or in several portions, the current—strong or weak—should continue until the gas in the tube reaches that number of divisions or hundredths of a cubic inch. If we want to measure a quantity that can produce a specific effect, the effect should be achieved first, and then the reading should be taken. In precise experiments, it's essential to adjust the volume of gas for changes in temperature and pressure, especially for moisture. A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0. For measuring moisture, the volta-electrometer (fig. 66.) is the most accurate because its gas can be measured over water, while the others measure it over acid or saline solutions.

738. I have not hesitated to apply the term degree (736.), in analogy with the use made of it with respect to another most important imponderable agent, namely, heat; and as the definite expansion of air, water, mercury, &c., is there made use of to measure heat, so the equally definite evolution of gases is here turned to a similar use for electricity.

738. I haven't hesitated to use the term degree (736.) similarly to how it’s used for another crucial invisible force, heat. Just as we measure heat through the precise expansion of air, water, mercury, and so on, we apply the clear release of gases in the same way to measure electricity.

739. The instrument offers the only actual measurer of voltaic electricity which we at present possess. For without being at all affected by variations in time or intensity, or alterations in the current itself, of any kind, or from any cause, or even of intermissions of action, it takes note with accuracy of the quantity of electricity which has passed through it, and reveals that quantity by inspection; I have therefore named it a VOLTA-ELECTROMETER.

739. The device provides the only actual measurer of voltaic electricity that we currently have. It is completely unaffected by changes in time or intensity, variations in the current itself, or even interruptions in operation; it accurately records the amount of electricity that has passed through it and displays that amount visibly. I have therefore named it a VOLTA-ELECTROMETER.

740. Another mode of measuring volta-electricity may be adopted with advantage in many cases, dependent on the quantities of metals or other substances evolved either as primary or as secondary results; but I refrain from enlarging on this use of the products, until the principles on which their constancy depends have been fully established (791. 848.);

740. Another way to measure voltaic electricity can be beneficial in many situations, based on the amounts of metals or other substances produced as either primary or secondary results. However, I won’t elaborate on this application of the products until the principles that ensure their consistency are completely established (791. 848.);

741. By the aid of this instrument I have been able to establish the definite character of electro-chemical action in its most general sense; and I am persuaded it will become of the utmost use in the extensions of the science which these views afford. I do not pretend to have made its detail perfect, but to have demonstrated the truth of the principle, and the utility of the application169.

741. With this instrument, I've been able to clearly define electro-chemical action in its broadest sense; and I'm convinced it will be incredibly useful in furthering the science these ideas provide. I don't claim to have perfected the details, but I've shown the validity of the principle and the usefulness of its application169.

¶ vi. On the primary or secondary character of the bodies evolved at the Electrodes.

742. Before the volta-electrometer could be employed in determining, as a general law, the constancy of electro-decomposition, it became necessary to examine a distinction, already recognised among scientific men, relative to the products of that action, namely, their primary or secondary character; and, if possible, by some general rule or principle, to decide when they were of the one or the other kind. It will appear hereafter that great mistakes inspecting electro-chemical action and its consequences have arisen from confounding these two classes of results together.

742. Before the volta-electrometer could be used to determine, as a general law, the consistency of electro-decomposition, it was necessary to examine a distinction that scientists already recognized regarding the products of that action, specifically their primary or secondary nature. If possible, a general rule or principle was needed to determine when they belonged to one category or the other. It will be shown later that significant errors in understanding electro-chemical activity and its effects have resulted from mixing these two types of results together.

743. When a substance under decomposition yields at the electrodes those bodies uncombined and unaltered which the electric current has separated, then they may be considered as primary results, even though themselves compounds. Thus the oxygen and hydrogen from water are primary results; and so also are the acid and alkali (themselves compound bodies) evolved from sulphate of soda. But when the substances separated by the current are changed at the electrodes before their appearance, then they give rise to secondary results, although in many cases the bodies evolved are elementary.

743. When a substance breaks down and produces at the electrodes the uncombined and unchanged materials that the electric current has separated, these can be seen as primary results, even if they are compounds. For instance, the oxygen and hydrogen from water are primary results; the acid and alkali (which are also compounds) produced from sodium sulfate are the same. However, if the substances separated by the current change at the electrodes before appearing, they lead to secondary results, even though in many cases the materials produced are elemental.

744. These secondary results occur in two ways, being sometimes due to the mutual action of the evolved substance and the matter of the electrode, and sometimes to its action upon the substances contained in the body itself under decomposition. Thus, when carbon is made the positive electrode in dilute sulphuric acid, carbonic oxide and carbonic acid occasionally appear there instead of oxygen; for the latter, acting upon the matter of the electrode, produces these secondary results. Or if the positive electrode, in a solution of nitrate or acetate of lead, be platina, then peroxide of lead appears there, equally a secondary result with the former, but now depending upon an action of the oxygen on a substance in the solution. Again, when ammonia is decomposed by platina electrodes, nitrogen appears at the anode170; but though an elementary body, it is a secondary result in this case, being derived from the chemical action of the oxygen electrically evolved there, upon the ammonia in the surrounding solution (554.). In the same manner when aqueous solutions of metallic salts are decomposed by the current, the metals evolved at the cathode, though elements, are always secondary results, and not immediate consequences of the decomposing power of the electric current.

744. These secondary results happen in two ways. Sometimes they're caused by the interaction between the released substance and the electrode material, and other times by the effect on the substances breaking down in the body itself. For example, when carbon is used as the positive electrode in dilute sulfuric acid, carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide may show up instead of oxygen; this occurs because the oxygen reacts with the electrode material, producing these secondary results. Alternatively, if platinum is the positive electrode in a solution of lead nitrate or lead acetate, lead peroxide forms there, which is also a secondary result, but now it's due to oxygen's reaction with a substance in the solution. Additionally, when ammonia is broken down using platinum electrodes, nitrogen appears at the anode170; even though it's an elementary substance, it is a secondary result in this setting because it comes from the chemical action of the oxygen released there on the ammonia in the surrounding solution (554.). Similarly, when electric current decomposes aqueous solutions of metal salts, the metals produced at the cathode, while being elements, are always secondary results and not direct outcomes of the electric current's decomposing power.

745. Many of these secondary results are extremely valuable; for instance, all the interesting compounds which M. Becquerel has obtained by feeble electric currents are of this nature; but they are essentially chemical, and must, in the theory of electrolytic action, be carefully distinguished from those which are directly due to the action of the electric current.

745. Many of these secondary results are very valuable; for example, all the interesting compounds that M. Becquerel has produced using weak electric currents fall into this category. However, they are primarily chemical and must be carefully distinguished from those that result directly from the action of the electric current in the theory of electrolytic action.

746. The nature of the substances evolved will often lead to a correct judgement of their primary or secondary character, but is not sufficient alone to establish that point. Thus, nitrogen is said to be attracted sometimes by the positive and sometimes by the negative electrode, according to the bodies with which it may be combined (554. 555.), and it is on such occasions evidently viewed as a primary result171; but I think I shall show, that, when it appears at the positive electrode, or rather at the anode, it is a secondary result (748.). Thus, also, Sir Humphry Davy172, and with him the great body of chemical philosophers, (including myself,) have given the appearance of copper, lead, tin, silver, gold, &c., at the negative electrode, when their aqueous solutions were acted upon by the voltaic current, as proofs that the metals, as a class, were attracted to that surface; thus assuming the metal, in each case, to be a primary result. These, however, I expect to prove, are all secondary results; the mere consequence of chemical action, and no proofs either of the attraction or of the law announced respecting their places173.

746. The nature of the substances produced will often help determine their primary or secondary characteristics, but it's not enough on its own to make that determination. For example, nitrogen is said to be attracted to either the positive or negative electrode, depending on the substances it’s combined with (554. 555.), and in those instances, it’s clearly seen as a primary result171; however, I believe I can demonstrate that when it appears at the positive electrode, or more accurately, at the anode, it is a secondary result (748.). Similarly, Sir Humphry Davy172, along with many other chemists (myself included), have interpreted the appearance of copper, lead, tin, silver, gold, etc., at the negative electrode during reactions with their aqueous solutions under the voltaic current as evidence that the metals, as a group, were attracted to that surface; thus treating the metal in each instance as a primary result. However, I expect to prove that these are all secondary results; simply outcomes of chemical action, and not evidence of attraction or the previously stated law regarding their positions173.

747. But when we take to our assistance the law of constant electro-chemical action already proved with regard to water (732.), and which I hope to extend satisfactorily to all bodies (821.), and consider the quantities as well as the nature of the substances set free, a generally accurate judgement of the primary or secondary character of the results may be formed: and this important point, so essential to the theory of electrolyzation, since it decides what are the particles directly under the influence of the current, (distinguishing them from such as are not affected,) and what are the results to be expected, may be established with such degree of certainty as to remove innumerable ambiguities and doubtful considerations from this branch of the science.

747. But when we apply the law of constant electro-chemical action that has already been demonstrated with water (732.), which I hope to successfully extend to all substances (821.), and take into account both the quantities and the nature of the substances released, we can form a generally accurate judgement about whether the results are primary or secondary. This crucial aspect, vital to the theory of electrolyzation, determines which particles are directly affected by the current (separating them from those that aren't), and what results we can expect. This can be established with enough certainty to eliminate countless uncertainties and unclear considerations from this field of science.

748. Let us apply these principles to the case of ammonia, and the supposed determination of nitrogen to one or the other electrode (554. 555,). A pure strong solution of ammonia is as bad a conductor, and therefore as little liable to electrolyzation, as pure water; but when sulphate of ammonia is dissolved in it, the whole becomes a conductor; nitrogen almost and occasionally quite pure is evolved at the anode, and hydrogen at the cathode; the ratio of the volume of the former to that of the latter varying, but being as 1 to about 3 or 4. This result would seem at first to imply that the electric current had decomposed ammonia, and that the nitrogen had been determined towards the positive electrode. But when the electricity used was measured out by the volta-electrometer (707. 736.), it was found that the hydrogen obtained was exactly in the proportion which would have been supplied by decomposed water, whilst the nitrogen had no certain or constant relation whatever. When, upon multiplying experiments, it was found that, by using a stronger or weaker solution, or a more or less powerful battery, the gas evolved at the anode was a mixture of oxygen and nitrogen, varying both in proportion and absolute quantity, whilst the hydrogen at the cathode remained constant, no doubt could be entertained that the nitrogen at the anode was a secondary result, depending upon the chemical action of the nascent oxygen, determined to that surface by the electric current, upon the ammonia in solution. It was the water, therefore, which was electrolyzed, not the ammonia. Further, the experiment gives no real indication of the tendency of the element nitrogen to either one electrode or the other; nor do I know of any experiment with nitric acid, or other compounds of nitrogen, which shows the tendency of this element, under the influence of the electric current, to pass in either direction along its course.

748. Let’s apply these principles to the case of ammonia and the supposed movement of nitrogen to one electrode or another (554. 555). A pure, strong solution of ammonia is a poor conductor, just like pure water, and is therefore less likely to undergo electrolysis. However, when ammonium sulfate is dissolved in it, the solution becomes a conductor; nitrogen is produced at the anode, and hydrogen at the cathode, with the volume ratio of nitrogen to hydrogen varying, but being roughly 1 to about 3 or 4. At first glance, this might suggest that the electric current had broken down ammonia and directed the nitrogen to the positive electrode. But when the amount of electricity used was measured with the volta-electrometer (707. 736), it was found that the hydrogen produced was exactly in the proportion that would result from decomposed water, while the nitrogen had no specific or consistent relationship. Further experiments showed that by using a stronger or weaker solution or a more or less powerful battery, the gas produced at the anode was a mix of oxygen and nitrogen, varying in both proportion and total quantity, while the hydrogen at the cathode remained constant. This clearly indicates that the nitrogen at the anode was a secondary effect, resulting from the chemical actions of the newly formed oxygen, directed to that surface by the electric current, acting on the ammonia in solution. Therefore, it was the water that was electrolyzed, not the ammonia. Moreover, the experiment doesn’t provide any real evidence of nitrogen’s tendency to move toward either electrode, and I’m not aware of any experiments with nitric acid or other nitrogen compounds that demonstrate this element's tendency to move in either direction in the electric current.

749. As another illustration of secondary results, the effects on a solution of acetate of potassa, may be quoted. When a very strong solution was used, more gas was evolved at the anode than at the cathode, in the proportion of 4 to 3 nearly: that from the anode was a mixture of carbonic oxide and carbonic acid; that from the cathode pure hydrogen. When a much weaker solution was used, less gas was evolved at the anode than at the cathode; and it now contained carburetted hydrogen, as well as carbonic oxide and carbonic acid. This result of carburetted hydrogen at the positive electrode has a very anomalous appearance, if considered as an immediate consequence of the decomposing power of the current. It, however, as well as the carbonic oxide and acid, is only a secondary result; for it is the water alone which suffers electro-decomposition, and it is the oxygen eliminated at the anode which, reacting on the acetic acid, in the midst of which it is evolved, produces those substances that finally appear there. This is fully proved by experiments with the volta-electrometer (707.); for then the hydrogen evolved from the acetate at the cathode is always found to be definite, being exactly proportionate to the electricity which has passed through the solution, and, in quantity, the same as the hydrogen evolved in the volta-electrometer itself. The appearance of the carbon in combination with the hydrogen at the positive electrode, and its non-appearance at the negative electrode, are in curious contrast with the results which might have been expected from the law usually accepted respecting the final places of the elements.

749. Another example of secondary results can be seen in the effects on a solution of potassium acetate. When a very strong solution was used, more gas was produced at the anode than at the cathode, in roughly a 4 to 3 ratio: the gas from the anode was a mixture of carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide, while that from the cathode was pure hydrogen. With a much weaker solution, less gas was produced at the anode than at the cathode; this gas now included hydrocarbons alongside carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide. The presence of hydrocarbons at the positive electrode seems unusual if viewed as a direct result of the current's decomposing power. However, like the carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide, it is only a secondary result; the water is the only substance undergoing electro-decomposition, and it is the oxygen released at the anode that reacts with the acetic acid surrounding it, creating those substances that eventually appear there. This is clearly demonstrated by experiments with the volta-electrometer (707.); in those cases, the hydrogen produced from the acetate at the cathode is always found to be consistent, directly proportional to the electricity that has passed through the solution, and in amount, the same as the hydrogen produced in the volta-electrometer itself. The presence of carbon combined with hydrogen at the positive electrode, and its absence at the negative electrode, contrasts oddly with the outcomes that one might expect based on the commonly accepted law regarding the final positions of the elements.

750. If the salt in solution be an acetate of lead, then the results at both electrodes are secondary, and cannot be used to estimate or express the amount of electro-chemical action, except by a circuitous process (843.). In place of oxygen or even the gases already described (749.), peroxide of lead now appears at the positive, and lead itself at the negative electrode. When other metallic solutions are used, containing, for instance, peroxides, as that of copper, combined with this or any other decomposable acid, still more complicated results will be obtained; which, viewed as direct results of the electro-chemical action, will, in their proportions, present nothing but confusion, but will appear perfectly harmonious and simple if they be considered as secondary results, and will accord in their proportions with the oxygen and hydrogen evolved from water by the action of a definite quantity of electricity.

750. If the solution contains lead acetate, then the results at both electrodes are secondary and can’t be used to measure or express the level of electro-chemical activity, except through a complicated process (843.). Instead of oxygen or even the gases mentioned earlier (749.), lead peroxide shows up at the positive electrode, and lead itself appears at the negative electrode. When other metallic solutions are used, such as copper solutions combined with this or any other decomposable acid, even more complex results arise. If these results are viewed as direct outcomes of the electro-chemical action, they will seem confusing in their proportions. However, if they are seen as secondary outcomes, they will appear completely harmonious and simple and will correspond in their proportions with the oxygen and hydrogen produced from water by a specific amount of electricity.

751. I have experimented upon many bodies, with a view to determine whether the results were primary or secondary. I have been surprised to find how many of them, in ordinary cases, are of the latter class, and how frequently water is the only body electrolyzed in instances where other substances have been supposed to give way. Some of these results I will give in as few words as possible.

751. I've conducted experiments on many bodies to figure out if the results were primary or secondary. I was surprised to discover how many of them, in typical cases, fall into the latter category and how often water is the only substance being electrolyzed when other materials were thought to be involved. I will present some of these results as concisely as I can.

752. Nitric acid.—When very strong, it conducted well, and yielded oxygen at the positive electrode. No gas appeared at the negative electrode; but nitrous acid, and apparently nitric oxide, were formed there, which, dissolving, rendered the acid yellow or red, and at last even effervescent, from the spontaneous separation of nitric oxide. Upon diluting the acid with its bulk or more of water, gas appeared at the negative electrode. Its quantity could be varied by variations, either in the strength of the acid or of the voltaic current: for that acid from which no gas separated at the cathode, with a weak voltaic battery, did evolve gas there with a stronger; and that battery which evolved no gas there with a strong acid, did cause its evolution with an acid more dilute. The gas at the anode was always oxygen; that at the cathode hydrogen. When the quantity of products was examined by the volta-electrometer (707.), the oxygen, whether from strong or weak acid, proved to be in the same proportion as from water. When the acid was diluted to specific gravity 1.24, or less, the hydrogen also proved to be the same in quantity as from water. Hence I conclude that the nitric acid does not undergo electrolyzation, but the water only; that the oxygen at the anode is always a primary result, but that the products at the cathode are often secondary, and due to the reaction of the hydrogen upon the nitric acid.

752. Nitric acid.—When it's very concentrated, it conducts electricity well and produces oxygen at the positive electrode. No gas forms at the negative electrode; however, nitrous acid and likely nitric oxide are generated there, which dissolve and turn the acid yellow or red, eventually becoming effervescent due to the spontaneous release of nitric oxide. When the acid is diluted with an equal amount or more of water, gas starts to form at the negative electrode. The amount of gas can be adjusted by changing either the strength of the acid or the electric current: the acid that didn’t produce gas at the cathode with a weak battery would do so with a stronger one; similarly, a battery that didn’t produce gas with a strong acid would cause it to evolve with a more diluted acid. The gas at the anode was always oxygen; at the cathode, it was hydrogen. When the quantities of the products were measured using the volta-electrometer (707.), the oxygen, whether from strong or weak acid, was found to be in the same proportion as from water. When the acid was diluted to a specific gravity of 1.24 or less, the hydrogen quantity was also the same as from water. Thus, I conclude that nitric acid does not undergo electrolyzation, but the water does; that the oxygen at the anode is always a primary result, while the products at the cathode are often secondary and due to the reaction of hydrogen with nitric acid.

753. Nitre.—A solution of this salt yields very variable results, according as one or other form of tube is used, or as the electrodes are large or small. Sometimes the whole of the hydrogen of the water decomposed may be obtained at the negative electrode; at other times, only a part of it, because of the ready formation of secondary results. The solution is a very excellent conductor of electricity.

753. Nitre.—A solution of this salt produces very different outcomes depending on the type of tube used or whether the electrodes are large or small. Sometimes all the hydrogen from the decomposed water can be collected at the negative electrode; at other times, only a portion makes it there due to the quick formation of secondary results. The solution is a very good conductor of electricity.

754. Nitrate of ammonia, in aqueous solution, gives rise to secondary results very varied and uncertain in their proportions.

754. Nitrate of ammonia, when dissolved in water, leads to a wide range of secondary outcomes that are quite varied and unpredictable in their proportions.

755. Sulphurous acid.—Pure liquid sulphurous acid does not conduct nor suffer decomposition by the voltaic current174, but, when dissolved in water, the solution acquires conducting power, and is decomposed, yielding oxygen at the anode, and hydrogen and sulphur at the cathode.

755. Sulphurous acid.—Pure liquid sulphurous acid doesn't conduct electricity or break down when exposed to the voltaic current174, but when it's dissolved in water, the solution gains the ability to conduct electricity and decomposes, producing oxygen at the anode, and hydrogen and sulfur at the cathode.

756. A solution containing sulphuric acid in addition to the sulphurous acid, was a better conductor. It gave very little gas at either electrode: that at the anode was oxygen, that at the cathode pure hydrogen. From the cathode also rose a white turbid stream, consisting of diffused sulphur, which soon rendered the whole solution milky. The volumes of gases were in no regular proportion to the quantities evolved from water in the voltameter. I conclude that the sulphurous acid was not at all affected by the electric current in any of these cases, and that the water present was the only body electro-chemically decomposed; that, at the anode, the oxygen from the water converted the sulphurous acid into sulphuric acid, and, at the cathode, the hydrogen electrically evolved decomposed the sulphurous acid, combining with its oxygen, and setting its sulphur free. I conclude that the sulphur at the negative electrode was only a secondary result; and, in fact, no part of it was found combined with the small portion of hydrogen which escaped when weak solutions of sulphurous acid were used.

756. A solution that has sulfuric acid along with sulfurous acid was a better conductor. It produced very little gas at either electrode: the one at the anode was oxygen, and the one at the cathode was pure hydrogen. From the cathode, a white cloudy stream rose, made up of dispersed sulfur, which quickly turned the entire solution milky. The amounts of gases produced didn’t match any regular ratio to the quantities coming from water in the voltameter. I conclude that the sulfurous acid didn’t respond to the electric current in any of these instances, and that the water present was the only substance undergoing electrochemical decomposition; that, at the anode, the oxygen from the water turned the sulfurous acid into sulfuric acid, and, at the cathode, the hydrogen released decomposed the sulfurous acid, combining with its oxygen and freeing the sulfur. I conclude that the sulfur at the negative electrode was just a secondary result; in fact, none of it was found combined with the small amount of hydrogen that escaped when weak solutions of sulfurous acid were used.

757. Sulphuric acid.—I have already given my reasons for concluding that sulphuric acid is not electrolyzable, i.e. not decomposable directly by the electric current, but occasionally suffering by a secondary action at the cathode from the hydrogen evolved there (681.). In the year 1800, Davy considered the sulphur from sulphuric acid as the result of the action of the nascent hydrogen175. In 1804, Hisinger and Berzelius stated that it was the direct result of the action of the voltaic pile176, an opinion which from that time Davy seems to have adopted, and which has since been commonly received by all. The change of my own opinion requires that I should correct what I have already said of the decomposition of sulphuric acid in a former series of these Researches (552.): I do not now think that the appearance of the sulphur at the negative electrode is an immediate consequence of electrolytic action.

757. Sulfuric acid.—I’ve already explained why I believe that sulfuric acid isn’t electrolyzable, meaning it can’t be broken down directly by the electric current, but it can sometimes be affected by a secondary reaction at the cathode from the hydrogen produced there (681.). In 1800, Davy thought the sulfur from sulfuric acid was the result of the action of the nascent hydrogen175. In 1804, Hisinger and Berzelius stated that it was the direct result of the action of the voltaic pile176, an opinion that Davy seems to have adopted since then, and which has since been widely accepted. I need to revise my earlier statement about the decomposition of sulfuric acid in a previous series of these Researches (552.): I no longer believe that the appearance of sulfur at the negative electrode is a direct result of electrolytic action.

758. Muriatic acid.—A strong solution gave hydrogen at the negative electrode, and chlorine only at the positive electrode; of the latter, a part acted on the platina and a part was dissolved. A minute bubble of gas remained; it was not oxygen, but probably air previously held in solution.

758. Muriatic acid.—A strong solution produced hydrogen at the negative electrode and chlorine only at the positive electrode. Some of the chlorine reacted with the platinum, while some was dissolved. A tiny bubble of gas remained; it wasn't oxygen, but likely air that was previously dissolved.

759. It was an important matter to determine whether the chlorine was a primary result, or only a secondary product, due to the action of the oxygen evolved from water at the anode upon the muriatic acid; i.e. whether the muriatic acid was electrolyzable, and if so, whether the decomposition was definite.

759. It was crucial to figure out whether the chlorine was a primary result or just a secondary product caused by the action of the oxygen released from water at the anode on the muriatic acid; in other words, whether muriatic acid could be electrolyzed, and if so, whether the decomposition was definite.

760. The muriatic acid was gradually diluted. One part with six of water gave only chlorine at the anode. One part with eight of water gave only chlorine; with nine of water, a little oxygen appeared with the chlorine; but the occurrence or non-occurrence of oxygen at these strengths depended, in part, on the strength of the voltaic battery used. With fifteen parts of water, a little oxygen, with much chlorine, was evolved at the anode. As the solution was now becoming a bad conductor of electricity, sulphuric acid was added to it: this caused more ready decomposition, but did not sensibly alter the proportion of chlorine and oxygen.

760. The muriatic acid was gradually diluted. One part with six parts of water produced only chlorine at the anode. One part with eight parts of water also generated only chlorine; with nine parts of water, a small amount of oxygen appeared alongside the chlorine; however, whether or not oxygen appeared at these concentrations depended, in part, on the strength of the voltaic battery used. With fifteen parts of water, a small amount of oxygen, along with a lot of chlorine, was produced at the anode. As the solution began to become a poor conductor of electricity, sulfuric acid was added to it: this prompted more effective decomposition but didn't significantly change the ratio of chlorine to oxygen.

761. The muriatic acid was now diluted with 100 times its volume of dilute sulphuric acid. It still gave a large proportion of chlorine at the anode, mingled with oxygen; and the result was the same, whether a voltaic battery of 40 pairs of plates or one containing only 5 pairs were used. With acid of this strength, the oxygen evolved at the anode was to the hydrogen at the cathode, in volume, as 17 is to 64; and therefore the chlorine would have been 30 volumes, had it not been dissolved by the fluid.

761. The muriatic acid was now diluted with 100 times its volume of diluted sulfuric acid. It still produced a large amount of chlorine at the anode, mixed with oxygen; and the outcome was consistent whether a voltaic battery with 40 pairs of plates or one with only 5 pairs was used. With acid of this concentration, the oxygen released at the anode was in a volume ratio to the hydrogen at the cathode of 17 to 64; therefore, the chlorine would have been 30 volumes, if it hadn't been dissolved by the fluid.

762. Next with respect to the quantity of elements evolved. On using the volta-electrometer, it was found that, whether the strongest or the weakest muriatic acid were used, whether chlorine alone or chlorine mingled with oxygen appeared at the anode, still the hydrogen evolved at the cathode was a constant quantity, i.e. exactly the same as the hydrogen which the same quantity of electricity could evolve from water.

762. Next, regarding the amount of elements produced. When using the volta-electrometer, it was found that regardless of whether the strongest or the weakest muriatic acid was used, and whether chlorine alone or chlorine mixed with oxygen appeared at the anode, the hydrogen produced at the cathode remained a constant amount, meaning it was exactly the same as the hydrogen that the same quantity of electricity could generate from water.

763. This constancy does not decide whether the muriatic acid is electrolyzed or not, although it proves that if so, it must be in definite proportions to the quantity of electricity used. Other considerations may, however, be allowed to decide the point. The analogy between chlorine and oxygen, in their relations to hydrogen, is so strong, as to lead almost to the certainty, that, when combined with that element, they would perform similar parts in the process of electro-decomposition. They both unite with it in single proportional or equivalent quantities; and the number of proportionals appearing to have an intimate and important relation to the decomposability of a body (697.), those in muriatic acid, as well as in water, are the most favourable, or those perhaps even necessary, to decomposition. In other binary compounds of chlorine also, where nothing equivocal depending on the simultaneous presence of it and oxygen is involved, the chlorine is directly eliminated at the anode by the electric current. Such is the case with the chloride of lead (395.), which may be justly compared with protoxide of lead (402.), and stands in the same relation to it as muriatic acid to water. The chlorides of potassium, sodium, barium, &c., are in the same relation to the protoxides of the same metals and present the same results under the influence of the electric current (402.).

763. This consistency doesn’t determine whether muriatic acid is electrolyzed, but it does show that if it is, the results must be in specific ratios to the amount of electricity used. Other factors might also influence this decision. The similarity between chlorine and oxygen regarding hydrogen is so strong that it almost guarantees that when combined with hydrogen, they would behave similarly during the electro-decomposition process. They both bond with it in single proportional or equivalent amounts; and the ratios involved seem to be closely and significantly linked to how easily a substance can be decomposed (697.). The ratios in muriatic acid, as well as in water, are the most favorable, and perhaps even necessary, for decomposition. In other binary chlorine compounds, where there’s no ambiguity from the simultaneous presence of both it and oxygen, chlorine is directly released at the anode by the electric current. This is true for lead chloride (395.), which can be rightly compared with lead monoxide (402.), and has a similar relationship to it as muriatic acid does to water. The chlorides of potassium, sodium, barium, etc., have the same relationship with the protoxides of those metals and show the same results under the influence of the electric current (402.).

764. From all the experiments, combined with these considerations, I conclude that muriatic acid is decomposed by the direct influence of the electric current, and that the quantities evolved are, and therefore the chemical action is, definite for a definite quantity of electricity. For though I have not collected and measured the chlorine, in its separate state, at the anode, there can exist no doubt as to its being proportional to the hydrogen at the cathode; and the results are therefore sufficient to establish the general law of constant electro-chemical action in the case of muriatic acid.

764. From all the experiments, along with these considerations, I conclude that muriatic acid breaks down when exposed to the direct influence of the electric current, and the amounts that are produced are, and therefore the chemical reaction is, definite for a definite quantity of electricity. Even though I haven't collected and measured the chlorine in its separate state at the anode, there's no doubt that it is proportional to the hydrogen at the cathode; thus, the results are enough to establish the general law of constant electro-chemical action in the case of muriatic acid.

765. In the dilute acid (761.), I conclude that a part of the water is electro-chemically decomposed, giving origin to the oxygen, which appears mingled with the chlorine at the anode. The oxygen may be viewed as a secondary result; but I incline to believe that it is not so; for, if it were, it might be expected in largest proportion from the stronger acid, whereas the reverse is the fact. This consideration, with others, also leads me to conclude that muriatic acid is more easily decomposed by the electric current than water; since, even when diluted with eight or nine times its quantity of the latter fluid, it alone gives way, the water remaining unaffected.

765. In the dilute acid (761.), I conclude that some of the water is electrochemically broken down, producing oxygen, which appears mixed with the chlorine at the anode. The oxygen could be seen as a secondary result; however, I tend to believe it isn’t, because if it were, we would expect to find the largest amount produced by the stronger acid, but that's not the case. This, along with other factors, leads me to believe that hydrochloric acid is more easily broken down by the electric current than water; even when it's diluted with eight or nine times its volume of water, it alone breaks down while the water remains unchanged.

766. Chlorides.—On using solutions of chlorides in water,—for instance, the chlorides of sodium or calcium,—there was evolution of chlorine only at the positive electrode, and of hydrogen, with the oxide of the base, as soda or lime, at the negative electrode. The process of decomposition may be viewed as proceeding in two or three ways, all terminating in the same results. Perhaps the simplest is to consider the chloride as the substance electrolyzed, its chlorine being determined to and evolved at the anode, and its metal passing to the cathode, where, finding no more chlorine, it acts upon the water, producing hydrogen and an oxide as secondary results. As the discussion would detain me from more important matter, and is not of immediate consequence, I shall defer it for the present. It is, however, of great consequence to state, that, on using the volta-electrometer, the hydrogen in both cases was definite; and if the results do not prove the definite decomposition of chlorides, (which shall be proved elsewhere,—789. 794. 814.,) they are not in the slightest degree opposed to such a conclusion, and do support the general law.

766. Chlorides.—When using solutions of chlorides in water—like sodium or calcium chlorides—chlorine gas is released only at the positive electrode, while hydrogen, along with an oxide of the base, like soda or lime, is produced at the negative electrode. The decomposition process can be understood in a couple of ways, all leading to the same results. The simplest way to think of it is to regard the chloride as the substance being electrolyzed, with its chlorine directed to and released at the anode, and its metal moving to the cathode, where, without more chlorine, it interacts with the water, generating hydrogen and an oxide as byproducts. Since this discussion would take me away from more important matters and isn't immediately crucial, I’ll put it aside for now. However, it's important to note that, when using the volta-electrometer, the hydrogen in both cases was consistent; and if the results do not definitively prove the decomposition of chlorides (which will be demonstrated elsewhere—789. 794. 814.), they in no way contradict that conclusion and support the general law.

767. Hydriodic acid.—A solution of hydriodic acid was affected exactly in the same manner as muriatic acid. When strong, hydrogen was evolved at the negative electrode, in definite proportion to the quantity of electricity which had passed, i.e. in the same proportion as was evolved by the same current from water; and iodine without any oxygen was evolved at the positive electrode. But when diluted, small quantities of oxygen appeared with the iodine at the anode, the proportion of hydrogen at the cathode remaining undisturbed.

767. Hydriodic acid.—A solution of hydriodic acid reacted in the same way as muriatic acid. When concentrated, hydrogen was released at the negative electrode, in a specific amount relative to the quantity of electricity that flowed through, which was the same amount released from water by the same current; and iodine, without any oxygen, was released at the positive electrode. However, when diluted, small amounts of oxygen appeared alongside the iodine at the anode, while the amount of hydrogen at the cathode remained unchanged.

768. I believe the decomposition of the hydriodic acid in this case to be direct, for the reasons already given respecting muriatic acid (763. 764.).

768. I think the breakdown of hydriodic acid in this case is direct, for the reasons already stated regarding hydrochloric acid (763. 764.).

769. Iodides.—A solution of iodide of potassium being subjected to the voltaic current, iodine appeared at the positive electrode (without any oxygen), and hydrogen with free alkali at the negative electrode. The same observations as to the mode of decomposition are applicable here as were made in relation to the chlorides when in solution (766.).

769. Iodides.—When a solution of potassium iodide is exposed to an electric current, iodine appears at the positive electrode (without any oxygen), and hydrogen along with free alkali appears at the negative electrode. The same observations about the method of decomposition apply here as those made regarding the chlorides in solution (766.).

770. Hydro-fluoric acid and fluorides.—Solution of hydrofluoric acid did not appear to be decomposed under the influence of the electric current: it was the water which gave way apparently. The fused fluorides were electrolysed (417.); but having during these actions obtained fluorine in the separate state, I think it better to refer to a future series of these Researches, in which I purpose giving a fuller account of the results than would be consistent with propriety here177.

770. Hydrofluoric acid and fluorides.—The solution of hydrofluoric acid didn’t seem to break down when exposed to electric current; it was the water that apparently gave way. The fused fluorides were electrolyzed (417.); however, since I obtained fluorine in its separate form during these experiments, I think it’s better to save a more detailed explanation for a future series of these Researches, where I plan to provide a more complete account of the results than would be appropriate here177.

771. Hydro-cyanic acid in solution conducts very badly. The definite proportion of hydrogen (equal to that from water) was set free at the cathode, whilst at the anode a small quantity of oxygen was evolved and apparently a solution of cyanogen formed. The action altogether corresponded with that on a dilute muriatic or hydriodic acid. When the hydrocyanic acid was made a better conductor by sulphuric acid, the same results occurred.

771. Hydrocyanic acid in solution conducts electricity very poorly. The exact amount of hydrogen (equal to that from water) was released at the cathode, while a small amount of oxygen was produced at the anode and a solution of cyanogen seemed to form. The overall reaction was similar to that with dilute hydrochloric or hydriodic acid. When hydrocyanic acid was made a better conductor by adding sulfuric acid, the same results were observed.

Cyanides.—With a solution of the cyanide of potassium, the result was precisely the same as with a chloride or iodide. No oxygen was evolved at the positive electrode, but a brown solution formed there. For the reasons given when speaking of the chlorides (766.), and because a fused cyanide of potassium evolves cyanogen at the positive electrode178, I incline to believe that the cyanide in solution is directly decomposed.

Cyanides.—Using a solution of potassium cyanide produced the same result as with a chloride or iodide. No oxygen was released at the positive electrode; instead, a brown solution appeared there. For the reasons mentioned when discussing the chlorides (766.), and since a fused potassium cyanide releases cyanogen at the positive electrode178, I tend to believe that the cyanide in solution is directly decomposed.

772. Ferro-cyanic acid and the ferro-cyanides, as also sulpho-cyanic acid and the sulpho-cyanides, presented results corresponding with those just described (771.).

772. Ferro-cyanic acid and the ferro-cyanides, as well as sulpho-cyanic acid and the sulpho-cyanides, showed results that matched those mentioned earlier (771.).

773. Acetic acid.—Glacial acetic acid, when fused (405.), is not decomposed by, nor does it conduct, electricity. On adding a little water to it, still there were no signs of action; on adding more water, it acted slowly and about as pure water would do. Dilute sulphuric acid was added to it in order to make it a better conductor; then the definite proportion of hydrogen was evolved at the cathode, and a mixture of oxygen in very deficient quantity, with carbonic acid, and a little carbonic oxide, at the anode. Hence it appears that acetic acid is not electrolyzable, but that a portion of it is decomposed by the oxygen evolved at the anode, producing secondary results, varying with the strength of the acid, the intensity of the current, and other circumstances.

773. Acetic acid.—When glacial acetic acid is melted (405.), it doesn't break down or conduct electricity. Even when a little water is added, there are no signs of any reaction; with more water, it reacts slowly, similar to how pure water would behave. Dilute sulfuric acid was added to improve its conductivity; then a specific amount of hydrogen was released at the cathode, along with a small amount of oxygen, carbon dioxide, and a bit of carbon monoxide at the anode. This suggests that acetic acid isn't electrolyzable, but that some of it breaks down due to the oxygen produced at the anode, leading to secondary reactions that vary based on the acid's concentration, the current's strength, and other factors.

774. Acetates.—One of these has been referred to already, as affording only secondary results relative to the acetic acid (749.). With many of the metallic acetates the results at both electrodes are secondary (746. 750.).

774. Acetates.—One of these has already been mentioned, as providing only secondary results related to the acetic acid (749.). With many of the metallic acetates, the results at both electrodes are secondary (746. 750.).

Acetate of soda fused and anhydrous is directly decomposed, being, as I believe, a true electrolyte, and evolving soda and acetic acid at the cathode and anode. These however have no sensible duration, but are immediately resolved into other substances; charcoal, sodiuretted hydrogen, &c., being set free at the former, and, as far as I could judge under the circumstances, acetic acid mingled with carbonic oxide, carbonic acid, &c. at the latter.

Sodium acetate, when melted and in a dry state, breaks down directly, as I think it is a true electrolyte, releasing sodium and acetic acid at the cathode and anode. However, these don't last long and quickly change into other substances; charcoal, sodium hydride, etc., are released at the former, and, as far as I could tell given the conditions, acetic acid combined with carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, etc. at the latter.

775. Tartaric acid.—Pure solution of tartaric acid is almost as bad a conductor as pure water. On adding sulphuric acid, it conducted well, the results at the positive electrode being primary or secondary in different proportions, according to variations in the strength of the acid and the power of the electric current (752.). Alkaline tartrates gave a large proportion of secondary results at the positive electrode. The hydrogen at the negative electrode remained constant unless certain triple metallic salts were used.

775. Tartaric acid.—A pure solution of tartaric acid conducts electricity almost as poorly as pure water. When sulfuric acid is added, it conducts well, with the results at the positive electrode being primary or secondary in different amounts, depending on the strength of the acid and the intensity of the electric current (752.). Alkaline tartrates produced a significant amount of secondary results at the positive electrode. The hydrogen at the negative electrode stayed constant unless specific triple metallic salts were used.

776. Solutions, of salts containing other vegetable acids, as the benzoates; of sugar, gum, &c., dissolved in dilute sulphuric acid; of resin, albumen, &c., dissolved in alkalies, were in turn submitted to the electrolytic power of the voltaic current. In all these cases, secondary results to a greater or smaller extent were produced at the positive electrode.

776. Solutions of salts that contain other plant-based acids, like benzoates; sugar, gum, etc., dissolved in dilute sulfuric acid; and resin, albumin, etc., dissolved in alkalis were subsequently exposed to the electrolytic action of the voltaic current. In all these instances, varying secondary results were produced at the positive electrode.

777. In concluding this division of these Researches, it cannot but occur to the mind that the final result of the action of the electric current upon substances, placed between the electrodes, instead of being simple may be very complicated. There are two modes by which these substances may be decomposed, either by the direct force of the electric current, or by the action of bodies which that current may evolve. There are also two modes by which new compounds may be formed, i.e. by combination of the evolving substances whilst in their nascent state (658.), directly with the matter of the electrode; or else their combination with those bodies, which being contained in, or associated with, the body suffering decomposition, are necessarily present at the anode and cathode. The complexity is rendered still greater by the circumstance that two or more of these actions may occur simultaneously, and also in variable proportions to each other. But it may in a great measure be resolved by attention to the principles already laid down (747.).

777. In wrapping up this section of these Researches, it's clear that the end result of electric current acting on substances placed between the electrodes can be quite complex rather than straightforward. There are two ways these substances can decompose: either through the direct force of the electric current or through the actions of substances that the current generates. Additionally, there are two ways new compounds can form: either by the combination of the evolving substances while they're in their early state (658.) with the material of the electrode; or by their combination with substances that are present in or associated with the substance undergoing decomposition, which are inevitably at the anode and cathode. The complexity is further increased by the possibility that two or more of these processes can happen at once and in varying proportions. However, much of it can be understood by focusing on the principles already established (747.).

778. When aqueous solutions of bodies are used, secondary results are exceedingly frequent. Even when the water is not present in large quantity, but is merely that of combination, still secondary results often ensue: for instance, it is very possible that in Sir Humphry Davy's decomposition of the hydrates of potassa and soda, a part of the potassium produced was the result of a secondary action. Hence, also, a frequent cause for the disappearance of the oxygen and hydrogen which would otherwise be evolved: and when hydrogen does not appear at the cathode in an aqueous solution, it perhaps always indicates that a secondary action has taken place there. No exception to this rule has as yet occurred to my observation.

778. When aqueous solutions of substances are used, secondary results happen quite often. Even when there isn't a lot of water involved, but it's just part of a chemical combination, secondary results still frequently occur. For example, in Sir Humphry Davy's breakdown of the hydrates of potassium and sodium, some of the potassium produced might have resulted from a secondary reaction. This is also a common reason for the loss of oxygen and hydrogen, which would typically be released. When hydrogen doesn't appear at the cathode in an aqueous solution, it likely means that a secondary reaction has occurred there. So far, I haven't seen any exceptions to this rule.

779. Secondary actions are not confined to aqueous solutions, or cases where water is present. For instance, various chlorides acted upon, when fused (402.), by platina electrodes, have the chlorine determined electrically to the anode. In many cases, as with the chlorides of lead, potassium, barium, &c., the chlorine acts on the platina and forms a compound with it, which dissolves; but when protochloride of tin is used, the chlorine at the anode does not act upon the platina, but upon the chloride already there, forming a perchloride which rises in vapour (790. 804.). These are, therefore, instances of secondary actions of both kinds, produced in bodies containing no water.

779. Secondary actions are not limited to aqueous solutions or situations where water is present. For example, various chlorides, when melted (402.), acted upon by platinum electrodes, show the chlorine moving to the anode as detected electrically. In many instances, like with the chlorides of lead, potassium, barium, etc., the chlorine reacts with the platinum, forming a compound that dissolves; however, when tin(II) chloride is used, the chlorine at the anode does not react with the platinum, but with the chloride already there, resulting in a perchloride that vaporizes (790. 804.). These are, therefore, examples of secondary actions of both types occurring in substances that contain no water.

780. The production of boron from fused borax (402. 417.) is also a case of secondary action; for boracic acid is not decomposable by electricity (408.), and it was the sodium evolved at the cathode which, re-acting on the boracic acid around it, took oxygen from it and set boron free in the experiments formerly described.

780. The production of boron from melted borax (402. 417.) is also a case of secondary action; boracic acid cannot be broken down by electricity (408.), and it was the sodium released at the cathode that reacted with the surrounding boracic acid, taking oxygen from it and releasing boron in the experiments mentioned earlier.

781. Secondary actions have already, in the hands of M. Becquerel, produced many interesting results in the formation of compounds; some of them new, others imitations of those occurring naturally179. It is probable they may prove equally interesting in an opposite direction, i.e. as affording cases of analytic decomposition. Much information regarding the composition, and perhaps even the arrangement, of the particles of such bodies as the vegetable acids and alkalies, and organic compounds generally, will probably be obtained by submitting them to the action of nascent oxygen, hydrogen, chlorine, &c. at the electrodes; and the action seems the more promising, because of the thorough command which we possess over attendant circumstances, such as the strength of the current, the size of the electrodes, the nature of the decomposing conductor, its strength, &c., all of which may be expected to have their corresponding influence upon the final result.

781. Secondary actions have already, in the hands of M. Becquerel, produced many interesting results in forming compounds; some are new, while others mimic those found in nature179. It's likely they will also be equally intriguing in another way, by providing examples of analytical decomposition. We can probably gain a lot of information about the composition, and possibly even the arrangement, of the particles in substances like vegetable acids, alkalis, and organic compounds in general by exposing them to nascent oxygen, hydrogen, chlorine, etc., at the electrodes. This process seems especially promising because we have a great deal of control over the conditions, such as the strength of the current, the size of the electrodes, the type of decomposing conductor, its strength, etc., all of which are expected to significantly affect the final outcome.

782. It is to me a great satisfaction that the extreme variety of secondary results has presented nothing opposed to the doctrine of a constant and definite electro-chemical action, to the particular consideration of which I shall now proceed.

782. It gives me great satisfaction that the wide range of secondary results has shown nothing that contradicts the idea of a constant and specific electro-chemical action, which I will now discuss in detail.

¶ vii. On the definite nature and extent of Electro-chemical Decomposition.

783. In the third series of these Researches, after proving the identity of electricities derived from different sources, and showing, by actual measurement, the extraordinary quantity of electricity evolved by a very feeble voltaic arrangement (371. 376.), I announced a law, derived from experiment, which seemed to me of the utmost importance to the science of electricity in general, and that branch of it denominated electro-chemistry in particular. The law was expressed thus: The chemical power of a current of electricity is in direct proportion to the absolute quantity of electricity which passes (377.).

783. In the third series of these Researches, after demonstrating that electricities from different sources are the same, and showing, through actual measurements, the remarkable amount of electricity generated by a very weak voltaic setup (371. 376.), I presented a principle based on experimentation that I believed was extremely important for the science of electricity overall, and particularly for the field known as electro-chemistry. The principle was stated as follows: The chemical power of an electric current is directly proportional to the total amount of electricity that flows (377.).

784. In the further progress of the successive investigations, I have had frequent occasion to refer to the same law, sometimes in circumstances offering powerful corroboration of its truth (456. 504. 505.); and the present series already supplies numerous new cases in which it holds good (704. 722. 726. 732.). It is now my object to consider this great principle more closely, and to develope some of the consequences to which it leads. That the evidence for it may be the more distinct and applicable, I shall quote cases of decomposition subject to as few interferences from secondary results as possible, effected upon bodies very simple, yet very definite in their nature.

784. As I've continued my investigations, I've often found myself referring to the same law, sometimes in situations that strongly support its validity (456. 504. 505.). This current series already provides many new examples where it applies (704. 722. 726. 732.). Now, I want to take a closer look at this significant principle and explore some of the implications it brings. To make the evidence clearer and more relevant, I will cite cases of decomposition with minimal interference from secondary results, focusing on very simple yet clearly defined substances.

785. In the first place, I consider the law as so fully established with respect to the decomposition of water, and under so many circumstances which might be supposed, if anything could, to exert an influence over it, that I may be excused entering into further detail respecting that substance, or even summing up the results here (732.). I refer, therefore, to the whole of the subdivision of this series of Researches which contains the account of the volta-electrometer (704. &c.).

785. Firstly, I see the law as being well established regarding the breakdown of water, even under various conditions that might be expected to impact it. Therefore, I can skip providing more details about that substance or even summarizing the results here (732.). I will refer you to the entire section of this series of Researches that includes the explanation of the volta-electrometer (704. &c.).

786. In the next place, I also consider the law as established with respect to muriatic acid by the experiments and reasoning already advanced, when speaking of that substance, in the subdivision respecting primary and secondary results (758. &c.).

786. Next, I also take into account the law that has been established regarding muriatic acid based on the experiments and reasoning presented earlier when discussing that substance, in the section about primary and secondary results (758. &c.).

787. I consider the law as established also with regard to hydriodic acid by the experiments and considerations already advanced in the preceding division of this series of Researches (767. 768.).

787. I see the law as established regarding hydriodic acid based on the experiments and discussions presented earlier in this section of the Researches (767. 768.).

788. Without speaking with the same confidence, yet from the experiments described, and many others not described, relating to hydro-fluoric, hydro-cyanic, ferro-cyanic, and sulpho-cyanic acids (770. 771. 772.), and from the close analogy which holds between these bodies and the hydracids of chlorine, iodine, bromine, &c., I consider these also as coming under subjection to the law, and assisting to prove its truth.

788. While I don't speak with the same level of confidence, based on the experiments mentioned, along with many others not detailed, involving hydrofluoric, hydrocyanic, ferrocyanic, and sulphocyanic acids (770. 771. 772.), and considering the close similarities between these substances and the hydrochloric, hydroiodic, hydrobromic, etc., I believe these too fall under this law, helping to support its validity.

789. In the preceding cases, except the first, the water is believed to be inactive; but to avoid any ambiguity arising from its presence, I sought for substances from which it should be absent altogether; and, taking advantage of the law of conduction already developed (380. &c.), I soon found abundance, amongst which protochloride of tin was first subjected to decomposition in the following manner. A piece of platina wire had one extremity coiled up into a small knob, and, having been carefully weighed, was sealed hermetically into a piece of bottle-glass tube, so that the knob should be at the bottom of the tube within (fig. 68.). The tube was suspended by a piece of platina wire, so that the heat of a spirit-lamp could be applied to it. Recently fused protochloride of tin was introduced in sufficient quantity to occupy, when melted, about one-half of the tube; the wire of the tube was connected with a volta-electrometer (711.), which was itself connected with the negative end of a voltaic battery; and a platina wire connected with the positive end of the same battery was dipped into the fused chloride in the tube; being however so bent, that it could not by any shake of the hand or apparatus touch the negative electrode at the bottom of the vessel. The whole arrangement is delineated in fig. 69.

789. In the earlier experiments, except for the first one, the water was considered inactive. To eliminate any confusion from its presence, I looked for substances that should not contain it at all. By utilizing the principle of conduction that I had already explained (380. &c.), I quickly found several substances, among which protochloride of tin was the first to be subjected to decomposition in the following way. A piece of platinum wire was coiled at one end into a small knob and weighed carefully before being sealed tightly into a piece of glass tube, ensuring that the knob was at the bottom of the tube (fig. 68.). This tube was hung by a piece of platinum wire, allowing heat from a spirit lamp to be applied to it. A recently melted amount of protochloride of tin was added, enough to fill about half of the tube when melted. The wire from the tube was connected to a volta-electrometer (711.), which in turn was linked to the negative end of a voltaic battery. A platinum wire was attached to the positive end of the same battery and immersed in the melted chloride inside the tube, ensuring that it was bent in a way that would prevent it from touching the negative electrode at the bottom of the vessel, no matter how much the apparatus was shaken. The entire setup is shown in fig. 69.

790. Under these circumstances the chloride of tin was decomposed: the chlorine evolved at the positive electrode formed bichloride of tin (779.), which passed away in fumes, and the tin evolved at the negative electrode combined with the platina, forming an alloy, fusible at the temperature to which the tube was subjected, and therefore never occasioning metallic communication through the decomposing chloride. When the experiment had been continued so long as to yield a reasonable quantity of gas in the volta-electrometer, the battery connexion was broken, the positive electrode removed, and the tube and remaining chloride allowed to cool. When cold, the tube was broken open, the rest of the chloride and the glass being easily separable from the platina wire and its button of alloy. The latter when washed was then reweighed, and the increase gave the weight of the tin reduced.

790. Under these circumstances, the tin chloride was broken down: the chlorine released at the positive electrode formed tin(II) chloride (779.), which escaped as fumes, and the tin released at the negative electrode combined with the platinum, creating an alloy that melted at the temperature to which the tube was heated, thus never allowing metallic contact through the decomposing chloride. After the experiment ran long enough to produce a sufficient amount of gas in the volta-electrometer, the battery connection was severed, the positive electrode was removed, and the tube along with the leftover chloride was allowed to cool. Once cold, the tube was broken open, with the remaining chloride and glass easily separable from the platinum wire and its alloy button. After washing, the alloy was weighed again, and the increase in weight indicated the amount of tin that had been reduced.

791. I will give the particular results of one experiment, in illustration of the mode adopted in this and others, the results of which I shall have occasion to quote. The negative electrode weighed at first 20 grains; after the experiment, it, with its button of alloy, weighed 23.2 grains. The tin evolved by the electric current at the cathode: weighed therefore 3.2 grains. The quantity of oxygen and hydrogen collected in the volta-electrometer = 3.85 cubic inches. As 100 cubic inches of oxygen and hydrogen, in the proportions to form water, may be considered as weighing 12.92 grains, the 3.85 cubic inches would weigh 0.49742 of a grain; that being, therefore, the weight of water decomposed by the same electric current as was able to decompose such weight of protochloride of tin as could yield 3.2 grains of metal. Now 0.49742 : 3.2 :: 9 the equivalent of water is to 57.9, which should therefore be the equivalent of tin, if the experiment had been made without error, and if the electro-chemical decomposition is in this case also definite. In some chemical works 58 is given as the chemical equivalent of tin, in others 57.9. Both are so near to the result of the experiment, and the experiment itself is so subject to slight causes of variation (as from the absorption of gas in the volta-electrometer (716.), &c.), that the numbers leave little doubt of the applicability of the law of definite action in this and all similar cases of electro-decomposition.

791. I will share the specific results of one experiment to illustrate the method used in this and others, which I will refer to later. The negative electrode originally weighed 20 grains; after the experiment, it, along with its alloy button, weighed 23.2 grains. The tin produced by the electric current at the cathode therefore weighed 3.2 grains. The amount of oxygen and hydrogen collected in the volta-electrometer was 3.85 cubic inches. Since 100 cubic inches of oxygen and hydrogen, in the proportions that form water, can be considered to weigh 12.92 grains, the 3.85 cubic inches would weigh 0.49742 of a grain; thus, this is the weight of water decomposed by the same electric current that was able to decompose protochloride of tin yielding 3.2 grains of metal. Now, 0.49742 : 3.2 :: 9, meaning the equivalent of water is to 57.9, which should therefore be the equivalent of tin if the experiment was error-free and if the electro-chemical decomposition is in this case also definite. Some chemical texts list 58 as the chemical equivalent of tin, while others state 57.9. Both figures are very close to the experimental result, and the experiment itself is sensitive to slight variations (like gas absorption in the volta-electrometer (716.), etc.), so these numbers strongly support the validity of the law of definite action in this and similar cases of electro-decomposition.

792. It is not often I have obtained an accordance in numbers so near as that I have just quoted. Four experiments were made on the protochloride of tin, the quantities of gas evolved in the volta-electrometer being from 2.05 to 10.29 cubic inches. The average of the four experiments gave 58.53 as the electro-chemical equivalent for tin.

792. It's rare for me to find such close agreement in numbers as I just mentioned. Four experiments were conducted on the protochloride of tin, with the amounts of gas produced in the volta-electrometer ranging from 2.05 to 10.29 cubic inches. The average of the four experiments resulted in 58.53 as the electro-chemical equivalent for tin.

793. The chloride remaining after the experiment was pure protochloride of tin; and no one can doubt for a moment that the equivalent of chlorine had been evolved at the anode, and, having formed bichloride of tin as a secondary result, had passed away.

793. The chloride left after the experiment was pure protochloride of tin; and nobody can doubt for a second that chlorine was released at the anode, and, having formed bichloride of tin as a secondary result, had escaped.

794. Chloride of lead was experimented upon in a manner exactly similar, except that a change was made in the nature of the positive electrode; for as the chlorine evolved at the anode forms no perchloride of lead, but acts directly upon the platina, it produces, if that metal be used, a solution of chloride of platina in the chloride of lead; in consequence of which a portion of platina can pass to the cathode, and would then produce a vitiated result. I therefore sought for, and found in plumbago, another substance, which could be used safely as the positive electrode in such bodies as chlorides, iodides, &c. The chlorine or iodine does not act upon it, but is evolved in the free state; and the plumbago has no re-action, under the circumstances, upon the fused chloride or iodide in which it is plunged. Even if a few particles of plumbago should separate by the heat or the mechanical action of the evolved gas, they can do no harm in the chloride.

794. Lead chloride was tested in the same way, except that a change was made to the positive electrode; since the chlorine released at the anode doesn’t create any lead perchloride and instead reacts directly with platinum, using that metal results in a solution of platinum chloride in lead chloride. As a result, some platinum can move to the cathode, potentially leading to inaccurate outcomes. Therefore, I looked for and found another material, plumbago, that could be safely used as the positive electrode for substances like chlorides, iodides, and so on. The chlorine or iodine doesn’t affect it and is released in its free state, and the plumbago doesn’t react with the molten chloride or iodide it’s immersed in. Even if a few particles of plumbago were to separate due to heat or the mechanical action of the released gas, they wouldn’t cause any issues in the chloride.

795. The mean of three experiments gave the number of 100.85 as the equivalent for lead. The chemical equivalent is 103.5. The deficiency in my experiments I attribute to the solution of part of the gas (716.) in the volta-electrometer; but the results leave no doubt on my mind that both the lead and the chlorine are, in this case, evolved in definite quantities by the action of a given quantity of electricity (814. &c.).

795. The average of three experiments showed the number 100.85 as the equivalent for lead. The chemical equivalent is 103.5. I believe the shortfall in my experiments is due to some of the gas dissolving in the volta-electrometer; however, the results clearly indicate to me that both the lead and the chlorine are, in this case, produced in definite quantities by the action of a specific amount of electricity (814. &c.).

796. Chloride of antimony.—It was in endeavouring to obtain the electro-chemical equivalent of antimony from the chloride, that I found reasons for the statement I have made respecting the presence of water in it in an earlier part of these Researches (690. 693. &c.).

796. Chloride of antimony.—While trying to get the electro-chemical equivalent of antimony from its chloride, I discovered reasons supporting my earlier statement about the presence of water in it, as mentioned in previous sections of these Researches (690. 693. &c.).

797. I endeavoured to experiment upon the oxide of lead obtained by fusion and ignition of the nitrate in a platina crucible, but found great difficulty, from the high temperature required for perfect fusion, and the powerful fluxing qualities of the substance. Green-glass tubes repeatedly failed. I at last fused the oxide in a small porcelain crucible, heated fully in a charcoal fire; and, as it is was essential that the evolution of the lead at the cathode should take place beneath the surface, the negative electrode was guarded by a green-glass tube, fused around it in such a manner as to expose only the knob of platina at the lower end (fig. 70.), so that it could be plunged beneath the surface, and thus exclude contact of air or oxygen with the lead reduced there. A platina wire was employed for the positive electrode, that metal not being subject to any action from the oxygen evolved against it. The arrangement is given in fig. 71.

797. I tried to experiment with the oxide of lead I got by melting and igniting the nitrate in a platinum crucible, but I encountered a lot of difficulty because of the high temperature needed for complete melting and the strong fluxing properties of the material. Green-glass tubes kept failing. Eventually, I melted the oxide in a small porcelain crucible, heated thoroughly in a charcoal fire; and since it was crucial for the lead to be released at the cathode just below the surface, I protected the negative electrode with a green-glass tube, melted around it in such a way as to expose only the platinum knob at the bottom (fig. 70.), allowing it to be submerged and preventing air or oxygen from touching the lead being formed there. A platinum wire was used for the positive electrode, as that metal doesn’t react with the oxygen produced against it. The setup is shown in fig. 71.

798. In an experiment of this kind the equivalent for the lead came out 93.17, which is very much too small. This, I believe, was because of the small interval between the positive and negative electrodes in the oxide of lead; so that it was not unlikely that some of the froth and bubbles formed by the oxygen at the anode should occasionally even touch the lead reduced at the cathode, and re-oxidize it. When I endeavoured to correct this by having more litharge, the greater heat required to keep it all fluid caused a quicker action on the crucible, which was soon eaten through, and the experiment stopped.

798. In this kind of experiment, the equivalent for lead was found to be 93.17, which is way too low. I think this happened because there was a small gap between the positive and negative electrodes in the lead oxide; it was likely that some of the froth and bubbles created by the oxygen at the anode sometimes touched the lead being reduced at the cathode, causing it to re-oxidize. When I tried to fix this by using more litharge, the extra heat needed to keep it all liquid caused the crucible to wear down quickly, and the experiment ended.

799. In one experiment of this kind I used borate of lead (408. 673.). It evolves lead, under the influence of the electric current, at the anode, and oxygen at the cathode; and as the boracic acid is not either directly (408.) or incidentally decomposed during the operation, I expected a result dependent on the oxide of lead. The borate is not so violent a flux as the oxide, but it requires a higher temperature to make it quite liquid; and if not very hot, the bubbles of oxygen cling to the positive electrode, and retard the transfer of electricity. The number for lead came out 101.29, which is so near to 103.5 as to show that the action of the current had been definite.

799. In one experiment like this, I used lead borate (408. 673.). It releases lead at the anode and oxygen at the cathode when an electric current is applied. Since boric acid doesn’t break down during the process, I expected the outcome to rely on lead oxide. The borate is not as strong a flux as the oxide, but it needs a higher temperature to become fully liquid. If it’s not hot enough, the oxygen bubbles stick to the positive electrode, which slows down the flow of electricity. The measurement for lead was 101.29, which is close enough to 103.5 to indicate that the current's effect was consistent.

800. Oxide of bismuth.—I found this substance required too high a temperature, and acted too powerfully as a flux, to allow of any experiment being made on it, without the application of more time and care than I could give at present.

800. Oxide of bismuth.—I found that this substance needed a very high temperature and was too aggressive as a flux to allow for any experiments to be conducted on it without dedicating more time and effort than I can provide right now.

801. The ordinary protoxide of antimony, which consists of one proportional of metal and one and a half of oxygen, was subjected to the action of the electric current in a green-glass tube (789.), surrounded by a jacket of platina foil, and heated in a charcoal fire. The decomposition began and proceeded very well at first, apparently indicating, according to the general law (679. 697.), that this substance was one containing such elements and in such proportions as made it amenable to the power of the electric current. This effect I have already given reasons for supposing may be due to the presence of a true protoxide, consisting of single proportionals (696. 693.). The action soon diminished, and finally ceased, because of the formation of a higher oxide of the metal at the positive electrode. This compound, which was probably the peroxide, being infusible and insoluble in the protoxide, formed a crystalline crust around the positive electrode; and thus insulating it, prevented the transmission of the electricity. Whether, if it had been fusible and still immiscible, it would have decomposed, is doubtful, because of its departure from the required composition (697.). It was a very natural secondary product at the positive electrode (779.). On opening the tube it was found that a little antimony had been separated at the negative electrode; but the quantity was too small to allow of any quantitative result being obtained180.

801. The common protoxide of antimony, which is made up of one part metal and one and a half parts oxygen, was exposed to an electric current in a green-glass tube (789.), wrapped in a layer of platinum foil, and heated in a charcoal fire. The decomposition started and went very well at first, seemingly indicating, according to the general law (679. 697.), that this substance contained elements and proportions that made it responsive to the electric current. I have previously suggested that this effect might be due to the presence of a true protoxide, made up of single proportions (696. 693.). However, the reaction soon weakened and eventually stopped because a higher oxide of the metal formed at the positive electrode. This compound, probably the peroxide, was infusible and insoluble in the protoxide, creating a crystalline layer around the positive electrode, which insulated it and obstructed the flow of electricity. It's uncertain whether, if it had been fusible yet still insoluble, it would have decomposed, due to its deviation from the required composition (697.). It was a quite natural secondary product at the positive electrode (779.). When the tube was opened, a small amount of antimony was found at the negative electrode, but the quantity was too minor to yield any quantitative results180.

802. Iodide of lead.—This substance can be experimented with in tubes heated by a spirit-lamp (789.); but I obtained no good results from it, whether I used positive electrodes of platina or plumbago. In two experiments the numbers for the lead came out only 75.46 and 73.45, instead of 103.5. This I attribute to the formation of a periodide at the positive electrode, which, dissolving in the mass of liquid iodide, came in contact with the lead evolved at the negative electrode, and dissolved part of it, becoming itself again protiodide. Such a periodide does exist; and it is very rarely that the iodide of lead formed by precipitation, and well-washed, can be fused without evolving much iodine, from the presence of this percompound; nor does crystallization from its hot aqueous solution free it from this substance. Even when a little of the protiodide and iodine are merely rubbed together in a mortar, a portion of the periodide is formed. And though it is decomposed by being fused and heated to dull redness for a few minutes, and the whole reduced to protiodide, yet that is not at all opposed to the possibility, that a little of that which is formed in great excess of iodine at the anode, should be carried by the rapid currents in the liquid into contact with the cathode.

802. Iodide of lead.—This substance can be tested in tubes heated by a spirit lamp (789.); however, I didn't achieve any good results with it, whether I used positive electrodes made of platinum or graphite. In two experiments, the readings for the lead came out to only 75.46 and 73.45, instead of the expected 103.5. I believe this is due to the formation of a periodide at the positive electrode, which, dissolving in the liquid iodide, came into contact with the lead produced at the negative electrode and dissolved part of it, turning back into protiodide. A periodide does exist; and it's quite rare for precipitated and well-washed iodide of lead to be melted without releasing a lot of iodine due to the presence of this percompound; crystallizing it from its hot aqueous solution does not eliminate this substance either. Even when a little of the protiodide and iodine are simply ground together in a mortar, some periodide is produced. Although it decomposes when fused and heated to a dull red for a few minutes, and is all converted to protiodide, that doesn't rule out the possibility that some of what is formed in significant excess of iodine at the anode could be carried by the swift currents in the liquid into contact with the cathode.

803. This view of the result was strengthened by a third experiment, where the space between the electrodes was increased to one third of an inch; for now the interfering effects were much diminished, and the number of the lead came out 89.04; and it was fully confirmed by the results obtained in the cases of transfer to be immediately described (818.).

803. This perspective on the outcome was reinforced by a third experiment, where the gap between the electrodes was increased to one third of an inch; as a result, the interfering effects were greatly reduced, and the lead measurement came out to 89.04. This was further validated by the results obtained in the cases of transfer that will be described next (818.).

The experiments on iodide of lead therefore offer no exception to the general law under consideration, but on the contrary may, from general considerations, be admitted as included in it.

The experiments on lead iodide therefore don't contradict the general law being discussed; rather, they can be considered as falling under it based on broader reasoning.

804. Protiodide of tin.—This substance, when fused (402.), conducts and is decomposed by the electric current, tin is evolved at the anode, and periodide of tin as a secondary result (779. 790.) at the cathode. The temperature required for its fusion is too high to allow of the production of any results fit for weighing.

804. Protiodide of tin.—This substance, when melted (402.), conducts electricity and breaks down when an electric current passes through it. Tin is produced at the anode, and periodide of tin appears as a secondary product (779. 790.) at the cathode. The temperature needed to melt it is too high to produce any results that can be accurately weighed.

805. Iodide of potassium was subjected to electrolytic action in a tube, like that in fig. 68. (789.). The negative electrode was a globule of lead, and I hoped in this way to retain the potassium, and obtain results that could be weighed and compared with the volta-electrometer indication; but the difficulties dependent upon the high temperature required, the action upon the glass, the fusibility of the platina induced by the presence of the lead, and other circumstances, prevented me from procuring such results. The iodide was decomposed with the evolution of iodine at the anode, and of potassium at the cathode, as in former cases.

805. Iodide of potassium was subjected to electrolytic action in a tube, like the one shown in fig. 68. (789.). The negative electrode was a globule of lead, and I hoped this method would allow me to retain the potassium and obtain results that could be weighed and compared with the volta-electrometer readings; however, challenges related to the high temperature needed, the effect on the glass, the melting of the platinum caused by the presence of lead, and other factors prevented me from achieving those results. The iodide was broken down, releasing iodine at the anode and potassium at the cathode, similar to previous cases.

806. In some of these experiments several substances were placed in succession, and decomposed simultaneously by the same electric current: thus, protochloride of tin, chloride of lead, and water, were thus acted on at once. It is needless to say that the results were comparable, the tin, lead, chlorine, oxygen, and hydrogen evolved being definite in quantity and electro-chemical equivalents to each other.

806. In some of these experiments, several substances were placed one after another and broken down at the same time by the same electric current: for example, protochloride of tin, chloride of lead, and water were all affected simultaneously. It's unnecessary to mention that the results were comparable, with the tin, lead, chlorine, oxygen, and hydrogen produced being definite in quantity and electro-chemical equivalents to each other.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like modernized.

807. Let us turn to another kind of proof of the definite chemical action of electricity. If any circumstances could be supposed to exert an influence over the quantity of the matters evolved during electrolytic action, one would expect them to be present when electrodes of different substances, and possessing very different chemical affinities for such matters, were used. Platina has no power in dilute sulphuric acid of combining with the oxygen at the anode, though the latter be evolved in the nascent state against it. Copper, on the other hand, immediately unites with the oxygen, as the electric current sets it free from the hydrogen; and zinc is not only able to combine with it, but can, without any help from the electricity, abstract it directly from the water, at the same time setting torrents of hydrogen free. Yet in cases where these three substances were used as the positive electrodes in three similar portions of the same dilute sulphuric acid, specific gravity 1.336, precisely the same quantity of water was decomposed by the electric current, and precisely the same quantity of hydrogen set free at the cathodes of the three solutions.

807. Let’s look at another type of evidence for the definite chemical action of electricity. If any factors were thought to affect the amount of substances produced during electrolysis, we would expect them to be evident when using electrodes made of different materials that have very different chemical affinities for those substances. Platinum has no ability to combine with the oxygen at the anode in dilute sulfuric acid, even when that oxygen is generated in its nascent state against it. Copper, on the other hand, quickly bonds with the oxygen as the electric current releases it from the hydrogen; and zinc can not only combine with it but can also, without any assistance from electricity, draw it directly from the water while simultaneously releasing a lot of hydrogen. However, in instances where these three materials were used as the positive electrodes in three identical samples of the same dilute sulfuric acid, with a specific gravity of 1.336, exactly the same amount of water was decomposed by the electric current, and exactly the same amount of hydrogen was released at the cathodes of the three solutions.

808. The experiment was made thus. Portions of the dilute sulphuric acid were put into three basins. Three volta-electrometer tubes, of the form figg. 60. 62. were filled with the same acid, and one inverted in each basin (707.). A zinc plate, connected with the positive end of a voltaic battery, was dipped into the first basin, forming the positive electrode there, the hydrogen, which was abundantly evolved from it by the direct action of the acid, being allowed to escape. A copper plate, which dipped into the acid of the second basin, was connected with the negative electrode of the first basin; and a platina plate, which dipped into the acid of the third basin, was connected with the negative electrode of the second basin. The negative electrode of the third basin was connected with a volta-electrometer (711.), and that with the negative end of the voltaic battery.

808. The experiment was conducted as follows. Portions of dilute sulfuric acid were placed in three basins. Three volta-electrometer tubes, shown in figures 60 and 62, were filled with the same acid, and one was inverted in each basin (707.). A zinc plate, linked to the positive terminal of a voltaic battery, was immersed in the first basin, making it the positive electrode, while the hydrogen, which was generated abundantly by the action of the acid, was allowed to escape. A copper plate, submerged in the acid of the second basin, was connected to the negative electrode of the first basin; and a platinum plate, submerged in the acid of the third basin, was connected to the negative electrode of the second basin. The negative electrode of the third basin was connected to a volta-electrometer (711.), which was in turn connected to the negative terminal of the voltaic battery.

809. Immediately that the circuit was complete, the electro-chemical action commenced in all the vessels. The hydrogen still rose in, apparently, undiminished quantities from the positive zinc electrode in the first basin. No oxygen was evolved at the positive copper electrode in the second basin, but a sulphate of copper was formed there; whilst in the third basin the positive platina electrode evolved pure oxygen gas, and was itself unaffected. But in all the basins the hydrogen liberated at the negative platina electrodes was the same in quantity, and the same with the volume of hydrogen evolved in the volta-electrometer, showing that in all the vessels the current had decomposed an equal quantity of water. In this trying case, therefore, the chemical action of electricity proved to be perfectly definite.

809. As soon as the circuit was complete, the electro-chemical action started in all the vessels. Hydrogen continued to rise, seemingly in unchanged amounts, from the positive zinc electrode in the first basin. No oxygen was produced at the positive copper electrode in the second basin, but a copper sulfate formed there; meanwhile, in the third basin, the positive platinum electrode released pure oxygen gas and remained unaffected. However, in all the basins, the hydrogen released at the negative platinum electrodes was the same in quantity, which matched the volume of hydrogen produced in the volta-electrometer, indicating that in all the vessels the current had decomposed an equal amount of water. In this demanding situation, therefore, the chemical action of electricity proved to be perfectly definite.

810. A similar experiment was made with muriatic acid diluted with its bulk of water. The three positive electrodes were zinc, silver, and platina; the first being able to separate and combine with the chlorine without the aid of the current; the second combining with the chlorine only after the current had set it free; and the third rejecting almost the whole of it. The three negative electrodes were, as before, platina plates fixed within glass tubes. In this experiment, as in the former, the quantity of hydrogen evolved at the cathodes was the same for all, and the same as the hydrogen evolved in the volta-electrometer. I have already given my reasons for believing that in these experiments it is the muriatic acid which is directly decomposed by the electricity (764.); and the results prove that the quantities so decomposed are perfectly definite and proportionate to the quantity of electricity which has passed.

810. A similar experiment was done using muriatic acid diluted with an equal amount of water. The three positive electrodes were zinc, silver, and platinum; zinc could separate and combine with the chlorine without the help of the current, silver combined with the chlorine only after the current had freed it, and platinum rejected almost all of it. The three negative electrodes were, as before, platinum plates placed inside glass tubes. In this experiment, as in the previous one, the amount of hydrogen produced at the cathodes was the same for all and matched the hydrogen produced in the volta-electrometer. I have already explained my belief that in these experiments it is the muriatic acid that is directly decomposed by the electricity (764.); and the results show that the quantities decomposed are perfectly definite and proportional to the amount of electricity that has passed through.

811. In this experiment the chloride of silver formed in the second basin retarded the passage of the current of electricity, by virtue of the law of conduction before described (394.), so that it had to be cleaned off four or five times during the course of the experiment; but this caused no difference between the results of that vessel and the others.

811. In this experiment, the silver chloride that formed in the second basin slowed down the flow of electricity due to the previously mentioned law of conduction (394.), requiring it to be cleaned off four or five times during the experiment; however, this did not affect the results of that vessel compared to the others.

812. Charcoal was used as the positive electrode in both sulphuric and muriatic acids (808. 810.); but this change produced no variation of the results. A zinc positive electrode, in sulphate of soda or solution of common salt, gave the same constancy of operation.

812. Charcoal was used as the positive electrode in both sulfuric and hydrochloric acids (808. 810.); however, this change did not affect the results. A zinc positive electrode in a sodium sulfate or saltwater solution produced the same reliability in operation.

813. Experiments of a similar kind were then made with bodies altogether in a different state, i.e. with fused chlorides, iodides, &c. I have already described an experiment with fused chloride of silver, in which the electrodes were of metallic silver, the one rendered negative becoming increased and lengthened by the addition of metal, whilst the other was dissolved and eaten away by its abstraction. This experiment was repeated, two weighed pieces of silver wire being used as the electrodes, and a volta-electrometer included in the circuit. Great care was taken to withdraw the negative electrodes so regularly and steadily that the crystals of reduced silver should not form a metallic communication beneath the surface of the fused chloride. On concluding the experiment the positive electrode was re-weighed, and its loss ascertained. The mixture of chloride of silver, and metal, withdrawn in successive portions at the negative electrode, was digested in solution of ammonia, to remove the chloride, and the metallic silver remaining also weighed: it was the reduction at the cathode, and exactly equalled the solution at the anode; and each portion was as nearly as possible the equivalent to the water decomposed in the volta-electrometer.

813. Similar experiments were then conducted with substances in a completely different state, specifically with fused chlorides, iodides, etc. I've already described an experiment using fused silver chloride, where the electrodes were made of metallic silver. The negative electrode grew larger and longer as it gained metal, while the other one was dissolved and worn away as it lost metal. This experiment was repeated with two weighed pieces of silver wire as the electrodes, and a volta-electrometer was included in the circuit. Great care was taken to withdraw the negative electrodes smoothly and steadily so that the crystals of reduced silver wouldn’t form a metallic connection beneath the surface of the fused chloride. At the end of the experiment, the positive electrode was weighed again to determine its loss. The mixture of silver chloride and metal, collected in successive portions at the negative electrode, was dissolved in ammonia to remove the chloride, and the remaining metallic silver was also weighed. This represented the reduction at the cathode, and it matched exactly the quantity dissolved at the anode; each portion was approximately equal to the amount of water decomposed in the volta-electrometer.

814. The infusible condition of the silver at the temperature used, and the length and ramifying character of its crystals, render the above experiment difficult to perform, and uncertain in its results. I therefore wrought with chloride of lead, using a green-glass tube, formed as in fig. 72. A weighed platina wire was fused into the bottom of a small tube, as before described (789.). The tube was then bent to an angle, at about half an inch distance from the closed end; and the part between the angle and the extremity being softened, was forced upward, as in the figure, so as to form a bridge, or rather separation, producing two little depressions or basins a, b, within the tube. This arrangement was suspended by a platina wire, as before, so that the heat of a spirit-lamp could be applied to it, such inclination being given to it as would allow all air to escape during the fusion of the chloride of lead. A positive electrode was then provided, by bending up the end of a platina wire into a knot, and fusing about twenty grains of metallic lead on to it, in a small closed tube of glass, which was afterwards broken away. Being so furnished, the wire with its lead was weighed, and the weight recorded.

814. The fact that silver cannot be melted at the used temperature, along with the long and branching nature of its crystals, makes the experiment difficult to carry out and its results unpredictable. Therefore, I worked with lead chloride, using a green glass tube shaped like the one in fig. 72. A weighed platinum wire was fused to the bottom of a small tube, as previously described (789.). The tube was then bent at an angle about half an inch from the closed end; the section between the angle and the end was softened and pushed upward, as illustrated, creating a bridge or separation, resulting in two small depressions or basins a, b within the tube. This setup was suspended by a platinum wire, just like before, allowing heat from a spirit lamp to be applied, with the positioning adjusted to let all air escape during the fusion of the lead chloride. A positive electrode was made by bending the end of a platinum wire into a loop and fusing about twenty grains of metallic lead onto it in a small closed glass tube, which was later broken away. Once prepared, the wire with its lead was weighed, and the weight was recorded.

815. Chloride of lead was now introduced into the tube, and carefully fused. The leaded electrode was also introduced; after which the metal, at its extremity, soon melted. In this state of things the tube was filled up to c with melted chloride of lead; the end of the electrode to be rendered negative was in the basin b, and the electrode of melted lead was retained in the basin a, and, by connexion with the proper conducting wire of a voltaic battery, was rendered positive. A volta-electrometer was included in the circuit.

815. Chloride of lead was now added to the tube and carefully melted. The lead electrode was also inserted; shortly after, the metal at its tip melted. In this setup, the tube was filled up to c with melted chloride of lead; the end of the electrode that was to be made negative was in basin b, while the melted lead electrode was held in basin a and connected to the appropriate conducting wire of a battery to make it positive. A voltmeter was included in the circuit.

816. Immediately upon the completion of the communication with the voltaic battery, the current passed, and decomposition proceeded. No chlorine was evolved at the positive electrode; but as the fused chloride was transparent, a button of alloy could be observed gradually forming and increasing in size at b, whilst the lead at a could also be seen gradually to diminish. After a time, the experiment was stopped; the tube allowed to cool, and broken open; the wires, with their buttons, cleaned and weighed; and their change in weight compared with the indication of the volta-electrometer.

816. As soon as the connection with the battery was made, the current flowed and the decomposition started. No chlorine was produced at the positive electrode; however, since the melted chloride was clear, a button of alloy could be seen slowly forming and growing larger at b, while the lead at a appeared to gradually decrease. After a while, the experiment was halted; the tube was allowed to cool and then broken open; the wires with their buttons were cleaned and weighed; and their weight change was compared to the reading of the volta-electrometer.

817. In this experiment the positive electrode had lost just as much lead as the negative one had gained (795.), and the loss and gain were very nearly the equivalents of the water decomposed in the volta-electrometer, giving for lead the number 101.5. It is therefore evident, in this instance, that causing a strong affinity, or no affinity, for the substance evolved at the anode, to be active during the experiment (807.), produces no variation in the definite action of the electric current.

817. In this experiment, the positive electrode lost the same amount of lead as the negative electrode gained (795.), and the loss and gain were almost equal to the amount of water decomposed in the volta-electrometer, giving lead a value of 101.5. Therefore, it’s clear in this case that whether there is a strong affinity or no affinity for the substance released at the anode during the experiment (807.), it does not change the consistent effect of the electric current.

818. A similar experiment was then made with iodide of lead, and in this manner all confusion from the formation of a periodide avoided (803.). No iodine was evolved during the whole action, and finally the loss of lead at the anode was the same as the gain at the cathode, the equivalent number, by comparison with the result in the volta-electrometer, being 103.5.

818. A similar experiment was then conducted with lead iodide, which helped avoid any confusion from the formation of a periodide (803.). No iodine was released during the entire process, and in the end, the loss of lead at the anode was equal to the gain at the cathode, with the equivalent number, compared to the results in the volta-electrometer, being 103.5.

819. Then protochloride of tin was subjected to the electric current in the same manner, using of course, a tin positive electrode. No bichloride of tin was now formed (779. 790.). On examining the two electrodes, the positive had lost precisely as much as the negative had gained; and by comparison with the volta-electrometer, the number for tin came out 59.

819. Then, protochloride of tin was exposed to an electric current in the same way, using a tin positive electrode, of course. This time, no bichloride of tin was produced (779. 790.). When examining the two electrodes, the positive one lost exactly as much as the negative one gained; and by comparing it with the volta-electrometer, the value for tin turned out to be 59.

820. It is quite necessary in these and similar experiments to examine the interior of the bulbs of alloy at the ends of the conducting wires; for occasionally, and especially with those which have been positive, they are cavernous, and contain portions of the chloride or iodide used, which must be removed before the final weight is ascertained. This is more usually the case with lead than tin.

820. It's really important in these and similar experiments to check the inside of the alloy bulbs at the ends of the conducting wires; sometimes, especially with the positive ones, they can be hollow and contain bits of the chloride or iodide used, which need to be cleared out before determining the final weight. This is more commonly the case with lead than with tin.

821. All these facts combine into, I think, an irresistible mass of evidence, proving the truth of the important proposition which I at first laid down, namely, that the chemical power of a current of electricity is in direct proportion to the absolute quantity of electricity which passes (377. 783.). They prove, too, that this is not merely true with one substance, as water, but generally with all electrolytic bodies; and, further, that the results obtained with any one substance do not merely agree amongst themselves, but also with those obtained from other substances, the whole combining together into one series of definite electro-chemical actions (505.). I do not mean to say that no exceptions will appear: perhaps some may arise, especially amongst substances existing only by weak affinity; but I do not expect that any will seriously disturb the result announced. If, in the well-considered, well-examined, and, I may surely say, well-ascertained doctrines of the definite nature of ordinary chemical affinity, such exceptions occur, as they do in abundance, yet, without being allowed to disturb our minds as to the general conclusion, they ought also to be allowed if they should present themselves at this, the opening of a new view of electro-chemical action; not being held up as obstructions to those who may be engaged in rendering that view more and more perfect, but laid aside for a while, in hopes that their perfect and consistent explanation will ultimately appear.

821. All these facts come together to form, I believe, an undeniable body of evidence proving the important proposition I initially stated, namely, that the chemical power of an electric current is directly proportional to the total amount of electricity that passes (377. 783.). They also demonstrate that this is not just true for one substance, like water, but generally applies to all electrolytic materials; furthermore, the results obtained with any one substance not only align with each other but also with those obtained from other substances, all combining into one series of definite electro-chemical actions (505.). I don’t mean to say that no exceptions will occur: some might arise, especially among substances that exist only due to weak affinity; however, I don’t expect that any will significantly disrupt the results presented. If, within the well-considered, well-examined, and, I can confidently say, well-established principles of the definite nature of ordinary chemical affinity, such exceptions arise, as they do quite frequently, they should not distract us from the general conclusion. Similarly, they should also be considered without hindering those who are working to refine this new perspective on electro-chemical action; instead, they should be set aside temporarily, with the hope that a complete and consistent explanation will eventually emerge.

* * * * *

(There is no text to modernize provided. Please provide text for assistance.)

822. The doctrine of definite electro-chemical action just laid down, and, I believe, established, leads to some new views of the relations and classifications of bodies associated with or subject to this action. Some of these I shall proceed to consider.

822. The principle of definite electro-chemical action that we just discussed, which I believe is now established, leads to some new ideas about the relationships and classifications of substances involved with or affected by this action. I will now proceed to look into some of these.

823. In the first place, compound bodies may be separated into two great classes, namely, those which are decomposable by the electric current, and those which are not: of the latter, some are conductors, others non-conductors, of voltaic electricity181. The former do not depend for their decomposability upon the nature of their elements only; for, of the same two elements, bodies may be formed, of which one shall belong to one class and another to the other class; but probably on the proportions also (697.). It is further remarkable, that with very few, if any, exceptions (414. 691.), these decomposable bodies are exactly those governed by the remarkable law of conduction I have before described (694.); for that law does not extend to the many compound fusible substances that are excluded from this class. I propose to call bodies of this, the decomposable class, Electrolytes (664.).

823. First, compound substances can be divided into two main categories: those that can be broken down by electric current and those that cannot. Among the latter, some are conductors while others are insulators of voltaic electricity181. The ability to be broken down doesn’t just rely on the nature of their elements; from the same two elements, compounds can be formed where one fits into one category and the other fits into the other category, likely depending on their proportions as well (697.). It’s also notable that, with very few exceptions (414. 691.), these breakable substances are precisely those that are affected by the law of conduction I described earlier (694.); this law doesn’t apply to the many compound fusible substances that don't belong to this category. I plan to call substances in this decomposable category Electrolytes (664.).

824. Then, again, the substances into which these divide, under the influence of the electric current, form an exceedingly important general class. They are combining bodies; are directly associated with the fundamental parts of the doctrine of chemical affinity; and have each a definite proportion, in which they are always evolved during electrolytic action. I have proposed to call these bodies generally ions, or particularly anions and cations, according as they appear at the anode or cathode (665.); and the numbers representing the proportions in which they are evolved electro-chemical equivalents. Thus hydrogen, oxygen, chlorine, iodine, lead, tin are ions; the three former are anions, the two metals are cations, and 1, 8, 3, 125, 104, 58, are their electro-chemical equivalents nearly.

824. Then again, the substances that these break down into under the influence of an electric current form a very important general category. They are combining materials and are directly linked to the core principles of chemical affinity, each with a specific proportion in which they always emerge during electrolytic processes. I have suggested calling these materials generally ions, or specifically anions and cations, depending on whether they appear at the anode or cathode (665.); and the numbers that represent the proportions in which they are produced are referred to as electro-chemical equivalents. For example, hydrogen, oxygen, chlorine, iodine, lead, and tin are all ions; the first three are anions, while the two metals are cations, and their approximate electro-chemical equivalents are 1, 8, 3, 125, 104, and 58.

825. A summary of certain points already ascertained respecting electrolytes, ions, and electro-chemical equivalents, may be given in the following general form of propositions, without, I hope, including any serious error.

825. A summary of certain points already established regarding electrolytes, ions, and electro-chemical equivalents can be presented in the following general statements, without, I hope, including any significant errors.

826. i. A single ion, i.e. one not in combination with another, will have no tendency to pass to either of the electrodes, and will be perfectly indifferent to the passing current, unless it be itself a compound of more elementary ions, and so subject to actual decomposition. Upon this fact is founded much of the proof adduced in favour of the new theory of electro-chemical decomposition, which I put forth in a former series of these Researches (518. &c.).

826. i. A single ion, meaning one that isn’t combined with another, won’t have any tendency to move towards either of the electrodes and will be completely unaffected by the current, unless it is a compound made up of more basic ions, and thus subject to actual breakdown. This fact is the basis for much of the evidence supporting the new theory of electro-chemical decomposition, which I presented in an earlier series of these Researches (518. &c.).

827. ii. If one ion be combined in right proportions (697.) with another strongly opposed to it in its ordinary chemical relations, i.e. if an anion be combined with a cation, then both will travel, the one to the anode, the other to the cathode, of the decomposing body (530, 542. 547.).

827. ii. If one ion is mixed in the right amounts (697.) with another that typically reacts strongly against it, meaning if an anion is combined with a cation, then they will both move, one towards the anode and the other towards the cathode of the decomposing substance (530, 542. 547.).

828. iii. If, therefore, an ion pass towards one of the electrodes, another ion must also be passing simultaneously to the other electrode, although, from secondary action, it may not make its appearance (743.).

828. iii. If an ion moves towards one of the electrodes, another ion must also be moving at the same time toward the other electrode, even if it doesn't show up due to secondary action (743.).

829. iv. A body decomposable directly by the electric current, i.e. an electrolyte, must consist of two ions, and must also render them up during the act of decomposition.

829. iv. A substance that can be broken down directly by electric current, known as an electrolyte, must be made up of two ions, and it must also release them during the process of decomposition.

830. v. There is but one electrolyte composed of the same two elementary ions; at least such appears to be the fact (697.), dependent upon a law, that only single electro-chemical equivalents of elementary ions can go to the electrodes, and not multiples.

830. v. There is only one electrolyte made up of the same two basic ions; that seems to be the case (697.), based on a rule that only single electro-chemical equivalents of elementary ions can move to the electrodes, and not multiples.

831. vi. A body not decomposable when alone, as boracic acid, is not directly decomposable by the electric current when in combination (780.). It may act as an ion going wholly to the anode or cathode, but does not yield up its elements, except occasionally by a secondary action. Perhaps it is superfluous for me to point out that this proposition has no relation to such cases as that of water, which, by the presence of other bodies, is rendered a better conductor of electricity, and therefore is more freely decomposed.

831. vi. A substance that doesn’t break down on its own, like boracic acid, isn’t directly broken down by electric current when it’s combined with other substances (780.). It can act as an ion, fully moving to the anode or cathode, but it doesn’t release its elements, except sometimes through a secondary reaction. It might be unnecessary for me to clarify that this statement has no relation to instances like water, which, when combined with other substances, becomes a better conductor of electricity and therefore breaks down more easily.

832. vii. The nature of the substance of which the electrode is formed, provided it be a conductor, causes no difference in the electro-decomposition, either in kind or degree (807. 813.): but it seriously influences, by secondary action (714.), the state in which the finally appear. Advantage may be taken of this principle in combining and ions collecting such ions as, if evolved in their free state, would be unmanageable182.

832. vii. The type of material used for the electrode, as long as it's a conductor, doesn't affect the electro-decomposition in terms of kind or degree (807. 813.): however, it significantly impacts the final state through secondary action (714.). This principle can be leveraged to combine and ions collect such ions that, if released in their free form, would be difficult to handle182.

833. viii. A substance which, being used as the electrode, can combine with the ion evolved against it, is also, I believe, an ion, and combines, in such cases, in the quantity represented by its electro-chemical equivalent. All the experiments I have made agree with this view; and it seems to me, at present, to result as a necessary consequence. Whether, in the secondary actions that take place, where the ion acts, not upon the matter of the electrode, but on that which is around it in the liquid (744.), the same consequence follows, will require more extended investigation to determine.

833. viii. A substance that can act as an electrode and combine with the ion generated against it is also, I believe, an ion, and combines in those cases in the amount indicated by its electro-chemical equivalent. All the experiments I've conducted support this idea, and it currently seems to me to be a necessary conclusion. Whether the same outcome occurs in the secondary actions that happen where the ion interacts not with the electrode's material, but with what's surrounding it in the liquid (744.), will need further investigation to clarify.

834. ix. Compound ions are not necessarily composed of electro-chemical equivalents of simple ions. For instance, sulphuric acid, boracic acid, phosphoric acid, are ions, but not electrolytes, i.e. not composed of electro-chemical equivalents of simple ions.

834. ix. Compound ions aren’t always made up of electro-chemical equivalents of simple ions. For example, sulfuric acid, boric acid, and phosphoric acid are ions, but they aren’t electrolytes; that is, they’re not made of electro-chemical equivalents of simple ions.

835. x. Electro-chemical equivalents are always consistent; i.e. the same number which represents the equivalent of a substance A when it is separating from a substance B, will also represent A when separating from a third substance C. Thus, 8 is the electro-chemical equivalent of oxygen, whether separating from hydrogen, or tin, or lead; and 103.5 is the electrochemical equivalent of lead, whether separating from oxygen, or chlorine, or iodine.

835. x. Electro-chemical equivalents are always consistent; that is, the same number that represents the equivalent of a substance A when separating from a substance B will also represent A when separating from a third substance C. Therefore, 8 is the electro-chemical equivalent of oxygen, whether it’s separating from hydrogen, tin, or lead; and 103.5 is the electro-chemical equivalent of lead, whether separating from oxygen, chlorine, or iodine.

836. xi. Electro-chemical equivalents coincide, and are the same, with ordinary chemical equivalents.

836. xi. Electrochemical equivalents match and are the same as regular chemical equivalents.

837. By means of experiment and the preceding propositions, a knowledge of ions and their electro-chemical equivalents may be obtained in various ways.

837. Through experimentation and the previous statements, you can gain an understanding of ions and their electro-chemical equivalents in different ways.

838. In the first place, they may be determined directly, as has been done with hydrogen, oxygen, lead, and tin, in the numerous experiments already quoted.

838. First of all, they can be determined directly, as has been done with hydrogen, oxygen, lead, and tin, in the many experiments already mentioned.

839. In the next place, from propositions ii. and iii., may be deduced the knowledge of many other ions, and also their equivalents. When chloride of lead was decomposed, platina being used for both electrodes (395.), there could remain no more doubt that chlorine was passing to the anode, although it combined with the platina there, than when the positive electrode, being of plumbago (794.), allowed its evolution in the free state; neither could there, in either case, remain any doubt that for every 103.5 parts of lead evolved at the cathode, 36 parts of chlorine were evolved at the anode, for the remaining chloride of lead was unchanged. So also, when in a metallic solution one volume of oxygen, or a secondary compound containing that proportion, appeared at the anode, no doubt could arise that hydrogen, equivalent to two volumes, had been determined to the cathode, although, by a secondary action, it had been employed in reducing oxides of lead, copper, or other metals, to the metallic state. In this manner, then, we learn from the experiments already described in these Researches, that chlorine, iodine, bromine, fluorine, calcium, potassium, strontium, magnesium, manganese, &c., are ions and that their electro-chemical equivalents are the same as their ordinary chemical equivalents.

839. Next, from propositions ii. and iii., we can deduce knowledge of many other ions and their equivalents. When lead chloride was broken down, using platinum for both electrodes (395.), there was no doubt that chlorine was moving to the anode, even though it combined with the platinum there, just as there was no doubt when the positive electrode, made of graphite (794.), allowed chlorine to form in its free state. In either case, there was no doubt that for every 103.5 parts of lead released at the cathode, 36 parts of chlorine were released at the anode, since the remaining lead chloride stayed unchanged. Similarly, when one volume of oxygen, or a related compound with that proportion, appeared at the anode in a metallic solution, it was clear that hydrogen, equivalent to two volumes, had been produced at the cathode, even though it was used in a secondary reaction to reduce lead oxides, copper, or other metals to their metallic forms. Thus, we learn from the experiments already detailed in these Researches that chlorine, iodine, bromine, fluorine, calcium, potassium, strontium, magnesium, manganese, etc., are ions, and that their electro-chemical equivalents are the same as their ordinary chemical equivalents.

840. Propositions iv. and v. extend our means of gaining information. For if a body of known chemical composition is found to be decomposable, and the nature of the substance evolved as a primary or even a secondary result (743. 777.) at one of the electrodes, be ascertained, the electro-chemical equivalent of that body may be deduced from the known constant composition of the substance evolved. Thus, when fused protiodide of tin is decomposed by the voltaic current (804.), the conclusion may be drawn, that both the iodine and tin are ions, and that the proportions in which they combine in the fused compound express their electro-chemical equivalents. Again, with respect to the fused iodide of potassium (805.), it is an electrolyte; and the chemical equivalents will also be the electro-chemical equivalents.

840. Propositions iv. and v. broaden our ways of gaining information. If a substance with a known chemical composition is found to be capable of decomposition, and the type of substance released as a primary or even a secondary result (743. 777.) at one of the electrodes is determined, the electro-chemical equivalent of that substance can be inferred from the known constant composition of the released substance. For example, when fused tin protyodide is broken down by the voltaic current (804.), one can conclude that both iodine and tin are ions, and the ratios in which they combine in the fused compound represent their electro-chemical equivalents. Similarly, regarding the fused potassium iodide (805.), it acts as an electrolyte; therefore, the chemical equivalents will also be the electro-chemical equivalents.

841. If proposition viii. sustain extensive experimental investigation, then it will not only help to confirm the results obtained by the use of the other propositions, but will give abundant original information of its own.

841. If proposition viii. undergoes thorough experimental investigation, it will not only help confirm the results obtained from the other propositions, but will also provide plenty of original information on its own.

842. In many instances, the secondary results obtained by the action of the evolved ion on the substances present in the surrounding liquid or solution, will give the electro-chemical equivalent. Thus, in the solution of acetate of lead, and, as far as I have gone, in other proto-salts subjected to the reducing action of the nascent hydrogen at the cathode, the metal precipitated has been in the same quantity as if it had been a primary product, (provided no free hydrogen escaped there,) and therefore gave accurately the number representing its electro-chemical equivalent.

842. In many cases, the secondary results from the action of the developed ion on the substances in the surrounding liquid or solution can provide the electro-chemical equivalent. For example, in a solution of lead acetate and, so far as I've observed, in other proto-salts exposed to the reducing effect of nascent hydrogen at the cathode, the amount of metal that precipitated was the same as if it had been a primary product (assuming no free hydrogen escaped), and thus accurately represented its electro-chemical equivalent.

843. Upon this principle it is that secondary results may occasionally be used as measurers of the volta-electric current (706. 740.); but there are not many metallic solutions that answer this purpose well: for unless the metal is easily precipitated, hydrogen will be evolved at the cathode and vitiate the result. If a soluble peroxide is formed at the anode, or if the precipitated metal crystallize across the solution and touch the positive electrode, similar vitiated results are obtained. I expect to find in some salts, as the acetates of mercury and zinc, solutions favourable for this use.

843. Based on this principle, secondary results can sometimes be used to measure the voltaic electric current (706. 740.); however, there aren’t many metallic solutions that work well for this purpose: if the metal isn’t easily precipitated, hydrogen will be released at the cathode, skewing the results. If a soluble peroxide forms at the anode, or if the precipitated metal crystallizes across the solution and touches the positive electrode, similar flawed results occur. I expect to find solutions that are suitable for this use in some salts, such as the acetates of mercury and zinc.

844. After the first experimental investigations to establish the definite chemical action of electricity, I have not hesitated to apply the more strict results of chemical analysis to correct the numbers obtained as electrolytic results. This, it is evident, may be done in a great number of cases, without using too much liberty towards the due severity of scientific research. The series of numbers representing electro-chemical equivalents must, like those expressing the ordinary equivalents of chemically acting bodies, remain subject to the continual correction of experiment and sound reasoning.

844. After the initial experiments to determine the specific chemical actions of electricity, I have not hesitated to use the more precise outcomes of chemical analysis to adjust the numbers obtained from electrolytic results. Clearly, this can be done in many cases without compromising the rigor of scientific research. The series of numbers representing electro-chemical equivalents needs to, like those reflecting the usual equivalents of chemically active substances, be constantly updated through experimentation and logical reasoning.

845. I give the following brief Table of ions and their electro-chemical equivalents, rather as a specimen of a first attempt than as anything that can supply the want which must very quickly be felt, of a full and complete tabular account of this class of bodies. Looking forward to such a table as of extreme utility (if well-constructed) in developing the intimate relation of ordinary chemical affinity to electrical actions, and identifying the two, not to the imagination merely, but to the conviction of the senses and a sound judgement, I may be allowed to express a hope, that the endeavour will always be to make it a table of real, and not hypothetical, electro-chemical equivalents; for we shall else overrun the facts, and lose all sight and consciousness of the knowledge lying directly in our path.

845. Here's a brief table of ions and their electro-chemical equivalents. This is more of a first attempt than a complete overview, but it's meant to address the need for a detailed table of this type of substances. I believe that a well-constructed table would be incredibly useful in showing the close relationship between common chemical affinity and electrical actions, helping to connect the two in a way that appeals not just to the imagination, but to our senses and rational judgment. I hope that the goal will always be to create a table of real rather than hypothetical electro-chemical equivalents; otherwise, we might overlook the facts and lose sight of the knowledge that is readily available to us.

846. The equivalent numbers do not profess to be exact, and are taken almost entirely from the chemical results of other philosophers in whom I could repose more confidence, as to these points, than in myself.

846. The equivalent numbers aren't claimed to be exact and are mostly based on the chemical findings of other thinkers whose work I trust more than my own regarding these matters.

847. TABLE OF IONS.

847. Ion Table.

Anions
Oxygen8
Chlorine35.5
Iodine126
Bromine78.3
Fluorine18.7
Cyanogen26
Sulphuric acid40
Selenic acid64
Nitric acid54
Chloric acid75.5
Phosphoric acid35.7
Carbonic acid22
Boracic acid24
Acetic acid51
Tartaric acid66
Citric acid58
Oxalic acid36
Sulphur (?)16
Selenium (?)
Salpho-cyanogen
Cations
Hydrogen1
Potassium39.2
Sodium 23.3
Lithium10
Barium68.7
Strontium43.8
Calcium20.5
Magnesium12.7
Manganese27.7
Zinc32.5
Tin57.9
Lead103.5
Iron28
Copper31.6
Cadmium55.8
Cerium46
Cobalt29.5
Nickel29.5
Antimony61.67
Bismuth71
Mercury200
Silver108
Platina98.6?
Gold(?)
Ammonia17
Potassa47.2
Soda31.3
Lithia18
Baryta76.7
Strontia51.8
Lime28.5
Magnesia20.7
Alumina(?)
Protoxides generally.
Quinia171.6
Cinchona160
Morphia290
Vegeto-alkalies generally

848. This Table might be further arrange into groups of such substances as either act with, or replace, each other. Thus, for instance, acids and bases act in relation to each other; but they do not act in association with oxygen, hydrogen, or elementary substances. There is indeed little or no doubt that, when the electrical relations of the particles of matter come to be closely examined, this division must be made. The simple substances, with cyanogen, sulpho-cyanogen, and one or two other compound bodies, will probably form the first group; and the acids and bases, with such analogous compounds as may prove to be ions, the second group. Whether these will include all ions, or whether a third class of more complicated results will be required, must be decided by future experiments.

848. This table could also be organized into groups of substances that either interact with or replace each other. For example, acids and bases influence each other, but they don't interact with oxygen, hydrogen, or other elementary substances. There is indeed little doubt that when we closely examine the electrical relationships of matter's particles, this division will become necessary. The simple substances, along with cyanogen, sulpho-cyanogen, and a few other compound bodies, will likely form the first group; and the acids and bases, along with similar compounds that may be identified as ions, will make up the second group. Whether these will cover all ions, or if a third category of more complex results will be needed, will have to be determined by future experiments.

849. It is probable that all our present elementary bodies are ions, but that is not as yet certain. There are some, such as carbon, phosphorus, nitrogen, silicon, boron, alumium, the right of which to the title of ion it is desirable to decide as soon as possible. There are also many compound bodies, and amongst them alumina and silica, which it is desirable to class immediately by unexceptionable experiments. It is also possible, that all combinable bodies, compound as well as simple, may enter into the class of ions; but at present it does not seem to me probable. Still the experimental evidence I have is so small in proportion to what must gradually accumulate around, and bear upon, this point, that I am afraid to give a strong opinion upon it.

849. It is likely that all our current basic elements are ions, but that’s not confirmed yet. There are some, like carbon, phosphorus, nitrogen, silicon, boron, and aluminum, whose classification as ions needs to be determined as soon as possible. There are also many compound substances, including alumina and silica, that should be classified immediately through definitive experiments. It is also possible that all combineable substances, both compound and simple, could fall under the category of ions; however, I don’t think that’s very likely at this point. Still, the experimental evidence I have is so limited compared to what will eventually build up and relate to this topic that I hesitate to express a strong opinion on it.

850. I think I cannot deceive myself in considering the doctrine of definite electro-chemical action as of the utmost importance. It touches by its facts more directly and closely than any former fact, or set of facts, have done, upon the beautiful idea, that ordinary chemical affinity is a mere consequence of the electrical attractions of the particles of different kinds of matter; and it will probably lead us to the means by which we may enlighten that which is at present so obscure, and either fully demonstrate the truth of the idea, or develope that which ought to replace it.

850. I truly believe I can't fool myself into thinking that the idea of definite electro-chemical action is incredibly important. It relates to the facts more directly and closely than any earlier facts have, regarding the wonderful idea that ordinary chemical affinity is just a result of the electrical attractions between particles of different types of matter. It will likely guide us toward understanding what is currently so unclear, and either fully confirm this idea or lead us to something better to take its place.

851. A very valuable use of electro-chemical equivalents will be to decide, in cases of doubt, what is the true chemical equivalent, or definite proportional, or atomic number of a body; for I have such conviction that the power which governs electro-decomposition and ordinary chemical attractions is the same; and such confidence in the overruling influence of those natural laws which render the former definite, as to feel no hesitation in believing that the latter must submit to them also. Such being the case, I can have, no doubt that, assuming hydrogen as 1, and dismissing small fractions for the simplicity of expression, the equivalent number or atomic weight of oxygen is 8, of chlorine 36, of bromine 78.4, of lead 103.5, of tin 59, &c., notwithstanding that a very high authority doubles several of these numbers.

851. A really useful application of electro-chemical equivalents will be to clarify, in uncertain cases, what the true chemical equivalent, definite proportion, or atomic number of a substance is. I believe strongly that the forces behind electro-decomposition and usual chemical attractions are the same, and I am confident in the overarching impact of those natural laws that make the former definite, so I have no doubt that the latter must conform to them as well. Given this, I am certain that, if we take hydrogen as 1 and ignore small fractions for simplicity, the equivalent number or atomic weight of oxygen is 8, chlorine is 36, bromine is 78.4, lead is 103.5, tin is 59, etc., even though a very respected authority doubles several of these numbers.

§ 13. On the absolute quantity of Electricity associated with the particles or atoms of Matter.

852. The theory of definite electrolytical or electro-chemical action appears to me to touch immediately upon the absolute quantity of electricity or electric power belonging to different bodies. It is impossible, perhaps, to speak on this point without committing oneself beyond what present facts will sustain; and yet it is equally impossible, and perhaps would be impolitic, not to reason upon the subject. Although we know nothing of what an atom is, yet we cannot resist forming some idea of a small particle, which represents it to the mind; and though we are in equal, if not greater, ignorance of electricity, so as to be unable to say whether it is a particular matter or matters, or mere motion of ordinary matter, or some third kind of power or agent, yet there is an immensity of facts which justify us in believing that the atoms of matter are in some way endowed or associated with electrical powers, to which they owe their most striking qualities, and amongst them their mutual chemical affinity. As soon as we perceive, through the teaching of Dalton, that chemical powers are, however varied the circumstances in which they are exerted, definite for each body, we learn to estimate the relative degree of force which resides in such bodies: and when upon that knowledge comes the fact, that the electricity, which we appear to be capable of loosening from its habitation for a while, and conveying from place to place, whilst it retains its chemical force, can be measured out, and being so measured is found to be as definite in its action as any of those portions which, remaining associated with the particles of matter, give them their chemical relation; we seem to have found the link which connects the proportion of that we have evolved to the proportion of that belonging to the particles in their natural state.

852. The theory of specific electrolytic or electro-chemical action seems to directly relate to the absolute quantity of electricity or electric power that different substances possess. It might be challenging to discuss this without going beyond what current facts can support, but it's equally essential, and perhaps unwise, not to think about it. Although we don't know what an atom truly is, we still picture it as a tiny particle in our minds; similarly, our understanding of electricity remains limited—we can't determine if it's a particular type of matter, a motion of regular matter, or some other kind of power or agent. However, there is an overwhelming amount of evidence that suggests atoms of matter are somehow linked to electrical powers, which are responsible for their most notable characteristics, including their mutual chemical affinity. Once we recognize, thanks to Dalton's insights, that chemical powers are definite for each substance regardless of the circumstances in which they’re applied, we can evaluate the relative strength contained in these substances. Furthermore, when we discover that the electricity we can temporarily release and transport while it maintains its chemical force can be measured, and that this measurement shows it to be as definite in its action as any of those portions that remain linked to the particles of matter, giving them their chemical relation, we seem to have found the connection between the amount we've released and the amount inherent in the particles in their natural state.

853. Now it is wonderful to observe how small a quantity of a compound body is decomposed by a certain portion of electricity. Let us, for instance, consider this and a few other points in relation to water. One grain of water, acidulated to facilitate conduction, will require an electric current to be continued for three minutes and three quarters of time to effect its decomposition, which current must be powerful enough to retain a platina wire 1/104 of an inch in thickness183, red-hot, in the air during the whole time; and if interrupted anywhere by charcoal points, will produce a very brilliant and constant star of light. If attention be paid to the instantaneous discharge of electricity of tension, as illustrated in the beautiful experiments of Mr. Wheatstone184, and to what I have said elsewhere on the relation of common and voltaic electricity (371. 375.), it will not be too much to say that this necessary quantity of electricity is equal to a very powerful flash of lightning. Yet we have it under perfect command; can evolve, direct, and employ it at pleasure; and when it has performed its full work of electrolyzation, it has only separated the elements of a single grain of water.

853. It’s amazing to see how small an amount of a compound substance can be broken down by a certain amount of electricity. For example, let’s look at this and a few other points regarding water. One grain of water, treated with acid to enhance conduction, needs an electric current to run for three minutes and three-quarters of the time to achieve its breakdown. This current must be strong enough to keep a platinum wire 1/104 of an inch thick183, glowing red-hot in the air the entire time; if the current is interrupted by charcoal points at any point, it will create a very bright and consistent star of light. If you consider the instant discharge of high-tension electricity, as demonstrated in the stunning experiments of Mr. Wheatstone184, and review what I’ve mentioned elsewhere about the relationship between common and voltaic electricity (371. 375.), it would not be an exaggeration to say that this required amount of electricity is comparable to a very powerful lightning strike. Yet we have complete control over it; we can generate, aim, and use it at will, and when it has fully completed its electrolytic task, it has only broken apart the elements of a single grain of water.

854. On the other hand, the relation between the conduction of the electricity and the decomposition of the water is so close, that one cannot take place without the other. If the water is altered only in that small degree which consists in its having the solid instead of the fluid state, the conduction is stopped, and the decomposition is stopped with it. Whether the conduction be considered as depending upon the decomposition, or not (443. 703.), still the relation of the two functions is equally intimate and inseparable.

854. On the other hand, the connection between the flow of electricity and the breakdown of water is so tight that one can't happen without the other. If the water changes even slightly to become solid instead of liquid, the flow stops, and the breakdown stops too. Whether you see the flow as relying on the breakdown or not (443. 703.), the link between the two processes is just as close and unbreakable.

855. Considering this close and twofold relation, namely, that without decomposition transmission of electricity does not occur; and, that for a given definite quantity of electricity passed, an equally definite and constant quantity of water or other matter is decomposed; considering also that the agent, which is electricity, is simply employed in overcoming electrical powers in the body subjected to its action; it seems a probable, and almost a natural consequence, that the quantity which passes is the equivalent of, and therefore equal to, that of the particles separated; i.e. that if the electrical power which holds the elements of a grain of water in combination, or which makes a grain of oxygen and hydrogen in the right proportions unite into water when they are made to combine, could be thrown into the condition of a current, it would exactly equal the current required for the separation of that grain of water into its elements again.

855. Considering this close and twofold relationship, that without decomposition, the transmission of electricity doesn't happen; and that for a specific amount of electricity used, an equally specific and constant amount of water or another substance is decomposed; and also taking into account that the agent, which is electricity, is used to overcome electrical forces in the material it's acting on; it seems likely, and almost a natural consequence, that the amount that passes is the equivalent of, and thus equal to, the amount of the particles separated; that is, if the electrical force keeping the elements of a grain of water combined, or that which allows a grain of oxygen and hydrogen to unite into water in the correct proportions, could be converted into a current, it would exactly match the current needed to separate that grain of water back into its elements.

856. This view of the subject gives an almost overwhelming idea of the extraordinary quantity or degree of electric power which naturally belongs to the particles of matter; but it is not inconsistent in the slightest degree with the facts which can be brought to bear on this point. To illustrate this I must say a few words on the voltaic pile185.

856. This perspective on the topic provides an almost overwhelming sense of the incredible amount of electric power that naturally exists in particles of matter; however, it doesn’t contradict any of the facts related to this issue. To clarify this, I need to say a few words about the voltaic pile185.

857. Intending hereafter to apply the results given in this and the preceding series of Researches to a close investigation of the source of electricity in the voltaic instrument, I have refrained from forming any decided opinion on the subject; and without at all meaning to dismiss metallic contact, or the contact of dissimilar substances, being conductors, but not metallic, as if they had nothing to do with the origin of the current, I still am fully of opinion with Davy, that it is at least continued by chemical action, and that the supply constituting the current is almost entirely from that source.

857. Planning to use the findings from this and the previous series of Researches for a detailed study of the source of electricity in the voltaic device, I have held off on forming a strong opinion about it. I definitely don't mean to overlook metallic contact or the contact of different substances that are conductors but not metallic, as if they have nothing to do with the origin of the current. However, I completely agree with Davy that it is at least sustained by chemical action, and that nearly all the supply that makes up the current comes from that source.

858. Those bodies which, being interposed between the metals of the voltaic pile, render it active, are all of them electrolytes (476.); and it cannot but press upon the attention of every one engaged in considering this subject, that in those bodies (so essential to the pile) decomposition and the transmission of a current are so intimately connected, that one cannot happen without the other. This I have shown abundantly in water, and numerous other cases (402. 476.). If, then, a voltaic trough have its extremities connected by a body capable of being decomposed, as water, we shall have a continuous current through the apparatus; and whilst it remains in this state we may look at the part where the acid is acting upon the plates, and that where the current is acting upon the water, as the reciprocals of each other. In both parts we have the two conditions inseparable in such bodies as these, namely, the passing of a current, and decomposition; and this is as true of the cells in the battery as of the water cell; for no voltaic battery has as yet been constructed in which the chemical action is only that of combination: decomposition is always included, and is, I believe, an essential chemical part.

858. The substances that are placed between the metals of the voltaic pile to make it work, are all electrolytes (476.); and it definitely stands out to anyone looking into this topic that in these substances (which are essential to the pile), decomposition and the flow of a current are so closely linked that one cannot occur without the other. I've demonstrated this clearly in water and many other examples (402. 476.). If a voltaic trough has its ends connected by a substance that can be decomposed, like water, we will have a continuous current flowing through the system; and while it remains in this condition, we can observe the area where the acid is reacting with the plates, and the area where the current is impacting the water, as being directly related to each other. In both areas, we find the two conditions inseparable in such substances, namely, the flow of a current and decomposition; and this is true for the cells in the battery as well as for the water cell; since no voltaic battery has been made yet where the chemical reaction involves only combination: decomposition is always involved, and I believe it is an essential part of the chemical process.

859. But the difference in the two parts of the connected battery, that is, the decomposition or experimental cell, and the acting cells, is simply this. In the former we urge the current through, but it, apparently of necessity, is accompanied by decomposition: in the latter we cause decompositions by ordinary chemical actions, (which are, however, themselves electrical,) and, as a consequence, have the electrical current; and as the decomposition dependent upon the current is definite in the former case, so is the current associated with the decomposition also definite in the latter (862. &c.).

859. The difference between the two parts of the connected battery—specifically, the decomposition or experimental cell and the operating cells—is straightforward. In the first, we drive the current through, but it inevitably causes decomposition. In the second, we trigger decompositions through standard chemical reactions (which are, by nature, electrical), and as a result, we generate the electrical current. Just as the decomposition that relies on the current is specific in the first case, the current linked to the decomposition is also specific in the second case (862. &c.).

860. Let us apply this in support of what I have surmised respecting the enormous electric power of each particle or atom of matter (856.). I showed in a former series of these Researches on the relation by measure of common and voltaic electricity, that two wires, one of platina and one of zinc, each one-eighteenth of an inch in diameter, placed five-sixteenths of an inch apart, and immersed to the depth of five-eighths of an inch in acid, consisting of one drop of oil of vitriol and four ounces of distilled water at a temperature of about 60° Fahr., and connected at the other extremities by a copper wire eighteen feet long, and one-eighteenth of an inch in thickness, yielded as much electricity in little more than three seconds of time as a Leyden battery charged by thirty turns of a very large and powerful plate electric machine in full action (371.). This quantity, though sufficient if passed at once through the head of a rat or cat to have killed it, as by a flash of lightning, was evolved by the mutual action of so small a portion of the zinc wire and water in contact with it, that the loss of weight sustained by either would be inappreciable by our most delicate instruments; and as to the water which could be decomposed by that current, it must have been insensible in quantity, for no trace of hydrogen appeared upon the surface of the platina during those three seconds.

860. Let’s use this to support what I’ve figured out about the huge electric power of each particle or atom of matter (856.). In a previous series of my research on the measurable relationship between common and voltaic electricity, I demonstrated that two wires—one made of platinum and the other of zinc, each with a diameter of one-eighteenth of an inch—placed five-sixteenths of an inch apart, and submerged to a depth of five-eighths of an inch in an acid made from one drop of sulfuric acid and four ounces of distilled water at around 60°F, connected at the other ends by a copper wire eighteen feet long and one-eighteenth of an inch thick, produced as much electricity in just over three seconds as a Leyden jar charged by thirty turns of a very large and powerful electric machine fully activated (371.). This amount, although enough to kill a rat or cat if passed through its head like a lightning strike, was generated by the mutual action of such a small portion of the zinc wire and the water in contact with it that the weight loss suffered by either would be undetectable by our most sensitive instruments; and regarding the water that could be decomposed by that current, it must have been minimal, as no trace of hydrogen was observed on the surface of the platinum during those three seconds.

861. What an enormous quantity of electricity, therefore, is required for the decomposition of a single grain of water! We have already seen that it must be in quantity sufficient to sustain a platina wire 1/104 of an inch in thickness, red-hot, in contact with the air, for three minutes and three quarters (853.), a quantity which is almost infinitely greater than that which could be evolved by the little standard voltaic arrangement to which I have just referred (860. 871.). I have endeavoured to make a comparison by the loss of weight of such a wire in a given time in such an acid, according to a principle and experiment to be almost immediately described (862.); but the proportion is so high that I am almost afraid to mention it. It would appear that 800,000 such charges of the Leyden battery as I have referred to above, would be necessary to supply electricity sufficient to decompose a single grain of water; or, if I am right, to equal the quantity of electricity which is naturally associated with the elements of that grain of water, endowing them with their mutual chemical affinity.

861. Just think about how much electricity is needed to break down a single grain of water! We've already established that it must be enough to keep a platinum wire that’s 1/104 of an inch thick red-hot in the air for three minutes and three-quarters (853.), which is an almost unfathomable amount compared to what could be produced by the small standard voltaic setup I mentioned earlier (860. 871.). I've tried to compare this by looking at the weight loss of such a wire in a certain amount of time in a specific acid, following a principle and experiment that I'll describe shortly (862.); but the ratio is so high that I'm hesitant to mention it. It seems that 800,000 charges from the Leyden battery I've talked about above would be needed to generate enough electricity to decompose just one grain of water, or, if I'm correct, to match the amount of electricity that is naturally connected to the elements of that grain of water, giving them their chemical attraction to each other.

862. In further proof of this high electric condition of the particles of matter, and the identity as to quantity of that belonging to them with that necessary for their separation, I will describe an experiment of great simplicity but extreme beauty, when viewed in relation to the evolution of an electric current and its decomposing powers.

862. To further demonstrate the strong electric charge of matter particles, and the exact amount of charge they possess that is essential for their separation, I will describe a very simple yet beautifully effective experiment, particularly in relation to the generation of an electric current and its ability to decompose substances.

863. A dilute sulphuric acid, made by adding about one part by measure of oil of vitriol to thirty parts of water, will act energetically upon a piece of zinc plate in its ordinary and simple state: but, as Mr. Sturgeon has shown186, not at all, or scarcely so, if the surface of the metal has in the first instance been amalgamated; yet the amalgamated zinc will act powerfully with platina as an electromotor, hydrogen being evolved on the surface of the latter metal, as the zinc is oxidized and dissolved. The amalgamation is best effected by sprinkling a few drops of mercury upon the surface of the zinc, the latter being moistened with the dilute acid, and rubbing with the fingers or two so as to extend the liquid metal over the whole of the surface. Any mercury in excess, forming liquid drops upon the zinc, should be wiped off187.

863. A diluted sulfuric acid, created by mixing about one part of sulfuric acid with thirty parts of water, will react vigorously with a piece of zinc in its standard form. However, as Mr. Sturgeon has shown186, it hardly reacts at all if the zinc has been coated in amalgam first; nonetheless, amalgamated zinc will perform strongly with platinum as an electromotor, with hydrogen produced on the surface of the platinum as the zinc oxidizes and dissolves. The best way to amalgamate the zinc is by sprinkling a few drops of mercury onto its surface while it is moistened with the diluted acid, and then rubbing it with your fingers or a cloth to spread the liquid metal over the entire surface. Any excess mercury that forms droplets on the zinc should be wiped off187.

864. Two plates of zinc thus amalgamated were dried and accurately weighed; one, which we will call A, weighed 163.1 grains; the other, to be called B, weighed 148.3 grains. They were about five inches long, and 0.4 of an inch wide. An earthenware pneumatic trough was filled with dilute sulphuric acid, of the strength just described (863.), and a gas jar, also filled with the acid, inverted in it188. A plate of platina of nearly the same length, but about three times as wide as the zinc plates, was put up into this jar. The zinc plate A was also introduced into the jar, and brought in contact with the platina, and at the same moment the plate B was put into the acid of the trough, but out of contact with other metallic matter.

864. Two zinc plates that were combined were dried and carefully weighed; one, which we’ll call A, weighed 163.1 grains, and the other, which we’ll call B, weighed 148.3 grains. They were about five inches long and 0.4 inches wide. An earthenware pneumatic trough was filled with dilute sulfuric acid, at the strength described earlier (863.), and a gas jar, also filled with the acid, was inverted in it188. A platinum plate that was nearly the same length but about three times as wide as the zinc plates was placed into this jar. The zinc plate A was also put into the jar, making contact with the platinum, and at the same time, plate B was put into the acid of the trough, but it did not touch any other metal.

865. Strong action immediately occurred in the jar upon the contact of the zinc and platina plates. Hydrogen gas rose from the platina, and was collected in the jar, but no hydrogen or other gas rose from either zinc plate. In about ten or twelve minutes, sufficient hydrogen having been collected, the experiment was stopped; during its progress a few small bubbles had appeared upon plate B, but none upon plate A. The plates were washed in distilled water, dried, and reweighed. Plate B weighed 148.3 grains, as before, having lost nothing by the direct chemical action of the acid. Plate A weighed 154.65 grains, 8.45 grains of it having been oxidized and dissolved during the experiment.

865. Strong action happened immediately in the jar when the zinc and platinum plates came into contact. Hydrogen gas bubbled up from the platinum and was collected in the jar, but no hydrogen or other gas was released from either zinc plate. After about ten or twelve minutes, enough hydrogen had been collected, and the experiment was stopped; during this time, a few small bubbles appeared on plate B, but none on plate A. The plates were washed with distilled water, dried, and reweighed. Plate B weighed 148.3 grains, as before, having lost nothing due to the direct chemical action of the acid. Plate A weighed 154.65 grains, with 8.45 grains having been oxidized and dissolved during the experiment.

866. The hydrogen gas was next transferred to a water-trough and measured; it amounted to 12.5 cubic inches, the temperature being 52°, and the barometer 29.2 inches. This quantity, corrected for temperature, pressure, and moisture, becomes 12.15453 cubic inches of dry hydrogen at mean temperature and pressure; which, increased by one half for the oxygen that must have gone to the anode, i.e. to the zinc, gives 18.232 cubic inches as the quantity of oxygen and hydrogen evolved from the water decomposed by the electric current. According to the estimate of the weight of the mixed gas before adopted (791.), this volume is equal to 2.3535544 grains, which therefore is the weight of water decomposed; and this quantity is to 8.45, the quantity of zinc oxidized, as 9 is to 32.31. Now taking 9 as the equivalent number of water, the number 32.5 is given as the equivalent number of zinc; a coincidence sufficiently near to show, what indeed could not but happen, that for an equivalent of zinc oxidized an equivalent of water must be decomposed189.

866. The hydrogen gas was then moved to a water trough for measurement; it measured 12.5 cubic inches at a temperature of 52° and a barometric pressure of 29.2 inches. After adjusting for temperature, pressure, and moisture, this volume equates to 12.15453 cubic inches of dry hydrogen at average temperature and pressure. When you add half of that for the oxygen that must have reacted at the anode—which is the zinc—you get 18.232 cubic inches as the total amount of oxygen and hydrogen produced from the water that was decomposed by the electric current. Based on the previously accepted weight of the mixed gas (791.), this volume corresponds to 2.3535544 grains, which is the weight of the water decomposed. This weight relates to 8.45, the amount of zinc oxidized, in the ratio of 9 to 32.31. If we take 9 as the equivalent number for water, then 32.5 is given as the equivalent number for zinc; this is close enough to show, as expected, that for every equivalent of zinc oxidized, an equivalent of water must be decomposed189.

867. But let us observe how the water is decomposed. It is electrolyzed, i.e. is decomposed voltaically, and not in the ordinary manner (as to appearance) of chemical decompositions; for the oxygen appears at the anode and the hydrogen at the cathode of the body under decomposition, and these were in many parts of the experiment above an inch asunder. Again, the ordinary chemical affinity was not enough under the circumstances to effect the decomposition of the water, as was abundantly proved by the inaction on plate B; the voltaic current was essential. And to prevent any idea that the chemical affinity was almost sufficient to decompose the water, and that a smaller current of electricity might, under the circumstances, cause the hydrogen to pass to the cathode, I need only refer to the results which I have given (807. 813.) to shew that the chemical action at the electrodes has not the slightest influence over the quantities of water or other substances decomposed between them, but that they are entirely dependent upon the quantity of electricity which passes.

867. But let’s look at how water is broken down. It’s electrolyzed, meaning it’s decomposed using electrical currents, not in the usual way we see with chemical reactions; because oxygen forms at the anode and hydrogen at the cathode during the process, and these were often more than an inch apart in various parts of the experiment. Additionally, the normal chemical attraction wasn’t strong enough to break down the water in this case, as clearly demonstrated by the inactivity on plate B; the electric current was crucial. And to eliminate any thought that chemical attraction was nearly enough to decompose the water, implying that a smaller electric current might lead the hydrogen to the cathode, I can simply refer to the findings I presented (807. 813.) to show that the chemical reactions at the electrodes have no significant impact on the quantities of water or other substances being decomposed between them; rather, they completely depend on the amount of electricity flowing through.

868. What, then, follows as a necessary consequence of the whole experiment? Why, this: that the chemical action upon 32.31 parts, or one equivalent of zinc, in this simple voltaic circle, was able to evolve such quantity of electricity in the form of a current, as, passing through water, should decompose 9 parts, or one equivalent of that substance: and considering the definite relations of electricity as developed in the preceding parts of the present paper, the results prove that the quantity of electricity which, being naturally associated with the particles of matter, gives them their combining power, is able, when thrown into a current, to separate those particles from their state of combination; or, in other words, that the electricity which decomposes, and that which is evolved by the decomposition of a certain quantity of matter, are alike.

868. What, then, is the necessary outcome of the entire experiment? The answer is this: the chemical reaction involving 32.31 parts, or one equivalent of zinc, in this simple voltaic circuit was able to produce enough electricity in the form of a current to decompose 9 parts, or one equivalent of water. Considering the specific relationships of electricity discussed in the earlier parts of this paper, the results show that the amount of electricity that is naturally associated with particles of matter and gives them their combining ability can, when turned into a current, separate those particles from their combined state; in other words, the electricity that causes decomposition and the electricity generated by the decomposition of a certain amount of matter are the same.

869. The harmony which this theory of the definite evolution and the equivalent definite action of electricity introduces into the associated theories of definite proportions and electrochemical affinity, is very great. According to it, the equivalent weights of bodies are simply those quantities of them which contain equal quantities of electricity, or have naturally equal electric powers; it being the ELECTRICITY which determines the equivalent number, because it determines the combining force. Or, if we adopt the atomic theory or phraseology, then the atoms of bodies which are equivalents to each other in their ordinary chemical action, have equal quantities of electricity naturally associated with them. But I must confess I am jealous of the term atom; for though it is very easy to talk of atoms, it is very difficult to form a clear idea of their nature, especially when compound bodies are under consideration.

869. The harmony that this theory of definite evolution and the corresponding definite action of electricity brings to the related theories of definite proportions and electrochemical affinity is significant. According to this theory, the equivalent weights of substances are simply those amounts that contain equal quantities of electricity or have naturally equal electric powers; it is the ELECTRICITY that determines the equivalent number, because it defines the combining force. Or, if we use the atomic theory or terminology, then the atoms of substances that are equivalents in their usual chemical reactions have equal amounts of electricity naturally associated with them. But I must admit I am cautious about the term atom; because while it’s easy to talk about atoms, it’s quite challenging to have a clear understanding of their nature, especially when it comes to compound substances.

870. I cannot refrain from recalling here the beautiful idea put forth, I believe, by Berzelius (703.) in his development of his views of the electro-chemical theory of affinity, that the heat and light evolved during cases of powerful combination are the consequence of the electric discharge which is at the moment taking place. The idea is in perfect accordance with the view I have taken of the quantity of electricity associated with the particles of matter.

870. I can’t help but remember the brilliant concept proposed, I think, by Berzelius (703.) regarding his interpretation of the electro-chemical theory of affinity. He suggested that the heat and light produced during strong reactions are a result of the electric discharge happening at that moment. This idea aligns perfectly with my perspective on the amount of electricity linked to the particles of matter.

871. In this exposition of the law of the definite action of electricity, and its corresponding definite proportion in the particles of bodies, I do not pretend to have brought, as yet, every case of chemical or electro-chemical action under its dominion. There are numerous considerations of a theoretical nature, especially respecting the compound particles of matter and the resulting electrical forces which they ought to possess, which I hope will gradually receive their development; and there are numerous experimental cases, as, for instance, those of compounds formed by weak affinities, the simultaneous decomposition of water and salts, &c., which still require investigation. But whatever the results on these and numerous other points may be, I do not believe that the facts which I have advanced, or even the general laws deduced from them, will suffer any serious change; and they are of sufficient importance to justify their publication, though much may yet remain imperfect or undone. Indeed, it is the great beauty of our science, CHEMISTRY, that advancement in it, whether in a degree great or small, instead of exhausting the subjects of research, opens the doors to further and more abundant knowledge, overflowing with beauty and utility, to those who will be at the easy personal pains of undertaking its experimental investigation.

871. In this explanation of the consistent behavior of electricity and its related proportions in the particles of matter, I don’t claim to have covered every instance of chemical or electro-chemical action under its principles yet. There are many theoretical aspects, especially regarding the complex particles of matter and the electrical forces they should have, that I hope will continue to evolve over time. There are also many experimental cases, like those involving compounds formed by weak affinities or the simultaneous breakdown of water and salts, that still need further exploration. However, regardless of the outcomes for these and many other topics, I don’t think the facts I’ve presented, or even the general laws drawn from them, will undergo any major changes; they are important enough to warrant publication, even if much remains incomplete or unfinished. In fact, one of the great wonders of our science, CHEMISTRY, is that progress in it, regardless of how significant it is, doesn't exhaust the topics of study but instead opens up new avenues for deeper and richer knowledge, filled with beauty and usefulness, for those who are willing to take the initiative to explore its experimental aspects.

872. The definite production of electricity (868.) in association with its definite action proves, I think, that the current of electricity in the voltaic pile: is sustained by chemical decomposition, or rather by chemical action, and not by contact only. But here, as elsewhere (857.), I beg to reserve my opinion as to the real action of contact, not having yet been able to make up my mind as to whether it is an exciting cause of the current, or merely necessary to allow of the conduction of electricity, otherwise generated, from one metal to the other.

872. The definite production of electricity (868.) along with its specific action shows, I believe, that the flow of electricity in the voltaic pile is maintained by chemical decomposition, or more accurately, by chemical action, and not just by contact alone. However, as I’ve stated before (857.), I’d like to hold off on my opinion regarding the actual role of contact, since I haven't yet been able to decide whether it serves as an exciting cause of the current or is merely essential for allowing the conduction of electricity, which is generated in another way, from one metal to the other.

873. But admitting that chemical action is the source of electricity, what an infinitely small fraction of that which is active do we obtain and employ in our voltaic batteries! Zinc and platina wires, one-eighteenth of an inch in diameter and about half an inch long, dipped into dilute sulphuric acid, so weak that it is not sensibly sour to the tongue, or scarcely to our most delicate test-papers, will evolve more electricity in one-twentieth of a minute (860.) than any man would willingly allow to pass through his body at once. The chemical action of a grain of water upon four grains of zinc can evolve electricity equal in quantity to that of a powerful thunder-storm (868. 861.). Nor is it merely true that the quantity is active; it can be directed and made to perform its full equivalent duty (867. &c.). Is there not, then, great reason to hope and believe that, by a closer experimental investigation of the principles which govern the development and action of this subtile agent, we shall be able to increase the power of our batteries, or invent new instruments which shall a thousandfold surpass in energy those which we at present possess?

873. But if we accept that chemical reactions are the source of electricity, just think about how tiny a fraction of what is actually produced we use in our voltaic batteries! Zinc and platinum wires, each only one-eighteenth of an inch in diameter and about half an inch long, when dipped into a dilute sulfuric acid that is so weak it barely tastes sour or reacts to our most sensitive test papers, can generate more electricity in just one-twentieth of a minute (860.) than anyone would want to pass through their body all at once. The chemical reaction of a grain of water on four grains of zinc can produce electricity equivalent to that of a powerful thunderstorm (868. 861.). It's not just that this quantity is active; it can be directed to perform its full function (867. &c.). Isn’t there strong reason to hope and believe that through more in-depth experimental investigation of the principles that govern the generation and action of this subtle force, we can enhance the power of our batteries or invent new devices that will greatly exceed the energy of what we currently have?

874. Here for a while I must leave the consideration of the definite chemical action of electricity. But before I dismiss this series of experimental Researches, I would call to mind that, in a former series, I showed the current of electricity was also definite in its magnetic action (216. 366. 367. 376. 377.); and, though this result was not pursued to any extent, I have no doubt that the success which has attended the development of the chemical effects is not more than would accompany an investigation of the magnetic phenomena.

874. Here for a bit, I need to pause the discussion on the specific chemical action of electricity. But before I wrap up this series of experimental research, I want to remind you that in a previous series, I demonstrated that the flow of electricity was also specific in its magnetic action (216. 366. 367. 376. 377.); and although we didn't delve deeply into this finding, I'm confident that the progress made in understanding the chemical effects would also be seen in exploring the magnetic phenomena.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

December 31st, 1833.

December 31, 1833.


Eighth Series.

§14. On the Electricity of the Voltaic Pile; its source, quantity, intensity, and general characters. ¶ i. On simple Voltaic Circles. ¶ ii. On the intensity necessary for Electrolyzation. ¶ iii. On associated Voltaic Circles, or the Voltaic Battery. ¶ iv. On the resistance of an Electrolyte to Electrolytic action. ¶ v. General remarks on the active Voltaic Battery.

§14. On the Electricity of the Voltaic Pile; its source, quantity, intensity, and general characteristics. ¶ i. On simple Voltaic Circuits. ¶ ii. On the intensity required for Electrolysis. ¶ iii. On combined Voltaic Circuits, or the Voltaic Battery. ¶ iv. On the resistance of an Electrolyte to Electrolytic action. ¶ v. General observations on the active Voltaic Battery.

Received April 7,—Read June 5, 1831.

Received April 7—Read June 5, 1831.

§14. On the Electricity of the Voltaic Pile; its source, quantity, intensity, and general characters.

¶ i. On simple Voltaic Circles.

875. The great question of the source of electricity, in the voltaic pile has engaged the attention of so many eminent philosophers, that a man of liberal mind and able to appreciate their powers would probably conclude, although he might not have studied the question, that the truth was somewhere revealed. But if in pursuance of this impression he were induced to enter upon the work of collating results and conclusions, he would find such contradictory evidence, such equilibrium of opinion, such variation and combination of theory, as would leave him in complete doubt respecting what he should accept as the true interpretation of nature: he would be forced to take upon himself the labour of repeating and examining the facts, and then use his own judgement on them in preference to that of others.

875. The big question about the source of electricity in the voltaic pile has caught the attention of so many brilliant thinkers that a reasonable person, even without studying the topic, would likely feel that some truth has been uncovered. However, if this person decided to dive into the task of gathering results and conclusions, they would encounter such conflicting evidence, a balance of opinions, and a mix of theories that would leave them completely unsure about what to accept as the true interpretation of nature. They would have to put in the effort to repeat and analyze the facts themselves and then rely on their own judgment rather than that of others.

876. This state of the subject must, to those who have made up their minds on the matter, be my apology for entering upon its investigation. The views I have taken of the definite action of electricity in decomposing bodies (783.), and the identity of the power so used with the power to be overcome (855.), founded not on a mere opinion or general notion, but on facts which, being altogether new, were to my mind precise and conclusive, gave me, as I conceived, the power of examining the question with advantages not before possessed by any, and which might compensate, on my part, for the superior clearness and extent of intellect on theirs. Such are the considerations which have induced me to suppose I might help in deciding the question, and be able to render assistance in that great service of removing doubtful knowledge. Such knowledge is the early morning light of every advancing science, and is essential to its development; but the man who is engaged in dispelling that which is deceptive in it, and revealing more clearly that which is true, is as useful in his place, and as necessary to the general progress of the science, as he who first broke through the intellectual darkness, and opened a path into knowledge before unknown to man.

876. This state of the subject must serve as my reason for investigating it, for those who have already made up their minds. The perspectives I've taken on the clear action of electricity in breaking down substances (783.), and the connection of the power used with the power to be overcome (855.), based not on just opinion or vague ideas but on facts that are entirely new, were, to me, clear and convincing. This gave me the ability to explore the question with advantages no one else had before, which might balance out their superior clarity and intellectual breadth. These are the reasons I've thought I might contribute to resolving the issue and help in the important task of eliminating doubtful knowledge. Such knowledge is the early morning light of any advancing science and is essential for its growth; however, the person dedicated to clearing away the misleading aspects and clarifying the truth is just as helpful and necessary for the overall advancement of the science as the one who first broke through the darkness of ignorance and paved the way to knowledge previously unknown to humanity.

877. The identity of the force constituting the voltaic current or electrolytic agent, with that which holds the elements of electrolytes together (855.), or in other words with chemical affinity, seemed to indicate that the electricity of the pile itself was merely a mode of exertion, or exhibition, or existence of true chemical action, or rather of its cause; and I have consequently already said that I agree with those who believe that the supply of electricity is due to chemical powers (857.).

877. The connection between the force that creates the voltaic current or electrolytic agent and what keeps the elements of electrolytes together (855.), or in simpler terms, chemical affinity, suggests that the electricity from the pile is just a form of expression, display, or manifestation of true chemical action, or more accurately, its cause. Therefore, I have already noted that I support those who believe that the supply of electricity comes from chemical powers (857.).

878. But the great question of whether it is originally due to metallic contact or to chemical action, i.e. whether it is the first or the second which originates and determines the current, was to me still doubtful; and the beautiful and simple experiment with amalgamated zinc and platina, which I have described minutely as to its results (863, &c.), did not decide the point; for in that experiment the chemical action does not take place without the contact of the metals, and the metallic contact is inefficient without the chemical action. Hence either might be looked upon as the determining cause of the current.

878. However, the big question of whether the current is originally caused by metallic contact or by chemical action—meaning whether it's the first or the second that actually starts and controls the current—was still unclear to me. The elegant and straightforward experiment with amalgamated zinc and platinum, which I've detailed thoroughly regarding its results (863, &c.), didn't clarify this issue. In that experiment, chemical action doesn’t occur without the metals making contact, and the metallic contact doesn’t work without the chemical reaction. So, either one could be considered the determining cause of the current.

879. I thought it essential to decide this question by the simplest possible forms of apparatus and experiment, that no fallacy might be inadvertently admitted. The well-known difficulty of effecting decomposition by a single pair of plates, except in the fluid exciting them into action (863.), seemed to throw insurmountable obstruction in the way of such experiments; but I remembered the easy decomposability of the solution of iodide of potassium (316.), and seeing no theoretical reason, if metallic contact was not essential, why true electro-decomposition should not be obtained without it, even in a single circuit, I persevered and succeeded.

879. I thought it was important to tackle this question using the simplest possible equipment and experiments, so no mistakes would be accidentally made. The well-known challenge of achieving decomposition with just one pair of plates, except in the fluid making them work (863.), seemed like a huge barrier to these experiments. However, I recalled how easily we can decompose potassium iodide solution (316.), and since I saw no theoretical reason, if metallic contact wasn’t essential, why true electro-decomposition couldn’t be achieved without it, even in a single circuit, I kept at it and succeeded.

880. A plate of zinc, about eight inches long and half an inch wide, was cleaned and bent in the middle to a right angle, fig. 73 a, Plate VI. A plate of platina, about three inches long and half an inch wide, was fastened to a platina wire, and the latter bent as in the figure, b. These two pieces of metal were arranged together as delineated, but as yet without the vessel c, and its contents, which consisted of dilute sulphuric acid mingled with a little nitric acid. At x a piece of folded bibulous paper, moistened in a solution of iodide of potassium, was placed on the zinc, and was pressed upon by the end of the platina wire. When under these circumstances the plates were dipped into the acid of the vessel c, there was an immediate effect at x, the iodide being decomposed, and iodine appearing at the anode (663.), i.e. against the end of the platina wire.

880. A plate of zinc, about eight inches long and half an inch wide, was cleaned and bent in the middle to a right angle, fig. 73 a, Plate VI. A plate of platinum, about three inches long and half an inch wide, was attached to a platinum wire, and the wire was bent as shown in the figure, b. These two metal pieces were arranged together as illustrated, but without the vessel c, and its contents, which consisted of diluted sulfuric acid mixed with a little nitric acid. At x, a piece of folded absorbent paper, soaked in a solution of potassium iodide, was placed on the zinc and pressed down by the end of the platinum wire. When the plates were dipped into the acid in vessel c, there was an immediate reaction at x, the iodide being broken down, and iodine appearing at the anode (663.), that is, against the end of the platinum wire.

881. As long as the lower ends of the plates remained in the acid the electric current continued, and the decomposition proceeded at x. On removing the end of the wire from place to place on the paper, the effect was evidently very powerful; and on placing a piece of turmeric paper between the white paper and zinc, both papers being moistened with the solution of iodide of potassium, alkali was evolved at the cathode (663.) against the zinc, in proportion to the evolution of iodine at the anode. Hence the decomposition was perfectly polar, and decidedly dependent upon a current of electricity passing from the zinc through the acid to the platina in the vessel c, and back from the platina through the solution to the zinc at the paper x.

881. As long as the lower ends of the plates stayed in the acid, the electric current kept flowing, and the decomposition happened at x. When the end of the wire was moved around on the paper, the effect was clearly strong; and when placing a piece of turmeric paper between the white paper and zinc, with both papers dampened by the solution of potassium iodide, alkali was produced at the cathode (663.) against the zinc, in proportion to the iodine produced at the anode. Therefore, the decomposition was clearly polar and definitely depended on an electric current flowing from the zinc through the acid to the platinum in the vessel c, and back from the platinum through the solution to the zinc at the paper x.

882. That the decomposition at x was a true electrolytic action, due to a current determined by the state of things in the vessel c, and not dependent upon any mere direct chemical action of the zinc and platina on the iodide, or even upon any current which the solution of iodide might by its action on those metals tend to form at x, was shown, in the first place, by removing the vessel c and its acid from the plates, when all decomposition at x ceased, and in the next by connecting the metals, either in or out of the acid, together, when decomposition of the iodide at x occurred, but in a reverse order; for now alkali appeared against the end of the platina wire, and the iodine passed to the zinc, the current being the contrary of what it was in the former instance, and produced directly by the difference of action of the solution in the paper on the two metals. The iodine of course combined with the zinc.

882. The decomposition at x was a genuine electrolytic action caused by a current influenced by the conditions in vessel c, and was not simply a result of any direct chemical reaction between the zinc and platinum on the iodide, or even due to any current that the iodide solution might generate because of its interaction with those metals at x. This was first demonstrated by removing vessel c and its acid from the plates, which stopped all decomposition at x. Then, when the metals were connected, either inside or outside the acid, decomposition of the iodide at x took place, but in a reverse order; now alkali appeared at the end of the platinum wire, and iodine moved to the zinc, with the current being opposite to what it was before, directly resulting from the difference in how the solution in the paper interacted with the two metals. The iodine naturally combined with the zinc.

883. When this experiment was made with pieces of zinc amalgamated over the whole surface (863.), the results were obtained with equal facility and in the same direction, even when only dilute sulphuric acid was contained in the vessel c (fig. 73.). Whichsoever end of the zinc was immersed in the acid, still the effects were the same: so that if, for a moment, the mercury might be supposed to supply the metallic contact, the inversion of the amalgamated piece destroys that objection. The use of unamalgamated zinc (880.) removes all possibility of doubt190.

883. When this experiment was conducted using pieces of zinc coated all over (863.), the results were achieved easily and consistently, even when only diluted sulfuric acid was present in the container c (fig. 73.). No matter which end of the zinc was dipped in the acid, the effects remained the same. So, even if for a moment, the mercury could be thought of as providing the metal contact, turning the amalgamated piece around eliminates that concern. Using unamalgamated zinc (880.) removes any chance of doubt190.

884 When, in pursuance of other views (930.), the vessel c was made to contain a solution of caustic potash in place of acid, still the same results occurred. Decomposition of the iodide was effected freely, though there was no metallic contact of dissimilar metals, and the current of electricity was in the same direction as when acid was used at the place of excitement.

884 When, as part of other plans (930.), the vessel c was filled with a solution of caustic potash instead of acid, the same results were observed. The iodide decomposed easily, even without any contact between different metals, and the flow of electricity was in the same direction as it was when acid was used to generate excitement.

885. Even a solution of common salt in the glass c could produce all these effects.

885. Even a solution of table salt in the glass c could create all these effects.

886. Having made a galvanometer with platina wires, and introduced it into the course of the current between the platina plate and the place of decomposition x, it was affected, giving indications of currents in the same direction as those shown to exist by the chemical action.

886. After creating a galvanometer with platinum wires and placing it in the current path between the platinum plate and the decomposition site x, it reacted and showed indications of currents flowing in the same direction as those indicated by the chemical action.

887. If we consider these results generally, they lead to very important conclusions. In the first place, they prove, in the most decisive manner, that metallic contact is not necessary for the production of the voltaic current. In the next place, they show a most extraordinary mutual relation of the chemical affinities of the fluid which excites the current, and the fluid which is decomposed by it.

887. If we look at these results as a whole, they point to some really important conclusions. First, they clearly prove that metallic contact is not required to generate the voltaic current. Next, they reveal a remarkable mutual relationship between the chemical affinities of the fluid that excites the current and the fluid that is decomposed by it.

888. For the purpose of simplifying the consideration, let us take the experiment with amalgamated zinc. The metal so prepared exhibits no effect until the current can pass: it at the same time introduces no new action, but merely removes an influence which is extraneous to those belonging either to the production or the effect of the electric current under investigation (1000.); an influence also which, when present, tends only to confuse the results.

888. To make things simpler, let's look at the experiment with amalgamated zinc. The prepared metal shows no effect until the current passes through it; it doesn’t introduce any new action but simply eliminates an outside influence that doesn't relate to either the creation or the effects of the electric current being studied (1000.); this outside influence, when present, only serves to muddle the results.

889. Let two plates, one of amalgamated zinc and the other of platina, be placed parallel to each other (fig. 74.), and introduce a drop of dilute sulphuric acid, y, between them at one end: there will be no sensible chemical action at that spot unless the two plates are connected somewhere else, as at PZ, by a body capable of conducting electricity. If that body be a metal or certain forms of carbon, then the current passes, and, as it circulates through the fluid at y, decomposition ensues.

889. Place two plates, one made of amalgamated zinc and the other of platinum, parallel to each other (fig. 74.), and add a drop of dilute sulfuric acid, y, between them at one end: there won’t be any noticeable chemical reaction at that point unless the two plates are connected somewhere else, like at PZ, by a material that can conduct electricity. If that material is a metal or certain types of carbon, then the current flows, and as it moves through the fluid at y, decomposition occurs.

890. Then remove the acid from y, and introduce a drop of the solution of iodide of potassium at x (fig. 75.). Exactly the same set of effects occur, except that when the metallic communication is made at PZ, the electric current is in the opposite direction to what it was before, as is indicated by the arrows, which show the courses of the currents (667.).

890. Then take the acid out of y, and add a drop of potassium iodide solution at x (fig. 75.). The same effects happen, but when the metal connection is made at PZ, the electric current flows in the opposite direction compared to before, as shown by the arrows indicating the direction of the currents (667.).

891. Now both the solutions used are conductors, but the conduction in them is essentially connected with decomposition (858.) in a certain constant order, and therefore the appearance of the elements in certain places shows in what direction a current has passed when the solutions are thus employed. Moreover, we find that when they are used at opposite ends of the plates, as in the last two experiments (889. 890.), metallic contact being allowed at the other extremities, the currents are in opposite directions. We have evidently, therefore, the power of opposing the actions of the two fluids simultaneously to each other at the opposite ends of the plates, using each one as a conductor for the discharge of the current of electricity, which the other tends to generate; in fact, substituting them for metallic contact, and combining both experiments into one (fig. 76.). Under these circumstances, there is an opposition of forces: the fluid, which brings into play the stronger set of chemical affinities for the zinc, (being the dilute acid,) overcomes the force of the other, and determines the formation and direction of the electric current; not merely making that current pass through the weaker liquid, but actually reversing the tendency which the elements of the latter have in relation to the zinc and platina if not thus counteracted, and forcing them in the contrary direction to that they are inclined to follow, that its own current may have free course. If the dominant action at y be removed by making metallic contact there, then the liquid at x resumes its power; or if the metals be not brought into contact at y but the affinities of the solution there weakened, whilst those active x are strengthened, then the latter gains the ascendency, and the decompositions are produced in a contrary order.

891. Now both solutions being used are conductors, but their conduction is closely related to decomposition (858.) in a specific, constant sequence. Therefore, the appearance of the elements in certain positions indicates the direction of current flow when the solutions are employed this way. Additionally, we observe that when they are applied at opposite ends of the plates, as in the last two experiments (889. 890.), with metallic contact allowed at the other ends, the currents flow in opposite directions. Clearly, we have the ability to counteract the actions of the two fluids simultaneously at the opposite ends of the plates, using each as a conductor for the discharge of the current of electricity that the other is trying to generate; in fact, substituting them for metallic contact and combining both experiments into one (fig. 76.). Under these conditions, there is a push and pull of forces: the fluid that activates the stronger set of chemical bonds for the zinc (which is the dilute acid) overcomes the force of the other and determines the formation and direction of the electric current. It doesn't just allow that current to flow through the weaker liquid but actually reverses the inclination of the latter's elements regarding the zinc and platinum unless this is countered, forcing them to move in the opposite direction from what they naturally want to do, so that its own current can flow freely. If the dominant action at y is removed by making metallic contact there, then the liquid at x regains its power; or if the metals are not connected at y but the affinities of the solution there are weakened while those of x are strengthened, then the latter takes control and the decompositions occur in the opposite order.

892. Before drawing a final conclusion from this mutual dependence and state of the chemical affinities of two distant portions of acting fluids (916.), I will proceed to examine more minutely the various circumstances under which the re-action of the body suffering decomposition is rendered evident upon the action of the body, also undergoing decomposition, which produces the voltaic current.

892. Before coming to a final conclusion about this mutual dependence and the chemical affinities of two distant sections of acting fluids (916.), I will take a closer look at the different circumstances that make the reaction of the body undergoing decomposition evident in relation to the body also undergoing decomposition, which generates the voltaic current.

893. The use of metallic contact in a single pair of plates, and the cause of its great superiority above contact made by other kinds of matter, become now very evident. When an amalgamated zinc plate is dipped into dilute sulphuric acid, the force of chemical affinity exerted between the metal and the fluid is not sufficiently powerful to cause sensible action at the surfaces of contact, and occasion the decomposition of water by the oxidation of the metal, although it is sufficient to produce such a condition of the electricity (or the power upon which chemical affinity depends) as would produce a current if there were a path open for it (916. 956.); and that current would complete the conditions necessary, under the circumstances, for the decomposition of the water.

893. The use of metallic contact in a single pair of plates and the reason for its significant superiority over contact created by other materials is now quite clear. When an amalgamated zinc plate is dipped into dilute sulfuric acid, the chemical affinity between the metal and the liquid isn't strong enough to cause noticeable action at the contact surfaces and lead to the decomposition of water through the oxidation of the metal, even though it is strong enough to create an electric condition (or the energy on which chemical affinity relies) that would generate a current if a path were available for it (916. 956.); and that current would fulfill the necessary conditions, given the situation, for the decomposition of the water.

894. Now the presence of a piece of platina touching both the zinc and the fluid to be decomposed, opens the path required for the electricity. Its direct communication with the zinc is effectual, far beyond any communication made between it and that metal, (i.e. between the platina and zinc,) by means of decomposable conducting bodies, or, in other words, electrolytes, as in the experiment already described (891.); because, when they are used, the chemical affinities between them and the zinc produce a contrary and opposing action to that which is influential in the dilute sulphuric acid; or if that action be but small, still the affinity of their component parts for each other has to be overcome, for they cannot conduct without suffering decomposition; and this decomposition is found experimentally to re-act back upon the forces which in the acid tend to produce the current (904. 910. &c.), and in numerous cases entirely to neutralize them. Where direct contact of the zinc and platina occurs, these obstructing forces are not brought into action, and therefore the production and the circulation of the electric current and the concomitant action of decomposition are then highly favoured.

894. Now, when a piece of platinum touches both the zinc and the fluid to be decomposed, it creates a pathway needed for the electricity. Its direct connection with the zinc is much more effective than any connection made between it and that metal (i.e., between the platinum and zinc) using decomposable conductive materials, or in other words, electrolytes, as described in the previous experiment (891.); because when they are used, the chemical attractions between them and the zinc create an opposing force against the influence of the dilute sulfuric acid; or if that effect is minimal, the attraction of their individual components for each other still has to be overcome, since they cannot conduct without undergoing decomposition; and this decomposition has been found experimentally to have a negative impact on the forces in the acid that work to generate the current (904. 910. &c.), consequently neutralizing them in many cases. When there is direct contact between the zinc and platinum, these obstructing forces do not come into play, which greatly enhances the production and flow of the electric current and the associated decomposition process.

895. It is evident, however, that one of these opposing actions may be dismissed, and yet an electrolyte be used for the purpose of completing the circuit between the zinc and platina immersed separately into the dilute acid; for if, in fig. 73, the platina wire be retained in metallic contact with the zinc plate a, at x, and a division of the platina be made elsewhere, as at s, then the solution of iodide placed there, being in contact with platina at both surfaces, exerts no chemical affinities for that metal; or if it does, they are equal on both sides. Its power, therefore, of forming a current in opposition to that dependent upon the action of the acid in the vessel c, is removed, and only its resistance to decomposition remains as the obstacle to be overcome by the affinities exerted in the dilute sulphuric acid.

895. It is clear, however, that one of these opposing actions can be set aside, and still an electrolyte can be used to complete the circuit between the zinc and platinum that are separated in the dilute acid. If, in fig. 73, the platinum wire is kept in metallic contact with the zinc plate a, at x, and a section of the platinum is separated elsewhere, like at s, then the solution of iodide placed there, being in contact with platinum on both sides, does not exert any chemical affinities for that metal; or if it does, those affinities are balanced on both sides. Therefore, its ability to create a current that opposes the current created by the action of the acid in the vessel c is eliminated, and only its resistance to decomposition remains as the barrier to be overcome by the affinities acted upon in the dilute sulfuric acid.

896. This becomes the condition of a single pair of active plates where metallic contact is allowed. In such cases, only one set of opposing affinities are to be overcome by those which are dominant in the vessel c; whereas, when metallic contact is not allowed, two sets of opposing affinities must be conquered (894.).

896. This describes the situation for a single pair of active plates where metallic contact is permitted. In these cases, only one set of opposing affinities needs to be overcome by those that are dominant in the vessel c; however, when metallic contact is not permitted, two sets of opposing affinities must be dealt with (894.).

897. It has been considered a difficult, and by some an impossible thing, to decompose bodies by the current from a single pair of plates, even when it was so powerful as to heat bars of metal red-hot, as in the case of Hare's calorimeter, arranged as a single voltaic circuit, or of Wollaston's powerful single pair of metals. This difficulty has arisen altogether from the antagonism of the chemical affinity engaged in producing the current with the chemical affinity to be overcome, and depends entirely upon their relative intensity; for when the sum of forces in one has a certain degree of superiority over the sum of forces in the other, the former gain the ascendency, determine the current, and overcome the latter so as to make the substance exerting them yield up its elements in perfect accordance, both as to direction and quantity, with the course of those which are exerting the most intense and dominant action.

897. It has been seen as a challenging, and by some an impossible task, to break down substances using the current from a single pair of plates, even when it was strong enough to heat metal bars to red-hot, like in Hare's calorimeter, which was set up as a single voltaic circuit, or with Wollaston's powerful single pair of metals. This challenge arises entirely from the clash between the chemical affinities involved in generating the current and the chemical affinities that need to be overcome, depending completely on their relative strength. When the total forces of one exceed those of the other to a certain degree, the former takes control, establishes the current, and overcomes the latter, causing the substance exerting those forces to release its elements in perfect accordance—both in direction and amount—with the actions of the forces exerting the most intense and dominant influence.

898. Water has generally been the substance, the decomposition of which has been sought for as a chemical test of the passage of an electric current. But I now began to perceive a reason for its failure, and for a fact which I had observed long before (315. 316.) with regard to the iodide of potassium, namely, that bodies would differ in facility of decomposition by a given electric current, according to the condition and intensity of their ordinary chemical affinities. This reason appeared in their re-action upon the affinities tending to cause the current; and it appeared probable, that many substances might be found which could be decomposed by the current of a single pair of zinc and platina plates immersed in dilute sulphuric acid, although water resisted its action. I soon found this to be the case, and as the experiments offer new and beautiful proofs of the direct relation and opposition of the chemical affinities concerned in producing and in resisting the stream of electricity, I shall briefly describe them.

898. Water has generally been the substance that people have tried to decompose as a chemical test for the flow of an electric current. But I started to realize why it often fails and also remembered something I had noticed earlier about potassium iodide: that different substances decompose more or less easily when exposed to a given electric current, based on their usual chemical affinities and conditions. This reason was evident in their reaction to the affinities that tend to create the current; it seemed likely that many substances could be decomposed by the current from a single pair of zinc and platinum plates placed in diluted sulfuric acid, even though water resisted that effect. I soon confirmed this was true, and since the experiments provide new and striking evidence of the direct relationship and opposition between the chemical affinities involved in generating and resisting the flow of electricity, I will briefly describe them.

899. The arrangement of the apparatus was as in fig. 77. The vessel v contained dilute sulphuric acid; Z and P are the zinc and platina plates; a, b, and c are platina wires; the decompositions were effected at x, and occasionally, indeed generally, a galvanometer was introduced into the circuit at g: its place only is here given, the circle at g having no reference to the size of the instrument. Various arrangements were made at x, according to the kind of decomposition to be effected. If a drop of liquid was to be acted upon, the two ends were merely dipped into it; if a solution contained in the pores of paper was to be decomposed, one of the extremities was connected with a platina plate supporting the paper, whilst the other extremity rested on the paper, e, fig. 81: or sometimes, as with sulphate of soda, a plate of platina sustained two portions of paper, one of the ends of the wires resting upon each piece, c, fig. 86. The darts represent the direction of the electric current (667.).

899. The setup of the apparatus was like in fig. 77. The vessel v held diluted sulfuric acid; Z and P are the zinc and platinum plates; a, b, and c are platinum wires; the decompositions happened at x, and usually, a galvanometer was added to the circuit at g: its position is mentioned here, the circle at g has no connection to the size of the instrument. Different setups were made at x, depending on the type of decomposition being performed. If a drop of liquid needed to be acted upon, the two ends were just dipped into it; if a solution within the pores of paper was to be decomposed, one end was connected to a platinum plate holding the paper, while the other end rested on the paper, e, fig. 81: or sometimes, like with sodium sulfate, a platinum plate held two pieces of paper, with each end of the wires resting on each piece, c, fig. 86. The arrows show the direction of the electric current (667.).

900. Solution of iodide of potassium, in moistened paper, being placed at the interruption of the circuit at x, was readily decomposed. Iodine was evolved at the anode, and alkali at the cathode, of the decomposing body.

900. A solution of potassium iodide on damp paper, placed at the break in the circuit at x, was easily decomposed. Iodine was released at the anode, and alkali at the cathode of the decomposing substance.

901. Protochloride of tin, when fused and placed at x, was also readily decomposed, yielding perchloride of tin at the anode (779.), and tin at the cathode.

901. Protochloride of tin, when melted and positioned at x, was also easily broken down, producing perchloride of tin at the anode (779.) and tin at the cathode.

902. Fused chloride of silver, placed at x, was also easily decomposed; chlorine was evolved at the anode, and brilliant metallic silver, either in films upon the surface of the liquid, or in crystals beneath, evolved at the cathode.

902. Fused silver chloride, located at x, was easily broken down; chlorine was released at the anode, and shiny metallic silver appeared either as a film on the surface of the liquid or in crystals below at the cathode.

903. Water acidulated with sulphuric acid, solution of muriatic acid, solution of sulphate of soda, fused nitre, and the fused chloride and iodide of lead were not decomposed by this single pair of plates, excited only by dilute sulphuric acid.

903. Water mixed with sulfuric acid, solution of hydrochloric acid, solution of sodium sulfate, fused saltpeter, and fused lead chloride and iodide were not broken down by this single pair of plates, activated only by diluted sulfuric acid.

904. These experiments give abundant proofs that a single pair of plates can electrolyze bodies and separate their elements. They also show in a beautiful manner the direct relation and opposition of the chemical affinities concerned at the two points of action. In those cases where the sum of the opposing affinities at x was sufficiently beneath the sum of the acting affinities in v, decomposition took place; but in those cases where they rose higher, decomposition was effectually resisted and the current ceased to pass (891.).

904. These experiments provide clear evidence that a single pair of plates can electrolyze substances and separate their elements. They also elegantly demonstrate the direct relationship and opposition of the chemical affinities involved at the two points of action. In cases where the total of the opposing affinities at x was significantly lower than the total of the acting affinities at v, decomposition occurred; however, in cases where they were higher, decomposition was effectively prevented, and the current stopped flowing (891.).

905. It is however, evident, that the sum of acting affinities in v may be increased by using other fluids than dilute sulphuric acid, in which latter case, as I believe, it is merely the affinity of the zinc for the oxygen already combined with hydrogen in the water that is exerted in producing the electric current (919.): and when the affinities are so increased, the view I am supporting leads to the conclusion, that bodies which resisted in the preceding experiments would then be decomposed, because of the increased difference between their affinities and the acting affinities thus exalted. This expectation was fully confirmed in the following manner.

905. It’s clear that the total acting affinities in v can be boosted by using fluids other than dilute sulfuric acid. In this latter case, I believe it’s just the zinc’s affinity for the oxygen already bonded with hydrogen in the water that generates the electric current (919.). When these affinities are increased, the perspective I’m supporting suggests that materials which resisted in the previous experiments would then be broken down, due to the larger gap between their affinities and the heightened acting affinities. This expectation was completely validated in the following way.

906. A little nitric acid was added to the liquid in the vessel r, so as to make a mixture which I shall call diluted nitro-sulphuric acid. On repeating the experiments with this mixture, all the substances before decomposed again gave way, and much more readily. But, besides that, many which before resisted electrolyzation, now yielded up their elements. Thus, solution of sulphate of soda, acted upon in the interstices of litmus and turmeric paper, yielded acid at the anode and alkali at the cathode; solution of muriatic acid tinged by indigo yielded chlorine at the anode and hydrogen at the cathode; solution of nitrate of silver yielded silver at the cathode. Again, fused nitre and the fused iodide and chloride of lead were decomposable by the current of this single pair of plates, though they were not by the former (903.).

906. A little nitric acid was added to the liquid in the vessel r to create a mixture that I'll call diluted nitro-sulphuric acid. When repeating the experiments with this mixture, all the substances that were previously decomposed broke down again, and much more easily. Additionally, many substances that had resisted electrolyzation before now released their elements. For instance, a solution of sodium sulfate, when acted upon in the spaces between litmus and turmeric paper, produced acid at the anode and alkali at the cathode; a solution of hydrochloric acid mixed with indigo produced chlorine at the anode and hydrogen at the cathode; and a solution of silver nitrate yielded silver at the cathode. Additionally, fused saltpeter and fused iodide and chloride of lead could be decomposed by the current from this single pair of plates, whereas they could not be decomposed by the previous setup (903.).

907. A solution of acetate of lead was apparently not decomposed by this pair, nor did water acidulated by sulphuric acid seem at first to give way (973.).

907. A solution of lead acetate didn’t seem to break down with this pair, nor did water mixed with sulfuric acid seem to give in at first (973.).

908. The increase of intensity or power of the current produced by a simple voltaic circle, with the increase of the force of the chemical action at the exciting place, is here sufficiently evident. But in order to place it in a clearer point of view, and to show that the decomposing effect was not at all dependent, in the latter cases, upon the mere capability of evolving more electricity, experiments were made in which the quantity evolved could be increased without variation in the intensity of the exciting cause. Thus the experiments in which dilute sulphuric acid was used (899.), were repeated, using large plates of zinc and platina in the acid; but still those bodies which resisted decomposition before, resisted it also under these new circumstances. Then again, where nitro-sulphuric acid was used (906.), mere wires of platina and zinc were immersed in the exciting acid; yet, notwithstanding this change, those bodies were now decomposed which resisted any current tending to be formed by the dilute sulphuric acid. For instance, muriatic acid could not be decomposed by a single pair of plates when immersed in dilute sulphuric acid; nor did making the solution of sulphuric acid strong, nor enlarging the size of the zinc and platina plates immersed in it, increase the power; but if to a weak sulphuric acid a very little nitric acid was added, then the electricity evolved had power to decompose the muriatic acid, evolving chlorine at the anode and hydrogen at the cathode, even when mere wires of metals were used. This mode of increasing the intensity of the electric current, as it excludes the effect dependent upon many pairs of plates, or even the effect of making any one acid stronger or weaker, is at once referable to the condition and force of the chemical affinities which are brought into action, and may, both in principle and practice, be considered as perfectly distinct from any other mode.

908. The increase in the intensity or power of the current produced by a simple voltaic cell, as the force of the chemical reaction at the source increases, is clearly evident here. To clarify this further and to show that the decomposing effect was not at all reliant on just the ability to produce more electricity, experiments were conducted where the amount produced could be increased without changing the intensity of the driving force. For instance, experiments using dilute sulfuric acid (899.) were repeated with large zinc and platinum plates in the acid; however, those materials that resisted decomposition previously still resisted it under these new conditions. Additionally, when nitro-sulfuric acid was used (906.), simple wires of platinum and zinc were immersed in the exciting acid; yet, despite this change, the materials that had resisted any current generated by the dilute sulfuric acid were now decomposed. For example, hydrochloric acid could not be decomposed by a single pair of plates when placed in dilute sulfuric acid; making the sulfuric acid solution stronger or increasing the size of the zinc and platinum plates did not enhance the power. However, if a small amount of nitric acid was added to weak sulfuric acid, then the electricity produced had enough power to decompose the hydrochloric acid, generating chlorine at the anode and hydrogen at the cathode, even when only metal wires were used. This method of increasing the intensity of the electric current, as it removes the effects related to multiple pairs of plates or changes in the strength of a single acid, directly relates to the condition and strength of the chemical affinities that are activated, and can be regarded, both in principle and practice, as entirely distinct from any other method.

909. The direct reference which is thus experimentally made in the simple voltaic circle of the intensity of the electric current to the intensity of the chemical action going on at the place where the existence and direction of the current is determined, leads to the conclusion that by using selected bodies, as fused chlorides, salts, solutions of acids, &c., which may act upon the metals employed with different degrees of chemical force; and using also metals in association with platina, or with each other, which shall differ in the degree of chemical action exerted between them and the exciting fluid or electrolyte, we shall be able to obtain a series of comparatively constant effects due to electric currents of different intensities, which will serve to assist in the construction of a scale competent to supply the means of determining relative degrees of intensity with accuracy in future researches191.

909. The direct relationship shown in the simple voltaic circuit between the strength of the electric current and the strength of the chemical reactions occurring where the current's existence and direction are measured leads to the conclusion that by using specific materials, such as fused chlorides, salts, acid solutions, etc., which can interact with the metals used with varying levels of chemical force; and employing metals in combination with platinum or with each other that vary in the intensity of the chemical reaction they have with the exciting fluid or electrolyte, we can achieve a series of relatively stable effects produced by electric currents of differing strengths. This will help create a scale that accurately measures the relative levels of intensity in future research.191.

910. I have already expressed the view which I take of the decomposition in the experimental place, as being the direct consequence of the superior exertion at some other spot of the same kind of power as that to be overcome, and therefore as the result of an antagonism of forces of the same nature (891. 904.). Those at the place of decomposition have a re-action upon, and a power over, the exerting or determining set proportionate to what is needful to overcome their own power; and hence a curious result of resistance offered by decompositions to the original determining force, and consequently to the current. This is well shown in the cases where such bodies as chloride of lead, iodide of lead, and water would not decompose with the current produced by a single pair of zinc and platina plates in sulphuric acid (903.), although they would with a current of higher intensity produced by stronger chemical powers. In such cases no sensible portion of the current passes (967.); the action is stopped; and I am now of opinion that in the case of the law of conduction which I described in the Fourth Series of these Researches (413.), the bodies which are electrolytes in the fluid state cease to be such in the solid form, because the attractions of the particles by which they are retained in combination and in their relative position, are then too powerful for the electric current192. The particles retain their places; and as decomposition is prevented, the transmission of the electricity is prevented also; and although a battery of many plates may be used, yet if it be of that perfect kind which allows of no extraneous or indirect action (1000.), the whole of the affinities concerned in the activity of that battery are at the same time also suspended and counteracted.

910. I've already shared my view on decomposition in the experimental setup, which I believe is a direct result of greater exertion at another location by the same kind of power that needs to be overcome. This leads to a conflict between forces of the same nature (891. 904.). The forces at the site of decomposition react to and exert power over the exerting or determining set in proportion to what is needed to overcome their own power. Thus, there’s an interesting effect of resistance from decompositions against the original determining force, and consequently, against the current. This is clearly demonstrated in situations where compounds like lead chloride, lead iodide, and water do not decompose with the current produced by a single pair of zinc and platinum plates in sulfuric acid (903.), even though they will decompose with a stronger current generated by more powerful chemical forces. In these cases, no noticeable part of the current passes (967.); the action is halted. I now believe that according to the conduction law I described in the Fourth Series of these Researches (413.), substances that are electrolytes in liquid form stop being so in solid form because the attractions between the particles keeping them together and in position are stronger than the electric current192. The particles hold their places, and since decomposition is prevented, the transmission of electricity is also stopped. Even if a battery with many plates is used, if it is of that perfect kind that allows no external or indirect action (1000.), then all the affinities involved in that battery's activity are simultaneously suspended and counteracted.

911. But referring to the resistance of each single case of decomposition, it would appear that as these differ in force according to the affinities by which the elements in the substance tend to retain their places, they also would supply cases constituting a series of degrees by which to measure the initial intensities of simple voltaic or other currents of electricity, and which, combined with the scale of intensities determined by different degrees of acting force (909.), would probably include a sufficient set of differences to meet almost every important case where a reference to intensity would be required.

911. Referring to the resistance of each individual case of decomposition, it seems that as these vary in strength based on the affinities that cause the elements in the substance to hold their positions, they also create a series of degrees to measure the initial intensities of simple voltaic or other electrical currents. When combined with the scale of intensities determined by different levels of acting force (909.), this would likely provide a sufficient range of differences to address nearly every significant situation where a reference to intensity is needed.

912. According to the experiments I have already had occasion to make, I find that the following bodies are electrolytic in the order in which I have placed them, those which are first being decomposed by the current of lowest intensity. These currents were always from a single pair of plates, and may be considered as elementary voltaic forces.

912. Based on the experiments I've conducted so far, I find that the following substances are electrolytic in the order I've listed them, with the first ones being broken down by the lowest intensity current. These currents always came from a single pair of plates and can be regarded as basic voltaic forces.

Iodide of potassium (solution).

Potassium iodide solution.

Chloride of silver (fused).

Silver chloride (fused).

Protochloride of tin (fused).

Fused tin protochloride.

Chloride of lead (fused).

Lead chloride (fused).

Iodide of lead (fused).

Lead iodide (fused).

Muriatic acid (solution).

Muriatic acid (liquid solution).

Water, acidulated with sulphuric acid.

Water, mixed with sulfuric acid.

913. It is essential that, in all endeavours to obtain the relative electrolytic intensity necessary for the decomposition of different bodies, attention should be paid to the nature of the electrodes and the other bodies present which may favour secondary actions (986.). If in electro-decomposition one of the elements separated has an affinity for the electrode, or for bodies present in the surrounding fluid, then the affinity resisting decomposition is in part balanced by such power, and the true place of the electrolyte in a table of the above kind is not obtained: thus, chlorine combines with a positive platina electrode freely, but iodine scarcely at all, and therefore I believe it is that the fused chlorides stand first in the preceding Table. Again, if in the decomposition of water not merely sulphuric but also a little nitric acid be present, then the water is more freely decomposed, for the hydrogen at the cathode is not ultimately expelled, but finds oxygen in the nitric acid, with which it can combine to produce a secondary result; the affinities opposing decomposition are in this way diminished, and the elements of the water can then be separated by a current of lower intensity.

913. It’s crucial that in all efforts to achieve the right electrolytic intensity needed for breaking down different substances, we pay attention to the type of electrodes and any other substances present that might encourage secondary reactions (986.). If, during electro-decomposition, one of the elements released has an affinity for the electrode or for substances in the surrounding fluid, then this affinity counteracting decomposition partially balances it out, meaning we don't get the true position of the electrolyte in such tables: for example, chlorine easily combines with a positive platinum electrode, while iodine hardly does at all, which is why I believe molten chlorides are ranked first in the previous Table. Additionally, when decomposing water, if there’s not just sulfuric acid but also a bit of nitric acid present, water decomposes more readily. This is because the hydrogen at the cathode isn't completely expelled; instead, it reacts with the oxygen in the nitric acid to create a secondary result. This reduces the affinities that resist decomposition, allowing the water's elements to be separated by a weaker current.

914. Advantage may be taken of this principle to interpolate more minute degrees into the scale of initial intensities already referred to (909. 911.) than is there spoken of; for by combining the force of a current constant in its intensity, with the use of electrodes consisting of matter, having more or less affinity for the elements evolved from the decomposing electrolyte, various intermediate degrees may be obtained.

914. This principle can be used to add more detailed degrees into the scale of initial intensities already mentioned (909. 911.) than what is currently discussed; by combining a current that maintains a constant intensity with electrodes made of materials that have varying affinities for the elements produced from the decomposing electrolyte, a range of intermediate degrees can be achieved.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

915. Returning to the consideration of the source of electricity (878. &c.), there is another proof of the most perfect kind that metallic contact has nothing to do with the production of electricity in the voltaic circuit, and further, that electricity is only another mode of the exertion of chemical forces. It is, the production of the electric spark before any contact of metals is made, and by the exertion of pure and unmixed chemical forces. The experiment, which will be described further on (956.), consists in obtaining the spark upon making contact between a plate of zinc and a plate of copper plunged into dilute sulphuric acid. In order to make the arrangement as elementary as possible, mercurial surfaces were dismissed, and the contact made by a copper wire connected with the copper plate, and then brought to touch a clean part of the zinc plate. The electric spark appeared, and it must of necessity have existed and passed before the zinc and the copper were in contact.

915. Going back to the source of electricity (878. &c.), there's another strong proof that metal contact doesn't play a role in the creation of electricity in the voltaic circuit. Additionally, electricity is simply another way of expressing chemical forces. The production of the electric spark occurs before any metal contact is made and is produced by the action of pure and unblended chemical forces. The experiment, which will be explained further (956.), involves generating a spark when a zinc plate and a copper plate are placed in dilute sulphuric acid. To keep the setup as simple as possible, mercurial surfaces were eliminated. A copper wire connected to the copper plate was used to touch a clean area of the zinc plate. The electric spark appeared, and it must have existed and passed before the zinc and the copper were in contact.

916. In order to render more distinct the principles which I have been endeavouring to establish, I will restate them in their simplest form, according to my present belief. The electricity of the voltaic pile (856. note) is not dependent either in its origin or its continuance upon the contact of the metals with each other (880. 915.). It is entirely due to chemical action (882.), and is proportionate in its intensity to the intensity of the affinities concerned in its production (908.); and in its quantity to the quantity of matter which has been chemically active during its evolution (869.). This definite production is again one of the strongest proofs that the electricity is of chemical origin.

916. To clarify the principles I've been trying to establish, I'll restate them in the simplest terms, based on my current understanding. The electricity from the voltaic pile (856. note) doesn’t depend on the metals being in contact with each other, either for its creation or its persistence (880. 915.). It comes entirely from chemical reactions (882.), and its intensity is related to the strength of the affinities involved in its generation (908.); while its quantity corresponds to the amount of matter that has been chemically active during its formation (869.). This clear production is yet another strong indication that the electricity is of chemical origin.

917. As volta-electro-generation is a case of mere chemical action, so volta-electro-decomposition is simply a case of the preponderance of one set of chemical affinities more powerful in their nature, over another set which are less powerful: and if the instance of two opposing sets of such forces (891.) be considered, and their mutual relation and dependence borne in mind, there appears no necessity for using, in respect to such cases, any other term than chemical affinity, (though that of electricity may be very convenient,) or supposing any new agent to be concerned in producing the results; for we may consider that the powers at the two places of action are in direct communion and balanced against each other through the medium of the metals (891.), fig. 76, in a manner analogous to that in which mechanical forces are balanced against each other by the intervention of the lever (1031.).

917. Just as volta-electro-generation is simply a chemical reaction, volta-electro-decomposition is just about one set of chemical affinities being stronger than another. When we look at two opposing sets of these forces (891.) and consider their relationship and dependence, there isn’t really a need to use any term other than chemical affinity to describe these cases (although using electricity as a term can be very useful). We can think of the powers at the two points of action as being in direct communication and balanced against each other through the metals (891.), as similar to how mechanical forces balance each other through a lever (1031.).

918. All the facts show us that that power commonly called chemical affinity, can be communicated to a distance through the metals and certain forms of carbon; that the electric current is only another form of the forces of chemical affinity; that its power is in proportion to the chemical affinities producing it; that when it is deficient in force it may be helped by calling in chemical aid, the want in the former being made up by an equivalent of the latter; that, in other words, the forces termed chemical affinity and electricity are one and the same.

918. All the facts show us that the force commonly known as chemical affinity can be transmitted over a distance through metals and certain forms of carbon; that the electric current is just another manifestation of the forces of chemical affinity; that its strength depends on the chemical affinities that create it; that when it lacks power, it can be enhanced by using chemical means, compensating for the deficiency in the former with an equivalent from the latter; in other words, the forces referred to as chemical affinity and electricity are essentially the same.

919. When the circumstances connected with the production of electricity in the ordinary voltaic circuit are examined and compared, it appears that the source of that agent, always meaning the electricity which circulates and completes the current in the voltaic apparatus, and gives that apparatus power and character (947. 996.), exists in the chemical action which takes place directly between the metal and the body with which it combines, and not at all in the subsequent action of the substance so produced with the acid present193. Thus, when zinc, platina, and dilute sulphuric acid are used, it is the union of the zinc with the oxygen of the water which determines the current; and though the acid is essential to the removal of the oxide so formed, in order that another portion of zinc may act on another portion of water, it does not, by combination with that oxide, produce any sensible portion of the current of electricity which circulates; for the quantity of electricity is dependent upon the quantity of zinc oxidized, and in definite proportion to it: its intensity is in proportion to the intensity of the chemical affinity of the zinc for the oxygen under the circumstances, and is scarcely, if at all, affected by the use of either strong or weak acid (908.).

919. When we examine and compare the conditions involved in generating electricity in a typical voltaic circuit, it becomes clear that the source of electricity, which completes the current in the voltaic device and gives it power and character, comes from the chemical reaction directly between the metal and the substance it combines with, rather than from the subsequent reaction of the substance produced with the acid present. Thus, when using zinc, platinum, and diluted sulfuric acid, it is the combination of zinc with the oxygen in water that creates the current. Although the acid is crucial for removing the oxide formed so that another piece of zinc can interact with additional water, it does not contribute any noticeable amount of the circulating electric current through its reaction with that oxide. The amount of electricity generated depends on how much zinc is oxidized, in a specific proportion to it: its intensity relates to the strength of the chemical attraction between the zinc and the oxygen in that context, and is hardly, if at all, influenced by whether a strong or weak acid is used.

920. Again, if zinc, platina, and muriatic acid are used, the electricity appears to be dependent upon the affinity of the zinc for the chlorine, and to be circulated in exact proportion to the number of particles of zinc and chlorine which unite, being in fact an equivalent to them.

920. Again, when using zinc, platinum, and hydrochloric acid, the electricity seems to rely on the attraction between the zinc and chlorine, circulating in direct proportion to the number of zinc and chlorine particles that combine, essentially being an equivalent to them.

921. But in considering this oxidation, or other direct action upon the METAL itself, as the cause and source of the electric current, it is of the utmost importance to observe that the oxygen or other body must be in a peculiar condition, namely, in the state of combination; and not only so, but limited still further to such a state of combination and in such proportions as will constitute an electrolyte (823.). A pair of zinc and platina plates cannot be so arranged in oxygen gas as to produce a current of electricity, or act as a voltaic circle, even though the temperature may be raised so high as to cause oxidation of the zinc far more rapidly than if the pair of plates were plunged into dilute sulphuric acid; for the oxygen is not part of an electrolyte, and cannot therefore conduct the forces onwards by decomposition, or even as metals do by itself. Or if its gaseous state embarrass the minds of some, then liquid chlorine may be taken. It does not excite a current of electricity through the two plates by combining with the zinc, for its particles cannot transfer the electricity active at the point of combination across to the platina. It is not a conductor of itself, like the metals; nor is it an electrolyte, so as to be capable of conduction during decomposition, and hence there is simple chemical action at the spot, and no electric current194.

921. However, when looking at this oxidation or any direct action on the METAL itself as the cause of the electric current, it’s really important to note that the oxygen or any other substance needs to be in a specific condition, meaning, in a state of combination; and furthermore, it must be restricted to such a state of combination and in proportions that will create an electrolyte (823.). A pair of zinc and platinum plates cannot be set up in oxygen gas to generate an electric current or act like a voltaic circuit, even if the temperature is raised enough to cause the zinc to oxidize much faster than if the plates were placed in dilute sulfuric acid; because the oxygen is not part of an electrolyte and cannot conduct the forces by decomposition, nor can it do so on its own like metals do. If the gaseous state of oxygen confuses some, then liquid chlorine can be considered. It does not generate an electric current between the two plates by combining with the zinc, as its particles cannot transfer the electricity generated at the point of combination to the platinum. It does not conduct electricity like metals do, nor is it an electrolyte capable of conduction during decomposition. Thus, there is just simple chemical action occurring at that point, without any electric current194.

922. It might at first be supposed that a conducting body not electrolytic, might answer as the third substance between the zinc and the platina; and it is true that we have some such capable of exerting chemical action upon the metals. They must, however, be chosen from the metals themselves, for there are no bodies of this kind except those substances and charcoal. To decide the matter by experiment, I made the following arrangement. Melted tin was put into a glass tube bent into the form of the letter V, fig. 78, so as to fill the half of each limb, and two pieces of thick platina wire, p, w, inserted, so as to have their ends immersed some depth in the tin: the whole was then allowed to cool, and the ends p and w connected with a delicate galvanometer. The part of the tube at x was now reheated, whilst the portion y was retained cool. The galvanometer was immediately influenced by the thermo-electric current produced. The heat was steadily increased at x, until at last the tin and platina combined there; an effect which is known to take place with strong chemical action and high ignition; but not the slightest additional effect occurred at the galvanometer. No other deflection than that due to the thermo-electric current was observable the whole time. Hence, though a conductor, and one capable of exerting chemical action on the tin, was used, yet, not being an electrolyte, not the slightest effect of an electrical current could be observed (947.).

922. At first, it might seem like a non-electrolytic conducting material could work as the third substance between the zinc and the platinum, and it's true that we have some capable of causing chemical reactions with the metals. However, they must be chosen from the metals themselves because there are no materials of this kind other than those substances and charcoal. To settle the matter with an experiment, I set up the following: I placed melted tin into a glass tube shaped like a V, filling half of each side, and inserted two pieces of thick platinum wire, p and w, so their ends were submerged in the tin. Then, I let the entire setup cool, and connected the ends p and w to a sensitive galvanometer. I reheated the section of the tube at x while keeping the section y cool. The galvanometer was immediately affected by the thermo-electric current that was generated. I gradually increased the heat at x until the tin and platinum reacted there, an outcome known to occur with strong chemical activity and high temperatures; however, there was not the slightest additional effect observed on the galvanometer. No deflection beyond that caused by the thermo-electric current was seen throughout the experiment. Therefore, even though a conductor that could cause a chemical reaction with the tin was used, since it was not an electrolyte, there was no observable effect from an electrical current (947.).

923. From this it seems apparent that the peculiar character and condition of an electrolyte is essential in one part of the voltaic circuit; and its nature being considered, good reasons appear why it and it alone should be effectual. An electrolyte is always a compound body: it can conduct, but only whilst decomposing. Its conduction depends upon its decomposition and the transmission of its particles in directions parallel to the current; and so intimate is this connexion, that if their transition be stopped, the current is stopped also; if their course be changed, its course and direction change with them; if they proceed in one direction, it has no power to proceed in any other than a direction invariably dependent on them. The particles of an electrolytic body are all so mutually connected, are in such relation with each other through their whole extent in the direction of the current, that if the last is not disposed of, the first is not at liberty to take up its place in the new combination which the powerful affinity of the most active metal tends to produce; and then the current itself is stopped; for the dependencies of the current and the decomposition are so mutual, that whichsoever be originally determined, i.e. the motion of the particles or the motion of the current, the other is invariable in its concomitant production and its relation to it.

923. From this, it seems clear that the unique nature and state of an electrolyte is essential in one part of the voltaic circuit; and considering its characteristics, there are good reasons why it alone should be effective. An electrolyte is always a compound substance: it can conduct electricity, but only while it is breaking down. Its ability to conduct is tied to its decomposition and the movement of its particles in directions parallel to the current; and this connection is so close that if their movement is halted, the current is halted as well; if their path is altered, the current's path and direction change along with them; if they move in one direction, the current has no option but to follow the same direction that depends on them. The particles in an electrolytic substance are all so interlinked, maintaining a relationship with each other throughout their extent along the direction of the current, that if the last particle isn't dealt with, the first isn't free to take its place in the new combination that the strong attraction of the most reactive metal tends to create; and then the current itself is stopped; for the dependencies of the current and the decomposition are so interconnected that whichever is initially determined, whether it's the movement of the particles or the movement of the current, the other remains consistent in its accompanying production and its relationship to it.

924. Consider, then, water as an electrolyte and also as an oxidizing body. The attraction of the zinc for the oxygen is greater, under the circumstances, than that of the oxygen for the hydrogen; but in combining with it, it tends to throw into circulation a current of electricity in a certain direction. This direction is consistent (as is found by innumerable experiments) with the transfer of the hydrogen from the zinc towards the platina, and the transfer in the opposite direction of fresh oxygen from the platina towards the zinc; so that the current can pass in that one line, and, whilst it passes, can consist with and favour the renewal of the conditions upon the surface of the zinc, which at first determined both the combination and circulation. Hence the continuance of the action there, and the continuation of the current. It therefore appears quite as essential that there should be an electrolyte in the circuit, in order that the action may be transferred forward, in a certain constant direction, as that there should be an oxidizing or other body capable of acting directly on the metal; and it also appears to be essential that these two should merge into one, or that the principle directly active on the metal by chemical action should be one of the ions of the electrolyte used. Whether the voltaic arrangement be excited by solution of acids, or alkalies, or sulphurets, or by fused substances (476.), this principle has always hitherto, as far as I am aware, been an anion (943.); and I anticipate, from a consideration of the principles of electric action, that it must of necessity be one of that class of bodies.

924. Consider water as an electrolyte and as an oxidizing agent. The zinc’s attraction to oxygen is stronger, in this case, than the oxygen’s attraction to hydrogen. However, when it combines with hydrogen, it generates an electric current flowing in a specific direction. This direction, confirmed by countless experiments, sees hydrogen moving from the zinc to the platinum, while fresh oxygen moves in the opposite direction from the platinum to the zinc. As a result, the current can pass in that one line, and while it does, it supports the conditions on the surface of the zinc that initially caused both the combination and the current flow. This leads to the ongoing action there and the continuation of the current. Therefore, it's just as crucial to have an electrolyte in the circuit to maintain the action moving forward in a certain constant direction as it is to have an oxidizing agent or another substance that can act directly on the metal. It also seems necessary for these two to come together, meaning that the principle acting directly on the metal through chemical action must be one of the ions of the electrolyte used. Whether the voltaic setup is activated by acid solutions, alkalis, sulphides, or fused substances (476.), this principle has always been an anion (943.); and based on my understanding of the principles of electric action, I believe it must necessarily belong to that category of substances.

925. If the action of the sulphuric acid used in the voltaic circuit be considered, it will be found incompetent to produce any sensible portion of the electricity of the current by its combination with the oxide formed, for this simple reason, it is deficient in a most essential condition: it forms no part of an electrolyte, nor is it in relation with any other body present in the solution which will permit of the mutual transfer of the particles and the consequent transfer of the electricity. It is true, that as the plane at which the acid is dissolving the oxide of zinc formed by the action of the water, is in contact with the metal zinc, there seems no difficulty in considering how the oxide there could communicate an electrical state, proportionate to its own chemical action on the acid, to the metal, which is a conductor without decomposition. But on the side of the acid there is no substance to complete the circuit: the water, as water, cannot conduct it, or at least only so small a proportion that it is merely an incidental and almost inappreciable effect (970.); and it cannot conduct it as an electrolyte, because an electrolyte conducts in consequence of the mutual relation and action of its particles; and neither of the elements of the water, nor even the water itself, as far as we can perceive, are ions with respect to the sulphuric acid (848.)195.

925. If we look at how sulfuric acid works in the voltaic circuit, we’ll see it can’t generate any noticeable amount of electricity through its interaction with the oxide that’s formed. The main reason is that it lacks a crucial condition: it isn't part of an electrolyte and doesn’t relate to any other substance in the solution that would allow for the transfer of particles and, as a result, the transfer of electricity. It's true that since the area where the acid is dissolving the zinc oxide created by the water is in contact with the metal zinc, it might seem easy to understand how the oxide could share an electrical state linked to its chemical interaction with the acid to the metal, which is a conductor without breaking down. However, on the acid’s side, there’s nothing to complete the circuit: water, in its ordinary state, can’t conduct electricity, or at least only in such a tiny amount that it has an incidental and barely noticeable effect (970.); and it can’t conduct as an electrolyte because an electrolyte functions due to the mutual interaction and action of its particles. Neither of the elements of water nor the water itself, as far as we can tell, behaves as ions in relation to sulfuric acid (848.)195.

926. This view of the secondary character of the sulphuric acid as an agent in the production of the voltaic current, is further confirmed by the fact, that the current generated and transmitted is directly and exactly proportional to the quantity of water decomposed and the quantity of zinc oxidized (868. 991.), and is the same as that required to decompose the same quantity of water. As, therefore, the decomposition of the water shows that the electricity has passed by its means, there remains no other electricity to be accounted for or to be referred to any action other than that of the zinc and the water on each other.

926. This understanding of sulfuric acid as a secondary player in creating the electric current is further supported by the fact that the current produced and transmitted is directly proportional to the amount of water broken down and the amount of zinc oxidized (868. 991.), and is equivalent to what is needed to decompose that same amount of water. Therefore, since the breakdown of the water indicates that the electricity has traveled through it, there's no other electricity to explain or attribute to anything other than the interaction between the zinc and the water.

927. The general case (for it includes the former one (924.),) of acids and bases, may theoretically be stated in the following manner. Let a, fig. 79, be supposed to be a dry oxacid, and b a dry base, in contact at c, and in electric communication at their extremities by plates of platina pp, and a platina wire w. If this acid and base were fluid, and combination took place at c, with an affinity ever so vigorous, and capable of originating an electric current, the current could not circulate in any important degree; because, according to the experimental results, neither a nor b could conduct without being decomposed, for they are either electrolytes or else insulators, under all circumstances, except to very feeble and unimportant currents (970. 986.). Now the affinities at c are not such as tend to cause the elements either of a or b to separate, but only such as would make the two bodies combine together as a whole; the point of action is, therefore, insulated, the action itself local (921. 947.), and no current can be formed.

927. The general case (which includes the previous one (924.)) of acids and bases can be described theoretically as follows. Let a, shown in fig. 79, represent a dry oxacid, and b a dry base, in contact at c, with electric communication at their ends through platinum plates pp and a platinum wire w. If this acid and base were in a fluid state and reacted at c with a strong enough affinity to generate an electric current, the current wouldn't be able to flow significantly. This is because, based on experimental results, neither a nor b can conduct without being broken down; they are either electrolytes or insulators under all conditions, except for very weak and trivial currents (970. 986.). The affinities at c are not strong enough to cause the elements of a or b to separate, but only enough to make the two substances combine as a whole. Therefore, the point of action is insulated, the action itself is local (921. 947.), and no current can be created.

928. If the acid and base be dissolved in water, then it is possible that a small portion of the electricity due to chemical action may be conducted by the water without decomposition (966. 984.); but the quantity will be so small as to be utterly disproportionate to that due to the equivalents of chemical force; will be merely incidental; and, as it does not involve the essential principles of the voltaic pile, it forms no part of the phenomena at present under investigation196.

928. If the acid and base are dissolved in water, it's possible that a small amount of electricity from the chemical reaction can be conducted by the water without breaking it down (966. 984.); however, this amount will be so tiny that it will be completely insignificant compared to what is produced by the chemical force equivalents. It will be just incidental, and since it doesn't relate to the fundamental principles of the voltaic pile, it isn't part of the phenomena currently being studied196.

929. If for the oxacid a hydracid be substituted (927.),—as one analogous to the muriatic, for instance,—then the state of things changes altogether, and a current due to the chemical action of the acid on the base is possible. But now both the bodies act as electrolytes, for it is only one principle of each which combine mutually,—as, for instance, the chlorine with the metal,—and the hydrogen of the acid and the oxygen of the base are ready to traverse with the chlorine of the acid and the metal of the base in conformity with the current and according to the general principles already so fully laid down.

929. If a hydracid is used instead of an oxacid (927.),—like one similar to hydrochloric acid, for example,—then everything changes completely, and a current generated by the chemical reaction of the acid with the base becomes possible. However, now both substances act as electrolytes because only one principle from each combines together,—like chlorine with the metal,—and the hydrogen from the acid and the oxygen from the base are ready to move along with the chlorine from the acid and the metal from the base in accordance with the current and following the general principles that have already been thoroughly established.

930. This view of the oxidation of the metal, or other direct chemical action upon it, being the sole cause of the production of the electric current in the ordinary voltaic pile, is supported by the effects which take place when alkaline or sulphuretted solutions (931. 943.) are used for the electrolytic conductor instead of dilute sulphuric acid. It was in elucidation of this point that the experiments without metallic contact, and with solution of alkali as the exciting fluid, already referred to (884.), were made.

930. This perspective on the oxidation of the metal, or any other direct chemical interaction with it, being the only reason for generating electric current in a typical voltaic pile, is backed by the results observed when alkaline or sulfide solutions (931. 943.) are employed as the electrolytic conductor instead of diluted sulfuric acid. Experiments without metal contact, using an alkali solution as the active fluid, were conducted to clarify this point, as mentioned earlier (884.).

931. Advantage was then taken of the more favourable condition offered, when metallic contact is allowed (895.), and the experiments upon the decomposition of bodies by a single pair of plates (899.) were repeated, solution of caustic potassa being employed in the vessel v, fig. 77. in place of dilute sulphuric acid. All the effects occurred as before: the galvanometer was deflected; the decompositions of the solutions of iodide of potassium, nitrate of silver, muriatic acid, and sulphate of soda ensued at x; and the places where the evolved principles appeared, as well as the deflection of the galvanometer, indicated a current in the same direction as when acid was in the vessel v; i.e. from the zinc through the solution to the platina, and back by the galvanometer and substance suffering decomposition to the zinc.

931. The more favorable conditions were then utilized, allowing for metallic contact (895.), and the experiments on the decomposition of substances using a single pair of plates (899.) were repeated, using a solution of caustic potash in the vessel v, fig. 77, instead of dilute sulfuric acid. All the effects were consistent with previous results: the galvanometer was deflected; the decompositions of solutions of potassium iodide, silver nitrate, hydrochloric acid, and sodium sulfate occurred at x; and the locations where the resulting substances appeared, along with the galvanometer's deflection, indicated a current flowing in the same direction as when acid was in the vessel v; that is, from the zinc through the solution to the platinum, and back through the galvanometer and the substance undergoing decomposition to the zinc.

932. The similarity in the action of either dilute sulphuric acid or potassa goes indeed far beyond this, even to the proof of identity in quantity as well as in direction of the electricity produced. If a plate of amalgamated zinc be put into a solution of potassa, it is not sensibly acted upon; but if touched in the solution by a plate of platina, hydrogen is evolved on the surface of the latter metal, and the zinc is oxidized exactly as when immersed in dilute sulphuric acid (863.). I accordingly repeated the experiment before described with weighed plates of zinc (864. &c.), using however solution of potassa instead of dilute sulphuric acid. Although the time required was much longer than when acid was used, amounting to three hours for the oxidizement of 7.55 grains of zinc, still I found that the hydrogen evolved at the platina plate was the equivalent of the metal oxidized at the surface of the zinc. Hence the whole of the reasoning which was applicable in the former instance applies also here, the current being in the same direction, and its decomposing effect in the same degree, as if acid instead of alkali had been used (868.).

932. The similarity in the action of either dilute sulfuric acid or potassium hydroxide goes far beyond this, even proving that the quantity and direction of the electricity produced are identical. If a plate of amalgamated zinc is placed in a potassium hydroxide solution, it doesn’t seem to react; however, if it is touched by a platinum plate in the solution, hydrogen is released on the surface of the platinum, and the zinc is oxidized just like it would be when immersed in dilute sulfuric acid (863.). I repeated the previously described experiment with weighed plates of zinc (864. & c.), using potassium hydroxide solution instead of dilute sulfuric acid. Although it took much longer than with the acid—up to three hours for the oxidation of 7.55 grains of zinc—I found that the hydrogen produced at the platinum plate was equivalent to the zinc that was oxidized on the surface. Therefore, all the reasoning that applied in the earlier case also applies here; the current flows in the same direction, and its decomposing effect is the same degree as if acid had been used instead of alkali (868.).

933. The proof, therefore, appears to me complete, that the combination of the acid with the oxide, in the former experiment, had nothing to do with the production of the electric current; for the same current is here produced when the action of the acid is absent, and the reverse action of an alkali is present. I think it cannot be supposed for a moment, that the alkali acted chemically as an acid to the oxide formed; on the contrary, our general chemical knowledge leads to the conclusion, that the ordinary metallic oxides act rather as acids to the alkalies; yet that kind of action would tend to give a reverse current in the present case, if any were due to the union of the oxide of the exciting metal with the body which combines with it. But instead of any variation of this sort, the direction of the electricity was constant, and its quantity also directly proportional to the water decomposed, or the zinc oxidized. There are reasons for believing that acids and alkalies, when in contact with metals upon which they cannot act directly, still have a power of influencing their attractions for oxygen (941.); but all the effects in these experiments prove, I think, that it is the oxidation of the metal necessarily dependent upon, and associated as it is with, the electrolyzation of the water (921. 923.) that produces the current; and that the acid or alkali merely acts as solvents, and by removing the oxidized zinc, allows other portions to decompose fresh water, and so continues the evolution or determination of the current.

933. The proof seems complete to me that the combination of the acid with the oxide in the earlier experiment had nothing to do with producing the electric current; because the same current occurs here when the acid is not present, and the opposite effect of an alkali is. I don't think we can assume for even a moment that the alkali acted chemically as an acid on the formed oxide; on the contrary, our general understanding of chemistry suggests that ordinary metallic oxides actually act more like acids toward alkalis. However, that kind of interaction would likely lead to a reverse current in this case if any were due to the combination of the oxide of the reactive metal with the substance it interacts with. Instead of any variation like that, the direction of the electricity remained constant, and its amount was directly proportional to the water that was decomposed or the zinc that oxidized. There are reasons to believe that acids and alkalis, when in contact with metals they can't directly affect, still have the ability to influence their attraction for oxygen (941.); but all the results in these experiments suggest, I believe, that it’s the oxidation of the metal, which is necessarily linked to and connected with the electrolyzation of the water (921. 923.), that generates the current; and that the acid or alkali simply acts as solvents, and by removing the oxidized zinc, allows other parts to decompose new water, thus continuing the generation or maintenance of the current.

934. The experiments were then varied by using solution of ammonia instead of solution of potassa; and as it, when pure, is like water, a bad conductor (554.), it was occasionally improved in that power by adding sulphate of ammonia to it. But in all the cases the results were the same as before; decompositions of the same kind were effected, and the electric current producing these was in the same direction as in the experiments just described.

934. The experiments were then altered by using ammonia solution instead of potassium solution; and since pure ammonia, like water, is a poor conductor (554.), its conductivity was sometimes enhanced by adding ammonium sulfate. However, in all cases, the results were the same as before; similar decompositions occurred, and the electric current that caused these was in the same direction as in the previously described experiments.

935. In order to put the equal and similar action of acid and alkali to stronger proof, arrangements were made as in fig. 80.; the glass vessel A contained dilute sulphuric acid, the corresponding glass vessel B solution of potassa, PP was a plate of platina dipping into both solutions, and ZZ two plates of amalgamated zinc connected with a delicate galvanometer. When these were plunged at the same time into the two vessels, there was generally a first feeble effect, and that in favour of the alkali, i.e. the electric current tended to pass through the vessels in the direction of the arrow, being the reverse direction of that which the acid in A would have produced alone: but the effect instantly ceased, and the action of the plates in the vessels was so equal, that, being contrary because of the contrary position of the plates, no permanent current resulted.

935. To test the equal and similar effects of acid and alkali more thoroughly, arrangements were made as shown in fig. 80. The glass vessel A held diluted sulfuric acid, while the corresponding glass vessel B contained a solution of potash. PP was a platinum plate that dipped into both solutions, and ZZ consisted of two plates of amalgamated zinc connected to a sensitive galvanometer. When these plates were simultaneously immersed in the two vessels, there was usually a slight initial effect, favoring the alkali. In other words, the electric current tended to flow through the vessels in the direction of the arrow, which was the opposite of what the acid in A would have generated on its own. However, this effect quickly stopped, and the activity of the plates in the vessels was so balanced that, due to their opposite positions, no permanent current was produced.

936. Occasionally a zinc plate was substituted for the plate PP, and platina plates for the plates ZZ; but this caused no difference in the results: nor did a further change of the middle plate to copper produce any alteration.

936. Sometimes a zinc plate was used instead of plate PP, and platinum plates were used instead of plates ZZ; but this made no difference in the results: nor did changing the middle plate to copper result in any change.

937. As the opposition of electro-motive pairs of plates produces results other than those due to the mere difference of their independent actions (1011. 1045.), I devised another form of apparatus, in which the action of acid and alkali might be more directly compared. A cylindrical glass cup, about two inches deep within, an inch in internal diameter, and at least a quarter of an inch in thickness, was cut down the middle into halves, fig. 81. A broad brass ring, larger in diameter than the cup, was supplied with a screw at one side; so that when the two halves of the cup were within the ring, and the screw was made to press tightly against the glass, the cup held any fluid put into it. Bibulous paper of different degrees of permeability was then cut into pieces of such a size as to be easily introduced between the loosened halves of the cup, and served when the latter were tightened again to form a porous division down the middle of the cup, sufficient to keep any two fluids on opposite sides of the paper from mingling, except very slowly, and yet allowing them to act freely as one electrolyte. The two spaces thus produced I will call the cells A and B, fig. 82. This instrument I have found of most general application in the investigation of the relation of fluids and metals amongst themselves and to each other. By combining its use with that of the galvanometer, it is easy to ascertain the relation of one metal with two fluids, or of two metals with one fluid, or of two metals and two fluids upon each other.

937. Since the opposition of electro-motive pairs of plates produces effects beyond what you would expect from just their independent actions (1011. 1045.), I created a different type of device that allows for a more direct comparison of acid and alkali. I used a cylindrical glass cup that's about two inches deep, has an internal diameter of one inch, and is at least a quarter of an inch thick, which I cut in half, as shown in fig. 81. A wide brass ring, larger in diameter than the cup, was fitted with a screw on one side. This way, when the two halves of the cup are placed inside the ring and the screw presses tightly against the glass, the cup can hold any liquid poured into it. I then cut pieces of absorbent paper with various degrees of permeability, sized small enough to fit between the separated halves of the cup. When the halves are tightened back together, this paper creates a porous barrier down the center of the cup, preventing the two fluids on either side from mixing quickly, but still allowing them to act freely as one electrolyte. I will refer to the two spaces created as cells A and B, as shown in fig. 82. This device has proven to be highly useful for investigating the relationships between fluids and metals, both among themselves and collectively. By using it in conjunction with a galvanometer, it's straightforward to determine the relationship of one metal with two fluids, or of two metals with one fluid, or of two metals and two fluids in relation to each other.

938. Dilute sulphuric acid, sp. gr. 1.25, was put into the cell A, and a strong solution of caustic potassa into the cell B; they mingled slowly through the paper, and at last a thick crust of sulphate of potassa formed on the side of the paper next to the alkali. A plate of clean platina was put into each cell and connected with a delicate galvanometer, but no electric current could be observed. Hence the contact of acid with one platina plate, and alkali with the other, was unable to produce a current; nor was the combination of the acid with the alkali more effectual (925.).

938. Dilute sulfuric acid, specific gravity 1.25, was placed in cell A, while a strong solution of caustic potash went into cell B; they slowly mixed through the paper, and eventually a thick layer of potassium sulfate formed on the side of the paper next to the alkali. A clean platinum plate was put in each cell and connected to a sensitive galvanometer, but no electric current was detected. Therefore, the contact of the acid with one platinum plate and the alkali with the other couldn't generate a current; neither could the combination of the acid and alkali be more effective (925.).

939. When one of the platina plates was removed and a zinc plate substituted, either amalgamated or not, a strong electric current was produced. But, whether the zinc were in the acid whilst the platina was in the alkali, or whether the reverse order were chosen, the electric current was always from the zinc through the electrolyte to the platina, and back through the galvanometer to the zinc, the current seeming to be strongest when the zinc was in the alkali and the platina in the acid.

939. When one of the platinum plates was taken out and replaced with a zinc plate, whether it was amalgamated or not, a strong electric current was generated. Regardless of whether the zinc was in the acid while the platinum was in the alkali, or if it was the other way around, the electric current always flowed from the zinc through the electrolyte to the platinum, and back through the galvanometer to the zinc. The current appeared to be strongest when the zinc was in the alkali and the platinum was in the acid.

940. In these experiments, therefore, the acid seems to have no power over the alkali, but to be rather inferior to it in force. Hence there is no reason to suppose that the combination of the oxide formed with the acid around it has any direct influence in producing the electricity evolved, the whole of which appears to be due to the oxidation of the metal (919.).

940. In these experiments, it seems that the acid has no effect on the alkali and is actually weaker than it. Therefore, there’s no reason to think that the combination of the oxide formed with the surrounding acid has any direct impact on the electricity produced; it all seems to come from the oxidation of the metal (919.).

941. The alkali, in fact, is superior to the acid in bringing a metal into what is called the positive state; for if plates of the same metal, as zinc, tin, lead, or copper, be used both in the acid or alkali, the electric current is from the alkali across the cell to the acid, and back through the galvanometer to the alkali, as Sir Humphry Davy formerly stated 197. This current is so powerful, that if amalgamated zinc, or tin, or lead be used, the metal in the acid evolves hydrogen the moment it is placed in communication with that in the alkali, not from any direct action of the acid upon it, for if the contact be broken the action ceases, but because it is powerfully negative with regard to the metal in the alkali.

941. The alkali is actually better than the acid at getting a metal into what we call the positive state. If you use plates made of the same metal, like zinc, tin, lead, or copper, in both the acid and alkali, the electric current flows from the alkali across the cell to the acid, and then back through the galvanometer to the alkali, as Sir Humphry Davy pointed out earlier 197. This current is so strong that when amalgamated zinc, tin, or lead is used, the metal in the acid releases hydrogen as soon as it connects with the metal in the alkali, not because the acid is acting on it directly—if you break the contact, the action stops—but because it is very negative compared to the metal in the alkali.

942. The superiority of alkali is further proved by this, that if zinc and tin be used, or tin and lead, whichsoever metal is put into the alkali becomes positive, that in the acid being negative. Whichsoever is in the alkali is oxidized, whilst that in the acid remains in the metallic state, as far as the electric current is concerned.

942. The superiority of alkali is further proven by the fact that when zinc and tin are used, or tin and lead, whichever metal is placed in the alkali becomes positive, while the one in the acid is negative. The metal in the alkali gets oxidized, while the one in the acid stays in its metallic form, at least in terms of the electric current.

943. When sulphuretted solutions are used (930.) in illustration of the assertion, that it is the chemical action of the metal and one of the ions of the associated electrolyte that produces all the electricity of the voltaic circuit, the proofs are still the same. Thus, as Sir Humphry Davy198 has shown, if iron and copper be plunged into dilute acid, the current is from the iron through the liquid to the copper; in solution of potassa it is in the same direction, but in solution of sulphuret of potassa it is reversed. In the two first cases it is oxygen which combines with the iron, in the latter sulphur which combines with the copper, that produces the electric current; but both of these are ions, existing as such in the electrolyte, which is at the same moment suffering decomposition; and, what is more, both of these are anions, for they leave the electrolytes at their anodes, and act just as chlorine, iodine, or any other anion would act which might have been previously chosen as that which should be used to throw the voltaic circle into activity.

943. When using sulphuretted solutions (930.) to illustrate the claim that it's the chemical action of the metal and one of the ions from the electrolyte that generates all the electricity in the voltaic circuit, the evidence remains the same. As Sir Humphry Davy198 has demonstrated, if you immerse iron and copper in dilute acid, the current flows from the iron through the liquid to the copper; in a potassa solution, the direction is the same, but in a solution of sulphuret of potassa, it reverses. In the first two scenarios, it's oxygen that combines with the iron, while in the latter, it's sulfur that combines with the copper, creating the electric current; however, both are ions, existing in the electrolyte, which is simultaneously undergoing decomposition. Moreover, both are anions, as they exit the electrolytes at their anodes and behave just like chlorine, iodine, or any other anion that could have been chosen to activate the voltaic circuit.

944. The following experiments complete the series of proofs of the origin of the electricity in the voltaic pile. A fluid amalgam of potassium, containing not more than a hundredth of that metal, was put into pure water, and connected, through the galvanometer with a plate of platina in the same water. There was immediately an electric current from the amalgam through the electrolyte to the platina. This must have been due to the oxidation only of the metal, for there was neither acid nor alkali to combine with, or in any way act on, the body produced.

944. The following experiments complete the series of proofs regarding the origin of electricity in the voltaic pile. A fluid mixture of potassium, containing no more than one percent of that metal, was placed in pure water and connected, through the galvanometer, to a platinum plate in the same water. An electric current immediately flowed from the mixture through the electrolyte to the platinum. This must have been caused solely by the oxidation of the metal, as there was neither acid nor alkali to react with or affect the substance produced.

945. Again, a plate of clean lead and a plate of platina were put into pure water. There was immediately a powerful current produced from the lead through the fluid to the platina: it was even intense enough to decompose solution of the iodide of potassium when introduced into the circuit in the form of apparatus already described (880.), fig. 73. Here no action of acid or alkali on the oxide formed from the lead could supply the electricity: it was due solely to the oxidation of the metal.

945. Once again, a clean lead plate and a platinum plate were placed into pure water. Instantly, a strong current was generated from the lead through the water to the platinum: it was even powerful enough to break down a solution of potassium iodide when added to the setup as previously described (880.), fig. 73. In this case, the acid or alkali reaction with the oxide formed from the lead couldn’t provide the electricity; it was solely caused by the oxidation of the metal.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

946. There is no point in electrical science which seems to me of more importance than the state of the metals and the electrolytic conductor in a simple voltaic circuit before and at the moment when metallic contact is first completed. If clearly understood, I feel no doubt it would supply us with a direct key to the laws under which the great variety of voltaic excitements, direct and incidental, occur, and open out new fields of research for our investigation199.

946. There's nothing in electrical science that seems more important to me than the condition of the metals and the electrolytic conductor in a simple voltaic circuit before and at the moment when the metal contact is first established. If this is clearly understood, I have no doubt it would give us a direct insight into the laws governing the wide range of voltaic excitements, both direct and incidental, and reveal new areas for our research199.

947. We seem to have the power of deciding to a certain extent in numerous cases of chemical affinity, (as of zinc with the oxygen of water, &c. &c.) which of two modes of action of the attractive power shall be exerted (996.). In the one mode we can transfer the power onwards, and make it produce elsewhere its equivalent of action (867. 917.); in the other, it is not transferred, but exerted wholly at the spot. The first is the case of volta-electric excitation, the other ordinary chemical affinity: but both are chemical actions and due to one force or principle.

947. We seem to have the ability to choose, to some extent, in many situations of chemical attraction, (like zinc with the oxygen in water, etc.) which of two ways the attractive power will be applied (996.). In one way, we can carry the power forward and make it produce its equivalent effect elsewhere (867. 917.); in the other, it is not transferred but applied entirely at the location. The first is about voltaic electric excitement, while the second is regular chemical attraction: but both are chemical actions and arise from one force or principle.

948. The general circumstances of the former mode occur in all instances of voltaic currents, but may be considered as in their perfect condition, and then free from those of the second mode, in some only of the cases; as in those of plates of zinc and platina in solution of potassa, or of amalgamated zinc and platina in dilute sulphuric acid.

948. The general conditions of the previous method appear in all cases of voltaic currents, but they can be seen as in their ideal state and free from those of the second method in only certain instances; such as in the cases of zinc and platinum plates in a potassium solution, or of amalgamated zinc and platinum in diluted sulfuric acid.

949. Assuming it sufficiently proved, by the preceding experiments and considerations, that the electro-motive action depends, when zinc, platina, and dilute sulphuric acid are used, upon the mutual affinity of the metal zinc and the oxygen of the water (921. 924.), it would appear that the metal, when alone, has not power enough, under the circumstances, to take the oxygen and expel the hydrogen from the water; for, in fact, no such action takes place. But it would also appear that it has power so far to act, by its attraction for the oxygen of the particles in contact with it, as to place the similar forces already active between these and the other particles of oxygen and the particles of hydrogen in the water, in a peculiar state of tension or polarity, and probably also at the same time to throw those of its own particles which are in contact with the water into a similar but opposed state. Whilst this state is retained, no further change occurs; but when it is relieved, by completion of the circuit, in which case the forces determined in opposite directions, with respect to the zinc and the electrolyte, are found exactly competent to neutralize each other, then a series of decompositions and recompositions takes place amongst the particles of oxygen and hydrogen constituting the water, between the place of contact with the platina and the place where the zinc is active; these intervening particles being evidently in close dependence upon and relation to each other. The zinc forms a direct compound with those particles of oxygen which were, previously, in divided relation to both it and the hydrogen: the oxide is removed by the acid, and a fresh surface of zinc is presented to the water, to renew and repeat the action.

949. If it's proven by the previous experiments and discussions that the electro-motive action, when using zinc, platinum, and dilute sulfuric acid, relies on the mutual attraction between zinc and the oxygen in the water, it seems that the metal alone doesn't have enough power to pull the oxygen and push out the hydrogen from the water under these conditions; in fact, no such reaction happens. However, it appears that the metal can exert enough influence through its attraction to the oxygen of the particles it’s in contact with to create a particular tension or polarity among those forces already active between those oxygen particles and the hydrogen particles in the water. This also likely puts its own particles that are in contact with the water into a similar but opposing state. As long as this state is maintained, no further change occurs; but when it is released by completing the circuit, where the forces directed oppositely regarding the zinc and the electrolyte effectively cancel each other out, a series of decompositions and recompositions happens between the oxygen and hydrogen particles in the water, at the interface between the platinum and where the zinc is active; these intervening particles are clearly closely related to each other. The zinc forms a direct compound with those oxygen particles that were previously only partially connected with both it and the hydrogen: the oxide is removed by the acid, exposing a fresh surface of zinc to the water to restart the process.

950. Practically, the state of tension is best relieved by dipping a metal which has less attraction for oxygen than the zinc, into the dilute acid, and making it also touch the zinc. The force of chemical affinity, which has been influenced or polarized in the particles of the water by the dominant attraction of the zinc for the oxygen, is then transferred, in a most extraordinary manner, through the two metals, so as to re-enter upon the circuit in the electrolytic conductor, which, unlike the metals in that respect, cannot convey or transfer it without suffering decomposition; or rather, probably, it is exactly balanced and neutralized by the force which at the same moment completes the combination of the zinc with the oxygen of the water. The forces, in fact, of the two particles which are acting towards each other, and which are therefore in opposite directions, are the origin of the two opposite forces, or directions of force, in the current. They are of necessity equivalent to each other. Being transferred forward in contrary directions, they produce what is called the voltaic current: and it seems to me impossible to resist the idea that it must be preceded by a state of tension in the fluid, and between the fluid and the zinc; the first consequence of the affinity of the zinc for the oxygen of the water.

950. Practically, the best way to relieve the state of tension is by dipping a metal that has less attraction for oxygen than zinc into the dilute acid and allowing it to touch the zinc as well. The force of chemical affinity, which has been affected or polarized in the water particles by the stronger attraction of zinc for oxygen, is then transferred in a remarkable way through the two metals, so that it re-enters the circuit in the electrolytic conductor. Unlike the metals, this conductor cannot transmit or transfer it without undergoing decomposition; or rather, it is probably exactly balanced and neutralized by the force that simultaneously completes the combination of zinc with the oxygen in the water. The forces of the two particles that are acting toward each other and therefore in opposite directions give rise to the two opposite forces, or directions of force, in the current. They must be equivalent to each other. Being transferred forward in opposite directions, they create what is called the voltaic current. It seems to me impossible to ignore the idea that it must be preceded by a state of tension in the fluid and between the fluid and the zinc; the first consequence of zinc's affinity for the oxygen in the water.

951. I have sought carefully for indications of a state of tension in the electrolytic conductor; and conceiving that it might produce something like structure, either before or during its discharge, I endeavoured to make this evident by polarized light. A glass cell, seven inches long, one inch and a half wide, and six inches deep, had two sets of platina electrodes adapted to it, one set for the ends, and the other for the sides. Those for the sides were seven inches long by three inches high, and when in the cell were separated by a little frame of wood covered with calico; so that when made active by connexion with a battery upon any solution in the cell, the bubbles of gas rising from them did not obscure the central parts of the liquid.

951. I've looked closely for signs of tension in the electrolytic conductor, thinking that it might create some sort of structure, either before or during its discharge. I tried to make this clear using polarized light. A glass cell, seven inches long, one and a half inches wide, and six inches deep, had two sets of platinum electrodes attached to it—one set for the ends and the other for the sides. The side electrodes were seven inches long and three inches high, and when placed in the cell, they were spaced apart by a small wooden frame covered with fabric; this way, when connected to a battery with any solution in the cell, the gas bubbles rising from them wouldn’t block the central parts of the liquid.

952. A saturated solution of sulphate of soda was put into the cell, and the electrodes connected with a battery of 150 pairs of 4-inch plates: the current of electricity was conducted across the cell so freely, that the discharge was as good as if a wire had been used. A ray of polarized light was then transmitted through this solution, directly across the course of the electric current, and examined by an analysing plate; but though it penetrated seven inches of solution thus subject to the action of the electricity, and though contact was sometimes made, sometimes broken, and occasionally reversed during the observations, not the slightest trace of action on the ray could be perceived.

952. A saturated solution of sodium sulfate was placed in the cell, and the electrodes were connected to a battery with 150 pairs of 4-inch plates. The electric current flowed through the cell so easily that the discharge was just as effective as if a wire had been used. A beam of polarized light was then passed through this solution, directly across the path of the electric current, and examined with an analyzing plate. However, even though it traveled through seven inches of solution that was affected by the electricity, and although contact was sometimes made, sometimes broken, and occasionally reversed during the observations, not the slightest sign of any effect on the beam could be detected.

953. The large electrodes were then removed, and others introduced which fitted the ends of the cell. In each a slit was cut, so as to allow the light to pass. The course of the polarized ray was now parallel to the current, or in the direction of its axis (517.); but still no effect, under any circumstances of contact or disunion, could be perceived upon it.

953. The large electrodes were then taken out, and new ones were put in that fit the ends of the cell. Each had a slit cut in it to let light through. The path of the polarized ray was now aligned with the current, or in the direction of its axis (517.); however, no effect could be noticed on it, regardless of contact or separation.

954. A strong solution of nitrate of lead was employed instead of the sulphate of soda, but no effects could be detected.

954. A strong solution of lead nitrate was used instead of sodium sulfate, but no effects could be observed.

955. Thinking it possible that the discharge of the electric forces by the successive decompositions and recompositions of the particles of the electrolyte might neutralize and therefore destroy any effect which the first state of tension could by possibility produce, I took a substance which, being an excellent electrolyte when fluid, was a perfect insulator when solid, namely, borate of lead, in the form of a glass plate, and connecting the sides and the edges of this mass with the metallic plates, sometimes in contact with the poles of a voltaic battery, and sometimes even with the electric machine, for the advantage of the much higher intensity then obtained, I passed a polarized ray across it in various directions, as before, but could not obtain the slightest appearance of action upon the light. Hence I conclude, that notwithstanding the new and extraordinary state which must be assumed by an electrolyte, either during decomposition (when a most enormous quantity of electricity must be traversing it), or in the state of tension which is assumed as preceding decomposition, and which might be supposed to be retained in the solid form of the electrolyte, still it has no power of affecting a polarized ray of light; for no kind of structure or tension can in this way be rendered evident.

955. Considering the possibility that the release of electric forces through the successive breakdown and reassembly of the particles in the electrolyte might cancel out and therefore eliminate any effect the initial state of tension could potentially create, I used a substance that, while being an excellent electrolyte in liquid form, acts as a perfect insulator when solid: lead borate in the form of a glass plate. I connected the sides and edges of this mass to metallic plates, sometimes in contact with the terminals of a voltaic battery and at other times even with an electric machine to take advantage of the significantly higher intensity achieved. I passed a polarized ray through it in various directions, as before, but I couldn’t detect the slightest indication of any effect on the light. Thus, I conclude that despite the new and extraordinary state that an electrolyte must undergo, either during decomposition (when a tremendous amount of electricity must be flowing through it) or in the state of tension assumed to precede decomposition, which might be thought to persist in the solid form of the electrolyte, it still has no ability to influence a polarized light ray; no form of structure or tension can be made evident this way.

956. There is, however, one beautiful experimental proof of a state of tension acquired by the metals and the electrolyte before the electric current is produced, and before contact of the different metals is made (915.); in fact, at that moment when chemical forces only are efficient as a cause of action. I took a voltaic apparatus, consisting of a single pair of large plates, namely, a cylinder of amalgamated zinc, and a double cylinder of copper. These were put into a jar containing dilute sulphuric acid200, and could at pleasure be placed in metallic communication by a copper wire adjusted so as to dip at the extremities into two cups of mercury connected with the two plates.

956. However, there is one remarkable experimental proof of a state of tension that the metals and the electrolyte acquire before the electric current is generated, and before contact is made between the different metals (915.); indeed, at that moment when only chemical forces are effective as a cause of action. I set up a voltaic device, consisting of a single pair of large plates, specifically a cylinder of amalgamated zinc and a double cylinder of copper. These were placed in a jar filled with dilute sulfuric acid200, and could be easily connected by a copper wire that dipped at both ends into two cups of mercury linked to the two plates.

957. Being thus arranged, there was no chemical action whilst the plates were not connected. On making the connexion a spark was obtained201, and the solution was immediately decomposed. On breaking it, the usual spark was obtained, and the decomposition ceased. In this case it is evident that the first spark must have occurred before metallic contact was made, for it passed through an interval of air; and also that it must have tended to pass before the electrolytic action began; for the latter could not take place until the current passed, and the current could not pass before the spark appeared. Hence I think there is sufficient proof, that as it is the zinc and water which by their mutual action produce the electricity of this apparatus, so these, by their first contact with each other, were placed in a state of powerful tension (951.), which, though it could not produce the actual decomposition of the water, was able to make a spark of electricity pass between the zinc and a fit discharger as soon as the interval was rendered sufficiently small. The experiment demonstrates the direct production of the electric spark from pure chemical forces.

957. With everything set up this way, there was no chemical reaction while the plates were disconnected. When the connection was made, a spark was produced201, and the solution was immediately broken down. When the connection was interrupted, the usual spark appeared, and the decomposition stopped. In this case, it's clear that the first spark must have happened before the metal parts touched since it traveled through air. It also suggests that the spark needed to occur before the electrolytic action began, because the latter couldn't happen until the current flowed, and the current couldn't flow before the spark appeared. Therefore, I believe there is enough evidence that just as zinc and water together produce the electricity for this device, their initial contact put them in a state of significant tension (951.), which, while it couldn't actually decompose the water, was strong enough to generate an electric spark between the zinc and a suitable discharger as soon as the gap was small enough. This experiment shows that the electric spark is directly produced from pure chemical forces.

958. There are a few circumstances connected with the production of this spark by a single pair of plates, which should be known, to ensure success to the experiment202. When the amalgamated surfaces of contact are quite clean and dry, the spark, on making contact, is quite as brilliant as on breaking it, if not even more so. When a film of oxide or dirt was present at either mercurial surface, then the first spark was often feeble, and often failed, the breaking spark, however, continuing very constant and bright. When a little water was put over the mercury, the spark was greatly diminished in brilliancy, but very regular both on making and breaking contact. When the contact was made between clean platina, the spark was also very small, but regular both ways. The true electric spark is, in fact, very small, and when surfaces of mercury are used, it is the combustion of the metal which produces the greater part of the light. The circumstances connected with the burning of the mercury are most favourable on breaking contact; for the act of separation exposes clean surfaces of metal, whereas, on making contact, a thin film of oxide, or soiling matter, often interferes. Hence the origin of the general opinion that it is only when the contact is broken that the spark passes.

958. There are some important factors related to generating this spark with a single pair of plates that you should know to make the experiment successful202. When the contact surfaces are clean and dry, the spark when connecting is just as bright as when disconnecting, if not even more so. If there’s any oxide or dirt on the mercury surfaces, the first spark is often weak and sometimes doesn’t happen at all, while the spark when disconnecting remains steady and bright. Adding a little water over the mercury reduces the brightness of the spark significantly, but it remains consistent when connecting and disconnecting. When contact is made with clean platinum, the spark is also small but remains regular both ways. The true electric spark is quite tiny, and with mercury, most of the light comes from the combustion of the metal. The conditions related to burning the mercury are most favorable when disconnecting; the act of separation reveals clean metal surfaces, whereas connecting often has a thin layer of oxide or dirt that can disrupt things. This is why there’s a common belief that the spark only occurs when contact is broken.

959. With reference to the other set of cases, namely, those of local action (947.) in which chemical affinity being exerted causes no transference of the power to a distance where no electric current is produced, it is evident that forces of the most intense kind must be active, and in some way balanced in their activity, during such combinations; these forces being directed so immediately and exclusively towards each other, that no signs of the powerful electric current they can produce become apparent, although the same final state of things is obtained as if that current had passed. It was Berzelius, I believe, who considered the heat and light evolved in cases of combustion as the consequences of this mode of exertion of the electric powers of the combining particles. But it will require a much more exact and extensive knowledge of the nature of electricity, and the manner in which it is associated with the atoms of matter, before we can understand accurately the action of this power in thus causing their union, or comprehend the nature of the great difference which it presents in the two modes of action just distinguished. We may imagine, but such imaginations must for the time be classed with the great mass of doubtful knowledge (876.) which we ought rather to strive to diminish than to increase; for the very extensive contradictions of this knowledge by itself shows that but a small portion of it can ultimately prove true203.

959. Regarding the other set of cases, specifically, those of local action (947.), where chemical affinity is at work without transferring power over a distance and generating an electric current, it's clear that extremely intense forces must be involved, balanced in their effects during these combinations. These forces act so directly and specifically towards one another that no evidence of the strong electric current they could generate is visible, even though the same final outcome is achieved as if that current had flowed. I believe it was Berzelius who thought that the heat and light produced during combustion were results of this way in which the electric powers of the combining particles work. However, we need a much more precise and broader understanding of electricity and how it connects with the atoms of matter before we can accurately grasp how this power facilitates their union or fully understand the significant difference between the two modes of action we've just distinguished. We can speculate, but such speculations should be placed among the vast amount of doubtful knowledge (876.) that we ought to try to reduce rather than expand; for the considerable contradictions within this knowledge indicate that only a small part of it is likely to be true203.

960. Of the two modes of action in which chemical affinity is exerted, it is important to remark, that that which produces the electric current is as definite as that which causes ordinary chemical combination; so that in examining the production or evolution of electricity in cases of combination or decomposition, it will be necessary, not merely to observe certain effects dependent upon a current of electricity, but also their quantity: and though it may often happen that the forces concerned in any particular case of chemical action may be partly exerted in one mode and partly in the other, it is only those which are efficient in producing the current that have any relation to voltaic action. Thus, in the combination of oxygen and hydrogen to produce water, electric powers to a most enormous amount are for the time active (861. 873.); but any mode of examining the flame which they form during energetic combination, which has as yet been devised, has given but the feeblest traces. These therefore may not, cannot, be taken as evidences of the nature of the action; but are merely incidental results, incomparably small in relation to the forces concerned, and supplying no information of the way in which the particles are active on each other, or in which their forces are finally arranged.

960. Of the two ways in which chemical affinity works, it's important to note that the method that generates electric current is just as definite as the one that leads to regular chemical combinations. Therefore, when investigating the production or evolution of electricity in cases of combination or decomposition, it's essential not only to observe the specific effects tied to an electric current but also to measure their quantity: and while it's often true that the forces involved in any given case of chemical action may be partly active in one mode and partly in the other, only those forces that effectively generate the current have any connection to voltaic action. For instance, in the combination of oxygen and hydrogen to create water, electric forces of an enormous magnitude are temporarily at work (861. 873.); however, any method developed so far to examine the flame produced during this active combination has only revealed the most minimal traces. Therefore, these traces cannot, and should not, be considered evidence of the nature of the action; instead, they are merely incidental results, exceedingly small compared to the forces involved, providing no information about how the particles interact with each other or how their forces are ultimately arranged.

961. That such cases of chemical action produce no current of electricity, is perfectly consistent with what we know of the voltaic apparatus, in which it is essential that one of the combining elements shall form part of, or be in direct relation with, an electrolytic conductor (921. 923.). That such cases produce no free electricity of tension, and that when they are converted into cases of voltaic action they produce a current in which the opposite forces are so equal as to neutralize each other, prove the equality of the forces in the opposed acting particles of matter, and therefore the equality of electric power in those quantities of matter which are called electro-chemical equivalents (824). Hence another proof of the definite nature of electro-chemical action (783. &c.), and that chemical affinity and electricity are forms of the same power (917. &c.).

961. The fact that such cases of chemical action do not produce any current of electricity aligns perfectly with what we understand about the voltaic apparatus, where it is crucial for one of the combining elements to be part of or directly connected to an electrolytic conductor (921. 923.). The observation that such cases generate no free electricity of tension, and that when they are transformed into instances of voltaic action they create a current in which the opposing forces are so balanced that they cancel each other out, demonstrates the equality of the forces in the opposing particles of matter, and therefore the equality of electric power in those amounts of matter referred to as electro-chemical equivalents (824). This provides further evidence of the specific nature of electro-chemical action (783. &c.), and that chemical affinity and electricity are different forms of the same power (917. &c.).

962. The direct reference of the effects produced by the voltaic pile at the place of experimental decomposition to the chemical affinities active at the place of excitation (891. 917.), gives a very simple and natural view of the cause why the bodies (or ions) evolved pass in certain directions; for it is only when they pass in those directions that their forces can consist with and compensate (in direction at least) the superior forces which are dominant at the place where the action of the whole is determined. If, for instance, in a voltaic circuit, the activity of which is determined, by the attraction of zinc for the oxygen of water, the zinc move from right to left, then any other cation included in the circuit, being part of an electrolyte, or forming part of it at the moment, will also move from right to left: and as the oxygen of the water, by its natural affinity for the zinc, moves from left to right, so any other body of the same class with it (i.e. any other anion), under its government for the time, will move from left to right.

962. The direct link between the effects created by the voltaic pile at the experimental decomposition site and the chemical attractions present at the excitation site (891. 917.) provides a straightforward and clear explanation for why the bodies (or ions) move in certain directions. They only move in those directions because that's the only way their forces can align with and counterbalance (at least in direction) the stronger forces at the point where the overall action is determined. For example, in a voltaic circuit, where the activity is driven by the attraction of zinc to the oxygen in water, if the zinc moves from right to left, then any other cation in the circuit, which is part of an electrolyte or temporarily forming part of it, will also move from right to left. And as the oxygen in the water, drawn by its natural attraction for the zinc, moves from left to right, any other body of the same type (i.e., any other anion) under the influence of that attraction will also move from left to right.

963. This I may illustrate by reference to fig. 83, the double circle of which may represent a complete voltaic circuit, the direction of its forces being determined by supposing for a moment the zinc b and the platina c as representing plates of those metals acting upon water, d, e, and other substances, but having their energy exalted so as to effect several decompositions by the use of a battery at a (989.). This supposition may be allowed, because the action in the battery will only consist of repetitions of what would take place between b and c, if they really constituted but a single pair. The zinc b, and the oxygen d, by their mutual affinity, tend to unite; but as the oxygen is already in association with the hydrogen e, and has its inherent chemical or electric powers neutralized for the time by those of the latter, the hydrogen e must leave the oxygen d, and advance in the direction of the arrow head, or else the zinc b cannot move in the same direction to unite to the oxygen d, nor the oxygen d move in the contrary direction to unite to the zinc b, the relation of the similar forces of b and c, in contrary directions, to the opposite forces of d being the preventive. As the hydrogen e advances, it, on coming against the platina c, f, which forms a part of the circuit, communicates its electric or chemical forces through it to the next electrolyte in the circuit, fused chloride of lead, g, h, where the chlorine must move in conformity with the direction of the oxygen at d, for it has to compensate the forces disturbed in its part of the circuit by the superior influence of those between the oxygen and zinc at d, b, aided as they are by those of the battery a; and for a similar reason the lead must move in the direction pointed out by the arrow head, that it may be in right relation to the first moving body of its own class, namely, the zinc b. If copper intervene in the circuit from i to k, it acts as the platina did before; and if another electrolyte, as the iodide of tin, occur at l, m, then the iodine l, being an anion, must move in conformity with the exciting anion, namely, the oxygen d, and the cation tin m move in correspondence with the other cations b, e, and h, that the chemical forces may be in equilibrium as to their direction and quantity throughout the circuit. Should it so happen that the anions in their circulation can combine with the metals at the anodes of the respective electrolytes, as would be the case at the platina f and the copper k, then those bodies becoming parts of electrolytes, under the influence of the current, immediately travel; but considering their relation to the zinc b, it is evidently impossible that they can travel in any other direction than what will accord with its course, and therefore can never tend to pass otherwise than from the anode and to the cathode.

963. This can be illustrated by looking at fig. 83, where the double circle represents a complete electric circuit, with the direction of its forces determined by imagining the zinc b and the platinum c as plates of these metals acting on water, d, e, and other substances, but with their energy increased so that they can perform several decompositions using a battery at a (989.). This assumption is valid because the action in the battery will only consist of repeats of what would occur between b and c if they were a single pair. The zinc b and the oxygen d, due to their mutual attraction, try to unite; however, since the oxygen is already bonded with the hydrogen e and has its inherent chemical or electric powers temporarily neutralized by the latter, the hydrogen e must separate from the oxygen d and move in the direction of the arrowhead. Otherwise, the zinc b cannot move towards the oxygen d, nor can the oxygen d move away to join with the zinc b. The opposing forces of b and c work against the similar forces of d, preventing this movement. As the hydrogen e moves forward, it encounters the platinum c, f, which is part of the circuit, and transfers its electric or chemical forces through it to the next electrolyte in the circuit, the molten chloride of lead, g, h, where the chlorine must move in the same direction as the oxygen at d to balance the forces disrupted in its section of the circuit by the stronger influence between the oxygen and zinc at d, b, supported by the battery a. For the same reason, the lead must move in the direction indicated by the arrowhead to maintain its correct relationship to the first moving body of its type, which is the zinc b. If copper is included in the circuit from i to k, it functions like the platinum did earlier; and if another electrolyte, like tin iodide, appears at l, m, then the iodine l, being an anion, must move in alignment with the activating anion, the oxygen d, while the cation tin m moves in sync with the other cations b, e, and h, ensuring that the chemical forces are balanced in direction and quantity throughout the circuit. If the anions can combine with the metals at the anodes of the respective electrolytes, as would happen at the platinum f and the copper k, then those substances become part of the electrolytes under the current's influence and will immediately move. However, given their relationship to the zinc b, it is clear that they cannot move in any direction other than what aligns with its path, and therefore will always move from the anode to the cathode.

964. In such a circle as that delineated, therefore, all the known anions may be grouped within, and all the cations without. If any number of them enter as ions into the constitution of electrolytes, and, forming one circuit, are simultaneously subject to one common current, the anions must move in accordance with each other in one direction, and the cations in the other. Nay, more than that, equivalent portions of these bodies must so advance in opposite directions: for the advance of every 32.5 parts of the zinc b must be accompanied by a motion in the opposite direction of 8 parts of oxygen at d, of 36 parts of chlorine at g, of 126 parts of iodine at l; and in the same direction by electro-chemical equivalents of hydrogen, lead, copper and tin, at e, h, k. and m.

964. In a circle like the one described, all the known anions can be grouped inside, while all the cations are outside. If some of these enter as ions into the structure of electrolytes and form a single circuit, they will all be affected by the same current at the same time. The anions must move together in one direction, and the cations in the opposite direction. Moreover, equivalent amounts of these substances must move in opposite directions: for every 32.5 parts of zinc at b, there must be a movement in the opposite direction of 8 parts of oxygen at d, 36 parts of chlorine at g, and 126 parts of iodine at l; and in the same direction by electro-chemical equivalents of hydrogen, lead, copper, and tin at e, h, k, and m.

965. If the present paper be accepted as a correct expression of facts, it will still only prove a confirmation of certain general views put forth by Sir Humphry Davy in his Bakerian Lecture for 1806204, and revised and re-stated by him in another Bakerian Lecture, on electrical and chemical changes, for the year 1826205. His general statement is, that "chemical and electrical attractions were produced by the same cause, acting in one case on particles, in the other on masses, of matter; and that the same property, under different modifications, was the cause of all the phenomena exhibited by different voltaic combinations206." This statement I believe to be true; but in admitting and supporting it, I must guard myself from being supposed to assent to all that is associated with it in the two papers referred to, or as admitting the experiments which are there quoted as decided proofs of the truth of the principle. Had I thought them so, there would have been no occasion for this investigation. It may be supposed by some that I ought to go through these papers, distinguishing what I admit from what I reject, and giving good experimental or philosophical reasons for the judgment in both cases. But then I should be equally bound to review, for the same purpose, all that has been written both for and against the necessity of metallic contact,—for and against the origin of voltaic electricity in chemical action,—a duty which I may not undertake in the present paper207.

965. If this paper is accepted as an accurate representation of facts, it will still only confirm certain general ideas put forward by Sir Humphry Davy in his Bakerian Lecture of 1806204, and later revised in another Bakerian Lecture on electrical and chemical changes from 1826205. His general statement is that "chemical and electrical attractions were produced by the same cause, acting in one case on particles, and in the other on masses of matter; and that the same property, under different modifications, was the cause of all the phenomena exhibited by different voltaic combinations206." I believe this statement is true; however, in accepting and supporting it, I must clarify that I do not agree with everything associated with it in the two referenced papers, nor do I accept the experiments cited there as definitive proof of the principle. If I had thought they were, there would have been no need for this investigation. Some might think that I should go through those papers, identifying what I accept and what I reject, and providing solid experimental or philosophical reasons for my judgments in each case. But then I would also need to review all that has been written for and against the necessity of metallic contact, as well as the origin of voltaic electricity in chemical action—a task that I cannot take on in this paper207.

¶ ii. On the Intensity necessary for Electrolyzation.

966. It became requisite, for the comprehension of many of the conditions attending voltaic action, to determine positively, if possible, whether electrolytes could resist the action of an electric current when beneath a certain intensity? whether the intensity at which the current ceased to act would be the same for all bodies? and also whether the electrolytes thus resisting decomposition would conduct the electric current as a metal does, after they ceased to conduct as electrolytes, or would act as perfect insulators?

966. It became essential to understand many of the factors involved in voltaic action to definitively determine if electrolytes could resist the flow of electric current below a certain intensity. Would the intensity at which the current stopped working be the same for all materials? And would the electrolytes that resisted decomposition conduct electric current like a metal once they stopped acting as electrolytes, or would they behave like perfect insulators?

967. It was evident from the experiments described (904. 906.) that different bodies were decomposed with very different facilities, and apparently that they required for their decomposition currents of different intensities, resisting some, but giving way to others. But it was needful, by very careful and express experiments, to determine whether a current could really pass through, and yet not decompose an electrolyte (910.).

967. The experiments outlined (904. 906.) clearly showed that various substances decomposed with varying ease and seemed to need electric currents of different strengths for their decomposition, resisting some while yielding to others. However, it was essential to conduct very careful and specific experiments to find out if a current could actually flow through and still not decompose an electrolyte (910.).

968. An arrangement (fig. 84.) was made, in which two glass vessels contained the same dilute sulphuric acid, sp. gr. 1.25. The plate z was amalgamated zinc, in connexion, by a platina wire a, with the platina plate e; b was a platina wire connecting the two platina plates PP'; c was a platina wire connected with the platina plate P". On the plate e was placed a piece of paper moistened in solution of iodide of potassium: the wire c was so curved that its end could be made to rest at pleasure on this paper, and show, by the evolution of iodine there, whether a current was passing; or, being placed in the dotted position, it formed a direct communication with the platina plate e, and the electricity could pass without causing decomposition. The object was to produce a current by the action of the acid on the amalgamated zinc in the first vessel A; to pass it through the acid in the second vessel B by platina electrodes, that its power of decomposing water might, if existing, be observed; and to verify the existence of the current at pleasure, by decomposition at e, without involving the continual obstruction to the current which would arise from making the decomposition there constant. The experiment, being arranged, was examined and the existence of a current ascertained by the decomposition at e; the whole was then left with the end of the wire c resting on the plate e, so as to form a constant metallic communication there.

968. An arrangement (fig. 84.) was set up, where two glass containers held the same dilute sulfuric acid, sp. gr. 1.25. The plate z was made of amalgamated zinc, connected via a platinum wire a to the platinum plate e; b was a platinum wire linking the two platinum plates PP'; c was a platinum wire connected to the platinum plate P". On the plate e was a piece of paper soaked in potassium iodide solution: the wire c was bent so that its end could rest on this paper, showing the evolution of iodine to indicate if a current was flowing; alternatively, when placed in the dotted position, it formed a direct connection with the platinum plate e, allowing electricity to pass without causing decomposition. The goal was to generate a current through the action of the acid on the amalgamated zinc in the first vessel A; to pass it through the acid in the second vessel B using platinum electrodes so that any potential to decompose water could be observed; and to verify the presence of the current at will by observing decomposition at e, without creating a constant obstruction to current flow that would result from continuous decomposition there. After setting up the experiment, it was checked, and the presence of a current was confirmed by the decomposition at e; the whole setup was then left with the end of the wire c resting on the plate e, establishing a constant metallic connection there.

969. After several hours, the end of the wire c was replaced on the test-paper at e: decomposition occurred, and the proof of a passing current was therefore complete. The current was very feeble compared to what it had been at the beginning of the experiment, because of a peculiar state acquired by the metal surfaces in the second vessel, which caused them to oppose the passing current by a force which they possess under these circumstances (1040.). Still it was proved, by the decomposition, that this state of the plates in the second vessel was not able entirely to stop the current determined in the first, and that was all that was needful to be ascertained in the present inquiry.

969. After several hours, the end of the wire c was placed back on the test paper at e: decomposition happened, confirming that a current was indeed passing through. The current was much weaker than it had been at the start of the experiment due to a unique condition developed by the metal surfaces in the second vessel, which caused them to resist the current with a force they have in these situations (1040.). Still, the decomposition proved that this condition of the plates in the second vessel was not able to completely stop the current generated in the first, and that was all that needed to be determined for this inquiry.

970. This apparatus was examined from time to time, and an electric current always found circulating through it, until twelve days had elapsed, during which the water in the second vessel had been constantly subject to its action. Notwithstanding this lengthened period, not the slightest appearance of a bubble upon either of the plates in that vessel occurred. From the results of the experiment, I conclude that a current had passed, but of so low an intensity as to fall beneath that degree at which the elements of water, unaided by any secondary force resulting from the capability of combination with the matter of the electrodes, or of the liquid surrounding them, separated from each other.

970. This device was checked periodically, and an electric current was always found flowing through it, until twelve days had passed, during which the water in the second container was continuously affected by it. Despite this long duration, there was no sign of a bubble forming on either of the plates in that vessel. Based on the results of the experiment, I conclude that a current had passed, but it was so weak that it fell below the level needed for the elements of water, without any additional force coming from the interaction with the electrodes or the surrounding liquid, to separate from each other.

971. It may be supposed, that the oxygen and hydrogen had been evolved in such small quantities as to have entirely dissolved in the water, and finally to have escaped at the surface, or to have reunited into water. That the hydrogen can be so dissolved was shown in the first vessel; for after several days minute bubbles of gas gradually appeared upon a glass rod, inserted to retain the zinc and platina apart, and also upon the platina plate itself, and these were hydrogen. They resulted principally in this way:—notwithstanding the amalgamation of the zinc, the acid exerted a little direct action upon it, so that a small stream of hydrogen bubbles was continually rising from its surface; a little of this hydrogen gradually dissolved in the dilute acid, and was in part set free against the surfaces of the rod and the plate, according to the well-known action of such solid bodies in solutions of gases (623. &c.).

971. It can be assumed that oxygen and hydrogen were released in such small amounts that they completely dissolved in the water and eventually escaped at the surface or combined back into water. The ability of hydrogen to dissolve was demonstrated in the first vessel; after several days, tiny bubbles of gas gradually appeared on a glass rod inserted to keep the zinc and platinum apart, as well as on the platinum plate itself, and these were hydrogen. This mainly occurred because, despite the amalgamation of the zinc, the acid had a slight direct effect on it, causing a small stream of hydrogen bubbles to continually rise from its surface. Some of this hydrogen gradually dissolved in the dilute acid and was partially released against the surfaces of the rod and the plate, according to the well-known behavior of solid bodies in gas solutions (623. &c.).

972. But if the gases had been evolved in the second vessel by the decomposition of water, and had tended to dissolve, still there would have been every reason to expect that a few bubbles should have appeared on the electrodes, especially on the negative one, if it were only because of its action as a nucleus on the solution supposed to be formed; but none appeared even after twelve days.

972. But if the gases had been produced in the second container by the breakdown of water and had started to dissolve, there would still be every reason to expect that a few bubbles should have formed on the electrodes, especially on the negative one, simply because of its role as a nucleus in the solution thought to be created; however, none appeared even after twelve days.

973. When a few drops only of nitric acid were added to the vessel A, fig. 84, then the results were altogether different. In less than five minutes bubbles of gas appeared on the plates P' and P" in the second vessel. To prove that this was the effect of the electric current (which by trial at c was found at the same time to be passing,) the connexion at c was broken, the plates P'P" cleared from bubbles and left in the acid of the vessel B, for fifteen minutes: during that time no bubbles appeared upon them; but on restoring the communication at c, a minute did not elapse before gas appeared in bubbles upon the plates. The proof, therefore, is most full and complete, that the current excited by dilute sulphuric acid with a little nitric acid in vessel A, has intensity enough to overcome the chemical affinity exerted between the oxygen and hydrogen of the water in the vessel B, whilst that excited by dilute sulphuric acid alone has not sufficient intensity.

973. When only a few drops of nitric acid were added to vessel A, fig. 84, the results were completely different. In less than five minutes, gas bubbles appeared on the plates P' and P" in the second vessel. To confirm that this was caused by the electric current (which was simultaneously found to be flowing at c), the connection at c was broken, and the plates P'P" were cleared of bubbles and left in the acid of vessel B for fifteen minutes. During that time, no bubbles formed on them; however, when the connection at c was restored, gas bubbles appeared on the plates within a minute. Therefore, it is clear and conclusive that the current generated by dilute sulfuric acid with a bit of nitric acid in vessel A has enough intensity to overcome the chemical bond between the oxygen and hydrogen in the water of vessel B, while the current produced by just dilute sulfuric acid does not have sufficient intensity.

974. On using a strong solution of caustic potassa in the vessel A, to excite the current, it was found by the decomposing effects at e, that the current passed. But it had not intensity enough to decompose the water in the vessel B; for though left for fourteen days, during the whole of which time the current was found to be passing, still not the slightest appearance of gas appeared on the plates P'P", nor any other signs of the water having suffered decomposition.

974. While using a strong solution of caustic potash in vessel A to generate the current, it was observed through the decomposing effects at e that the current was indeed flowing. However, it wasn't strong enough to break down the water in vessel B; even after being left for fourteen days, during which time the current was consistently detected, there was still no sign of gas on the plates P'P", nor any indication that the water had undergone decomposition.

975. Sulphate of soda in solution was then experimented with, for the purpose of ascertaining with respect to it, whether a certain electrolytic intensity was also required for its decomposition in this state, in analogy with the result established with regard to water (974). The apparatus was arranged as in fig. 85; P and Z are the platina and zinc plates dipping into a solution of common salt; a and b are platina plates connected by wires of platina (except in the galvanometer g) with P and Z; c is a connecting wire of platina, the ends of which can be made to rest either on the plates a, b, or on the papers moistened in solutions which are placed upon them; so that the passage of the current without decomposition, or with one or two decompositions, was under ready command, as far as arrangement was concerned. In order to change the anodes and cathodes at the places of decomposition, the form of apparatus fig. 86, was occasionally adopted. Here only one platina plate, c, was used; both pieces of paper on which decomposition was to be effected were placed upon it, the wires from P and Z resting upon these pieces of paper, or upon the plate c, according as the current with or without decomposition of the solutions was required.

975. A solution of sodium sulfate was then tested to find out if a specific electrolytic intensity was also necessary for its decomposition, similar to what was found with water (974). The setup was arranged as shown in fig. 85; P and Z are the platinum and zinc plates dipping into a salt solution; a and b are platinum plates connected by platinum wires (except in the galvanometer g) to P and Z; c is a connecting wire made of platinum, with ends that can rest either on plates a, b or on the papers soaked in solutions placed on them, so that current can flow with or without decomposition, or with one or two decompositions, as the setup allows. To switch the anodes and cathodes at the decomposition sites, the apparatus shown in fig. 86 was occasionally used. In this case, only one platinum plate, c, was used; both pieces of paper where decomposition was intended were placed on it, with the wires from P and Z resting on these pieces of paper, or on plate c, depending on whether current was needed with or without decomposing the solutions.

976. On placing solution of iodide of potassium in paper at one of the decomposing localities, and solution of sulphate of soda at the other, so that the electric current should pass through both at once, the solution of iodide was slowly decomposed, yielding iodine at the anode and alkali at the cathode; but the solution of sulphate of soda exhibited no signs of decomposition, neither acid nor alkali being evolved from it. On placing the wires so that the iodide alone was subject to the action of the current (900.), it was quickly and powerfully decomposed; but on arranging them so that the sulphate of soda alone was subject to action, it still refused to yield up its elements. Finally, the apparatus was so arranged under a wet bell-glass, that it could be left for twelve hours, the current passing during the whole time through a solution of sulphate of soda, retained in its place by only two thicknesses of bibulous litmus and turmeric paper. At the end of that time it was ascertained by the decomposition of iodide of potassium at the second place of action, that the current was passing and had passed for the twelve hours, and yet no trace of acid or alkali from the sulphate of soda appeared.

976. When potassium iodide solution was placed on one side of the setup and sodium sulfate solution on the other, allowing the electric current to flow through both simultaneously, the potassium iodide was gradually decomposed, producing iodine at the anode and alkali at the cathode; however, the sodium sulfate showed no signs of decomposition, with neither acid nor alkali being produced. When the wires were arranged so that only the iodide was exposed to the current (900.), it was swiftly and strongly decomposed; but when set up so that only the sodium sulfate was affected, it still did not release its elements. Ultimately, the apparatus was placed under a wet bell jar, allowing it to run for twelve hours, with the current continuously passing through the sodium sulfate solution, which was held in place by just two layers of absorbent litmus and turmeric paper. After twelve hours, it was confirmed by the decomposition of potassium iodide at the second site that the current had been flowing for the entire duration, yet no indication of acid or alkali from the sodium sulfate was observed.

977. From these experiments it may, I think, be concluded, that a solution of sulphate of soda can conduct a current of electricity, which is unable to decompose the neutral salt present; that this salt in the state of solution, like water, requires a certain electrolytic intensity for its decomposition; and that the necessary intensity is much higher for this substance than for the iodide of potassium in a similar state of solution.

977. From these experiments, I think we can conclude that a solution of sodium sulfate can conduct an electric current, which cannot break down the neutral salt present; that this salt in solution, like water, needs a certain electrolytic intensity to decompose; and that the required intensity is much higher for this substance than for potassium iodide in a similar state of solution.

978. I then experimented on bodies rendered decomposable by fusion, and first on chloride of lead. The current was excited by dilute sulphuric acid without any nitric acid between zinc and platina plates, fig. 87, and was then made to traverse a little chloride of lead fused upon glass at a, a paper moistened in solution of iodide of potassium at b, and a galvanometer at g. The metallic terminations at a and b were of platina. Being thus arranged, the decomposition at b and the deflection at g showed that an electric current was passing, but there was no appearance of decomposition at a, not even after a metallic communication at b was established. The experiment was repeated several times, and I am led to conclude that in this case the current has not intensity sufficient to cause the decomposition of the chloride of lead; and further, that, like water (974.), fused chloride of lead can conduct an electric current having an intensity below that required to effect decomposition.

978. I then experimented on bodies that could break down through fusion, starting with lead chloride. The current was generated using dilute sulfuric acid without any nitric acid between zinc and platinum plates, fig. 87, and was made to flow through some lead chloride melted on glass at a, a piece of paper soaked in potassium iodide solution at b, and a galvanometer at g. The metal contacts at a and b were made of platinum. With this setup, the decomposition at b and the movement at g indicated that an electric current was flowing, but there was no sign of decomposition at a, not even after establishing a metallic connection at b. The experiment was repeated several times, and I conclude that in this instance, the current does not have sufficient intensity to cause the decomposition of lead chloride; moreover, like water (974.), melted lead chloride can conduct an electric current with an intensity that is too low to cause decomposition.

979. Chloride of silver was then placed at a, fig. 87, instead of chloride of lead. There was a very ready decomposition of the solution of iodide of potassium at b, and when metallic contact was made there, very considerable deflection of the galvanometer needle at g. Platina also appeared to be dissolved at the anode of the fused chloride at a, and there was every appearance of a decomposition having been effected there.

979. Silver chloride was then placed at a, fig. 87, instead of lead chloride. The solution of potassium iodide at b decomposed quite easily, and when metal contact was made there, there was a significant deflection of the galvanometer needle at g. Platinum also seemed to dissolve at the anode of the fused chloride at a, and it looked like a decomposition had occurred there.

980. A further proof of decomposition was obtained in the following manner. The platina wires in the fused chloride at a were brought very near together (metallic contact having been established at b), and left so; the deflection at the galvanometer indicated the passage of a current, feeble in its force, but constant. After a minute or two, however, the needle would suddenly be violently affected, and indicate a current as strong as if metallic contact had taken place at a. This I actually found to be the case, for the silver reduced by the action of the current crystallized in long delicate spiculæ, and these at last completed the metallic communication; and at the same time that they transmitted a more powerful current than the fused chloride, they proved that electro-chemical decomposition of that chloride had been going on. Hence it appears, that the current excited by dilute sulphuric acid between zinc and platina, has an intensity above that required to electrolyze the fused chloride of silver when placed between platina electrodes, although it has not intensity enough to decompose chloride of lead under the same circumstances.

980. A further proof of decomposition was obtained in the following way. The platinum wires in the melted chloride at a were brought very close together (with metallic contact established at b) and left like that; the deflection on the galvanometer indicated the flow of a current, weak but steady. However, after a minute or two, the needle would suddenly react strongly, showing a current as intense as if metallic contact had occurred at a. This turned out to be true, as the silver reduced by the current formed long, delicate crystals, which eventually completed the metallic connection; at the same time, they carried a stronger current than the melted chloride, proving that electro-chemical decomposition of that chloride was happening. Thus, it seems that the current produced by dilute sulfuric acid between zinc and platinum has a strength greater than that required to electrolyze the melted silver chloride when placed between platinum electrodes, although it isn't strong enough to decompose lead chloride under the same conditions.

981. A drop of water placed at a instead of the fused chlorides, showed as in the former case (970.), that it could conduct a current unable to decompose it, for decomposition of the solution of iodide at b occurred after some time. But its conducting power was much below that of the fused chloride of lead (978.).

981. A drop of water placed at a instead of the fused chlorides showed, like in the previous case (970.), that it could conduct a current that couldn't decompose it, since the decomposition of the iodide solution at b happened after a while. However, its conductivity was much lower than that of the fused chloride of lead (978.).

982. Fused nitre at a conducted much better than water: I was unable to decide with certainty whether it was electrolyzed, but I incline to think not, for there was no discoloration against the platina at the cathode. If sulpho-nitric acid had been used in the exciting vessel, both the nitre and the chloride of lead would have suffered decomposition like the water (906.).

982. Fused nitre at a conducted much better than water: I couldn't say for sure if it was electrolyzed, but I tend to think not, because there was no discoloration against the platinum at the cathode. If sulpho-nitric acid had been used in the exciting vessel, both the nitre and the lead chloride would have decomposed like the water (906).

983. The results thus obtained of conduction without decomposition, and the necessity of a certain electrolytic intensity for the separation of the ions of different electrolytes, are immediately connected with the experiments and results given in § 10. of the Fourth Series of these Researches (418. 423. 444. 419.). But it will require a more exact knowledge of the nature of intensity, both as regards the first origin of the electric current, and also the manner in which it may be reduced, or lowered by the intervention of longer or shorter portions of bad conductors, whether decomposable or not, before their relation can be minutely and fully understood.

983. The results obtained from conduction without decomposition and the need for a certain level of electrolytic intensity for the separation of the ions of different electrolytes are directly related to the experiments and findings discussed in § 10 of the Fourth Series of these Researches (418. 423. 444. 419.). However, a clearer understanding of the nature of intensity is needed, both concerning the initial source of the electric current and how it can be diminished or reduced by using longer or shorter segments of poor conductors, whether they can be decomposed or not, before their relationship can be thoroughly and completely understood.

984. In the case of water, the experiments I have as yet made, appear to show, that, when the electric current is reduced in intensity below the point required for decomposition, then the degree of conduction is the same whether sulphuric acid, or any other of the many bodies which can affect its transferring power as an electrolyte, are present or not. Or, in other words, that the necessary electrolytic intensity for water is the same whether it be pure, or rendered a better conductor by the addition of these substances; and that for currents of less intensity than this, the water, whether pure or acidulated, has equal conducting power. An apparatus, fig. 84, was arranged with dilute sulphuric acid in the vessel A, and pure distilled water in the vessel B. By the decomposition at c, it appeared as if water was a better conductor than dilute sulphuric acid for a current of such low intensity as to cause no decomposition. I am inclined, however, to attribute this apparent superiority of water to variations in that peculiar condition of the platina electrodes which is referred to further on in this Series (1040.), and which is assumed, as far as I can judge, to a greater degree in dilute sulphuric acid than in pure water. The power therefore, of acids, alkalies, salts, and other bodies in solution, to increase conducting power, appears to hold good only in those cases where the electrolyte subject to the current suffers decomposition, and loses all influence when the current transmitted has too low an intensity to affect chemical change. It is probable that the ordinary conducting power of an electrolyte in the solid state (419.) is the same as that which it possesses in the fluid state for currents, the tension of which is beneath the due electrolytic intensity.

984. In the case of water, my experiments so far seem to show that when the electric current is decreased below the level needed for decomposition, the level of conduction remains the same, regardless of whether sulfuric acid or any other substances that can enhance its ability as an electrolyte are present. In other words, the necessary electrolytic intensity for water is the same whether it is pure or made a better conductor by adding these substances; and for currents weaker than this, water—whether pure or mixed with acid—has the same conducting power. An apparatus, fig. 84, was set up with dilute sulfuric acid in vessel A and pure distilled water in vessel B. By the decomposition at c, it seemed that water was a better conductor than dilute sulfuric acid for a current so weak that it did not cause decomposition. However, I believe this apparent advantage of water can be attributed to variations in the unique condition of the platinum electrodes, which I discuss further on in this series (1040.), and which seems to be more pronounced in dilute sulfuric acid than in pure water. Thus, the ability of acids, bases, salts, and other dissolved substances to enhance conducting power seems to only apply in situations where the electrolyte undergoing the current experiences decomposition, and loses all effect when the current's intensity is too low to induce chemical change. It is likely that the typical conducting power of an electrolyte in solid form (419.) is the same as that it has in liquid form for currents that have a tension below the necessary electrolytic intensity.

985. Currents of electricity, produced by less than eight or ten series of voltaic elements, can be reduced to that intensity at which water can conduct them without suffering decomposition, by causing them to pass through three or four vessels in which water shall be successively interposed between platina surfaces. The principles of interference upon which this effect depends, will be described hereafter (1009. 1018.), but the effect may be useful in obtaining currents of standard intensity, and is probably applicable to batteries of any number of pairs of plates.

985. Electric currents generated by fewer than eight or ten series of voltaic cells can be adjusted to an intensity where water can conduct them without breaking down by making them pass through three or four containers where water is placed between platinum surfaces in sequence. The principles of interference that explain this effect will be discussed later (1009. 1018.), but this method can be helpful in obtaining currents of standard intensity and likely applies to batteries with any number of plate pairs.

986. As there appears every reason to expect that all electrolytes will be found subject to the law which requires an electric current of a certain intensity for their decomposition, but that they will differ from each other in the degree of intensity required, it will be desirable hereafter to arrange them in a table, in the order of their electrolytic intensities. Investigations on this point must, however, be very much extended, and include many more bodies than have been here mentioned before such a table can be constructed. It will be especially needful in such experiments, to describe the nature of the electrodes used, or, if possible, to select such as, like platina or plumbago in certain cases, shall have no power of assisting the separation of the ions to be evolved (913).

986. Since it seems likely that all electrolytes will follow the law requiring a specific electric current intensity for their decomposition, but will vary in the intensity needed, it will be useful to create a table ranking them by their electrolytic intensities in the future. However, research on this topic needs to be significantly expanded and should include many more substances than those mentioned here before such a table can be created. It's especially important in these experiments to describe the type of electrodes used or, if possible, to choose ones like platinum or graphite in certain cases that do not aid in the separation of the ions to be produced (913).

987. Of the two modes in which bodies can transmit the electric forces, namely, that which is so characteristically exhibited by the metals, and usually called conduction, and that in which it is accompanied by decomposition, the first appears common to all bodies, although it occurs with almost infinite degrees of difference; the second is at present distinctive of the electrolytes. It is, however, just possible that it may hereafter be extended to the metals; for their power of conducting without decomposition may, perhaps justly, be ascribed to their requiring a very high electrolytic intensity for their decomposition.

987. There are two ways that materials can transmit electric forces: the first, typically seen in metals, is known as conduction, and the second involves decomposition. The first method is common across all materials, although there are countless variations in effectiveness; the second method is currently specific to electrolytes. However, it is possible that this second method could eventually apply to metals as well, since their ability to conduct electricity without breaking down may be due to needing a very high level of electrolytic intensity for decomposition to occur.

987-1/2. The establishment of the principle that a certain electrolytic intensity is necessary before decomposition can be effected, is of great importance to all those considerations which arise regarding the probable effects of weak currents, such for instance as those produced by natural thermo-electricity, or natural voltaic arrangements in the earth. For to produce an effect of decomposition or of combination, a current must not only exist, but have a certain intensity before it can overcome the quiescent affinities opposed to it, otherwise it will be conducted, producing no permanent chemical effects. On the other hand, the principles are also now evident by which an opposing action can be so weakened by the juxtaposition of bodies not having quite affinity enough to cause direct action between them (913.), that a very weak current shall be able to raise the sum of actions sufficiently high, and cause chemical changes to occur.

987-1/2. Establishing that a specific electrolytic intensity is needed for decomposition is crucial for understanding the potential effects of weak currents, like those created by natural thermoelectricity or natural voltaic systems in the earth. To create a decomposition or combination effect, a current must exist with a certain intensity to overcome the opposing affinities; otherwise, it will simply pass through without causing any lasting chemical changes. Conversely, it's also clear now how an opposing force can be reduced by placing together substances that don’t have enough affinity to stimulate direct action (913.), allowing a very weak current to elevate the total actions high enough to induce chemical changes.

988. In concluding this division on the intensity necessary for electrolyzation, I cannot resist pointing out the following remarkable conclusion in relation to intensity generally. It would appear that when a voltaic current is produced, having a certain intensity, dependent upon the strength of the chemical affinities by which that current is excited (916.), it can decompose a particular electrolyte without relation to the quantity of electricity passed, the intensity deciding whether the electrolyte shall give way or not. If that conclusion be confirmed, then we may arrange circumstances so that the same quantity of electricity may pass in the same time, in at the same surface, into the same decomposing body in the same state, and yet, differing in intensity, will decompose in one case and in the other not:—for taking a source of too low an intensity to decompose, and ascertaining the quantity passed in a given time, it is easy to take another source having a sufficient intensity, and reducing the quantity of electricity from it by the intervention of bad conductors to the same proportion as the former current, and then all the conditions will be fulfilled which are required to produce the result described.

988. In closing this section on the intensity needed for electrolyzation, I can’t help but highlight a striking conclusion related to intensity in general. It seems that when a voltaic current is generated with a certain intensity, based on the strength of the chemical affinities that activate that current (916.), it can decompose a specific electrolyte without regard to the amount of electricity flowing, with the intensity determining whether the electrolyte will break down or not. If this conclusion is verified, we can arrange conditions so that the same amount of electricity passes in the same time, over the same surface, into the same decomposing substance in the same state, and yet, differing in intensity, will decompose in one case and in the other not:—for if we take a source with too low an intensity to cause decomposition, and measure the amount that passes in a given time, it's simple to use another source with sufficient intensity and reduce the amount of electricity from it using poor conductors to match the same ratio as the previous current, thereby meeting all the necessary conditions to achieve the described result.

¶ iii. On associated Voltaic Circles, or the Voltaic Battery.

989. Passing from the consideration of single circles (875. &c.) to their association in the voltaic battery, it is a very evident consequence, that if matters are so arranged that two sets of affinities, in place of being opposed to each other as in figg. 73. 76. (880. 891.), are made to act in conformity, then, instead of either interfering with the other, it will rather assist it. This is simply the case of two voltaic pairs of metals arranged so as to form one circuit. In such arrangements the activity of the whole is known to be increased, and when ten, or a hundred, or any larger number of such alternations are placed in conformable association with each other, the power of the whole becomes proportionally exalted, and we obtain that magnificent instrument of philosophic research, the voltaic battery.

989. Moving from the consideration of individual circles (875. &c.) to their combination in the voltaic battery, it's clear that when two sets of affinities work together instead of against each other as shown in figs. 73 and 76 (880. 891.), they will assist rather than interfere with each other. This is simply a case of two voltaic pairs of metals arranged to create a single circuit. In these setups, the overall activity increases, and when we have ten, or a hundred, or even more of these pairs aligned together, the total power is significantly enhanced, giving us that remarkable tool for scientific exploration, the voltaic battery.

990. But it is evident from the principles of definite action already laid down, that the quantity of electricity in the current cannot be increased with the increase of the quantity of metal oxidized and dissolved at each new place of chemical action. A single pair of zinc and platina plates throws as much electricity into the form of a current, by the oxidation of 32.5 grains of the zinc (868.) as would be circulated by the same alteration of a thousand times that quantity, or nearly five pounds of metal oxidized at the surface of the zinc plates of a thousand pairs placed in regular battery order. For it is evident, that the electricity which passes across the acid from the zinc to the platina in the first cell, and which has been associated with, or even evolved by, the decomposition of a definite portion of water in that cell, cannot pass from the zinc to the platina across the acid in the second cell, without the decomposition of the same quantity of water there, and the oxidation of the same quantity of zinc by it (924. 949.). The same result recurs in every other cell; the electro-chemical equivalent of water must be decomposed in each, before the current can pass through it; for the quantity of electricity passed and the quantity of electrolyte decomposed, must be the equivalents of each other. The action in each cell, therefore, is not to increase the quantity set in motion in any one cell, but to aid in urging forward that quantity, the passing of which is consistent with the oxidation of its own zinc; and in this way it exalts that peculiar property of the current which we endeavour to express by the term intensity, without increasing the quantity beyond that which is proportionate to the quantity of zinc oxidized in any single cell of the series.

990. However, it's clear from the established principles of definite action that the amount of electricity in the current cannot be increased by simply increasing the amount of metal oxidized and dissolved at each new point of chemical action. A single pair of zinc and platinum plates generates as much electricity in the form of a current through the oxidation of 32.5 grains of zinc (868.) as would be produced by the same change involving a thousand times that amount, or nearly five pounds of metal oxidized at the surface of the zinc plates in a thousand pairs set up in a standard battery configuration. This is because the electricity that moves across the acid from the zinc to the platinum in the first cell, and which has been linked with or even produced by the decomposition of a specific amount of water in that cell, cannot move from the zinc to the platinum across the acid in the second cell without the decomposition of the same amount of water there and the oxidation of the same amount of zinc (924. 949.). The same outcome occurs in every other cell; the electro-chemical equivalent of water must be decomposed in each one before the current can flow through it, since the amount of electricity passed and the amount of electrolyte decomposed must be equal. Therefore, the action in each cell does not increase the amount set in motion in any single cell but helps push that amount forward, which can occur alongside the oxidation of its own zinc. In this way, it enhances that unique property of the current that we try to describe with the term intensity, without increasing the amount beyond what corresponds to the quantity of zinc oxidized in any single cell of the series.

991. To prove this, I arranged ten pairs of amalgamated zinc and platina plates with dilute sulphuric acid in the form of a battery. On completing the circuit, all the pairs acted and evolved gas at the surfaces of the platina. This was collected and found to be alike in quantity for each plate; and the quantity of hydrogen evolved at any one platina plate was in the same proportion to the quantity of metal dissolved from any one zinc plate, as was given in the experiment with a single pair (864. &c.). It was therefore certain, that, just as much electricity and no more had passed through the series of ten pair of plates as had passed through, or would have been put into motion by, any single pair, notwithstanding that ten times the quantity of zinc had been consumed.

991. To demonstrate this, I set up ten pairs of combined zinc and platinum plates in dilute sulfuric acid to create a battery. Once the circuit was completed, all the pairs reacted and produced gas on the surfaces of the platinum. This gas was collected, and the amount was found to be equal for each plate. The quantity of hydrogen produced at any one platinum plate was proportionate to the amount of metal dissolved from any one zinc plate, just as shown in the experiment with a single pair (864. &c.). Therefore, it was clear that the same amount of electricity passed through the series of ten pairs of plates as would have passed through or been generated by a single pair, even though ten times more zinc was used.

992. This truth has been proved also long ago in another way, by the action of the evolved current on a magnetic needle; the deflecting power of one pair of plates in a battery being equal to the deflecting power of the whole, provided the wires used be sufficiently large to carry the current of the single pair freely; but the cause of this equality of action could not be understood whilst the definite action and evolution of electricity (783. 869.) remained unknown.

992. This truth was also proven a long time ago in another way, by the effect of the evolved current on a magnetic needle; the deflecting power of one pair of battery plates is equal to the deflecting power of all of them combined, as long as the wires used are large enough to transmit the current from the single pair without resistance; however, the cause of this equality in action couldn't be understood while the specific action and evolution of electricity (783. 869.) were still unknown.

993. The superior decomposing power of a battery over a single pair of plates is rendered evident in two ways. Electrolytes held together by an affinity so strong as to resist the action of the current from a single pair, yield up their elements to the current excited by many pairs; and that body which is decomposed by the action of one or of few pairs of metals, &c., is resolved into its ions the more readily as it is acted upon by electricity urged forward by many alternations.

993. The increased ability of a battery to decompose substances compared to a single pair of plates is clear in two ways. Electrolytes that are bonded together with a strong affinity, which can withstand the current from just one pair, will release their elements when energized by multiple pairs. Additionally, a substance that can be decomposed by the action of one or just a few pairs of metals, etc., breaks down into its ions more easily when subjected to electricity driven by many alternations.

994. Both these effects are, I think, easily understood. Whatever intensity may be, (and that must of course depend upon the nature of electricity, whether it consist of a fluid or fluids, or of vibrations of an ether, or any other kind or condition of matter,) there seems to be no difficulty in comprehending that the degree of intensity at which a current of electricity is evolved by a first voltaic element, shall be increased when that current is subjected to the action of a second voltaic element, acting in conformity and possessing equal powers with the first: and as the decompositions are merely opposed actions, but exactly of the same kind as those which generate the current (917.), it seems to be a natural consequence, that the affinity which can resist the force of a single decomposing action may be unable to oppose the energies of many decomposing actions, operating conjointly, as in the voltaic battery.

994. I think both of these effects are pretty easy to understand. No matter what the intensity is (and that will obviously depend on the nature of electricity, whether it’s a fluid or fluids, vibrations of an ether, or any other kind of matter), it’s easy to see that the degree of intensity at which a current of electricity is generated by the first voltaic element will increase when that current interacts with a second voltaic element that is working together and has the same power as the first. Since the decompositions are just opposing actions, but exactly the same type as those that create the current (917.), it makes sense that the affinity strong enough to resist a single decomposing action might struggle against the forces of multiple decomposing actions happening together, like in a voltaic battery.

995. That a body which can give way to a current of feeble intensity, should give way more freely to one of stronger force, and yet involve no contradiction to the law of definite electrolytic action, is perfectly consistent. All the facts and also the theory I have ventured to put forth, tend to show that the act of decomposition opposes a certain force to the passage of the electric current; and, that this obstruction should be overcome more or less readily, in proportion to the greater or less intensity of the decomposing current, is in perfect consistency with all our notions of the electric agent.

995. It's completely consistent that a body able to yield to a weak electric current would yield more easily to a stronger one, without contradicting the law of definite electrolytic action. All the facts and the theory I’ve proposed suggest that the process of decomposition creates a certain resistance to the flow of the electric current; and that this resistance can be overcome more or less easily, depending on the strength of the current causing the decomposition, aligns perfectly with our understanding of electric forces.

996. I have elsewhere (947.) distinguished the chemical action of zinc and dilute sulphuric acid into two portions; that which, acting effectually on the zinc, evolves hydrogen at once upon its surface, and that which, producing an arrangement of the chemical forces throughout the electrolyte present, (in this case water,) tends to take oxygen from it, but cannot do so unless the electric current consequent thereon can have free passage, and the hydrogen be delivered elsewhere than against the zinc. The electric current depends altogether upon the second of these; but when the current can pass, by favouring the electrolytic action it tends to diminish the former and increase the latter portion.

996. In a previous section (947), I explained the chemical reaction between zinc and diluted sulfuric acid in two parts: the first part involves the zinc reacting immediately to release hydrogen on its surface, while the second part involves the arrangement of chemical forces within the electrolyte (in this case, water), which tries to extract oxygen but can't do so unless the resulting electric current moves freely and the hydrogen is released away from the zinc. The electric current relies entirely on the second part; however, when the current is able to flow, it promotes the electrolytic process, which reduces the first part and enhances the second.

997. It is evident, therefore, that when ordinary zinc is used in a voltaic arrangement, there is an enormous waste of that power which it is the object to throw into the form of an electric current; a consequence which is put in its strongest point of view when it is considered that three ounces and a half of zinc, properly oxidized, can circulate enough electricity to decompose nearly one ounce of water, and cause the evolution of about 2100 cubic inches of hydrogen gas. This loss of power not only takes place during the time the electrodes of the battery are in communication, being then proportionate to the quantity of hydrogen evolved against the surface of any one of the zinc plates, but includes also all the chemical action which goes on when the extremities of the pile are not in communication.

997. It’s clear that when regular zinc is used in a voltaic setup, there’s a huge waste of the energy that’s meant to be converted into an electric current. This issue is highlighted when we realize that three and a half ounces of properly oxidized zinc can generate enough electricity to break down nearly one ounce of water, producing about 2100 cubic inches of hydrogen gas. This loss of energy occurs not only while the battery electrodes are connected, which relates to the amount of hydrogen produced on any of the zinc plates, but it also includes all the chemical reactions that happen when the ends of the battery aren’t connected.

998. This loss is far greater with ordinary zinc than with the pure metal, as M. De la Rive has shown208. The cause is, that when ordinary zinc is acted upon by dilute sulphuric acid, portions of copper, lead, cadmium, or other metals which it may contain, are set free upon its surface; and these, being in contact with the zinc, form small but very active voltaic circles, which cause great destruction of the zinc and evolution of hydrogen, apparently upon the zinc surface, but really upon the surface of these incidental metals. In the same proportion as they serve to discharge or convey the electricity back to the zinc, do they diminish its power of producing an electric current which shall extend to a greater distance across the acid, and be discharged only through the copper or platina plate which is associated with it for the purpose of forming a voltaic apparatus.

998. This loss is much greater with regular zinc than with pure metal, as M. De la Rive has demonstrated208. The reason is that when regular zinc is exposed to dilute sulfuric acid, parts of copper, lead, cadmium, or other metals contained within it are released onto its surface. These metals, in contact with the zinc, create small but highly active voltaic cells, which greatly deplete the zinc and produce hydrogen, seemingly on the zinc surface, but actually on the surfaces of these additional metals. To the extent that they help discharge or carry electricity back to the zinc, they reduce its ability to generate an electric current that can reach further across the acid and be discharged only through the copper or platinum plate that it is paired with to create a voltaic setup.

999. All these evils are removed by the employment of an amalgam of zinc in the manner recommended by Mr. Kemp209, or the use of the amalgamated zinc plates of Mr. Sturgeon (863.), who has himself suggested and objected to their application in galvanic batteries; for he says, "Were it not on account of the brittleness and other inconveniences occasioned by the incorporation of the mercury with the zinc, amalgamation of the zinc surfaces in galvanic batteries would become an important improvement; for the metal would last much longer, and remain bright for a considerable time, even for several successive hours; essential considerations in the employment of this apparatus210."

999. All these issues can be resolved by using a mixture of zinc as recommended by Mr. Kemp209, or by using the amalgamated zinc plates suggested by Mr. Sturgeon (863.), who has both proposed and criticized their use in galvanic batteries. He claims, "If it weren't for the brittleness and other problems caused by mixing mercury with zinc, amalgamating the zinc surfaces in galvanic batteries would be a significant improvement; the metal would last much longer and stay shiny for quite some time, even for several hours in a row; these are crucial factors when using this equipment210."

1000. Zinc so prepared, even though impure, does not sensibly decompose the water of dilute sulphuric acid, but still has such affinity for the oxygen, that the moment a metal which, like copper or platina, has little or no affinity, touches it in the acid, action ensues, and a powerful and abundant electric current is produced. It is probable that the mercury acts by bringing the surface, in consequence of its fluidity, into one uniform condition, and preventing those differences in character between one spot and another which are necessary for the formation of the minute voltaic circuits referred to (998.). If any difference does exist at the first moment, with regard to the proportion of zinc and mercury, at one spot on the surface, as compared with another, that spot having the least mercury is first acted on, and, by solution of the zinc, is soon placed in the same condition as the other parts, and the whole plate rendered superficially uniform. One part cannot, therefore, act as a discharger to another; and hence all the chemical power upon the water at its surface is in that equable condition (949.), which, though it tends to produce an electric current through the liquid to another plate of metal which can act as a discharger (950.), presents no irregularities by which any one part, having weaker affinities for oxygen, can act as a discharger to another. Two excellent and important consequences follow upon this state of the metal. The first is, that the full equivalent of electricity is obtained for the oxidation of a certain quantity of zinc; the second, that a battery constructed with the zinc so prepared, and charged with dilute sulphuric acid, is active only whilst the electrodes are connected, and ceases to act or be acted upon by the acid the instant the communication is broken.

1000. Zinc prepared this way, even if not pure, does not noticeably break down the water in diluted sulfuric acid, but it still has such a strong attraction to oxygen that when a metal like copper or platinum, which has little or no attraction, comes into contact with it in the acid, a reaction happens, producing a strong and abundant electric current. It's likely that mercury contributes by creating a uniform surface due to its fluidity, preventing differences in characteristics between spots that are necessary for forming the tiny voltaic circuits mentioned (998.). If there is any difference at the start regarding the amount of zinc and mercury at one spot on the surface compared to another, the spot with the least mercury reacts first, and through the solution of zinc, quickly becomes similar to the other areas, making the whole plate uniformly superficial. Thus, one part cannot act as a discharger to another, and therefore all the chemical energy affecting the water at its surface remains stable (949.), which, while it aims to produce an electric current through the liquid to another metal plate that can act as a discharger (950.), does not show any irregularities that would allow any part with weaker affinities for oxygen to discharge another. Two important outcomes arise from this condition of the metal. The first is that the full equivalent of electricity is generated for the oxidation of a certain amount of zinc; the second is that a battery made with this prepared zinc and filled with diluted sulfuric acid only works while the electrodes are connected and stops functioning or being influenced by the acid the moment the connection is broken.

1001. I have had a small battery of ten pairs of plates thus constructed, and am convinced that arrangements of this kind will be very important, especially in the development and illustration of the philosophical principles of the instrument. The metals I have used are amalgamated zinc and platina, connected together by being soldered to platina wires, the whole apparatus having the form of the couronne des tasses. The liquid used was dilute sulphuric acid of sp. gr. 1.25. No action took place upon the metals except when the electrodes were in communication, and then the action upon the zinc was only in proportion to the decomposition in the experimental cell; for when the current was retarded there, it was retarded also in the battery, and no waste of the powers of the metal was incurred.

1001. I have assembled a small battery of ten pairs of plates designed like this, and I believe arrangements like this will be very significant, especially for developing and demonstrating the philosophical principles behind the instrument. The metals I've used are amalgamated zinc and platinum, connected by soldering to platinum wires, and the whole setup resembles the couronne des tasses. The liquid used was dilute sulfuric acid with a specific gravity of 1.25. No reaction occurred on the metals unless the electrodes were in contact, and even then, the reaction on the zinc was only in proportion to the decomposition in the experimental cell; when the current slowed down there, it also slowed down in the battery, preventing any waste of the metal's energy.

1002. In consequence of this circumstance, the acid in the cells remained active for a very much longer time than usual. In fact, time did not tend to lower it in any sensible degree: for whilst the metal was preserved to be acted upon at the proper moment, the acid also was preserved almost at its first strength. Hence a constancy of action far beyond what can be obtained by the use of common zinc.

1002. Because of this situation, the acid in the cells stayed active much longer than usual. In fact, time didn't really decrease its effectiveness: while the metal was kept ready to react at the right moment, the acid was also maintained at nearly its original strength. This resulted in a level of consistent action far beyond what can be achieved with regular zinc.

1003. Another excellent consequence was the renewal, during the interval of rest, between two experiments of the first and most efficient state. When an amalgamated zinc and a platina plate, immersed in dilute sulphuric acid, are first connected, the current is very powerful, but instantly sinks very much in force, and in some cases actually falls to only an eighth or a tenth of that first produced (1036.). This is due to the acid which is in contact with the zinc becoming neutralized by the oxide formed; the continued quick oxidation of the metal being thus prevented. With ordinary zinc, the evolution of gas at its surface tends to mingle all the liquid together, and thus bring fresh acid against the metal, by which the oxide formed there can be removed. With the amalgamated zinc battery, at every cessation of the current, the saline solution against the zinc is gradually diffused amongst the rest of the liquid; and upon the renewal of contact at the electrodes, the zinc plates are found most favourably circumstanced for the production of a ready and powerful current.

1003. Another great result was the renewal, during the break between two experiments, of the first and most effective state. When a zinc plate coated with amalgam and a platinum plate are put into dilute sulfuric acid and first connected, the current is very strong, but it quickly drops significantly in strength, and in some cases it actually falls to just an eighth or a tenth of what it initially was (1036.). This happens because the acid in contact with the zinc gets neutralized by the oxide that forms, which prevents the metal from continuing to oxidize quickly. With regular zinc, the gas that forms on its surface tends to mix all the liquid together, bringing fresh acid to the metal so that the oxide can be cleared away. With the amalgamated zinc battery, every time the current stops, the saline solution against the zinc slowly spreads through the rest of the liquid; and when contact is restored at the electrodes, the zinc plates are in the best position to produce a strong and quick current.

1004. It might at first be imagined that amalgamated zinc would be much inferior in force to common zinc, because, of the lowering of its energy, which the mercury might be supposed to occasion over the whole of its surface; but this is not the case. When the electric currents of two pairs of platina and zinc plates were opposed, the difference being that one of the zincs was amalgamated and the other not, the current from the amalgamated zinc was most powerful, although no gas was evolved against it, and much was evolved at the surface of the unamalgamated metal. Again, as Davy has shown211, if amalgamated and unamalgamated zinc be put in contact, and dipped into dilute sulphuric acid, or other exciting fluids, the former is positive to the latter, i.e. the current passes from the amalgamated zinc, through the fluid, to the unprepared zinc. This he accounts for by supposing that "there is not any inherent and specific property in each metal which gives it the electrical character, but that it depends upon its peculiar state—on that form of aggregation which fits it for chemical change."

1004. It might initially seem that amalgamated zinc would be much weaker than regular zinc because the mercury could be thought to reduce its energy across the entire surface. However, that's not the case. When the electric currents from two pairs of platinum and zinc plates were compared, with one zinc being amalgamated and the other not, the current from the amalgamated zinc was significantly stronger, even though no gas was produced against it, while a lot of gas was generated at the surface of the unamalgamated metal. Furthermore, as Davy has shown211, when amalgamated and non-amalgamated zinc come into contact and are submerged in dilute sulfuric acid or other conductive fluids, the amalgamated zinc acts as the positive electrode relative to the unamalgamated zinc, meaning the current flows from the amalgamated zinc, through the fluid, to the unprepared zinc. He explains this by suggesting that "there is no inherent and specific property in each metal that gives it its electrical character, but rather it depends on its unique state—on the particular form of aggregation that makes it suitable for chemical change."

1005. The superiority of the amalgamated zinc is not, however, due to any such cause, but is a very simple consequence of the state of the fluid in contact with it; for as the unprepared zinc acts directly and alone upon the fluid, whilst that which is amalgamated does not, the former (by the oxide it produces) quickly neutralizes the acid in contact with its surface, so that the progress of oxidation is retarded, whilst at the surface of the amalgamated zinc, any oxide formed is instantly removed by the free acid present, and the clean metallic surface is always ready to act with full energy upon the water. Hence its superiority (1037.). 1006. The progress of improvement in the voltaic battery and its applications, is evidently in the contrary direction at present to what it was a few years ago; for in place of increasing the number of plates, the strength of acid, and the extent altogether of the instrument, the change is rather towards its first state of simplicity, but with a far more intimate knowledge and application of the principles which govern its force and action. Effects of decomposition can now be obtained with ten pairs of plates (417.), which required five hundred or a thousand pairs for their production in the first instance. The capability of decomposing fused chlorides, iodides, and other compounds, according to the law before established (380. &c.), and the opportunity of collecting certain of the products, without any loss, by the use of apparatus of the nature of those already described (789. 814. &c.), render it probable that the voltaic battery may become a useful and even economical manufacturing instrument; for theory evidently indicates that an equivalent of a rare substance may be obtained at the expense of three or four equivalents of a very common body, namely, zinc: and practice seems thus far to justify the expectation. In this point of view I think it very likely that plates of platina or silver may be used instead of plates of copper with advantage, and that then the evil arising occasionally from solution of the copper, and its precipitation on the zinc, (by which the electromotive power of the zinc is so much injured,) will be avoided (1047.).

1005. The advantage of amalgamated zinc isn’t due to any special reason but is simply a result of the fluid it’s in contact with. While unprepared zinc interacts directly with the fluid, amalgamated zinc does not. The unprepared zinc quickly neutralizes the acid at its surface by producing oxide, which slows down the oxidation process. In contrast, with amalgamated zinc, any oxide that forms is immediately removed by the free acid nearby, keeping the clean metallic surface ready to react energetically with water. This is why it’s superior (1037.). 1006. The development of the voltaic battery and its uses is clearly going in the opposite direction now compared to a few years ago. Instead of increasing the number of plates, the strength of the acid, and the overall size of the device, we are moving back towards a simpler design, but with a much better understanding and application of the principles that control its power and function. Nowadays, we can achieve decomposition effects using just ten pairs of plates (417.), a feat that used to require five hundred or even a thousand pairs. The ability to decompose fused chlorides, iodides, and other compounds according to established laws (380. &c.), and the chance to collect certain products without any loss using the types of apparatus described earlier (789. 814. &c.), makes it likely that the voltaic battery could become a useful and even cost-effective manufacturing tool. The theory suggests that you can obtain an equivalent of a rare substance using just three or four equivalents of a much more common material, zinc; and so far, practice seems to support this idea. From this perspective, I believe it’s quite possible that using platinum or silver plates instead of copper plates could be advantageous, and this would help avoid issues that arise from copper dissolving and precipitating onto the zinc, which significantly damages the electromotive power of the zinc (1047.).

¶ iv. On the Resistance of an Electrolyte to Electrolytic Action, and on Interpositions.

1007. I have already illustrated, in the simplest possible form of experiment (891. 910.), the resistance established at the place of decomposition to the force active at the exciting place. I purpose examining the effects of this resistance more generally; but it is rather with reference to their practical interference with the action and phenomena of the voltaic battery, than with any intention at this time to offer a strict and philosophical account of their nature. Their general and principal cause is the resistance of the chemical affinities to be overcome; but there are numerous other circumstances which have a joint influence with these forces (1034. 1040. &c.), each of which would require a minute examination before a correct account of the whole could be given.

1007. I've already shown, in the simplest experiment possible (891. 910.), the resistance that develops at the site of decomposition against the force acting at the source. I intend to look into the effects of this resistance more broadly; but I'm primarily focused on how it practically interferes with the function and phenomena of the voltaic battery, rather than aiming to provide a detailed and philosophical explanation of its nature right now. The main cause of this is the resistance from the chemical affinities that need to be overcome; however, there are many other factors that also play a role alongside these forces (1034. 1040. &c.), each of which would need thorough investigation before a complete description of the whole can be provided.

1008. As it will be convenient to describe the experiments in a form different to that in which they were made, both forms shall first be explained. Plates of platina, copper, zinc, and other metals, about three quarters of an inch wide and three inches long, were associated together in pairs by means of platina wires to which they were soldered, fig. 88, the plates of one pair being either alike or different, as might be required. These were arranged in glasses, fig. 89, so as to form Volta's crown of cups. The acid or fluid in the cups never covered the whole of any plate; and occasionally small glass rods were put into the cups, between the plates, to prevent their contact. Single plates were used to terminate the series and complete the connexion with a galvanometer, or with a decomposing apparatus (899. 968. &c.), or both. Now if fig. 90 be examined and compared with fig. 91, the latter may be admitted as representing the former in its simplest condition; for the cups i, ii, and iii of the former, with their contents, are represented by the cells i, ii, and iii of the latter, and the metal plates Z and P of the former by the similar plates represented Z and P in the latter. The only difference, in fact, between the apparatus, fig. 90, and the trough represented fig. 91, is that twice the quantity of surface of contact between the metal and acid is allowed in the first to what would occur in the second.

1008. It will be useful to describe the experiments in a way that's different from how they were actually conducted, so both forms will be explained first. Plates made of platinum, copper, zinc, and other metals, about three-quarters of an inch wide and three inches long, were connected in pairs using platinum wires to which they were soldered, fig. 88, with the plates in each pair being either identical or different, depending on the requirement. These were arranged in glasses, fig. 89, to create Volta's crown of cups. The acid or fluid in the cups never covered the entire surface of any plate; sometimes, small glass rods were placed in the cups between the plates to prevent them from touching. Individual plates were used to complete the series and connect to a galvanometer or a decomposition apparatus (899. 968. &c.), or both. If you look at fig. 90 and compare it to fig. 91, the latter can be seen as a simpler version of the former; the cups i, ii, and iii from the first, along with their contents, are represented by the cells i, ii, and iii in the second, while the metal plates Z and P from the first are represented by the similar plates Z and P in the second. The only actual difference between the apparatus in fig. 90 and the trough shown in fig. 91 is that the first allows twice the surface area of contact between the metal and acid compared to what would occur in the second.

1009. When the extreme plates of the arrangement just described, fig. 90, are connected metallically through the galvanometer g, then the whole represents a battery consisting of two pairs of zinc and platina plates urging a current forward, which has, however, to decompose water unassisted by any direct chemical affinity before it can be transmitted across the cell iii, and therefore before it can circulate. This decomposition of water, which is opposed to the passage of the current, may, as a matter of convenience, be considered as taking place either against the surfaces of the two platina plates which constitute the electrodes in the cell in, or against the two surfaces of that platina plate which separates the cells ii and iii, fig. 91, from each other. It is evident that if that plate were away, the battery would consist of two pairs of plates and two cells, arranged in the most favourable position for the production of a current. The platina plate therefore, which being introduced as at x, has oxygen evolved at one surface and hydrogen at the other (that is, if the decomposing current passes), may be considered as the cause of any obstruction arising from the decomposition of water by the electrolytic action of the current; and I have usually called it the interposed plate.

1009. When the outer plates of the setup shown in fig. 90 are connected with the galvanometer g, the whole system acts like a battery made up of two pairs of zinc and platinum plates pushing a current forward. However, before the current can travel through cell iii and circulate, it has to break down water without any direct chemical reaction assisting it. This breakdown of water, which resists the current flow, can be thought of as occurring either against the surfaces of the two platinum plates serving as the electrodes in cell ii, or against the two surfaces of the platinum plate that separates cells ii and iii, as shown in fig. 91. Clearly, if that plate were removed, the battery would consist of two pairs of plates and two cells, set up in the best configuration for generating a current. Therefore, the platinum plate, introduced as at x, which produces oxygen on one side and hydrogen on the other (assuming the current is decomposing), can be seen as the reason for any blockage caused by the water decomposition due to the electrolytic action of the current; I usually refer to it as the interposed plate.

1010. In order to simplify the conditions, dilute sulphuric acid was first used in all the cells, and platina for the interposed plates; for then the initial intensity of the current which tends to be formed is constant, being due to the power which zinc has of decomposing water; and the opposing force of decomposition is also constant, the elements of the water being unassisted in their separation at the interposed plates by any affinity or secondary action at the electrodes (744.), arising either from the nature of the plate itself or the surrounding fluid.

1010. To simplify the conditions, diluted sulfuric acid was first used in all the cells, and platinum for the interposed plates; this way, the initial intensity of the current that forms is constant, thanks to the ability of zinc to decompose water. The opposing force of decomposition is also constant, as the components of the water are not helped in their separation at the interposed plates by any attraction or secondary action at the electrodes (744.), caused either by the nature of the plate itself or the surrounding fluid.

1011. When only one voltaic pair of zinc and platina plates was used, the current of electricity was entirely stopped to all practical purposes by interposing one platina plate, fig. 92, i.e. by requiring of the current that it should decompose water, and evolve both its elements, before it should pass. This consequence is in perfect accordance with the views before given (910. 917. 973.). For as the whole result depends upon the opposition of forces at the places of electric excitement and electro-decomposition, and as water is the substance to be decomposed at both before the current can move, it is not to be expected that the zinc should have such powerful attraction for the oxygen, as not only to be able to take it from its associated hydrogen, but leave such a surplus of force as, passing to the second place of decomposition, should be there able to effect a second separation of the elements of water. Such an effect would require that the force of attraction between zinc and oxygen should under the circumstances be at least twice as great as the force of attraction between the oxygen and hydrogen.

1011. When only one pair of zinc and platinum plates was used, the flow of electricity was effectively stopped by inserting one platinum plate, fig. 92, meaning that the current had to decompose water and release both its elements before it could continue. This outcome aligns perfectly with the ideas previously mentioned (910. 917. 973.). Since the overall result depends on the balance of forces at the points of electric stimulation and electrolysis, and since water needs to be decomposed at both places before the current can move, it’s unreasonable to expect that zinc would have such a strong attraction for oxygen that it could not only pull it away from its connected hydrogen but also provide enough force to cause a second separation of water’s elements at the next decomposition point. For this to happen, the attraction between zinc and oxygen would need to be at least twice as strong as the attraction between oxygen and hydrogen.

1012. When two pairs of zinc and platina exciting plates were used, the current was also practically stopped by one interposed platina plate, fig. 93. There was a very feeble effect of a current at first, but it ceased almost immediately. It will be referred to, with many other similar effects, hereafter (1017.).

1012. When two pairs of zinc and platinum exciting plates were used, the current was almost completely stopped by one platinum plate placed in between, fig. 93. There was a very weak effect of a current at first, but it stopped almost immediately. This will be referenced along with many other similar effects later (1017.).

1013. Three pairs of zinc and platina plates, fig. 94, were able to produce a current which could pass an interposed platina plate, and effect the electrolyzation of water in cell iv. The current was evident, both by the continued deflection of the galvanometer, and the production of bubbles of oxygen and hydrogen at the electrodes in cell iv. Hence the accumulated surplus force of three plates of zinc, which are active in decomposing water, is more than equal, when added together, to the force with which oxygen and hydrogen are combined in water, and is sufficient to cause the separation of these elements from each other.

1013. Three pairs of zinc and platinum plates, fig. 94, were able to generate a current that could pass through an inserted platinum plate and allow for the electrolysis of water in cell iv. The current was clear, both from the continuous deflection of the galvanometer and the formation of bubbles of oxygen and hydrogen at the electrodes in cell iv. Therefore, the combined force of three zinc plates, which are effective in breaking down water, is greater than the force with which oxygen and hydrogen are bonded in water and is enough to separate these elements from one another.

1014. The three pairs of zinc and platina plates were now opposed by two intervening platina plates, fig. 95. In this case the current was stopped.

1014. The three pairs of zinc and platinum plates were now separated by two intervening platinum plates, fig. 95. In this situation, the current was halted.

1015. Four pairs of zinc and platina plates were also neutralized by two interposed platina plates, fig. 96.

1015. Four pairs of zinc and platinum plates were also neutralized by two platinum plates placed in between, fig. 96.

1016. Five pairs of zinc and platina, with two interposed platina plates, fig. 97, gave a feeble current; there was permanent deflection at the galvanometer, and decomposition in the cells vi and vii. But the current was very feeble; very much less than when all the intermediate plates were removed and the two extreme ones only retained: for when they were placed six inches asunder in one cell, they gave a powerful current. Hence five exciting pairs, with two interposed obstructing plates, do not give a current at all comparable to that of a single unobstructed pair.

1016. Five pairs of zinc and platinum, with two platinum plates in between, fig. 97, produced a weak current; there was a consistent deflection on the galvanometer and some decomposition in cells vi and vii. However, the current was very weak; much weaker than when all the middle plates were taken out and only the two outer ones were kept: when placed six inches apart in one cell, they generated a strong current. Therefore, five exciting pairs with two obstructing plates do not produce a current that comes close to that of a single unobstructed pair.

1017. I have already said that a very feeble current passed when the series included one interposed platina and two pairs of zinc and platina plates (1012.). A similarly feeble current passed in every case, and even when only one exciting pair and four intervening platina plates were used, fig. 98, a current passed which could be detected at x, both by chemical action on the solution of iodide of potassium, and by the galvanometer. This current I believe to be due to electricity reduced in intensity below the point requisite for the decomposition of water (970. 984.); for water can conduct electricity of such low intensity by the same kind of power which it possesses in common with metals and charcoal, though it cannot conduct electricity of higher intensity without suffering decomposition, and then opposing a new force consequent thereon. With an electric current of, or under this intensity, it is probable that increasing the number of interposed platina plates would not involve an increased difficulty of conduction.

1017. I've already mentioned that a very weak current flowed when the setup included one platinum plate and two pairs of zinc and platinum plates (1012.). A similarly weak current occurred in every instance, and even when only one active pair and four platinum plates were used, see fig. 98, a current could be detected at x, both through chemical effects on the potassium iodide solution and with the galvanometer. I believe this current happens because the electricity is reduced to an intensity below what's needed for water decomposition (970. 984.); since water can conduct electricity at such low intensity using the same properties it shares with metals and charcoal, but it can't handle higher intensity electricity without breaking down and creating a new opposing force. With an electric current at or below this intensity, it's likely that adding more platinum plates won't make conduction any more difficult.

1018. In order to obtain an idea of the additional interfering power of each added platina plate, six voltaic pairs and four intervening platinas were arranged as in fig. 99; a very feeble current then passed (985. 1017.). When one of the platinas was removed so that three intervened, a current somewhat stronger passed. With two intervening platinas a still stronger current passed; and with only one intervening platina a very fair current was obtained. But the effect of the successive plates, taken in the order of their interposition, was very different, as might be expected; for the first retarded the current more powerfully than the second, and the second more than the third.

1018. To understand the additional interference caused by each extra platinum plate, six voltaic pairs and four platinum plates were set up as shown in fig. 99; a very weak current then flowed (985. 1017.). When one of the platinum plates was taken away, leaving three in between, the current became somewhat stronger. With two platinum plates in between, the current was even stronger; and with only one platinum plate in between, a pretty decent current was achieved. However, the effect of the additional plates, used in the order they were added, varied significantly, as expected; the first plate hindered the current more than the second, and the second more than the third.

1019. In these experiments both amalgamated and unamalgamated zinc were used, but the results generally were the same.

1019. In these experiments, both mixed and unmixed zinc were used, but the results were generally the same.

1020. The effects of retardation just described were altered altogether when changes were made in the nature of the liquid used between the plates, either in what may be called the exciting or the retarding cells. Thus, retaining the exciting force the same, by still using pure dilute sulphuric acid for that purpose, if a little nitric acid were added to the liquid in the retarding cells, then the transmission of the current was very much facilitated. For instance, in the experiment with one pair of exciting plates and one intervening plate (1011.), fig. 92, when a few drops of nitric acid were added to the contents of cell ii, then the current of electricity passed with considerable strength (though it soon fell from other causes (1036; 1040.),) and the same increased effect was produced by the nitric acid when many interposed plates were used.

1020. The effects of delay just described changed completely when the type of liquid used between the plates was altered, whether in the exciting or the retarding cells. By keeping the exciting force the same and using pure dilute sulfuric acid, if a little nitric acid was added to the liquid in the retarding cells, the transmission of the current was greatly improved. For instance, in the experiment with one pair of exciting plates and one intervening plate (1011.), fig. 92, when a few drops of nitric acid were added to the contents of cell ii, the electricity passed through with significant strength (although it soon decreased for other reasons (1036; 1040.)), and the same enhanced effect was observed with the nitric acid when multiple interposed plates were used.

1021. This seems to be a consequence of the diminution of the difficulty of decomposing water when its hydrogen, instead of being absolutely expelled, as in the former cases, is transferred to the oxygen of the nitric acid, producing a secondary result at the cathode (752.); for in accordance with the chemical views of the electric current and its action already advanced (913.), the water, instead of opposing a resistance to decomposition equal to the full amount of the force of mutual attraction between its oxygen and hydrogen, has that force counteracted in part, and therefore diminished by the attraction of the hydrogen at the cathode for the oxygen of the nitric acid which surrounds it, and with which it ultimately combines instead of being evolved in its free state.

1021. This seems to be a result of the reduced difficulty of breaking down water when its hydrogen, instead of being completely removed as in previous cases, is transferred to the oxygen of the nitric acid, leading to a secondary effect at the cathode (752.); because according to the chemical ideas about the electric current and its behavior already discussed (913.), the water doesn’t oppose a resistance to decomposition equal to the full force of attraction between its oxygen and hydrogen. That force is partially counteracted and thus reduced by the attraction of the hydrogen at the cathode for the oxygen of the nitric acid around it, which it ultimately combines with instead of being released in its free form.

1022. When a little nitric acid was put into the exciting cells, then again the circumstances favouring the transmission of the current were strengthened, for the intensity of the current itself was increased by the addition (906.). When therefore a little nitric acid was added to both the exciting and the retarding cells, the current of electricity passed with very considerable freedom.

1022. When a small amount of nitric acid was added to the exciting cells, the conditions that helped transmit the current were improved, as the intensity of the current itself increased with the addition (906.). Therefore, when a little nitric acid was added to both the exciting and the retarding cells, the electric current flowed quite freely.

1023. When dilute muriatic acid was used, it produced and transmitted a current more easily than pure dilute sulphuric acid, but not so readily as dilute nitric acid. As muriatic acid appears to be decomposed more freely than water (765.), and as the affinity of zinc for chlorine is very powerful, it might be expected to produce a current more intense than that from the use of dilute sulphuric acid; and also to transmit it more freely by undergoing decomposition at a lower intensity (912.).

1023. When diluted hydrochloric acid was used, it generated and transmitted a current more easily than pure diluted sulfuric acid, but not as easily as diluted nitric acid. Since hydrochloric acid seems to break down more easily than water (765.), and the attraction of zinc to chlorine is very strong, it might be expected to create a more intense current than what is produced with diluted sulfuric acid; and it should also transmit it more easily by breaking down at a lower intensity (912.).

1024. In relation to the effect of these interpositions, it is necessary to state that they do not appear to be at all dependent upon the size of the electrodes, or their distance from each other in the acid, except that when a current can pass, changes in these facilitate or retard its passage. For on repeating the experiment with one intervening and one pair of exciting plates (1011.), fig. 92, and in place of the interposed plate P using sometimes a mere wire, and sometimes very large plates (1008.), and also changing the terminal exciting plates Z and P, so that they were sometimes wires only and at others of great size, still the results were the same as those already obtained.

1024. Regarding the impact of these interpositions, it's important to note that they don’t seem to depend on the size of the electrodes or how far apart they are in the acid. The only factor is that when a current can pass, changes in these conditions either make it easier or harder for the current to flow. When repeating the experiment with one intervening plate and one pair of exciting plates (1011.), fig. 92, and replacing the interposed plate P with either a simple wire or very large plates (1008.), and also swapping the terminal exciting plates Z and P so that they were sometimes just wires and other times large plates, the results remained consistent with what had already been observed.

1025. In illustration of the effect of distance, an experiment like that described with two exciting pairs and one intervening plate (1012.), fig. 93, was arranged so that the distance between the plates in the third cell could be increased to six or eight inches, or diminished to the thickness of a piece of intervening bibulous paper. Still the result was the same in both cases, the effect not being sensibly greater, when the plates were merely separated by the paper, than when a great way apart; so that the principal opposition to the current in this case does not depend upon the quantity of intervening electrolytic conductor, but on the relation of its elements to the intensity of the current, or to the chemical nature of the electrodes and the surrounding fluids.

1025. To illustrate the impact of distance, an experiment similar to the one described with two exciting pairs and one intervening plate (1012.), fig. 93, was set up so that the distance between the plates in the third cell could be increased to six or eight inches or reduced to the thickness of a piece of absorbent paper. Yet, the result remained the same in both cases; the effect was not noticeably greater when the plates were only separated by the paper than when they were far apart. Therefore, the main opposition to the current in this scenario does not depend on the amount of the intervening electrolytic conductor, but rather on the relationship of its elements to the intensity of the current, or to the chemical nature of the electrodes and the surrounding fluids.

1026. When the acid was sulphuric acid, increasing its strength in any of the cells, caused no change in the effects; it did not produce a more intense current in the exciting cells (908.), or cause the current produced to traverse the decomposing cells more freely. But if to very weak sulphuric acid a few drops of nitric acid were added, then either one or other of those effects could be produced; and, as might be expected in a case like this, where the exciting or conducting action bore a direct reference to the acid itself, increasing the strength of this (the nitric acid), also increased its powers.

1026. When the acid was sulfuric acid, increasing its strength in any of the cells did not change the effects; it didn't create a stronger current in the exciting cells (908.) or allow the current produced to flow more easily through the decomposing cells. However, if a few drops of nitric acid were added to very weak sulfuric acid, then either one of those effects could occur; and, as you might expect in a situation like this, where the exciting or conducting action was directly related to the acid itself, increasing the strength of this (the nitric acid) also boosted its capabilities.

1027. The nature of the interposed plate was now varied to show its relation to the phenomena either of excitation or retardation, and amalgamated zinc was first substituted for platina. On employing one voltaic pair and one interposed zinc plate, fig. 100, there was as powerful a current, apparently, as if the interposed zinc plate was away. Hydrogen was evolved against P in cell ii, and against the side of the second zinc in cell i; but no gas appeared against the side of the zinc in cell ii, nor against the zinc in cell i.

1027. The nature of the interposed plate was now changed to demonstrate its relationship to the phenomena of either excitation or delay, and amalgamated zinc was first used instead of platinum. When using one voltaic pair and one interposed zinc plate, fig. 100, there was a current that seemed just as strong as if the interposed zinc plate were not there. Hydrogen was produced at P in cell ii and on the side of the second zinc in cell i; however, no gas appeared on the side of the zinc in cell ii or on the zinc in cell i.

1028. On interposing two amalgamated zinc plates, fig. 101, instead of one, there was still a powerful current, but interference had taken place. On using three intermediate zinc plates, fig. 102, there was still further retardation, though a good current of electricity passed.

1028. When two combined zinc plates were used instead of one, as shown in fig. 101, there was still a strong current, but some interference occurred. When three intermediate zinc plates were used, as shown in fig. 102, there was even more delay, although a solid current of electricity still flowed.

1029. Considering the retardation as due to the inaction of the amalgamated zinc upon the dilute acid, in consequence of the slight though general effect of diminished chemical power produced by the mercury on the surface, and viewing this inaction as the circumstance which rendered it necessary that each plate should have its tendency to decompose water assisted slightly by the electric current, it was expected that plates of the metal in the unamalgamated state would probably not require such assistance, and would offer no sensible impediment to the passing of the current. This expectation was fully realized in the use of two and three interposed unamalgamated plates. The electric current passed through them as freely as if there had been no such plates in the way. They offered no obstacle, because they could decompose water without the current; and the latter had only to give direction to a part of the forces, which would have been active whether it had passed or not.

1029. Considering that the delay is caused by the inaction of amalgamated zinc in the dilute acid, due to the slight yet overall impact of reduced chemical effectiveness caused by the mercury on the surface, and seeing this inaction as the reason why each plate needed a little help from the electric current to decompose water, it was expected that plates made of unamalgamated metal would likely not need such assistance and wouldn't significantly hinder the flow of the current. This expectation was fully confirmed with the use of two and three unamalgamated plates placed in between. The electric current flowed through them just as easily as if those plates weren’t there at all. They posed no barrier because they could decompose water without the current; the current just needed to direct some of the energies that would have been active regardless of its presence.

1030. Interposed plates of copper were then employed. These seemed at first to occasion no obstruction, but after a few minutes the current almost entirely ceased. This effect appears due to the surfaces taking up that peculiar condition (1010.) by which they tend to produce a reverse current; for when one or more of the plates were turned round, which could easily be effected with the couronne des tasses form of experiment, fig. 90, then the current was powerfully renewed for a few moments, and then again ceased. Plates of platina and copper, arranged as a voltaic pile with dilute sulphuric acid, could not form a voltaic trough competent to act for more than a few minutes, because of this peculiar counteracting effect.

1030. Copper plates were then used as barriers. At first, they didn’t seem to cause any issues, but after a few minutes, the current almost completely stopped. This happens because the surfaces achieve a specific condition (1010.) that causes them to create a reverse current. When one or more of the plates were flipped around, which was easy to do with the couronne des tasses setup, as shown in fig. 90, the current would surge back for a short time, only to stop again. Platinum and copper plates set up as a voltaic pile with diluted sulfuric acid could only create a voltaic trough that worked for a few minutes due to this unique counteracting effect.

1031. All these effects of retardation, exhibited by decomposition against surfaces for which the evolved elements have more or less affinity, or are altogether deficient in attraction, show generally, though beautifully, the chemical relations and source of the current, and also the balanced state of the affinities at the places of excitation and decomposition. In this way they add to the mass of evidence in favour of the identity of the two; for they demonstrate, as it were, the antagonism of the chemical powers at the electromotive part with the chemical powers at the interposed parts; they show that the first are producing electric effects, and the second opposing them; they bring the two into direct relation; they prove that either can determine the other, thus making what appears to be cause and effect convertible, and thereby demonstrating that both chemical and electrical action are merely two exhibitions of one single agent or power (916. &c.).

1031. All these effects of delay, shown through decomposition against surfaces that the released elements are either somewhat attracted to or completely indifferent to, generally illustrate, in a striking way, the chemical relationships and source of the current, as well as the balanced state of the affinities at the points of excitation and decomposition. In doing so, they contribute to the growing body of evidence supporting the idea that the two are identical; they reveal, so to speak, the conflict of the chemical powers at the electromotive area with the chemical powers at the intervening parts; they show that the former are generating electrical effects, while the latter are resisting them; they connect the two directly; they demonstrate that each can influence the other, making what seems to be cause and effect interchangeable, thereby proving that both chemical and electrical actions are simply two manifestations of a single agent or power (916. &c.).

1032. It is quite evident, that as water and other electrolytes can conduct electricity without suffering decomposition (986.), when the electricity is of sufficiently low intensity, it may not be asserted as absolutely true in all cases, that whenever electricity passes through an electrolyte, it produces a definite effect of decomposition. But the quantity of electricity which can pass in a given time through an electrolyte without causing decomposition, is so small as to bear no comparison to that required in a case of very moderate decomposition, and with electricity above the intensity required for electrolyzation, I have found no sensible departure as yet from the law of definite electrolytic action developed in the preceding series of these Researches (783. &c.).

1032. It is quite clear that since water and other electrolytes can conduct electricity without breaking down (986.), when the electricity is of low enough intensity, it can't be claimed as absolutely true in all situations that whenever electricity flows through an electrolyte, it causes a specific decomposition effect. However, the amount of electricity that can pass through an electrolyte in a given time without causing decomposition is so minimal that it's not even comparable to the amount needed for even a slight decomposition. Furthermore, with electricity exceeding the intensity needed for electrolysis, I haven't yet observed any significant deviation from the law of definite electrolytic action established in the earlier parts of these Researches (783. &c.).

1033. I cannot dismiss this division of the present Paper without making a reference to the important experiments of M. Aug. De la Rive on the effects of interposed plates212. As I have had occasion to consider such plates merely as giving rise to new decompositions, and in that way only causing obstruction to the passage of the electric current, I was freed from the necessity of considering the peculiar effects described by that philosopher. I was the more willing to avoid for the present touching upon these, as I must at the same time have entered into the views of Sir Humphry Davy upon the same subject213 and also those of Marianini214 and Hitter215, which are connected with it.

1033. I can't wrap up this section of the current paper without mentioning the important experiments by M. Aug. De la Rive on the effects of interposed plates212. I only considered these plates as causing new decompositions and obstructing the flow of electric current, so I didn’t feel the need to discuss the specific effects highlighted by that philosopher. I was more inclined to avoid these for now, as I would also have to delve into the views of Sir Humphry Davy on the same topic213 along with those of Marianini214 and Hitter215, which are related.

¶ v. General Remarks on the active Voltaic Battery.

1034. When the ordinary voltaic battery is brought into action, its very activity produces certain effects, which re-act upon it, and cause serious deterioration of its power. These render it an exceedingly inconstant instrument as to the quantity of effect which it is capable of producing. They are already, in part, known and understood; but as their importance, and that of certain other coincident results, will be more evident by reference to the principles and experiments already stated and described, I have thought it would be useful, in this investigation of the voltaic pile, to notice them briefly here.

1034. When a regular voltaic battery is activated, its activity creates certain effects that feedback into it, causing a significant decline in its power. This makes it a very unreliable tool regarding the amount of effect it can produce. Some of these effects are already known and understood, but their significance, along with that of other related results, will be clearer when we refer to the principles and experiments previously mentioned. Therefore, I believe it would be helpful to briefly highlight them in this investigation of the voltaic pile.

1035. When the battery is in action, it causes such substances to be formed and arranged in contact with the plates as very much weaken its power, or even tend to produce a counter current. They are considered by Sir Humphry Davy as sufficient to account for the phenomena of Ritter's secondary piles, and also for the effects observed by M.A. De la Rive with interposed platina plates216.

1035. When the battery is in use, it creates substances that form and settle in contact with the plates, which greatly reduce its power or even lead to a reverse current. Sir Humphry Davy believes these substances are enough to explain the phenomena of Ritter's secondary piles, as well as the effects noted by M.A. De la Rive with inserted platinum plates216.

1036. I have already referred to this consequence (1003.), as capable, in some cases, of lowering the force of the current to one-eighth or one-tenth of what it was at the first moment, and have met with instances in which its interference was very great. In an experiment in which one voltaic pair and one interposed platina plate were used with dilute sulphuric acid in the cells fig. 103, the wires of communication were so arranged, that the end of that marked 3 could be placed at pleasure upon paper moistened in the solution of iodide of potassium at x, or directly upon the platina plate there. If, after an interval during which the circuit had not been complete, the wire 3 were placed upon the paper, there was evidence of a current, decomposition ensued, and the galvanometer was affected. If the wire 3 were made to touch the metal of p, a comparatively strong sudden current was produced, affecting the galvanometer, but lasting only for a moment; the effect at the galvanometer ceased, and if the wire 3 were placed on the paper at x, no signs of decomposition occurred. On raising the wire 3, and breaking the circuit altogether for a while, the apparatus resumed its first power, requiring, however, from five to ten minutes for this purpose; and then, as before, on making contact between 3 and p, there was again a momentary current, and immediately all the effects apparently ceased.

1036. I’ve already mentioned this outcome (1003.), which can, in some cases, reduce the current's strength to one-eighth or one-tenth of what it was at the beginning, and I've encountered situations where its impact was quite significant. In an experiment using one voltaic pair and one platinum plate with diluted sulfuric acid in the cells shown in fig. 103, the communication wires were set up so that the end marked 3 could be placed on paper soaked in potassium iodide solution at x, or directly on the platinum plate there. If, after a period during which the circuit was incomplete, wire 3 was placed on the paper, a current was indicated, decomposition happened, and the galvanometer reacted. If wire 3 was made to touch the metal of p, a relatively strong, brief current was generated, affecting the galvanometer, but lasting only for a moment; then the galvanometer response stopped, and if wire 3 was placed on the paper at x, no signs of decomposition were noticed. By lifting wire 3 and breaking the circuit entirely for a while, the apparatus regained its initial strength, though it took about five to ten minutes to do so; and then, as before, when contact was made again between 3 and p, a momentary current appeared, and immediately all effects seemed to disappear.

1037. This effect I was ultimately able to refer to the state of the film of fluid in contact with the zinc plate in cell i. The acid of that film is instantly neutralized by the oxide formed; the oxidation of the zinc cannot, of course, go on with the same facility as before; and the chemical action being thus interrupted, the voltaic action diminishes with it. The time of the rest was required for the diffusion of the liquid, and its replacement by other acid. From the serious influence of this cause in experiments with single pairs of plates of different metals, in which I was at one time engaged, and the extreme care required to avoid it, I cannot help feeling a strong suspicion that it interferes more frequently and extensively than experimenters are aware of, and therefore direct their attention to it.

1037. I eventually traced this effect back to the state of the fluid film in contact with the zinc plate in cell i. The acid in that film is instantly neutralized by the oxide that forms; the oxidation of the zinc can't proceed as easily as before, and since the chemical reaction is interrupted, the voltaic action decreases as well. The pause was necessary for the liquid to diffuse and to be replaced by other acid. From the significant impact this caused in experiments with individual pairs of plates made from different metals, which I was involved with at one point, and the extreme care needed to avoid it, I can't shake the strong suspicion that it interferes more often and extensively than researchers realize, and thus they don’t focus on it.

1038. In considering the effect in delicate experiments of this source of irregularity of action, in the voltaic apparatus, it must be remembered that it is only that very small portion of matter which is directly in contact with the oxidizable metal which has to be considered with reference to the change of its nature; and this portion is not very readily displaced from its position upon the surface of the metal (582. 605.), especially if that metal be rough and irregular. In illustration of this effect, I will quote a remarkable experiment. A burnished platina plate (569.) was put into hot strong sulphuric acid for an instant only: it was then put into distilled water, moved about in it, taken out, and wiped dry: it was put into a second portion of distilled water, moved about in it, and again wiped: it was put into a third portion of distilled water, in which it was moved about for nearly eight seconds; it was then, without wiping, put into a fourth portion of distilled water, where it was allowed to remain five minutes. The two latter portions of water were then tested for sulphuric acid; the third gave no sensible appearance of that substance, but the fourth gave indications which were not merely evident, but abundant for the circumstances under which it had been introduced. The result sufficiently shows with what difficulty that portion of the substance which is in contact with the metal leaves it; and as the contact of the fluid formed against the plate in the voltaic circuit must be as intimate and as perfect as possible, it is easy to see how quickly and greatly it must vary from the general fluid in the cells, and how influential in diminishing the force of the battery this effect must be.

1038. When considering the impact of this source of irregular action in delicate experiments with the voltaic apparatus, it's important to note that only a very small portion of matter in direct contact with the oxidizable metal needs to be taken into account regarding its change in nature. This portion is not easily displaced from its position on the surface of the metal, especially if that metal is rough and uneven. To illustrate this effect, I'll mention a remarkable experiment. A polished platinum plate was placed in hot, strong sulfuric acid for just a moment; then it was moved to distilled water, stirred around, taken out, and dried. It was then placed in a second portion of distilled water, stirred again, and wiped. Next, it went into a third portion of distilled water, where it was stirred for nearly eight seconds; without wiping, it was then placed in a fourth portion of distilled water, where it was left for five minutes. The last two portions of water were then tested for sulfuric acid; the third showed no noticeable presence of the substance, but the fourth showed clear and significant indications of it given the circumstances. The results clearly demonstrate how difficult it is for that part of the substance in contact with the metal to detach. Since the contact of the fluid against the plate in the voltaic circuit must be as close and perfect as possible, it’s easy to understand how much it can quickly and significantly differ from the general fluid in the cells, and how this effect can reduce the battery's power.

1039. In the ordinary voltaic pile, the influence of this effect will occur in all variety of degrees. The extremities of a trough of twenty pairs of plates of Wollaston's construction were connected with the volta-electrometer, fig. 66. (711.), of the Seventh Series of these Researches, and after five minutes the number of bubbles of gas issuing from the extremity of the tube, in consequence of the decomposition of the water, noted. Without moving the plates, the acid between the copper and zinc was agitated by the introduction of a feather. The bubbles were immediately evolved more rapidly, above twice the number being produced in the same portion of time as before. In this instance it is very evident that agitation by a feather must have been a very imperfect mode of restoring the acid in the cells against the plates towards its first equal condition; and yet imperfect as the means were, they more than doubled the power of the battery. The first effect of a battery which is known to be so superior to the degree of action which the battery can sustain, is almost entirely due to the favourable condition of the acid in contact with the plates.

1039. In a standard voltaic pile, the influence of this effect will happen in various degrees. The ends of a trough with twenty pairs of plates, designed by Wollaston, were connected to the volta-electrometer, fig. 66. (711.), from the Seventh Series of these Researches. After five minutes, the number of gas bubbles released from the end of the tube due to the decomposition of the water was noted. Without moving the plates, the acid between the copper and zinc was stirred by introducing a feather. The bubbles were then released much more quickly, more than doubling the number produced in the same amount of time as before. In this case, it's clear that stirring with a feather was a very inadequate method of restoring the acid in the cells against the plates to its original balanced state; yet, despite the method's shortcomings, it more than doubled the battery’s power. The first effect of a battery, which is known to exceed the level of action that the battery can support, is almost entirely due to the favorable condition of the acid in contact with the plates.

1040. A second cause of diminution in the force of the voltaic battery, consequent upon its own action, is that extraordinary state of the surfaces of the metals (969.) which was first described, I believe, by Ritter217, to which he refers the powers of his secondary piles, and which has been so well experimented upon by Marianini, and also by A. De la Rive. If the apparatus, fig. 103. (1096.), be left in action for an hour or two, with the wire 3 in contact with the plate p, so as to allow a free passage for the current, then, though the contact be broken for ten or twelve minutes, still, upon its renewal, only a feeble current will pass, not at all equal in force to what might be expected. Further, if P^{1} and P^{2} be connected by a metal wire, a powerful momentary current will pass from P^{2} to P^{1} through the acid, and therefore in the reverse direction to that produced by the action of the zinc in the arrangement; and after this has happened, the general current can pass through the whole of the system as at first, but by its passage again restores the plates P^{2} and P^{1} into the former opposing condition. This, generally, is the fact described by Ritter, Marianini, and De la Rive. It has great opposing influence on the action of a pile, especially if the latter consist of but a small number of alternations, and has to pass its current through many interpositions. It varies with the solution in which the interposed plates are immersed, with the intensity of the current, the strength of the pile, the time of action, and especially with accidental discharges of the plates by inadvertent contacts or reversions of the plates during experiments, and must be carefully watched in every endeavour to trace the source, strength, and variations of the voltaic current. Its effect was avoided in the experiments already described (1036. &c.), by making contact between the plates P^{1} and P^{2} before the effect dependent upon the state of the solution in contact with the zinc plate was observed, and by other precautions.

1040. A second reason for the decrease in power of the voltaic battery, resulting from its own operation, is that unusual condition of the metal surfaces (969.) which was first described, I believe, by Ritter217, who attributes the capabilities of his secondary batteries to it. This has been thoroughly tested by Marianini and A. De la Rive as well. If the device, fig. 103. (1096.), is left running for an hour or two, with wire 3 touching the plate p, allowing the current to flow freely, then even if the contact is broken for ten or twelve minutes, when it is re-established, only a weak current will flow, much less than expected. Additionally, if P^{1} and P^{2} are connected by a metal wire, a strong brief current will flow from P^{2} to P^{1} through the acid, moving in the opposite direction to that created by the zinc's action in the setup. After this occurs, the general current can again pass through the entire system as it did initially, but this passage will restore plates P^{2} and P^{1} to their previous opposing condition. This is generally the phenomenon described by Ritter, Marianini, and De la Rive. It significantly affects the function of a pile, especially if it consists of only a few layers and has to send its current through several barriers. It changes with the solution in which the interposed plates are submerged, with the strength of the current, the power of the pile, the duration of operation, and particularly with random discharges of the plates caused by unintentional contacts or flips of the plates during experiments. This must be closely monitored in any effort to trace the source, strength, and variations of the voltaic current. Its influence was mitigated in the previously mentioned experiments (1036. &c.) by ensuring contact between plates P^{1} and P^{2} before observing the effects related to the state of the solution in contact with the zinc plate and by taking other precautions.

1041. When an apparatus like fig. 98. (1017.) with several platina plates was used, being connected with a battery able to force a current through them, the power which they acquired, of producing a reversed current, was very considerable.

1041. When a device like fig. 98. (1017.) with several platinum plates was used, connected to a battery capable of pushing a current through them, the strength they gained for producing a reversed current was quite significant.

1042. Weak and exhausted charges should never be used at the same time with strong and fresh ones in the different cells of a trough, or the different troughs of a battery: the fluid in all the cells should be alike, else the plates in the weaker cells, in place of assisting, retard the passage of the electricity generated in, and transmitted across, the stronger cells. Each zinc plate so circumstanced has to be assisted in decomposing power before the whole current can pass between it and the liquid. So, that, if in a battery of fifty pairs of plates, ten of the cells contain a weaker charge than the others, it is as if ten decomposing plates were opposed to the transit of the current of forty pairs of generating plates (1031.). Hence a serious loss of force, and hence the reason why, if the ten pairs of plates were removed, the remaining forty pairs would be much more powerful than the whole fifty.

1042. Weak and exhausted charges should never be used at the same time as strong and fresh ones in different cells of a trough, or in different troughs of a battery: the fluid in all the cells should be consistent, otherwise the plates in the weaker cells, instead of helping, slow down the flow of electricity generated in, and transmitted through, the stronger cells. Each zinc plate in this situation needs help in its ability to decompose before the entire current can pass between it and the liquid. So, if in a battery with fifty pairs of plates, ten of the cells have a weaker charge than the others, it’s as if ten decomposing plates are blocking the flow of current from forty pairs of generating plates (1031.). This leads to a significant loss of power, which is why, if the ten pairs of plates were removed, the remaining forty pairs would be much more effective than all fifty together.

1043. Five similar troughs, of ten pairs of plates each, were prepared, four of them with a good uniform charge of acid, and the fifth with the partially neutralized acid of a used battery. Being arranged in right order, and connected with a volta-electrometer (711.), the whole fifty pairs of plates yielded 1.1 cubic inch of oxygen and hydrogen in one minute: but on moving one of the connecting wires so that only the four well-charged troughs should be included in the circuit, they produced with the same volta-electrometer 8.4 cubical inches of gas in the same time. Nearly seven-eighths of the power of the four troughs had been lost, therefore, by their association with the fifth trough.

1043. Five similar troughs, each containing ten pairs of plates, were prepared. Four of them had a good, uniform charge of acid, while the fifth had the partially neutralized acid from a used battery. Once arranged correctly and connected to a volta-electrometer (711.), all fifty pairs of plates produced 1.1 cubic inches of oxygen and hydrogen in one minute. However, when we adjusted one of the connecting wires to include only the four well-charged troughs in the circuit, they generated 8.4 cubic inches of gas in the same amount of time. This means that nearly seven-eighths of the power from the four troughs was lost due to their connection with the fifth trough.

1044. The same battery of fifty pairs of plates, after being thus used, was connected with a volta-electrometer (711.), so that by quickly shifting the wires of communication, the current of the whole of the battery, or of any portion of it, could be made to pass through the instrument for given portions of time in succession. The whole of the battery evolved 0.9 of a cubic inch of oxygen and hydrogen in half a minute; the forty plates evolved 4.6 cubic inches in the same time; the whole then evolved 1 cubic inch in the half-minute; the ten weakly charged evolved 0.4 of a cubic inch in the time given: and finally the whole evolved 1.15 cubic inch in the standard time. The order of the observations was that given: the results sufficiently show the extremely injurious effect produced by the mixture of strong and weak charges in the same battery218.

1044. The same battery of fifty pairs of plates, after being used, was connected to a volta-electrometer (711.), which allowed the current from the entire battery or any portion of it to be directed through the instrument for specific intervals by quickly changing the connection wires. The entire battery generated 0.9 cubic inches of oxygen and hydrogen in half a minute; the forty plates produced 4.6 cubic inches during the same time; then the whole produced 1 cubic inch in half a minute; the ten weakly charged plates generated 0.4 cubic inches in that time; and finally, the entire setup produced 1.15 cubic inches in the standard time. The order of the observations was as stated: the results clearly demonstrate the very damaging effect caused by mixing strong and weak charges in the same battery218.

1045. In the same manner associations of strong and weak pairs of plates should be carefully avoided. A pair of copper and platina plates arranged in accordance with a pair of zinc and platina plates in dilute sulphuric acid, were found to stop the action of the latter, or even of two pairs of the latter, as effectually almost as an interposed plate of platina (1011.), or as if the copper itself had been platina. It, in fact, became an interposed decomposing plate, and therefore a retarding instead of an assisting pair.

1045. Similarly, you should avoid using combinations of strong and weak plate pairs. When you set up a pair of copper and platinum plates with a pair of zinc and platinum plates in dilute sulfuric acid, it was observed that the first pair completely stopped the action of the second pair, almost as effectively as if a platinum plate were placed in between (1011.), or as if the copper were platinum itself. In reality, it acted like a separating decomposing plate, thus functioning as a hindrance rather than a help.

1046. The reversal, by accident or otherwise, of the plates in a battery has an exceedingly injurious effect. It is not merely the counteraction of the current which the reversed plates can produce, but their effect also in retarding even as indifferent plates, and requiring decomposition to be effected upon their surface, in accordance with the course of the current, before the latter can pass. They oppose the current, therefore, in the first place, as interposed platina plates would do (1011-1018.); and to this they add a force of opposition as counter-voltaic plates. I find that, in a series of four pairs of zinc and platina plates in dilute sulphuric acid, if one pair be reversed, it very nearly neutralizes the power of the whole.

1046. The reversal, whether by accident or otherwise, of the plates in a battery has a very damaging effect. It's not just the way the reversed plates counteract the current; they also slow things down like neutral plates do and require decomposition on their surface, following the current's flow, before it can pass through. They first oppose the current like inserted platinum plates would (1011-1018.); in addition to this, they create an opposing force like counter-voltaic plates. I've found that in a setup of four pairs of zinc and platinum plates in diluted sulfuric acid, if one pair is reversed, it nearly neutralizes the power of the entire system.

1047. There are many other causes of reaction, retardation, and irregularity in the voltaic battery. Amongst them is the not unusual one of precipitation of copper upon the zinc in the cells, the injurious effect of which has before been adverted to (1006.). But their interest is not perhaps sufficient to justify any increase of the length of this paper, which is rather intended to be an investigation of the theory of the voltaic pile than a particular account of its practical application219.

1047. There are several other reasons for reactions, delays, and inconsistencies in the voltaic battery. One common issue is the buildup of copper on the zinc in the cells, which has been mentioned previously (1006.). However, these topics may not be interesting enough to warrant extending this paper, which aims more at exploring the theory of the voltaic pile rather than giving a detailed overview of its practical use219.

Note.—Many of the views and experiments in this Series of my Experimental Researches will be seen at once to be corrections and extensions of the theory of electro-chemical decomposition, given in the Fifth and Seventh Series of these Researches. The expressions I would now alter are those which concern the independence of the evolved elements in relation to the poles or electrodes, and the reference of their evolution to powers entirely internal (524. 537. 661.). The present paper fully shows my present views; and I would refer to paragraphs 891. 904. 910. 917. 918. 947. 963. 1007. 1031. &c., as stating what they are. I hope this note will be considered as sufficient in the way of correction at present; for I would rather defer revising the whole theory of electro-chemical decomposition until I can obtain clearer views of the way in which the power under consideration can appear at one time as associated with particles giving them their chemical attraction, and at another as free electricity (493. 957.).—M.F.

Note.—Many of the ideas and experiments in this Series of my Experimental Researches will clearly be seen as corrections and extensions of the theory of electro-chemical decomposition presented in the Fifth and Seventh Series of these Researches. The statements I would now change relate to the independence of the produced elements in connection with the poles or electrodes, and the noting of their production to powers that are entirely internal (524. 537. 661.). This paper fully conveys my current views; I would refer to paragraphs 891. 904. 910. 917. 918. 947. 963. 1007. 1031. &c., as expressing what they are. I hope this note will be regarded as sufficient for now in terms of correction; I would prefer to wait to revise the entire theory of electro-chemical decomposition until I can gain clearer insights into how the power in question can sometimes be seen as linked to particles giving them their chemical attraction, and at other times as free electricity (493. 957.).—M.F.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

March 31st, 1834.

March 31, 1834.


Ninth Series.

§ 15. On the influence by induction of an Electric Current on itself:—and on the inductive action of Electric Currents generally.

Received December 18, 1834,—Read January 29, 1835.

Received December 18, 1834—Read January 29, 1835.

1048. The following investigations relate to a very remarkable inductive action of electric currents, or of the different parts of the same current (74.), and indicate an immediate connexion between such inductive action and the direct transmission of electricity through conducting bodies, or even that exhibited in the form of a spark.

1048. The following investigations relate to a very remarkable inductive action of electric currents, or of the different parts of the same current (74.), and indicate an immediate connection between such inductive action and the direct transmission of electricity through conducting materials, or even that shown in the form of a spark.

1049. The inquiry arose out of a fact communicated to me by Mr. Jenkin, which is as follows. If an ordinary wire of short length be used as the medium of communication between the two plates of an electromotor consisting of a single pair of metals, no management will enable the experimenter to obtain an electric shock from this wire; but if the wire which surrounds an electro-magnet be used, a shock is felt each time the contact with the electromotor is broken, provided the ends of the wire be grasped one in each hand.

1049. The inquiry came from something Mr. Jenkin told me, which is as follows. If a regular short wire is used to connect the two plates of an electromotor made up of a single pair of metals, no amount of skill will allow the experimenter to get an electric shock from this wire; however, if the wire wrapped around an electromagnet is used, a shock can be felt each time the connection with the electromotor is interrupted, as long as the ends of the wire are held, one in each hand.

1050. Another effect is observed at the same time, which has long been known to philosophers, namely, that a bright electric spark occurs at the place of disjunction.

1050. Another effect is noticed at the same time, which has long been recognized by philosophers, namely, that a bright electric spark appears at the point of separation.

1051. A brief account of these results, with some of a corresponding character which I had observed in using long wires, was published in the Philosophical Magazine for 1834220; and I added to them some observations on their nature. Further investigations led me to perceive the inaccuracy of my first notions, and ended in identifying these effects with the phenomena of induction which I had been fortunate enough to develop in the First Series of these Experimental Researches (1.-59.)221. Notwithstanding this identity, the extension and the results supply, lead me to believe that they will be found worthy of the attention of the Royal Society.

1051. I published a brief overview of these findings, along with some similar results I noticed while working with long wires, in the Philosophical Magazine for 1834220; and I included some observations about their nature. Further research helped me realize that my initial ideas were inaccurate, and I ultimately connected these effects to the phenomena of induction that I was lucky enough to explore in the First Series of these Experimental Researches (1.-59.)221. Despite this connection, the extent and results suggest to me that they will be worthy of the Royal Society's attention.

1052. The electromotor used consisted of a cylinder of zinc introduced between the two parts of a double cylinder of copper, and preserved from metallic contact in the usual way by corks. The zinc cylinder was eight inches high and four inches in diameter. Both it and the copper cylinder were supplied with stiff wires, surmounted by cups containing mercury; and it was at these cups that the contacts of wires, helices, or electro-magnets, used to complete the circuit, were made or broken. These cups I will call G and E throughout the rest of this paper (1079.).

1052. The electromotor used was made up of a zinc cylinder placed between two sections of a double copper cylinder, with corks preventing any metal-to-metal contact as usual. The zinc cylinder was eight inches tall and four inches wide. Both the zinc and copper cylinders had stiff wires attached, topped with cups filled with mercury. It was in these cups that the connections for the wires, coils, or electromagnets used to complete the circuit were made or interrupted. I will refer to these cups as G and E for the rest of this document (1079.).

1053. Certain helices were constructed, some of which it will be necessary to describe. A pasteboard tube had four copper wires, one twenty-fourth of an inch in thickness, wound round it, each forming a helix in the same direction from end to end: the convolutions of each wire were separated by string, and the superposed helices prevented from touching by intervening calico. The lengths of the wires forming the helices were 48, 49.5, 48, and 45 feet. The first and third wires were united together so as to form one consistent helix of 96 feet in length; and the second and fourth wires were similarly united to form a second helix, closely interwoven with the first, and 94.5 feet in length. These helices may be distinguished by the numbers i and ii. They were carefully examined by a powerful current of electricity and a galvanometer, and found to have no communication with each other.

1053. Certain helices were built, and some of them need to be described. A pasteboard tube had four copper wires, each one twenty-fourth of an inch thick, wound around it, creating a helix in the same direction from one end to the other. The coils of each wire were spaced apart with string, and the stacked helices were kept from touching by layers of calico. The lengths of the wires making up the helices were 48, 49.5, 48, and 45 feet. The first and third wires were joined together to create a single consistent helix measuring 96 feet; the second and fourth wires were similarly joined to form a second helix, closely intertwined with the first, measuring 94.5 feet. These helices are identified as i and ii. They were carefully tested using a strong electric current and a galvanometer, and it was confirmed that they had no connection with each other.

1054. Another helix was constructed upon a similar pasteboard tube, two lengths of the same copper wire being used, each forty-six feet long. These were united into one consistent helix of ninety-two feet, which therefore was nearly equal in value to either of the former helices, but was not in close inductive association with them. It may be distinguished by the number iii.

1054. Another helix was built on a similar cardboard tube, using two lengths of the same copper wire, each forty-six feet long. These were combined into one continuous helix of ninety-two feet, which was nearly equal in value to either of the previous helices, but wasn’t closely connected inductively with them. It can be identified by the number iii.

1055. A fourth helix was constructed of very thick copper wire, being one-fifth of an inch in diameter; the length of wire used was seventy-nine feet, independent of the straight terminal portions.

1055. A fourth helix was made from very thick copper wire, measuring one-fifth of an inch in diameter; the length of wire used was seventy-nine feet, not including the straight ends.

1056. The principal electro-magnet employed consisted of a cylindrical bar of soft iron twenty-five inches long, and one inch and three quarters in diameter, bent into a ring, so that the ends nearly touched, and surrounded by three coils of thick copper wire, the similar ends of which were fastened together; each of these terminations was soldered to a copper rod, serving as a conducting continuation of the wire. Hence any electric current sent through the rods was divided in the helices surrounding the ring, into three parts, all of which, however, moved in the same direction. The three wires may therefore be considered as representing one wire, of thrice the thickness of the wire really used.

1056. The main electromagnet used was a cylindrical bar of soft iron, twenty-five inches long and one and three-quarters inches in diameter, bent into a ring so that the ends almost touched. It was surrounded by three coils of thick copper wire, with the similar ends fastened together. Each of these ends was soldered to a copper rod, which acted as a continuation of the wire for conducting electricity. Thus, any electric current sent through the rods was split into three parts in the helices around the ring, but all of them moved in the same direction. Therefore, the three wires can be seen as one wire, three times the thickness of the wire actually used.

1057. Other electro-magnets could be made at pleasure by introducing a soft iron rod into any of the helices described (1053, &c.).

1057. You could easily create other electromagnets by putting a soft iron rod into any of the coils mentioned (1053, &c.).

1058. The galvanometer which I had occasion to use was rough in its construction, having but one magnetic needle, and not at all delicate in its indications.

1058. The galvanometer I had to use was poorly made, with only one magnetic needle, and it wasn’t very precise in its readings.

1059. The effects to be considered depend on the conductor employed to complete the communication between the zinc and copper plates of the electromotor; and I shall have to consider this conductor under four different forms: as the helix of an electro-magnet (1056); as an ordinary helix (1053, &c.); as a long extended wire, having its course such that the parts can exert little or no mutual influence; and as a short wire. In all cases the conductor was of copper.

1059. The effects to be considered depend on the conductor used to connect the zinc and copper plates of the electromotor; and I will examine this conductor in four different forms: as the helix of an electromagnet (1056); as a regular helix (1053, & c.); as a long wire arranged so that its sections have minimal or no mutual influence; and as a short wire. In all cases, the conductor was made of copper.

1060. The peculiar effects are best shown by the electro-magnet (1056.). When it was used to complete the communication at the electromotor, there was no sensible spark on making contact, but on breaking contact there was a very large and bright spark, with considerable combustion of the mercury. Then, again, with respect to the shock: if the hands were moistened in salt and water, and good contact between them and the wires retained, no shock could be felt upon making contact at the electromotor, but a powerful one on breaking contact.

1060. The unusual effects are best demonstrated by the electro-magnet (1056.). When it was used to complete the circuit at the electromotor, there was no noticeable spark when making contact, but a very large and bright spark occurred upon breaking contact, along with significant combustion of the mercury. Additionally, regarding the shock: if the hands were dampened with saltwater and good contact was maintained between them and the wires, no shock could be felt upon making contact at the electromotor, but a strong one upon breaking contact.

1061. When the helix i or iii (1053, &c.) was used as the connecting conductor, there was also a good spark on breaking contact, but none (sensibly) on making contact. On trying to obtain the shock from these helices, I could not succeed at first. By joining the similar ends of i and ii so as to make the two helices equivalent to one helix, having wire of double thickness, I could just obtain the sensation. Using the helix of thick wire (1055.) the shock was distinctly obtained. On placing the tongue between two plates of silver connected by wires with the parts which the hands had heretofore touched (1064.), there was a powerful shock on breaking contact, but none on making contact.

1061. When the helix i or iii (1053, &c.) was used as the connecting conductor, there was a noticeable spark when breaking contact, but none (that I could feel) when making contact. At first, I couldn’t get a shock from these helices. By connecting the same ends of i and ii to make the two helices equivalent to one helix with double the wire thickness, I could just manage to feel a sensation. Using the helix made of thick wire (1055.), I clearly felt the shock. When placing my tongue between two silver plates connected by wires to the parts that my hands had previously touched (1064.), there was a strong shock when breaking contact, but none when making contact.

1062. The power of producing these phenomena exists therefore in the simple helix, as in the electro-magnet, although by no means in the same high degree.

1062. The ability to create these phenomena is found in the simple helix, just like in the electro-magnet, although not to the same extent.

1063. On putting a bar of soft iron into the helix, it became an electro-magnet (1057.), and its power was instantly and greatly raised. On putting a bar of copper into the helix, no change was produced, the action being that of the helix alone. The two helices i and ii, made into one helix of twofold length of wire, produced a greater effect than either i or ii alone.

1063. When a soft iron bar is placed into the helix, it turns into an electro-magnet (1057.), and its strength increases significantly right away. However, when a copper bar is inserted into the helix, there’s no change, as the helix operates on its own. The two helices i and ii, combined into a single helix with twice the length of wire, created a greater effect than either i or ii could achieve alone.

1064. On descending from the helix to the mere long wire, the following effects were obtained, A copper wire, 0.18 of an inch in diameter, and 132 feet in length, was laid out upon the floor of the laboratory, and used as the connecting conductor (1059.); it gave no sensible spark on making contact, but produced a bright one on breaking contact, yet not so bright as that from the helix (1061.) On endeavouring to obtain the electric shock at the moment contact was broken, I could not succeed so as to make it pass through the hands; but by using two silver plates fastened by small wires to the extremity of the principal wire used, and introducing the tongue between those plates, I succeeded in obtaining powerful shocks upon the tongue and gums, and could easily convulse a flounder, an eel, or a frog. None of these effects could be obtained directly from the electromotor, i.e. when the tongue, frog, or fish was in a similar, and therefore comparative manner, interposed in the course of the communication between the zinc and copper plates, separated everywhere else by the acid used to excite the combination, or by air. The bright spark and the shock, produced only on breaking contact, are therefore effects of the same kind as those produced in a higher degree by the helix, and in a still higher degree by the electro-magnet.

1064. When moving from the helix to the plain long wire, the following results were observed: A copper wire, 0.18 inches in diameter and 132 feet long, was laid out on the laboratory floor and used as the connecting conductor. It didn’t produce any noticeable spark when making contact but created a bright one when breaking contact, though it wasn't as bright as the one from the helix. When I tried to get an electric shock at the moment contact was broken, I couldn’t make it pass through my hands; however, by using two silver plates connected by small wires to the end of the main wire and placing my tongue between those plates, I was able to get strong shocks on my tongue and gums, which could easily convulse a flounder, an eel, or a frog. None of these effects could be achieved directly from the electromotor when the tongue, frog, or fish were similarly interposed in the circuit between the zinc and copper plates, which were otherwise separated by the acid used to create the connection or by air. Therefore, the bright spark and shock, which only occurred when breaking contact, are similar effects to those produced in greater intensity by the helix and even more so by the electromagnet.

1065. In order to compare an extended wire with a helix, the helix i, containing ninety-six feet, and ninety-six feet of the same-sized wire lying on the floor of the laboratory, were used alternately as conductors: the former gave a much brighter spark at the moment of disjunction than the latter. Again, twenty-eight feet of copper wire were made up into a helix, and being used gave a good spark on disjunction at the electromotor; being then suddenly pulled out and again employed, it gave a much smaller spark than before, although nothing but its spiral arrangement had been changed.

1065. To compare a long wire with a helix, we alternately used a helix that was ninety-six feet long and ninety-six feet of the same gauge wire lying on the laboratory floor as conductors. The helix produced a much brighter spark when disconnected than the wire. Additionally, we created a helix using twenty-eight feet of copper wire, which produced a good spark upon disconnection at the electromotor. However, when this helix was suddenly removed and then used again, it generated a much smaller spark than before, even though the only change was its spiral configuration.

1066. As the superiority of a helix over a wire is important to the philosophy of the effect, I took particular pains to ascertain the fact with certainty. A wire of copper sixty-seven feet long was bent in the middle so as to form a double termination which could be communicated with the electromotor; one of the halves of this wire was made into a helix and the other remained in its extended condition. When these were used alternately as the connecting wire, the helix half gave by much the strongest spark. It even gave a stronger spark than when it and the extended wire were used conjointly as a double conductor.

1066. Since the advantage of a helix over a wire is crucial to understanding the effect, I made sure to confirm this fact. A copper wire measuring sixty-seven feet was bent in the middle to create a double ending that could connect to the electromotor; one half of this wire was shaped into a helix while the other stayed straight. When these were alternately used as connecting wires, the helix produced a significantly stronger spark. In fact, it generated an even stronger spark than when it was used together with the straight wire as a dual conductor.

1067. When a short wire is used, all these effects disappear. If it be only two or three inches long, a spark can scarcely be perceived on breaking the junction. If it be ten or twelve inches long and moderately thick, a small spark may be more easily obtained. As the length is increased, the spark becomes proportionately brighter, until from extreme length the resistance offered by the metal as a conductor begins to interfere with the principal result.

1067. When a short wire is used, all these effects disappear. If it’s only two or three inches long, a spark can hardly be seen when breaking the connection. If it’s ten or twelve inches long and of moderate thickness, a small spark can be obtained more easily. As the length increases, the spark gets proportionately brighter, until at extreme lengths, the resistance of the metal as a conductor starts to interfere with the main effect.

1068. The effect of elongation was well shown thus: 114 feet of copper wire, one-eighteenth of an inch in diameter, were extended on the floor and used as a conductor; it remained cold, but gave a bright spark on breaking contact. Being crossed so that the two terminations were in contact near the extremities, it was again used as a conductor, only twelve inches now being included in the circuit: the wire became very hot from the greater quantity of electricity passing through it, and yet the spark on breaking contact was scarcely visible. The experiment was repeated with a wire one-ninth of an inch in diameter and thirty-six feet long with the same results.

1068. The effect of stretching was clearly demonstrated like this: 114 feet of copper wire, one-eighteenth of an inch in diameter, were laid out on the floor and used as a conductor; it stayed cool but produced a bright spark when contact was broken. When the ends were crossed so that they touched each other near the ends, it was used again as a conductor, now including only twelve inches in the circuit: the wire got very hot due to the larger amount of electricity flowing through it, yet the spark when breaking contact was barely visible. The experiment was repeated with a wire one-ninth of an inch in diameter and thirty-six feet long, yielding the same results.

1069. That the effects, and also the action, in all these forms of the experiment are identical, is evident from the manner in which the former can be gradually raised from that produced by the shortest wire to that of the most powerful electro-magnet: and this capability of examining what will happen by the most powerful apparatus, and then experimenting for the same results, or reasoning from them, with the weaker arrangements, is of great advantage in making out the true principles of the phenomena.

1069. It's clear that the effects and actions in all these types of experiments are the same. This is shown by how the effects can be gradually increased from what’s generated by the shortest wire to that of the strongest electromagnet. Being able to test with the most powerful equipment and then apply those findings to weaker setups is really helpful for understanding the true principles behind the phenomena.

1070. The action is evidently dependent upon the wire which serves as a conductor; for it varies as that wire varies in its length or arrangement. The shortest wire may be considered as exhibiting the full effect of spark or shock which the electromotor can produce by its own direct power; all the additional force which the arrangements described can excite being due to some affection of the current, either permanent or momentary, in the wire itself. That it is a momentary effect, produced only at the instant of breaking contact, will be fully proved (1089. 1100.).

1070. The action clearly depends on the wire acting as a conductor; it changes depending on the wire's length or configuration. The shortest wire can be seen as showing the complete effect of the spark or shock that the electromotor can create with its own direct power; any extra force from the arrangements described comes from some change in the current, either permanent or temporary, in the wire itself. It will be fully demonstrated that this is a temporary effect, occurring only at the moment of breaking contact (1089. 1100.).

1071. No change takes place in the quantity or intensity of the current during the time the latter is continued, from the moment after contact is made, up to that previous to disunion, except what depends upon the increased obstruction offered to the passage of the electricity by a long wire as compared to a short wire. To ascertain this point with regard to quantity, the helix i (1053.) and the galvanometer (1055.) were both made parts of the metallic circuit used to connect the plates of a small electromotor, and the deflection at the galvanometer was observed; then a soft iron core was put into the helix, and as soon as the momentary effect was over, and the needle had become stationary, it was again observed, and found to stand exactly at the same division as before. Thus the quantity passing through the wire when the current was continued was the same either with or without the soft iron, although the peculiar effects occurring at the moment of disjunction were very different in degree under such variation of circumstances.

1071. There’s no change in the amount or strength of the current while it’s continuous, from the moment contact is made until just before disconnection, except for the increased resistance that a long wire presents compared to a short wire. To check this regarding quantity, the helix i (1053.) and the galvanometer (1055.) were both included in the metal circuit connecting the plates of a small electromotor, and the deflection on the galvanometer was noted. Then, a soft iron core was placed into the helix, and once the temporary effect was over and the needle had stabilized, it was checked again and found to be at the same division as before. Therefore, the quantity passing through the wire when the current was continuous was the same with or without the soft iron, even though the specific effects happening at the moment of disconnection varied significantly under those circumstances.

1072. That the quality of intensity belonging to the constant current did not vary with the circumstances favouring the peculiar results under consideration, so as to yield an explanation of those results, was ascertained in the following manner. The current excited by an electromotor was passed through short wires, and its intensity tried by subjecting different substances to its electrolyzing power (912. 966. &c.); it was then passed through the wires of the powerful electro-magnet (1056.), and again examined with respect to its intensity by the same means and found unchanged. Again, the constancy of the quantity passed in the above experiment (1071.) adds further proof that the intensity could not have varied; for had it been increased upon the introduction of the soft iron, there is every reason to believe that the quantity passed in a given time would also have increased.

1072. The quality of intensity in the constant current didn't change based on the conditions that produced the specific results being analyzed, and this was confirmed in the following way. The current generated by an electromotor was sent through short wires, and its intensity was tested by applying it to different substances to see how they were electrolyzed (912. 966. & c.); it was then directed through the wires of a strong electro-magnet (1056.), and again assessed for its intensity using the same method, finding it remained unchanged. Additionally, the consistency of the quantity measured in the previous experiment (1071.) provides further evidence that the intensity couldn't have varied; because if it had increased when the soft iron was introduced, it stands to reason that the quantity measured over a certain time would have increased as well.

1073. The fact is, that under many variations of the experiments, the permanent current loses in force as the effects upon breaking contact become exalted. This is abundantly evident in the comparative experiments with long and short wires (1068.); and is still more strikingly shown by the following variation. Solder an inch or two in length of fine platina wire (about one-hundredth of an inch in diameter) on to one end of the long communicating wire, and also a similar length of the same platina wire on to one end of the short communication; then, in comparing the effects of these two communications, make and break contact between the platina terminations and the mercury of the cup G or E (1079.). When the short wire is used, the platina will be ignited by the constant current, because of the quantity of electricity, but the spark on breaking contact will be hardly visible; on using the longer communicating wire, which by obstructing will diminish the current, the platina will remain cold whilst the current passes, but give a bright spark at the moment it ceases: thus the strange result is obtained of a diminished spark and shock from the strong current, and increased effects from the weak one. Hence the spark and shock at the moment of disjunction, although resulting from great intensity and quantity, of the current at that moment, are no direct indicators or measurers of the intensity or quantity of the constant current previously passing, and by which they are ultimately produced.

1073. The truth is that in various experiments, the steady current loses strength as the effects of breaking contact become more pronounced. This is clearly demonstrated in the comparative experiments with long and short wires (1068.); and is even more strikingly illustrated by the following variation. Solder a length of fine platinum wire (about one-hundredth of an inch in diameter) that is an inch or two long onto one end of the long connecting wire, and also attach a similar length of platinum wire to one end of the short connecting wire; then, when comparing the effects of these two connections, make and break contact between the platinum ends and the mercury in the cups G or E (1079.). When the short wire is used, the platinum will glow due to the constant current because of the amount of electricity, but the spark when breaking contact will be barely visible; when using the longer connecting wire, which decreases the current due to obstruction, the platinum will stay cool while the current flows, but will produce a bright spark when it stops: thus, the surprising result is seen of a smaller spark and shock from the strong current, and greater effects from the weak one. Therefore, the spark and shock at the moment of separation, while stemming from high intensity and quantity of the current at that moment, do not accurately indicate or measure the intensity or quantity of the steady current that was passing before and that ultimately caused them.

* * * * *

* * * * *

1074. It is highly important in using the spark as an indication, by its relative brightness, of these effects, to bear in mind certain circumstances connected with its production and appearance (958.). An ordinary electric spark is understood to be the bright appearance of electricity passing suddenly through an interval of air, or other badly conducting matter. A voltaic spark is sometimes of the same nature, but, generally, is due to the ignition and even combustion of a minute portion of a good conductor; and that is especially the case when the electromotor consists of but one or few pairs of plates. This can be very well observed if either or both of the metallic surfaces intended to touch be solid and pointed. The moment they come in contact the current passes; it heats, ignites, and even burns the touching points, and the appearance is as if the spark passed on making contact, whereas it is only a case of ignition by the current, contact being previously made, and is perfectly analogous to the ignition of a fine platina wire connecting the extremities of a voltaic battery.

1074. It's really important to use the spark as a sign, based on its brightness, to understand these effects, while keeping in mind certain factors related to its creation and appearance (958.). An ordinary electric spark is seen as the bright flash of electricity that suddenly moves through a gap of air or other poorly conducting material. A voltaic spark sometimes resembles this, but is usually caused by the heating and even burning of a tiny bit of a good conductor; this is particularly true when the power source has just one or a few pairs of plates. This is easily noticeable if either or both metal surfaces meant to touch are solid and pointed. As soon as they make contact, the current flows; it heats, ignites, and can even burn the points where they touch, making it look like the spark occurs when contact is made, but it’s really just ignition from the current after contact has happened, which is very similar to the ignition of a fine platinum wire connecting the ends of a voltaic battery.

1075. When mercury constitutes one or both of the surfaces used, the brightness of the spark is greatly increased. But as this effect is due to the action on, and probable combustion of, the metal, such sparks must only be compared with other sparks also taken from mercurial surfaces, and not with such as may be taken, for instance, between surfaces of platina or gold, for then the appearances are far less bright, though the same quantity of electricity be passed. It is not at all unlikely that the commonly occurring circumstance of combustion may affect even the duration of the light; and that sparks taken between mercury, copper, or other combustible bodies, will continue for a period sensibly longer than those passing between platina or gold.

1075. When mercury is part of one or both surfaces used, the spark's brightness is significantly enhanced. However, since this effect is caused by the interaction with, and possible combustion of, the metal, such sparks should only be compared with other sparks produced from mercurial surfaces, and not with those produced between surfaces of platinum or gold. In that case, the sparks appear much dimmer, even if the same amount of electricity is being used. It's quite possible that the common occurrence of combustion may also influence the duration of the light; sparks generated between mercury, copper, or other combustible materials will likely last noticeably longer than those produced between platinum or gold.

1076. When the end of a short clean copper wire, attached to one plate of an electromotor, is brought down carefully upon a surface of mercury connected with the other plate, a spark, almost continuous, can be obtained. This I refer to a succession of effects of the following nature: first, contact,—then ignition of the touching points,—recession of the mercury from the mechanical results of the heat produced at the place of contact, and the electro-magnetic condition of the parts at the moment222, —breaking of the contact and the production of the peculiar intense effect dependent thereon,—renewal of the contact by the returning surface of the undulating mercury,—and then a repetition of the same series of effects, and that with such rapidity as to present the appearance of a continued discharge. If a long wire or an electro-magnet be used as the connecting conductor instead of a short wire, a similar appearance may be produced by tapping the vessel containing the mercury and making it vibrate; but the sparks do not usually follow each other so rapidly as to produce an apparently continuous spark, because of the time required, when the long wire or electro-magnet is used, both for the full development of the current (1101. 1106.) and for its complete cessation.

1076. When the end of a short clean copper wire, attached to one plate of an electromotor, is carefully brought down onto a surface of mercury connected to the other plate, you can get a nearly continuous spark. I attribute this to a series of effects happening in the following order: first, contact — then ignition at the contact points — followed by a recession of the mercury due to the mechanical results of the heat produced at the contact area, and the electromagnetic state of the components at that moment. — Breaking the contact produces a unique intense effect based on that — the contact is renewed by the returning surface of the undulating mercury — and then the same series of effects repeats itself, so quickly that it looks like a continuous discharge. If a long wire or an electromagnet is used as the connecting conductor instead of a short wire, a similar effect can be created by tapping the container holding the mercury to make it vibrate; however, the sparks usually don't follow each other quickly enough to produce what appears to be a continuous spark, due to the time it takes for the full development of the current and for it to completely stop when using a long wire or electromagnet.

1077. Returning to the phenomena in question, the first thought that arises in the mind is, that the electricity circulates with something like momentum or inertia in the wire, and that thus a long wire produces effects at the instant the current is stopped, which a short wire cannot produce. Such an explanation is, however, at once set aside by the fact, that the same length of wire produces the effects in very different degrees, according as it is simply extended, or made into a helix, or forms the circuit of an electro-magnet (1069.). The experiments to be adduced (1089.) will still more strikingly show that the idea of momentum cannot apply.

1077. Returning to the phenomena in question, the first thought that comes to mind is that electricity flows through the wire with something like momentum or inertia, and that a long wire creates effects instantly when the current is stopped, which a short wire cannot create. However, this explanation is quickly dismissed by the fact that the same length of wire produces effects to very different extents, depending on whether it's simply extended, formed into a helix, or part of an electro-magnet circuit (1069.). The experiments to be discussed (1089.) will further demonstrate that the idea of momentum doesn't apply.

1078. The bright spark at the electromotor, and the shock in the arms, appeared evidently to be due to one current in the long wire, divided into two parts by the double channel afforded through the body and through the electromotor; for that the spark was evolved at the place of disjunction with the electromotor, not by any direct action of the latter, but by a force immediately exerted in the wire of communication, seemed to be without doubt (1070.). It followed, therefore, that by using a better conductor in place of the human body, the whole of this extra current might be made to pass at that place; and thus be separated from that which the electromotor could produce by its immediate action, and its direction be examined apart from any interference of the original and originating current. This was found to be true; for on connecting the ends of the principal wire together by a cross wire two or three feet in length, applied just where the hands had felt the shock, the whole of the extra current passed by the new channel, and then no better spark than one producible by a short wire was obtained on disjunction at the electromotor.

1078. The bright spark at the electromotor and the shock in the arms clearly resulted from one current in the long wire, split into two parts by the double path provided through the body and the electromotor. The spark appeared at the connection point with the electromotor, not due to any direct action from it, but from a force acting directly in the communication wire, which is beyond doubt (1070.). Therefore, by using a better conductor instead of the human body, all of this extra current could be directed through that point, separating it from what the electromotor could generate through its own action, allowing its direction to be examined independently of the original current. This was confirmed; when connecting the ends of the main wire together with a cross wire two or three feet long, right where the hands had felt the shock, all of the extra current flowed through the new path, resulting in no better spark than what could be produced by a short wire when disconnected from the electromotor.

1079. The current thus separated was examined by galvanometers and decomposing apparatus introduced into the course of this wire. I will always speak of it as the current in the cross wire or wires, so that no mistake, as to its place or origin, may occur. In the wood-cut, Z and C represent the zinc and copper plates of the electromotor; G and E the cups of mercury where contact is made or broken (1052.); A and B the terminations of D, the long wire, the helix or the electro-magnet, used to complete the circuit; N and P are the cross wires, which can either be brought into contact at x, or else have a galvanometer (1058.) or an electrolyzing apparatus (312. 316.) interposed there.

1079. The current that was separated was examined by galvanometers and decomposing devices placed in the path of this wire. I'll always refer to it as the current in the cross wire or wires so that there’s no misunderstanding about its position or source. In the illustration, Z and C represent the zinc and copper plates of the electromotor; G and E are the mercury cups where the connection is made or interrupted (1052.); A and B are the ends of D, the long wire, the helix, or the electromagnet, used to complete the circuit; N and P are the cross wires, which can either be connected at x, or have a galvanometer (1058.) or an electrolyzing device (312. 316.) placed there.

The production of the shock from the current in the cross wire, whether D was a long extended wire, or a helix, or an electro-magnet, has been already described (1060. 1061. 1064.).

The creation of the shock from the current in the cross wire, whether D was a long wire, a coil, or an electromagnet, has already been explained (1060. 1061. 1064.).

1080. The spark of the cross-wire current could be produced at x in the following manner: D was made an electro-magnet; the metallic extremities at x were held close together, or rubbed lightly against each other, whilst contact was broken at G or E. When the communication was perfect at x, little or no spark appeared at G or E. When the condition of vicinity at x was favourable for the result required, a bright spark would pass there at the moment of disjunction, none occurring at G and E: this spark was the luminous passage of the extra current through the cross-wires. When there was no contact or passage of current at x, then the spark appeared at G or E, the extra current forcing its way through the electromotor itself. The same results were obtained by the use of the helix or the extended wire at D in place of the electro-magnet.

1080. The spark from the cross-wire current could be created at x in the following way: D was turned into an electromagnet; the metal ends at x were held close together or lightly rubbed against each other while contact was interrupted at G or E. When the connection was good at x, little or no spark appeared at G or E. When the conditions at x were right for the desired effect, a bright spark would jump there at the moment of disconnection, with none occurring at G and E: this spark was the visible flow of the extra current through the cross-wires. When there was no contact or current flow at x, the spark showed up at G or E, with the extra current pushing through the electromotor itself. The same results were achieved by using the helix or the extended wire at D instead of the electromagnet.

1081. On introducing a fine platina wire at x, and employing the electro-magnet at D, no visible effects occurred as long as contact was continued; but on breaking contact at G or E, the fine wire was instantly ignited and fused. A longer or thicker wire could be so adjusted at x as to show ignition, without fusion, every time the contact was broken at G or E.

1081. When a fine platinum wire was introduced at x, and the electromagnet was used at D, there were no visible effects as long as the connection was maintained; however, breaking the connection at G or E caused the fine wire to ignite and melt instantly. A longer or thicker wire could be set up at x to ignite without melting every time the connection was broken at G or E.

1082. It is rather difficult to obtain this effect with helices or wires, and for very simple reasons: with the helices i, ii, or iii, there was such retardation of the electric current, from the length of wire used, that a full inch of platina wire one-fiftieth of an inch in diameter could be retained ignited at the cross-wires during the continuance of contact, by the portion of electricity passing through it. Hence it was impossible to distinguish the particular effects at the moments of making or breaking contact from this constant effect. On using the thick wire helix (1055.), the same results ensued.

1082. It's quite hard to achieve this effect with coils or wires, and for some simple reasons: with coils i, ii, or iii, the electric current was significantly delayed due to the length of wire used, to the point where a full inch of platinum wire, one-fiftieth of an inch in diameter, could remain glowing at the cross-wires during the continuance of contact, because of the amount of electricity flowing through it. Therefore, it was impossible to separate the specific effects at the moments of making or breaking contact from this constant effect. When using the thick wire coil (1055.), the same results occurred.

1083. Proceeding upon the known fact that electric currents of great quantity but low intensity, though able to ignite thick wires, cannot produce that effect upon thin ones, I used a very fine platina wire at x, reducing its diameter until a spark appeared at G or E, when contact was broken there. A quarter of an inch of such wire might be introduced at x without being ignited by the continuance of contact at G or E; but when contact was broken at either place, this wire became red-hot; proving, by this method, the production of the induced current at that moment.

1083. Knowing that large but low-intensity electric currents can ignite thick wires but not thin ones, I used a very fine platinum wire at x, reducing its diameter until a spark appeared at G or E when contact was broken. A quarter of an inch of this wire could be pushed into x without being ignited by maintaining contact at G or E; however, when the contact was broken at either point, the wire became red-hot, confirming the generation of the induced current at that moment.

1084. Chemical decomposition was next effected by the cross-wire current, an electro-magnet being used at D, and a decomposing apparatus, with solution of iodide of potassium in paper (1079.), employed at x. The conducting power of the connecting system A B D was sufficient to carry all the primary current, and consequently no chemical action took place at x during the continuance of contact at G and E; but when contact was broken, there was instantly decomposition at x. The iodine appeared against the wire N, and not against the wire P; thus demonstrating that the current through the cross-wires, when contact was broken, was in the reverse direction to that marked by the arrow, or that which the electromotor would have sent through it.

1084. Chemical decomposition was then carried out using the cross-wire current, with an electromagnet at D and a decomposing setup using a solution of potassium iodide on paper (1079.) at x. The conductivity of the connecting system A B D was enough to handle all of the primary current, so no chemical reaction occurred at x while contact was maintained at G and E; however, when the contact was broken, decomposition happened immediately at x. Iodine was produced near wire N, not near wire P; this showed that when contact was broken, the current through the cross-wires flowed in the reverse direction of what the arrow indicated, or the direction that the electromotor would have sent through it.

1085. In this experiment a bright spark occurs at the place of disjunction, indicating that only a small part of the extra current passed the apparatus at x, because of the small conducting power of the latter.

1085. In this experiment, a bright spark occurs at the point of disconnection, indicating that only a small portion of the extra current flowed through the device at x, due to the limited conducting ability of the latter.

1086. I found it difficult to obtain the chemical effects with the simple helices and wires, in consequence of the diminished inductive power of these arrangements, and because of the passage of a strong constant current at x whenever a very active electromotor was used (1082).

1086. I struggled to achieve the chemical effects with the simple helices and wires due to the reduced inductive power of these setups, and because a strong constant current flowed at x whenever a very powerful electromotor was used (1082).

1087. The most instructive set of results was obtained, however, when the galvanometer was introduced at x. Using an electro-magnet at D, and continuing contact, a current was then indicated by the deflection, proceeding from P to N, in the direction of the arrow; the cross-wire serving to carry one part of the electricity excited by the electromotor, and that part of the arrangement marked A B D, the other and far greater part, as indicated by the arrows. The magnetic needle was then forced back, by pins applied upon opposite sides of its two extremities, to its natural position when uninfluenced by a current; after which, contact being broken at G or E, it was deflected strongly in the opposite direction; thus showing, in accordance with the chemical effects (1084), that the extra current followed a course in the cross-wires contrary to that indicated by the arrow, i. e. contrary to the one produced by the direct action of the electromotor223.

1087. The most informative results were obtained when the galvanometer was introduced at x. Using an electromagnet at D and maintaining contact, a current was indicated by the deflection, moving from P to N, following the direction of the arrow; the cross-wire was used to carry one portion of the electricity generated by the electromotor, while the part of the setup marked A B D represented the other, much larger portion, as shown by the arrows. The magnetic needle was then pushed back to its original position, without the influence of a current, by pins applied on opposite sides of its two ends. After breaking contact at G or E, it deflected strongly in the opposite direction; this demonstrated, in line with the chemical effects (1084), that the extra current flowed in the cross-wires opposite to the direction indicated by the arrow, meaning it went against the one created by the direct action of the electromotor223.

1088. With the helix only (1061.), these effects could scarcely be observed, in consequence of the smaller inductive force of this arrangement, the opposed action from induction in the galvanometer wire itself, the mechanical condition and tension of the needle from the effect of blocking (1087.) whilst the current due to continuance of contact was passing round it; and because of other causes. With the extended wire (1064.) all these circumstances had still greater influence, and therefore allowed less chance of success.

1088. With just the helix only (1061.), these effects were hardly noticeable due to the weaker inductive force of this setup, the opposing action from induction in the galvanometer wire itself, the mechanical state and tension of the needle caused by blocking (1087.) while the current from the ongoing contact was flowing around it; and for other reasons. With the extended wire (1064.), all these factors had an even greater impact, making success less likely.

1089. These experiments, establishing as they did, by the quantity, intensity, and even direction, a distinction between the primary or generating current and the extra current, led me to conclude that the latter was identical with the induced current described (6. 26. 74.) in the First Series of these Researches; and this opinion I was soon able to bring to proof, and at the same times obtained not the partial (1078.) but entire separation of one current from the other.

1089. These experiments, which established a distinction between the primary or generating current and the extra current based on quantity, intensity, and even direction, led me to conclude that the latter was the same as the induced current described (6. 26. 74.) in the First Series of these Researches. I was quickly able to prove this opinion and, at the same time, achieved not just a partial (1078.) but a complete separation of one current from the other.

1090. The double helix (1053.) was arranged so that it should form the connecting wire between the plates of the electromotor, in being out of the current, and its ends unconnected. In this condition it acted very well, and gave a good spark at the time and place of disjunction. The opposite ends of ii were then connected together so as to form an endless wire, i remaining unchanged: but now no spark, or one scarcely sensible, could be obtained from the latter at the place of disjunction. Then, again, the ends of ii were held so nearly together that any current running round that helix should be rendered visible as a spark; and in this manner a spark was obtained from ii when the junction of i with the electromotor was broken, in place of appearing at the disjoined extremity of i itself.

1090. The double helix (1053.) was set up to act as a connecting wire between the plates of the electromotor, being out of the current, and its ends were not connected. In this state, it performed well and generated a good spark at the moment and location of disconnection. The opposite ends of ii were then linked together to create an endless wire, with i remaining unchanged; however, now no spark, or one that was barely noticeable, could be generated from the latter at the point of disconnection. Then, the ends of ii were held so close together that any current flowing around that helix would show up as a spark; in this way, a spark was produced from ii when the connection of i with the electromotor was broken, instead of appearing at the disconnected end of i itself.

1091. By introducing a galvanometer or decomposing apparatus into the circuit formed by the helix ii, I could easily obtain the deflections and decomposition occasioned by the induced current due to the breaking contact at helix i, or even to that occasioned by making contact of that helix with the electromotor; the results in both cases indicating the contrary directions of the two induced currents thus produced (26.).

1091. By adding a galvanometer or a decomposing device to the circuit created by helix ii, I could easily get the deflections and decompositions caused by the induced current from breaking the contact at helix i, or even from making contact with that helix and the electromotor; the results in both cases showing the opposite directions of the two induced currents produced this way (26.).

1092. All these effects, except those of decomposition, were reproduced by two extended long wires, not having the form of helices, but placed close to each other; and thus it was proved that the extra current could be removed from the wire carrying the original current to a neighbouring wire, and was at the same time identified, in direction and every other respect, with the currents producible by induction (1089.). The case, therefore, of the bright spark and shock on disjunction may now be stated thus: If a current be established in a wire, and another wire, forming a complete circuit, be placed parallel to the first, at the moment the current in the first is stopped it induces a current in the same direction in the second, the first exhibiting then but a feeble spark; but if the second wire be away, disjunction of the first wire induces a current in itself in the same direction, producing a strong spark. The strong spark in the single long wire or helix, at the moment of disjunction, is therefore the equivalent of the current which would be produced in a neighbouring wire if such second current were permitted.

1092. All these effects, except for those related to decomposition, were replicated using two long wires that were not spiraled but placed close together. This demonstrated that the extra current could be transferred from the wire with the original current to a nearby wire, and it matched, in direction and all other aspects, the currents generated by induction (1089.). Therefore, the situation with the bright spark and shock during disconnection can be summarized as follows: If a current is flowing through one wire and another wire, which creates a complete circuit, is placed parallel to it, when the current in the first wire is interrupted, it induces a current in the same direction in the second wire, causing a faint spark in the first. However, if the second wire is not present, disconnecting the first wire induces a current within itself in the same direction, resulting in a strong spark. Thus, the strong spark in the single long wire or helix at the moment of disconnection is essentially the same as the current that would be generated in a neighboring wire if such a second current were allowed.

1093. Viewing the phenomena as the results of the induction of electrical currents, many of the principles of action, in the former experiments, become far more evident and precise. Thus the different effects of short wires, long wires, helices, and electro-magnets (1069.) may be comprehended. If the inductive action of a wire a foot long upon a collateral wire also a foot in length, be observed, it will be found very small; but if the same current be sent through a wire fifty feet long, it will induce in a neighbouring wire of fifty feet a far more powerful current at the moment of making or breaking contact, each successive foot of wire adding to the sum of action; and by parity of reasoning, a similar effect should take place when the conducting wire is also that in which the induced current is formed (74.): hence the reason why a long wire gives a brighter spark on breaking contact than a short one (1068.), although it carries much less electricity.

1093. When looking at the phenomena as results of induced electrical currents, many of the action principles from previous experiments become much clearer and more precise. This helps to understand the different effects of short wires, long wires, coils, and electromagnets (1069.). If you observe the inductive effect of a one-foot wire on another one-foot wire, you will find it minimal; however, if you run the same current through a fifty-foot wire, it will induce a much stronger current in a neighboring fifty-foot wire at the moment of making or breaking contact, with each additional foot of wire contributing to the overall effect. Similarly, a comparable effect should occur when the conducting wire is also the one where the induced current is created (74.): this explains why a long wire produces a brighter spark when breaking contact than a short one (1068.), even though it carries much less electricity.

1094. If the long wire be made into a helix, it will then be still more effective in producing sparks and shocks on breaking contact; for by the mutual inductive action of the convolutions each aids its neighbour, and will be aided in turn, and the sum of effect will be very greatly increased.

1094. If a long wire is coiled into a helix, it will be even more effective at producing sparks and shocks when contact is broken; because the mutual inductive effect of the coils helps each other, and each coil will also receive assistance in return, greatly increasing the overall effect.

1095. If an electro-magnet be employed, the effect will be still more highly exalted; because the iron, magnetized by the power of the continuing current, will lose its magnetism at the moment the current ceases to pass, and in so doing will tend to produce an electric current in the wire around it (37. 38.), in conformity with that which the cessation of current in the helix itself also tends to produce.

1095. If you use an electromagnet, the effect will be even stronger; because the iron, magnetized by the continuous current, will lose its magnetism the moment the current stops flowing, and in doing so, will generate an electric current in the wire surrounding it (37. 38.), similar to what the stopping of current in the helix itself also tends to create.

1096. By applying the laws of the induction of electric currents formerly developed (6. &c.), various new conditions of the experiments could be devised, which by their results should serve as tests of the accuracy of the view just given. Thus, if a long wire be doubled, so that the current in the two halves shall have opposite actions, it ought not to give a sensible spark at the moment of disjunction: and this proved to be the case, for a wire forty feet long, covered with silk, being doubled and tied closely together to within four inches of the extremities, when used in that state, gave scarcely a perceptible spark; but being opened out and the parts separated, it gave a very good one. The two helices i and ii being joined at their similar ends, and then used at their other extremities to connect the plates of the electromotor, thus constituted one long helix, of which one half was opposed in direction to the other half: under these circumstances it gave scarcely a sensible spark, even when the soft iron core was within, although containing nearly two hundred feet of wire. When it was made into one consistent helix of the same length of wire it gave a very bright spark.

1096. By applying the laws of electrical induction previously established (6. &c.), various new experimental conditions could be created to test the accuracy of the perspective just described. For example, if a long wire is doubled so that the current in the two halves acts in opposite directions, it shouldn't produce a noticeable spark at the moment of disconnection: and this turned out to be true, as a silk-covered wire forty feet long, when doubled and tightly tied together within four inches of the ends, hardly produced any spark; however, when it was opened up and the parts separated, it produced a very strong spark. The two coils i and ii were connected at their similar ends, and then used at their other ends to connect the plates of the electromotor, effectively forming one long coil, with one half of it opposing the direction of the other half: under these conditions, it barely produced a noticeable spark, even with the soft iron core inside, despite containing nearly two hundred feet of wire. When reconfigured into one continuous coil using the same length of wire, it produced a very bright spark.

1097. Similar proofs can be drawn from the mutual inductive action of two separate currents (1110.); and it is important for the general principles that the consistent action of two such currents should be established. Thus, two currents going in the same direction should, if simultaneously stopped, aid each other by their relative influence; or if proceeding in contrary directions, should oppose each other under similar circumstances. I endeavoured at first to obtain two currents from two different electromotors, and passing them through the helices i and ii, tried to effect the disjunctions mechanically at the same moment. But in this I could not succeed; one was always separated before the other, and in that case produced little or no spark, its inductive power being employed in throwing a current round the remaining complete circuit (1090.): the current which was stopped last always gave a bright spark. If it were ever to become needful to ascertain whether two junctions were accurately broken at the same moment, these sparks would afford a test for the purpose, having an infinitesimal degree of perfection.

1097. Similar proofs can be drawn from the mutual inductive action of two separate currents. It's important for the general principles that we establish the consistent action of two such currents. Thus, two currents flowing in the same direction should, if stopped at the same time, assist each other through their relative influence; or if they're going in opposite directions, they should oppose each other under the same conditions. At first, I tried to obtain two currents from two different electromotors and pass them through the coils i and ii, attempting to break the circuits mechanically at the same moment. However, I couldn't succeed; one was always interrupted before the other, which produced little or no spark, as its inductive power was used in completing the remaining circuit: the current that was stopped last always created a bright spark. If it's ever necessary to determine whether two connections were accurately broken at the same time, these sparks would serve as a test for that purpose, possessing an extremely small degree of precision.

1098. I was able to prove the points by other expedients. Two short thick wires were selected to serve as terminations, by which contact could be made or broken with the electromotor. The compound helix, consisting of i and ii (1053.), was adjusted so that the extremities of the two helices could be placed in communication with the two terminal wires, in such a manner that the current moving through the thick wires should be divided into two equal portions in the two helices, these portions travelling, according to the mode of connexion, either in the same direction or in contrary directions at pleasure. In this manner two streams could be obtained, both of which could be stopped simultaneously, because the disjunction could be broken at G or F by removing a single wire. When the helices were in contrary directions, there was scarcely a sensible spark at the place of disjunction; but when they were in accordance there was a very bright one.

1098. I was able to demonstrate the points using different methods. I chose two short, thick wires to act as connections that could either make or break contact with the electromotor. The compound helix, made up of i and ii (1053.), was set up so that the ends of the two helices could connect with the two terminal wires, allowing the current flowing through the thick wires to be split into two equal parts in the two helices. Depending on how they were connected, these parts could flow either in the same direction or in opposite directions as needed. This way, two current streams could be generated, both of which could be stopped at the same time because the connection could be interrupted at G or F by simply removing one wire. When the helices were set to flow in opposite directions, there was hardly any noticeable spark at the break in the circuit; however, when they were set to flow in the same direction, there was a very bright spark.

1099. The helix i was now used constantly, being sometimes associated, as above, with helix ii in an according direction, and sometimes with helix iii, which was placed at a little distance. The association i and ii, which presented two currents able to affect each other by induction, because of their vicinity, gave a brighter spark than the association i and iii, where the two streams could not exert their mutual influence; but the difference was not so great as I expected.

1099. The helix I was now constantly in use, sometimes linked, as mentioned earlier, with helix II in a similar direction, and other times with helix III, which was positioned a bit further away. The connection between I and II, which created two currents that could influence each other through induction due to their proximity, produced a brighter spark than the connection between I and III, where the two streams couldn't affect each other. However, the difference wasn't as significant as I anticipated.

1100. Thus all the phenomena tend to prove that the effects are due to an inductive action, occurring at the moment when the principal current is stopped. I at one time thought they were due to an action continued during the whole time of the current, and expected that a steel magnet would have an influence according to its position in the helix, comparable to that of a soft iron bar, in assisting the effect. This, however, is not the case; for hard steel, or a magnet in the helix, is not so effectual as soft iron; nor does it make any difference how the magnet is placed in the helix, and for very simple reasons, namely, that the effect does not depend upon a permanent state of the core, but a change of state; and that the magnet or hard steel cannot sink through such a difference of state as soft iron, at the moment contact ceases, and therefore cannot produce an equal effect in generating a current of electricity by induction (34. 37.).

1100. So, all the evidence suggests that the effects come from an inductive action that happens when the main current stops. I once thought these effects were caused by an action that continued for the entire duration of the current, and I expected that a steel magnet would influence the outcome based on its position in the coil, similar to how a soft iron bar would assist the effect. However, that's not true; hard steel, or a magnet in the coil, isn’t as effective as soft iron. It doesn't matter how the magnet is oriented in the coil, for very simple reasons: the effect doesn’t rely on a permanent state of the core, but rather on a change of state; and a magnet or hard steel can’t undergo the same change of state as soft iron when contact ceases, and therefore cannot generate an equal effect in producing a current of electricity through induction (34. 37.).

* * * * *

Please provide the phrases you would like me to modernize.

1101. As an electric current acts by induction with equal energy at the moment of its commencement as at the moment of its cessation (10. 26.), but in a contrary direction, the reference of the effects under examination to an inductive action, would lead to the conclusion that corresponding effects of an opposite nature must occur in a long wire, a helix, or an electro-magnet, every time that contact is made with the electromotor. These effects will tend to establish a resistance for the first moment in the long conductor, producing a result equivalent to the reverse of a shock or a spark. Now it is very difficult to devise means fit for the recognition of such negative results; but as it is probable that some positive effect is produced at the time, if we knew what to expect, I think the few facts bearing upon this subject with which I am acquainted are worth recording.

1101. When an electric current starts, it acts by induction with the same energy as when it stops (10. 26.), but in the opposite direction. This means that if we relate the effects being studied to an inductive action, we could conclude that opposing effects should happen in a long wire, a coil, or an electromagnet whenever contact is made with the electromotor. These effects will create a resistance at the very first moment in the long conductor, resulting in something that’s like a reverse shock or spark. It’s quite challenging to find ways to detect such negative results; however, since it’s likely that some positive effect happens at that time, if we knew what to look for, I believe the few facts I know about this topic are worth noting.

1102. The electro-magnet was arranged with an electrolyzing apparatus at x, as before described (1084.), except that the intensity of the chemical action at the electromotor was increased until the electric current was just able to produce the feeblest signs of decomposition whilst contact was continued at G and E (1079.); (the iodine of course appearing against the end of the cross wire P;) the wire N was also separated from A at r, so that contact there could be made or broken at pleasure. Under these circumstances the following set of actions was repeated several times: contact was broken at r, then broken at G, next made at r, and lastly renewed at G; thus any current from N to P due to breaking of contact was avoided, but any additional force to the current from P to N due to making contact could be observed. In this way it was found, that a much greater decomposing effect (causing the evolution of iodine against P) could be obtained by a few completions of contact than by the current which could pass in a much longer time if the contact was continued. This I attribute to the act of induction in the wire ABD at the moment of contact rendering that wire a worse conductor, or rather retarding the passage of the electricity through it for the instant, and so throwing a greater quantity of the electricity which the electromotor could produce, through the cross wire passage NP. The instant the induction ceased, ABD resumed its full power of carrying a constant current of electricity, and could have it highly increased, as we know by the former experiments (1060.) by the opposite inductive action brought into activity at the moment contact at Z or C was broken.

1102. The electromagnet was set up with an electrolyzing apparatus at x, as described earlier (1084.), except that the intensity of the chemical reaction at the electromotor was increased until the electric current could just barely show any signs of decomposition while contact was maintained at G and E (1079.); (the iodine, of course, visible at the end of the cross wire P); the wire N was also unplugged from A at r, allowing contact there to be made or broken at will. Under these conditions, the following series of actions were repeated several times: contact was broken at r, then at G, then made at r, and finally restored at G; this way, any current from N to P due to the breaking of contact was avoided, but any additional force to the current from P to N due to making contact could be observed. It was found that a much greater decomposing effect (causing the release of iodine against P) could be achieved by a few completed contacts than by the current that could flow over a much longer time if the contact was continued. I attribute this to the process of induction in the wire ABD at the moment of contact making that wire a poorer conductor, or rather delaying the flow of electricity through it for that instant, which pushed a greater amount of electricity produced by the electromotor through the cross wire passage NP. The moment the induction stopped, ABD regained its full capacity to carry a steady current of electricity, and its output could be significantly increased, as demonstrated by previous experiments (1060.) through the opposite inductive effect activated when contact at Z or C was broken.

1103. A galvanometer was then introduced at x, and the deflection of the needle noted whilst contact was continued at G and E: the needle was then blocked as before in one direction (1087.), so that it should not return when the current ceased, but remain in the position in which the current could retain it. Contact at G or E was broken, producing of course no visible effect; it was then renewed, and the needle was instantly deflected, passing from the blocking pins to a position still further from its natural place than that which the constant current could give, and thus showing, by the temporary excess of current in this cross communication, the temporary retardation in the circuit ABD.

1103. A galvanometer was then set up at x, and the needle's deflection was recorded while contact was maintained at G and E. The needle was then blocked in one direction as before (1087.), so it wouldn't return when the current stopped, but stay in the position that the current could keep it in. Breaking contact at G or E produced no visible effect; it was then restored, and the needle was immediately deflected, moving from the blocking pins to a position even further from its natural resting place than what the constant current could produce. This demonstrated, through the temporary surge of current in this cross connection, the temporary delay in the circuit ABD.

1104. On adjusting a platina wire at x (1081.) so that it should not be ignited by the current passing through it whilst contact at G and E was continued, and yet become red-hot by a current somewhat more powerful, I was readily able to produce its ignition upon making contact, and again upon breaking contact. Thus the momentary retardation in ABD on making contact was again shown by this result, as well also as the opposite result upon breaking contact. The two ignitions of the wire at x were of course produced by electric currents moving in opposite directions.

1104. By adjusting a platinum wire at x (1081.) so that it wouldn't be ignited by the current flowing through it while maintaining contact at G and E, I was able to make it glow red-hot with a slightly stronger current. I successfully ignited it when making contact and again when breaking contact. This confirmed the momentary delay in ABD when making contact, as well as the opposite effect when breaking contact. The two ignitions of the wire at x were, of course, caused by electric currents flowing in opposite directions.

1105. Using the helix only, I could not obtain distinct deflections at x, due to the extra effect on making contact, for the reasons already mentioned (1088.). By using a very fine platina wire there (1083.), I did succeed in obtaining the igniting effect for making contact in the same manner, though by no means to the same degree, as with the electro-magnet (1104).

1105. Using the helix alone, I couldn't get clear deflections at x, because of the additional effect from making contact, for the reasons already mentioned (1088.). However, by using a very fine platinum wire there (1083.), I was able to achieve the igniting effect for making contact in a similar way, although not nearly to the same extent, as with the electro-magnet (1104).

1106. We may also consider and estimate the effect on making contact, by transferring the force of induction from the wire carrying the original current to a lateral wire, as in the cases described (1090.); and we then are sure, both by the chemical and galvanometrical results (1091.), that the forces upon making and breaking contact, like action and reaction, are equal in their strength but contrary in their direction. If, therefore, the effect on making contact resolves itself into a mere retardation of the current at the first moment of its existence, it must be, in its degree, equivalent to the high exaltation of that same current at the moment contact is broken.

1106. We can also look at and evaluate the effect of making contact by transferring the induction force from the wire carrying the original current to a parallel wire, similar to the situations described (1090.); and we can be confident, based on the chemical and galvanometer results (1091.), that the forces when making and breaking contact, like action and reaction, are equal in strength but opposite in direction. Therefore, if the effect of making contact is simply a delay in the current when it first starts, it must, in proportion, be equivalent to the significant increase of that same current when the contact is broken.

1107. Thus the case, under the circumstances, is, that the intensity and quantity of electricity moving in a current are smaller when the current commences or is increased, and greater when it diminishes or ceases, than they would be if the inductive action occurring at these moments did not take place; or than they are in the original current wire if the inductive action be transferred from that wire to a collateral one (1090.).

1107. So, under the circumstances, the situation is that the strength and amount of electricity flowing in a current are lower when the current starts or increases, and higher when it decreases or stops, than they would be if the inductive action happening at those times didn’t occur; or than they are in the original current wire if the inductive action is shifted from that wire to another one (1090.).

1108. From the facility of transference to neighbouring wires, and from the effects generally, the inductive forces appear to be lateral, i.e. exerted in a direction perpendicular to the direction of the originating and produced currents: and they also appear to be accurately represented by the magnetic curves, and closely related to, if not identical with, magnetic forces.

1108. The ability to transfer energy to nearby wires, along with the overall effects, suggests that the inductive forces operate sideways, meaning they act in a direction that is perpendicular to the flow of the original and resulting currents: they also seem to be accurately depicted by magnetic curves and are closely linked to, if not the same as, magnetic forces.

1109. There can be no doubt that the current in one part of a wire can act by induction upon other parts of the same wire which are lateral to the first, i.e. in the same vertical section (74.), or in the parts which are more or less oblique to it (1112.), just as it can act in producing a current in a neighbouring wire or in a neighbouring coil of the same wire. It is this which gives the appearance of the current acting upon itself: but all the experiments and all analogy tend to show that the elements (if I may so say) of the currents do not act upon themselves, and so cause the effect in question, but produce it by exciting currents in conducting matter which is lateral to them.

1109. There's no doubt that the current in one section of a wire can induce effects in other parts of the same wire that are next to it, meaning in the same vertical section (74.), or in parts that are angled to it (1112.), just like it can generate a current in a nearby wire or in a nearby coil made of the same wire. This is what creates the illusion of the current influencing itself; however, all experiments and analogies suggest that the elements (if I can put it that way) of the currents do not impact themselves to create the observed effect, but instead generate it by exciting currents in adjacent conductive materials.

1110. It is possible that some of the expressions I have used may seem to imply, that the inductive action is essentially the action of one current upon another, or of one element of a current upon another element of the same current. To avoid any such conclusion I must explain more distinctly my meaning. If an endless wire be taken, we have the means of generating a current in it which shall run round the circuit without adding any electricity to what was previously in the wire. As far as we can judge, the electricity which appears as a current is the same as that which before was quiescent in the wire; and though we cannot as yet point out the essential condition of difference of the electricity at such times, we can easily recognize the two states. Now when a current acts by induction upon conducting matter lateral to it, it probably acts upon the electricity in that conducting matter whether it be in the form of a current or quiescent, in the one case increasing or diminishing the current according to its direction, in the other producing a current, and the amount of the inductive action is probably the same in both cases. Hence, to say that the action of induction depended upon the mutual relation of two or more currents, would, according to the restricted sense in which the term current is understood at present (283. 517. 667.), be an error.

1110. It’s possible that some of the terms I’ve used may seem to suggest that the inductive action is primarily the effect of one current on another, or of one part of a current on another part of the same current. To prevent any misunderstanding, I need to clarify my meaning. If we take an endless wire, we can generate a current in it that travels around the circuit without adding any electricity to what was already in the wire. As far as we can tell, the electricity that appears as a current is the same as what was previously at rest in the wire; and although we can’t yet identify the exact differences in the electricity during these times, we can easily recognize the two states. Now, when a current induces effects on conducting material nearby, it likely acts on the electricity in that material, whether it is in the form of a current or quiescent, either increasing or decreasing the current based on its direction, or producing a current in the other case, and the extent of the inductive action is probably the same in both instances. Therefore, saying that the action of induction depended on the relationship between two or more currents would, given the limited definition of the term current as understood today (283. 517. 667.), be incorrect.

1111. Several of the effects, as, for instances, those with helices(1066.), with according or counter currents (1097. 1098.), and those on the production of lateral currents (1090.), appeared to indicate that a current could produce an effect of induction in a neighbouring wire more readily than in its own carrying wire, in which case it might be expected that some variation of result would be produced if a bundle of wires were used as a conductor instead of a single wire. In consequence the following experiments were made. A copper wire one twenty-third of an inch in diameter was cut into lengths of five feet each, and six of these being laid side by side in one bundle, had their opposite extremities soldered to two terminal pieces of copper. This arrangement could be used as a discharging wire, but the general current could be divided into six parallel streams, which might be brought close together, or, by the separation of the wires, be taken more or less out of each other's influence. A somewhat brighter spark was, I think, obtained on breaking contact when the six wires were close together than when held asunder.

1111. Several effects, such as those with helices (1066.), with corresponding or opposing currents (1097. 1098.), and those related to the creation of lateral currents (1090.), seemed to indicate that a current could induce an effect in a nearby wire more easily than in its own carrying wire. This suggested that using a bundle of wires as a conductor instead of a single wire might produce some variation in results. Consequently, the following experiments were conducted. A copper wire with a diameter of one twenty-third of an inch was cut into five-foot lengths, and six of these were laid side by side in a bundle, with their opposite ends soldered to two copper terminal pieces. This setup could be used as a discharging wire, but the main current could be split into six parallel streams, which could be brought close together or, by separating the wires, kept more or less out of each other's influence. I observed that a somewhat brighter spark was obtained when breaking contact with the six wires close together compared to when they were separated.

1112. Another bundle, containing twenty of these wires, was eighteen feet long: the terminal pieces were one-fifth of an inch in diameter, and each six inches long. This was compared with nineteen feet in length of copper wire one-fifth of an inch in diameter. The bundle gave a smaller spark on breaking contact than the latter, even when its strands were held together by string: when they were separated, it gave a still smaller spark. Upon the whole, however, the diminution of effect was not such as I expected: and I doubt whether the results can be considered as any proof of the truth of the supposition which gave rise to them.

1112. Another bundle, which had twenty of these wires, was eighteen feet long: the terminal pieces were one-fifth of an inch in diameter and each was six inches long. This was compared to a piece of copper wire that was nineteen feet long and one-fifth of an inch in diameter. The bundle produced a smaller spark when breaking contact than the copper wire, even when its strands were held together by string; when the strands were separated, it created an even smaller spark. Overall, though, the reduction in effect wasn't as significant as I expected, and I’m uncertain if the results can be seen as any proof of the theory that led to this experiment.

1113. The inductive force by which two elements of one current (1109. 1110.) act upon each other, appears to diminish as the line joining them becomes oblique to the direction of the current and to vanish entirely when it is parallel. I am led by some results to suspect that it then even passes into the repulsive force noticed by Ampère224; which is the cause of the elevations in mercury described by Sir Humphry Davy225, and which again is probably directly connected with the quality of intensity.

1113. The force that allows two elements of the same current (1109. 1110.) to influence each other seems to decrease as the line connecting them becomes angled to the direction of the current, completely disappearing when it is parallel. Some results lead me to suspect that it may actually turn into the repulsive force observed by Ampère224; this is the reason for the rises in mercury that Sir Humphry Davy described225, and it is likely directly related to the quality of intensity.

1114. Notwithstanding that the effects appear only at the making and breaking of contact, (the current remaining unaffected, seemingly, in the interval,) I cannot resist the impression that there is some connected and correspondent effect produced by this lateral action of the elements of the electric stream during the time of its continuance (60. 242.). An action of this kind, in fact, is evident in the magnetic relations of the parts of the current. But admitting (as we may do for the moment) the magnetic forces to constitute the power which produces such striking and different results at the commencement and termination of a current, still there appears to be a link in the chain of effects, a wheel in the physical mechanism of the action, as yet unrecognised. If we endeavour to consider electricity and magnetism as the results of two forces of a physical agent, or a peculiar condition of matter, exerted in determinate directions perpendicular to each other, then, it appears to me, that we must consider these two states or forces as convertible into each other in a greater or smaller degree; i.e. that an element of an electric current has not a determinate electric force and a determinate magnetic force constantly existing in the same ratio, but that the two forces are, to a certain degree, convertible by a process or change of condition at present unknown to us. How else can a current of a given intensity and quantity be able, by its direct action, to sustain a state which, when allowed to react, (at the cessation of the original current,) shall produce a second current, having an intensity and quantity far greater than the generating one? This cannot result from a direct reaction of the electric force; and if it result from a change of electrical into magnetic force, and a reconversion back again, it will show that they differ in something more than mere direction, as regards that agent in the conducting wire which constitutes their immediate cause.

1114. Even though the effects seem to only show up when making and breaking contact (with the current appearing unaffected in between), I can't shake the feeling that there's some linked and corresponding effect created by the lateral movement of the elements of the electric stream while it continues (60. 242.). This kind of action is actually clear in the magnetic relationships of the parts of the current. But if we assume (as we can for now) that the magnetic forces are what create such dramatic and varying results at the start and end of a current, there still seems to be a missing piece in the chain of effects, a component in the physical mechanism of the action that we haven't identified yet. If we try to think of electricity and magnetism as outcomes of two forces of a physical agent, or a unique state of matter, acting in specific directions perpendicular to each other, then it seems to me that we must view these two states or forces as somehow convertible to varying degrees; meaning that an element of an electric current doesn't have a fixed electric force and a fixed magnetic force that always exist in the same ratio, but rather that the two forces can be converted to some extent through a process or change of condition that we don't fully understand yet. How else could a current of a certain intensity and quantity be capable, through its direct action, of maintaining a state that, when allowed to react (after the original current stops), creates a second current, with an intensity and quantity much greater than the one that generated it? This can't come from a direct reaction of the electric force; and if it's the result of converting electrical force into magnetic force, and then converting back again, it would indicate that they differ in something more than just direction, concerning that agent in the conducting wire that is their immediate cause.

1115. With reference to the appearance, at different times, of the contrary effects produced by the making and breaking contact, and their separation by an intermediate and indifferent state, this separation is probably more apparent than real. If the conduction of electricity be effected by vibrations (283.), or by any other mode in which opposite forces are successively and rapidly excited and neutralized, then we might expect a peculiar and contrary development of force at the commencement and termination of the periods during which the conducting action should last (somewhat in analogy with the colours produced at the outside of an imperfectly developed solar spectrum): and the intermediate actions, although not sensible in the same way, may be very important and, for instance, perhaps constitute the very essence of conductibility. It is by views and reasons such as these, which seem to me connected with the fundamental laws and facts of electrical science, that I have been induced to enter, more minutely than I otherwise should have done, into the experimental examination of the phenomena described in this paper.

1115. Referring to the appearance, at different times, of the opposite effects produced by making and breaking contact, and their separation by a middle and neutral state, this separation is likely more of an illusion than reality. If electricity is conducted through vibrations (283.) or any other method where opposing forces are quickly and alternately activated and neutralized, then we might expect a distinct and opposite development of force at the start and end of the periods during which the conducting action occurs (somewhat similar to the colors produced at the edge of an imperfectly developed solar spectrum). The intermediate actions, although not noticeable in the same way, may be very significant and could, for example, be the essence of conductivity. It is because of these perspectives and reasons, which I believe are connected to the fundamental laws and facts of electrical science, that I have chosen to delve more deeply than I otherwise would have into the experimental examination of the phenomena described in this paper.

1116. Before concluding, I may briefly remark, that on using a voltaic battery of fifty pairs of plates instead of a single pair (1052.), the effects were exactly of the same kind. The spark on making contact, for the reasons before given, was very small (1101. 1107.); that on breaking contact, very excellent and brilliant. The continuous discharge did not seem altered in character, whether a short wire or the powerful electro-magnet were used as a connecting discharger.

1116. Before wrapping up, I want to note that when I used a voltaic battery with fifty pairs of plates instead of just one pair (1052.), the effects were exactly the same. The spark when making contact, for the reasons mentioned earlier, was very small (1101. 1107.); however, the spark when breaking contact was quite impressive and bright. The continuous discharge didn't seem to change in nature, whether a short wire or the strong electro-magnet was used as a connecting discharger.

1117. The effects produced at the commencement and end of a current, (which are separated by an interval of time when that current is supplied from a voltaic apparatus,) must occur at the same moment when a common electric discharge is passed through a long wire. Whether, if happening accurately at the same moment, they would entirely neutralize each other, or whether they would not still give some definite peculiarity to the discharge, is a matter remaining to be examined; but it is very probable that the peculiar character and pungency of sparks drawn from a long wire depend in part upon the increased intensity given at the termination of the discharge by the inductive action then occurring.

1117. The effects that happen at the beginning and end of a current, which are separated by a gap of time when that current is supplied by a battery, must take place at the same moment a regular electric discharge goes through a long wire. It’s still unclear whether, if they happen precisely at the same time, they would completely cancel each other out, or if they would still impart some distinct characteristic to the discharge. However, it’s highly likely that the unique quality and sharpness of sparks drawn from a long wire are partly due to the increased intensity at the end of the discharge caused by the inductive action that occurs then.

1118. In the wire of the helix of magneto-electric machines, (as, for instance, in Mr. Saxton's beautiful arrangement,) an important influence of these principles of action is evidently shown. From the construction of the apparatus the current is permitted to move in a complete metallic circuit of great length during the first instants of its formation: it gradually rises in strength, and is then suddenly stopped by the breaking of the metallic circuit; and thus great intensity is given by induction to the electricity, which at that moment passes (1064. 1060.). This intensity is not only shown by the brilliancy of the spark and the strength of the shock, but also by the necessity which has been experienced of well-insulating the convolutions of the helix, in which the current is formed: and it gives to the current a force at these moments very far above that which the apparatus could produce if the principle which forms the subject of this paper were not called into play.

1118. In the wire of the helix of magneto-electric machines, (like in Mr. Saxton's impressive setup,) the significant impact of these action principles is clearly demonstrated. Due to the design of the apparatus, the current is allowed to flow in a complete metallic circuit of considerable length during the initial moments of its formation: it gradually increases in strength and is then abruptly halted by the breaking of the metallic circuit; this process induces a high intensity in the electricity that is passing at that moment (1064. 1060.). This intensity is evident not only by the brightness of the spark and the force of the shock but also by the necessity to effectively insulate the coils of the helix where the current is generated: it grants the current a force at these moments that far exceeds what the apparatus could produce without the principle that is the focus of this paper coming into play.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

December 8th, 1834.

December 8, 1834.


Tenth Series.

§ 16. On an improved form of the Voltaic Battery. § 17. Some practical results respecting the construction and use of the Voltaic Battery.

§ 16. On a better version of the Voltaic Battery. § 17. Some practical outcomes related to the design and use of the Voltaic Battery.

Received June 16,—Read June 18, 1835.

Received June 16, — Read June 18, 1835.

1119. I Have lately had occasion to examine the voltaic trough practically, with a view to improvements in its construction and use; and though I do not pretend that the results have anything like the importance which attaches to the discovery of a new law or principle, I still think they are valuable, and may therefore, if briefly told, and in connexion with former papers, be worthy the approbation of the Royal Society.

1119. Recently, I've had the chance to look into the voltaic trough in practice, aiming to improve its design and application. While I don't claim that the findings hold the same significance as discovering a new law or principle, I still believe they are useful and, if presented briefly and linked to earlier papers, could be deserving of the Royal Society's approval.

§ 16. On an improved form of the Voltaic Battery.

1120. In a simple voltaic circuit (and the same is true of the battery) the chemical forces which, during their activity, give power to the instrument, are generally divided into two portions; one of these is exerted locally, whilst the other is transferred round the circle (947. 996.); the latter constitutes the electric current of the instrument, whilst the former is altogether lost or wasted. The ratio of these two portions of power may be varied to a great extent by the influence of circumstances: thus, in a battery not closed, all the action is local; in one of the ordinary construction, much is in circulation when the extremities are in communication: and in the perfect one, which I have described (1001.), all the chemical power circulates and becomes electricity. By referring to the quantity of zinc dissolved from the plates (865. 1120.), and the quantity of decomposition effected in the volta-electrometer (711. 1126,) or elsewhere, the proportions of the local and transferred actions under any particular circumstances can be ascertained, and the efficacy of the voltaic arrangement, or the waste of chemical power at its zinc plates, be accurately determined.

1120. In a simple voltaic circuit (and this applies to the battery as well), the chemical forces that generate power are generally divided into two parts; one part acts locally while the other is transmitted around the circuit (947. 996.); the latter makes up the electric current of the instrument, while the former is completely lost or wasted. The ratio of these two portions of power can vary significantly depending on the circumstances: in an open battery, all the action is local; in a standard construction, much is circulating when the ends are connected; and in the ideal one that I've described (1001.), all the chemical power circulates and becomes electricity. By examining the amount of zinc dissolved from the plates (865. 1120.) and the amount of decomposition occurring in the volta-electrometer (711. 1126) or elsewhere, the proportions of the local and transferred actions under specific conditions can be determined, allowing for an accurate assessment of the effectiveness of the voltaic arrangement or the waste of chemical power at its zinc plates.

1121. If a voltaic battery were constructed of zinc and platina, the latter metal surrounding the former, as in the double copper arrangement, and the whole being excited by dilute sulphuric acid, then no insulating divisions of glass, porcelain or air would be required between the contiguous platina surfaces; and, provided these did not touch metallically, the same acid which, being between the zinc and platina, would excite the battery into powerful action, would, between the two surfaces of platina, produce no discharge of the electricity, nor cause any diminution of the power of the trough. This is a necessary consequence of the resistance to the passage of the current which I have shown occurs at the place of decomposition (1007. 1011.); for that resistance is fully able to stop the current, and therefore acts as insulation to the electricity of the contiguous plates, inasmuch as the current which tends to pass between them never has a higher intensity than that due to the action of a single pair.

1121. If a voltaic battery were made from zinc and platinum, with the platinum surrounding the zinc like in the double copper setup, and everything was energized by dilute sulfuric acid, then there wouldn't be a need for insulating barriers of glass, porcelain, or air between the touching platinum surfaces. As long as these surfaces didn't make metallic contact, the same acid that generates strong activity between the zinc and platinum would not cause any discharge of electricity or weaken the battery's power between the two platinum surfaces. This is a necessary result of the resistance to current flow I discussed earlier (1007. 1011.); that resistance is enough to stop the current, effectively acting as insulation for the electricity between the adjacent plates, since the current trying to flow between them never reaches a higher intensity than that produced by a single pair.

1122. If the metal surrounding the zinc be copper (1045.), and if the acid be nitro-sulphuric acid (1020.), then a slight discharge between the two contiguous coppers does take place, provided there be no other channel open by which the forces may circulate; but when such a channel is permitted, the return or back discharge of which I speak is exceedingly diminished, in accordance with the principles laid down in the Eighth Series of these Researches.

1122. If the metal around the zinc is copper (1045.), and the acid is nitro-sulphuric acid (1020.), then a small discharge occurs between the two adjacent coppers, as long as there isn’t another pathway for the forces to flow; however, if such a pathway is allowed, the reverse or back discharge I mentioned is significantly reduced, following the principles outlined in the Eighth Series of these Researches.

1123. Guided by these principles I was led to the construction of a voltaic trough, in which the coppers, passing round both surfaces of the zincs, as in Wollaston's construction, should not be separated from each other except by an intervening thickness of paper, or in some other way, so as to prevent metallic contact, and should thus constitute an instrument compact, powerful, economical, and easy of use. On examining, however, what had been done before, I found that the new trough was in all essential respects the same as that invented and described by Dr. Hare, Professor in the University of Pennsylvania, to whom I have great pleasure in referring it.

1123. Following these principles, I created a voltaic trough where the copper surrounds both sides of the zinc, similar to Wollaston's design. The copper pieces should be kept apart from each other by a layer of paper or another method to avoid direct metal contact, making the device compact, powerful, cost-effective, and user-friendly. However, upon reviewing previous work, I realized that my new trough was essentially the same as the one invented and described by Dr. Hare, a professor at the University of Pennsylvania, to whom I am pleased to credit this idea.

1124. Dr. Hare has fully described his trough226. In it the contiguous copper plates are separated by thin veneers of wood, and the acid is poured on to, or off, the plates by a quarter revolution of an axis, to which both the trough containing the plates, and another trough to collect and hold the liquid, are fixed. This arrangement I have found the most convenient of any, and have therefore adopted it. My zinc plates were cut from rolled metal, and when soldered to the copper plates had the form delineated, fig. 1. These were then bent over a gauge into the form fig. 2, and when packed in the wooden box constructed to receive them, were arranged as in fig. 3227, little plugs of cork being used to keep the zinc plates from touching the copper plates, and a single or double thickness of cartridge paper being interposed between the contiguous surfaces of copper to prevent them from coming in contact. Such was the facility afforded by this arrangement, that a trough of forty pairs of plates could be unpacked in five minutes, and repacked again in half an hour; and the whole series was not more than fifteen inches in length.

1124. Dr. Hare has thoroughly described his trough226. In it, the adjacent copper plates are separated by thin layers of wood, and the acid is poured onto or off the plates by a quarter turn of an axis, to which both the trough holding the plates and another trough for collecting the liquid are attached. I've found this setup to be the most convenient of all, so I decided to use it. My zinc plates were cut from rolled metal, and when soldered to the copper plates, they took the shape shown in fig. 1. These were then bent over a gauge into the shape shown in fig. 2, and when packed in the wooden box made for them, they were arranged as in fig. 3227, with small cork plugs used to keep the zinc plates from touching the copper plates, and a single or double layer of cartridge paper placed between the adjacent copper surfaces to prevent contact. This arrangement was so efficient that a trough of forty pairs of plates could be unpacked in five minutes and repacked in half an hour; the entire setup was no more than fifteen inches long.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 2.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 3.

Fig. 3.

1125. This trough, of forty pairs of plates three inches square, was compared, as to the ignition of a platina wire, the discharge between points of charcoal, the shock on the human frame, &c., with forty pairs of four-inch plates having double coppers, and used in porcelain troughs divided into insulating cells, the strength of the acid employed to excite both being the same. In all these effects the former appeared quite equal to the latter. On comparing a second trough of the new construction, containing twenty pairs of four-inch plates, with twenty pairs of four-inch plates in porcelain troughs, excited by acid of the same strength, the new trough appeared to surpass the old one in producing these effects, especially in the ignition of wire.

1125. This trough, with forty pairs of plates that are three inches square, was tested for igniting a platinum wire, the discharge between charcoal points, the shock on the human body, etc., against forty pairs of four-inch plates that had double copper conductors and were used in porcelain troughs divided into insulating cells, with both setups using the same strength of acid for excitation. In all these tests, the former seemed to be just as effective as the latter. When comparing a second trough of the new design, which had twenty pairs of four-inch plates, to twenty pairs of four-inch plates in porcelain troughs powered by the same strength of acid, the new trough appeared to outperform the old one, particularly in igniting the wire.

1126. In these experiments the new trough diminished in its energy much more rapidly than the one on the old construction, and this was a necessary consequence of the smaller quantity of acid used to excite it, which in the case of the forty pairs of new construction was only one-seventh part of that used for the forty pairs in the porcelain troughs. To compare, therefore, both forms of the voltaic trough in their decomposing powers, and to obtain accurate data as to their relative values, experiments of the following kind were made. The troughs were charged with a known quantity of acid of a known strength; the electric current was passed through a volta-electrometer (711.) having electrodes 4 inches long and 2.3 inches in width, so as to oppose as little obstruction as possible to the current; the gases evolved were collected and measured, and gave the quantity of water decomposed. Then the whole of the charge used was mixed together, and a known part of it analyzed, by being precipitated and boiled with excess of carbonate of soda, and the precipitate well-washed, dried, ignited, and weighed. In this way the quantity of metal oxidized and dissolved by the acid was ascertained; and the part removed from each zinc plate, or from all the plates, could be estimated and compared with the water decomposed in the volta-electrometer. To bring these to one standard of comparison, I have reduced the results so as to express the loss at the plates in equivalents of zinc for the equivalent of water decomposed at the volta-electrometer: I have taken the equivalent number of water as 9, and of zinc as 32.5, and have considered 100 cubic inches of the mixed oxygen and hydrogen, as they were collected over a pneumatic trough, to result from the decomposition of 12.68 grains of water.

1126. In these experiments, the new trough lost energy much more quickly than the old one. This was mainly due to the smaller amount of acid used to activate it, which for the forty pairs of new construction was only one-seventh of what was used for the forty pairs in the porcelain troughs. To compare both types of voltaic troughs in their ability to decompose substances and to obtain accurate data about their relative effectiveness, the following experiments were conducted. The troughs were filled with a known quantity of acid of a known strength; an electric current was passed through a volta-electrometer (711.) with electrodes that were 4 inches long and 2.3 inches wide, designed to offer minimal resistance to the current. The gases produced were captured and measured to determine the amount of water decomposed. Afterward, the total charge used was combined, and a known portion of it was analyzed by precipitation and boiling it with an excess of sodium carbonate. The precipitate was thoroughly washed, dried, ignited, and weighed. This method allowed us to determine the amount of metal that was oxidized and dissolved by the acid, and we could estimate how much was removed from each zinc plate or from all the plates, comparing this with the water decomposed in the volta-electrometer. To standardize these results, I calculated the loss at the plates in equivalents of zinc for the equivalent of water decomposed in the volta-electrometer. I used 9 as the equivalent number for water and 32.5 for zinc, and I considered that 100 cubic inches of the mixed oxygen and hydrogen, collected over a pneumatic trough, came from the decomposition of 12.68 grains of water.

1127. The acids used in these experiments were three,—sulphuric, nitric, and muriatic. The sulphuric acid was strong oil of vitriol; one cubical inch of it was equivalent to 486 grains of marble. The nitric acid was very nearly pure; one cubical inch dissolved 150 grains of marble. The muriatic acid was also nearly pure, and one cubical inch dissolved 108 grains of marble. These were always mixed with water by volumes, the standard of volume being a cubical inch.

1127. The acids used in these experiments were three: sulfuric, nitric, and muriatic. The sulfuric acid was concentrated oil of vitriol; one cubic inch of it was equal to 486 grains of marble. The nitric acid was almost pure; one cubic inch dissolved 150 grains of marble. The muriatic acid was also nearly pure, and one cubic inch dissolved 108 grains of marble. These were always mixed with water by volume, with the standard of volume being a cubic inch.

1128. An acid was prepared consisting of 200 parts water, 4-1/2 parts sulphuric acid, and 4 parts nitric acid; and with this both my trough containing forty pairs of three-inch plates, and four porcelain troughs, arranged in succession, each containing ten pairs of plates with double coppers four inches square, were charged. These two batteries were then used in succession, and the action of each was allowed to continue for twenty or thirty minutes, until the charge was nearly exhausted, the connexion with the volta-electrometer being carefully preserved during the whole time, and the acid in the troughs occasionally mixed together. In this way the former trough acted so well, that for each equivalent of water decomposed in the volta-electrometer only from 2 to 2.5 equivalents of zinc were dissolved from each plate. In four experiments the average was 2.21 equivalents for each plate, or 88.4 for the whole battery. In the experiments with the porcelain troughs, the equivalents of consumption at each plate were 3.51, or 141.6 for the whole battery. In a perfect voltaic battery of forty pairs of plates (991. 1001.) the consumption would have been one equivalent for each zinc plate, or forty for the whole.

1128. An acid solution was made using 200 parts water, 4.5 parts sulfuric acid, and 4 parts nitric acid. This mixture was used to charge my trough containing forty pairs of three-inch plates, along with four porcelain troughs set up in order, each having ten pairs of plates with double copper plates measuring four inches square. These two batteries were activated one after the other, allowing each to run for twenty to thirty minutes until the charge was nearly depleted, while keeping a connection with the volta-electrometer throughout the duration and occasionally mixing the acid in the troughs. As a result, the first trough performed so well that for every equivalent of water decomposed in the volta-electrometer, only about 2 to 2.5 equivalents of zinc were dissolved from each plate. In four trials, the average was 2.21 equivalents for each plate, totaling 88.4 for the entire battery. In tests with the porcelain troughs, the consumption was 3.51 equivalents per plate, or 141.6 for the whole battery. In a perfect voltaic battery with forty pairs of plates (991. 1001.), the consumption would have been one equivalent for each zinc plate, totaling forty for the entire setup.

1129. Similar experiments were made with two voltaic batteries, one containing twenty pairs of four-inch plates, arranged as I have described (1124.), and the other twenty pairs of four-inch plates in porcelain troughs. The average of five experiments with the former was a consumption of 3.7 equivalents of zinc from each plate, or 74 from the whole: the average of three experiments with the latter was 5.5 equivalents from each plate, or 110 from the whole: to obtain this conclusion two experiments were struck out, which were much against the porcelain troughs, and in which some unknown deteriorating influence was supposed to be accidentally active. In all the experiments, care was taken not to compare new and old plates together, as that would have introduced serious errors into the conclusions (1146.).

1129. Similar tests were conducted with two voltaic batteries, one featuring twenty pairs of four-inch plates, arranged as I described (1124.), and the other with twenty pairs of four-inch plates in porcelain troughs. The average of five tests with the first battery showed a consumption of 3.7 equivalents of zinc from each plate, totaling 74 from all: the average of three tests with the second battery indicated 5.5 equivalents from each plate, or 110 in total: to reach this conclusion, two tests that were not favorable for the porcelain troughs were excluded, as some unknown degrading influence was believed to be accidentally present. In all tests, care was taken to avoid comparing new and old plates, as that would have led to serious errors in the findings (1146.).

1130. When ten pairs of the new arrangement were used, the consumption of zinc at each plate was 6.76 equivalents, or 67.6 for the whole. With ten pairs of the common construction, in a porcelain trough, the zinc oxidized was, upon an average, 15.5 equivalents each plate, or 155 for the entire trough.

1130. When ten pairs of the new setup were used, the zinc consumption at each plate was 6.76 equivalents, totaling 67.6 for all. With ten pairs of the standard design in a porcelain trough, the zinc oxidized averaged 15.5 equivalents per plate, or 155 for the entire trough.

1131. No doubt, therefore, can remain of the equality or even the great superiority of this form of voltaic battery over the best previously in use, namely, that with double coppers, in which the cells are insulated. The insulation of the coppers may therefore be dispensed with; and it is that circumstance which principally permits of such other alterations in the construction of the trough as gives it its practical advantages.

1131. There’s no doubt about the equality or even the significant superiority of this type of voltaic battery compared to the best ones used before, which had double copper electrodes with insulated cells. The insulation of the copper can be eliminated, and this is the main factor that allows for other changes in the design of the trough that provide its practical benefits.

1132. The advantages of this form of trough are very numerous and great. i. It is exceedingly compact, for 100 pairs of plates need not occupy a trough of more than three feet in length, ii. By Dr. Hare's plan of making the trough turn upon copper pivots which rest upon copper bearings, the latter afford fixed terminations; and these I have found it very convenient to connect with two cups of mercury, fastened in the front of the stand of the instrument. These fixed terminations give the great advantage of arranging an apparatus to be used in connexion with the battery before the latter is put into action, iii. The trough is put into readiness for use in an instant, a single jug of dilute acid being sufficient for the charge of 100 pairs of four-inch plates, iv. On making the trough pass through a quarter of a revolution, it becomes active, and the great advantage is obtained of procuring for the experiment the effect of the first contact of the zinc and acid, which is twice or sometimes even thrice that which the battery can produce a minute or two after (1036. 1150.). v. When the experiment is completed, the acid can be at once poured from between the plates, so that the battery is never left to waste during an unconnected state of its extremities; the acid is not unnecessarily exhausted; the zinc is not uselessly consumed; and, besides avoiding these evils, the charge is mixed and rendered uniform, which produces a great and good result (1039.); and, upon proceeding to a second experiment, the important effect of first contact is again obtained. vi. The saving of zinc is very great. It is not merely that, whilst in action, the zinc performs more voltaic duty (1128. 1129.), but all the destruction which takes place with the ordinary forms of battery between the experiments is prevented. This saving is of such extent, that I estimate the zinc in the new form of battery to be thrice as effective as that in the ordinary form. vii. The importance of this saving of metal is not merely that the value of the zinc is saved, but that the battery is much lighter and more manageable; and also that the surfaces of the zinc and copper plates may be brought much nearer to each other when the battery is constructed, and remain so until it is worn out: the latter is a very important advantage (1148.). viii. Again, as, in consequence of the saving, thinner plates will perform the duty of thick ones, rolled zinc may be used; and I have found rolled zinc superior to cast zinc in action; a superiority which I incline to attribute to its greater purity (1144.). ix. Another advantage is obtained in the economy of the acid used, which is proportionate to the diminution of the zinc dissolved. x. The acid also is more easily exhausted, and is in such small quantity that there is never any occasion to return an old charge into use. The acid of old charges whilst out of use, often dissolves portions of copper from the black flocculi usually mingled with it, which are derived from the zinc; now any portion of copper in solution in the charge does great harm, because, by the local action of the acid and zinc, it tends to precipitate upon the latter, and diminish its voltaic efficacy (1145.). xi. By using a due mixture of nitric and sulphuric acid for the charge (1139.), no gas is evolved from the troughs; so that a battery of several hundred pairs of plates may, without inconvenience, be close to the experimenter. xii. If, during a series of experiments, the acid becomes exhausted, it can be withdrawn, and replaced by other acid with the utmost facility; and after the experiments are concluded, the great advantage of easily washing the plates is at command. And it appears to me, that in place of making, under different circumstances, mutual sacrifices of comfort, power, and economy, to obtain a desired end, all are at once obtained by Dr. Hare's form of trough.

1132. The advantages of this type of trough are numerous and significant. i. It is very compact, as 100 pairs of plates can fit in a trough that is no more than three feet long. ii. Thanks to Dr. Hare's design, which allows the trough to rotate on copper pivots resting on copper bearings, these provide fixed terminations. I've found it really convenient to connect these to two cups of mercury attached to the front of the stand of the instrument. These fixed terminations allow you to set up an apparatus to work with the battery before activating it. iii. The trough is ready to use almost instantly, as a single jug of dilute acid is enough to charge 100 pairs of four-inch plates. iv. When you rotate the trough a quarter turn, it becomes active, and the significant benefit is that you can achieve the effect of the first contact of zinc and acid, which can be two to three times greater than what the battery can produce a minute or two later (1036. 1150.). v. Once the experiment is done, the acid can be immediately poured out between the plates, ensuring the battery never wastes power while unplugged; it prevents unnecessary depletion of the acid, avoids wasting zinc, and additionally ensures a uniform charge, leading to a significant and favorable outcome (1039.); and when you move on to a second experiment, you again get the important effect of first contact. vi. The zinc savings are substantial. Not only does the zinc perform more effectively while in use (1128. 1129.), but all the deterioration that typically occurs between experiments with standard battery designs is avoided. I estimate that the zinc in this new battery design is three times more effective than in traditional setups. vii. The value of saving zinc is important not just because of the cost, but because the battery is much lighter and easier to handle; also, the surfaces of the zinc and copper plates can be brought significantly closer together during construction and stay that way until they wear out, which is a very important advantage (1148.). viii. Furthermore, since the savings allow thinner plates to perform the same role as thicker ones, rolled zinc can be used; I’ve found rolled zinc to be superior to cast zinc in action, likely due to its greater purity (1144.). ix. Another benefit is the economy of acid used, which is proportional to the reduction of zinc dissolved. x. The acid is also more easily depleted, and there's so little of it that there's never any need to reuse an old charge. Acid from old charges can often dissolve copper particles from the black flocculi usually mixed with it, which come from the zinc; any copper dissolved in the charge can cause significant problems because, through local action of the acid and zinc, it tends to deposit on the zinc and reduce its effectiveness (1145.). xi. By using an appropriate mixture of nitric and sulfuric acid for the charge (1139.), no gas is released from the troughs; thus, a battery with several hundred pairs of plates can be positioned conveniently close to the experimenter. xii. If, during a series of experiments, the acid gets depleted, it can be easily replaced with new acid, and once the experiments are finished, you can easily wash the plates. It seems to me that instead of having to compromise comfort, power, and efficiency under varying conditions to achieve a goal, Dr. Hare's trough design allows you to achieve all these benefits at once.

1133. But there are some disadvantages which I have not yet had time to overcome, though I trust they will finally be conquered. One is the extreme difficulty of making a wooden trough constantly water-tight under the alternations of wet and dry to which the voltaic instrument is subject. To remedy this evil, Mr. Newman is now engaged in obtaining porcelain troughs. The other disadvantage is a precipitation of copper on the zinc plates. It appears to me to depend mainly on the circumstance that the papers between the coppers retain acid when the trough is emptied; and that this acid slowly acting on the copper, forms a salt, which gradually mingles with the next charge, and is reduced on the zinc plate by the local action (1120.): the power of the whole battery is then reduced. I expect that by using slips of glass or wood to separate the coppers at their edges, their contact can be sufficiently prevented, and the space between them be left so open that the acid of a charge can be poured and washed out, and so be removed from every part of the trough when the experiments in which the latter is used are completed.

1133. However, there are some challenges that I haven't had the chance to resolve yet, though I'm hopeful they'll eventually be tackled. One is the extreme difficulty of keeping a wooden trough consistently water-tight given the wet and dry cycles that the voltaic instrument experiences. To address this issue, Mr. Newman is currently working on acquiring porcelain troughs. The other challenge is the buildup of copper on the zinc plates. It seems to be mainly due to the fact that the papers between the coppers hold onto acid when the trough is emptied; this acid slowly reacts with the copper, creating a salt that eventually mixes with the next batch, and gets reduced on the zinc plate through local action (1120.): this reduces the overall power of the battery. I believe that by using strips of glass or wood to separate the coppers at their edges, we can prevent enough contact between them, and leave enough space so that the acid from a charge can be poured out and cleaned from every part of the trough once the experiments that use it are finished.

1134. The actual superiority of the troughs which I have constructed on this plan, I believe to depend, first and principally, on the closer approximation of the zinc and copper surfaces;—in my troughs they are only one-tenth of an inch apart (1148.);—and, next, on the superior quality of the rolled zinc above the cast zinc used in the construction of the ordinary pile. It cannot be that insulation between the contiguous coppers is a disadvantage, but I do not find that it is any advantage; for when, with both the forty pairs of three-inch plates and the twenty pairs of four-inch plates, I used papers well-soaked in wax228, these being so large that when folded at the edges they wrapped over each other, so as to make cells as insulating as those of the porcelain troughs, still no sensible advantage in the chemical action was obtained.

1134. I believe the real advantage of the troughs I’ve built on this design comes mainly from how closely the zinc and copper surfaces are positioned; in my troughs, they’re only one-tenth of an inch apart (1148.). Additionally, the higher quality of the rolled zinc compared to the cast zinc used in standard piles plays a significant role. Insulation between the neighboring coppers doesn’t seem to be a disadvantage, but it also doesn’t provide any benefit. For instance, when I used both forty pairs of three-inch plates and twenty pairs of four-inch plates along with papers thoroughly soaked in wax228, which were large enough to overlap when folded at the edges, creating cells as insulating as those of porcelain troughs, there was still no noticeable improvement in the chemical reaction.

1135. As, upon principle, there must be a discharge of part of the electricity from the edges of the zinc and copper plates at the sides of the trough, I should prefer, and intend having, troughs constructed with a plate or plates of crown glass at the sides of the trough: the bottom will need none, though to glaze that and the ends would be no disadvantage. The plates need not be fastened in, but only set in their places; nor need they be in large single pieces.

1135. Since, in principle, some of the electricity must discharge from the edges of the zinc and copper plates at the sides of the trough, I would prefer, and plan to have, troughs made with a plate or plates of crown glass on the sides: the bottom won’t need any, though glazing that and the ends wouldn’t be a drawback. The plates don’t have to be secured; they can just be placed in their spots, and they don’t have to be large single pieces.

§ 17. Some practical results respecting the construction and use of the Voltaic Battery (1034. &c.).

1136. The electro-chemical philosopher is well acquainted with some practical results obtained from the voltaic battery by MM.. Gay-Lussac and Thenard, and given in the first forty-five pages of their 'Recherches Physico-Chimiques'. Although the following results are generally of the same nature, yet the advancement made in this branch of science of late years, the knowledge of the definite action of electricity, and the more accurate and philosophical mode of estimating the results by the equivalents of zinc consumed, will be their sufficient justification.

1136. The electro-chemical scientist is familiar with some practical results achieved using the voltaic battery by Gay-Lussac and Thenard, which are detailed in the first forty-five pages of their 'Recherches Physico-Chimiques'. While the following results are generally similar in nature, the progress made in this field of science in recent years, the understanding of the specific effects of electricity, and the more precise and systematic approach to evaluating the results based on the amount of zinc consumed will justify them sufficiently.

1137. Nature and strength of the acid.—My battery of forty pairs of three-inch plates was charged with acid consisting of 200 parts water and 9 oil of vitriol. Each plate lost, in the average of the experiments, 4.66 equivalents of zinc for the equivalent of water decomposed in the volta-electrometer, or the whole battery 186.4 equivalents of zinc. Being charged with a mixture of 200 water and 16 of the muriatic acid, each plate lost 3.8, equivalents of zinc for the water decomposed, or the whole battery 152 equivalents of zinc. Being charged with a mixture of 200 water and 8 nitric acid, each plate lost 1.85, equivalents of zinc for one equivalent of water decomposed, or the whole battery 74.16 equivalents of zinc. The sulphuric and muriatic acids evolved much hydrogen at the plates in the trough; the nitric acid no gas whatever. The relative strengths of the original acids have already been given (1127.); but a difference in that respect makes no important difference in the results when thus expressed by equivalents (1140.).

1137. Nature and strength of the acid.—My battery of forty pairs of three-inch plates was charged with acid made up of 200 parts water and 9 parts oil of vitriol. Each plate lost an average of 4.66 equivalents of zinc for each equivalent of water decomposed in the volta-electrometer, resulting in a total loss of 186.4 equivalents of zinc for the whole battery. When charged with a mixture of 200 parts water and 16 parts muriatic acid, each plate lost 3.8 equivalents of zinc for the water decomposed, giving a total loss of 152 equivalents of zinc for the entire battery. With a mixture of 200 parts water and 8 parts nitric acid, each plate lost 1.85 equivalents of zinc for one equivalent of water decomposed, amounting to a total of 74.16 equivalents of zinc for the whole battery. The sulphuric and muriatic acids produced a lot of hydrogen at the plates in the trough, while the nitric acid produced no gas at all. The relative strengths of the original acids have already been discussed (1127.); however, variations in strength do not significantly affect the results when expressed in equivalents (1140.).

1138. Thus nitric acid proves to be the best for this purpose; its superiority appears to depend upon its favouring the electrolyzation of the liquid in the cells of the trough upon the principles already explained (905. 973, 1022.), and consequently favouring the transmission of the electricity, and therefore the production of transferable power (1120.).

1138. Therefore, nitric acid is the best choice for this purpose; its advantages seem to come from its ability to promote the electrolysis of the liquid in the cells of the trough based on the principles previously discussed (905. 973, 1022.), which in turn supports the flow of electricity and thus the generation of usable power (1120.).

1139. The addition of nitric acid might, consequently, be expected to improve sulphuric and muriatic acids. Accordingly, when the same trough was charged with a mixture of 200 water, 9 oil of vitriol, and 4 nitric acid, the consumption of zinc was at each plate 2.786, and for the whole battery 111.5, equivalents. When the charge was 200 water, 9 oil of vitriol, and 8 nitric acid, the loss per plate was 2.26, or for the whole battery 90.4, equivalents. When the trough was charged with a mixture of 200 water, 16 muriatic acid, and 6 nitric acid, the loss per plate was 2.11, or for the whole battery 84.4, equivalents. Similar results were obtained with my battery of twenty pairs of four-inch plates (1129.). Hence it is evident that the nitric acid was of great service when mingled with the sulphuric acid; and the charge generally used after this time for ordinary experiments consisted of 200 water, 4-1/2 oil of vitriol, and 4 nitric acid.

1139. Adding nitric acid could be expected to enhance sulfuric and hydrochloric acids. So, when the same trough was filled with a mixture of 200 water, 9 sulfuric acid, and 4 nitric acid, the zinc consumption was 2.786 per plate, totaling 111.5 equivalents for the entire battery. When the mix was 200 water, 9 sulfuric acid, and 8 nitric acid, the loss per plate was 2.26, or 90.4 equivalents for the whole battery. When the trough was filled with a mix of 200 water, 16 hydrochloric acid, and 6 nitric acid, the loss per plate was 2.11, or 84.4 equivalents for the entire battery. Similar results were found with my battery of twenty pairs of four-inch plates (1129.). This shows that nitric acid was very beneficial when combined with sulfuric acid; thus, the mixture commonly used for regular experiments afterwards included 200 water, 4.5 sulfuric acid, and 4 nitric acid.

1140. It is not to be supposed that the different strengths of the acids produced the differences above; for within certain limits I found the electrolytic effects to be nearly as the strengths of the acids, so as to leave the expression of force, when given in equivalents, almost constant. Thus, when the trough was charged with a mixture of 200 water and 8 nitric acid, each plate lost 1.854 equivalent of zinc. When the charge was 200 water and 16 nitric acid, the loss per plate was 1.82 equivalent. When it was 200 water and 32 nitric acid, the loss was 2.1 equivalents. The differences here are not greater than happen from unavoidable irregularities, depending on other causes than the strength of acid.

1140. It shouldn't be assumed that the different strengths of the acids caused the variations mentioned; within certain limits, I found the electrolytic effects to be nearly proportional to the strengths of the acids, which kept the expression of force, when given in equivalents, almost constant. For example, when the trough was filled with a mixture of 200 parts water and 8 parts nitric acid, each plate lost 1.854 equivalents of zinc. When the mixture was 200 parts water and 16 parts nitric acid, the loss per plate was 1.82 equivalents. With 200 parts water and 32 parts nitric acid, the loss was 2.1 equivalents. The differences observed here are not greater than those arising from unavoidable irregularities caused by factors other than the strength of the acid.

1141. Again, when a charge consisting of 200 water, 4-1/2 oil of vitriol, and 4 nitric acid was used, each zinc plate lost 2.16 equivalents; when the charge with the same battery was 200 water, 9 oil of vitriol, and 8 nitric acid, each zinc plate lost 2.26 equivalents.

1141. Again, when a mix of 200 water, 4.5 sulfuric acid, and 4 nitric acid was used, each zinc plate lost 2.16 equivalents; when the mix with the same battery was 200 water, 9 sulfuric acid, and 8 nitric acid, each zinc plate lost 2.26 equivalents.

1142. I need hardly say that no copper is dissolved during the regular action of the voltaic trough. I have found that much ammonia is formed in the cells when nitric acid, either pure or mixed with sulphuric acid, is used. It is produced in part as a secondary result at the cathodes (663.) of the different portions of fluid constituting the necessary electrolyte, in the cells.

1142. I hardly need to mention that no copper dissolves during the normal operation of the voltaic trough. I’ve discovered that a lot of ammonia forms in the cells when using nitric acid, whether it’s pure or mixed with sulfuric acid. It’s created partly as a byproduct at the cathodes (663.) of the various parts of the fluid that make up the essential electrolyte in the cells.

1143. Uniformity of the charge.—This is a most important point, as I have already shown experimentally (1042. &c.). Hence one great advantage of Dr. Hare's mechanical arrangement of his trough.

1143. Uniformity of the charge.—This is a very important point, as I have already demonstrated experimentally (1042. &c.). Therefore, one significant benefit of Dr. Hare's mechanical setup for his trough.

1144. Purity of the zinc.—If pure zinc could be obtained, it would be very advantageous in the construction of the voltaic apparatus (998.). Most zincs, when put into dilute sulphuric acid, leave more or less of an insoluble matter upon the surface in the form of a crust, which contains various metals, as copper, lead, zinc, iron, cadmium, &c., in the metallic state. Such particles, by discharging part of the transferable power, render it, as to the whole battery, local; and so diminish the effect. As an indication connected with the more or less perfect action of the battery, I may mention that no gas ought to rise from the zinc plates. The more gas which is generated upon these surfaces, the greater is the local action and the less the transferable force. The investing crust is also inconvenient, by preventing the displacement and renewal of the charge upon the surface of the zinc. Such zinc as, dissolving in the cleanest manner in a dilute acid, dissolves also the slowest, is the best; zinc which contains much copper should especially be avoided. I have generally found rolled Liege or Mosselman's zinc the purest; and to the circumstance of having used such zinc in its construction attribute in part the advantage of the new battery (1134.).

1144. Purity of the zinc.—If we could get pure zinc, it would be very beneficial for building the voltaic apparatus (998.). Most zincs, when placed in dilute sulfuric acid, leave some insoluble matter on the surface in the form of a crust, which contains various metals like copper, lead, zinc, iron, and cadmium in their metallic form. These particles, by using up some of the transferable power, make the whole battery function less effectively and reduce its overall output. As a sign related to how well the battery operates, I should note that there shouldn’t be any gas coming from the zinc plates. The more gas produced on these surfaces, the greater the local action and the lower the transferable force. The crust also causes problems by hindering the replacement and renewal of the charge on the surface of the zinc. The best zinc is one that dissolves very cleanly in a dilute acid but does so slowly; zinc that has a lot of copper in it should especially be avoided. I've usually found rolled Liege or Mosselman's zinc to be the purest, and I attribute part of the advantage of the new battery (1134.) to the use of such zinc in its construction.

1145. Foulness of the zinc plates.—After use, the plates of a battery should be cleaned from the metallic powder upon their surfaces, especially if they are employed to obtain the laws of action of the battery itself. This precaution was always attended to with the porcelain trough batteries in the experiments described (1125, &c.). If a few foul plates are mingled with many clean ones, they make the action in the different cells irregular, and the transferable power is accordingly diminished, whilst the local and wasted power is increased. No old charge containing copper should be used to excite a battery.

1145. Foulness of the zinc plates.—After using the plates of a battery, they should be cleaned of any metallic powder on their surfaces, especially if they are used to study the battery's own action. This precaution was always followed with the porcelain trough batteries in the experiments mentioned (1125, &c.). If a few dirty plates are mixed with many clean ones, they cause irregular action in the different cells, which reduces the transferable power while increasing the local and wasted power. No old charge containing copper should be used to power a battery.

1146. New and old plates.—I have found voltaic batteries far more powerful when the plates were new than when they have been used two or three times; so that a new and an used battery cannot be compared together, or even a battery with itself on the first and after times of use. My trough of twenty pairs of four-inch plates, charged with acid consisting of 200 water, 4-1/2 oil of vitriol, and 4 nitric acid, lost, upon the first time of being used, 2.82 equivalents per plate. When used after the fourth time with the same charge, the loss was from 3.26 to 4.47 equivalents per plate; the average being 3.7 equivalents. The first time the forty pair of plates (1124.) were used, the loss at each plate was only 1.65 equivalent; but afterwards it became 2.16, 2.17, 2.52. The first time twenty pair of four-inch plates in porcelain troughs were used, they lost, per plate, only 3.7 equivalents; but after that, the loss was 5.25, 5.36, 5.9 equivalents. Yet in all these cases the zincs had been well-cleaned from adhering copper, &c., before each trial of power.

1146. New and old plates.—I have found that voltaic batteries are much stronger when the plates are new compared to after they've been used two or three times; therefore, a new battery cannot be compared to an old one, or even to itself at different times of use. My setup with twenty pairs of four-inch plates, charged with a mixture of 200 parts water, 4.5 parts oil of vitriol, and 4 parts nitric acid, lost 2.82 equivalents per plate on the first use. When used for the fourth time with the same charge, the loss increased to between 3.26 and 4.47 equivalents per plate, with an average of 3.7 equivalents. The first time the forty pairs of plates (1124.) were used, the loss for each plate was just 1.65 equivalent; afterwards, it rose to 2.16, 2.17, and 2.52. The first time twenty pairs of four-inch plates in porcelain troughs were used, they lost only 3.7 equivalents per plate; but subsequent losses were 5.25, 5.36, and 5.9 equivalents. In all these cases, the zinc had been thoroughly cleaned of any adhering copper, etc., before each power trial.

1147. With the rolled zinc the fall in force soon appeared to become constant, i.e. to proceed no further. But with the cast zinc plates belonging to the porcelain troughs, it appeared to continue, until at last, with the same charge, each plate lost above twice as much zinc for a given amount of action as at first. These troughs were, however, so irregular that I could not always determine the circumstances affecting the amount of electrolytic action.

1147. With the rolled zinc, the decrease in force quickly seemed to stabilize, meaning it stopped changing. But with the cast zinc plates from the porcelain troughs, it looked like the decrease kept going until eventually, with the same charge, each plate lost more than twice as much zinc for the same amount of activity compared to the beginning. However, these troughs were so uneven that I couldn't always figure out the factors influencing the level of electrolytic action.

1148. Vicinity of the copper and zinc.—The importance of this point in the construction of voltaic arrangements, and the greater power, as to immediate action, which is obtained when the zinc and copper surfaces are near to each other than when removed further apart, are well known. I find that the power is not only greater on the instant, but also that the sum of transferable power, in relation to the whole sum of chemical action at the plates, is much increased. The cause of this gain is very evident. Whatever tends to retard the circulation of the transferable force, (i.e. the electricity,) diminishes the proportion of such force, and increases the proportion of that which is local (996. 1120.). Now the liquid in the cells possesses this retarding power, and therefore acts injuriously, in greater or less proportion, according to the quantity of it between the zinc and copper plates, i.e. according to the distances between their surfaces. A trough, therefore, in which the plates are only half the distance asunder at which they are placed in another, will produce more transferable, and less local, force than the latter; and thus, because the electrolyte in the cells can transmit the current more readily; both the intensity and quantity of electricity is increased for a given consumption of zinc. To this circumstance mainly I attribute the superiority of the trough I have described (1134.).

1148. Proximity of the copper and zinc.—It's well understood how crucial this factor is in building voltaic setups, and that having the zinc and copper surfaces close together yields greater immediate power compared to when they are farther apart. I find that the power is not only greater right away, but that the total amount of transferable power, in relation to the complete sum of chemical action at the plates, is significantly enhanced. The reason for this increase is clear. Anything that slows down the flow of transferable force (i.e., electricity) reduces the ratio of that force and raises the ratio of local force (996. 1120.). The liquid in the cells has this retarding effect, and hence negatively impacts the performance, depending on how much liquid is between the zinc and copper plates, meaning based on the distance between their surfaces. Thus, a trough where the plates are only half the distance apart compared to another setup will generate more transferable force and less local force than the latter; and as a result, because the electrolyte in the cells can transmit the current more easily, both the intensity and amount of electricity increase for a given consumption of zinc. I mainly attribute the superiority of the trough I described (1134.) to this factor.

1149. The superiority of double coppers over single plates also depends in part upon diminishing the resistance offered by the electrolyte between the metals. For, in fact, with double coppers the sectional area of the interposed acid becomes nearly double that with single coppers, and therefore it more freely transfers the electricity. Double coppers are, however, effective, mainly because they virtually double the acting surface of the zinc, or nearly so; for in a trough with single copper plates and the usual construction of cells, that surface of zinc which is not opposed to a copper surface is thrown almost entirely out of voltaic action, yet the acid continues to act upon it and the metal is dissolved, producing very little more than local effect (947. 996). But when by doubling the copper, that metal is opposed to the second surface of the zinc plate, then a great part of the action upon the latter is converted into transferable force, and thus the power of the trough as to quantity of electricity is highly exalted.

1149. The advantage of double coppers over single plates also lies in reducing the resistance that the electrolyte creates between the metals. With double coppers, the area of acid between them is almost double that with single coppers, allowing for a better transfer of electricity. However, double coppers are mainly effective because they nearly double the active surface of the zinc; with a trough using single copper plates and the standard cell design, the section of zinc not directly facing a copper surface is almost completely excluded from generating electric current, yet the acid still acts on it, causing the metal to dissolve with minimal local effect (947. 996). But when you double the copper, it faces the second zinc plate surface, significantly converting more of the action on the zinc into usable electric force, which greatly enhances the trough's ability to produce electricity.

1150. First immersion of the plates.—The great effect produced at the first immersion of the plates, (apart from their being new or used (1146.),) I have attributed elsewhere to the unchanged condition of the acid in contact with the zinc plate (1003. 1037.): as the acid becomes neutralized, its exciting power is proportionally diminished. Hare's form of trough secures much advantage of this kind, by mingling the liquid, and bringing what may be considered as a fresh surface of acid against the plates every time it is used immediately after a rest.

1150. First immersion of the plates.—The significant effect observed during the first immersion of the plates, (regardless of whether they are new or used (1146.),) I have attributed elsewhere to the condition of the acid that remains unchanged when in contact with the zinc plate (1003. 1037.): as the acid gets neutralized, its ability to excite is proportionally reduced. Hare's type of trough offers considerable benefit in this respect by mixing the liquid and presenting what can be seen as a fresh surface of acid against the plates every time it is used right after a rest.

1151. Number of plates.229—The most advantageous number of plates in a battery used for chemical decomposition, depends almost entirely upon the resistance to be overcome at the place of action; but whatever that resistance may be, there is a certain number which is more economical than either a greater or a less. Ten pairs of four-inch plates in a porcelain trough of the ordinary construction, acting in the volta-electrometer (1126.) upon dilute sulphuric acid of spec. grav. 1.314, gave an average consumption of 15.4 equivalents per plate, or 154 equivalents on the whole. Twenty pairs of the same plates, with the same acid, gave only a consumption of 5.5 per plate, or 110 equivalents upon the whole. When forty pairs of the same plates were used, the consumption was 3.54 equivalents per plate, or 141.6 upon the whole battery. Thus the consumption of zinc arranged as twenty plates was more advantageous than if arranged either as ten or as forty.

1151. Number of plates.229—The best number of plates in a battery used for chemical decomposition mainly depends on the resistance that needs to be overcome at the site of action; however, regardless of that resistance, there is a specific number that is more economical than either a higher or lower count. Ten pairs of four-inch plates in a standard porcelain trough, used in the volta-electrometer (1126.) with diluted sulfuric acid of specific gravity 1.314, had an average consumption of 15.4 equivalents per plate, totaling 154 equivalents. Twenty pairs of the same plates with the same acid only consumed 5.5 equivalents per plate, or 110 equivalents overall. When forty pairs of the same plates were used, the consumption dropped to 3.54 equivalents per plate, or 141.6 for the entire battery. Therefore, the consumption of zinc set up as twenty plates was more efficient than when set up as either ten or forty.

1152. Again, ten pairs of my four-inch plates (1129.) lost 6.76 each, or the whole ten 67.6 equivalents of zinc, in effecting decomposition; whilst twenty pairs of the same plates, excited by the same acid, lost 3.7 equivalents each, or on the whole 74 equivalents. In other comparative experiments of numbers, ten pairs of the three inch-plates, (1125.) lost 3.725, or 37.25 equivalents upon the whole; whilst twenty pairs lost 2.53 each, or 50.6 in all; and forty pairs lost on an average 2.21, or 88.4 altogether. In both these cases, therefore, increase of numbers had not been advantageous as to the effective production of transferable chemical power from the whole quantity of chemical force active at the surfaces of excitation (1120.).

1152. Again, ten pairs of my four-inch plates (1129.) lost 6.76 each, or a total of 67.6 equivalents of zinc, during the decomposition process; meanwhile, twenty pairs of the same plates, activated by the same acid, lost 3.7 equivalents each, adding up to 74 equivalents overall. In other comparative tests, ten pairs of the three-inch plates (1125.) lost 3.725 each, for a total of 37.25 equivalents; while twenty pairs lost 2.53 each, or 50.6 in total; and forty pairs lost an average of 2.21, or 88.4 altogether. In both of these cases, therefore, increasing the number of plates did not prove beneficial for effectively producing transferable chemical power from the whole quantity of chemical force active at the surfaces of excitation (1120.).

1153. But if I had used a weaker acid or a worse conductor in the volta-electrometer, then the number of plates which would produce the most advantageous effect would have risen; or if I had used a better conductor than that really employed in the volta-electrometer, I might have reduced the number even to one; as, for instance, when a thick wire is used to complete the circuit (865., &c.). And the cause of these variations is very evident, when it is considered that each successive plate in the voltaic apparatus does not add anything to the quantity of transferable power or electricity which the first plate can put into motion, provided a good conductor be present, but tends only to exalt the intensity of that quantity, so as to make it more able to overcome the obstruction of bad conductors (994. 1158.).

1153. But if I had used a weaker acid or a poorer conductor in the volta-electrometer, then the number of plates needed for the most effective outcome would have increased; or if I had used a better conductor than the one actually used in the volta-electrometer, I might have reduced the number to just one; for example, when a thick wire is used to complete the circuit (865., &c.). The reason for these changes is clear when you consider that each additional plate in the voltaic setup doesn’t increase the quantity of transferable power or electricity that the first plate can generate, as long as a good conductor is present, but only serves to enhance the intensity of that quantity, making it better at overcoming the resistance of poor conductors (994. 1158.).

1154. Large or small plates.230—The advantageous use of large or small plates for electrolyzations will evidently depend upon the facility with which the transferable power of electricity can pass. If in a particular case the most effectual number of plates is known (1151.), then the addition of more zinc would be most advantageously made in increasing the size of the plates, and not their number. At the same time, large increase in the size of the plates would raise in a small degree the most favourable number.

1154. Large or small plates.230—The effective use of large or small plates for electrolysis clearly depends on how easily the transferable power of electricity can flow. If the optimal number of plates is already known (1151.), then adding more zinc would be best done by increasing the size of the plates, rather than their number. However, significantly increasing the size of the plates would slightly raise the optimal number.

1155. Large and small plates should not be used together in the same battery: the small ones occasion a loss of the power of the large ones, unless they be excited by an acid proportionably more powerful; for with a certain acid they cannot transmit the same portion of electricity in a given time which the same acid can evolve by action on the larger plates.

1155. Large and small plates shouldn't be used together in the same setup: the small plates reduce the power of the large ones, unless they are activated by a correspondingly stronger acid; because with a certain acid, they can't transmit the same amount of electricity in a given time that the same acid can produce through action on the larger plates.

1156. Simultaneous decompositions.—When the number of plates in a battery much surpasses the most favourable proportion (1151—1153.), two or more decompositions may be effected simultaneously with advantage. Thus my forty pairs of plates (1124.) produced in one volta-electrometer 22.8 cubic inches of gas. Being recharged exactly in the same manner, they produced in each of two volta-electrometers 21 cubical inches. In the first experiment the whole consumption of zinc was 88.4 equivalents, and in the second only 48.28 equivalents, for the whole of the water decomposed in both volta-electrometers.

1156. Simultaneous decompositions.—When the number of plates in a battery greatly exceeds the ideal ratio (1151—1153.), it's beneficial to have two or more decompositions happening at the same time. For example, my forty pairs of plates (1124.) generated 22.8 cubic inches of gas in one volta-electrometer. When recharged in exactly the same way, they produced 21 cubic inches in each of two volta-electrometers. In the first experiment, a total of 88.4 equivalents of zinc was used, while in the second only 48.28 equivalents were needed for all the water decomposed in both volta-electrometers.

1157. But when the twenty pairs of four-inch plates (1129.) were tried in a similar manner, the results were in the opposite direction. With one volta-electrometer 52 cubic inches of gas were obtained; with two, only 14.6 cubic inches from each. The quantity of charge was not the same in both cases, though it was of the same strength; but on rendering the results comparative by reducing them to equivalents (1126.), it was found that the consumption of metal in the first case was 74, and in the second case 97, equivalents for the whole of the water decomposed. These results of course depend upon the same circumstances of retardation, &c., which have been referred to in speaking of the proper number of plates (1151.).

1157. But when twenty pairs of four-inch plates (1129.) were tested in a similar way, the results went the opposite direction. With one volt-electrometer, 52 cubic inches of gas were produced; with two, only 14.6 cubic inches from each. The amount of charge wasn’t the same in both cases, even though it was of the same strength; but when comparing the results by converting them to equivalents (1126.), it turned out that the consumption of metal in the first case was 74, and in the second case, 97, equivalents for the whole of the water decomposed. These results, of course, rely on the same factors of delay, etc., that were mentioned when discussing the correct number of plates (1151.).

1158. That the transferring, or, as it is usually called, conducting, power of an electrolyte which is to be decomposed, or other interposed body, should be rendered as good as possible231, is very evident (1020. 1120.). With a perfectly good conductor and a good battery, nearly all the electricity is passed, i.e. nearly all the chemical power becomes transferable, even with a single pair of plates (807.). With an interposed nonconductor none of the chemical power becomes transferable. With an imperfect conductor more or less of the chemical power becomes transferable as the circumstances favouring the transfer of forces across the imperfect conductor are exalted or diminished: these circumstances are, actual increase or improvement of the conducting power, enlargement of the electrodes, approximation of the electrodes, and increased intensity of the passing current.

1158. It's clear that the transferring, or what is commonly known as conducting power, of an electrolyte that is going to be decomposed or another intervening body should be optimized as much as possible231. With an ideal conductor and a good battery, almost all the electricity passes through, meaning almost all the chemical power can be transferred, even with just one pair of plates (807.). If there's a non-conductor in between, none of the chemical power can be transferred. With a less effective conductor, some of the chemical power can be transferred, depending on various factors that either enhance or reduce the transfer of forces through the imperfect conductor: these factors include actual improvement in conducting power, larger electrodes, closer placement of the electrodes, and increased strength of the current flowing through.

1159. The introduction of common spring water in place of one of the volta-electrometers used with twenty pairs of four-inch plates (1156.) caused such obstruction as not to allow one-fifteenth of the transferable force to pass which would have circulated without it. Thus fourteen-fifteenths of the available force of the battery were destroyed, local force, (which was rendered evident by the evolution of gas from the being converted into zincs,) and yet the platina electrodes in the water were three inches long, nearly an inch wide, and not a quarter of an inch apart.

1159. Using common spring water instead of one of the volta-electrometers that worked with twenty pairs of four-inch plates (1156.) created such resistance that only one-fifteenth of the transferable force could pass through, compared to what would have circulated without it. This resulted in the loss of fourteen-fifteenths of the battery's available force, as local force was visibly diminished by the gas evolving from the conversion into zincs. Despite this, the platinum electrodes in the water were three inches long, nearly an inch wide, and less than a quarter of an inch apart.

1160. These points, i.e. the increase of conducting power, the enlargement of the electrodes, and their approximation, should be especially attended to in volta-electrometers. The principles upon which their utility depend are so evident that there can be no occasion for further development of them here.

1160. These points, like the increase in conducting power, the enlargement of the electrodes, and their closeness, should be especially considered in volta-electrometers. The principles that determine their usefulness are so clear that there’s no need to elaborate on them here.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

October 11, 1834.

October 11, 1834.


Eleventh Series.

§ 18. On Induction. ¶ i. Induction an action of contiguous particles. ¶ ii. Absolute charge of matter. ¶ iii. Electrometer and inductive apparatus employed. ¶ iv. Induction in curved lines. ¶ v. Specific inductive capacity. ¶ vi. General results as to induction.

§ 18. On Induction. ¶ i. Induction is an action of nearby particles. ¶ ii. Absolute charge of matter. ¶ iii. Electrometer and inductive equipment used. ¶ iv. Induction in curved lines. ¶ v. Specific inductive capacity. ¶ vi. General results regarding induction.

Received November 30,—Read December 21, 1837.

Received November 30—Read December 21, 1837.

¶ i. Induction an action of contiguous particles.

1161. The science of electricity is in that state in which every part of it requires experimental investigation; not merely for the discovery of new effects, but what is just now of far more importance, the development of the means by which the old effects are produced, and the consequent more accurate determination of the first principles of action of the most extraordinary and universal power in nature:—and to those philosophers who pursue the inquiry zealously yet cautiously, combining experiment with analogy, suspicious of their preconceived notions, paying more respect to a fact than a theory, not too hasty to generalize, and above all things, willing at every step to cross-examine their own opinions, both by reasoning and experiment, no branch of knowledge can afford so fine and ready a field for discovery as this. Such is most abundantly shown to be the case by the progress which electricity has made in the last thirty years: Chemistry and Magnetism have successively acknowledged its over-ruling influence; and it is probable that every effect depending upon the powers of inorganic matter, and perhaps most of those related to vegetable and animal life, will ultimately be found subordinate to it.

1161. The science of electricity is currently in a phase where every aspect of it needs experimental investigation; not just to discover new effects, but, more importantly right now, to develop the methods by which the old effects are produced, leading to a more accurate understanding of the basic principles of this remarkable and universal force in nature. For those philosophers who pursue this inquiry with both zeal and caution—combining experiments with analogies, questioning their preconceived ideas, valuing facts over theories, being careful not to generalize too quickly, and most importantly, being willing to continuously challenge their own opinions through reasoning and experimentation—there's no field of knowledge that offers such a rich and ready opportunity for discovery. This has been abundantly demonstrated by the advancements in electricity over the past thirty years: Chemistry and Magnetism have both recognized its dominant influence, and it's likely that every effect related to the powers of inorganic matter, and maybe most of those connected to plant and animal life, will ultimately be found to depend on it.

1162. Amongst the actions of different kinds into which electricity has conventionally been subdivided, there is, I think, none which excels, or even equals in importance, that called Induction. It is of the most general influence in electrical phenomena, appearing to be concerned in every one of them, and has in reality the character of a first, essential, and fundamental principle. Its comprehension is so important, that I think we cannot proceed much further in the investigation of the laws of electricity without a more thorough understanding of its nature; how otherwise can we hope to comprehend the harmony and even unity of action which doubtless governs electrical excitement by friction, by chemical means, by heat, by magnetic influence, by evaporation, and even by the living being?

1162. Among the different types of actions into which electricity has traditionally been classified, I believe none is more important than what is known as Induction. It has a broad impact on electrical phenomena and seems to be involved in every single one of them. In fact, it serves as a fundamental principle. Understanding it is so crucial that we can't really progress much further in exploring the laws of electricity without a deeper grasp of its nature. How else can we hope to understand the harmony and even the unity of action that clearly drives electrical excitation through friction, chemical methods, heat, magnetic influence, evaporation, and even living organisms?

1163. In the long-continued course of experimental inquiry in which I have been engaged, this general result has pressed upon me constantly, namely, the necessity of admitting two forces, or two forms or directions of a force (516. 517.), combined with the impossibility of separating these two forces (or electricities) from each other, either in the phenomena of statical electricity or those of the current. In association with this, the impossibility under any circumstances, as yet, of absolutely charging matter of any kind with one or the other electricity only, dwelt on my mind, and made me wish and search for a clearer view than any that I was acquainted with, of the way in which electrical powers and the particles of matter are related; especially in inductive actions, upon which almost all others appeared to rest.

1163. Throughout my ongoing research, I've consistently encountered the same important conclusion: we need to recognize two forces, or two forms and directions of a force (516. 517.), and it's impossible to separate these two forces (or electricities) from each other, whether in static electricity or in current phenomena. Alongside this, it has struck me that, under any circumstances so far, we cannot completely charge any type of matter with just one form of electricity. This has led me to desire and search for a clearer understanding of how electrical forces and matter particles are connected, particularly in inductive actions, which seem to underpin nearly all other phenomena.

1164. When I discovered the general fact that electrolytes refused to yield their elements to a current when in the solid state, though they gave them forth freely if in the liquid condition (380. 394. 402.), I thought I saw an opening to the elucidation of inductive action, and the possible subjugation of many dissimilar phenomena to one law. For let the electrolyte be water, a plate of ice being coated with platina foil on its two surfaces, and these coatings connected with any continued source of the two electrical powers, the ice will charge like a Leyden arrangement, presenting a case of common induction, but no current will pass. If the ice be liquefied, the induction will fall to a certain degree, because a current can now pass; but its passing is dependent upon a peculiar molecular arrangement of the particles consistent with the transfer of the elements of the electrolyte in opposite directions, the degree of discharge and the quantity of elements evolved being exactly proportioned to each other (377. 783.). Whether the charging of the metallic coating be effected by a powerful electrical machine, a strong and large voltaic battery, or a single pair of plates, makes no difference in the principle, but only in the degree of action (360). Common induction takes place in each case if the electrolyte be solid, or if fluid, chemical action and decomposition ensue, provided opposing actions do not interfere; and it is of high importance occasionally thus to compare effects in their extreme degrees, for the purpose of enabling us to comprehend the nature of an action in its weak state, which may be only sufficiently evident to us in its stronger condition (451.). As, therefore, in the electrolytic action, induction appeared to be the first step, and decomposition the second (the power of separating these steps from each other by giving the solid or fluid condition to the electrolyte being in our hands); as the induction was the same in its nature as that through air, glass, wax, &c. produced by any of the ordinary means; and as the whole effect in the electrolyte appeared to be an action of the particles thrown into a peculiar or polarized state, I was led to suspect that common induction itself was in all cases an action of contiguous particles232, and that electrical action at a distance (i.e. ordinary inductive action) never occurred except through the influence of the intervening matter.

1164. When I found out that electrolytes don’t release their elements to a current when they are solid, but do so easily when they are liquid (380. 394. 402.), I thought I had a clue about explaining inductive action and how it might connect many different phenomena to a single law. For example, if the electrolyte is water, and a plate of ice is covered on both sides with platinum foil connected to a continuous source of electrical power, the ice will charge like a Leyden jar, showing a case of common induction, but no current will flow. If the ice melts, the induction will decrease to some extent because a current can now flow; however, its flow depends on a peculiar molecular arrangement of the particles that allows the elements of the electrolyte to move in opposite directions. The amount of discharge and the number of elements produced are exactly proportional to each other (377. 783.). It doesn’t matter if the charging of the metal coating is done with a powerful electrical machine, a large voltaic battery, or a single pair of plates; the principle stays the same, just the degree of action varies (360). Common induction happens in each case whether the electrolyte is solid, or if it’s liquid, leading to chemical action and decomposition, as long as opposing actions don’t interfere. It's very important to compare effects in their extreme states sometimes so we can understand the nature of an action when it’s weak, which might only be apparent to us when it’s in a stronger state (451.). So, since in electrolytic action, induction seemed to be the first step, and decomposition the second (we can control whether the electrolyte is solid or liquid); and since the induction was similar to that occurring through air, glass, wax, etc., produced by ordinary means; and since the total effect in the electrolyte seemed to be an action of the particles set into a peculiar or polarized state, I began to suspect that common induction itself was always an action of neighboring particles232, and that electrical action over distances (i.e., ordinary inductive action) only occurred through the influence of the matter in between.

1165. The respect which I entertain towards the names of Epinus, Cavendish, Poisson, and other most eminent men, all of whose theories I believe consider induction as an action at a distance and in straight lines, long indisposed me to the view I have just stated; and though I always watched for opportunities to prove the opposite opinion, and made such experiments occasionally as seemed to bear directly on the point, as, for instance, the examination of electrolytes, solid and fluid, whilst under induction by polarized light (951. 955.), it is only of late, and by degrees, that the extreme generality of the subject has urged me still further to extend my experiments and publish my view. At present I believe ordinary induction in all cases to be an action of contiguous particles consisting in a species of polarity, instead of being an action of either particles or masses at sensible distances; and if this be true, the distinction and establishment of such a truth must be of the greatest consequence to our further progress in the investigation of the nature of electric forces. The linked condition of electrical induction with chemical decomposition; of voltaic excitement with chemical action; the transfer of elements in an electrolyte; the original cause of excitement in all cases; the nature and relation of conduction and insulation of the direct and lateral or transverse action constituting electricity and magnetism; with many other things more or less incomprehensible at present, would all be affected by it, and perhaps receive a full explication in their reduction under one general law.

1165. The respect I have for the names of Epinus, Cavendish, Poisson, and other highly regarded individuals, all of whose theories I believe see induction as an action at a distance and in straight lines, long made me hesitant to accept the viewpoint I just expressed. Even though I constantly looked for chances to prove the opposite opinion and conducted experiments that seemed to directly address the issue, such as examining electrolytes, both solid and liquid, while observing them under polarized light (951. 955.), it’s only recently, and gradually, that the overall complexity of the subject has pushed me to further expand my experiments and share my perspective. Currently, I believe that ordinary induction in all cases is a result of neighboring particles in a form of polarity, rather than being an action of either particles or masses at noticeable distances. If this is correct, understanding and acknowledging this truth will be crucial for our progress in exploring the nature of electric forces. The connection between electrical induction and chemical decomposition; the link between voltaic excitement and chemical action; the movement of elements in an electrolyte; the original cause of excitement in all scenarios; the nature and relationship of conduction and insulation; and the direct and lateral or transverse action that makes up electricity and magnetism, along with many other aspects that are still somewhat unclear, would all be impacted by this, and might ultimately be explained through one overarching law.

1166. I searched for an unexceptionable test of my view, not merely in the accordance of known facts with it, but in the consequences which would flow from it if true; especially in those which would not be consistent with the theory of action at a distance. Such a consequence seemed to me to present itself in the direction in which inductive action could be exerted. If in straight lines only, though not perhaps decisive, it would be against my view; but if in curved lines also, that would be a natural result of the action of contiguous particles, but, as I think, utterly incompatible with action at a distance, as assumed by the received theories, which, according to every fact and analogy we are acquainted with, is always in straight lines.

1166. I looked for a solid test of my idea, not only by checking if it matched known facts but also by considering the consequences if it were true; especially those that wouldn’t fit with the theory of action at a distance. Such a consequence seemed to show up in the direction in which inductive action could be applied. If it were only in straight lines, though that might not be conclusive, it would go against my idea; but if it were also in curved lines, that would be a natural outcome of the interaction of nearby particles, yet, as I believe, completely incompatible with action at a distance as assumed by the accepted theories, which, based on every fact and analogy we know, always acts in straight lines.

1167. Again, if induction be an action of contiguous particles, and also the first step in the process of electrolyzation (1164. 919.), there seemed reason to expect some particular relation of it to the different kinds of matter through which it would be exerted, or something equivalent to a specific electric induction for different bodies, which, if it existed, would unequivocally prove the dependence of induction on the particles; and though this, in the theory of Poisson and others, has never been supposed to be the case, I was soon led to doubt the received opinion, and have taken great pains in subjecting this point to close experimental examination.

1167. Again, if induction is the action of neighboring particles and also the first step in the process of electrolysis (1164. 919.), it makes sense to expect a specific relationship between it and the different types of materials it interacts with, or something similar to a specific electric induction for various substances. If this exists, it would clearly demonstrate that induction depends on the particles. Although this hasn't been considered in the theories of Poisson and others, I began to question the accepted view and have made considerable efforts to closely investigate this matter through experimental tests.

1168. Another ever-present question on my mind has been, whether electricity has an actual and independent existence as a fluid or fluids, or was a mere power of matter, like what we conceive of the attraction of gravitation. If determined either way it would be an enormous advance in our knowledge; and as having the most direct and influential bearing on my notions, I have always sought for experiments which would in any way tend to elucidate that great inquiry. It was in attempts to prove the existence of electricity separate from matter, by giving an independent charge of either positive or negative power only, to some one substance, and the utter failure of all such attempts, whatever substance was used or whatever means of exciting or evolving electricity were employed, that first drove me to look upon induction as an action of the particles of matter, each having both forces developed in it in exactly equal amount. It is this circumstance, in connection with others, which makes me desirous of placing the remarks on absolute charge first, in the order of proof and argument, which I am about to adduce in favour of my view, that electric induction is an action of the contiguous particles of the insulating medium or dielectric233.

1168. Another question that's always on my mind is whether electricity actually exists as a fluid or fluids on its own, or if it's just a property of matter, similar to how we think of the attraction of gravity. Figuring this out one way or the other would be a huge leap in our understanding, and since it directly impacts my views, I've constantly looked for experiments that might shed light on this major question. My attempts to demonstrate that electricity could exist independently from matter—by giving either a positive or negative charge to a single substance—ended in complete failure, no matter what substance I used or what methods I employed to generate or evolve electricity. This pushed me to see induction as a result of the interactions between the particles of matter, each containing both forces in equal measure. This situation, along with others, makes me eager to present my observations on absolute charge first in the sequence of evidence and reasoning that I plan to provide in support of my belief that electric induction is an action of the neighboring particles of the insulating medium or dielectric233.

¶ ii. On the absolute charge of matter.

1169. Can matter, either conducting or non-conducting, be charged with one electric force independently of the other, in any degree, either in a sensible or latent state?

1169. Can matter, whether it's a conductor or an insulator, be charged with one electric force separately from the other, to any extent, either in a measurable or hidden state?

1170. The beautiful experiments of Coulomb upon the equality of action of conductors, whatever their substance, and the residence of all the electricity upon their surfaces234, are sufficient, if properly viewed, to prove that conductors cannot be bodily charged; and as yet no means of communicating electricity to a conductor so as to place its particles in relation to one electricity, and not at the same time to the other in exactly equal amount, has been discovered.

1170. Coulomb's fascinating experiments on the equal action of conductors, regardless of their material, and the presence of all the electricity on their surfaces234, are enough, when understood correctly, to demonstrate that conductors cannot be fully charged; and so far, no method has been found to transfer electricity to a conductor in a way that aligns its particles with one type of electricity without also affecting the other in exactly equal proportions.

1171. With regard to electrics or non-conductors, the conclusion does not at first seem so clear. They may easily be electrified bodily, either by communication (1247.) or excitement; but being so charged, every case in succession, when examined, came out to be a case of induction, and not of absolute charge. Thus, glass within conductors could easily have parts not in contact with the conductor brought into an excited state; but it was always found that a portion of the inner surface of the conductor was in an opposite and equivalent state, or that another part of the glass itself was in an equally opposite state, an inductive charge and not an absolute charge having been acquired.

1171. When it comes to electrics or non-conductors, the conclusion isn't immediately obvious. They can easily become electrified in whole, either through contact (1247.) or stimulation; however, when each case was examined, it turned out to be a matter of induction rather than a true charge. For example, glass inside conductors could easily have parts that weren't touching the conductor become excited; yet, it was always found that a section of the inner surface of the conductor was in a contrasting and equivalent state, or that another part of the glass itself was in an equally opposing state, resulting in an inductive charge instead of an absolute charge.

1172. Well-purified oil of turpentine, which I find to be an excellent liquid insulator for most purposes, was put into a metallic vessel, and, being insulated, an endeavour was made to charge its particles, sometimes by contact of the metal with the electrical machine, and at others by a wire dipping into the fluid within; but whatever the mode of communication, no electricity of one kind only was retained by the arrangement, except what appeared on the exterior surface of the metal, that portion being present there only by an inductive action through the air to the surrounding conductors. When the oil of turpentine was confined in glass vessels, there were at first some appearances as if the fluid did receive an absolute charge of electricity from the charging wire, but these were quickly reduced to cases of common induction jointly through the fluid, the glass, and the surrounding air.

1172. Well-purified turpentine oil, which I find to be an excellent liquid insulator for most purposes, was placed in a metal container, and, being insulated, an attempt was made to charge its particles, sometimes by making contact between the metal and the electrical machine, and at other times by using a wire that dipped into the fluid inside; however, no electricity of a single type was retained by the setup, except for what appeared on the outer surface of the metal, that presence being there only due to inductive action through the air to the surrounding conductors. When the turpentine oil was contained in glass vessels, there were initially some signs as if the fluid did receive a complete charge of electricity from the charging wire, but those were quickly shown to be just cases of common induction occurring through the fluid, the glass, and the surrounding air.

1173. I carried these experiments on with air to a very great extent. I had a chamber built, being a cube of twelve feet. A slight cubical wooden frame was constructed, and copper wire passed along and across it in various directions, so as to make the sides a large net-work, and then all was covered in with paper, placed in close connexion with the wires, and supplied in every direction with bands of tin foil, that the whole might be brought into good metallic communication, and rendered a free conductor in every part. This chamber was insulated in the lecture-room of the Royal Institution; a glass tube about six feet in length was passed through its side, leaving about four feet within and two feet on the outside, and through this a wire passed from the large electrical machine (290.) to the air within. By working the machine, the air in this chamber could be brought into what is considered a highly electrified state (being, in fact, the same state as that of the air of a room in which a powerful machine is in operation), and at the same time the outside of the insulated cube was everywhere strongly charged. But putting the chamber in communication with the perfect discharging train described in a former series (292.), and working the machine so as to bring the air within to its utmost degree of charge if I quickly cut off the connexion with the machine, and at the same moment or instantly after insulated the cube, the air within had not the least power to communicate a further charge to it. If any portion of the air was electrified, as glass or other insulators may be charged (1171.), it was accompanied by a corresponding opposite action within the cube, the whole effect being merely a case of induction. Every attempt to charge air bodily and independently with the least portion of either electricity failed.

1173. I conducted these experiments on air extensively. I had a chamber built in the shape of a cube measuring twelve feet. A light cubical wooden frame was constructed, with copper wire running along and across it in various directions, creating a large network. Then, everything was covered with paper that was closely connected to the wires, and bands of tin foil were added in every direction, ensuring that the entire structure was well-connected and functioned as a conductor throughout. This chamber was insulated in the lecture room of the Royal Institution. A glass tube about six feet long was inserted through its side, with about four feet inside and two feet outside. A wire led from the large electrical machine (290.) into the air inside the chamber. By operating the machine, the air within this chamber could be brought to a highly electrified state (which is similar to the air in a room where a powerful machine is running), while the outside of the insulated cube was strongly charged everywhere. However, when connecting the chamber to the perfect discharging circuit described in a previous series (292.) and working the machine to max out the charge inside, if I quickly disconnected it from the machine and simultaneously insulated the cube, the air inside had no ability to transfer any further charge to it. If any part of the air became electrified, like how glass or other insulators can be charged (1171.), it resulted in a corresponding opposite effect within the cube, with the entire phenomenon being just a case of induction. Every attempt to independently charge air with even a slight amount of electricity was unsuccessful.

1174 I put a delicate gold-leaf electrometer within the cube, and then charged the whole by an outside communication, very strongly, for some time together; but neither during the charge or after the discharge did the electrometer or air within show the least signs of electricity. I charged and discharged the whole arrangement in various ways, but in no case could I obtain the least indication of an absolute charge; or of one by induction in which the electricity of one kind had the smallest superiority in quantity over the other. I went into the cube and lived in it, and using lighted candles, electrometers, and all other tests of electrical states, I could not find the least influence upon them, or indication of any thing particular given by them, though all the time the outside of the cube was powerfully charged, and large sparks and brushes were darting off from every part of its outer surface. The conclusion I have come to is, that non-conductors, as well as conductors, have never yet had an absolute and independent charge of one electricity communicated to them, and that to all appearance such a state of matter is impossible.

1174 I placed a delicate gold-leaf electrometer inside the cube and charged the entire setup from an outside source, quite strongly, for a while. However, neither during the charging nor after the discharge did the electrometer or the air inside show any signs of electricity. I tried charging and discharging the whole setup in different ways, but in every case, I couldn't detect any indication of a complete charge or of any induced charge where one type of electricity was even slightly more abundant than the other. I went inside the cube and stayed there, using lit candles, electrometers, and other tests for electrical states, but I found no influence or indication of anything unusual from them, even though the outside of the cube was strongly charged and large sparks and brushes were shooting off from every part of its outer surface. My conclusion is that neither insulators nor conductors have ever had a complete and independent charge of a single type of electricity transferred to them, and it seems that such a state of matter is impossible.

1175. There is another view of this question which may be taken under the supposition of the existence of an electric fluid or fluids. It may be impossible to have one fluid or state in a free condition without its producing by induction the other, and yet possible to have cases in which an isolated portion of matter in one condition being uncharged, shall, by a change of state, evolve one electricity or the other: and though such evolved electricity might immediately induce the opposite state in its neighbourhood, yet the mere evolution of one electricity without the other in the first instance, would be a very important fact in the theories which assume a fluid or fluids; these theories as I understand them assigning not the slightest reason why such an effect should not occur.

1175. There’s another way to look at this question if we assume the presence of an electric fluid or fluids. It might be impossible to have one fluid or state in a free condition without it inducing the other, and still, there could be situations where an isolated piece of matter that is uncharged could, by changing its state, generate one type of electricity or the other. And although this generated electricity might immediately trigger the opposite state in its surroundings, the fact that one type of electricity can be produced without the other initially would be a significant point for theories that propose the existence of fluid(s); these theories, as I understand them, offer no solid reason why this kind of effect shouldn't happen.

1176. But on searching for such cases I cannot find one. Evolution by friction, as is well known, gives both powers in equal proportion. So does evolution by chemical action, notwithstanding the great diversity of bodies which may be employed, and the enormous quantity of electricity which can in this manner be evolved (371. 376. 861. 868. 961.). The more promising cases of change of state, whether by evaporation, fusion, or the reverse processes, still give both forms of the power in equal proportion; and the cases of splitting of mica and other crystals, the breaking of sulphur, &c., are subject to the same law of limitation.

1176. But in my search for such cases, I can’t find any. Evolution through friction, as we all know, produces both forms of energy in equal amounts. The same applies to evolution through chemical reactions, despite the wide variety of substances that can be used and the huge amount of electricity that can be generated this way (371. 376. 861. 868. 961.). The more promising examples of state changes, whether through evaporation, melting, or the reverse processes, still yield both types of energy in equal amounts; and the cases of splitting mica and other crystals, breaking sulfur, etc., follow the same limitation.

1177. As far as experiment has proceeded, it appears, therefore, impossible either to evolve or make disappear one electric force without equal and corresponding change in the other. It is also equally impossible experimentally to charge a portion of matter with one electric force independently of the other. Charge always implies induction, for it can in no instance be effected without; and also the presence of the two forms of power, equally at the moment of the development and afterwards. There is no absolute charge of matter with one fluid; no latency of a single electricity. This though a negative result is an exceedingly important one, being probably the consequence of a natural impossibility, which will become clear to us when we understand the true condition and theory of the electric power.

1177. Based on what we've observed through experiments, it seems impossible to create or eliminate one type of electric charge without a corresponding change in the other. It's also impossible to charge a part of any material with one type of electric charge independently of the other. Charging always involves induction, as it cannot happen without it; and both types of charge must be present at the time of creation and afterwards. There is no absolute charge of matter with just one type of electricity; no isolation of a single electric charge. While this is a negative finding, it's very significant because it likely stems from a natural impossibility, which will become clearer once we grasp the true condition and theory of electric power.

1178. The preceding considerations already point to the following conclusions: bodies cannot be charged absolutely, but only relatively, and by a principle which is the same with that of induction. All charge is sustained by induction. All phenomena of intensity include the principle of induction. All excitation is dependent on or directly related to induction. All currents involve previous intensity and therefore previous induction. INDUCTION appears to be the essential function both the first development and the consequent phenomena of electricity.

1178. The previous points already lead to the following conclusions: objects cannot be charged in absolute terms, only relatively, and based on a principle that aligns with induction. All charge is maintained through induction. All phenomena of intensity incorporate the principle of induction. All excitation relies on or is directly tied to induction. All currents depend on prior intensity and, therefore, prior induction. INDUCTION seems to be the key function in both the initial development and the resulting phenomena of electricity.

¶ iii. Electrometer and inductive apparatus employed.

1179. Leaving for a time the further consideration of the preceding facts until they can be collated with other results bearing directly on the great question of the nature of induction, I will now describe the apparatus I have had occasion to use; and in proportion to the importance of the principles sought to be established is the necessity of doing this so clearly, as to leave no doubt of the results behind.

1179. Putting aside for now the further exploration of the previous facts until they can be compared with other findings relevant to the crucial issue of the nature of induction, I will now describe the equipment I have had the opportunity to use; and given the significance of the principles being examined, it is essential to do this as clearly as possible, ensuring there is no doubt about the results obtained.

1180. Electrometer.—The measuring instrument I have employed has been the torsion balance electrometer of Coulomb, constructed, generally, according to his directions235, but with certain variations and additions, which I will briefly describe. The lower part was a glass cylinder eight inches in height and eight inches in diameter; the tube for the torsion thread was seventeen inches in length. The torsion thread itself was not of metal, but glass, according to the excellent suggestion of the late Dr. Ritchie236. It was twenty inches in length, and of such tenuity that when the shell-lac lever and attached ball, &c. were connected with it, they made about ten vibrations in a minute. It would bear torsion through four revolutions or 1440°, and yet, when released, return accurately to its position; probably it would have borne considerably more than this without injury. The repelled ball was of pith, gilt, and was 0.3 of an inch in diameter. The horizontal stem or lever supporting it was of shell-lac, according to Coulomb's direction, the arm carrying the ball being 2.4 inches long, and the other only 1.2 inches: to this was attached the vane, also described by Coulomb, which I found to answer admirably its purpose of quickly destroying vibrations. That the inductive action within the electrometer might be uniform in all positions of the repelled ball and in all states of the apparatus, two bands of tin foil, about an inch wide each, were attached to the inner surface of the glass cylinder, going entirely round it, at the distance of 0.4 of an inch from each other, and at such a height that the intermediate clear surface was in the same horizontal plane with the lever and ball. These bands were connected with each other and with the earth, and, being perfect conductors, always exerted a uniform influence on the electrified balls within, which the glass surface, from its irregularity of condition at different times, I found, did not. For the purpose of keeping the air within the electrometer in a constant state as to dryness, a glass dish, of such size as to enter easily within the cylinder, had a layer of fused potash placed within it, and this being covered with a disc of fine wire-gauze to render its inductive action uniform at all parts, was placed within the instrument at the bottom and left there.

1180. Electrometer.—The measuring device I used was Coulomb's torsion balance electrometer, built mostly according to his instructions 235, but with some modifications and additions that I will briefly explain. The lower part was a glass cylinder eight inches tall and eight inches wide; the tube for the torsion thread was seventeen inches long. Instead of metal, the torsion thread was made of glass, based on the great suggestion from the late Dr. Ritchie 236. It measured twenty inches in length and was so thin that when the shellac lever and attached ball, etc., were connected to it, they produced about ten vibrations per minute. It could handle torsion up to four revolutions or 1440°, and when released, it returned precisely to its position; it likely could have managed considerably more without damage. The repelled ball was made of pith, covered in gold, and was 0.3 inches in diameter. The horizontal stem or lever supporting it was made of shellac, as instructed by Coulomb, with the arm carrying the ball measuring 2.4 inches long and the other only 1.2 inches. To this, I attached the vane also described by Coulomb, which worked excellently to quickly dampen vibrations. To ensure a uniform inductive action within the electrometer, regardless of the repelled ball's position or the apparatus's condition, two strips of tin foil, about an inch wide each, were affixed to the inner surface of the glass cylinder, completely surrounding it, and spaced 0.4 inches apart. They were positioned so that the space in between was on the same horizontal plane as the lever and ball. These strips were connected to each other and the ground, and being perfect conductors, they always provided a consistent influence on the electrified balls inside, which the glass surface, due to its varying irregularity at different times, did not. To maintain a consistent state of dryness for the air inside the electrometer, I placed a glass dish, sized to fit easily within the cylinder, containing a layer of fused potash. This was covered with a fine wire-gauze disc to ensure its inductive action was uniform throughout, and it was positioned at the bottom of the instrument where it remained.

1181. The moveable ball used to take and measure the portion of electricity under examination, and which may be called the repelling, or the carrier, ball, was of soft alder wood, well and smoothly gilt. It was attached to a fine shell-lac stem, and introduced through a hole into the electrometer according to Coulomb's method: the stem was fixed at its upper end in a block or vice, supported on three short feet; and on the surface of the glass cover above was a plate of lead with stops on it, so that when the carrier ball was adjusted in its right position, with the vice above bearing at the same time against these stops, it was perfectly easy to bring away the carrier-ball and restore it to its place again very accurately, without any loss of time.

1181. The movable ball used to take and measure the portion of electricity being examined, which can be called the repelling or carrier ball, was made of soft alder wood, well and smoothly gilded. It was attached to a fine shellac stem and introduced through a hole into the electrometer using Coulomb's method: the stem was fixed at its upper end in a block or vice, supported on three short feet; and on the surface of the glass cover above was a lead plate with stops on it, so that when the carrier ball was positioned correctly, with the vice also pressing against these stops, it was very easy to remove the carrier ball and put it back in place accurately, without wasting any time.

1182. It is quite necessary to attend to certain precautions respecting these balls. If of pith alone they are bad; for when very dry, that substance is so imperfect a conductor that it neither receives nor gives a charge freely, and so, after contact with a charged conductor, it is liable to be in an uncertain condition. Again, it is difficult to turn pith so smooth as to leave the ball, even when gilt, so free from irregularities of form, as to retain its charge undiminished for a considerable length of time. When, therefore, the balls are finally prepared and gilt they should be examined; and being electrified, unless they can hold their charge with very little diminution for a considerable time, and yet be discharged instantly and perfectly by the touch of an uninsulated conductor, they should be dismissed.

1182. It's really important to follow certain precautions when it comes to these balls. If they're made of just pith, they're not effective because when pith gets very dry, it's such a poor conductor that it can't easily accept or give off a charge, so after being in contact with a charged conductor, it can end up in an unpredictable state. Also, it's hard to turn pith into a smooth enough shape so that even when it's gilded, the ball remains free from imperfections, which would allow it to hold its charge for a long time. Therefore, once the balls are fully prepared and gilded, they should be checked; if, when electrified, they can't maintain their charge with minimal decrease for an extended period, and can still be discharged completely and immediately when touched with an uninsulated conductor, they should be set aside.

1183. It is, perhaps, unnecessary to refer to the graduation of the instrument, further than to explain how the observations were made. On a circle or ring of paper on the outside of the glass cylinder, fixed so as to cover the internal lower ring of tinfoil, were marked four points corresponding to angles of 90°; four other points exactly corresponding to these points being marked on the upper ring of tinfoil within. By these and the adjusting screws on which the whole instrument stands, the glass torsion thread could be brought accurately into the centre of the instrument and of the graduations on it. From one of the four points on the exterior of the cylinder a graduation of 90° was set off, and a corresponding graduation was placed upon the upper tinfoil on the opposite side of the cylinder within; and a dot being marked on that point of the surface of the repelled ball nearest to the side of the electrometer, it was easy, by observing the line which this dot made with the lines of the two graduations just referred to, to ascertain accurately the position of the ball. The upper end of the glass thread was attached, as in Coulomb's original electrometer, to an index, which had its appropriate graduated circle, upon which the degree of torsion was ultimately to be read off.

1183. It might be unnecessary to discuss the instrument’s graduation further than to clarify how the observations were made. On a circle or ring of paper on the outside of the glass cylinder, fixed to cover the internal lower ring of tinfoil, were marked four points corresponding to angles of 90°. Four other points, exactly matching these, were marked on the upper ring of tinfoil inside. Using these points and the adjusting screws on which the entire instrument stands, the glass torsion thread could be accurately centered in relation to the instrument and its graduations. From one of the four points on the outside of the cylinder, a graduation of 90° was marked, and a corresponding graduation was placed on the upper tinfoil on the opposite side of the cylinder inside. A dot was marked on the surface of the repelled ball closest to the side of the electrometer, making it easy to determine the ball's position by observing the line created by this dot relative to the lines of the two graduations just mentioned. The upper end of the glass thread was attached, as in Coulomb's original electrometer, to an index, which had its own graduated circle, where the degree of torsion would ultimately be read.

1184. After the levelling of the instrument and adjustment of the glass thread, the blocks which determine the place of the carrier ball are to be regulated (1181.) so that, when the carrier arrangement is placed against them, the centre of the ball may be in the radius of the instrument corresponding to 0° on the lower graduation or that on the side of the electrometer, and at the same level and distance from the centre as the repelled ball on the suspended torsion lever. Then the torsion index is to be turned until the ball connected with it (the repelled ball) is accurately at 30°, and finally the graduated arc belonging to the torsion index is to be adjusted so as to bring 0° upon it to the index. This state of the instrument was adopted as that which gave the most direct expression of the experimental results, and in the form having fewest variable errors; the angular distance of 30° being always retained as the standard distance to which the balls were in every case to be brought, and the whole of the torsion being read off at once on the graduated circle above. Under these circumstances the distance of the balls from each other was not merely the same in degree, but their position in the instrument, and in relation to every part of it, was actually the same every time that a measurement was made; so that all irregularities arising from slight difference of form and action in the instrument and the bodies around were avoided. The only difference which could occur in the position of anything within, consisted in the deflexion of the torsion thread from a vertical position, more or less, according to the force of repulsion of the balls; but this was so slight as to cause no interfering difference in the symmetry of form within the instrument, and gave no error in the amount of torsion force indicated on the graduation above.

1184. After leveling the instrument and adjusting the glass thread, the blocks that determine the position of the carrier ball should be regulated (1181.) so that, when the carrier arrangement is placed against them, the center of the ball lines up with the radius of the instrument at 0° on the lower scale or the side of the electrometer, and is at the same level and distance from the center as the repelled ball on the suspended torsion lever. Next, the torsion index should be turned until the ball attached to it (the repelled ball) is precisely at 30°, and finally, the graduated arc belonging to the torsion index should be adjusted so that 0° on it aligns with the index. This setup of the instrument was chosen as it provided the most straightforward representation of the experimental results, with the fewest variable errors; the angular distance of 30° was consistently maintained as the standard distance to which the balls were always brought, and the total torsion was read simultaneously on the graduated circle above. In this configuration, the distance between the balls was not only the same in degree, but their positions within the instrument, and in relation to every other component, were identical each time a measurement was taken. This way, all irregularities caused by slight differences in the instrument's shape and the surrounding bodies were eliminated. The only variation that could occur in the position of anything inside was the deflection of the torsion thread from a vertical position, which changed slightly based on the repulsion force of the balls; however, this was minor enough not to interfere with the symmetrical integrity within the instrument and did not introduce any errors in the amount of torsion force indicated on the graduation above.

1185. Although the constant angular distance of 30° between the centres of the balls was adopted, and found abundantly sensible, for all ordinary purposes, yet the facility of rendering the instrument far more sensible by diminishing this distance was at perfect command; the results at different distances being very easily compared with each other either by experiment, or, as they are inversely as the squares of the distances, by calculation.

1185. Even though the consistent angle of 30° between the centers of the balls was accepted and was clearly practical for most purposes, it was easy to make the instrument much more precise by reducing this distance. The results at various distances could be easily compared either through experimentation or, since they are inversely related to the squares of the distances, through calculation.

1186. The Coulomb balance electrometer requires experience to be understood; but I think it a very valuable instrument in the hands of those who will take pains by practice and attention to learn the precautions needful in its use. Its insulating condition varies with circumstances, and should be examined before it is employed in experiments. In an ordinary and fair condition, when the balls were so electrified as to give a repulsive torsion force of 100° at the standard distance of 30°, it took nearly four hours to sink to 50° at the same distance; the average loss from 400° to 300° being at the rate of 2°.7 per minute, from 300° to 200° of 1°.7 per minute, from 200° to 100° of 1°.3 per minute, and from 100° to 50° of 0°.87 per minute. As a complete measurement by the instrument may be made in much less than a minute, the amount of loss in that time is but small, and can easily be taken into account.

1186. The Coulomb balance electrometer requires some experience to understand, but I think it's a very valuable tool for those who are willing to practice and pay attention to the necessary precautions for its use. Its insulating condition can change based on various factors and should be checked before using it in experiments. Under normal conditions, when the spheres were charged enough to create a repulsive torsion force of 100° at the standard distance of 30°, it took nearly four hours to drop to 50° at the same distance. The average loss rate was 2.7° per minute from 400° to 300°, 1.7° from 300° to 200°, 1.3° from 200° to 100°, and 0.87° from 100° to 50°. Since a complete measurement with the instrument can be made in less than a minute, the amount of loss during that short time is minimal and can easily be accounted for.

1187. The inductive apparatus.—My object was to examine inductive action carefully when taking place through different media, for which purpose it was necessary to subject these media to it in exactly similar circumstances, and in such quantities as should suffice to eliminate any variations they might present. The requisites of the apparatus to be constructed were, therefore, that the inducing surfaces of the conductors should have a constant form and state, and be at a constant distance from each other; and that either solids, fluids, or gases might be placed and retained between these surfaces with readiness and certainty, and for any length of time.

1187. The inductive apparatus.—My goal was to closely examine inductive action occurring through different materials. To do this, it was essential to subject these materials to the same conditions and in amounts sufficient to eliminate any variations they might have. Therefore, the requirements for the apparatus to be built were that the inducing surfaces of the conductors should maintain a consistent shape and condition, and be at a fixed distance from each other; and that solids, liquids, or gases could be easily placed and held between these surfaces for any length of time.

1188. The apparatus used may be described in general terms as consisting of two metallic spheres of unequal diameter, placed, the smaller within the larger, and concentric with it; the interval between the two being the space through which the induction was to take place. A section of it is given (Plate VII. fig. 104.) on a scale of one-half: a, a are the two halves of a brass sphere, with an air-tight joint at b, like that of the Magdeburg hemispheres, made perfectly flush and smooth inside so as to present no irregularity; c is a connecting piece by which the apparatus is joined to a good stop-cock d, which is itself attached either to the metallic foot e, or to an air-pump. The aperture within the hemisphere at f is very small: g is a brass collar fitted to the upper hemisphere, through which the shell-lac support of the inner ball and its stem passes; h is the inner ball, also of brass; it screws on to a brass stem i, terminated above by a brass ball B, l, l is a mass of shell-lac, moulded carefully on to i, and serving both to support and insulate it and its balls h, B. The shell-lac stem l is fitted into the socket g, by a little ordinary resinous cement, more fusible than shell-lac, applied at mm in such a way as to give sufficient strength and render the apparatus air-tight there, yet leave as much as possible of the lower part of the shell-lac stem untouched, as an insulation between the ball h and the surrounding sphere a, a. The ball h has a small aperture at n, so that when the apparatus is exhausted of one gas and filled with another, the ball h may itself also be exhausted and filled, that no variation of the gas in the interval o may occur during the course of an experiment.

1188. The apparatus can generally be described as consisting of two metallic spheres of different sizes, with the smaller one placed inside the larger and centered with it; the space between the two is where the induction happens. A section of the apparatus is shown (Plate VII. fig. 104.) at a scale of one-half: a, a are the two halves of a brass sphere, with an airtight joint at b, similar to that of the Magdeburg hemispheres, made perfectly smooth and even inside to avoid any irregularities; c is a connector that links the apparatus to a reliable stop-cock d, which is attached either to the metallic base e or to an air pump. The opening inside the hemisphere at f is very small: g is a brass collar fitted to the top hemisphere, allowing for the shell-lac support of the inner ball and its stem to pass through; h is the inner ball, also made of brass; it screws onto a brass stem i, which ends in a brass ball B, l, l is a mass of shell-lac, carefully molded onto i, serving both to support and insulate it along with the balls h and B. The shell-lac stem l is secured into the socket g using a bit of ordinary resinous cement, which is more easily melted than shell-lac, applied at mm to provide enough strength and keep the apparatus airtight there, while preserving as much of the lower part of the shell-lac stem untouched to insulate between the ball h and the surrounding sphere a, a. The ball h has a small opening at n, so that when the apparatus is evacuated of one gas and filled with another, the ball h can also be evacuated and filled, ensuring that no change in the gas occurs in the interval o during the experiment.

1189. It will be unnecessary to give the dimensions of all the parts, since the drawing is to a scale of one-half: the inner ball has a diameter 2.33 inches, and the surrounding sphere an internal diameter of 3.57 inches. Hence the width of the intervening space, through which the induction is to take place, is 0.62 of an inch; and the extent of this place or plate, i.e. the surface of a medium sphere, may be taken as twenty-seven square inches, a quantity considered as sufficiently large for the comparison of different substances. Great care was taken in finishing well the inducing surfaces of the ball h and sphere a, a; and no varnish or lacquer was applied to them, or to any part of the metal of the apparatus.

1189. There's no need to provide the dimensions of all the parts since the drawing is at a half scale. The inner ball has a diameter of 2.33 inches, and the surrounding sphere has an internal diameter of 3.57 inches. This means the width of the space in between, where the induction will happen, is 0.62 inches. The area of this space or plate, that is, the surface of a medium sphere, is about twenty-seven square inches, which is considered large enough for comparing different substances. Great care was taken in properly finishing the inducing surfaces of the ball h and sphere a, a; no varnish or lacquer was used on them or any part of the apparatus's metal.

1190. The attachment and adjustment of the shell-lac stem was a matter requiring considerable care, especially as, in consequence of its cracking, it had frequently to be renewed. The best lac was chosen and applied to the wire i, so as to be in good contact with it everywhere, and in perfect continuity throughout its own mass. It was not smaller than is given by scale in the drawing, for when less it frequently cracked within a few hours after it was cold. I think that very slow cooling or annealing improved its quality in this respect. The collar g was made as thin as could be, that the lac might be as wide there as possible. In order that at every re-attachment of the stem to the upper hemisphere the ball h might have the same relative position, a gauge p (fig. 105.) was made of wood, and this being applied to the ball and hemisphere whilst the cement at m was still soft, the bearings of the ball at qq, and the hemisphere at rr, were forced home, and the whole left until cold. Thus all difficulty in the adjustment of the ball in the sphere was avoided.

1190. Attaching and adjusting the shell-lac stem required a lot of care, especially since it often cracked and needed to be replaced. The best lac was selected and applied to the wire i, ensuring it was in good contact everywhere and had perfect continuity throughout its mass. It wasn't smaller than indicated in the drawing because when it was, it often cracked within a few hours of cooling down. I believe that very slow cooling or annealing improved its quality in this regard. The collar g was made as thin as possible so that the lac could be as wide as possible in that area. To ensure that the ball h had the same relative position during each re-attachment of the stem to the upper hemisphere, a gauge p (fig. 105) was crafted from wood. This was applied to the ball and hemisphere while the cement at m was still soft, forcing the bearings of the ball at qq and the hemisphere at rr into place, and then the whole assembly was left until it cooled down. This way, any issues with adjusting the ball within the sphere were avoided.

1191. I had occasion at first to attach the stem to the socket by other means, as a band of paper or a plugging of white silk thread; but these were very inferior to the cement, interfering much with the insulating power of the apparatus.

1191. At first, I had to connect the stem to the socket using different methods, like a strip of paper or a plug of white silk thread; however, these were much less effective than the cement, significantly reducing the insulating quality of the apparatus.

1192. The retentive power of this apparatus was, when in good condition, better than that of the electrometer (1186.), i.e. the proportion of loss of power was less. Thus when the apparatus was electrified, and also the balls in the electrometer, to such a degree, that after the inner ball had been in contact with the top k of the ball of the apparatus, it caused a repulsion indicated by 600° of torsion force, then in falling from 600° to 400° the average loss was 8°.6 per minute; from 400° to 300° the average loss was 2°.6 per minute; from 300° to 200° it was 1°.7 per minute; from 200° to 170° it was 1° per minute. This was after the apparatus had been charged for a short time; at the first instant of charging there is an apparent loss of electricity, which can only be comprehended hereafter (1207. 1250.).

1192. The retaining ability of this device, when it was functioning well, was better than that of the electrometer (1186.), meaning it lost power at a lower rate. So, when the device was charged, along with the balls in the electrometer, to the point where the inner ball touched the top k of the device's ball and caused a repulsion measured at 600° of torsion force, the average power loss was 8°.6 per minute as it dropped from 600° to 400°; from 400° to 300°, the average loss was 2°.6 per minute; from 300° to 200°, it was 1°.7 per minute; and from 200° to 170°, it was 1° per minute. This was after the device had been charged for a brief period; at the very beginning of charging, there is a visible loss of electricity, which can only be understood later (1207. 1250.).

1193. When the apparatus loses its insulating power suddenly, it is almost always from a crack near to or within the brass socket. These cracks are usually transverse to the stem. If they occur at the part attached by common cement to the socket, the air cannot enter, and thus constituting vacua, they conduct away the electricity and lower the charge, as fast almost as if a piece of metal had been introduced there. Occasionally stems in this state, being taken out and cleared from the common cement, may, by the careful application of the heat of a spirit-lamp, be so far softened and melted as to restore the perfect continuity of the parts; but if that does not succeed in replacing things in a good condition, the remedy is a new shell-lac stem.

1193. When the device suddenly loses its insulating ability, it’s almost always due to a crack near or inside the brass socket. These cracks usually run across the stem. If they happen at the part that’s glued to the socket, air can’t get in, and since that creates a vacuum, they allow electricity to escape and reduce the charge, almost as if a piece of metal had been inserted there. Sometimes, stems in this condition can be removed and cleaned from the glue, and by carefully applying the heat of a spirit lamp, they can be softened and melted enough to restore the parts to perfect continuity; but if that doesn’t work to fix everything, the solution is a new shellac stem.

1194. The apparatus when in order could easily be exhausted of air and filled with any given gas; but when that gas was acid or alkaline, it could not properly be removed by the air-pump, and yet required to be perfectly cleared away. In such cases the apparatus was opened and emptied of gas; and with respect to the inner ball h, it was washed out two or three times with distilled water introduced at the screw-hole, and then being heated above 212°, air was blown through to render the interior perfectly dry.

1194. When the equipment was working properly, it could easily have the air removed and be filled with any gas. However, if that gas was acidic or alkaline, it couldn't be completely removed by the vacuum pump and needed to be fully cleared out. In those situations, the equipment was opened and the gas was released; for the inner ball h, it was rinsed two or three times with distilled water through the screw-hole, and then heated above 212°, with air blown through to ensure the inside was completely dry.

1195. The inductive apparatus described is evidently a Leyden phial, with the advantage, however, of having the dielectric or insulating medium changed at pleasure. The balls h and B, with the connecting wire i, constitute the charged conductor, upon the surface of which all the electric force is resident by virtue of induction (1178.). Now though the largest portion of this induction is between the ball h and the surrounding sphere aa, yet the wire i and the ball B determine a part of the induction from their surfaces towards the external surrounding conductors. Still, as all things in that respect remain the same, whilst the medium within at oo, may be varied, any changes exhibited by the whole apparatus will in such cases depend upon the variations made in the interior; and these were the changes I was in search of, the negation or establishment of such differences being the great object of my inquiry. I considered that these differences, if they existed, would be most distinctly set forth by having two apparatus of the kind described, precisely similar in every respect; and then, different insulating media being within, to charge one and measure it, and after dividing the charge with the other, to observe what the ultimate conditions of both were. If insulating media really had any specific differences in favouring or opposing inductive action through them, such differences, I conceived, could not fail of being developed by such a process.

1195. The inductive device described is clearly a Leyden jar, but with the added benefit of changing the insulating medium as needed. The balls h and B, along with the connecting wire i, make up the charged conductor, where all the electric force is located due to induction (1178.). While most of this induction happens between the ball h and the surrounding sphere aa, the wire i and ball B also contribute to some of the induction from their surfaces toward the external surrounding conductors. However, since everything else remains constant while the medium inside oo can be changed, any variations in the entire apparatus will depend on the changes made internally; these changes were what I was looking for, and figuring out whether these differences exist or not was the primary focus of my research. I believed that these differences, if they did exist, would be most clearly highlighted by having two identical devices of the type described, and then using different insulating media inside each one to charge one, measure it, and after splitting the charge with the other, observe what the final conditions of both were. If insulating media truly had specific differences in supporting or resisting inductive actions, I thought such differences would definitely be revealed through this process.

1196. I will wind up this description of the apparatus, and explain the precautions necessary to their use, by describing the form and order of the experiments made to prove their equality when both contained common air. In order to facilitate reference I will distinguish the two by the terms App. i. and App. ii.

1196. I will conclude this description of the equipment and explain the precautions needed for their use by detailing the setup and sequence of the experiments conducted to demonstrate their equivalence when both held the same air. To make it easier to refer to, I'll label them as App. i. and App. ii.

1197. The electrometer is first to be adjusted and examined (1184.), and the app. i. and ii. are to be perfectly discharged. A Leyden phial is to be charged to such a degree that it would give a spark of about one-sixteenth or one-twentieth of an inch in length between two balls of half an inch diameter; and the carrier ball of the electrometer being charged by this phial, is to be introduced into the electrometer, and the lever ball brought by the motion of the torsion index against it; the charge is thus divided between the balls, and repulsion ensues. It is useful then to bring the repelled ball to the standard distance of 30° by the motion of the torsion index, and observe the force in degrees required for this purpose; this force will in future experiments be called repulsion of the balls.

1197. First, adjust and check the electrometer (1184.), making sure that apps i and ii are fully discharged. A Leyden jar should be charged to the point where it can produce a spark of about one-sixteenth or one-twentieth of an inch in length between two balls, each half an inch in diameter. Once the carrier ball of the electrometer is charged by this jar, it should be placed into the electrometer, and the lever ball should be moved by the torsion index to make contact with it; this action divides the charge between the balls, leading to repulsion. It's helpful to position the repelled ball at the standard distance of 30° using the torsion index and to observe the force in degrees needed to achieve this; this force will be referred to as repulsion of the balls in future experiments.

1198. One of the inductive apparatus, as, for instance, app. i., is now to be charged from the Leyden phial, the latter being in the state it was in when used to charge the balls; the carrier ball is to be brought into contact with the top of its upper ball (k, fig. 104.), then introduced into the electrometer, and the repulsive force (at the distance of 30°) measured. Again, the carrier should be applied to the app. i. and the measurement repeated; the apparatus i. and ii. are then to be joined, so as to divide the charge, and afterwards the force of each measured by the carrier ball, applied as before, and the results carefully noted. After this both i. and ii. are to be discharged; then app. ii. charged, measured, divided with app. i., and the force of each again measured and noted. If in each case the half charges of app. i. and ii. are equal, and are together equal to the whole charge before division, then it may be considered as proved that the two apparatus are precisely equal in power, and fit to be used in cases of comparison between different insulating media or dielectrics.

1198. One of the inductive devices, like app. i., is now going to be charged from the Leyden jar, which should be in the same condition it was when used to charge the balls. The carrier ball should be brought into contact with the top of its upper ball (k, fig. 104.), then placed into the electrometer, and the repulsive force (at a distance of 30°) measured. Next, the carrier should be applied to app. i., and the measurement repeated. After that, apparatus i. and ii. should be connected to split the charge, and then the force of each measured by the carrier ball, applied as before, with the results carefully recorded. After this, both apparatus i. and ii. need to be discharged. Then app. ii. should be charged, measured, combined with app. i., and the force of each measured and noted again. If in each case the half charges of app. i. and ii. are equal and together match the total charge before splitting, it can be considered proven that the two devices are exactly equal in capability and suitable for comparing different insulating materials or dielectrics.

1199. But the precautions necessary to obtain accurate results are numerous. The apparatus i. and ii. must always be placed on a thoroughly uninsulating medium. A mahogany table, for instance, is far from satisfactory in this respect, and therefore a sheet of tinfoil, connected with an extensive discharging train (292.), is what I have used. They must be so placed also as not to be too near each other, and yet equally exposed to the inductive influence of surrounding objects; and these objects, again, should not be disturbed in their position during an experiment, or else variations of induction upon the external ball B of the apparatus may occur, and so errors be introduced into the results. The carrier ball, when receiving its portion of electricity from the apparatus, should always be applied at the same part of the ball, as, for instance, the summit k, and always in the same way; variable induction from the vicinity of the head, hands, &c. being avoided, and the ball after contact being withdrawn upwards in a regular and constant manner.

1199. But the precautions needed to get accurate results are many. The apparatus i. and ii. must always be placed on a completely non-insulating surface. A mahogany table, for example, isn’t satisfactory in this regard, so I’ve used a sheet of tinfoil connected to a large discharging train (292.). They should also be positioned far enough apart from each other while still being equally influenced by surrounding objects; and these objects should not be moved during the experiment, as this may cause variations in induction on the external ball B of the apparatus, leading to errors in the results. The carrier ball, when getting its charge from the apparatus, should always be applied to the same spot on the ball, such as the top k, and done in the same way every time; you should avoid variable induction from nearby objects like your head or hands, and after contacting the ball, it should be pulled away upwards in a consistent and regular manner.

1200. As the stem had occasionally to be changed (1190.), and the change might occasion slight variations in the position of the ball within, I made such a variation purposely, to the amount of an eighth of an inch (which is far more than ever could occur in practice), but did not find that it sensibly altered the relation of the apparatus, or its inductive condition as a whole. Another trial of the apparatus was made as to the effect of dampness in the air, one being filled with very dry air, and the other with air from over water. Though this produced no change in the result, except an occasional tendency to more rapid dissipation, yet the precaution was always taken when working with gases (1290.) to dry them perfectly.

1200. Since the stem sometimes needed to be changed (1190.), and this change could lead to slight shifts in the ball's position, I intentionally made a variation of an eighth of an inch (which is much more than would ever happen in practice). I found that it didn't noticeably affect the relationship of the apparatus or its overall inductive condition as a whole. Another test of the apparatus assessed the impact of humidity in the air, with one filled with very dry air and the other with air from over water. While this resulted in no significant change except for an occasional tendency towards faster dissipation, we always took care to completely dry the gases when working with them (1290.).

1201. It is essential that the interior of the apparatus should be perfectly free from dust or small loose particles, for these very rapidly lower the charge and interfere on occasions when their presence and action would hardly be expected. To breathe on the interior of the apparatus and wipe it out quietly with a clean silk handkerchief, is an effectual way of removing them; but then the intrusion of other particles should be carefully guarded against, and a dusty atmosphere should for this and several other reasons be avoided.

1201. It's crucial that the inside of the device is completely free from dust or small loose particles, because these can quickly drain the charge and sometimes cause issues when their presence is least expected. Breathing inside the device and gently wiping it clean with a silk handkerchief is an effective way to remove them; however, you should be careful to prevent other particles from getting in, and it's important to avoid a dusty environment for this and several other reasons.

1202. The shell-lac stem requires occasionally to be well-wiped, to remove, in the first instance, the film of wax and adhering matter which is upon it; and afterwards to displace dirt and dust which will gradually attach to it in the course of experiments. I have found much to depend upon this precaution, and a silk handkerchief is the best wiper.

1202. The shell-lac stem needs to be cleaned regularly to remove the layer of wax and any residue on it, and then to get rid of the dirt and dust that will gradually accumulate during experiments. I've found this precaution to be very important, and a silk handkerchief is the best tool for the job.

1203. But wiping and some other circumstances tend to give a charge to the surface of the shell-lac stem. This should be removed, for, if allowed to remain, it very seriously affects the degree of charge given to the carrier ball by the apparatus (1232.). This condition of the stem is best observed by discharging the apparatus, applying the carrier ball to the stem, touching it with the finger, insulating and removing it, and examining whether it has received any charge (by induction) from the stem; if it has, the stem itself is in a charged state. The best method of removing the charge I have found to be, to cover the finger with a single fold of a silk handkerchief, and breathing on the stem, to wipe it immediately after with the finger; the ball B and its connected wire, &c. being at the same time uninsulated: the wiping place of the silk must not be changed; it then becomes sufficiently damp not to excite the stem, and is yet dry enough to leave it in a clean and excellent insulating condition. If the air be dusty, it will be found that a single charge of the apparatus will bring on an electric state of the outside of the stem, in consequence of the carrying power of the particles of dust; whereas in the morning, and in a room which has been left quiet, several experiments can be made in succession without the stem assuming the least degree of charge.

1203. However, wiping and certain other factors can create a charge on the surface of the shell-lac stem. This charge should be removed because, if it stays, it significantly impacts the amount of charge transferred to the carrier ball by the apparatus (1232.). You can best check the condition of the stem by discharging the device, applying the carrier ball to the stem, touching it with your finger, insulating and removing it, and seeing if it has picked up any charge (by induction) from the stem; if it has, then the stem itself is charged. I have found the best way to remove the charge is to cover your finger with a single layer of a silk handkerchief and breathe on the stem, then immediately wipe it with the finger; while the ball B and its connected wire, etc., remain uninsulated: do not change the wiping spot on the silk; it becomes damp enough not to excite the stem but still dry enough to keep it clean and in excellent insulating condition. If the air is dusty, you'll notice that a single charge from the apparatus will cause the outside of the stem to become electrically charged because of the dust particles; however, in the morning, and in a room that has been quiet, you can perform several experiments in order without the stem gaining any charge at all.

1204. Experiments should not be made by candle or lamp light except with much care, for flames have great and yet unsteady powers of affecting and dissipating electrical charges.

1204. Experiments should not be conducted under candle or lamp light unless with great caution, as flames have strong but unpredictable effects on electrical charges.

1205. As a final observation on the state of the apparatus, they should retain their charges well and uniformly, and alike for both, and at the same time allow of a perfect and instantaneous discharge, giving afterwards no charge to the carrier ball, whatever part of the ball B it may be applied to (1218.).

1205. As a final observation on the condition of the device, it should hold its charge well and evenly for both parts, and at the same time allow for a complete and immediate discharge, without giving any charge to the carrier ball, regardless of which part of the ball B it is applied to (1218.).

1206. With respect to the balance electrometer, all the precautions that need be mentioned, are, that the carrier ball is to be preserved during the first part of an experiment in its electrified state, the loss of electricity which would follow upon its discharge being avoided; and that in introducing it into the electrometer through the hole in the glass plate above, care should be taken that it do not touch, or even come near to, the edge of the glass.

1206. Regarding the balance electrometer, the important precautions to mention are that the carrier ball should be kept in its electrified state during the initial part of the experiment to avoid losing electricity when it's discharged; and when introducing it into the electrometer through the opening in the glass plate above, it’s essential to ensure that it doesn’t touch or even get close to the edge of the glass.

1207. When the whole charge in one apparatus is divided between the two, the gradual fall, apparently from dissipation, in the apparatus which has received the half charge is greater than in the one originally charged. This is due to a peculiar effect to be described hereafter (1250. 1251.), the interfering influence of which may be avoided to a great extent by going through the steps of the process regularly and quickly; therefore, after the original charge has been measured, in app. i. for instance, i. and ii. are to be symmetrically joined by their balls B, the carrier touching one of these balls at the same time; it is first to be removed, and then the apparatus separated from each other; app. ii. is next quickly to be measured by the carrier, then app. i.; lastly, ii. is to be discharged, and the discharged carrier applied to it to ascertain whether any residual effect is present (1205.), and app. i. being discharged is also to be examined in the same manner and for the same purpose.

1207. When the entire charge in one device is split between the two, the gradual decrease, seemingly from dissipation, in the device that has taken on half the charge is greater than in the one that was originally charged. This is due to a specific effect that will be explained later (1250. 1251.), and its interfering influence can largely be avoided by regularly and quickly following the steps of the process. Therefore, after measuring the original charge, in app. i. for example, devices i. and ii. should be symmetrically connected via their balls B, with the carrier touching one of these balls at the same time; it should first be removed, and then the devices should be separated from each other. Next, app. ii. should be quickly measured by the carrier, followed by app. i.; finally, ii. should be discharged, and the discharged carrier should be applied to it to check for any residual effect (1205.), and app. i., after being discharged, should also be examined in the same way and for the same reason.

1208. The following is an example of the division of a charge by the two apparatus, air being the dielectric in both of them. The observations are set down one under the other in the order in which they were taken, the left-hand numbers representing the observations made on app. i., and the right-hand numbers those on app. ii. App. i. is that which was originally charged, and after two measurements, the charge was divided with app. ii.

1208. Here’s an example of how a charge is divided between the two devices, with air acting as the dielectric in both cases. The observations are listed one below the other in the order they were taken, with the left-hand numbers showing the observations from device i., and the right-hand numbers showing those from device ii. Device i. is the one that was initially charged, and after two measurements, the charge was divided with device ii.

App. i.App. ii.
Balls 160°
. . . .
254°. . . .
250. . . .
divided and instantly taken
. . . .122
124. . . .
1. . . .after being discharged.
. . . .2 after being discharged.

1209. Without endeavouring to allow for the loss which must have been gradually going on during the time of the experiment, let us observe the results of the numbers as they stand. As 1° remained in app. i. in an undischargeable state, 249° may be taken as the utmost amount of the transferable or divisible charge, the half of which is 124°.5. As app. ii. was free of charge in the first instance, and immediately after the division was found with 122°, this amount at least may be taken as what it had received. On the other hand 124° minus 1°, or 123°, may be taken as the half of the transferable charge retained by app. i. Now these do not differ much from each other, or from 124°.5, the half of the full amount of transferable charge; and when the gradual loss of charge evident in the difference between 254° and 250° of app. i. is also taken into account, there is every reason to admit the result as showing an equal division of charge, unattended by any disappearance of power except that due to dissipation.

1209. Without trying to account for the loss that must have been happening during the experiment, let's look at the results as they are. Since 1° remained in app. i. in an undischarged state, we can consider 249° as the maximum amount of the transferable or divisible charge, with half of that being 124°.5. Since app. ii. was initially free of charge and was found to have 122° right after the division, we can at least say that this is the amount it received. On the other hand, 124° minus 1°, or 123°, can be considered the half of the transferable charge that app. i. kept. These values are quite similar to each other and to 124°.5, which is half of the total transferable charge; and when we also consider the gradual loss of charge indicated by the difference between 254° and 250° in app. i., there’s strong reason to believe this result shows an equal division of charge, with no loss of power except for what comes from dissipation.

1210. I will give another result, in which app. ii. was first charged, and where the residual action of that apparatus was greater than in the former case.

1210. I will provide another outcome, in which app. ii. was initially applied, and where the remaining effect of that apparatus was greater than in the previous instance.

App. i.App. ii.
Balls 150°
. . . .152°
. . . .148
divided and instantly taken
70°. . . .
. . . .78
. . . .5 immediately after discharge.
0. . . .immediately after discharge.

1211. The transferable charge being 148° - 5°, its half is 71°.5, which is not far removed from 70°, the half charge of i.; or from 73°, the half charge of ii.: these half charges again making up the sum of 143°, or just the amount of the whole transferable charge. Considering the errors of experiment, therefore, these results may again be received as showing that the apparatus were equal in inductive capacity, or in their powers of receiving charges.

1211. The transferable charge is 148° - 5°, so half of that is 71°.5, which is close to 70°, the half charge of i., and also close to 73°, the half charge of ii.: these half charges add up to 143°, which is exactly the total of the whole transferable charge. Taking into account the experimental errors, these results can again be taken to demonstrate that the equipment had equal inductive capacity or similar abilities to receive charges.

1212. The experiments were repeated with charges of negative electricity with the same general results.

1212. The experiments were repeated using negative electric charges and produced the same general results.

1213. That I might be sure of the sensibility and action of the apparatus, I made such a change in one as ought upon principle to increase its inductive force, i.e. I put a metallic lining into the lower hemisphere of app. i., so as to diminish the thickness of the intervening air in that part, from 0.62 to 0.435 of an inch: this lining was carefully shaped and rounded so that it should not present a sudden projection within at its edge, but a gradual transition from the reduced interval in the lower part of the sphere to the larger one in the upper.

1213. To ensure the sensitivity and function of the device, I made a modification that should, in theory, enhance its inductive power. Specifically, I added a metal lining to the lower hemisphere of app. i., which reduced the thickness of the air gap in that area from 0.62 inches to 0.435 inches. This lining was carefully designed and rounded to avoid any abrupt edges inside, creating a smooth transition from the narrower space at the bottom of the sphere to the wider space at the top.

1214. This change immediately caused app. i. to produce effects indicating that it had a greater aptness or capacity for induction than app. ii. Thus, when a transferable charge in app. ii. of 469° was divided with app. i., the former retained a charge of 225°, whilst the latter showed one of 227°, i.e. the former had lost 244° in communicating 227° to the latter: on the other hand, when app. i. had a transferable charge in it of 381° divided by contact with app. ii., it lost 181° only, whilst it gave to app. ii. as many as 194:—the sum of the divided forces being in the first instance less, and in the second instance greater than the original undivided charge. These results are the more striking, as only one-half of the interior of app. i. was modified, and they show that the instruments are capable of bringing out differences in inductive force from amongst the errors of experiment, when these differences are much less than that produced by the alteration made in the present instance.

1214. This change immediately caused app. i. to show effects that indicated it had a greater ability or capacity for induction than app. ii. So, when a transferable charge in app. ii. of 469° was shared with app. i., the former kept a charge of 225°, while the latter showed 227°, meaning the former lost 244° while transferring 227° to the latter. On the other hand, when app. i. had a transferable charge of 381° split by contact with app. ii., it only lost 181°, while it gave app. ii. as much as 194. The total of the divided forces was, in the first case, less, and in the second case, greater than the original undivided charge. These results are even more remarkable since only half of the interior of app. i. was modified, and they demonstrate that the instruments can highlight differences in inductive force from the errors of the experiment, even when these differences are significantly smaller than what was produced by the change made this time.

¶ iv. Induction in curved lines.

1215. Amongst those results deduced from the molecular view of induction (1166.), which, being of a peculiar nature, are the best tests of the truth or error of the theory, the expected action in curved lines is, I think, the most important at present; for, if shown to take place in an unexceptionable manner, I do not see how the old theory of action at a distance and in straight lines can stand, or how the conclusion that ordinary induction is an action of contiguous particles can be resisted.

1215. Among the results derived from the molecular perspective of induction (1166.), which are uniquely suited to test the validity of the theory, I believe the anticipated behavior in curved lines is currently the most significant; because, if it is demonstrated to occur reliably, I don’t see how the old theory of action at a distance and in straight lines can hold up, or how we can deny that regular induction acts through adjacent particles.

1216. There are many forms of old experiments which might be quoted as favourable to, and consistent with the view I have adopted. Such are most cases of electro-chemical decomposition, electrical brushes, auras, sparks, &c.; but as these might be considered equivocal evidence, inasmuch as they include a current and discharge, (though they have long been to me indications of prior molecular action (1230.)) I endeavoured to devise such experiments for first proofs as should not include transfer, but relate altogether to the pure simple inductive action of statical electricity.

1216. There are many old experiments that could be cited as supporting and consistent with the view I hold. Examples include most cases of electro-chemical decomposition, electrical brushes, auras, sparks, etc. However, these might be seen as ambiguous evidence since they involve a current and discharge (though they have long seemed to me to indicate prior molecular activity (1230)). I tried to come up with experiments for initial proofs that wouldn’t involve transfer but would focus entirely on the pure, simple inductive action of static electricity.

1217. It was also of importance to make these experiments in the simplest possible manner, using not more than one insulating medium or dielectric at a time, lest differences of slow conduction should produce effects which might erroneously be supposed to result from induction in curved lines. It will be unnecessary to describe the steps of the investigation minutely; I will at once proceed to the simplest mode of proving the facts, first in air and then in other insulating media.

1217. It was also important to conduct these experiments as simply as possible, using only one insulating medium or dielectric at a time, so that slow conduction differences wouldn’t create effects that could be mistakenly interpreted as induction in curved lines. There’s no need to go into the details of the investigation; I'll just move on to the simplest way to demonstrate the facts, first in air and then in other insulating materials.

1218. A cylinder of solid shell-lac, 0.9 of an inch in diameter and seven inches in length, was fixed upright in a wooden foot (fig. 106.): it was made concave or cupped at its upper extremity so that a brass ball or other small arrangement could stand upon it. The upper half of the stem having been excited negatively by friction with warm flannel, a brass ball, B, 1 inch in diameter, was placed on the top, and then the whole arrangement examined by the carrier ball and Coulomb's electrometer (1180. &c.). For this purpose the balls of the electrometer were charged positively to about 360°, and then the carrier being applied to various parts of the ball B, the two were uninsulated whilst in contact or in position, then insulated237, separated, and the charge of the carrier examined as to its nature and force. Its electricity was always positive, and its force at the different positions a, b, c, d, &c. (figs. 106. and 107.) observed in succession, was as follows:

1218. A solid shellac cylinder, 0.9 inches in diameter and seven inches long, was secured upright in a wooden base (fig. 106). It was shaped concave or cupped at the top so that a brass ball or another small object could rest on it. After the upper half of the stem was negatively charged by rubbing it with warm flannel, a brass ball, B, measuring 1 inch in diameter, was placed on top. The entire setup was then examined using the carrier ball and Coulomb's electrometer (1180. &c.). For this, the balls of the electrometer were charged positively to about 360°. The carrier was applied to different parts of ball B, and the two were uninsulated while in contact or in position, then insulated237, separated, and the charge of the carrier was checked for its nature and strength. Its electricity was consistently positive, and the strength at the various positions a, b, c, d, &c. (figs. 106. and 107.) was recorded in sequence as follows:

at aabove 1000°
b it was149
c270
d512
b130

1219. To comprehend the full force of these results, it must first be understood, that all the charges of the ball B and the carrier are charges by induction, from the action of the excited surface of the shell-lac cylinder; for whatever electricity the ball B received by communication from the shell-lac, either in the first instance or afterwards, was removed by the uninsulating contacts, only that due to induction remaining; and this is shown by the charges taken from the ball in this its uninsulated state being always positive, or of the contrary character to the electricity of the shell-lac. In the next place, the charges at a, c, and d were of such a nature as might be expected from an inductive action in straight lines, but that obtained at b is not so: it is clearly a charge by induction, but induction in a curved line; for the carrier ball whilst applied to b, and after its removal to a distance of six inches or more from B, could not, in consequence of the size of B, be connected by a straight line with any part of the excited and inducing shell-lac.

1219. To fully understand these results, it's important to recognize that all the charges of ball B and the carrier are caused by induction from the action of the excited surface of the shell-lac cylinder. Any electricity that ball B received from the shell-lac, whether initially or afterward, was removed by the non-insulating contacts, leaving only the charge due to induction. This is evident because the charges taken from the ball when it is uninsulated are always positive, or opposite in nature to the electricity of the shell-lac. Additionally, the charges at a, c, and d were what we would expect from inductive action in straight lines, but the charge at b is not the same: it clearly represents induction, but induction in a curved line. When the carrier ball was in contact with b, and even after it was moved six inches or more away from B, it could not establish a straight-line connection with any part of the excited and inducing shell-lac due to the size of B.

1220. To suppose that the upper part of the uninsulated ball B, should in some way be retained in an electrified state by that portion of the surface of the ball which is in sight of the shell-lac, would be in opposition to what we know already of the subject. Electricity is retained upon the surface of conductors only by induction (1178.); and though some persons may not be prepared as yet to admit this with respect to insulated conductors, all will as regards uninsulated conductors like the ball B; and to decide the matter we have only to place the carrier ball at e (fig. 107.), so that it shall not come in contact with B, uninsulate it by a metallic rod descending perpendicularly, insulate it, remove it, and examine its state; it will be found charged with the same kind of electricity as, and even to a higher degree (1224.) than, if it had been in contact with the summit of B.

1220. Assuming that the upper part of the uninsulated ball B could somehow be kept in an electrified state by the part of the surface of the ball visible to the shell-lac would contradict what we already understand about the topic. Electricity is maintained on the surface of conductors only through induction (1178.); and while some people may not yet be ready to accept this for insulated conductors, everyone will agree about uninsulated conductors like ball B. To resolve this, we just need to place the carrier ball at e (fig. 107.), ensuring it doesn't touch B, uninsulate it using a metallic rod that descends straight down, insulate it, remove it, and then check its state; it will be found to be charged with the same type of electricity as, and even to a higher degree (1224.) than, if it had been in contact with the top of B.

1221. To suppose, again, that induction acts in some way through or across the metal of the ball, is negatived by the simplest considerations; but a fact in proof will be better. If instead of the ball B a small disc of metal be used, the carrier may be charged at, or above the middle of its upper surface: but if the plate be enlarged to about 1-1/2 or 2 inches in diameter, C (fig. 108.), then no charge will be given to the carrier at f, though when applied nearer to the edge at g, or even above the middle at h, a charge will be obtained; and this is true though the plate may be a mere thin film of gold-leaf. Hence it is clear that the induction is not through the metal, but through the surrounding air or dielectric, and that in curved lines.

1221. To assume that induction works somehow through or across the metal of the ball is contradicted by the simplest reasons; but an example will illustrate this better. If we use a small metal disc instead of ball B, the carrier can be charged at or above the center of its upper surface. However, if the plate is increased to about 1-1/2 or 2 inches in diameter, C (fig. 108.), then no charge will be given to the carrier at f, although if applied closer to the edge at g, or even above the middle at h, a charge will be observed; and this remains true even if the plate is just a thin layer of gold leaf. Therefore, it is evident that the induction occurs not through the metal, but through the surrounding air or dielectric, and it follows curved paths.

1222. I had another arrangement, in which a wire passing downwards through the middle of the shell-lac cylinder to the earth, was connected with the ball B (fig. 109.) so as to keep it in a constantly uninsulated state. This was a very convenient form of apparatus, and the results with it were the same as those just described.

1222. I set up another configuration where a wire runs down through the center of the shell-lac cylinder to the ground, connecting to the ball B (fig. 109.) to keep it in a constantly uninsulated state. This setup was very convenient, and the results were the same as those previously described.

1223. In another case the ball B was supported by a shell-lac stem, independently of the excited cylinder of shell-lac, and at half an inch distance from it; but the effects were the same. Then the brass ball of a charged Leyden jar was used in place of the excited shell-lac to produce induction; but this caused no alteration of the phenomena. Both positive and negative inducing charges were tried with the same general results. Finally, the arrangement was inverted in the air for the purpose of removing every possible objection to the conclusions, but they came out exactly the same.

1223. In another experiment, the ball B was held up by a shell-lac stem, separate from the charged shell-lac cylinder and half an inch away from it; however, the results were the same. Then, a brass ball from a charged Leyden jar was used instead of the excited shell-lac to create induction, but this didn’t change the phenomena at all. Both positive and negative inducing charges were tested with similar overall results. Lastly, the setup was inverted in the air to eliminate any potential objections to the conclusions, but the outcomes remained exactly the same.

1224. Some results obtained with a brass hemisphere instead of the ball B were exceedingly interesting, It was 1.36 of an inch in diameter, (fig. 110.), and being placed on the top of the excited shell-lac cylinder, the carrier ball was applied, as in the former experiments (1218.), at the respective positions delineated in the figure. At i the force was 112°, at k 108°, at l 65°, at m 35°; the inductive force gradually diminishing, as might have been expected, to this point. But on raising the carrier to the position n, the charge increased to 87°; and on raising it still higher to o, the charge still further increased to 105°: at a higher point still, p, the charge taken was smaller in amount, being 98°, and continued to diminish for more elevated positions. Here the induction fairly turned a corner. Nothing, in fact, can better show both the curved lines or courses of the inductive action, disturbed as they are from their rectilineal form by the shape, position, and condition of the metallic hemisphere; and also a lateral tension, so to speak, of these lines on one another:—all depending, as I conceive, on induction being an action of the contiguous particles of the dielectric, which being thrown into a state of polarity and tension, are in mutual relation by their forces in all directions.

1224. Some results obtained with a brass hemisphere instead of the ball B were really interesting. It measured 1.36 inches in diameter (fig. 110.), and when placed on top of the excited shellac cylinder, the carrier ball was applied in the same way as in the previous experiments (1218.), at the specific positions shown in the figure. At i, the force was 112°, at k it was 108°, at l it was 65°, and at m it was 35°. The inductive force gradually decreased, as expected, to this point. However, when the carrier was raised to position n, the charge increased to 87°; and as it was raised even higher to o, the charge further increased to 105°; at an even higher point, p, the charge taken was lower at 98°, and it continued to decrease for the higher positions. At this point, induction clearly changed direction. Nothing demonstrates better the curves of the inductive action, which are altered from their straight form by the shape, position, and condition of the metallic hemisphere, and also a lateral tension among these lines: all of this seems to depend on induction being an action of the neighboring particles of the dielectric, which, when polarized and tense, interact with each other in all directions through their forces.

1225. As another proof that the whole of these actions were inductive I may state a result which was exactly what might be expected, namely, that if uninsulated conducting matter was brought round and near to the excited shell-lac stem, then the inductive force was directed towards it, and could not be found on the top of the hemisphere. Removing this matter the lines of force resumed their former direction. The experiment affords proofs of the lateral tension of these lines, and supplies a warning to remove such matter in repeating the above investigation.

1225. As further evidence that all of these actions were inductive, I can mention a result that is exactly what one would expect: when uninsulated conductive material was brought close to the charged shell-lac stem, the inductive force was directed towards it and wasn’t found at the top of the hemisphere. Once this material was removed, the lines of force returned to their original direction. The experiment demonstrates the lateral tension of these lines and serves as a reminder to remove such material when repeating the above investigation.

1226. After these results on curved inductive action in air I extended the experiments to other gases, using first carbonic acid and then hydrogen: the phenomena were precisely those already described. In these experiments I found that if the gases were confined in vessels they required to be very large, for whether of glass or earthenware, the conducting power of such materials is so great that the induction of the excited shell-lac cylinder towards them is as much as if they were metal; and if the vessels be small, so great a portion of the inductive force is determined towards them that the lateral tension or mutual repulsion of the lines of force before spoken of, (1224.) by which their inflexion is caused, is so much relieved in other directions, that no inductive charge will be given to the carrier ball in the positions k, l, m, n, o, p (fig. 110.). A very good mode of making the experiment is to let large currents of the gases ascend or descend through the air, and carry on the experiments in these currents.

1226. After obtaining these results on curved inductive action in air, I expanded the experiments to other gases, starting with carbon dioxide and then hydrogen: the phenomena were exactly as previously described. In these experiments, I discovered that if the gases were contained in vessels, they needed to be quite large, because whether made of glass or ceramic, the conductivity of such materials is so high that the induction from the excited shell-lac cylinder towards them behaves as if they were metal. Additionally, if the vessels are small, a large portion of the inductive force is directed toward them, which reduces the lateral tension or mutual repulsion of the lines of force mentioned earlier (1224.), leading to relief in other directions, such that no inductive charge is transferred to the carrier ball in positions k, l, m, n, o, p (fig. 110.). A good way to conduct the experiment is to allow large currents of the gases to rise or fall through the air and perform the experiments within these currents.

1227. These experiments were then varied by the substitution of a liquid dielectric, namely, oil of turpentine, in place of air and gases. A dish of thin glass well-covered with a film of shell-lac (1272.), which was found by trial to insulate well, had some highly rectified oil of turpentine put into it to the depth of half an inch, and being then placed upon the top of the brass hemisphere (fig. 110.), observations were made with the carrier ball as before (1224.). The results were the same, and the circumstance of some of the positions being within the fluid and some without, made no sensible difference.

1227. These experiments were then changed by using a liquid dielectric, specifically oil of turpentine, instead of air and gases. A dish made of thin glass that was well-covered with a layer of shell-lac (1272.), which had been tested and found to insulate well, was filled with highly refined oil of turpentine to a depth of half an inch. This was then placed on top of the brass hemisphere (fig. 110.), and observations were conducted with the carrier ball as before (1224.). The results were consistent, and the fact that some positions were submerged in the fluid while others were outside made no noticeable difference.

1228. Lastly, I used a few solid dielectrics for the same purpose, and with the same results. These were shell-lac, sulphur, fused and cast borate of lead, flint glass well-covered with a film of lac, and spermaceti. The following was the form of experiment with sulphur, and all were of the same kind. A square plate of the substance, two inches in extent and 0.6 of an inch in thickness, was cast with a small hole or depression in the middle of one surface to receive the carrier ball. This was placed upon the surface of the metal hemisphere (fig. 112.) arranged on the excited lac as in former cases, and observations were made at n, o, p, and q. Great care was required in these experiments to free the sulphur or other solid substance from any charge it might previously have received. This was done by breathing and wiping (1203.), and the substance being found free from all electrical excitement, was then used in the experiment; after which it was removed and again examined, to ascertain that it had received no charge, but had acted really as a dielectric. With all these precautions the results were the same: and it is thus very satisfactory to obtain the curved inductive action through solid bodies, as any possible effect from the translation of charged particles in fluids or gases, which some persons might imagine to be the case, is here entirely negatived.

1228. Lastly, I used a few solid dielectrics for the same purpose, and got the same results. These included shellac, sulfur, fused and cast borate of lead, flint glass coated with a layer of lacquer, and spermaceti. The experiment with sulfur was set up in the same way as the others. A square plate of the substance, measuring two inches across and 0.6 inches thick, was cast with a small hole or depression in the center of one surface to hold the carrier ball. This plate was placed on the metal hemisphere (fig. 112.) set on the excited lac, just like before, and observations were made at n, o, p, and q. Great care was needed in these experiments to ensure the sulfur or other solid material was free of any charge it might have picked up beforehand. This was done by breathing on it and wiping it (1203.), and once the material was confirmed to be free of electrical charge, it was then used in the experiment; afterward, it was removed and checked again to verify that it hadn't picked up any charge and had truly functioned as a dielectric. Even with all these precautions, the results were the same: it was very satisfying to observe the curved inductive action through solid bodies, as any potential effects from the movement of charged particles in fluids or gases, which some people might think could occur, are completely ruled out here.

1229. In these experiments with solid dielectrics, the degree of charge assumed by the carrier ball at the situations n, o, p (fig. 112.), was decidedly greater than that given to the ball at the same places when air only intervened between it and the metal hemisphere. This effect is consistent with what will hereafter be found to be the respective relations of these bodies, as to their power of facilitating induction through them (1269. 1273. 1277.).

1229. In these experiments with solid insulators, the amount of charge taken on by the carrier ball at positions n, o, p (fig. 112.) was definitely greater than the charge on the ball at the same spots when only air separated it from the metal hemisphere. This effect aligns with what we will later discover about how these materials relate to their ability to facilitate induction through them (1269. 1273. 1277.).

1230. I might quote many other forms of experiment, some old and some new, in which induction in curved or contorted lines takes place, but think it unnecessary after the preceding results; I shall therefore mention but two. If a conductor A, (fig. 111.) be electrified, and an uninsulated metallic ball B, or even a plate, provided the edges be not too thin, be held before it, a small electrometer at c or at d, uninsulated, will give signs of electricity, opposite in its nature to that of A, and therefore caused by induction, although the influencing and influenced bodies cannot be joined by a right line passing through the air. Or if, the electrometers being removed, a point be fixed at the back of the ball in its uninsulated state as at C, this point will become luminous and discharge the conductor A. The latter experiment is described by Nicholson238, who, however, reasons erroneously upon it. As to its introduction here, though it is a case of discharge, the discharge is preceded by induction, and that induction must be in curved lines.

1230. I could mention many other examples of experiments, some old and some new, where induction occurs in curved or twisted lines, but I think it's unnecessary after the previous results. So, I will only mention two. If a conductor A (fig. 111.) is electrified and an uninsulated metallic ball B, or even a plate (as long as the edges aren’t too thin), is held in front of it, a small uninsulated electrometer at c or d will show signs of electricity that are opposite to that of A, indicating it was caused by induction, even though the influencing and influenced objects cannot be connected by a straight line through the air. Alternatively, if the electrometers are taken away and a point is fixed at the back of the ball in its uninsulated state, as at C, this point will become luminous and discharge the conductor A. This experiment is described by Nicholson238, who, however, misinterprets it. As for its inclusion here, even though it’s a discharge case, the discharge is preceded by induction, and that induction must occur in curved lines.

1231. As argument against the received theory of induction and in favour of that which I have ventured to put forth, I cannot see how the preceding results can be avoided. The effects are clearly inductive effects produced by electricity, not in currents but in its statical state, and this induction is exerted in lines of force which, though in many experiments they may be straight, are here curved more or less according to circumstances. I use the term line of inductive force merely as a temporary conventional mode of expressing the direction of the power in cases of induction; and in the experiments with the hemisphere (1224.), it is curious to see how, when certain lines have terminated on the under surface and edge of the metal, those which were before lateral to them expand and open out from each other, some bending round and terminating their action on the upper surface of the hemisphere, and others meeting, as it were, above in their progress outwards, uniting their forces to give an increased charge to the carrier ball, at an increased distance from the source of power, and influencing each other so as to cause a second flexure in the contrary direction from the first one. All this appears to me to prove that the whole action is one of contiguous particles, related to each other, not merely in the lines which they may be conceived to form through the dielectric, between the inductric and the inducteous surfaces (1483.), but in other lateral directions also. It is this which gives an effect equivalent to a lateral repulsion or expansion in the lines of force I have spoken of, and enables induction to turn a corner (1304.). The power, instead of being like that of gravity, which causes particles to act on each other through straight lines, whatever other particles may be between them, is more analogous to that of a series of magnetic needles, or to the condition of the particles considered as forming the whole of a straight or a curved magnet. So that in whatever way I view it, and with great suspicion of the influence of favourite notions over myself, I cannot perceive how the ordinary theory applied to explain induction can be a correct representation of that great natural principle of electrical action.

1231. As an argument against the accepted theory of induction and in favor of the one I have proposed, I don't see how the previous results can be overlooked. The effects are clearly inductive effects produced by electricity, not in currents but in its static state, and this induction operates along lines of force that, while they may be straight in many experiments, are here curved to varying degrees based on the circumstances. I use the term line of inductive force simply as a temporary way to express the direction of the power in cases of induction; and in the experiments with the hemisphere (1224.), it’s interesting to observe how, when certain lines have ended on the underside and edge of the metal, those that were previously lateral to them expand and move apart, some bending around and ending their action on the upper surface of the hemisphere, and others meeting, so to speak, above as they move outward, combining their forces to provide an increased charge to the carrier ball, at an increased distance from the power source, and influencing each other in a way that creates a second bend in the opposite direction from the first. All of this seems to demonstrate that the entire action involves adjacent particles that relate to each other, not just along the lines they may be imagined to create through the dielectric, between the inductric and inducteous surfaces (1483.), but also in other lateral directions. This creates an effect similar to lateral repulsion or expansion in the lines of force I mentioned, and allows induction to change direction (1304.). The power, rather than acting like gravity, which causes particles to interact through straight lines regardless of other particles in between, is more comparable to a series of magnetic needles or to particles considered as forming the entirety of a straight or curved magnet. Therefore, however I look at it, and despite being cautious of my own biases, I cannot see how the conventional theory used to explain induction accurately represents that fundamental natural principle of electrical action.

1232. I have had occasion in describing the precautions necessary in the use of the inductive apparatus, to refer to one founded on induction in curved lines (1203.); and after the experiments already described, it will easily be seen how great an influence the shell-lac stem may exert upon the charge of the carrier ball when applied to the apparatus (1218.), unless that precaution be attended to.

1232. I have had the opportunity to discuss the precautions needed when using the inductive apparatus, specifically one based on induction in curved lines (1203.); and after the experiments I've already described, it's clear how much impact the shell-lac stem can have on the charge of the carrier ball when applied to the apparatus (1218.), unless that precaution is taken into account.

1233. I think it expedient, next in the course of these experimental researches, to describe some effects due to conduction, obtained with such bodies as glass, lac, sulphur, &c., which had not been anticipated. Being understood, they will make us acquainted with certain precautions necessary in investigating the great question of specific inductive capacity.

1233. I think it's useful, next in the course of these experimental research studies, to describe some effects from conduction, obtained with materials like glass, lacquer, sulfur, etc., that weren't expected. Understanding these will help us learn about some precautions necessary for investigating the important question of specific inductive capacity.

1234. One of the inductive apparatus already described (1187, &c.) had a hemispherical cup of shell-lac introduced, which being in the interval between the inner bull and the lower hemisphere, nearly occupied the space there; consequently when the apparatus was charged, the lac was the dielectric or insulating medium through which the induction took place in that part. When this apparatus was first charged with electricity (1198.) up to a certain intensity, as 400°, measured by the COULOMB'S electrometer (1180.), it sank much faster from that degree than if it had been previously charged to a higher point, and had gradually fallen to 400°; or than it would do if the charge were, by a second application, raised up again to 400°; all other things remaining the same. Again, if after having been charged for some time, as fifteen or twenty minutes, it was suddenly and perfectly discharged, even the stem having all electricity removed from it (1203.), then the apparatus being left to itself, would gradually recover a charge, which in nine or ten minutes would rise up to 50° or 60°, and in one instance to 80°.

1234. One of the previously described inductive devices (1187, etc.) had a hemispherical cup made of shell-lac placed in the space between the inner ball and the lower hemisphere, nearly filling that area. As a result, when the device was charged, the lac served as the dielectric or insulating medium through which induction occurred in that section. When this device was initially charged with electricity (1198.) to a certain level, such as 400°, as measured by COULOMB'S electrometer (1180.), it dropped much more quickly from that point than if it had been charged to a higher level first and then gradually decreased to 400°; or compared to if the charge were increased again to 400° through a second application, with all other factors remaining the same. Additionally, if after being charged for a period of time, such as fifteen or twenty minutes, it was suddenly and completely discharged, with even the stem having all electricity removed from it (1203.), then if the device was left alone, it would gradually regain a charge, which would reach 50° or 60° in nine or ten minutes, and in one case, up to 80°.

1235. The electricity, which in these cases returned from an apparently latent to a sensible state, was always of the same kind as that which had been given by the charge. The return took place at both the inducing surfaces; for if after the perfect discharge of the apparatus the whole was insulated, as the inner ball resumed a positive state the outer sphere acquired a negative condition.

1235. The electricity, which in these cases shifted from a hidden to an obvious state, was always the same type as the one provided by the charge. The shift occurred at both inducing surfaces; if, after the complete discharge of the apparatus, everything was insulated, as the inner ball regained a positive state, the outer sphere took on a negative state.

1236. This effect was at once distinguished from that produced by the excited stem acting in curved lines of induction (1203. 1232.), by the circumstance that all the returned electricity could be perfectly and instantly discharged. It appeared to depend upon the shell-lac within, and to be, in some way, due to electricity evolved from it in consequence of a previous condition into which it had been brought by the charge of the metallic coatings or balls.

1236. This effect was immediately recognized as different from what was caused by the excited stem operating through curved induction lines (1203. 1232.), because all the returned electricity could be perfectly and instantly discharged. It seemed to rely on the shell-lac inside, and was somehow related to electricity generated from it due to a previous state created by the charge of the metallic coatings or balls.

1237. To examine this state more accurately, the apparatus, with the hemispherical cup of shell-lac in it, was charged for about forty-five minutes to above 600° with positive electricity at the balls h and B. (fig. 104.) above and within. It was then discharged, opened, the shell-lac taken out, and its state examined; this was done by bringing the carrier ball near the shell-lac, uninsulating it, insulating it, and then observing what charge it had acquired. As it would be a charge by induction, the state of the ball would indicate the opposite state of electricity in that surface of the shell-lac which had produced it. At first the lac appeared quite free from any charge; but gradually its two surfaces assumed opposite states of electricity, the concave surface, which had been next the inner and positive ball; assuming a positive state, and the convex surface, which had been in contact with the negative coating, acquiring a negative state; these states gradually increased in intensity for some time.

1237. To examine this condition more accurately, the device, containing the hemispherical cup of shell-lac, was charged for about forty-five minutes to over 600° with positive electricity at the balls h and B. (fig. 104.) above and inside. It was then discharged, opened, the shell-lac removed, and its condition examined; this was done by bringing the carrier ball close to the shell-lac, uninsulating it, insulating it, and then observing what charge it had acquired. Since it would be a charge from induction, the state of the ball would indicate the opposing state of electricity on the surface of the shell-lac that created it. Initially, the lac appeared completely free from any charge; but gradually its two surfaces took on opposite states of electricity, with the concave surface, which had been next to the inner positive ball, gaining a positive state, and the convex surface, which had been in contact with the negative coating, acquiring a negative state; these states gradually intensified over time.

1238. As the return action was evidently greatest instantly after the discharge, I again put the apparatus together, and charged it for fifteen minutes as before, the inner ball positively. I then discharged it, instantly removing the upper hemisphere with the interior ball, and, leaving the shell-lac cup in the lower uninsulated hemisphere, examined its inner surface by the carrier ball as before (1237.). In this way I found the surface of the shell-lac actually negative, or in the reverse state to the ball which had been in it; this state quickly disappeared, and was succeeded by a positive condition, gradually increasing in intensity for some time, in the same manner as before. The first negative condition of the surface opposite the positive charging ball is a natural consequence of the state of things, the charging ball being in contact with the shell-lac only in a few points. It does not interfere with the general result and peculiar state now under consideration, except that it assists in illustrating in a very marked manner the ultimate assumption by the surfaces of the shell-lac of an electrified condition, similar to that of the metallic surfaces opposed to or against them.

1238. Since the return action was clearly highest right after the discharge, I reassembled the apparatus and charged it for fifteen minutes as before, positively charging the inner ball. I then discharged it, quickly removing the upper hemisphere along with the interior ball, and left the shell-lac cup in the lower uninsulated hemisphere. I examined its inner surface with the carrier ball as before (1237.). In this way, I discovered that the surface of the shell-lac was actually negative, or in the opposite state to the ball that had been in it; this state quickly faded away and was replaced by a positive condition, which gradually increased in intensity for a while, just like before. The initial negative condition of the surface opposite the positive charging ball is a natural outcome of the situation, since the charging ball only contacts the shell-lac at a few points. It doesn't affect the overall result and unique state we're considering now, except that it helps illustrate clearly how the surfaces of the shell-lac ultimately adopt an electrified condition similar to that of the metal surfaces facing or against them.

1239. Glass was then examined with respect to its power of assuming this peculiar state. I had a thick flint-glass hemispherical cup formed, which would fit easily into the space o of the lower hemisphere (1188. 1189.); it had been heated and varnished with a solution of shell-lac in alcohol, for the purpose of destroying the conducting power of the vitreous surface (1254.). Being then well-warmed and experimented with, I found it could also assume the same state, but not apparently to the same degree, the return action amounting in different cases to quantities from 6° to 18°.

1239. Glass was then examined for its ability to adopt this unique state. I had a thick flint-glass hemispherical cup made, which easily fit into the space o of the lower hemisphere (1188. 1189.); it was heated and coated with a solution of shellac in alcohol to eliminate the conductive properties of the glass surface (1254.). After warming it thoroughly and conducting experiments, I found that it could also take on the same state, but not quite to the same extent, with the return action varying in different instances from 6° to 18°.

1240. Spermaceti experimented with in the same manner gave striking results. When the original charge had been sustained for fifteen or twenty minutes at about 500°, the return charge was equal to 95° or 100°, and was about fourteen minutes arriving at the maximum effect. A charge continued for not more than two or three seconds was here succeeded by a return charge of 50° or 60°. The observations formerly made (1234.) held good with this substance. Spermaceti, though it will insulate a low charge for some time, is a better conductor than shell-lac, glass, and sulphur; and this conducting power is connected with the readiness with which it exhibits the particular effect under consideration.

1240. Spermaceti tested in the same way produced striking results. When the original charge was maintained for fifteen or twenty minutes at around 500°, the return charge reached about 95° or 100° and took around fourteen minutes to reach its maximum effect. A charge lasting only two or three seconds was followed by a return charge of 50° or 60°. The earlier observations (1234.) were consistent with this substance. Spermaceti, although it can hold a low charge for some time, is a better conductor than shellac, glass, and sulfur; this conductivity is linked to how easily it shows the specific effect being studied.

1241. Sulphur.—I was anxious to obtain the amount of effect with this substance, first, because it is an excellent insulator, and in that respect would illustrate the relation of the effect to the degree of conducting power possessed by the dielectric (1247.); and in the next place, that I might obtain that body giving the smallest degree of the effect now under consideration for the investigation of the question of specific inductive capacity (1277.).

1241. Sulphur.—I was eager to find out how this substance performed, firstly, because it's a great insulator, which would show how the effect relates to the level of conductivity of the dielectric (1247.); and secondly, so I could use that material to produce the least amount of the effect currently being examined for the study of specific inductive capacity (1277.).

1242. With a good hemispherical cup of sulphur cast solid and sound, I obtained the return charge, but only to an amount of 17° or 18°. Thus glass and sulphur, which are bodily very bad conductors of electricity, and indeed almost perfect insulators, gave very little of this return charge.

1242. With a solid and sturdy hemispherical cup made of sulfur, I got a return charge, but it was only about 17° or 18°. So, glass and sulfur, which are really poor conductors of electricity and practically perfect insulators, produced very little of this return charge.

1243. I tried the same experiment having air only in the inductive apparatus. After a continued high charge for some time I could obtain a little effect of return action, but it was ultimately traced to the shell-lac of the stem.

1243. I did the same experiment using only air in the inductive setup. After applying a strong charge for a while, I noticed a slight effect of return action, but it was eventually linked to the shellac on the stem.

1244. I sought to produce something like this state with one electric power and without induction; for upon the theory of an electric fluid or fluids, that did not seem impossible, and then I should have obtained an absolute charge (1169. 1177.), or something equivalent to it. In this I could not succeed. I excited the outside of a cylinder of shell-lac very highly for some time, and then quickly discharging it (1203.), waited and watched whether any return charge would appear, but such was not the case. This is another fact in favour of the inseparability of the two electric forces (1177.), and another argument for the view that induction and its concomitant phenomena depend upon a polarity of the particles of matter.

1244. I tried to create a state like this using just one electric power and without induction. Based on the theory of an electric fluid or fluids, this didn't seem impossible, and I thought I could achieve an absolute charge (1169. 1177.) or something similar. However, I wasn't able to succeed. I charged the outside of a shellac cylinder very highly for a while, and then quickly discharged it (1203.). I waited and watched to see if any return charge would show up, but it didn't happen. This is another piece of evidence supporting the inseparability of the two electric forces (1177.) and further argues that induction and its related phenomena rely on the polarity of matter's particles.

1245. Although inclined at first to refer these effects to a peculiar masked condition of a certain portion of the forces, I think I have since correctly traced them to known principles of electrical action. The effects appear to be due to an actual penetration of the charge to some distance within the electric, at each of its two surfaces, by what we call conduction; so that, to use the ordinary phrase, the electric forces sustaining the induction are not upon the metallic surfaces only, but upon and within the dielectric also, extending to a greater or smaller depth from the metal linings. Let c (fig. 113.) be the section of a plate of any dielectric, a and b being the metallic coatings; let b be uninsulated, and a be charged positively; after ten or fifteen minutes, if a and b be discharged, insulated, and immediately examined, no electricity will appear in them; but in a short time, upon a second examination, they will appear charged in the same way, though not to the same degree, as they were at first. Now suppose that a portion of the positive force has, under the coercing influence of all the forces concerned, penetrated the dielectric and taken up its place at the line p, a corresponding portion of the negative force having also assumed its position at the line n; that in fact the electric at these two parts has become charged positive and negative; then it is clear that the induction of these two forces will be much greater one towards the other, and less in an external direction, now that they are at the small distance np from each other, than when they were at the larger interval ab. Then let a and b be discharged; the discharge destroys or neutralizes all external induction, and the coatings are therefore found by the carrier ball unelectrified; but it also removes almost the whole of the forces by which the electric charge was driven into the dielectric, and though probably a part of that charge goes forward in its passage and terminates in what we call discharge, the greater portion returns on its course to the surfaces of c, and consequently to the conductors a and b, and constitutes the recharge observed.

1245. Initially, I thought these effects were due to a unique masked condition of certain forces, but I now realize they result from known principles of electrical action. The effects seem to be caused by the actual penetration of the charge to some depth within the electric material at each of its two surfaces, through what we call conduction. So, to put it simply, the electric forces responsible for the induction are not just on the metallic surfaces; they're also within the dielectric, extending to varying depths from the metal linings. Let c (fig. 113) represent the section of a plate of any dielectric, with a and b being the metallic coatings. Assume b is uninsulated and a is positively charged. After about ten to fifteen minutes, if a and b are discharged, insulated, and checked immediately, they will show no electricity. However, a short time later, they will appear charged again in the same way, though not as strongly as before. Now, if we assume that some of the positive force has, under the influence of all the concerned forces, penetrated the dielectric and settled at the line p, while a corresponding portion of the negative force has taken its place at the line n, it is clear that the induction between these two forces will be much stronger towards each other and weaker in an external direction, now that they are only a small distance np apart compared to the larger distance ab. When a and b are discharged, the discharge neutralizes all external induction, leaving the coatings unelectrified, as confirmed by the carrier ball. However, this discharge also removes almost all the forces that drove the electric charge into the dielectric. While it's likely that part of that charge continues to flow and ends in what we call discharge, the majority returns to the surfaces of c, and consequently to the conductors a and b, creating the recharge that is observed.

1246. The following is the experiment on which I rest for the truth of this view. Two plates of spermaceti, d and, f (fig. 114.), were put together to form the dielectric, a and b being the metallic coatings of this compound plate, as before. The system was charged, then discharged, insulated, examined, and found to give no indications of electricity to the carrier ball. The plates d and f were then separated from each other, and instantly a with d was found in a positive state, and b with f in a negative state, nearly all the electricity being in the linings a and b. Hence it is clear that, of the forces sought for, the positive was in one-half of the compound plate and the negative in the other half; for when removed bodily with the plates from each other's inductive influence, they appeared in separate places, and resumed of necessity their power of acting by induction on the electricity of surrounding bodies. Had the effect depended upon a peculiar relation of the contiguous particles of matter only, then each half-plate, d and f, should have shown positive force on one surface and negative on the other.

1246. Here's the experiment that supports this view. Two plates of spermaceti, d and f (fig. 114.), were combined to create the dielectric, with a and b acting as the metallic coatings of this compound plate, as before. The system was charged, then discharged, insulated, examined, and found to show no signs of electricity to the carrier ball. The plates d and f were then separated from each other, and immediately a with d was found to have a positive charge, while b with f had a negative charge, with nearly all the electricity residing in the linings a and b. This clearly shows that, of the forces involved, the positive charge was in one half of the compound plate and the negative charge was in the other half; because when they were physically removed from each other's inductive influence, they appeared in separate locations and naturally regained their ability to induce effects on the electricity of nearby objects. If the effect were solely based on a specific relationship between the adjacent particles of matter, then each half-plate, d and f, would have shown positive force on one side and negative on the other.

1247. Thus it would appear that the best solid insulators, such as shell-lac, glass, and sulphur, have conductive properties to such an extent, that electricity can penetrate them bodily, though always subject to the overruling condition of induction (1178.). As to the depth to which the forces penetrate in this form of charge of the particles, theoretically, it should be throughout the mass, for what the charge of the metal does for the portion of dielectric next to it, should be close by the charged dielectric for the portion next beyond it again; but probably in the best insulators the sensible charge is to a very small depth only in the dielectric, for otherwise more would disappear in the first instance whilst the original charge is sustained, less time would be required for the assumption of the particular state, and more electricity would re-appear as return charge.

1247. It seems that the best solid insulators, like shellac, glass, and sulfur, have enough conductive properties that electricity can pass through them completely, although this always depends on the overriding condition of induction (1178.). Regarding how deeply these forces penetrate when particles are charged, theoretically, it should extend throughout the entire material. What the charge of the metal does for the part of the dielectric next to it should also happen to the nearby charged dielectric for the section just beyond it. However, in the best insulators, it’s likely that the noticeable charge only penetrates a very small distance into the dielectric. Otherwise, more would vanish initially while the original charge is maintained, it would take less time to reach that particular state, and more electricity would show up again as returning charge.

1248. The condition of time required for this penetration of the charge is important, both as respects the general relation of the cases to conduction, and also the removal of an objection that might otherwise properly be raised to certain results respecting specific inductive capacities, hereafter to be given (1269. 1277.)

1248. The condition of time needed for this charge penetration is significant, both in relation to the overall connection of the cases to conduction, and also for addressing a concern that could otherwise be legitimately raised regarding certain outcomes related to specific inductive capacities, which will be discussed later (1269. 1277.)

1249. It is the assumption for a time of this charged state of the glass between the coatings in the Leyden jar, which gives origin to a well-known phenomenon, usually referred to the diffusion of electricity over the uncoated portion of the glass, namely, the residual charge. The extent of charge which can spontaneously be recovered by a large battery, after perfect uninsulation of both surfaces, is very considerable, and by far the largest portion of this is due to the return of electricity in the manner described. A plate of shell-lac six inches square, and half an inch thick, or a similar plate of spermaceti an inch thick, being coated on the sides with tinfoil as a Leyden arrangement, will show this effect exceedingly well.

1249. It is the assumption of a time when the glass is in a charged state between the coatings in the Leyden jar, which leads to a well-known phenomenon, usually attributed to the diffusion of electricity over the uncoated part of the glass, specifically the residual charge. The amount of charge that can naturally be recovered by a large battery after complete insulation of both surfaces is quite substantial, and most of this is due to the return of electricity in the way described. A plate of shellac six inches square and half an inch thick, or a similar plate of spermaceti an inch thick, when coated on the sides with tinfoil in a Leyden configuration, will demonstrate this effect very clearly.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1250. The peculiar condition of dielectrics which has now been described, is evidently capable of producing an effect interfering with the results and conclusions drawn from the use of the two inductive apparatus, when shell-lac, glass, &c. is used in one or both of them (1192. 1207.), for upon dividing the charge in such cases according to the method described (1198. 1207.), it is evident that the apparatus just receiving its half charge must fall faster in its tension than the other. For suppose app. i. first charged, and app. ii. used to divide with it; though both may actually lose alike, yet app. i., which has been diminished one-half, will be sustained by a certain degree of return action or charge (1234.), whilst app. ii. will sink the more rapidly from the coming on of the particular state. I have endeavoured to avoid this interference by performing the whole process of comparison as quickly as possible, and taking the force of app. ii. immediately after the division, before any sensible diminution of the tension arising from the assumption of the peculiar state could be produced; and I have assumed that as about three minutes pass between the first charge of app. i. and the division, and three minutes between the division and discharge, when the force of the non-transferable electricity is measured, the contrary tendencies for those periods would keep that apparatus in a moderately steady and uniform condition for the latter portion of time.

1250. The unique condition of dielectrics that has been described can clearly create an effect that interferes with the results and conclusions drawn from using the two inductive devices when shellac, glass, etc., is used in one or both of them (1192. 1207.). When dividing the charge in these situations according to the method outlined (1198. 1207.), it becomes clear that the device receiving its half charge must decrease in tension more quickly than the other. For example, if device i. is charged first and device ii. is used to share the charge, although both may lose charge at the same rate, device i., having been reduced by half, will be supported by a certain amount of return action or charge (1234.), while device ii. will drop more quickly due to the onset of the specific condition. I have tried to minimize this interference by conducting the entire comparison process as swiftly as possible and measuring the force of device ii. right after the division, before any noticeable reduction in tension from the onset of the specific condition could occur. I assume that since about three minutes pass between charging device i. and the division, and another three minutes between the division and discharge, when measuring the force of the non-transferable electricity, the opposing trends during those times would keep that device in a moderately stable and consistent state for the latter part of that time.

1251. The particular action described occurs in the shell-lac of the stems, as well as in the dielectric used within the apparatus. It therefore constitutes a cause by which the outside of the stems may in some operations become charged with electricity, independent of the action of dust or carrying particles (1203.).

1251. The specific action described happens in the shell-lac of the stems, as well as in the dielectric used in the equipment. This thus creates a reason for the outer surface of the stems to become electrically charged in some processes, regardless of the influence of dust or carrying particles (1203.).

¶ v. On specific induction, or specific inductive capacity.

1252. I now proceed to examine the great question of specific inductive capacity, i.e. whether different dielectric bodies actually do possess any influence over the degree of induction which takes place through them. If any such difference should exist, it appeared to me not only of high importance in the further comprehension of the laws and results of induction, but an additional and very powerful argument for the theory I have ventured to put forth, that the whole depends upon a molecular action, in contradistinction to one at sensible distances.

1252. I will now look into the important question of specific inductive capacity, which means whether different dielectric materials actually have any impact on the level of induction that occurs through them. If any such difference does exist, I believe it is not only crucial for better understanding the laws and outcomes of induction, but also a strong argument for the theory I've proposed, which suggests that everything is based on molecular action, as opposed to action over larger, noticeable distances.

The question may be stated thus: suppose A an electrified plate of metal suspended in the air, and B and C two exactly similar plates, placed parallel to and on each side of A at equal distances and uninsulated; A will then induce equally towards B and C. If in this position of the plates some other dielectric than air, as shell-lac, be introduced between A and C, will the induction between them remain the same? Will the relation of C and B to A be unaltered, notwithstanding the difference of the dielectrics interposed between them?239

The question can be posed like this: imagine A is an electrified metal plate hanging in the air, and B and C are two identical plates placed parallel to each side of A at equal distances and not insulated; A will then induce an equal effect towards B and C. If we introduce a different dielectric, like shellac, between A and C, will the induction between them stay the same? Will the relationship of C and B to A remain unchanged, despite the different dielectrics placed between them?239

1253. As far as I recollect, it is assumed that no change will occur under such variation of circumstances, and that the relations of B find C to A depend entirely upon their distance. I only remember one experimental illustration of the question, and that is by Coulomb240, in which he shows that a wire surrounded by shell-lac took exactly the same quantity of electricity from a charged body as the same wire in air. The experiment offered to me no proof of the truth of the supposition: for it is not the mere films of dielectric substances surrounding the charged body which have to be examined and compared, but the whole mass between that body and the surrounding conductors at which the induction terminates. Charge depends upon induction (1171. 1178.); and if induction is related to the particles of the surrounding dielectric, then it is related to all the particles of that dielectric inclosed by the surrounding conductors, and not merely to the few situated next to the charged body. Whether the difference I sought for existed or not, I soon found reason to doubt the conclusion that might be drawn from Coulomb's result; and therefore had the apparatus made, which, with its use, has been already described (1187, &c.), and which appears to me well-suited for the investigation of the question.

1253. As far as I remember, it's assumed that no change will happen with such a shift in circumstances, and that B's relationship with C and A depends entirely on their distance. I only recall one experimental example related to this, and that's by Coulomb240, where he demonstrates that a wire surrounded by shellac collected the same amount of electricity from a charged object as the same wire in air. The experiment provided no proof to support the assumption: it’s not just the thin layers of dielectric materials around the charged object that need to be examined and compared, but the entire mass between that object and the surrounding conductors where the induction ends. Charge relies on induction (1171. 1178.); and if induction is linked to the particles of the surrounding dielectric, then it’s linked to all the particles of that dielectric enclosed by the surrounding conductors, not just the few next to the charged object. Whether the difference I was looking for actually existed, I soon began to question the conclusions drawn from Coulomb's findings; and so I had the apparatus constructed, which has already been described (1187, &c.), and which I believe is well-suited for investigating the issue.

1254. Glass, and many bodies which might at first be considered as very fit to test the principle, proved exceedingly unfit for that purpose. Glass, principally in consequence of the alkali it contains, however well-warmed and dried it may be, has a certain degree of conducting power upon its surface, dependent upon the moisture of the atmosphere, which renders it unfit for a test experiment. Resin, wax, naphtha, oil of turpentine, and many other substances were in turn rejected, because of a slight degree of conducting power possessed by them; and ultimately shell-lac and sulphur were chosen, after many experiments, as the dielectrics best fitted for the investigation. No difficulty can arise in perceiving how the possession of a feeble degree of conducting power tends to make a body produce effects, which would seem to indicate that it had a greater capability of allowing induction through it than another body perfect in its insulation. This source of error has been that which I have found most difficult to obviate in the proving experiments.

1254. Glass, along with many materials that might initially seem suitable for testing the principle, turned out to be quite unsuitable for that purpose. Glass, mainly due to the alkali it contains, regardless of how well it is warmed and dried, has a certain level of conductivity on its surface, influenced by the humidity in the air, which makes it unfit for a test experiment. Resin, wax, naphtha, turpentine, and several other substances were also dismissed because of their slight conductivity; ultimately, shellac and sulfur were selected after numerous experiments as the dielectrics most appropriate for the investigation. It's easy to see how having even a weak level of conductivity can lead a material to create effects that might suggest it has a higher ability to allow induction through it compared to another material that is perfectly insulated. This source of error has been the most challenging for me to eliminate in the proving experiments.

* * * * *

* * * * *

1255. Induction through shell-lac.—As a preparatory experiment, I first ascertained generally that when a part of the surface of a thick plate of shell-lac was excited or charged, there was no sensible difference in the character of the induction sustained by that charged part, whether exerted through the air in the one direction, or through the shell-lac of the plate in the other; provided the second surface of the plate had not, by contact with conductors, the action of dust, or any other means, become charged (1203.). Its solid condition enabled it to retain the excited particles in a permanent position, but that appeared to be all; for these particles acted just as freely through the shell-lac on one side as through the air on the other. The same general experiment was made by attaching a disc of tinfoil to one side of the shell-lac plate, and electrifying it, and the results were the same. Scarcely any other solid substance than shell-lac and sulphur, and no liquid substance that I have tried, will bear this examination. Glass in its ordinary state utterly fails; yet it was essentially necessary to obtain this prior degree of perfection in the dielectric used, before any further progress could be made in the principal investigation.

1255. Induction through shell-lac.—As a preliminary experiment, I first confirmed that when part of the surface of a thick plate of shell-lac was energized or charged, there was no noticeable difference in the type of induction experienced by that charged area, whether it was through the air in one direction or through the shell-lac of the plate in the other; as long as the other surface of the plate had not, through contact with conductors, dust, or any other means, become charged (1203.). Its solid state allowed it to hold the excited particles in a fixed position, but that seemed to be all; because these particles behaved just as freely through the shell-lac on one side as they did through the air on the other. The same general experiment was conducted by attaching a disc of tinfoil to one side of the shell-lac plate and electrifying it, and the results were the same. Almost no other solid materials except shell-lac and sulfur, and no liquid materials I’ve tested, can withstand this examination. Glass in its normal state completely fails; yet it was crucial to achieve this initial level of perfection in the dielectric used before any further progress could be made in the main investigation.

1256. Shell-lac and air were compared in the first place. For this purpose a thick hemispherical cup of shell-lac was introduced into the lower hemisphere of one of the inductive apparatus (1187, &c.), so as nearly to fill the lower half of the space o, o (fig. 104.) between it and the inner ball; and then charges were divided in the manner already described (1198. 1207.), each apparatus being used in turn to receive the first charge before its division by the other. As the apparatus were known to have equal inductive power when air was in both (1209. 1211.), any differences resulting from the introduction of the shell-lac would show a peculiar action in it, and if unequivocally referable to a specific inductive influence, would establish the point sought to be sustained. I have already referred to the precautions necessary in making the experiments (1199, &c.); and with respect to the error which might be introduced by the assumption of the peculiar state, it was guarded against, as far as possible, in the first place, by operating quickly (1248); and, afterwards, by using that dielectric as glass or sulphur, which assumed the peculiar state most slowly, and in the least degree (1239. 1241.).

1256. Shellac and air were compared first. For this, a thick hemispherical cup made of shellac was placed in the lower hemisphere of one of the inductive devices (1187, &c.), nearly filling the lower half of the space o, o (fig. 104.) between it and the inner ball; then charges were divided as previously described (1198, 1207.), with each device being used in turn to receive the initial charge before dividing it with the other. Since the devices were known to have equal inductive power when air was present in both (1209, 1211.), any differences caused by the introduction of the shellac would indicate a unique action within it, and if clearly linked to a specific inductive effect, would confirm the point being examined. I've already mentioned the necessary precautions for conducting the experiments (1199, &c.); regarding the potential error from assuming the unique condition, this was minimized as much as possible by acting quickly (1248); and later, by using a dielectric like glass or sulfur, which took on the unique state the slowest and to the least extent (1239, 1241.).

1257. The shell-lac hemisphere was put into app. i., and app. ii. left filled with air. The results of an experiment in which the charge through air was divided and reduced by the shell-lac app. were as follows:

1257. The shell-lac hemisphere was placed in app. i., and app. ii. remained filled with air. The results of an experiment where the charge through air was split and reduced by the shell-lac app. were as follows:

App. i. Lac.App. ii. Air.
Balls 255°.
. . . .
. . . .304°
. . . .297
Charge divided.
113. . . .
. . . .121
0. . . .after being discharged.
. . . .7 after being discharged.

1258. Here 297°, minus 7°, or 290°, may be taken as the divisible charge of app. ii. (the 7° being fixed stem action (1203. 1232.)), of which 145° is the half. The lac app. i. gave 113° as the power or tension it had acquired after division; and the air app. ii. gave 121°, minus 7°, or 114°, as the force it possessed from what it retained of the divisible charge of 290°. These two numbers should evidently be alike, and they are very nearly so, indeed far within the errors of experiment and observation, but these numbers differ very much from 145°, or the force which the half charge would have had if app. i. had contained air instead of shell-lac; and it appears that whilst in the division the induction through the air has lost 176° of force, that through the lac has only gained 113°.

1258. Here 297°, minus 7°, or 290°, can be taken as the divisible charge of app. ii. (the 7° being fixed stem action (1203. 1232.)), of which 145° is half. The lac app. i. showed 113° as the power or tension it acquired after division; and the air app. ii. indicated 121°, minus 7°, or 114°, as the force it retained from the divisible charge of 290°. These two values should clearly be similar, and they are indeed quite close, well within the limits of experimental and observational error, but these numbers are significantly different from 145°, the force that the half charge would have had if app. i. had contained air instead of shell-lac; and it seems that while in the division the induction through the air has lost 176° of force, that through the lac has only gained 113°.

1259. If this difference be assumed as depending entirely on the greater facility possessed by shell-lac of allowing or causing inductive action through its substance than that possessed by air, then this capacity for electric induction would be inversely as the respective loss and gain indicated above; and assuming the capacity of the air apparatus as 1, that of the shell-lac apparatus would be 176/113 or 1.55.

1259. If we assume that this difference is entirely due to the fact that shell-lac allows or causes inductive action through its substance more easily than air does, then this ability for electric induction would be inversely proportional to the respective loss and gain mentioned above; and if we take the capacity of the air apparatus to be 1, then the capacity of the shell-lac apparatus would be 176/113 or 1.55.

1260. This extraordinary difference was so unexpected in its amount, as to excite the greatest suspicion of the general accuracy of the experiment, though the perfect discharge of app. i. after the division, showed that the 113° had been taken and given up readily. It was evident that, if it really existed, it ought to produce corresponding effects in the reverse order; and that when induction through shell-lac was converted into induction through air, the force or tension of the whole ought to be increased. The app. i. was therefore charged in the first place, and its force divided with app. ii. The following were the results:

1260. This extraordinary difference was so unexpected in its size that it raised serious doubts about the overall accuracy of the experiment, even though the perfect discharge of app. i. after the division showed that the 113° had been easily taken and released. It was clear that if it really existed, it should produce corresponding effects in the opposite order; and that when the induction through shell-lac was switched to induction through air, the force or tension of the whole should be increased. Therefore, app. i. was initially charged, and its force was divided with app. ii. The following were the results:

App. i. Lac.App. ii. Air.
. . . .
215°. . . .
204. . . .
Charge divided.
. . . .118
118. . . .
. . . .0 after being discharged.
0. . . .after being discharged.

1261. Here 204° must be the utmost of the divisible charge. The app. i. and app. ii. present 118° as their respective forces; both now much above the half of the first force, or 102°, whereas in the former case they were below it. The lac app. i. has lost only 86°, yet it has given to the air app. ii. 118°, so that the lac still appears much to surpass the air, the capacity of the lac app. i. to the air app. ii. being as 1.37 to 1.

1261. Here, 204° must be the maximum of the divisible charge. The app. i. and app. ii. show 118° as their respective forces; both are now significantly above half of the initial force, which is 102°, whereas previously they were below it. The lac app. i. has only lost 86°, yet it has transferred 118° to the air app. ii., so the lac still seems to far exceed the air, with the capacity of the lac app. i. compared to the air app. ii. being 1.37 to 1.

1262. The difference of 1.55 and 1.37 as the expression of the capacity for the induction of shell-lac seems considerable, but is in reality very admissible under the circumstances, for both are in error in contrary directions. Thus in the last experiment the charge fell from 215° to 204° by the joint effects of dissipation and absorption (1192. 1250.), during the time which elapsed in the electrometer operations, between the applications of the carrier ball required to give those two results. Nearly an equal time must have elapsed between the application of the carrier which gave the 204° result, and the division of the charge between the two apparatus; and as the fall in force progressively decreases in amount (1192.), if in this case it be taken at 6° only, it will reduce the whole transferable charge at the time of division to 198° instead of 204°; this diminishes the loss of the shell-lac charge to 80° instead of 86°; and then the expression of specific capacity for it is increased, and, instead of 1.37, is 1.47 times that of air.

1262. The difference between 1.55 and 1.37, representing the capacity for the induction of shell-lac, may seem significant, but it’s actually acceptable given the circumstances, as both values are inaccurate in opposite directions. In the last experiment, the charge dropped from 215° to 204° due to the combined effects of dissipation and absorption (1192. 1250.) during the time spent on the electrometer operations between applying the carrier ball that produced those two results. A similar amount of time must have passed between applying the carrier that resulted in 204° and the division of the charge between the two setups; and since the drop in force gradually lessens in size (1192.), if we assume it to be only 6° in this case, it will lower the total transferable charge at the division point to 198° instead of 204°; this reduces the loss of the shell-lac charge to 80° instead of 86°; thus, the specific capacity for it increases, changing from 1.37 to 1.47 times that of air.

1263. Applying the same correction to the former experiment in which air was first charged, the result is of the contrary kind. No shell-lac hemisphere was then in the apparatus, and therefore the loss would be principally from dissipation, and not from absorption: hence it would be nearer to the degree of loss shown by the numbers 304° and 297°, and being assumed as 6° would reduce the divisible charge to 284°. In that case the air would have lost 170°, and communicated only 113° to the shell-lac; and the relative specific capacity of the latter would appear to be 1.50, which is very little indeed removed from 1.47, the expression given by the second experiment when corrected in the same way.

1263. Applying the same adjustment to the earlier experiment where air was first charged, the outcome is the opposite kind. There was no shell-lac hemisphere in the setup at that time, so the loss would mainly come from dissipation, not absorption: thus, it would be closer to the loss indicated by the numbers 304° and 297°, and if we take it as 6°, it would lower the divisible charge to 284°. In that scenario, the air would have lost 170° and only transferred 113° to the shell-lac; the relative specific capacity of the shell-lac would then appear to be 1.50, which is quite close to 1.47, the value provided by the second experiment when adjusted in the same manner.

1264. The shell-lac was then removed from app. i. and put into app. ii. and the experiments of division again made. I give the results, because I think the importance of the point justifies and even requires them.

1264. The shellac was then taken from app. i. and placed into app. ii. and the division experiments were conducted again. I present the results because I believe the significance of this matter justifies and even demands them.

App. i. Air.App. ii. Lac.
Balls 200°.
. . . .
286°. . . .
283. . . .
Charge divided.
. . . .110
109. . . .
. . . .0.25 after discharge.
Trace. . . .after discharge.

Here app. i. retained 109°, having lost 174° in communicating 110° to app. ii.; and the capacity of the air app. is to the lac app., therefore, as 1 to 1.58. If the divided charge be corrected for an assumed loss of only 3°, being the amount of previous loss in the same time, it will make the capacity of the shell-lac app. 1.55 only.

Here app. i. retained 109°, having lost 174° in communicating 110° to app. ii.; and the capacity of the air app. is to the lac app., therefore, as 1 to 1.58. If the divided charge is adjusted for an assumed loss of only 3°, which is the amount of previous loss in the same time, it will make the capacity of the shell-lac app. 1.55 only.

1265. Then app. ii. was charged, and the charge divided thus:

1265. Then app. ii. was charged, and the charge was split up like this:

App. i. Air.App. ii. Lac.
. . . .
. . . .250°
. . . .251
Charge divided.
146. . . .
. . . .149
a little. . . .after discharge.
. . . .a little after discharge.

Here app. i. acquired a charge of 146°, while app. ii. lost only 102° in communicating that amount of force; the capacities being, therefore, to each other as 1 to 1.43. If the whole transferable charge be corrected for a loss of 4° previous to division, it gives the expression of l.49 for the capacity of the shell-lac apparatus.

Here app. i. acquired a charge of 146°, while app. ii. lost only 102° in communicating that amount of force; the capacities being, therefore, to each other as 1 to 1.43. If the whole transferable charge is adjusted for a loss of 4° before division, it results in an expression of 1.49 for the capacity of the shell-lac apparatus.

1266. These four expressions of 1.47, 1.50, 1.55, and 1.49 for the power of the shell-lac apparatus, through the different variations of the experiment, are very near to each other; the average is close upon 1.5, which may hereafter be used as the expression of the result. It is a very important result; and, showing for this particular piece of shell-lac a decided superiority over air in allowing or causing the act of induction, it proved the growing necessity of a more close and rigid examination of the whole question.

1266. These four measurements from 1.47, 1.50, 1.55, and 1.49 for the power of the shell-lac equipment, across the different variations of the experiment, are very close to each other; the average is nearly 1.5, which may be used as the expression of the result going forward. This is a significant finding; it shows that this specific type of shell-lac is clearly better than air in facilitating the act of induction, highlighting the increasing need for a more thorough and precise investigation of the entire issue.

1267. The shell-lac was of the best quality, and had been carefully selected and cleaned; but as the action of any conducting particles in it would tend, virtually, to diminish the quantity or thickness of the dielectric used, and produce effects as if the two inducing surfaces of the conductors in that apparatus were nearer together than in the one with air only, I prepared another shell-lac hemisphere, of which the material had been dissolved in strong spirit of wine, the solution filtered, and then carefully evaporated. This is not an easy operation, for it is difficult to drive off the last portions of alcohol without injuring the lac by the heat applied; and unless they be dissipated, the substance left conducts too well to be used in these experiments. I prepared two hemispheres this way, one of them unexceptionable; and with it I repeated the former experiments with all precautions. The results were exactly of the same kind; the following expressions for the capacity of the shell-lac apparatus, whether it were app. i. or ii., being given directly by the experiments, 1.46, 1.50, 1.52, 1.51; the average of these and several others being very nearly 1.5.

1267. The shell-lac was top quality and had been carefully selected and cleaned. However, the presence of any conducting particles in it would tend to reduce the quantity or thickness of the dielectric used, making it seem as if the two inducing surfaces of the conductors in that apparatus were closer together than in the one with just air. To address this, I prepared another shell-lac hemisphere by dissolving the material in strong alcohol, filtering the solution, and then carefully evaporating it. This process is challenging because it’s tough to remove the last bits of alcohol without damaging the lac with heat, and if they aren’t completely gone, the remaining substance conducts too well to be useful in these experiments. I made two hemispheres this way, with one of them being perfect; using it, I repeated the previous experiments with all necessary precautions. The results were the same, with the following values for the capacity of the shell-lac apparatus—whether it was app. i. or ii.—given directly by the experiments: 1.46, 1.50, 1.52, 1.51; the average of these and several others being very close to 1.5.

1268. As a final check upon the general conclusion, I then actually brought the surfaces of the air apparatus, corresponding to the place of the shell-lac in its apparatus, nearer together, by putting a metallic lining into the lower hemisphere of the one not containing the lac (1213.). The distance of the metal surface from the carrier ball was in this way diminished from 0.62 of an inch to 0.435 of an inch, whilst the interval occupied by the lac in the other apparatus remained O.62 of an inch as before. Notwithstanding this change, the lac apparatus showed its former superiority; and whether it or the air apparatus was charged first, the capacity of the lac apparatus to the air apparatus was by the experimental results as 1.45 to 1.

1268. As a final check on the overall conclusion, I then actually brought the surfaces of the air apparatus, corresponding to where the shell-lac would be in its apparatus, closer together by adding a metallic lining to the lower hemisphere of the one without the lac (1213.). This reduced the distance from the metal surface to the carrier ball from 0.62 inches to 0.435 inches, while the space taken up by the lac in the other apparatus stayed at 0.62 inches as before. Despite this change, the lac apparatus demonstrated its previous superiority; and whether the lac or the air apparatus was charged first, the capacity of the lac apparatus compared to the air apparatus was shown by the experimental results to be 1.45 to 1.

1269. From all the experiments I have made, and their constant results, I cannot resist the conclusion that shell-lac does exhibit a case of specific inductive capacity. I have tried to check the trials in every way, and if not remove, at least estimate, every source of error. That the final result is not due to common conduction is shown by the capability of the apparatus to retain the communicated charge; that it is not due to the conductive power of inclosed small particles, by which they could acquire a polarized condition as conductors, is shown by the effects of the shell-lac purified by alcohol; and, that it is not due to any influence of the charged state, formerly described (1250.), first absorbing and then evolving electricity, is indicated by the instantaneous assumption and discharge of those portions of the power which are concerned in the phenomena, that instantaneous effect occurring in these cases, as in all others of ordinary induction, by charged conductors. The latter argument is the more striking in the case where the air apparatus is employed to divide the charge with the lac apparatus, for it obtains its portion of electricity in an instant, and yet is charged far above the mean.

1269. Based on all the experiments I've conducted and their consistent results, I can't help but conclude that shellac does demonstrate a case of specific inductive capacity. I've tried to verify the tests in every possible way, and while I may not have eliminated every source of error, I've at least assessed them. The final outcome isn't due to regular conduction because the apparatus can hold onto the transferred charge; it's not because of the conductive ability of small particles that might become polarized as conductors, as shown by the effects of shellac purified with alcohol; and it's not influenced by the previously mentioned charged state (1250.), which first absorbs and then releases electricity, as indicated by the instantaneous absorption and discharge of those portions of the power involved in the phenomena. This instantaneous effect occurs just like in all other cases of ordinary induction involving charged conductors. This last point is particularly notable when using the air apparatus to share the charge with the shellac apparatus, as it grabs its share of electricity in an instant and still ends up charged much higher than the mean.

1270. Admitting for the present the general fact sought to be proved; then 1.5, though it expresses the capacity of the apparatus containing the hemisphere of shell-lac, by no means expresses the relation of lac to air. The lac only occupies one-half of the space o, o, of the apparatus containing it, through which the induction is sustained; the rest is filled with air, as in the other apparatus; and if the effect of the two upper halves of the globes be abstracted, then the comparison of the shell-lac powers in the lower half of the one, with the power of the air in the lower half of the other, will be as 2:1; and even this must be less than the truth, for the induction of the upper part of the apparatus, i.e. of the wire and ball B. (fig. 104.) to external objects, must be the same in both, and considerably diminish the difference dependent upon, and really producible by, the influence of the shell-lac within.

1270. For now, let's accept the general fact we're trying to prove; then 1.5, while it shows the capacity of the apparatus containing the shell-lac hemisphere, does not reflect the relationship between lac and air. The lac only takes up half of the space o, o in the apparatus that supports it, while the other half is filled with air, just like in the other apparatus. If we ignore the effect of the two upper halves of the globes, the comparison of the shell-lac powers in the lower half of one with the power of the air in the lower half of the other will be 2:1; and even this ratio is likely less than the actual truth, because the induction from the upper part of the apparatus, i.e., the wire and ball B. (fig. 104.), to external objects must be the same in both cases and will significantly reduce the difference that comes from the influence of the shell-lac inside.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text for modernization.

1271. Glass.—I next worked with glass as the dielectric. It involved the possibility of conduction on its surface, but it excluded the idea of conducting particles within its substance (1267.) other than those of its own mass. Besides this it does not assume the charged state (1239.) so readily, or to such an extent, as shell-lac.

1271. Glass.—Next, I worked with glass as the dielectric. It allowed for the potential of conduction on its surface, but it ruled out the concept of conducting particles inside its material (1267.) other than those that make up its own mass. Additionally, it does not easily take on a charged state (1239.) to the same degree as shell-lac.

1272. A thin hemispherical cup of glass being made hot was covered with a coat of shell-lac dissolved in alcohol, and after being dried for many hours in a hot place, was put into the apparatus and experimented with. It exhibited effects so slight, that, though they were in the direction indicating a superiority of glass over air, they were allowed to pass as possible errors of experiment; and the glass was considered as producing no sensible effect.

1272. A thin glass cup shaped like a hemisphere was heated and then coated with shellac dissolved in alcohol. After drying for several hours in a warm place, it was placed in the apparatus for experimentation. The results were so minimal that, even though they suggested glass might perform better than air, they were dismissed as potential experimental errors; thus, the glass was deemed to have no noticeable effect.

1273. I then procured a thick hemispherical flint glass cup resembling that of shell-lac (1239.), but not filling up the space o, o, so well. Its average thickness was 0.4 of an inch, there being an additional thickness of air, averaging 0.22 of an inch, to make up the whole space of 0.62 of an inch between the inductive metallic surfaces. It was covered with a film of shell-lac as the former was, (1272.) and being made very warm, was introduced into the apparatus, also warmed, and experiments made with it as in the former instances (1257. &c.). The general results were the same as with shell-lac, i.e. glass surpassed air in its power of favouring induction through it. The two best results as respected the state of the apparatus for retention of charge, &c., gave, when the air apparatus was charged first 1.336, and when the glass apparatus was charged first 1.45, as the specific inductive capacity for glass, both being without correction. The average of nine results, four with the glass apparatus first charged, and five with the air apparatus first charged, gave 1.38 as the power of the glass apparatus; 1.22 and 1.46 being the minimum and maximum numbers with all the errors of experiment upon them. In all the experiments the glass apparatus took up its inductive charge instantly, and lost it as readily (1269.); and during the short time of each experiment, acquired the peculiar state in a small degree only, so that the influence of this state, and also of conduction upon the results, must have been small.

1273. I then got a thick, dome-shaped flint glass cup that looked like shell-lac (1239.), but it didn't fill the space o, o as well. Its average thickness was 0.4 inches, with an additional air thickness averaging 0.22 inches, making a total of 0.62 inches between the metal surfaces. It was covered with a layer of shell-lac like the previous one (1272.), and after warming it up, I placed it into the warmed apparatus and conducted experiments just like before (1257. &c.). The overall results were similar to those with shell-lac, meaning glass was better than air at supporting induction through it. The two best outcomes regarding the setup for holding charge, etc., were 1.336 when the air apparatus was charged first and 1.45 when the glass apparatus was charged first, representing the specific inductive capacity for glass, both without correction. The average of nine results—four with the glass apparatus charged first and five with the air apparatus charged first—gave 1.38 as the capability of the glass apparatus, with 1.22 and 1.46 being the minimum and maximum values, including all experimental errors. In all experiments, the glass apparatus quickly took on its inductive charge and released it just as fast (1269.); and during each experiment's short duration, it only slightly acquired the unique state, so the influence of this state and also of conduction on the results must have been minimal.

1274. Allowing specific inductive capacity to be proved and active in this case, and 1.38 as the expression for the glass apparatus, then the specific inductive capacity of flint glass will be above 1.76, not forgetting that this expression is for a piece of glass of such thickness as to occupy not quite two-thirds of the space through which the induction is sustained (1253. 1273.).

1274. Allowing specific inductive capacity to be demonstrated and active in this case, and 1.38 as the representation for the glass apparatus, then the specific inductive capacity of flint glass will be greater than 1.76, keeping in mind that this representation is for a piece of glass of such thickness that it fills just under two-thirds of the space through which the induction is maintained (1253. 1273.).

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1275. Sulphur.—The same hemisphere of this substance was used in app. ii. as was formerly referred to (1242.). The experiments were well made, i.e. the sulphur itself was free from charge both before and after each experiment, and no action from the stem appeared (1203. 1232.), so that no correction was required on that account. The following are the results when the air apparatus was first charged and divided:

1275. Sulphur.—The same part of this substance was used in app. ii. as was previously mentioned (1242.). The experiments were conducted properly, meaning the sulphur was free from charge both before and after each experiment, and there was no action from the stem (1203. 1232.), so no corrections were needed for that reason. Here are the results when the air apparatus was first charged and separated:

App. i. Air.App. ii. Sulphur.
Balls 280°.
. . . .
. . . .
438. . . .
434. . . .
Charge divided.
. . . .162
164. . . .
. . . .160
162. . . .
. . . .0 after discharge.
0. . . .after discharge.

Here app. i. retained 164°, having lost 276° in communicating 162° to app. ii., and the capacity of the air apparatus is to that of the sulphur apparatus as 1 to 1.66.

Here app. i. retained 164°, having lost 276° in communicating 162° to app. ii., and the capacity of the air apparatus is to that of the sulphur apparatus as 1 to 1.66.

1276. Then the sulphur apparatus was charged first, thus:

1276. Then the sulfur apparatus was loaded first, like this:

. . . .
. . . .
. . . .395
. . . .388
Charge divided.
237. . . .
. . . .238
0. . . .after discharge.
. . . .0 after discharge.

Here app. ii. retained 238°, and gave up 150° in communicating a charge of 237° to app. i., and the capacity of the air apparatus is to that of the sulphur apparatus as 1 to 1.58. These results are very near to each other, and we may take the mean 1.62 as representing the specific inductive capacity of the sulphur apparatus; in which case the specific inductive capacity of sulphur itself as compared to air = 1 (1270.) will be about or above 2.24.

Here app. ii. retained 238°, and transferred 150° in communicating a charge of 237° to app. i., and the capacity of the air apparatus is to that of the sulphur apparatus as 1 to 1.58. These results are very close to each other, and we can take the average 1.62 as representing the specific inductive capacity of the sulphur apparatus; in that case, the specific inductive capacity of sulphur itself compared to air = 1 (1270.) will be about or above 2.24.

1277. This result with sulphur I consider as one of the most unexceptionable. The substance when fused was perfectly clear, pellucid, and free from particles of dirt (1267.), so that no interference of small conducting bodies confused the result. The substance when solid is an excellent insulator, and by experiment was found to take up, with great slowness, that state (1244. 1242.) which alone seemed likely to disturb the conclusion. The experiments themselves, also, were free from any need of correction. Yet notwithstanding these circumstances, so favourable to the exclusion of error, the result is a higher specific inductive capacity for sulphur than for any other body as yet tried; and though this may in part be clue to the sulphur being in a better shape, i.e. filling up more completely the space o, o, (fig. 104.) than the cups of shell-lac and glass, still I feel satisfied that the experiments altogether fully prove the existence of a difference between dielectrics as to their power of favouring an inductive action through them; which difference may, for the present, be expressed by the term specific inductive capacity.

1277. I consider this result with sulfur to be one of the most reliable. The substance, when melted, was completely clear, transparent, and free from dirt particles (1267.), so no interference from small conductive materials affected the results. When solid, it is an excellent insulator, and experiments showed that it takes on, very slowly, that state (1244. 1242.) which seemed likely to disrupt the conclusion. The experiments themselves also required no corrections. Yet, despite these favorable conditions for avoiding errors, the result indicates that sulfur has a higher specific inductive capacity than any other material tested so far; and while this might partly be due to sulfur being shaped better, meaning it fills the space o, o, (fig. 104.) more completely than the cups made of shellac and glass, I am confident that the experiments altogether clearly demonstrate that there is a difference among dielectrics regarding their ability to support inductive action, which difference can currently be referred to as specific inductive capacity.

1278. Having thus established the point in the most favourable cases that I could anticipate, I proceeded to examine other bodies amongst solids, liquids, and gases. These results I shall give with all convenient brevity.

1278. Having established the point in the best cases I could foresee, I moved on to examine other substances among solids, liquids, and gases. I will present these results as concisely as possible.

* * * * *

Sure! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

1279. Spermaceti.—A good hemisphere of spermaceti being tried as to conducting power whilst its two surfaces were still in contact with the tinfoil moulds used in forming it, was found to conduct sensibly even whilst warm. On removing it from the moulds and using it in one of the apparatus, it gave results indicating a specific inductive capacity between 1.3 and 1.6 for the apparatus containing it. But as the only mode of operation was to charge the air apparatus, and then after a quick contact with the spermaceti apparatus, ascertain what was left in the former (1281.), no great confidence can be placed in the results. They are not in opposition to the general conclusion, but cannot be brought forward as argument in favour of it.

1279. Spermaceti.—When testing a substantial piece of spermaceti for its ability to conduct while its two surfaces were still in contact with the tinfoil molds used to shape it, it was found to conduct well even when warm. After removing it from the molds and using it in one of the apparatuses, it showed a specific inductive capacity between 1.3 and 1.6 for the apparatus that contained it. However, since the only method of operation involved charging the air apparatus and then quickly contacting it with the spermaceti apparatus to check what was left in the former (1281.), the results can't be considered very reliable. They do not contradict the general conclusion, but they also can't be used as solid evidence to support it.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text you want modernized.

1280. I endeavoured to find some liquids which would insulate well, and could be obtained in sufficient quantity for these experiments. Oil of turpentine, native naphtha rectified, and the condensed oil gas fluid, appeared by common experiments to promise best as to insulation. Being left in contact with fused carbonate of potassa, chloride of lime, and quick lime for some days and then filtered, they were found much injured in insulating power; but after distillation acquired their best state, though even then they proved to be conductors when extensive metallic contact was made with them.

1280. I tried to find some liquids that would insulate well and could be obtained in enough quantity for these experiments. Oil of turpentine, distilled naphtha, and condensed oil gas fluid seemed to perform best for insulation based on common tests. When they were left in contact with melted potassium carbonate, calcium chloride, and quicklime for several days and then filtered, their insulating power was significantly reduced. However, after distillation, they regained their optimal state, although even then, they became conductive when there was significant metal contact.

1281. Oil of turpentine rectified.—I filled the lower half of app. i. with the fluid: and as it would not hold a charge sufficiently to enable me first to measure and then divide it, I charged app. ii. containing air, and dividing its charge with app. i. by a quick contact, measured that remaining in app. ii.: for, theoretically, if a quick contact would divide up to equal tension between the two apparatus, yet without sensible loss from the conducting power of app. i.; and app. ii. were left charged to a degree of tension above half the original charge, it would indicate that oil of turpentine had less specific inductive capacity than air; or, if left charged below that mean state of tension, it would imply that the fluid had the greater inductive capacity. In an experiment of this kind, app. ii. gave as its charge 390° before division with app. i., and 175° afterwards, which is less than the half of 390°. Again, being at 176° before division, it was 79° after, which is also less than half the divided charge. Being at 79°, it was a third time divided, and then fell to 36°, less than the half of 79°. Such are the best results I could obtain; they are not inconsistent with the belief that oil of turpentine has a greater specific capacity than air, but they do not prove the fact, since the disappearance of more than half the charge may be due to the conducting power merely of the fluid.

1281. Rectified turpentine oil.—I filled the lower half of app. i. with the liquid. Since it couldn’t hold a charge well enough for me to first measure and then divide it, I charged app. ii. with air, and by quickly connecting it to app. i., I measured the charge remaining in app. ii. Theoretically, if a quick contact divides the charge evenly between the two devices without significant loss from the conducting ability of app. i., and if app. ii. is left charged to a tension level above half the original charge, it would suggest that turpentine oil has a lower specific inductive capacity than air. Conversely, if it’s charged below that halfway point, it would mean the liquid has a higher inductive capacity. In this experiment, app. ii. showed a charge of 390° before dividing with app. i., and 175° afterwards, which is less than half of 390°. When it was at 176° before the division, it dropped to 79° after, also less than half of the divided charge. When it was at 79°, it was divided a third time, and then dropped to 36°, still less than half of 79°. These results are the best I could achieve; they do not contradict the idea that turpentine oil has a greater specific capacity than air, but they don’t confirm it either, since the loss of more than half the charge might just be due to the conducting ability of the liquid.

1282. Naphtha.—This liquid gave results similar in their nature and direction to those with oil of turpentine.

1282. Naphtha.—This liquid produced results that were similar in nature and direction to those obtained with turpentine oil.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

1283. A most interesting class of substances, in relation to specific inductive capacity, now came under review, namely, the gases or aëriform bodies. These are so peculiarly constituted, and are bound together by so many striking physical and chemical relations, that I expected some remarkable results from them: air in various states was selected for the first experiments.

1283. A very interesting group of substances regarding specific inductive capacity is now being examined, specifically gases or aëriform bodies. They have such unique properties and are connected through many notable physical and chemical relationships that I anticipated some significant results from them: air in different states was chosen for the initial experiments.

1284. Air, rare and dense.—Some experiments of division (1208.) seemed to show that dense and rare air were alike in the property under examination. A simple and better process was to attach one of the apparatus to an air-pump, to charge it, and then examine the tension of the charge when the air within was more or less rarefied. Under these circumstances it was found, that commencing with a certain charge, that charge did not change in its tension or force as the air was rarefied, until the rarefaction was such that discharge across the space o, o (fig. 104.) occurred. This discharge was proportionate to the rarefaction; but having taken place, and lowered the tension to a certain degree, that degree was not at all affected by restoring the pressure and density of the air to their first quantities.

1284. Air, rare and dense.—Some experiments from division (1208.) seemed to show that dense and rare air had similar properties under investigation. A simpler and more effective method was to connect one of the devices to an air pump, charge it, and then analyze the pressure of the charge when the air inside was more or less rarefied. In this scenario, it was found that starting with a certain charge, that charge did not change in pressure or force as the air was rarefied, until the rarefaction reached a point where a discharge across the space o, o (fig. 104.) occurred. This discharge was proportional to the rarefaction; however, once it happened and lowered the pressure to a certain level, that level remained unchanged even when the pressure and density of the air were restored to their initial amounts.

 inches of mercury 
Thus at a pressure of30the charge was88°
Again30the charge was88
Again30the charge was87
Reduced to11the charge was87
Raised again to30the charge was86
Being now reduced to3.4the charge fell to81
Raised again to30the charge was still81

1285. The charges were low in these experiments, first that they might not pass off at low pressure, and next that little loss by dissipation might occur. I now reduced them still lower, that I might rarefy further, and for this purpose in the following experiment used a measuring interval in the electrometer of only 15° (1185.). The pressure of air within the apparatus being reduced to 1.9 inches of mercury, the charge was found to be 29°; then letting in air till the pressure was 30 inches, the charge was still 29°.

1285. The charges were kept low during these experiments, partly so they wouldn't discharge at low pressure and partly to minimize losses from dissipation. I then lowered the charges even more to further reduce the pressure, and for this, I used a measuring interval in the electrometer of only 15° (1185.). With the air pressure inside the apparatus reduced to 1.9 inches of mercury, the charge measured 29°; then, when I let air back in until the pressure reached 30 inches, the charge remained at 29°.

1286. These experiments were repeated with pure oxygen with the same consequences.

1286. These experiments were repeated using pure oxygen, yielding the same results.

1287. This result of no variation in the electric tension being produced by variation in the density or pressure of the air, agrees perfectly with those obtained by Mr. Harris241, and described in his beautiful and important investigations contained in the Philosophical Transactions; namely that induction is the same in rare and dense air, and that the divergence of an electrometer under such variations of the air continues the same, provided no electricity pass away from it. The effect is one entirely independent of that power which dense air has of causing a higher charge to be retained upon the surface of conductors in it than can be retained by the same conductors in rare air; a point I propose considering hereafter.

1287. The result of no variation in the electric tension produced by changes in the density or pressure of the air aligns perfectly with those obtained by Mr. Harris241, as detailed in his remarkable and significant studies published in the Philosophical Transactions. Specifically, it shows that induction remains the same in both rare and dense air, and that the reading of an electrometer under these changes in air remains consistent, as long as no electricity escapes from it. This effect is completely independent of the ability of dense air to hold a greater charge on the surface of conductors than the same conductors can hold in rare air; this is a point I plan to discuss later.

1288. I then compared hot and cold air together, by raising the temperature of one of the inductive apparatus as high as it could be without injury, and then dividing charges between it and the other apparatus containing cold air. The temperatures were about 50° and 200°, Still the power or capacity appeared to be unchanged; and when I endeavoured to vary the experiment, by charging a cold apparatus and then warming it by a spirit lamp, I could obtain no proof that the inductive capacity underwent any alteration.

1288. I then compared hot and cold air by heating one of the inductive devices to its maximum safe temperature and then sharing charges between it and another device filled with cold air. The temperatures were around 50° and 200°. Still, the power or capacity seemed to remain the same; and when I tried to change the experiment by charging a cold device and then warming it with a spirit lamp, I found no evidence that the inductive capacity changed at all.

1289. I compared damp and dry air together, but could find no difference in the results.

1289. I compared damp and dry air, but I couldn't find any difference in the results.

* * * * *

Understood. Please provide the text for modernization.

1290. Gases.—A very long series of experiments was then undertaken for the purpose of comparing different gases one with another. They were all found to insulate well, except such as acted on the shell-lac of the supporting stem; these were chlorine, ammonia, and muriatic acid. They were all dried by appropriate means before being introduced into the apparatus. It would have been sufficient to have compared each with air; but, in consequence of the striking result which came out, namely, that all had the same power of or capacity for, sustaining induction through them, (which perhaps might have been expected after it was found that no variation of density or pressure produced any effect,) I was induced to compare them, experimentally, two and two in various ways, that no difference might escape me, and that the sameness of result might stand in full opposition to the contrast of property, composition, and condition which the gases themselves presented.

1290. Gases.—A long series of experiments was conducted to compare different gases with each other. Most of them insulated well, except for those that affected the shell-lac of the supporting stem; these were chlorine, ammonia, and muriatic acid. They were all dried properly before being introduced into the apparatus. It would have been enough to compare each gas with air; however, due to the surprising finding that all had the same power of or capacity for sustaining induction through them, (which might have been expected since no change in density or pressure had any effect,) I decided to compare them in pairs in various ways, so that no difference would be overlooked, and that the consistency of the results might starkly contrast with the differences in properties, composition, and conditions that the gases themselves displayed.

1291. The experiments were made upon the following pairs of gases.

1291. The experiments were conducted on the following pairs of gases.

1.Nitrogen     andOxygen.
2.OxygenAir.
3.HydrogenAir.
4.Muriatic acid gasAir.
5.OxygenHydrogen.
6.OxygenCarbonic acid.
7.OxygenOlefiant gas.
8.OxygenNitrous gas.
9.OxygenSulphurous acid.
10.OxygenAmmonia.
11.HydrogenCarbonic acid.
12.HydrogenOlefiant gas.
13.HydrogenSulphurous acid.
14.HydrogenFluo-silicic acid.
15.HydrogenAmmonia.
16.HydrogenArseniuretted hydrogen.
17.HydrogenSulphuretted hydrogen.
18.NitrogenOlefiant gas.
19.NitrogenNitrous gas.
20.NitrogenNitrous oxide.
21.NitrogenAmmonia.
22.Carbonic oxideCarbonic acid.
23.Carbonic oxideOlefiant gas.
24.Nitrous oxideNitrous gas.
25.AmmoniaSulphurous acid.

1292. Notwithstanding the striking contrasts of all kinds which these gases present of property, of density, whether simple or compound, anions or cations (665.), of high or low pressure (1284. 1286.), hot or cold (1288.), not the least difference in their capacity to favour or admit electrical induction through them could be perceived. Considering the point established, that in all these gases induction takes place by an action of contiguous particles, this is the more important, and adds one to the many striking relations which hold between bodies having the gaseous condition and form. Another equally important electrical relation, which will be examined in the next paper242, is that which the different gases have to each other at the same pressure of causing the retention of the same or different degrees of charge upon conductors in them. These two results appear to bear importantly upon the subject of electrochemical excitation and decomposition; for as all these phenomena, different as they seem to be, must depend upon the electrical forces of the particles of matter, the very distance at which they seem to stand from each other will do much, if properly considered, to illustrate the principle by which they are held in one common bond, and subject, as they must be, to one common law.

1292. Despite the striking contrasts in properties and densities of these gases, whether they are simple or compound, anions or cations (665.), at high or low pressure (1284. 1286.), hot or cold (1288.), there wasn't any noticeable difference in their ability to support or allow electrical induction. Given that induction occurs due to the interaction of neighboring particles, this is particularly significant and adds to the numerous fascinating connections between gases and their gaseous state and form. Another equally important electrical relationship, which will be discussed in the next paper242, is how different gases interact with each other under the same pressure to retain the same or different degrees of charge on conductors within them. These two findings seem to greatly impact the topic of electrochemical excitation and decomposition; since all these phenomena, despite their differences, rely on the electrical forces of matter's particles, the distance between these particles can help clarify the principle that binds them together and subjects them to a common law.

1293. It is just possible that the gases may differ from each other in their specific inductive capacity, and yet by quantities so small as not to be distinguished in the apparatus I have used. It must be remembered, however, that in the gaseous experiments the gases occupy all the space o, o, (fig. 104.) between the inner and the outer ball, except the small portion filled by the stem; and the results, therefore, are twice as delicate as those with solid dielectrics.

1293. It's possible that the gases might vary in their specific inductive capacity, but by such small amounts that they can't be detected with the equipment I've used. However, it's important to remember that in the gas experiments, the gases fill all the space o, o, (fig. 104.) between the inner and outer ball, except for the small section taken up by the stem; therefore, the results are twice as sensitive as those with solid dielectrics.

1294. The insulation was good in all the experiments recorded, except Nos. 10, 15, 21, and 25, being those in which ammonia was compared with other gases. When shell-lac is put into ammoniacal gas its surface gradually acquires conducting power, and in this way the lac part of the stem within was so altered, that the ammonia apparatus could not retain a charge with sufficient steadiness to allow of division. In these experiments, therefore, the other apparatus was charged; its charge measured and divided with the ammonia apparatus by a quick contact, and what remained untaken away by the division again measured (1281.). It was so nearly one-half of the original charge, as to authorize, with this reservation, the insertion of ammoniacal gas amongst the other gases, as having equal power with them.

1294. The insulation was effective in all the experiments documented, except for Nos. 10, 15, 21, and 25, which were the ones where ammonia was compared with other gases. When shell-lac is exposed to ammoniacal gas, its surface gradually gains conductivity, and as a result, the lac portion of the stem inside was altered so much that the ammonia apparatus couldn't hold a charge steadily enough for division. In these experiments, therefore, the other apparatus was charged; its charge was measured and quickly divided with the ammonia apparatus through brief contact, and the amount that wasn’t taken away by the division was measured again (1281.). It was so close to half of the original charge that, with this caveat, it justified including ammoniacal gas among the other gases, as it had similar power to them.

¶ vi. General results as to induction.

1295. Thus induction appears to be essentially an action of contiguous particles, through the intermediation of which the electric force, originating or appearing at a certain place, is propagated to or sustained at a distance, appearing there as a force of the same kind exactly equal in amount, but opposite in its direction and tendencies (1164.). Induction requires no sensible thickness in the conductors which may be used to limit its extent; an uninsulated leaf of gold may be made very highly positive on one surface, and as highly negative on the other, without the least interference of the two states whilst the inductions continue. Nor is it affected by the nature of the limiting conductors, provided time be allowed, in the case of those which conduct slowly, for them to assume their final state (1170.).

1295. So, induction seems to be fundamentally an action of adjacent particles, through which the electric force, arising or appearing in one location, is transferred to or maintained at a distance, showing up there as a force of the same type that is exactly equal in strength, but opposite in direction and influence (1164.). Induction doesn’t need a noticeable thickness in the conductors that might be used to define its range; a thin, uninsulated leaf of gold can become very positively charged on one side and highly negatively charged on the other without any interference between the two states as long as the inductions continue. Additionally, it is not affected by the type of limiting conductors, as long as sufficient time is allowed for those that conduct slowly to reach their final state (1170.).

1296. But with regard to the dielectrics or insulating media, matters are very different (1167.). Their thickness has an immediate and important influence on the degree of induction. As to their quality, though all gases and vapours are alike, whatever their state; yet amongst solid bodies, and between them and gases, there are differences which prove the existence of specific inductive capacities, these differences being in some cases very great.

1296. However, when it comes to dielectrics or insulating materials, the situation is quite different (1167.). Their thickness has a direct and significant effect on the level of induction. As for their quality, even though all gases and vapors are similar, regardless of their state; among solid materials, and between solids and gases, there are differences that demonstrate the presence of specific inductive capacities, with these differences being quite substantial in some cases.

1297. The direct inductive force, which may be conceived to be exerted in lines between the two limiting and charged conducting surfaces, is accompanied by a lateral or transverse force equivalent to a dilatation or repulsion of these representative lines (1224.); or the attractive force which exists amongst the particles of the dielectric in the direction of the induction is accompanied by a repulsive or a diverging force in the transverse direction (1304.).

1297. The direct inductive force, which can be thought of as acting in lines between the two charged conducting surfaces, is accompanied by a sideways or transverse force similar to the expansion or repulsion of these lines (1224.); or the attractive force present among the particles of the dielectric in the direction of induction is paired with a repulsive or diverging force in the transverse direction (1304.).

1298. Induction appears to consist in a certain polarized state of the particles, into which they are thrown by the electrified body sustaining the action, the particles assuming positive and negative points or parts, which are symmetrically arranged with respect to each other and the inducting surfaces or particles243. The state must be a forced one, for it is originated and sustained only by force, and sinks to the normal or quiescent state when that force is removed. It can be continued only in insulators by the same portion of electricity, because they only can retain this state of the particles (1304).

1298. Induction seems to involve a specific polarized state of the particles, which are influenced by the electrified body that's causing the action. The particles take on positive and negative charges, arranged symmetrically relative to each other and the inducing surfaces or particles243. This state must be forced, as it’s created and maintained solely by force, returning to a normal or resting state once that force is removed. It can be continued only in insulators by the same amount of electricity, since only they can hold this state of the particles (1304).

1299. The principle of induction is of the utmost generality in electric action. It constitutes charge in every ordinary case, and probably in every case; it appears to be the cause of all excitement, and to precede every current. The degree to which the particles are affected in this their forced state, before discharge of one kind or another supervenes, appears to constitute what we call intensity.

1299. The principle of induction is extremely broad in electric action. It creates charge in almost every typical situation, and likely in every case; it seems to be the reason for all excitation and comes before any current. The extent to which the particles are influenced in this forced state, before any kind of discharge occurs, seems to define what we refer to as intensity.

1300. When a Leyden jar is charged, the particles of the glass are forced into this polarized and constrained condition by the electricity of the charging apparatus. Discharge is the return of these particles to their natural state from their state of tension, whenever the two electric forces are allowed to be disposed of in some other direction.

1300. When a Leyden jar is charged, the glass particles are forced into this polarized and constrained state by the electricity of the charging device. Discharge is when these particles return to their natural state from their tense state, whenever the two electric forces are allowed to move in a different direction.

1301. All charge of conductors is on their surface, because being essentially inductive, it is there only that the medium capable of sustaining the necessary inductive state begins. If the conductors are hollow and contain air or any other dielectric, still no charge can appear upon that internal surface, because the dielectric there cannot assume the polarized state throughout, in consequence of the opposing actions in different directions.

1301. All charge of conductors is on their surface, because they are essentially inductive, and it's only there that the medium capable of maintaining the necessary inductive state exists. If the conductors are hollow and contain air or any other dielectric, still no charge can appear on that internal surface, because the dielectric cannot achieve a polarized state throughout due to opposing actions in different directions.

1302. The known influence of form is perfectly consistent with the corpuscular view of induction set forth. An electrified cylinder is more affected by the influence of the surrounding conductors (which complete the condition of charge) at the ends than at the middle, because the ends are exposed to a greater sum of inductive forces than the middle; and a point is brought to a higher condition than a ball, because by relation to the conductors around, more inductive force terminates on its surface than on an equal surface of the ball with which it is compared. Here too, especially, can be perceived the influence of the lateral or transverse force (1297.), which, being a power of the nature of or equivalent to repulsion, causes such a disposition of the lines of inductive force in their course across the dielectric, that they must accumulate upon the point, the end of the cylinder, or any projecting part.

1302. The known influence of form aligns perfectly with the particle-based view of induction discussed earlier. An electrified cylinder is influenced more by the surrounding conductors (which complete the charging condition) at the ends than in the middle, because the ends experience a greater amount of inductive forces compared to the middle. A point is charged more than a ball, as the inductive force terminates more on its surface relative to the surrounding conductors than it does on the same surface area of the ball for comparison. Here, we can also clearly see the effect of the lateral or transverse force (1297.), which, functioning like a repulsive power, shapes the arrangement of inductive force lines across the dielectric. This causes them to accumulate at the point, the end of the cylinder, or any protruding part.

1303. The influence of distance is also in harmony with the same view. There is perhaps no distance so great that induction cannot take place through it244; but with the same constraining force (1298.) it takes place the more easily, according as the extent of dielectric through which it is exerted is lessened. And as it is assumed by the theory that the particles of the dielectric, though tending to remain in a normal state, are thrown into a forced condition during the induction; so it would seem to follow that the fewer there are of these intervening particles opposing their tendency to the assumption of the new state, the greater degree of change will they suffer, i.e. the higher will be the condition they assume, and the larger the amount of inductive action exerted through them.

1303. The effect of distance also aligns with this perspective. There's likely no distance too vast for induction to occur through it244; however, with the same limiting force (1298.), it happens more easily as the amount of dielectric that it's acting through is reduced. Since the theory suggests that the particles of the dielectric, while generally wanting to stay in a normal state, are forced into a different state during induction, it follows that the fewer particles there are in between resisting their shift to the new state, the greater the extent of change they will experience, meaning they will reach a higher state and the greater the inductive action that can take place through them.

1304. I have used the phrases lines of inductive force and curved lines of force (1231. 1297. 1298. 1302.) in a general sense only, just as we speak of the lines of magnetic force. The lines are imaginary, and the force in any part of them is of course the resultant of compound forces, every molecule being related to every other molecule in all directions by the tension and reaction of those which are contiguous. The transverse force is merely this relation considered in a direction oblique to the lines of inductive force, and at present I mean no more than that by the phrase. With respect to the term polarity also, I mean at present only a disposition of force by which the same molecule acquires opposite powers on different parts. The particular way in which this disposition is made will come into consideration hereafter, and probably varies in different bodies, and so produces variety of electrical relation245. All I am anxious about at present is, that a more particular meaning should not be attached to the expressions used than I contemplate. Further inquiry, I trust, will enable us by degrees to restrict the sense more and more, and so render the explanation of electrical phenomena day by day more and more definite.

1304. I've used the terms lines of inductive force and curved lines of force (1231. 1297. 1298. 1302.) in a general way, similar to how we talk about lines of magnetic force. These lines are imaginary, and the force at any point along them is simply the result of combined forces, with every molecule connected to every other molecule in all directions through the tension and reaction of nearby molecules. The transverse force is just this relationship looked at from an angle off the lines of inductive force, and for now, that’s all I mean by it. Regarding the term polarity, I currently refer only to a distribution of force where the same molecule develops opposite characteristics on different parts. The specific way this distribution occurs will be examined later, and it likely varies among different materials, leading to various electrical relationships245. My main concern right now is that no one attributes a more specific meaning to the terms I’m using than what I intend. I hope that further investigation will gradually allow us to define these concepts more clearly and, in turn, make the explanation of electrical phenomena increasingly precise over time.

1305. As a test of the probable accuracy of my views, I have throughout this experimental examination compared them with the conclusions drawn by M. Poisson from his beautiful mathematical inquiries246. I am quite unfit to form a judgment of these admirable papers; but as far as I can perceive, the theory I have set forth and the results I have obtained are not in opposition to such of those conclusions as represent the final disposition and state of the forces in the limited number of cases be has considered. His theory assumes a very different mode of action in induction to that which I have ventured to support, and would probably find its mathematical test in the endeavour to apply it to cases of induction in curved lines. To my feeling it is insufficient in accounting for the retention of electricity upon the surface of conductors by the pressure of the air, an effect which I hope to show is simple and consistent according to the present view247; and it does not touch voltaic electricity, or in any way associate it and what is called ordinary electricity under one common principle.

1305. To test how accurate my views are, I've compared them throughout this experimental examination with the conclusions drawn by M. Poisson from his impressive mathematical research246. I’m not really qualified to judge these remarkable papers; however, from what I can see, the theory I’ve presented and the results I’ve achieved don’t conflict with the conclusions that reflect the final arrangement and state of the forces in the limited cases he has studied. His theory proposes a very different approach to induction than the one I’ve advocated, and it would likely be evaluated mathematically by applying it to cases of induction in curved lines. In my opinion, it doesn’t adequately explain the retention of electricity on the surface of conductors due to air pressure, an effect I hope to demonstrate is straightforward and aligns with the current perspective247; and it doesn’t address voltaic electricity or connect it with what’s known as ordinary electricity under a single principle.

I have also looked with some anxiety to the results which that indefatigable philosopher Harris has obtained in his investigation of the laws of induction248, knowing that they were experimental, and having a full conviction of their exactness; but I am happy in perceiving no collision at present between them and the views I have taken.

I have also watched with some concern the results that the tireless philosopher Harris has achieved in his study of the laws of induction248, knowing that they were based on experiments and being fully convinced of their accuracy; but I'm relieved to see that there's currently no conflict between them and my own views.

1306. Finally, I beg to say that I put forth my particular view with doubt and fear, lest it should not bear the test of general examination, for unless true it will only embarrass the progress of electrical science. It has long been on my mind, but I hesitated to publish it until the increasing persuasion of its accordance with all known facts, and the manner in which it linked together effects apparently very different in kind, urged me to write the present paper. I as yet see no inconsistency between it and nature, but, on the contrary, think I perceive much new light thrown by it on her operations; and my next papers will be devoted to a review of the phenomena of conduction, electrolyzation, current, magnetism, retention, discharge, and some other points, with an application of the theory to these effects, and an examination of it by them.

1306. Finally, I want to say that I'm sharing my perspective with some doubt and anxiety, worried that it might not hold up under scrutiny, because if it’s not accurate, it will only hinder the advancement of electrical science. This idea has been on my mind for a long time, but I hesitated to share it until the growing belief that it aligns with all known facts, and the way it connects seemingly different effects, encouraged me to write this paper. So far, I see no conflict between it and nature; in fact, I think it sheds a lot of new light on her workings. My next papers will focus on reviewing the phenomena of conduction, electrolyzation, current, magnetism, retention, discharge, and other aspects, applying the theory to these effects and examining it through them.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

November 16, 1837.

November 16, 1837.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text for me to modernize.

Supplementary Note to Experimental Researches in Electricity.—Eleventh Series.

Received March 29, 1838.

Received March 29, 1838.

1307. I have recently put into an experimental form that general statement of the question of specific inductive capacity which is given at No. 1252 of Series XI., and the result is such as to lead me to hope the Council of the Royal Society will authorize its addition to the paper in the form of a supplementary note. Three circular brass plates, about five inches in diameter, were mounted side by side upon insulating pillars; the middle one, A, was a fixture, but the outer plates B and C were moveable on slides, so that all three could be brought with their sides almost into contact, or separated to any required distance. Two gold leaves were suspended in a glass jar from insulated wires; one of the outer plates B was connected with one of the gold leaves, and the other outer plate with the other leaf. The outer plates B and C were adjusted at the distance of an inch and a quarter from the middle plate A, and the gold leaves were fixed at two inches apart; A was then slightly charged with electricity, and the plates B and C, with their gold leaves, thrown out of insulation at the same time, and then left insulated. In this state of things A was charged positive inductrically, and B and C negative inducteously; the same dielectric, air, being in the two intervals, and the gold leaves hanging, of course, parallel to each other in a relatively unelectrified state.

1307. I have recently put into an experimental format that general statement of the question of specific inductive capacity which is mentioned in No. 1252 of Series XI., and the result makes me hopeful that the Council of the Royal Society will approve its addition to the paper as a supplementary note. Three circular brass plates, about five inches in diameter, were mounted side by side on insulating pillars; the middle one, A, was fixed in place, while the outer plates B and C could slide, allowing them to be brought nearly into contact or separated by any desired distance. Two gold leaves were suspended in a glass jar from insulated wires; one of the outer plates B was connected to one of the gold leaves, and the other outer plate was connected to the other leaf. The outer plates B and C were positioned an inch and a quarter away from the middle plate A, and the gold leaves were fixed two inches apart; A was then lightly charged with electricity, and the plates B and C, along with their gold leaves, were taken out of insulation at the same time, and then left insulated. In this situation, A was positively charged inductively, while B and C were negatively charged inductively; the same dielectric, air, was present in both gaps, and the gold leaves were hanging, of course, parallel to each other in a relatively unelectrified state.

1308. A plate of shell-lac three-quarters of an inch in thickness, and four inches square, suspended by clean white silk thread, was very carefully deprived of all charge (1203.) (so that it produced no effect on the gold leaves if A were uncharged) and then introduced between plates A and B; the electric relation of the three plates was immediately altered, and the gold leaves attracted each other. On removing the shell-lac this attraction ceased; on introducing it between A and C it was renewed; on removing it the attraction again ceased; and the shell-lac when examined by a delicate Coulomb electrometer was still without charge.

1308. A plate of shellac that was three-quarters of an inch thick and four inches square, suspended by clean white silk thread, was very carefully discharged (1203.) (so it wouldn’t affect the gold leaves if A was uncharged) and then placed between plates A and B; the electric relationship among the three plates changed instantly, causing the gold leaves to attract each other. When the shellac was removed, this attraction stopped; when it was placed between A and C, the attraction returned; and when it was taken out again, the attraction ceased once more; the shellac, when checked with a sensitive Coulomb electrometer, still showed no charge.

1309. As A was positive, B and C were of course negative; but as the specific inductive capacity of shell-lac is about twice that of air (1270.), it was expected that when the lac was introduced between A and B, A would induce more towards B than towards C; that therefore B would become more negative than before towards A, and consequently, because of its insulated condition, be positive externally, as at its back or at the gold leaves; whilst C would be less negative towards A, and therefore negative outwards or at the gold leaves. This was found to be the case; for on whichever side of A the shell-lac was introduced the external plate at that side was positive, and the external plate on the other side negative towards each other, and also to uninsulated external bodies.

1309. Since A was positive, B and C were naturally negative. However, since the specific inductive capacity of shell-lac is about twice that of air (1270.), it was anticipated that when the shell-lac was placed between A and B, A would induce more toward B than toward C. This meant that B would become more negative than it was before relative to A, and consequently, because it was insulated, it would be positive externally, either at its back or at the gold leaves. Meanwhile, C would be less negative towards A, making it negative outward or at the gold leaves. This expectation was confirmed; regardless of which side of A the shell-lac was added, the external plate on that side was positive, and the external plate on the opposite side was negative toward each other and also toward uninsulated external objects.

1310. On employing a plate of sulphur instead of shell-lac, the same results were obtained; consistent with the conclusions drawn regarding the high specific inductive capacity of that body already given (1276.).

1310. When using a plate of sulfur instead of shellac, the same results were achieved; in line with the conclusions made about the high specific inductive capacity of that material previously mentioned (1276.).

1311. These effects of specific inductive capacity can be exalted in various ways, and it is this capability which makes the great value of the apparatus. Thus I introduced the shell-lac between A and B, and then for a moment connected B and C, uninsulated them, and finally left them in the insulated state; the gold leaves were of course hanging parallel to each other. On removing the shell-lac the gold leaves attracted each other; on introducing the shell-lac between A and C this attraction was increased, (as had been anticipated from theory,) and the leaves came together, though not more than four inches long, and hanging three inches apart.

1311. The effects of specific inductive capacity can be enhanced in various ways, and it's this ability that adds significant value to the apparatus. So, I placed shellac between A and B, then briefly connected B and C, removed their insulation, and finally left them insulated; the gold leaves were, of course, hanging parallel to each other. Once I took away the shellac, the gold leaves were drawn towards each other; when I added the shellac between A and C, this attraction was increased (as predicted by theory), and the leaves moved closer together, even though they were not more than four inches long and were spaced three inches apart.

1312. By simply bringing the gold leaves nearer to each other I was able to show the difference of specific inductive capacity when only thin plates of shell-lac were used, the rest of the dielectric space being filled with air. By bringing B and C nearer to A another great increase of sensibility was made. By enlarging the size of the plates still further power was gained. By diminishing the extent of the wires, &c. connected with the gold leaves, another improvement resulted. So that in fact the gold leaves became, in this manner, as delicate a test of specific inductive action as they are, in Bennet's and Singer's electrometers, of ordinary electrical charge.

1312. By simply bringing the gold leaves closer together, I was able to demonstrate the difference in specific inductive capacity using only thin plates of shell-lac, with the remaining space filled with air. Moving B and C closer to A further increased sensitivity. Making the plates even larger resulted in more power. Reducing the length of the wires and other connections to the gold leaves also led to improvements. As a result, the gold leaves became, in this way, as sensitive a test of specific inductive action as they are in Bennet's and Singer's electrometers for measuring ordinary electrical charge.

1313. It is evident that by making the three plates the sides of cells, with proper precautions as regards insulation, &c., this apparatus may be used in the examination of gases, with far more effect than the former apparatus (1187. 1290), and may, perhaps, bring out differences which have as yet escaped me (1292. 1293.)

1313. It’s clear that by using the three plates as the sides of cells, with the right precautions for insulation, etc., this device can be used to examine gases much more effectively than the previous apparatus (1187. 1290), and it might even reveal differences that I haven’t noticed yet (1292. 1293.)

1314. It is also evident that two metal plates are quite sufficient to form the instrument; the state of the single inducteous plate when the dielectric is changed, being examined either by bringing a body excited in a known manner towards its gold leaves, or, what I think will be better, employing a carrier ball in place of the leaf, and examining that ball by the Coulomb electrometer (1180.). The inductive and inducteous surfaces may even be balls; the latter being itself the carrier ball of the Coulomb's electrometer (1181. 1229.).

1314. It’s clear that two metal plates are enough to create the instrument. You can analyze the state of a single inductive plate when the dielectric changes by either bringing a body that’s energized in a known way close to its gold leaves, or, as I think is better, using a carrier ball instead of the leaf and examining that ball with the Coulomb electrometer (1180.). The inductive and inductive surfaces could even be balls, with the latter being the carrier ball of Coulomb's electrometer (1181. 1229.).

1315. To increase the effect, a small condenser may be used with great advantage. Thus if, when two inducteous plates are used, a little condenser were put in the place of the gold leaves, I have no doubt the three principal plates might be reduced to an inch or even half an inch in diameter. Even the gold leaves act to each other for the time as the plates of a condenser. If only two plates were used, by the proper application of the condenser the same reduction might take place. This expectation is fully justified by an effect already observed and described (1229.).

1315. To enhance the effect, using a small capacitor can be very beneficial. For instance, if two inductive plates are used and a small capacitor replaces the gold leaves, I believe that the three main plates could be shrunk to an inch or even half an inch in diameter. The gold leaves also behave like the plates of a capacitor while they interact with each other. If only two plates are used, the same reduction could happen with the proper use of the capacitor. This expectation is fully supported by an effect that has already been observed and described (1229.).

1316. In that case the application of the instrument to very extensive research is evident. Comparatively small masses of dielectrics could be examined, as diamonds and crystals. An expectation, that the specific inductive capacity of crystals will vary in different directions, according as the lines of inductive force (1304.) are parallel to, or in other positions in relation to the axes of the crystals, can be tested249: I purpose that these and many other thoughts which arise respecting specific inductive action and the polarity of the particles of dielectric matter, shall be put to the proof as soon as I can find time.

1316. In that case, it's clear that the instrument can be applied to very extensive research. Relatively small samples of dielectrics, like diamonds and crystals, could be examined. There's an expectation that the specific inductive capacity of crystals will vary in different directions, depending on whether the lines of inductive force (1304.) are parallel to or positioned differently in relation to the axes of the crystals. I plan to test these and many other ideas related to specific inductive action and the polarity of dielectric particles as soon as I can find the time.

1317. Hoping that this apparatus will form an instrument of considerable use, I beg to propose for it (at the suggestion of a friend) the name of Differential Inductometer.

1317. Hoping that this device will be quite useful, I would like to propose for it (based on a friend's suggestion) the name of Differential Inductometer.

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

March 29, 1838.

March 29, 1838.


Twelfth Series.

§ 18. On Induction (continued). ¶ vii. Conduction, or conductive discharge. ¶ viii. Electrolytic discharge. ¶ ix. Disruptive discharge—Insulation—Spark—Brush—Difference of discharge at the positive and negative surfaces of conductors.

§ 18. On Induction (continued). ¶ vii. Conduction, or conductive discharge. ¶ viii. Electrolytic discharge. ¶ ix. Disruptive discharge—Insulation—Spark—Brush—Difference of discharge at the positive and negative surfaces of conductors.

Received January 11,—Read February 8, 1838.

Received January 11, — Read February 8, 1838.

1318. I Proceed now, according to my promise, to examine, by the great facts of electrical science, that theory of induction which I have ventured to put forth (1165. 1295. &c.). The principle of induction is so universal that it pervades all electrical phenomena; but the general case which I purpose at present to go into consists of insulation traced into and terminating with discharge, with the accompanying effects. This case includes the various modes of discharge, and also the condition and characters of a current; the elements of magnetic action being amongst the latter. I shall necessarily have occasion to speak theoretically, and even hypothetically; and though these papers profess to be experimental researches, I hope that, considering the facts and investigations contained in the last series in support of the particular view advanced, I shall not be considered as taking too much liberty on the present occasion, or as departing too far from the character which they ought to have, especially as I shall use every opportunity which presents itself of returning to that strong test of truth, experiment.

1318. Now, as I promised, I will examine the major facts of electrical science regarding the theory of induction that I've proposed (1165. 1295. etc.). The principle of induction is so widespread that it influences all electrical phenomena; however, the specific case I'm focusing on right now involves insulation that leads to and ends with discharge, along with the associated effects. This case includes the different *modes* of discharge and also the conditions and characteristics of a current, with magnetic actions being part of the latter. I will necessarily speak in theoretical and even hypothetical terms; and although these papers are meant to be based on experimental research, I hope that, given the facts and investigations in the previous series that support the particular perspective I've put forward, I won’t be seen as taking too much liberty this time, or straying too far from the nature they should have, especially since I will seize every opportunity to return to the ultimate test of truth, which is experiment.

1319. Induction has as yet been considered in these papers only in cases of insulation; opposed to insulation is discharge. The action or effect which may be expressed by the general term discharge, may take place, as far as we are aware at present, in several modes. Thus, that which is called simply conduction involves no chemical action, and apparently no displacement of the particles concerned. A second mode may be called electrolytic discharge; in it chemical action does occur, and particles must, to a certain degree, be displaced. A third mode, namely, that by sparks or brushes, may, because of its violent displacement of the particles of the dielectric in its course, be called the disruptive discharge; and a fourth may, perhaps, be conveniently distinguished for a time by the words convection, or carrying discharge, being that in which discharge is effected either by the carrying power of solid particles, or those of gases and liquids. Hereafter, perhaps, all these modes may appear as the result of one common principle, but at present they require to be considered apart; and I will now speak of the first mode, for amongst all the forms of discharge, that which we express by the term conduction appears the most simple and the most directly in contrast with insulation.

1319. Induction has only been discussed in these papers in terms of insulation; the opposite of insulation is discharge. The action or effect described by the general term discharge can occur, as far as we know now, in several ways. First, what we simply call conduction doesn't involve any chemical action and apparently doesn't displace the particles involved. The second way can be referred to as electrolytic discharge; in this case, chemical action does occur, and particles have to be somewhat displaced. A third way, known as discharge through sparks or brushes, can be called disruptive discharge due to its violent displacement of the particles in the dielectric as it occurs. Lastly, a fourth type could be conveniently labeled for now as convection or carrying discharge, where discharge happens through the movement of solid particles or those in gases and liquids. In the future, all these modes may be understood as resulting from a single common principle, but for now, they need to be considered separately; I will now discuss the first mode, because among all the forms of discharge, the one we call conduction appears to be the simplest and stands in direct contrast to insulation.

¶ vii. Conduction, or conductive discharge.

1320. Though assumed to be essentially different, yet neither Cavendish nor Poisson attempt to explain by, or even state in, their theories, what the essential difference between insulation and conduction is. Nor have I anything, perhaps, to offer in this respect, except that, according to my view of induction, insulation and conduction depend upon the same molecular action of the dielectrics concerned; are only extreme degrees of one common condition or effect; and in any sufficient mathematical theory of electricity must be taken as cases of the same kind. Hence the importance of the endeavour to show the connection between them under my theory of the electrical relations of contiguous particles.

1320. Although believed to be fundamentally different, neither Cavendish nor Poisson try to explain or even mention in their theories what the essential difference between insulation and conduction is. I may not have much to add in this regard, except that, from my perspective on induction, insulation and conduction rely on the same molecular actions of the dielectrics involved; they are just extreme degrees of one common condition or effect; and in any comprehensive mathematical theory of electricity, they must be considered as similar cases. This highlights the importance of trying to demonstrate the connection between them according to my theory of the electrical relationships of adjacent particles.

1321. Though the action of the insulating dielectric in the charged Leyden jar, and that of the wire in discharging it, may seem very different, they may be associated by numerous intermediate links, which carry us on from one to the other, leaving, I think, no necessary connection unsupplied. We may observe some of these in succession for information respecting the whole case.

1321. Although the role of the insulating dielectric in a charged Leyden jar and that of the wire in discharging it may appear quite distinct, they can be connected through several intermediate links that lead us from one to the other, leaving, I believe, no essential connection overlooked. We can see some of these links one after another to gain insight into the entire situation.

1322. Spermnceti has been examined and found to be a dielectric, through which induction can take place (1240. 1246.), its specific inductive capacity being about or above 1.8 (1279.), and the inductive action has been considered in it, as in all other substances, an action of contiguous particles.

1322. Sperm oil has been studied and found to be a dielectric material, allowing for induction (1240. 1246.), with a specific inductive capacity of around or above 1.8 (1279.). The inductive action in it has been viewed, like in all other substances, as an action of adjacent particles.

1323. But spermaceti is also a conductor, though in so low a degree that we can trace the process of conduction, as it were, step by step through the mass (1247.); and even when the electric force has travelled through it to a certain distance, we can, by removing the coercitive (which is at the same time the inductive) force, cause it to return upon its path and reappear in its first place (1245. 1246.). Here induction appears to be a necessary preliminary to conduction. It of itself brings the contiguous particles of the dielectric into a certain condition, which, if retained by them, constitutes insulation, but if lowered by the communication of power from one particle to another, constitutes conduction.

1323. But spermaceti is also a conductor, although to a very limited extent, so we can observe the conduction process, step by step, throughout the substance (1247.); and even after the electric force has moved through it to a certain point, we can make it return along the same path and appear back in its original position by removing the coercive (which is also the inductive) force (1245. 1246.). In this case, induction seems to be a necessary step before conduction. It itself gets the neighboring particles of the dielectric into a specific state, which, if maintained by them, results in insulation, but if decreased by the transfer of energy from one particle to another, results in conduction.

1324. If glass or shell-lac be the substances under consideration, the same capabilities of suffering either induction or conduction through them appear (1233. 1239. 1247.), but not in the same degree. The conduction almost disappears (1239. 1242.); the induction therefore is sustained, i.e. the polarized state into which the inductive force has brought the contiguous particles is retained, there being little discharge action between them, and therefore the insulation continues. But, what discharge there is, appears to be consequent upon that condition of the particles into which the induction throws them; and thus it is that ordinary insulation and conduction are closely associated together or rather are extreme cases of one common condition.

1324. If glass or shellac are the materials being discussed, they both show the ability to experience either induction or conduction, but not to the same extent. The conduction nearly vanishes; hence, the induction remains active, meaning the polarized state that the inductive force creates in the nearby particles is maintained, with minimal discharge activity between them, so the insulation persists. However, any discharge that does occur seems to result from the condition of the particles that induction has created; thus, regular insulation and conduction are closely linked or rather represent extreme examples of a shared condition.

1325. In ice or water we have a better conductor than spermaceti, and the phenomena of induction and insulation therefore rapidly disappear, because conduction quickly follows upon the assumption of the inductive state. But let a plate of cold ice have metallic coatings on its sides, and connect one of these with a good electrical machine in work, and the other with the ground, and it then becomes easy to observe the phenomena of induction through the ice, by the electrical tension which can be obtained and continued on both the coatings (419. 426.). For although that portion of power which at one moment gave the inductive condition to the particles is at the next lowered by the consequent discharge due to the conductive act, it is succeeded by another portion of force from the machine to restore the inductive state. If the ice be converted into water the same succession of actions can be just as easily proved, provided the water be distilled, and (if the machine be not powerful enough) a voltaic battery be employed.

1325. Ice or water is a better conductor than spermaceti, so the effects of induction and insulation fade away quickly, as conduction follows almost immediately after entering the inductive state. However, if you take a cold ice plate with metal coatings on its sides, connect one coating to a functioning electrical machine and the other to the ground, it's easy to observe induction phenomena through the ice by the electrical charge that can be generated and sustained on both coatings (419. 426.). Even though the power that created the inductive condition in the particles diminishes due to the discharge from conduction, another force from the machine soon replenishes the inductive state. If the ice turns into water, the same series of actions can be demonstrated just as easily, as long as the water is distilled and, if the machine isn't strong enough, you use a voltaic battery.

1326. All these considerations impress my mind strongly with the conviction, that insulation and ordinary conduction cannot be properly separated when we are examining into their nature; that is, into the general law or laws under which their phenomena are produced. They appear to me to consist in an action of contiguous particles dependent on the forces developed in electrical excitement; these forces bring the particles into a state of tension or polarity, which constitutes both induction and insulation; and being in this state, the continuous particles have a power or capability of communicating their forces one to the other, by which they are lowered, and discharge occurs. Every body appears to discharge (444. 987.); but the possession of this capability in a greater or smaller degree in different bodies, makes them better or worse conductors, worse or better insulators; and both induction and conduction appear to be the same in their principle and action (1320.), except that in the latter an effect common to both is raised to the highest degree, whereas in the former it occurs in the best cases, in only an almost insensible quantity.

1326. All these factors strongly lead me to believe that insulation and regular conduction can't be properly separated when we look into their nature; that is, into the general laws that produce their phenomena. They seem to involve an action of neighboring particles based on the forces generated during electrical excitement. These forces place the particles in a state of tension or polarity, which defines both induction and insulation; and in this state, the continuous particles have the ability to communicate their forces to each other, which leads to a decrease in their energy and causes discharge. Every object seems to discharge (444. 987.); however, the degree of this ability varies among different bodies, making some better or worse conductors and others better or worse insulators. Both induction and conduction seem to operate on the same principles and actions (1320.), except that in the latter, an effect common to both is heightened to the maximum level, while in the former, it occurs in the best cases at only an almost imperceptible amount.

1327. That in our attempts to penetrate into the nature of electrical action, and to deduce laws more general than those we are at present acquainted with, we should endeavour to bring apparently opposite effects to stand side by side in harmonious arrangement, is an opinion of long standing, and sanctioned by the ablest philosophers. I hope, therefore, I may be excused the attempt to look at the highest cases of conduction as analogous to, or even the same in kind with, those of induction and insulation.

1327. In our efforts to understand the nature of electrical action and to establish more general laws than those we currently know, we should strive to align seemingly opposing effects in a way that makes sense together. This idea has been around for a long time and is supported by the most skilled philosophers. Therefore, I hope I can be forgiven for trying to view the highest cases of conduction as similar to, or even the same as, those of induction and insulation.

1328. If we consider the slight penetration of sulphur (1241. 1242.) or shell-lac (1234.) by electricity, or the feebler insulation sustained by spermaceti (1279. 1240.), as essential consequences and indications of their conducting power, then may we look on the resistance of metallic wires to the passage of electricity through them as insulating power. Of the numerous well-known cases fitted to show this resistance in what are called the perfect conductors, the experiments of Professor Wheatstone best serve my present purpose, since they were carried to such an extent as to show that time entered as an element into the conditions of conduction250 even in metals. When discharge was made through a copper wire 2640 feet in length, and 1/15th of an inch in diameter, so that the luminous sparks at each end of the wire, and at the middle, could be observed in the same place, the latter was found to be sensibly behind the two former in time, they being by the conditions of the experiment simultaneous. Hence a proof of retardation; and what reason can be given why this retardation should not be of the same kind as that in spermaceti, or in lac, or sulphur? But as, in them, retardation is insulation, and insulation is induction, why should we refuse the same relation to the same exhibitions of force in the metals?

1328. If we look at how slightly sulphur (1241. 1242.) or shell-lac (1234.) can be penetrated by electricity, or how spermaceti (1279. 1240.) shows weaker insulation, we can see these as key signs of their conducting abilities. Thus, we might think of the resistance of metal wires to electricity flowing through them as their insulating properties. Among the many well-known examples that demonstrate this resistance in what are called perfect conductors, the experiments by Professor Wheatstone are particularly useful for my current discussion, as they were extensive enough to show that time plays a role in conduction conditions—even in metals. When a discharge passed through a copper wire measuring 2640 feet long and 1/15th of an inch in diameter, we could observe the bright sparks at both ends and at the middle of the wire in the same spot, but the spark in the middle was noticeably delayed compared to the two at the ends, even though they were intended to occur simultaneously according to the experiment conditions. This gives us evidence of a delay. What reason do we have to think that this delay is not similar to that seen in spermaceti, lac, or sulphur? In those materials, delay equals insulation, and insulation equals induction, so why wouldn’t we accept the same relationship for the observed effects in metals?

1329. We learn from the experiment, that if time be allowed the retardation is gradually overcome; and the same thing obtains for the spermaceti, the lac, and glass (1248.); give but time in proportion to the retardation, and the latter is at last vanquished. But if that be the case, and all the results are alike in kind, the only difference being in the length of time, why should we refuse to metals the previous inductive action, which is admitted to occur in the other bodies? The diminution of time is no negation of the action; nor is the lower degree of tension requisite to cause the forces to traverse the metal, as compared to that necessary in the cases of water, spermaceti, or lac. These differences would only point to the conclusion, that in metals the particles under induction can transfer their forces when at a lower degree of tension or polarity, and with greater facility than in the instances of the other bodies.

1329. We can see from the experiment that if time is allowed, the delay is gradually overcome; the same goes for spermaceti, lac, and glass (1248.); just give it enough time relative to the delay, and eventually, that delay is conquered. But if that's the case, and all the results are similar in nature, differing only in the length of time, why should we deny metals the earlier inductive action that is recognized in other materials? The reduction of time does not negate the action; nor is a lower degree of tension required for the forces to move through the metal when compared to what's needed in the cases of water, spermaceti, or lac. These differences suggest that in metals, the particles under induction can transfer their forces at a lower degree of tension or polarity, and more easily than in the other materials.

1330. Let us look at Mr. Wheatstone's beautiful experiment in another point of view, If, leaving the arrangement at the middle and two ends of the long copper wire unaltered, we remove the two intervening portions and replace them by wires of iron or platina, we shall have a much greater retardation of the middle spark than before. If, removing the iron, we were to substitute for it only five or six feet of water in a cylinder of the same diameter as the metal, we should have still greater retardation. If from water we passed to spermaceti, either directly or by gradual steps through other bodies, (even though we might vastly enlarge the bulk, for the purpose of evading the occurrence of a spark elsewhere (1331.) than at the three proper intervals,) we should have still greater retardation, until at last we might arrive, by degrees so small as to be inseparable from each other, at actual and permanent insulation. What, then, is to separate the principle of these two extremes, perfect conduction and perfect insulation, from each other; since the moment we leave in the smallest degree perfection at either extremity, we involve the element of perfection at the opposite end? Especially too, as we have not in nature the case of perfection either at one extremity or the other, either of insulation or conduction.

1330. Let’s consider Mr. Wheatstone's impressive experiment from another angle. If we keep the setup at the center and the two ends of the long copper wire the same, but remove the two middle sections and replace them with iron or platinum wires, we’ll see a much greater delay in the middle spark than before. If we remove the iron and replace it with just five or six feet of water in a cylinder that’s the same diameter as the metal, the delay will be even greater. If we then switch from water to spermaceti, whether directly or gradually through other materials (even if we significantly increase the size to avoid having a spark form elsewhere (1331.) outside the three designated intervals), we’ll experience an even greater delay until we eventually reach a state of actual and permanent insulation, through increasingly smaller steps that become indistinguishable from one another. What, then, separates the principles of perfect conduction and perfect insulation? Once we leave any perfection at either end even slightly, we involve the element of perfection at the opposite end. Moreover, we don't find perfect insulation or conduction anywhere in nature.

1331. Again, to return to this beautiful experiment in the various forms which may be given to it: the forces are not all in the wire (after they have left the Leyden jar) during the whole time (1328.) occupied by the discharge; they are disposed in part through the surrounding dielectric under the well-known form of induction; and if that dielectric be air, induction takes place from the wire through the air to surrounding conductors, until the ends of the wire are electrically related through its length, and discharge has occurred, i.e. for the time during which the middle spark is retarded beyond the others. This is well shown by the old experiment, in which a long wire is so bent that two parts (Plate VIII. fig. 115.), a, b, near its extremities shall approach within a short distance, as a quarter of an inch, of each other in the air. If the discharge of a Leyden jar, charged to a sufficient degree, be sent through such a wire, by far the largest portion of the electricity will pass as a spark across the air at the interval, and not by the metal. Does not the middle part of the wire, therefore, act here as an insulating medium, though it be of metal? and is not the spark through the air an indication of the tension (simultaneous with induction) of the electricity in the ends of this single wire? Why should not the wire and the air both be regarded as dielectrics; and the action at its commencement, and whilst there is tension, as an inductive action? If it acts through the contorted lines of the wire, so it also does in curved and contorted lines through air (1219, 1224, 1231.), and other insulating dielectrics (1228); and we can apparently go so far in the analogy, whilst limiting the case to the inductive action only, as to show that amongst insulating dielectrics some lead away the lines of force from others (1229.), as the wire will do from worse conductors, though in it the principal effect is no doubt due to the ready discharge between the particles whilst in a low state of tension. The retardation is for the time insulation; and it seems to me we may just as fairly compare the air at the interval a, b (fig. 115.) and the wire in the circuit, as two bodies of the same kind and acting upon the same principles, as far as the first inductive phenomena are concerned, notwithstanding the different forms of discharge which ultimately follow251, as we may compare, according to Coulomb's investigations252 different lengths of different insulating bodies required to produce the same amount of insulating effect.

1331. Once again, to revisit this interesting experiment with the different ways it can be presented: the forces aren't entirely in the wire (after leaving the Leyden jar) during the entire duration (1328.) of the discharge; they are partly distributed through the surrounding dielectric in the familiar form of induction. If that dielectric is air, induction happens from the wire through the air to nearby conductors, until the ends of the wire are electrically connected along its length, and a discharge takes place, i.e., during the time when the middle spark is delayed compared to the others. This is clearly illustrated by the classic experiment, where a long wire is bent so that two sections (Plate VIII. fig. 115.), a, b, near its ends come close to each other by about a quarter of an inch in the air. If a sufficiently charged Leyden jar discharges through such a wire, most of the electricity will cross as a spark through the air gap instead of traveling through the metal. Doesn't the middle part of the wire then function here as an insulating medium, even though it’s made of metal? And isn’t the spark through the air a sign of the electrical tension (happening simultaneously with induction) at the ends of this single wire? Why shouldn’t we view the wire and the air as both dielectrics; and the action at its start, while there is tension, as an inductive action? If it operates through the twisted paths of the wire, it also functions in curved and twisted paths through air (1219, 1224, 1231.) and other insulating dielectrics (1228); and we seem to be able to draw an analogy that, when focusing only on inductive action, indicates that among insulating dielectrics, some draw away the lines of force from others (1229.), just as the wire will do from poorer conductors, although in this case the primary effect is surely due to the easy discharge between the particles while in a low state of tension. The delay represents a form of insulation; and it appears to me that we can fairly compare the air in the gap a, b (fig. 115.) and the wire in the circuit as two entities of the same type, operating on the same principles regarding the initial inductive phenomena, despite the variations in discharge that ultimately occur251, just as we can compare, based on Coulomb's research252 different lengths of different insulating materials needed to achieve the same level of insulating effect.

1332. This comparison is still more striking when we take into consideration the experiment of Mr. Harris, in which he stretched a fine wire across a glass globe, the air within being rarefied253. On sending a charge through the joint arrangement of metal and rare air, as much, if not more, electricity passed by the latter as by the former. In the air, rarefied as it was, there can be no doubt the discharge was preceded by induction (1284.); and to my mind all the circumstances indicate that the same was the case with the metal; that, in fact, both substances are dielectrics, exhibiting the same effects in consequence of the action of the same causes, the only variation being one of degree in the different substances employed.

1332. This comparison is even more striking when we consider the experiment by Mr. Harris, where he stretched a fine wire across a glass globe, with the air inside being rarefied253. When he sent a charge through the combined setup of metal and rarefied air, as much, if not more, electricity flowed through the latter as through the former. In the rarefied air, it's clear that the discharge was preceded by induction (1284.); and in my view, all the circumstances suggest that this was also true for the metal. In fact, both materials act as dielectrics, showing the same effects due to the influence of the same causes, with the only difference being the degree of effect in the different materials used.

1333. Judging on these principles, velocity of discharge through the same wire may be varied greatly by attending to the circumstances which cause variations of discharge through spermaceti or sulphur. Thus, for instance, it must vary with the tension or intensity of the first urging force (1234. 1240.), which tension is charge and induction. So if the two ends of the wire, in Professor Wheatstone's experiment, were immediately connected with two large insulated metallic surfaces exposed to the air, so that the primary act of induction, after making the contact for discharge, might be in part removed from the internal portion of the wire at the first instant, and disposed for the moment on its surface jointly with the air and surrounding conductors, then I venture to anticipate that the middle spark would be more retarded than before; and if these two plates were the inner and outer coating of a large jar or a Leyden battery, then the retardation of that spark would be still greater.

1333. Based on these principles, the speed of discharge through the same wire can vary significantly by considering the factors that cause changes in discharge through spermaceti or sulfur. For example, it must change with the tension or intensity of the initial force (1234. 1240.), which refers to charge and induction. If the two ends of the wire, in Professor Wheatstone's experiment, were directly connected to two large insulated metal surfaces exposed to the air, so that the initial act of induction, after establishing the contact for discharge, might be partly removed from the internal section of the wire at the very beginning and situated on its surface along with the air and surrounding conductors, then I would expect that the middle spark would be more delayed than before; and if these two plates were the inner and outer coatings of a large jar or a Leyden battery, then the delay of that spark would be even greater.

1334. Cavendish was perhaps the first to show distinctly that discharge was not always by one channel254, but, if several are present, by many at once. We may make these different channels of different bodies, and by proportioning their thicknesses and lengths, may include such substances as air, lac, spermaceti, water, protoxide of iron, iron and silver, and by one discharge make each convey its proportion of the electric force. Perhaps the air ought to be excepted, as its discharge by conduction is questionable at present (1336.); but the others may all be limited in their mode of discharge to pure conduction. Yet several of them suffer previous induction, precisely like the induction through the air, it being a necessary preliminary to their discharging action. How can we therefore separate any one of these bodies from the others, as to the principles and mode of insulating and conducting, except by mere degree? All seem to me to be dielectrics acting alike, and under the same common laws.

1334. Cavendish was probably the first to clearly demonstrate that discharge doesn’t always happen through a single channel254, but, when multiple channels are available, it can occur through many at the same time. We can consider these different channels made of various materials, and by adjusting their thicknesses and lengths, we can include substances like air, lac, spermaceti, water, protoxide of iron, iron, and silver, allowing a single discharge to transmit each material's respective share of the electric force. Air might need to be excluded since its discharge by conduction is questionable right now (1336.); however, the others can all be limited to pure conduction. Still, many of them experience prior induction, just like the induction through air, which is a necessary precursor to their discharging effect. So, how can we separate any one of these materials from the others regarding the principles and mode of insulating and conducting, except by degree? They all appear to be dielectrics acting in the same way and following the same fundamental laws.

1335. I might draw another argument in favour of the general sameness, in nature and action, of good and bad conductors (and all the bodies I refer to are conductors more or less), from the perfect equipoise in action of very different bodies when opposed to each other in magneto-electric inductive action, as formerly described (213.), but am anxious to be as brief as is consistent with the clear examination of the probable truth of my views.

1335. I could make another point for the general similarity in nature and behavior of good and bad conductors (and all the materials I'm talking about are conductors to some degree) based on the perfect balance in the actions of very different materials when they counteract each other in magneto-electric inductive action, as previously described (213.), but I want to keep it brief while still clearly examining the likely accuracy of my ideas.

1336. With regard to the possession by the gases of any conducting power of the simple kind now under consideration, the question is a very difficult one to determine at present. Experiments seem to indicate that they do insulate certain low degrees of tension perfectly, and that the effects which may have appeared to be occasioned by conduction have been the result of the carrying power of the charged particles, either of the air or of dust, in it. It is equally certain, however, that with higher degrees of tension or charge the particles discharge to one another, and that is conduction. If the gases possess the power of insulating a certain low degree of tension continuously and perfectly, such a result may be due to their peculiar physical state, and the condition of separation under which their particles are placed. But in that, or in any case, we must not forget the fine experiments of Cagniard de la Tour255, in which he has shown that liquids and their vapours can be made to pass gradually into each other, to the entire removal of any marked distinction of the two states. Thus, hot dry steam and cold water pass by insensible gradations into each other; yet the one is amongst the gases as an insulator, and the other a comparatively good conductor. As to conducting power, therefore, the transition from metals even up to gases is gradual; substances make but one series in this respect, and the various cases must come under one condition and law (444.). The specific differences of bodies as to conducting power only serves to strengthen the general argument, that conduction, like insulation, is a result of induction, and is an action of contiguous particles.

1336. When it comes to whether gases have any basic conductive abilities, the question is really tough to figure out right now. Experiments suggest that they can perfectly insulate certain low levels of voltage, and what might seem to be caused by conduction could actually result from the movement of charged particles, either from the air or dust within it. However, it's also clear that at higher voltage levels, the particles discharge to one another, which is conduction. If gases can continuously and perfectly insulate a certain low voltage, that might be due to their unique physical state and the way their particles are separated. But in any case, we shouldn't overlook the remarkable experiments by Cagniard de la Tour255, where he demonstrated that liquids and their vapors can gradually transform into each other, completely blurring the lines between the two states. For example, hot dry steam and cold water transition into one another through imperceptible changes; yet one acts as an insulator among gases, while the other is a relatively good conductor. Therefore, the ability to conduct electricity moves gradually from metals to gases; materials create one continuous spectrum in this regard, and various cases must adhere to a single condition and law (444.). The specific differences in the conductive abilities of materials only reinforce the general idea that conduction, like insulation, results from induction and is a result of interactions between neighboring particles.

1337. I might go on now to consider induction and its concomitant, conduction, through mixed dielectrics, as, for instance, when a charged body, instead of acting across air to a distant uninsulated conductor, acts jointly through it and an interposed insulated conductor. In such a case, the air and the conducting body are the mixed dielectrics; and the latter assumes a polarized condition as a mass, like that which my theory assumes each particle of the air to possess at the same time (1679). But I fear to be tedious in the present condition of the subject, and hasten to the consideration of other matter.

1337. I might move on now to discuss induction and its related process, conduction, through mixed dielectrics, such as when a charged object, instead of affecting a distant uninsulated conductor through air, interacts with it and an insulated conductor in between. In this case, the air and the conducting object are the mixed dielectrics; and the latter takes on a polarized state as a whole, similar to what my theory suggests each particle of the air also has at the same time (1679). But I don't want to be lengthy given the current state of the subject, so I’ll quickly move on to other topics.

1338. To sum up, in some degree, what has been said, I look upon the first effect of an excited body upon neighbouring matters to be the production of a polarized state of their particles, which constitutes induction; and this arises from its action upon the particles in immediate contact with it, which again act upon those contiguous to them, and thus the forces are transferred to a distance. If the induction remain undiminished, then perfect insulation is the consequence; and the higher the polarized condition which the particles can acquire or maintain, the higher is the intensity which may be given to the acting forces. If, on the contrary, the contiguous particles, upon acquiring the polarized state, have the power to communicate their forces, then conduction occurs, and the tension is lowered, conduction being a distinct act of discharge between neighbouring particles. The lower the state of tension at which this discharge between the particles of a body takes place, the better conductor is that body. In this view, insulators may be said to be bodies whose particles can retain the polarized state; whilst conductors are those whose particles cannot be permanently polarized. If I be right in my view of induction, then I consider the reduction of these two effects (which have been so long held distinct) to an action of contiguous particles obedient to one common law, as a very important result; and, on the other hand, the identity of character which the two acquire when viewed by the theory (1326.), is additional presumptive proof in favour of the correctness of the latter.

1338. In summary, I believe that the first effect of an excited object on nearby materials is the creation of a polarized state in their particles, which is known as induction. This happens because it interacts with the particles in direct contact with it, which then influence those next to them, transferring the forces over a distance. If the induction remains strong, perfect insulation results. The greater the polarized state that particles can achieve or maintain, the stronger the intensity that can be generated by the acting forces. Conversely, if the neighboring particles, once polarized, can share their forces, then conduction occurs, causing the tension to decrease; conduction is a separate process of discharge between adjacent particles. The lower the tension at which this discharge happens between particles in a substance, the better that substance conducts electricity. From this perspective, insulators are materials that can keep their particles in a polarized state, while conductors are those whose particles cannot remain polarized permanently. If my understanding of induction is correct, I believe that reducing these two effects (which have long been regarded as separate) to a process of neighboring particles following a common rule is a significant finding. Additionally, the similarity in nature that both effects display when examined under the theory (1326.) provides further support for the accuracy of this conclusion.

* * * * *

Sure! Please provide the short piece of text that you would like me to modernize.

1339. That heat has great influence over simple conduction is well known (445.), its effect being, in some cases, almost an entire change of the characters of the body (432. 1340.). Harris has, however, shown that it in no respect affects gaseous bodies, or at least air256; and Davy has taught us that, as a class, metals have their conducting power diminished by it257.

1339. It's well known that heat significantly affects simple conduction (445.), sometimes almost completely changing the properties of a substance (432. 1340.). However, Harris has demonstrated that it doesn't affect gases, or at least air256; and Davy has shown us that, as a group, metals have their conducting ability diminished by it257.

1340. I formerly described a substance, sulphuret of silver, whose conducting power was increased by heat (433. 437. 438.); and I have since then met with another as strongly affected in the same way: this is fluoride of lead. When a piece of that substance, which had been fused and cooled, was introduced into the circuit of a voltaic battery, it stopped the current. Being heated, it acquired conducting powers before it was visibly red-hot in daylight; and even sparks could be taken against it whilst still solid. The current alone then raised its temperature (as in the case of sulphuret of silver) until it fused, after which it seemed to conduct as well as the metallic vessel containing it; for whether the wire used to complete the circuit touched the fused fluoride only, or was in contact with the platina on which it was supported, no sensible difference in the force of the current was observed. During all the time there was scarcely a trace of decomposing action of the fluoride, and what did occur, seemed referable to the air and moisture of the atmosphere, and not to electrolytic action.

1340. I previously described a substance, silver sulfide, whose ability to conduct electricity increased with heat (433. 437. 438.); and since then, I’ve come across another substance that reacts similarly: lead fluoride. When a piece of this material, which had been melted and cooled, was placed in the circuit of a voltaic battery, it stopped the current. When heated, it gained conductive properties before it was visibly glowing red in daylight; sparks could even be drawn from it while it was still solid. The current alone then raised its temperature (like with silver sulfide) until it melted, after which it seemed to conduct electricity just as well as the metal container holding it. Whether the wire used to complete the circuit touched only the melted fluoride or was in contact with the platinum it rested on, there was no noticeable difference in the strength of the current. Throughout this time, there was hardly any sign of the fluoride breaking down, and any breakdown that did happen seemed to result from the air and moisture in the atmosphere rather than from electrolytic activity.

1341. I have now very little doubt that periodide of mercury (414. 448. 691.) is a case of the same kind, and also corrosive sublimate (692.). I am also inclined to think, since making the above experiments, that the anomalous action of the protoxide of antimony, formerly observed and described (693. 801.), may be referred in part to the same cause.

1341. I now have very little doubt that mercury periodide (414. 448. 691.) is a similar case, as well as corrosive sublimate (692.). I'm also starting to think that the unusual behavior of antimony protoxide, which was noted and described before (693. 801.), might be partly due to the same reason.

1342. I have no intention at present of going into the particular relation of heat and electricity, but we may hope hereafter to discover by experiment the law which probably holds together all the above effects with those of the evolution and the disappearance of heat by the current, and the striking and beautiful results of thermo-electricity, in one common bond.

1342. I don't plan to go into the specific connection between heat and electricity right now, but we can hope that in the future we'll discover through experimentation the law that likely links all of the mentioned effects with those of the production and the loss of heat caused by the current, along with the impressive and fascinating results of thermo-electricity, into one unified principle.

¶ viii. Electrolytic discharge.

1343. I have already expressed in a former paper (1164.), the view by which I hope to associate ordinary induction and electrolyzation. Under that view, the discharge of electric forces by electrolyzation is rather an effect superadded, in a certain class of bodies, to those already described as constituting induction and insulation, than one independent of and distinct from these phenomena.

1343. I have already shared in a previous paper (1164.) my perspective on how I hope to connect ordinary induction and electrolyzation. From that perspective, the release of electric forces through electrolyzation is more of an additional effect, in a specific group of materials, alongside the processes already described as induction and insulation, rather than something independent and separate from these phenomena.

1344. Electrolytes, as respects their insulating and conducting forces, belong to the general category of bodies (1320. 1334.); and if they are in the solid state (as nearly all can assume that state), they retain their place, presenting then no new phenomenon (426. &c.); or if one occur, being in so small a proportion as to be almost unimportant. When liquefied, they also belong to the same list whilst the electric intensity is below a certain degree; but at a given intensity (910. 912. 1007.), fixed for each, and very low in all known cases, they play a new part, causing discharge in proportion (783.) to the development of certain chemical effects of combination and decomposition; and at this point, move out from the general class of insulators and conductors, to form a distinct one by themselves. The former phenomena have been considered (1320. 1338.); it is the latter which have now to be revised, and used as a test of the proposed theory of induction.

1344. Electrolytes, in terms of their insulating and conducting properties, fall under the general category of substances (1320. 1334.); when they are solid (as almost all can be), they maintain their position without presenting any new phenomena (426. &c.); if any do occur, they're in such small amounts that they're nearly insignificant. When they are in liquid form, they still belong to the same list as long as the electric intensity is below a certain level; however, at a specific intensity (910. 912. 1007.), which is low in all known cases, they behave differently, causing discharge in proportion (783.) to the generation of certain chemical reactions of combination and decomposition; and at this stage, they shift from the general category of insulators and conductors to create their own distinct category. The earlier phenomena have been discussed (1320. 1338.); it is the latter ones that now need to be revisited and utilized as a means of testing the proposed theory of induction.

1345. The theory assumes, that the particles of the dielectric (now an electrolyte) are in the first instance brought, by ordinary inductive action, into a polarized state, and raised to a certain degree of tension or intensity before discharge commences; the inductive state being, in fact, a necessary preliminary to discharge. By taking advantage of those circumstances which bear upon the point, it is not difficult to increase the tension indicative of this state of induction, and so make the state itself more evident. Thus, if distilled water be employed, and a long narrow portion of it placed between the electrodes of a powerful voltaic battery, we have at once indications of the intensity which can be sustained at these electrodes by the inductive action through the water as a dielectric, for sparks may be obtained, gold leaves diverged, and Leyden bottles charged at their wires. The water is in the condition of the spermaceti (1322. 1323.) a bad conductor and a bad insulator; but what it does insulate is by virtue of inductive action, and that induction is the preparation for and precursor of discharge (1338.).

1345. The theory suggests that the particles of the dielectric (now an electrolyte) are initially placed into a polarized state through regular inductive action, and brought to a certain level of tension or intensity before discharge starts; this inductive state is actually a necessary preliminary to discharge. By taking advantage of the conditions that affect this point, it’s not hard to increase the tension indicative of this state of induction, making the state itself more apparent. For example, if distilled water is used and a long narrow section of it is placed between the electrodes of a powerful voltaic battery, we can immediately see indications of the intensity that can be sustained at these electrodes by the inductive action through the water as a dielectric, since sparks can be generated, gold leaves can diverge, and Leyden jars can be charged at their terminals. The water behaves like spermaceti (1322. 1323.), which is a poor conductor and a poor insulator; however, what it does insulate is due to inductive action, and that induction prepares for and precedes discharge (1338.).

1346. The induction and tension which appear at the limits of the portion of water in the direction of the current, are only the sums of the induction and tension of the contiguous particles between those limits; and the limitation of the inductive tension, to a certain degree shows (time entering in each case as an important element of the result), that when the particles have acquired a certain relative state, discharge, or a transfer of forces equivalent to ordinary conduction, takes place.

1346. The induction and tension that appear at the edges of the body of water in the direction of the current are just the combined induction and tension of the neighboring particles between those edges; and the restriction of the inductive tension, to some extent, indicates (with time being an important factor in each case) that when the particles reach a certain relative state, discharge, or a transfer of forces equivalent to regular conduction, occurs.

1347. In the inductive condition assumed by water before discharge comes on, the particles polarized are the particles of the water that being the dielectric used258; but the discharge between particle and particle is not, as before, a mere interchange of their powers or forces at the polar parts, but an actual separation of them into their two elementary particles, the oxygen travelling in one direction, and carrying with it its amount of the force it had acquired during the polarization, and the hydrogen doing the same thing in the other direction, until they each meet the next approaching particle, which is in the same electrical state with that they have left, and by association of their forces with it, produce what constitutes discharge. This part of the action may be regarded as a carrying one (1319. 1572. 1622.), performed by the constituent particles of the dielectric. The latter is always a compound body (664. 823.); and by those who have considered the subject and are acquainted with the philosophical view of transfer which was first put forth by Grotthuss259, its particles may easily be compared to a series of metallic conductors under inductive action, which, whilst in that state, are divisible into these elementary moveable halves.

1347. In the inductive state that water assumes before discharge occurs, the polarized particles are the particles of the water, which serves as the dielectric used258; however, the discharge between these particles is no longer just an exchange of their powers or forces at the polar ends. Instead, it involves an actual separation into their two elemental particles: the oxygen moves in one direction, taking with it the force it acquired during polarization, while the hydrogen moves in the opposite direction, doing the same until they meet the next approaching particle that is in the same electrical state as the one they left. By combining their forces with it, they create what constitutes discharge. This part of the process can be viewed as a transporting action (1319. 1572. 1622.), carried out by the constituent particles of the dielectric. The dielectric is always a compound substance (664. 823.); and according to those who have explored the topic and are familiar with the philosophical viewpoint of transfer first proposed by Grotthuss259, its particles can be easily likened to a series of metallic conductors under inductive action, which, while in that condition, can be divided into these elementary movable halves.

1348. Electrolytic discharge depends, of necessity, upon the non-conduction of the dielectric as a whole, and there are two steps or acts in the process: first a polarization of the molecules of the substance and then a lowering of the forces by the separation, advance in opposite directions, and recombination of the elements of the molecules, these being, as it were, the halves of the originally polarized conductors or particles.

1348. Electrolytic discharge relies on the complete non-conduction of the dielectric, and the process involves two main steps: first, the polarization of the molecules in the substance, and then a reduction of the forces through the separation, movement in opposite directions, and recombination of the elements in the molecules, which can be seen as the halves of the originally polarized conductors or particles.

1349. These views of the decomposition of electrolytes and the consequent effect of discharge, which, as to the particular case, are the same with those of Grotthuss (481.) and Davy (482.), though they differ from those of Biot (487.), De la Rive (490.), and others, seem to me to be fully in accordance not merely with the theory I have given of induction generally (1165.), but with all the known facts of common induction, conduction, and electrolytic discharge; and in that respect help to confirm in my mind the truth of the theory set forth. The new mode of discharge which electrolyzation presents must surely be an evidence of the action of contiguous particles; and as this appears to depend directly upon a previous inductive state, which is the same with common induction, it greatly strengthens the argument which refers induction in all cases to an action of contiguous particles also (1295, &c.).

1349. These insights about the breakdown of electrolytes and the resulting effects of discharge, which align with those of Grotthuss (481.) and Davy (482.), although differing from those of Biot (487.), De la Rive (490.), and others, seem to me to fully support not only the theory I've proposed about induction in general (1165.), but also all the known facts of common induction, conduction, and electrolytic discharge; and in that regard, they help confirm the validity of the theory I've presented. The new way of discharge that occurs during electrolyzation must definitely indicate the action of nearby particles; and since this appears to be directly dependent on a prior inductive state, which is the same as common induction, it significantly bolsters the argument that attributes induction in all cases to the action of nearby particles as well (1295, &c.).

1350. As an illustration of the condition of the polarized particles in a dielectric under induction, I may describe an experiment. Put into a glass vessel some clear rectified oil of turpentine, and introduce two wires passing through glass tubes where they coincide with the surface of the fluid, and terminating either in balls or points. Cut some very clean dry white silk into small particles, and put these also into the liquid: then electrify one of the wires by an ordinary machine and discharge by the other. The silk will immediately gather from all parts of the liquid, and form a band of particles reaching from wire to wire, and if touched by a glass rod will show considerable tenacity; yet the moment the supply of electricity ceases, the band will fall away and disappear by the dispersion of its parts. The conduction by the silk is in this case very small; and after the best examination I could give to the effects, the impression on my mind is, that the adhesion of the whole is due to the polarity which each filament acquires, exactly as the particles of iron between the poles of a horse-shoe magnet are held together in one mass by a similar disposition of forces. The particles of silk therefore represent to me the condition of the molecules of the dielectric itself, which I assume to be polar, just as that of the silk is. In all cases of conductive discharge the contiguous polarized particles of the body are able to effect a neutralization of their forces with greater or less facility, as the silk does also in a very slight degree. Further we are not able to carry the parallel, except in imagination; but if we could divide each particle of silk into two halves, and let each half travel until it met and united with the next half in an opposite state, it would then exert its carrying power (1347.), and so far represent electrolytic discharge.

1350. To illustrate the state of polarized particles in a dielectric when induced, I’ll describe an experiment. Take a glass container and fill it with clear rectified turpentine oil, then insert two wires through glass tubes to the surface of the fluid, ending in balls or points. Cut some very clean, dry white silk into small pieces and add them to the liquid. Next, electrify one of the wires using a regular machine and discharge through the other. The silk will quickly gather from all areas of the liquid, forming a band of particles that stretches from wire to wire, and if touched with a glass rod, it will show significant stickiness; however, once the electricity supply stops, the band will fall apart and vanish as its parts spread out. The conduction by the silk in this case is minimal; and after closely examining the effects, I conclude that the cohesion of the entire system is due to the polarity each filament gains, just like the iron particles held together by the force of a horseshoe magnet. Thus, the silk particles represent the state of the molecules in the dielectric itself, which I believe is also polarized, similar to that of the silk. In all cases of conductive discharge, the adjacent polarized particles of the body can neutralize their forces with varying ease, as the silk does, though to a very limited extent. Additionally, we can only imagine the parallel; but if we could split each silk particle into two halves, letting each half move until it meets and combines with the next half in an opposite state, it would then demonstrate its carrying power (1347.) and represent electrolytic discharge to some extent.

1351. Admitting that electrolytic discharge is a consequence of previous induction, then how evidently do its numerous cases point to induction in curved lines (521. 1216.), and to the divergence or lateral action of the lines of inductive force (1231.), and so strengthen that part of the general argument in the former paper! If two balls of platina, forming the electrodes of a voltaic battery, are put into a large vessel of dilute sulphuric acid, the whole of the surfaces are covered with the respective gases in beautifully regulated proportions, and the mind has no difficulty in conceiving the direction of the curved lines of discharge, and even the intensity of force of the different lines, by the quantity of gas evolved upon the different parts of the surface. From this condition of the lines of inductive force arise the general effects of diffusion; the appearance of the anions or cathions round the edges and on the further side of the electrodes when in the form of plates; and the manner in which the current or discharge will follow all the forms of the electrolyte, however contorted. Hence, also, the effects which Nobili has so well examined and described260 in his papers on the distribution of currents in conducting masses. All these effects indicate the curved direction of the currents or discharges which occur in and through the dielectrics, and these are in every case preceded by equivalent inductive actions of the contiguous particles.

1351. If we accept that electrolytic discharge results from previous induction, it's clear that its many instances point to induction along curved lines (521. 1216.) and to the divergence or lateral action of inductive force lines (1231.), thereby reinforcing that aspect of the overall argument in the earlier paper! When two platinum balls, serving as electrodes in a voltaic battery, are placed in a large container filled with diluted sulfuric acid, all their surfaces are coated with the respective gases in beautifully balanced proportions. It's easy to visualize the direction of the curved discharge lines and even the varying intensities of force of the different lines based on the amount of gas produced on various parts of the surface. The configuration of the inductive force lines leads to general diffusion effects; the emergence of anions or cations around the edges and on the opposite side of the electrodes when they are shaped like plates; and the way the current or discharge adapts to any form of the electrolyte, no matter how twisted. This also accounts for the effects that Nobili has thoroughly investigated and detailed in his studies on the distribution of currents in conductive materials. All these effects reveal the curved direction of the currents or discharges occurring in and through the dielectrics, and these are always preceded by corresponding inductive actions of the nearby particles.

1352. Hence also the advantage, when the exciting forces are weak or require assistance, of enlarging the mass of the electrolyte; of increasing the size of the electrodes; of making the coppers surround the zincs:—all is in harmony with the view of induction which I am endeavouring to examine; I do not perceive as yet one fact against it.

1352. Therefore, it’s also beneficial when the exciting forces are weak or need support to increase the amount of electrolyte, to make the electrodes larger, and to have the copper surround the zincs—all of this aligns with the idea of induction that I’m trying to explore; I don't see any evidence against it yet.

1353. There are many points of electrolytic discharge which ultimately will require to be very closely considered, though I can but slightly touch upon them. It is not that, as far as I have investigated them, they present any contradiction to the view taken (for I have carefully, though unsuccessfully, sought for such cases), but simply want of time as yet to pursue the inquiry, which prevents me from entering upon them here.

1353. There are many aspects of electrolytic discharge that will need to be closely examined, although I can only briefly mention them. It's not that, based on my research, they contradict the viewpoint I've taken (I have thoroughly, though unsuccessfully, looked for such cases), but rather a lack of time so far to continue the investigation that stops me from discussing them here.

1354. One point is, that different electrolytes or dielectrics require different initial intensities for their decomposition (912.). This may depend upon the degree of polarization which the particles require before electrolytic discharge commences. It is in direct relation to the chemical affinity of the substances concerned; and will probably be found to have a relation or analogy to the specific inductive capacity of different bodies (1252. 1296.). It thus promises to assist in causing the great truths of those extensive sciences, which are occupied in considering the forces of the particles of matter, to fall into much closer order and arrangement than they have heretofore presented.

1354. One point is that different electrolytes or dielectrics need different initial intensities for their decomposition (912.). This may depend on the level of polarization required by the particles before electrolytic discharge begins. It directly relates to the chemical affinity of the substances involved, and there will likely be a connection or analogy to the specific inductive capacity of various materials (1252. 1296.). This should help in organizing the major principles of those extensive sciences that explore the forces of matter particles into a much clearer and more structured framework than they have presented so far.

1355. Another point is the facilitation of electrolytic conducting power or discharge by the addition of substances to the dielectric employed. This effect is strikingly shown where water is the body whose qualities are improved, but, as yet, no general law governing all the phenomena has been detected. Thus some acids, as the sulphuric, phosphoric, oxalic, and nitric, increase the power of water enormously; whilst others, as the tartaric and citric acids, give but little power; and others, again, as the acetic and boracic acids, do not produce a change sensible to the voltameter (739.). Ammonia produces no effect, but its carbonate does. The caustic alkalies and their carbonates produce a fair effect. Sulphate of soda, nitre (753.), and many soluble salts produce much effect. Percyanide of mercury and corrosive sublimate produce no effect; nor does iodine, gum, or sugar, the test being a voltameter. In many cases the added substance is acted on either directly or indirectly, and then the phenomena are more complicated; such substances are muriatic acid (758.), the soluble protochlorides (766.), and iodides (769.), nitric acid (752.), &c. In other cases the substance added is not, when alone, subject to or a conductor of the powers of the voltaic battery, and yet both gives and receives power when associated with water. M. de la Rive has pointed this result out in sulphurous acid261, iodine and bromine262; the chloride of arsenic produces the same effect. A far more striking case, however, is presented by that very influential body sulphuric acid (681.): and probably phosphoric acid also is in the same peculiar relation.

1355. Another point is how adding substances to the dielectric used can enhance electrolytic conductivity or discharge. This effect is particularly evident when water is involved, but so far, no universal law has been discovered to explain all the phenomena. For instance, some acids like sulfuric, phosphoric, oxalic, and nitric significantly boost the conductivity of water, while others, such as tartaric and citric acids, provide minimal improvement. Additionally, acetic and boracic acids don’t affect the voltameter readings at all (739.). Ammonia has no effect, but its carbonate does. Caustic alkalies and their carbonates show a moderate impact. Sodium sulfate, nitre (753.), and many soluble salts have a strong effect. Mercury cyanide and corrosive sublimate do not affect conductivity, nor do iodine, gum, or sugar, as shown by the voltameter test. In many instances, the added substance interacts directly or indirectly, complicating the phenomena. Such substances include muriatic acid (758.), soluble protochlorides (766.), iodides (769.), nitric acid (752.), etc. In other cases, the added substance, when alone, does not conduct or interact with the voltaic battery, yet still both imparts and receives power when mixed with water. M. de la Rive has noted this result in sulfurous acid261, iodine, and bromine262; arsenic chloride exhibits the same effect. However, a much more striking example is sulfuric acid (681.): and likely, phosphoric acid also shares this unique relationship.

1356. It would seem in the cases of those bodies which suffer no change themselves, as sulphuric acid (and perhaps in all), that they affect water in its conducting power only as an electrolyte; for whether little or much improved, the decomposition is proportionate to the quantity of electricity passing (727. 730.), and the transfer is therefore due to electrolytic discharge. This is in accordance with the fact already stated as regards water (984.), that the conducting power is not improved for electricity of force below the electrolytic intensity of the substance acting as the dielectric; but both facts (and some others) are against the opinion which I formerly gave, that the power of salts, &c. might depend upon their assumption of the liquid state by solution in the water employed (410.). It occurs to me that the effect may perhaps be related to, and have its explanation in differences of specific inductive capacities.

1356. It seems that in cases of substances that don’t change themselves, like sulfuric acid (and maybe all substances), they affect water’s ability to conduct electricity only as an electrolyte. Whether the improvement is small or large, the decomposition is proportional to the amount of electricity flowing (727. 730.), and the transfer is therefore due to electrolytic discharge. This aligns with the previously mentioned fact about water (984.), which states that the conductivity isn’t improved for electricity with a force below the electrolytic intensity of the material acting as the dielectric. Both of these facts (and a few others) contradict my earlier belief that the conductivity of salts, etc., might depend on their ability to dissolve in the water used (410.). It occurs to me that this effect might be related to, and explained by, differences in specific inductive capacities.

1357. I have described in the last paper, cases, where shell-lac was rendered a conductor by absorption of ammonia (1294.). The same effect happens with muriatic acid; yet both these substances, when gaseous, are non-conductors; and the ammonia, also when in strong solution (718.). Mr. Harris has mentioned instances263 in which the conducting power of metals is seriously altered by a very little alloy. These may have no relation to the former cases, but nevertheless should not be overlooked in the general investigation which the whole question requires.

1357. I've described in the last paper cases where shellac became a conductor due to the absorption of ammonia (1294.). The same effect occurs with hydrochloric acid; however, both of these substances, when in gas form, do not conduct electricity, and ammonia also does not conduct when in a strong solution (718.). Mr. Harris has pointed out examples263 where the conductivity of metals can be significantly changed by just a small amount of an alloy. These may not be related to the previous cases, but they should still be considered in the overall investigation that the entire question necessitates.

1358. Nothing is perhaps more striking in that class of dielectrics which we call electrolytes, than the extraordinary and almost complete suspension of their peculiar mode of effecting discharge when they are rendered solid (380, &c.), even though the intensity of the induction acting through them may be increased a hundredfold or more (419.). It not only establishes a very general relation between the physical properties of these bodies and electricity acting by induction through them, but draws both their physical and chemical relations so near together, as to make us hope we shall shortly arrive at the full comprehension of the influence they mutually possess over each other.

1358. One of the most remarkable features of the class of materials we call electrolytes is how their unique way of discharging is almost completely suspended when they become solid (380, &c.), even if the strength of the induction acting through them is increased a hundred times or more (419.). This not only creates a broad connection between the physical properties of these substances and electricity acting by induction through them, but also closely links their physical and chemical properties, leading us to hope that we will soon fully understand the influence they have on each other.

¶ ix. Disruptive discharge and insulation.

1359. The next form of discharge has been distinguished by the adjective disruptive (1319.), as it in every case displaces more or less the particles amongst and across which it suddenly breaks. I include under it, discharge in the form of sparks, brushes, and glow (1405.), but exclude the cases of currents of air, fluids, &c., which, though frequently accompanying the former, are essentially distinct in their nature.

1359. The next type of discharge is known as disruptive (1319.), as it tends to displace the particles around it whenever it suddenly occurs. I include discharges in the form of sparks, brushes, and glow (1405.), but I exclude instances of air currents, fluids, etc., which, although often seen alongside the former, are fundamentally different in nature.

1360. The conditions requisite for the production of an electric spark in its simplest form are well-known. An insulating dielectric must be interposed between two conducting surfaces in opposite states of electricity, and then if the actions be continually increased in strength, or otherwise favoured, either by exalting the electric state of the two conductors, or bringing them nearer to each other, or diminishing the density of the dielectric, a spark at last appears, and the two forces are for the time annihilated, for discharge has occurred.

1360. The basic conditions needed to create an electric spark are well-known. An insulating material must be placed between two conducting surfaces with opposite electric charges. If the strength of the actions is continuously increased, either by boosting the electric state of the two conductors, moving them closer together, or reducing the density of the insulating material, a spark will eventually appear, and the two forces are temporarily neutralized, as discharge has taken place.

1361. The conductors (which may be considered as the termini of the inductive action) are in ordinary cases most generally metals, whilst the dielectrics usually employed are common air and glass. In my view of induction, however, every dielectric becomes of importance, for as the results are considered essentially dependent on these bodies, it was to be expected that differences of action never before suspected would be evident upon close examination, and so at once give fresh confirmation of the theory, and open new doors of discovery into the extensive and varied fields of our science. This hope was especially entertained with respect to the gases, because of their high degree of insulation, their uniformity in physical condition, and great difference in chemical properties.

1361. The conductors (which can be seen as the endpoints of the inductive process) are usually metals in typical situations, while the dielectrics commonly used are regular air and glass. However, in my perspective on induction, every dielectric plays a crucial role, as the outcomes are fundamentally linked to these materials. It was expected that previously unnoticed differences in behavior would be evident upon detailed examination, which would not only further confirm the theory but also pave the way for new discoveries in the vast and diverse areas of our science. This expectation was particularly strong regarding gases, due to their excellent insulation, consistent physical conditions, and significant variations in chemical properties.

1362. All the effects prior to the discharge are inductive; and the degree of tension which it is necessary to attain before the spark passes is therefore, in the examination I am now making of the new view of induction, a very important point. It is the limit of the influence which the dielectric exerts in resisting discharge; it is a measure, consequently, of the conservative power of the dielectric, which in its turn may be considered as becoming a measure, and therefore a representative of the intensity of the electric forces in activity.

1362. All the effects before the discharge are inductive; the amount of tension needed before the spark jumps is, therefore, a crucial aspect in my current exploration of the new perspective on induction. It marks the limit of how much the dielectric resists discharge; consequently, it serves as a gauge of the dielectric's ability to conserve energy, which can be viewed as a measure and, thus, a representation of the intensity of the electric forces at work.

1363. Many philosophers have examined the circumstances of this limiting action in air, but, as far as I know, none have come near Mr. Harris as to the accuracy with, and the extent to, which he has carried on his investigations264. Some of his results I must very briefly notice, premising that they are all obtained with the use of air as the dielectric between the conducting surfaces.

1363. Many philosophers have looked into the conditions surrounding this limiting action in air, but, as far as I know, none have matched Mr. Harris in terms of the precision and depth of his investigations264. I must briefly mention some of his results, noting that they were all obtained using air as the dielectric between the conducting surfaces.

1364. First as to the distance between the two balls used, or in other words, the thickness of the dielectric across which the induction was sustained. The quantity of electricity, measured by a unit jar, or otherwise on the same principle with the unit jar, in the charged or inductive ball, necessary to produce spark discharge, was found to vary exactly with the distance between the balls, or between the discharging points, and that under very varied and exact forms of experiment265.

1364. First, let's talk about the distance between the two balls used, or in other words, the thickness of the dielectric through which the induction was maintained. The amount of electricity, measured by a unit jar or through a similar method as the unit jar, in the charged or inductive ball needed to create a spark discharge was found to vary directly with the distance between the balls or the discharging points, and this was confirmed under a variety of precise experimental conditions265.

1365. Then with respect to variation in the pressure or density of the air. The quantities of electricity required to produce discharge across a constant interval varied exactly with variations of the density; the quantity of electricity and density of the air being in the same simple ratio. Or, if the quantity was retained the same, whilst the interval and density of the air were varied, then these were found in the inverse simple ratio of each other, the same quantity passing across twice the distance with air rarefied to one-half266.

1365. Regarding changes in the pressure or density of the air, the amount of electricity needed to create a discharge over a constant interval varied directly with changes in density; the amount of electricity and the density of the air were in the same straightforward ratio. Alternatively, if the amount of electricity stayed the same while the interval and density of the air changed, they were found to be in an inverse straightforward ratio; the same amount of electricity could pass over twice the distance with air that was rarefied to half 266.

1366. It must be remembered that these effects take place without any variation of the inductive force by condensation or rarefaction of the air. That force remains the same in air267, and in all gases (1284. 1292.), whatever their rarefaction may be.

1366. It should be noted that these effects occur without any change in the inductive force due to the condensation or rarefaction of the air. That force stays consistent in air267, and in all gases (1284. 1292.), regardless of how much they are rarified.

1367. Variation of the temperature of the air produced no variation of the quantity of electricity required to cause discharge across a given interval268.

1367. Changes in the temperature of the air did not affect the amount of electricity needed to trigger a discharge over a specific interval268.

Such are the general results, which I have occasion for at present, obtained by Mr. Harris, and they appear to me to be unexceptionable.

These are the general results that I need right now, obtained by Mr. Harris, and they seem to be flawless to me.

1368. In the theory of induction founded upon a molecular action of the dielectric, we have to look to the state of that body principally for the cause and determination of the above effects. Whilst the induction continues, it is assumed that the particles of the dielectric are in a certain polarized state, the tension of this state rising higher in each particle as the induction is raised to a higher degree, either by approximation of the inducing surfaces, variation of form, increase of the original force, or other means; until at last, the tension of the particles having reached the utmost degree which they can sustain without subversion of the whole arrangement, discharge immediately after takes place.

1368. In the theory of induction based on molecular interactions in dielectrics, we mainly need to consider the state of the material for the cause and determination of the effects mentioned above. While induction is ongoing, it is assumed that the particles of the dielectric are in a specific polarized state, with the tension in each particle increasing as the level of induction rises. This increase can happen through the closer positioning of the inducing surfaces, changes in shape, an increase in the original force, or other methods. Eventually, once the tension in the particles reaches the maximum level they can handle without disrupting the whole system, a discharge occurs immediately afterward.

1369. The theory does not assume, however, that all the particles of the dielectric subject to the inductive action are affected to the same amount, or acquire the same tension. What has been called the lateral action of the lines of inductive force (1231. 1297.), and the diverging and occasionally curved form of these lines, is against such a notion. The idea is, that any section taken through the dielectric across the lines of inductive force, and including all of them, would be equal, in the sum of the forces, to the sum of the forces in any other section; and that, therefore, the whole amount of tension for each such section would be the same.

1369. The theory doesn't assume that all the particles of the dielectric affected by the inductive action are impacted equally or develop the same tension. What’s referred to as the lateral action of the lines of inductive force (1231. 1297.) and the diverging, sometimes curved shape of these lines contradicts this idea. The concept is that any section taken through the dielectric along the lines of inductive force, which includes all of them, would have a total force equal to the total force in any other section; therefore, the overall tension for each section would be the same.

1370. Discharge probably occurs, not when all the particles have attained to a certain degree of tension, but when that particle which is most affected has been exalted to the subverting or turning point (1410.). For though all the particles in the line of induction resist charge, and are associated in their actions so as to give a sum of resisting force, yet when any one is brought up to the overturning point, all must give way in the case of a spark between ball and ball. The breaking down of that one must of necessity cause the whole barrier to be overturned, for it was at its utmost degree of resistance when it possessed the aiding power of that one particle, in addition to the power of the rest, and the power of that one is now lost. Hence tension or intensity269 may, according to the theory, be considered as represented by the particular condition of the particles, or the amount in them of forced variation from their normal state (1298. 1368.).

1370. Discharge likely happens, not when all the particles reach a certain level of tension, but when the particle that is most influenced has been pushed to the tipping or turning point (1410.). Even though all the particles in the line of induction resist the charge and work together to create a total resisting force, when any one of them reaches the breaking point, all must give way in the case of a spark between the two balls. The failure of that one particle must inevitably lead to the collapse of the entire barrier, because it was at its maximum level of resistance when it had the support of that one particle, plus the strength of the others, and that one’s strength is now gone. Therefore, tension or intensity269 can, based on the theory, be seen as represented by the specific condition of the particles, or the degree to which they are forced to vary from their normal state (1298. 1368.).

1371. The whole effect produced by a charged conductor on a distant conductor, insulated or not, is by my theory assumed to be due to an action propagated from particle to particle of the intervening and insulating dielectric, all the particles being considered as thrown for the time into a forced condition, from which they endeavour to return to their normal or natural state. The theory, therefore, seems to supply an easy explanation of the influence of distance in affecting induction (1303. 1364.). As the distance is diminished induction increases; for there are then fewer particles in the line of inductive force to oppose their united resistance to the assumption of the forced or polarized state, and vice versa. Again, as the distance diminishes, discharge across happens with a lower charge of electricity; for if, as in Harris's experiments (1364), the interval be diminished to one-half, then half the electricity required to discharge across the first interval is sufficient to strike across the second; and it is evident, also, that at that time there are only half the number of interposed molecules uniting their forces to resist the discharge.

1371. The overall effect of a charged conductor on a distant conductor, whether insulated or not, is, according to my theory, considered to result from an action transmitted from particle to particle of the intervening insulating material. All of these particles are viewed as being temporarily put into a forced condition, from which they try to return to their normal or natural state. Therefore, this theory seems to provide a simple explanation for how distance impacts induction (1303. 1364.). When the distance decreases, induction increases; that's because there are fewer particles in the path of the inductive force, which makes it easier for them to collectively resist the transition to the forced or polarized state, and vice versa. Additionally, as the distance decreases, discharge occurs with a lower amount of electrical charge. For instance, if, as in Harris's experiments (1364), the distance is reduced to half, then only half the amount of electricity needed to discharge across the first distance is enough to transfer across the second. It is also clear that at that time, there are only half the number of molecules in between working against the discharge.

1372. The effect of enlarging the conducting surfaces which are opposed to each other in the act of induction, is, if the electricity be limited in its supply, to lower the intensity of action; and this follows as a very natural consequence from the increased area of the dielectric across which the induction is effected. For by diffusing the inductive action, which at first was exerted through one square inch of sectional area of the dielectric, over two or three square inches of such area, twice or three times the number of molecules of the dielectric are brought into the polarized condition, and employed in sustaining the inductive action, and consequently the tension belonging to the smaller number on which the limited force was originally accumulated, must fall in a proportionate degree.

1372. When you increase the size of the conducting surfaces that face each other during induction, and if the electricity supply is limited, the intensity of the action decreases. This happens naturally because of the larger area of the dielectric that the induction occurs across. By spreading the inductive action, which initially affected one square inch of the dielectric, over two or three square inches, you involve twice or three times as many molecules of the dielectric in a polarized state. This increase helps maintain the inductive action, and as a result, the tension that was originally concentrated on the smaller number must decrease proportionately.

1373. For the same reason diminishing these opposing surfaces must increase the intensity, and the effect will increase until the surfaces become points. But in this case, the tension of the particles of the dielectric next the points is higher than that of particles midway, because of the lateral action and consequent bulging, as it were, of the lines of inductive force at the middle distance (1369.).

1373. For the same reason, reducing these opposing surfaces must increase the intensity, and the effect will grow until the surfaces turn into points. However, in this situation, the tension of the particles of the dielectric next to the points is greater than that of the particles in between, due to the lateral action and the resulting bulging, so to speak, of the lines of inductive force at the midpoint (1369.).

1374. The more exalted effects of induction on a point p, or any small surface, as the rounded end of a rod, when it is opposed to a large surface, as that of a ball or plate, rather than to another point or end, the distance being in both cases the same, fall into harmonious relation with my theory (1302.). For in the latter case, the small surface p is affected only by those particles which are brought into the inductive condition by the equally small surface of the opposed conductor, whereas when that is a ball or plate the lines of inductive force from the latter are concentrated, as it were, upon the end p. Now though the molecules of the dielectric against the large surface may have a much lower state of tension than those against the corresponding smaller surface, yet they are also far more numerous, and, as the lines of inductive force converge towards a point, are able to communicate to the particles contained in any cross section (1369.) nearer the small surface an amount of tension equal to their own, and consequently much higher for each individual particle; so that, at the surface of the smaller conductor, the tension of a particle rises much, and if that conductor were to terminate in a point, the tension would rise to an infinite degree, except that it is limited, as before (1368.), by discharge. The nature of the discharge from small surfaces and points under induction will be resumed hereafter (1425. &c.)

1374. The more significant effects of induction on a point p, or any small surface, like the rounded end of a rod, when compared to a larger surface, such as that of a ball or plate, rather than to another point or end, with the distance being the same in both cases, align with my theory (1302.). In the latter case, the small surface p is influenced only by those particles that enter the inductive condition due to the equally small surface of the opposing conductor. However, when that opposing surface is a ball or plate, the lines of inductive force from it are focused, so to speak, on the end p. Although the molecules of the dielectric next to the large surface may experience a much lower level of tension than those next to the corresponding smaller surface, they are also significantly more numerous. As the lines of inductive force converge toward a point, they can impart to the particles in any cross-section (1369.) closer to the small surface a level of tension equal to their own, which means that the tension becomes much higher for each individual particle. Therefore, at the surface of the smaller conductor, the tension of a particle greatly increases, and if that conductor were to end in a point, the tension would rise to an infinite degree, except that it is restricted, as noted earlier (1368.), by discharge. The nature of the discharge from small surfaces and points under induction will be addressed later (1425. &c.)

1375. Rarefaction of the air does not alter the intensity of inductive action (1284. 1287.); nor is there any reason, as far as I can perceive, why it should. If the quantity of electricity and the distance remain the same, and the air be rarefied one-half, then, though one-half of the particles of the dielectric are removed, the other half assume a double degree of tension in their polarity, and therefore the inductive forces are balanced, and the result remains unaltered as long as the induction and insulation are sustained. But the case of discharge is very different; for as there are only half the number of dielectric particles in the rarefied atmosphere, so these are brought up to the discharging intensity by half the former quantity of electricity; discharge, therefore, ensues, and such a consequence of the theory is in perfect accordance with Mr. Harris's results (1365.).

1375. Rarefaction of the air doesn’t change the intensity of inductive action (1284. 1287.); nor do I see any reason why it would. If the amount of electricity and the distance stay the same, and the air is rarefied to half, then even though half of the particles of the dielectric are removed, the remaining particles experience a double degree of tension in their polarity. As a result, the inductive forces balance out, and the outcome stays the same as long as the induction and insulation are maintained. However, the situation with discharge is quite different; since there are only half the number of dielectric particles in the rarefied atmosphere, these particles reach the discharging intensity with just half the previous amount of electricity. Thus, discharge occurs, and this outcome is completely in line with Mr. Harris's results (1365.).

1376. The increase of electricity required to cause discharge over the same distance, when the pressure of the air or its density is increased, flows in a similar manner, and on the same principle (1375.), from the molecular theory.

1376. The increase in electricity needed to create a discharge over the same distance, when the air pressure or density is raised, behaves in a similar way and is based on the same principle (1375.) from the molecular theory.

1377. Here I think my view of induction has a decided advantage over others, especially over that which refers the retention of electricity on the surface of conductors in air to the pressure of the atmosphere (1305.). The latter is the view which, being adopted by Poisson and Biot270, is also, I believe, that generally received; and it associates two such dissimilar things, as the ponderous air and the subtile and even hypothetical fluid or fluids of electricity, by gross mechanical relations; by the bonds of mere static pressure. My theory, on the contrary, sets out at once by connecting the electric forces with the particles of matter; it derives all its proofs, and even its origin in the first instance, from experiment; and then, without any further assumption, seems to offer at once a full explanation of these and many other singular, peculiar, and, I think, heretofore unconnected effects.

1377. Here, I believe my perspective on induction has a clear advantage over others, particularly the one that links the retention of electricity on the surface of conductors in air to the pressure of the atmosphere (1305.). This perspective, which Poisson and Biot adopted270, is also, I think, the one that is most widely accepted; it ties together two very different things, such as the heavy air and the subtle and even theoretical fluid or fluids of electricity, through basic mechanical relations; merely by the connections of static pressure. My theory, on the other hand, starts by connecting electric forces with the particles of matter; it derives all its proof, and even its initial basis, from experimentation; and then, without any additional assumptions, seems to provide a complete explanation of these and many other unique, specific, and, I believe, previously unlinked effects.

1378. An important assisting experimental argument may here be adduced, derived from the difference of specific inductive capacity of different dielectrics (1269. 1274. 1278.). Consider an insulated sphere electrified positively and placed in the centre of another and larger sphere uninsulated, a uniform dielectric, as air, intervening. The case is really that of my apparatus (1187.), and also, in effect, that of any ball electrified in a room and removed to some distance from irregularly-formed conductors. Whilst things remain in this state the electricity is distributed (so to speak) uniformly over the surface of the electrified sphere. But introduce such a dielectric as sulphur or lac, into the space between the two conductors on one side only, or opposite one part of the inner sphere, and immediately the electricity on the latter is diffused unequally (1229. 1270. 1309.), although the form of the conducting surfaces, their distances, and the pressure of the atmosphere remain perfectly unchanged.

1378. An important experimental argument can be made here, based on the difference in specific inductive capacity of various dielectrics (1269. 1274. 1278.). Imagine an insulated sphere that's positively charged, placed at the center of a larger, uninsulated sphere, with a uniform dielectric like air in between. This scenario resembles my apparatus (1187.), and is effectively similar to any charged ball in a room that's moved a distance away from oddly shaped conductors. While everything stays in this condition, the electricity distributes (so to speak) evenly across the surface of the charged sphere. However, if you introduce a dielectric like sulfur or shellac into the space between the two conductors on just one side, or against one part of the inner sphere, the electricity in the latter becomes unevenly distributed (1229. 1270. 1309.), even though the shape of the conducting surfaces, their distances, and the pressure of the atmosphere remain completely unchanged.

1379. Fusinieri took a different view from that of Poisson, Biot, and others, of the reason why rarefaction of air caused easy diffusion of electricity. He considered the effect as due to the removal of the obstacle which the air presented to the expansion of the substances from which the electricity passed271. But platina balls show the phenomena in vacuo as well as volatile metals and other substances; besides which, when the rarefaction is very considerable, the electricity passes with scarcely any resistance, and the production of no sensible heat; so that I think Fusinieri's view of the matter is likely to gain but few assents.

1379. Fusinieri had a different perspective than Poisson, Biot, and others regarding why thinning out air allowed electricity to diffuse easily. He thought it was because the air removed the obstacle that prevented the substances from which electricity flowed from expanding271. However, platinum balls demonstrate the phenomenon in vacuo just like volatile metals and other materials do; furthermore, when the air is significantly thinned out, electricity flows with almost no resistance and produces negligible heat. Therefore, I believe that Fusinieri's interpretation is unlikely to gain much support.

1380. I have no need to remark upon the discharging or collecting power of flame or hot air. I believe, with Harris, that the mere heat does nothing (1367.), the rarefaction only being influential. The effect of rarefaction has been already considered generally (1375.); and that caused by the heat of a burning light, with the pointed form of the wick, and the carrying power of the carbonaceous particles which for the time are associated with it, are fully sufficient to account for all the effects.

1380. I don't need to explain the ability of flame or hot air to push or pull. I agree with Harris that the heat itself doesn’t really do anything (1367.); it’s just the low pressure that matters. We’ve already looked at the effects of low pressure generally (1375.); and the impact caused by the heat of a burning flame, with the sharp shape of the wick, along with the carrying ability of the carbon particles temporarily linked to it, is more than enough to explain all the effects.

1381. We have now arrived at the important question, how will the inductive tension requisite for insulation and disruptive discharge be sustained in gases, which, having the same physical state and also the same pressure and the same temperature as air, differ from it in specific gravity, in chemical qualities, and it may be in peculiar relations, which not being as yet recognized, are purely electrical (1361.)?

1381. We have now come to the crucial question: how will the inductive tension needed for insulation and disruptive discharge be maintained in gases that, while having the same physical state, same pressure, and same temperature as air, differ in specific gravity, chemical properties, and possibly in unique relationships that are not yet understood and are purely electrical (1361.)?

1382. Into this question I can enter now only as far as is essential for the present argument, namely, that insulation and inductive tension do not depend merely upon the charged conductors employed, but also, and essentially, upon the interposed dielectric, in consequence of the molecular action of its particles (1292.).

1382. I can only address this question as it relates to the current argument, which is that insulation and inductive tension don’t just depend on the charged conductors used, but also, and fundamentally, on the dielectric material in between, due to the molecular interactions of its particles (1292.).

1383. A glass vessel a (fig. 127.)272 was ground at the top and bottom so as to be closed by two ground brass plates, b and c; b carried a stuffing-box, with a sliding rod d terminated by a brass ball s below, and a ring above. The lower plate was connected with a foot, stop-cock, and socket, e, f and g; and also with a brass ball l, which by means of a stem attached to it and entering the socket g, could be fixed at various heights. The metallic parts of this apparatus were not varnished, but the glass was well-covered with a coat of shell-lac previously dissolved in alcohol. On exhausting the vessel at the air-pump it could be filled with any other gas than air, and, in such cases, the gas so passed in was dried whilst entering by fused chloride of calcium.

1383. A glass container a (fig. 127.)272 was ground at the top and bottom to be sealed with two ground brass plates, b and c; b had a stuffing-box, with a sliding rod d that ended in a brass ball s below and a ring above. The lower plate was connected to a foot, stop-cock, and socket, e, f, and g; it also had a brass ball l, which could be fixed at different heights by a stem attached to it that entered the socket g. The metal parts of this device weren't varnished, but the glass was well-covered with a layer of shellac previously dissolved in alcohol. When the vessel was exhausted at the air pump, it could be filled with any gas other than air, and in these cases, the gas was dried while entering by means of fused calcium chloride.

1384. The other part of the apparatus consisted of two insulating pillars, h and i, to which were fixed two brass balls, and through these passed two sliding rods, k and m, terminated at each end by brass balls; n is the end of an insulated conductor, which could be rendered either positive or negative from an electrical machine; o and p are wires connecting it with the two parts previously described, and q is a wire which, connecting the two opposite sides of the collateral arrangements, also communicates with a good discharging train r (292.).

1384. The other part of the apparatus consisted of two insulating pillars, h and i, to which two brass balls were attached, and through these passed two sliding rods, k and m, each ending in brass balls. n is the end of an insulated conductor, which could be made either positive or negative by an electrical machine; o and p are wires connecting it to the two previously described parts, and q is a wire that connects the two opposite sides of the collateral arrangements, also linking to a good discharging train r (292.).

1385. It is evident that the discharge from the machine electricity may pass either between s and l, or S and L. The regulation adopted in the first experiments was to keep s and l with their distance unchanged, but to introduce first one gas and then another into the vessel a, and then balance the discharge at the one place against that at the other; for by making the interval at a sufficiently small, all the discharge would pass there, or making it sufficiently large it would all occur at the interval v in the receiver. On principle it seemed evident, that in this way the varying interval u might be taken as a measure, or rather indication of the resistance to discharge through the gas at the constant interval v. The following are the constant dimensions.

1385. It’s clear that the discharge from the machine's electricity can occur either between s and l, or between S and L. In the initial experiments, the plan was to keep s and l at a fixed distance, but to first introduce one gas and then another into vessel a, and then compare the discharge at one spot with that at the other; by making the distance at a small enough, all the discharge would happen there, or by making it large enough, it would all take place at the distance v in the receiver. It seemed clear that this way, the varying distance u could serve as a measure, or rather an indicator, of the resistance to discharge through the gas at the constant distance v. The following are the constant dimensions.

Ball s0.93 of an inch.
Ball S0.96 of an inch.
Ball l2.02 of an inch.
Ball L 0.62 of an inch.
Interval v0.62 of an inch.

1386. On proceeding to experiment it was found that when air or any gas was in the receiver a, the interval u was not a fixed one; it might be altered through a certain range of distance, and yet sparks pass either there or at v in the receiver. The extremes were therefore noted, i.e. the greatest distance short of that at which the discharge always took place at v in the gas, and the least distance short of that at which it always took place at u in the air. Thus, with air in the receiver, the extremes at u were 0.56 and 0.79 of an inch, the range of 0.23 between these distances including intervals at which sparks passed occasionally either at one place or the other.

1386. When conducting experiments, it was found that when air or any gas was in the receiver a, the interval u was not fixed; it could change across a certain range of distances, and sparks would still occur either there or at v in the receiver. The extremes were noted, meaning the greatest distance just short of where the discharge always occurred at v in the gas, and the least distance just short of where it always occurred at u in the air. So, with air in the receiver, the extremes at u were 0.56 and 0.79 inches, with a range of 0.23 between these distances, including intervals where sparks occasionally occurred either at one spot or the other.

1387. The small balls s and S could be rendered either positive or negative from the machine, and as gases were expected and were found to differ from each other in relation to this change (1399.), the results obtained under these differences of charge were also noted.

1387. The small balls s and S could be made either positively or negatively charged by the machine, and since gases were anticipated and discovered to vary from one another in relation to this change (1399.), the outcomes recorded under these varying charges were also observed.

1388. The following is a Table of results; the gas named is that in the vessel a. The smallest, greatest, and mean interval at u in air is expressed in parts of an inch, the interval v being constantly 0.62 of an inch.

1388. The following is a Table of results; the gas mentioned is that in the vessel a. The smallest, largest, and average interval at u in air is shown in parts of an inch, while the interval v remains consistently at 0.62 of an inch.

Smallest.Greatest.Mean.
Air, s and S, pos.0.600.790.695
Air, s and S, neg.0.590.680.635
Oxygen, s and S, pos.0.410.600.505
Oxygen, s and S, neg.0.500.520.510
Nitrogen, s and S, pos.0.550.68 0.615
Nitrogen, s and S, neg.0.590.700.645
Hydrogen, s and S, pos.0.300.440.370
Hydrogen, s and S, neg.0.250.300.275
Carbonic acid, s and S, pos.0.560.720.640
Carbonic acid, s and S, neg.0.580.600.590
Olefiant gas, s and S, pos.0.640.860.750
Olefiant gas, s and S, neg.0.690.770.730
Coal gas, s and S, pos.0.37 0.610.490
Coal gas, s and S, neg.0.470.580.525
Muriatic acid gas, s and S, pos.0.891.321.105
Muriatic acid gas, s and S, neg.0.670.750.710

1389. The above results were all obtained at one time. On other occasions other experiments were made, which gave generally the same results as to order, though not as to numbers. Thus:

1389. The results mentioned above were all obtained at once. At different times, other experiments were conducted, which usually produced similar results in terms of order, but not in terms of numbers. So:

Hydrogen, s and S, pos.0.230.570.400
Carbonic acid, s and S, pos.0.511.050.780
Olefiant gas, s and S, pos.0.661.270.965

I did not notice the difference of the barometer on the days of experiment273.

I didn't notice the change in the barometer on the days of the experiment273.

1390. One would have expected only two distances, one for each interval, for which the discharge might happen either at one or the other; and that the least alteration of either would immediately cause one to predominate constantly over the other. But that under common circumstances is not the case. With air in the receiver, the variation amounted to 0.2 of an inch nearly on the smaller interval of 0.6, and with muriatic acid gas, the variation was above 0.4 on the smaller interval of 0.9. Why is it that when a fixed interval (the one in the receiver) will pass a spark that cannot go across 0.6 of air at one time, it will immediately after, and apparently under exactly similar circumstances, not pass a spark that can go across 0.8 of air?

1390. One would expect there to be just two distances, one for each interval, where the discharge could occur either way; and that a slight change in either would instantly cause one to dominate. However, that's not the case under normal conditions. With air in the receiver, the variation was about 0.2 of an inch on the smaller interval of 0.6, and with hydrochloric acid gas, the variation exceeded 0.4 on the smaller interval of 0.9. Why is it that when a fixed interval (the one in the receiver) can allow a spark that can't cross 0.6 of air at one time, it then won't allow a spark that can cross 0.8 of air under what seems like identical conditions?

1391. It is probable that part of this variation will be traced to particles of dust in the air drawn into and about the circuit (1568.). I believe also that part depends upon a variable charged condition of the surface of the glass vessel a. That the whole of the effect is not traceable to the influence of circumstances in the vessel a, may be deduced from the fact, that when sparks occur between balls in free air they frequently are not straight, and often pass otherwise than by the shortest distance. These variations in air itself, and at different parts of the very same balls, show the presence and influence of circumstances which are calculated to produce effects of the kind now under consideration.

1391. It’s likely that some of this variation comes from dust particles in the air that get drawn into and around the circuit (1568.). I also think part of it is due to a changing charge on the surface of the glass container a. The fact that not all of the effect can be attributed to the conditions inside the container a is evident from the observation that when sparks occur between balls in open air, they often aren’t straight and don’t always take the shortest path. These variations in the air itself, and in different parts of the same balls, indicate that there are factors at play that can lead to the effects we're discussing.

1392. When a spark had passed at either interval, then, generally, more tended to appear at the same interval, as if a preparation had been made for the passing of the latter sparks. So also on continuing to work the machine quickly the sparks generally followed at the same place. This effect is probably due in part to the warmth of the air heated by the preceding spark, in part to dust, and I suspect in part, to something unperceived as yet in the circumstances of discharge.

1392. When a spark appeared at any given interval, more sparks usually followed at that same interval, as if the conditions had been set for the next sparks to appear. Similarly, when quickly operating the machine, sparks typically emerged in the same spot. This effect is likely caused in part by the warm air heated by the previous spark, in part by dust, and I suspect also by something not yet fully understood regarding the discharge conditions.

1393. A very remarkable difference, which is constant in its direction, occurs when the electricity communicated to the balls s and S is changed from positive to negative, or in the contrary direction. It is that the range of variation is always greater when the small bulls are positive than when they are negative. This is exhibited in the following Table, drawn from the former experiments.

1393. A notable difference, which is constant in its direction, occurs when the electricity given to the balls s and S is switched from positive to negative, or vice versa. The range of variation is always greater when the small balls are positive than when they are negative. This is shown in the following Table, based on previous experiments.

Pos.Neg.
In Air the range was0.190.09
Oxygen0.190.02
Nitrogen0.180.11
Hydrogen0.140.05
Carbonic acid0.160.02
Olefiant gas 0.220.08
Coal gas0.240.12
Muriatic acid0.430.08

I have no doubt these numbers require considerable correction, but the general result is striking, and the differences in several cases very great.

I have no doubt these numbers need a lot of adjustment, but the overall result is impressive, and the differences in a few cases are quite significant.

* * * * *

* * * * *

1394. Though, in consequence of the variation of the striking distance (1386.), the interval in air fails to be a measure, as yet, of the insulating or resisting power of the gas in the vessel, yet we may for present purposes take the mean interval as representing in some degree that power. On examining these mean intervals as they are given in the third column (1388.), it will be very evident, that gases, when employed as dielectrics, have peculiar electrical relations to insulation, and therefore to induction, very distinct from such as might be supposed to depend upon their mere physical qualities of specific gravity or pressure.

1394. Although the change in striking distance (1386.) means that the distance in the air isn't a reliable measure of the insulating or resisting power of the gas in the vessel yet, we can currently consider the average distance as somewhat representing that power. When we look at these average distances shown in the third column (1388.), it becomes clear that gases used as dielectrics have unique electrical relationships to insulation and, therefore, to induction, which are quite different from what we might expect based on their physical properties like specific gravity or pressure.

1395. First, it is clear that at the same pressure they are not alike, the difference being as great as 37 and 110. When the small balls are charged positively, and with the same surfaces and the same pressure, muriatic acid gas has three times the insulating or restraining power (1362.) of hydrogen gas, and nearly twice that of oxygen, nitrogen, or air.

1395. First, it is clear that at the same pressure they are not the same, with a difference as significant as 37 and 110. When the small balls are positively charged, and with the same surfaces and the same pressure, hydrochloric acid gas has three times the insulating or restraining power (1362.) of hydrogen gas, and nearly double that of oxygen, nitrogen, or air.

1396. Yet it is evident that the difference is not due to specific gravity, for though hydrogen is the lowest, and therefore lower than oxygen, oxygen is much beneath nitrogen, or olefiant gas; and carbonic acid gas, though considerably heavier than olefiant gas or muriatic acid gas, is lower than either. Oxygen as a heavy, and olefiant as a light gas, are in strong contrast with each other; and if we may reason of olefiant gas from Harris's results with air (1365.), then it might be rarefied to two-thirds its usual density, or to a specific gravity of 9.3 (hydrogen being 1), and having neither the same density nor pressure as oxygen, would have equal insulating powers with it, or equal tendency to resist discharge.

1396. However, it's clear that the difference isn't due to specific gravity, because even though hydrogen has the lowest specific gravity, and is therefore lighter than oxygen, oxygen is much heavier than nitrogen or olefiant gas. Carbonic acid gas, while significantly heavier than olefiant gas or hydrochloric acid gas, is still lighter than both. Oxygen, being a heavy gas, and olefiant, being a light gas, contrast strongly with one another. If we can infer about olefiant gas from Harris's findings with air (1365.), it might be reduced to two-thirds of its usual density, or a specific gravity of 9.3 (with hydrogen as 1), and since it doesn’t have the same density or pressure as oxygen, it would have similar insulating properties to it, or an equal capacity to resist discharge.

1397. Experiments have already been described (1291. 1292.) which show that the gases are sensibly alike in their inductive capacity. This result is not in contradiction with the existence of great differences in their restraining power. The same point has been observed already in regard to dense and rare air (1375.).

1397. Experiments have already been described (1291. 1292.) that show the gases are noticeably similar in their inductive capacity. This finding does not contradict the significant differences in their restraining power. The same observation has already been noted regarding dense and rare air (1375.).

1398. Hence arises a new argument proving that it cannot be mere pressure of the atmosphere which prevents or governs discharge (1377. 1378.), but a specific electric quality or relation of the gaseous medium. Hence also additional argument for the theory of molecular inductive action.

1398. Therefore, a new argument emerges indicating that it cannot simply be atmospheric pressure that prevents or controls discharge (1377. 1378.), but rather a specific electric quality or relationship of the gaseous medium. This also provides further support for the theory of molecular inductive action.

1399. Other specific differences amongst the gases may be drawn from the preceding series of experiments, rough and hasty as they are. Thus the positive and negative series of mean intervals do not give the same differences. It has been already noticed that the negative numbers are lower than the positive (1393.), but, besides that, the order of the positive and negative results is not the same. Thus, on comparing the mean numbers (which represent for the present insulating tension,) it appears that in air, hydrogen, carbonic acid, olefiant gas and muriatic acid, the tension rose higher when the smaller ball was made positive than when rendered negative, whilst in oxygen, nitrogen, and coal gas, the reverse was the case. Now though the numbers cannot be trusted as exact, and though air, oxygen, and nitrogen should probably be on the same side, yet some of the results, as, for instance, those with muriatic acid, fully show a peculiar relation and difference amongst gases in this respect. This was further proved by making the interval in air 0.8 of an inch whilst muriatic acid gas was in the vessel a; for on charging the small balls s and S positively, all the discharge took place through the air; but on charging them negatively, all the discharge took place through the muriatic acid gas.

1399. Other specific differences among the gases can be derived from the previous series of experiments, rough and quick as they are. The positive and negative series of average intervals do not show the same differences. It's already been noted that the negative numbers are lower than the positive ones (1393.), but additionally, the order of the positive and negative results differs. When comparing the average numbers (which currently represent insulating tension), it turns out that in air, hydrogen, carbon dioxide, olefiant gas, and hydrochloric acid, the tension increased more when the smaller ball was positive than when it was negative, while in oxygen, nitrogen, and coal gas, the opposite was true. While the numbers may not be entirely reliable and air, oxygen, and nitrogen likely belong on the same side, some results, like those with hydrochloric acid, clearly demonstrate a unique relationship and difference among the gases in this regard. This was further confirmed by setting the interval in air to 0.8 of an inch while hydrochloric acid gas was in vessel a; when charging the small balls s and S positively, all the discharge occurred through the air, but when charging them negatively, all the discharge happened through the hydrochloric acid gas.

1400. So also, when the conductor n was connected only with the muriatic acid gas apparatus, it was found that the discharge was more facile when the small ball s was negative than when positive; for in the latter case, much of the electricity passed off as brush discharge through the air from the connecting wire p but in the former case, it all seemed to go through the muriatic acid.

1400. Similarly, when the conductor n was linked only to the muriatic acid gas setup, it was observed that the discharge was easier when the small ball s was negative rather than positive; in the positive case, a lot of the electricity escaped as a brush discharge through the air from the connecting wire p, whereas in the negative case, it all appeared to travel through the muriatic acid.

1401. The consideration, however, of positive and negative discharge across air and other gases will be resumed in the further part of this, or in the next paper (1465. 1525.).

1401. The discussion of positive and negative discharge through air and other gases will continue later in this paper or in the next one (1465. 1525.).

1402. Here for the present I must leave this part of the subject, which had for its object only to observe how far gases agreed or differed as to their power of retaining a charge on bodies acting by induction through them. All the results conspire to show that Induction is an action of contiguous molecules (1295. &c.); but besides confirming this, the first principle placed for proof in the present inquiry, they greatly assist in developing the specific properties of each gaseous dielectric, at the same time showing that further and extensive experimental investigation is necessary, and holding out the promise of new discovery as the reward of the labour required.

1402. For now, I need to leave this part of the topic, which was only meant to examine how gases compare in their ability to hold a charge on bodies influenced by them. All the findings indicate that induction is an action of neighboring molecules (1295. &c.); additionally, while confirming this, the main principle proposed for proof in this investigation greatly helps in understanding the specific properties of each gaseous dielectric. At the same time, it highlights the need for more extensive experimental research and suggests the potential for new discoveries as a reward for the necessary effort.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1403. When we pass from the consideration of dielectrics like the gases to that of bodies having the liquid and solid condition, then our reasonings in the present state of the subject assume much more of the character of mere supposition. Still I do not perceive anything adverse to the theory, in the phenomena which such bodies present. If we take three insulating dielectrics, as air, oil of turpentine, and shell-lac, and use the same balls or conductors at the same intervals in these three substances, increasing the intensity of the induction until discharge take place, we shall find that it must be raised much higher in the fluid than for the gas, and higher still in the solid than for the fluid. Nor is this inconsistent with the theory; for with the liquid, though its molecules are free to move almost as easily as those of the gas, there are many more particles introduced into the given interval; and such is also the case when the solid body is employed. Besides that with the solid, the cohesive force of the body used will produce some effect; for though the production of the polarized states in the particle of a solid may not be obstructed, but, on the contrary, may in some cases be even favoured (1164. 1344.) by its solidity or other circumstances, yet solidity may well exert an influence on the point of final subversion, (just as it prevents discharge in an electrolyte,) and so enable inductive intensity to rise to a much higher degree.

1403. When we shift our focus from dielectrics like gases to bodies in liquid and solid states, our reasoning in the current state of the subject takes on more of the nature of simple speculation. Still, I don’t see anything that opposes the theory in the phenomena these bodies display. If we take three insulating dielectrics, like air, turpentine oil, and shellac, and use the same balls or conductors at the same intervals in these three substances, increasing the intensity of the induction until discharge occurs, we will find that it needs to be much higher in the fluid than in the gas, and even higher in the solid compared to the fluid. This is consistent with the theory; for in the liquid, even though its molecules can move almost as freely as those of the gas, there are many more particles present in the given interval. The same applies when using a solid body. Additionally, with the solid, the cohesive force of the material will have an effect; although the creation of polarized states in a solid particle may not be hindered and, in some situations, may even be supported by its solidity or other factors, solidity can still influence the point of final breakdown (just as it prevents discharge in an electrolyte), allowing the inductive intensity to rise to a much higher level.

1404. In the cases of solids and liquids too, bodies may, and most probably do, possess specific differences as to their ability of assuming the polarized state, and also as to the extent to which that polarity must rise before discharge occurs. An analogous difference exists in the specific inductive capacities already pointed out in a few substances (1278.) in the last paper. Such a difference might even account for the various degrees of insulating and conducting power possessed by different bodies, and, if it should be found to exist, would add further strength to the argument in favour of the molecular theory of inductive action.

1404. In the case of solids and liquids, objects might, and most likely do, have specific differences in their ability to take on a polarized state, as well as in how much that polarity needs to increase before a discharge happens. A similar difference can be seen in the specific inductive capacities that were mentioned in a few substances (1278.) in the last paper. This difference could explain the varying degrees of insulating and conducting power found in different materials, and if it is found to exist, it would further support the argument for the molecular theory of inductive action.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1405. Having considered these various cases of sustained insulation in non-conducting dielectrics up to the highest point which they can attain, we find that they terminate at last in disruptive discharge; the peculiar condition of the molecules of the dielectric which was necessary to the continuous induction, being equally essential to the occurrence of that effect which closes all the phenomena. This discharge is not only in its appearance and condition different to the former modes by which the lowering of the powers was effected (1320. 1343.), but, whilst really the same in principle, varies much from itself in certain characters, and thus presents us with the forms of spark, brush, and glow (1359.). I will first consider the spark, limiting it for the present to the case of discharge between two oppositely electrified conducting surfaces.

1405. After looking at different cases of sustained insulation in non-conducting dielectrics up to their maximum limit, we find that they ultimately end in disruptive discharge; the specific arrangement of the molecules in the dielectric that was necessary for continuous induction is also crucial for this effect, which concludes all the related phenomena. This discharge is not only visibly and conditionally different from the earlier methods that caused the decrease in powers (1320. 1343.), but while it is fundamentally the same, it varies significantly in certain aspects, presenting us with forms like spark, brush, and glow (1359.). I will first examine the spark, focusing on the situation of discharge between two oppositely charged conducting surfaces.

The electric spark or flash.

1406. The spark is consequent upon a discharge or lowering of the polarized inductive state of many dielectric particles, by a particular action of a few of the particles occupying a very small and limited space; all the previously polarized particles returning to their first or normal condition in the inverse order in which they left it, and uniting their powers meanwhile to produce, or rather to continue, (1417.—1436.) the discharge effect in the place where the subversion of force first occurred. My impression is, that the few particles situated where discharge occurs are not merely pushed apart, but assume a peculiar state, a highly exulted condition for the time, i.e. have thrown upon them all the surrounding forces in succession, and rising up to a proportionate intensity of condition, perhaps equal to that of chemically combining atoms, discharge the powers, possibly in the same manner as they do theirs, by some operation at present unknown to us; and so the end of the whole. The ultimate effect is exactly as if a metallic wire had been put into the place of the discharging particles; and it does not seem impossible that the principles of action in both cases, may, hereafter, prove to be the same.

1406. The spark happens when a discharge or reduction of the polarized state of many dielectric particles occurs, due to the specific action of a few particles located in a very small and limited space. All the previously polarized particles return to their original or normal state in the reverse order of how they left it, while combining their powers to produce, or rather continue, (1417.—1436.) the discharge effect at the location where the force disruption initially took place. I believe that the few particles at the site of the discharge are not just being pushed apart; they enter a special state, a highly elevated condition for a while, meaning they experience all the surrounding forces one after the other, rising to an intensity that may be comparable to that of chemically bonding atoms, and then discharge their energies, potentially in a way we currently don't understand. Ultimately, the effect is the same as if a metallic wire had been placed in the position of the discharging particles; it doesn’t seem impossible that the principles behind the actions in both situations could, in the future, prove to be the same.

1407. The path of the spark, or of the discharge, depends on the degree of tension acquired by the particles in the line of discharge, circumstances, which in every common case are very evident and by the theory easy to understand, rendering it higher in them than in their neighbours, and, by exalting them first to the requisite condition, causing them to determine the course of the discharge. Hence the selection of the path, and the solution of the wonder which Harris has so well described274 as existing under the old theory. All is prepared amongst the molecules beforehand, by the prior induction, for the path either of the electric spark or of lightning itself.

1407. The path of the spark, or discharge, depends on how much tension the particles along the discharge line have gained. In most cases, this is quite clear and easy to understand based on the theory, making the tension in these particles higher than in their neighbors. By first raising them to the necessary condition, they decide the direction of the discharge. This explains the choice of path and addresses the mystery Harris described so well in the context of the old theory. Everything is set up among the molecules in advance, thanks to prior induction, determining the path of either the electric spark or lightning itself.

1408. The same difficulty is expressed as a principle by Nobili for voltaic electricity, almost in Mr. Harris's words, namely275, "electricity directs itself towards the point where it can most easily discharge itself," and the results of this as a principle he has well wrought out for the case of voltaic currents. But the solution of the difficulty, or the proximate cause of the effects, is the same; induction brings the particles up to or towards a certain degree of tension (1370.); and by those which first attain it, is the discharge first and most efficiently performed.

1408. Nobili expresses the same difficulty as a principle regarding voltaic electricity, almost using Mr. Harris's words: "electricity moves toward the point where it can discharge itself most easily," and he has effectively developed this principle for the case of voltaic currents. However, the solution to the difficulty, or the immediate cause of the effects, remains the same; induction raises the particles to a certain level of tension (1370.); and those that achieve it first are the ones that discharge first and most efficiently.

1409. The moment of discharge is probably determined by that molecule of the dielectric which, from the circumstances, has its tension most quickly raised up to the maximum intensity. In all cases where the discharge passes from conductor to conductor this molecule must be on the surface of one of them; but when it passes between a conductor and a nonconductor, it is, perhaps, not always so (1453.). When this particle has acquired its maximum tension, then the whole barrier of resistance is broken down in the line or lines of inductive action originating at it, and disruptive discharge occurs (1370.): and such an inference, drawn as it is from the theory, seems to me in accordance with Mr. Harris's facts and conclusions respecting the resistance of the atmosphere, namely, that it is not really greater at any one discharging distance than another276.

1409. The moment of discharge is likely determined by the molecule of the dielectric that, due to the circumstances, has its tension raised to the maximum intensity the fastest. In instances where the discharge moves from one conductor to another, this molecule must be on the surface of one of them; however, when it occurs between a conductor and a nonconductor, that might not always be the case (1453.). Once this particle reaches its maximum tension, the entire barrier of resistance is broken down in the line or lines of inductive action that start from it, resulting in a disruptive discharge (1370.): and this conclusion, based on the theory, seems to align with Mr. Harris's findings and conclusions regarding the resistance of the atmosphere, specifically that it is not actually greater at any specific discharging distance than at another276.

1410. It seems probable, that the tension of a particle of the same dielectric, as air, which is requisite to produce discharge, is a constant quantity, whatever the shape of the part of the conductor with which it is in contact, whether ball or point; whatever the thickness or depth of dielectric throughout which induction is exerted; perhaps, even, whatever the state, as to rarefaction or condensation of the dielectric; and whatever the nature of the conductor, good or bad, with which the particle is for the moment associated. In saying so much, I do not mean to exclude small differences which may be caused by the reaction of neighbouring particles on the deciding particle, and indeed, it is evident that the intensity required in a particle must be related to the condition of those which are contiguous. But if the expectation should be found to approximate to truth, what a generality of character it presents! and, in the definiteness of the power possessed by a particular molecule, may we not hope to find an immediate relation to the force which, being electrical, is equally definite and constitutes chemical affinity?

1410. It seems likely that the tension of a particle in the same dielectric as air, which is needed to cause a discharge, is a constant quantity, regardless of the shape of the part of the conductor it's touching, whether it’s a ball or a point; regardless of the thickness or depth of the dielectric involved in induction; perhaps even regardless of whether the dielectric is rarefied or condensed; and regardless of the type of conductor, whether good or bad, that the particle is temporarily associated with. In saying this, I don't mean to rule out small differences that might come from the influence of nearby particles on the one in question, and indeed, it’s clear that the intensity needed in one particle must relate to the conditions of the adjacent ones. However, if this idea turns out to be true, it presents a remarkable generality! And in the specific power of a particular molecule, might we not hope to discover an immediate connection to the force that is electrical, which is also specific and underlies chemical affinity?

1411. Theoretically it would seem that, at the moment of discharge by the spark in one line of inductive force, not merely would all the other lines throw their forces into this one (1406.), but the lateral effect, equivalent to a repulsion of these lines (1224. 1297.), would be relieved and, perhaps, followed by a contrary action, amounting to a collapse or attraction of these parts. Having long sought for some transverse force in statical electricity, which should be the equivalent to magnetism or the transverse force of current electricity, and conceiving that it might be connected with the transverse action of the lines of inductive force, already described (1297.), I was desirous, by various experiments, of bringing out the effect of such a force, and making it tell upon the phenomena of electro-magnetism and magneto-electricity277.

1411. It would seem that, at the moment of discharge by the spark in one line of inductive force, not only would all the other lines direct their forces into this one (1406.), but the side effect, equivalent to a repulsion of these lines (1224. 1297.), would be relieved and, maybe, followed by an opposite action, leading to a collapse or attraction of these parts. Having long searched for some lateral force in static electricity, which should be equivalent to magnetism or the lateral force of current electricity, and thinking that it might be linked to the lateral action of the lines of inductive force described earlier (1297.), I was eager, through various experiments, to bring out the effect of such a force and see its impact on the phenomena of electromagnetism and magneto-electricity277.

1412. Amongst other results, I expected and sought for the mutual affection, or even the lateral coalition of two similar sparks, if they could be obtained simultaneously side by side, and sufficiently near to each other. For this purpose, two similar Leyden jars were supplied with rods of copper projecting from their balls in a horizontal direction, the rods being about 0.2 of an inch thick, and rounded at the ends. The jars were placed upon a sheet of tinfoil, and so adjusted that their rods, a and b, were near together, in the position represented in plan at fig. 116: c and d were two brass balls connected by a brass rod and insulated: e was also a brass ball connected, by a wire, with the ground and with the tinfoil upon which the Leyden jars were placed. By laying an insulated metal rod across from a to b, charging the jars, and removing the rod, both the jars could be brought up to the same intensity of charge (1370.). Then, making the ball e approach the ball d, at the moment the spark passed there, two sparks passed between the rods n, o, and the ball c; and as far as the eye could judge, or the conditions determine, they were simultaneous.

1412. Among other results, I expected and looked for the mutual attraction, or even the lateral connection, of two similar sparks if they could be obtained at the same time side by side and close enough to each other. For this experiment, two similar Leyden jars were equipped with copper rods sticking out from their tops horizontally. The rods were about 0.2 inches thick and rounded at the ends. The jars were placed on a sheet of tinfoil and adjusted so that their rods, a and b, were close together, as shown in the diagram at fig. 116: c and d were two brass balls connected by a brass rod and insulated: e was another brass ball connected by a wire to the ground and to the tinfoil under the Leyden jars. By laying an insulated metal rod across from a to b, charging the jars, and then removing the rod, both jars could be brought to the same charge intensity (1370.). Then, as the ball e approached the ball d, at the moment the spark jumped, two sparks flew between the rods n, o, and the ball c; and as far as the eye could see, or the conditions allowed, they were simultaneous.

1413. Under these circumstances two modes of discharge took place; either each end had its own particular spark to the ball, or else one end only was associated by a spark with the ball, but was at the same time related to the other end by a spark between the two.

1413. In this situation, there were two ways the discharge occurred: either each end had its own specific spark connected to the ball, or just one end was connected to the ball with a spark, while also being linked to the other end by a spark between the two.

1414. When the ball c was about an inch in diameter, the ends n and o, about half an inch from it, and about 0.4 of an inch from each other, the two sparks to the ball could be obtained. When for the purpose of bringing the sparks nearer together, the ends, n and o, were brought closer to each other, then, unless very carefully adjusted, only one end had a spark with the ball, the other having a spark to it; and the least variation of position would cause either n or o to be the end which, giving the direct spark to the ball, was also the one through, or by means of which, the other discharged its electricity.

1414. When the ball c was about an inch in diameter, the ends n and o, spaced about half an inch from it and roughly 0.4 of an inch apart from each other, could create two sparks with the ball. When trying to bring the sparks closer together by moving the ends n and o nearer to each other, unless they were adjusted very carefully, only one end would have a spark with the ball while the other would spark to it. Any slight change in position would cause either n or o to be the end giving the direct spark to the ball, which would also be the one through which the other discharged its electricity.

1415. On making the ball c smaller, I found that then it was needful to make the interval between the ends n and o larger in proportion to the distance between them and the ball c. On making c larger, I found I could diminish the interval, and so bring the two simultaneous separate sparks closer together, until, at last, the distance between them was not more at the widest part than 0.6 of their whole length.

1415. When I made the ball c smaller, I realized that I needed to increase the distance between the ends n and o in proportion to the distance between them and the ball c. When I made c larger, I found I could decrease the distance, bringing the two separate sparks closer together, until eventually, the distance between them at the widest part was no more than 0.6 of their total length.

1416. Numerous sparks were then passed and carefully observed. They were very rarely straight, but either curved or bent irregularly. In the average of cases they were, I think, decidedly convex towards each other; perhaps two-thirds presented more or less of this effect, the rest bulging more or less outwards. I was never able, however, to obtain sparks which, separately leaving the ends of the wires n and o, conjoined into one spark before they reached or communicated with the ball c. At present, therefore, though I think I saw a tendency in the sparks to unite, I cannot assert it as a fact.

1416. Many sparks were then generated and closely examined. They were rarely straight, usually curved or bent in odd ways. On average, I believe they were definitely convex towards each other; maybe about two-thirds showed this effect more or less, while the rest bulged outwards to varying degrees. However, I was never able to get sparks that, after leaving the ends of the wires n and o, merged into a single spark before reaching or connecting with the ball c. So, at this point, even though I think I noticed a tendency for the sparks to combine, I can’t confirm it as a fact.

1417. But there is one very interesting effect here, analogous to, and it may be in part the same with, that I was searching for: I mean the increased facility of discharge where the spark passes. For instance, in the cases where one end, as n, discharged the electricity of both ends to the ball c, fig. 116, the electricity of the other end o, had to pass through an interval of air 1.5 times as great as that which it might have taken, by its direct passage between the end and the ball itself. In such cases, the eye could not distinguish, even by the use of Wheatstone's means278, that the spark from the end n, which contained both portions of electricity, was a double spark. It could not have consisted of two sparks taking separate courses, for such an effect would have been visible to the eye; but it is just possible, that the spark of the first end n and its jar, passing at the smallest interval of time before that of the other o had heated and expanded the air in its course, and made it so much more favourable to discharge, that the electricity of the end o preferred leaping across to it and taking a very circuitous route, rather than the more direct one to the ball. It must, however, be remarked, in answer to this supposition, that the one spark between d and e would, by its influence, tend to produce simultaneous discharges at n and o, and certainly did so, when no preponderance was given to one wire over the other, as to the previous inductive effect (1414.).

1417. But there’s a really interesting effect here that’s similar to, and might partly be the same as, what I was looking for: it’s the increased ease of discharge when the spark occurs. For example, in cases where one end, like n, discharged electricity from both ends to the ball c, fig. 116, the electricity from the other end o had to pass through an air gap 1.5 times larger than it would have needed to if it had taken a direct path between the end and the ball. In these situations, the eye couldn’t tell, even with Wheatstone’s methods 278, that the spark from end n, which carried both parts of the electricity, was actually a double spark. It couldn't have been two separately traveling sparks, as that would have been noticeable; but it's possible that the spark from the first end n and its discharge occurred just a tiny moment before that of the other end o, heating up and expanding the air along its path, making it much easier for the discharge to happen. This could have led the electricity at end o to prefer jumping to it and taking a more complicated route instead of the more direct one to the ball. However, it should be noted, in response to this idea, that the single spark between d and e would, through its influence, tend to create simultaneous discharges at n and o, which definitely happened when neither wire was favored over the other regarding the previous inductive effect (1414.).

1418. The fact, however, is, that disruptive discharge is favourable to itself. It is at the outset a case of tottering equilibrium: and if time be an element in discharge, in however minute a proportion (1436.), then the commencement of the act at any point favours its continuance and increase there, and portions of power will be discharged by a course which they would not otherwise have taken.

1418. The truth is, disruptive discharge benefits itself. Initially, it's a situation of unstable balance: and if time plays a role in the discharge, even in the smallest amount (1436.), then starting the act at any point supports its continuation and growth in that area, and parts of power will be released in ways they wouldn’t have otherwise.

1419. The mere heating and expansion of the air itself by the first portion of electricity which passes, must have a great influence in producing this result.

1419. The simple act of heating and expanding the air by the initial flow of electricity must have a significant impact on producing this result.

1420. As to the result itself, we see its effect in every electric spark; for it is not the whole quantity which passes that determines the discharge, but merely that small portion of force which brings the deciding molecule (1370.) up to its maximum tension; then, when its forces are subverted and discharge begins, all the rest passes by the same course, from the influence of the favouring circumstances just referred to; and whether it be the electricity on a square inch, or a thousand square inches of charged glass, the discharge is complete. Hereafter we shall find the influence of this effect in the formation of brushes (1435.); and it is not impossible that we may trace it producing the jagged spark and the forked lightning.

1420. As for the outcome itself, we see its impact in every electric spark; it's not the total amount that flows through that determines the discharge, but rather the small portion of energy that brings the key molecule (1370.) to its peak tension. Then, when the forces shift and the discharge starts, the rest flows through the same path due to the favorable conditions mentioned earlier. Whether it's the electricity on a square inch or a thousand square inches of charged glass, the discharge is complete. Later on, we'll see the effect of this in the formation of brushes (1435.); and it's quite possible that we can link it to the creation of jagged sparks and forked lightning.

* * * * *

Understood. Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

1421. The characters of the electric spark in different gases vary, and the variation may be due simply to the effect of the heat evolved at the moment. But it may also be due to that specific relation of the particles and the electric forces which I have assumed as the basis of a theory of induction; the facts do not oppose such a view; and in that view the variation strengthens the argument for molecular action, as it would seem to show the influence of the latter in every part of the electrical effect (1423. 1454.).

1421. The characteristics of the electric spark in different gases differ, and this difference may simply be caused by the heat generated at that moment. However, it could also be related to the specific relationship between the particles and the electric forces, which I have proposed as the foundation of a theory of induction; the evidence does not contradict this perspective; and from that perspective, the variation supports the argument for molecular action, as it appears to demonstrate the influence of the latter in every aspect of the electrical effect (1423. 1454.).

1422. The appearances of the sparks in different gases have often been observed and recorded279, but I think it not out of place to notice briefly the following results; they were obtained with balls of brass, (platina surfaces would have been better,) and at common pressures. In air, the sparks have that intense light and bluish colour which are so well known, and often have faint or dark parts in their course, when the quantity of electricity passing is not great. In nitrogen, they are very beautiful, having the same general appearance as in air, but have decidedly more colour of a bluish or purple character, and I thought were remarkably sonorous. In oxygen, the sparks were whiter than in air or nitrogen, and I think not so brilliant. In hydrogen, they had a very fine crimson colour, not due to its rarity, for the character passed away as the atmosphere was rarefied (1459.)280. Very little sound was produced in this gas; but that is a consequence of its physical condition281. In carbonic acid gas, the colour was similar to that of the spark in air, but with a little green in it: the sparks were remarkably irregular in form, more so than in common air: they could also, under similar circumstances as to size of ball, &c., be obtained much longer than in air, the gas showing a singular readiness to cause the discharge in the form of spark. In muriatic acid gas, the spark was nearly white: it was always bright throughout, never presenting those dark parts which happen in air, nitrogen, and some other gases. The gas was dry, and during the whole experiment the surface of the glass globe within remained quite dry and bright. In coal gas, the spark was sometimes green, sometimes red, and occasionally one part was green and another red: black parts also occur very suddenly in the line of the spark, i.e. they are not connected by any dull part with bright portions, but the two seem to join directly one with the other.

1422. The sparks seen in different gases have often been noted and recorded279, but I think it's relevant to briefly mention the following findings. These were obtained using brass balls (platinum surfaces would have been better) and at standard pressures. In air, the sparks have that intense light and bluish color everyone knows well, and often have faint or dark sections when the amount of electricity passing through isn’t high. In nitrogen, they are very beautiful, resembling their appearance in air but definitely more bluish or purple in color, and I found them to be quite sonorous. In oxygen, the sparks were whiter than those in air or nitrogen and, I think, not as bright. In hydrogen, they had a lovely crimson hue, not due to its rarity, as the quality disappeared when the atmosphere was thinned out (1459.)280. Very little sound was produced in this gas, but that is due to its physical properties281. In carbonic acid gas, the color was similar to the spark in air, but with a hint of green: the sparks were noticeably irregular in shape, more so than in ordinary air. They could also, in similar conditions regarding ball size, etc., be produced much longer than in air, as the gas showed a unique readiness to create sparks. In muriatic acid gas, the spark was nearly white: it was consistently bright, never showing those dark parts seen in air, nitrogen, and some other gases. The gas was dry, and throughout the entire experiment, the surface of the glass globe inside remained completely dry and bright. In coal gas, the spark was sometimes green, sometimes red, and at times one part was green while another was red: black sections also appeared very suddenly in the path of the spark, meaning they don’t connect through any dull parts with bright sections; instead, they seem to connect directly with one another.

1423. These varieties of character impress my mind with a feeling, that they are due to a direct relation of the electric powers to the particles of the dielectric through which the discharge occurs, and are not the mere results of a casual ignition or a secondary kind of action of the electricity, upon the particles which it finds in its course and thrusts aside in its passage (1454.).

1423. These different types of character make me feel that they are directly connected to the electric powers affecting the particles of the dielectric through which the discharge takes place, and are not just random sparks or a secondary effect of the electricity acting on the particles it encounters and pushes aside in its path (1454.).

1424. The spark may be obtained in media which are far denser than air, as in oil of turpentine, olive oil, resin, glass, &c.: it may also be obtained in bodies which being denser likewise approximate to the condition of conductors, as spermaceti, water, &c. But in these cases, nothing occurs which, as far as I can perceive, is at all hostile to the general views I have endeavoured to advocate.

1424. The spark can be generated in materials that are much denser than air, like turpentine oil, olive oil, resin, glass, etc. It can also be created in substances that, while denser, are also somewhat similar to conductors, such as spermaceti and water. However, in these cases, nothing happens that, as far as I can tell, conflicts with the general ideas I've been trying to promote.

The electrical brush.

1425. The brush is the next form of disruptive discharge which I shall consider. There are many ways of obtaining it, or rather of exalting its characters; and all these ways illustrate the principles upon which it is produced. If an insulated conductor, connected with the positive conductor of an electrical machine, have a metal rod 0.3 of an inch in diameter projecting from it outwards from the machine, and terminating by a rounded end or a small ball, it will generally give good brushes; or, if the machine be not in good action, then many ways of assisting the formation of the brush can be resorted to; thus, the hand or any large conducting surface may be approached towards the termination to increase inductive force (1374.): or the termination may be smaller and of badly conducting matter, as wood: or sparks may be taken between the prime conductor of the machine and the secondary conductor to which the termination giving brushes belongs: or, which gives to the brushes exceedingly fine characters and great magnitude, the air around the termination may be rarefied more or less, either by heat or the air-pump; the former favourable circumstances being also continued.

1425. The brush is the next type of disruptive discharge that I will discuss. There are many ways to achieve it, or really to enhance its characteristics, and all these methods illustrate the principles upon which it is created. If an insulated conductor, connected to the positive terminal of an electrical machine, has a metal rod 0.3 of an inch in diameter sticking out from it towards the machine, and it ends in a rounded tip or a small ball, it will usually produce good brushes. If the machine isn’t working well, there are several ways to help form the brush; for example, bringing a hand or any large conductive surface closer to the tip can increase inductive force (1374.). Or the tip could be smaller and made of a poor conductor like wood. Sparks can also be drawn between the primary conductor of the machine and the secondary conductor connected to the tip producing brushes. Alternatively, to create brushes with very fine characteristics and significant size, the air around the tip can be partially evacuated, using either heat or a vacuum pump, while keeping the earlier favorable conditions in place.

1426. The brush when obtained by a powerful machine on a ball about 0.7 of an inch in diameter, at the end of a long brass rod attached to the positive prime conductor, had the general appearance as to form represented in fig. 117: a short conical bright part or root appeared at the middle part of the ball projecting directly from it, which, at a little distance from the ball, broke out suddenly into a wide brush of pale ramifications having a quivering motion, and being accompanied at the same time with a low dull chattering sound.

1426. The brush produced by a powerful machine on a ball about 0.7 inches in diameter, at the end of a long brass rod connected to the positive prime conductor, looked like what is shown in fig. 117: a short, shiny conical part or root appeared in the middle of the ball, sticking out from it. A short distance from the ball, it suddenly spread out into a wide brush of pale branches that quivered and produced a low, dull chattering sound at the same time.

1427. At first the brush seems continuous, but Professor Wheatstone has shown that the whole phenomenon consists of successive intermitting discharges282. If the eye be passed rapidly, not by a motion of the head, but of the eyeball itself, across the direction of the brush, by first looking steadfastly about 10° or 15° above, and then instantly as much below it, the general brush will be resolved into a number of individual brushes, standing in a row upon the line which the eye passed over; each elementary brush being the result of a single discharge, and the space between them representing both the time during which the eye was passing over that space, and that which elapsed between one discharge and another.

1427. At first, the brush appears continuous, but Professor Wheatstone has demonstrated that the whole phenomenon consists of a series of quick, intermittent flashes. If you move your eyeball rapidly—not your head—across the direction of the brush, by first focusing on a point about 10° or 15° above and then quickly shifting your gaze to the same distance below, the overall brush will break down into several individual brushes lined up along the path your eye traveled. Each separate brush results from a single flash, and the space between them indicates both the time it took for the eye to move over that space and the time that passed between each flash.

1428. The single brushes could easily be separated to eight or ten times their own width, but were not at the same time extended, i.e. they did not become more indefinite in shape, but, on the contrary, less so, each being more distinct in form, ramification, and character, because of its separation from the others, in its effects upon the eye. Each, therefore, was instantaneous in its existence (1436.). Each had the conical root complete (1426.).

1428. The individual brushes could easily be spread apart to eight or ten times their own width, but at the same time, they didn't become more blurred; instead, they became more defined in shape, branching, and character because of their separation from each other, making their effects on the eye clearer. Each one was therefore instantaneously present (1436.). Each had a fully formed conical root (1426.).

1429. On using a smaller ball, the general brush was smaller, and the sound, though weaker, more continuous. On resolving the brush into its elementary parts, as before, these were found to occur at much shorter intervals of time than in the former case, but still the discharge was intermitting.

1429. When using a smaller ball, the overall brush was smaller, and the sound, although quieter, was more continuous. When breaking down the brush into its basic components, as before, these were found to happen at much shorter time intervals than in the previous case, but the discharge was still intermittent.

1430. Employing a wire with a round end, the brush was still smaller, but, as before, separable into successive discharges. The sound, though feebler, was higher in pitch, being a distinct musical note.

1430. Using a wire with a rounded end, the brush was still smaller, but, as before, it could be separated into successive discharges. The sound, although weaker, was higher in pitch, producing a clear musical note.

1431. The sound is, in fact, due to the recurrence of the noise of each separate discharge, and these, happening at intervals nearly equal under ordinary circumstances, cause a definite note to be heard, which, rising in pitch with the increased rapidity and regularity of the intermitting discharges, gives a ready and accurate measure of the intervals, and so may be used in any case when the discharge is heard, even though the appearances may not be seen, to determine the element of time. So when, by bringing the hand towards a projecting rod or ball, the pitch of the tone produced by a brushy discharge increases, the effect informs us that we have increased the induction (1374.), and by that means increased the rapidity of the alternations of charge and discharge.

1431. The sound actually comes from the repeated noise of each individual discharge, which occurs at fairly regular intervals under normal conditions. This creates a specific note that rises in pitch as the discharges become more frequent and consistent, providing a clear and precise measure of the intervals. This can be used to determine the element of time whenever the discharge is heard, even if we can’t see it happen. So, when we move our hand closer to a projecting rod or ball and the pitch of the tone produced by a brushy discharge goes up, it indicates that we’ve increased the induction (1374.), which in turn raises the speed of the charge and discharge alternations.

1432. By using wires with finer terminations, smaller brushes were obtained, until they could hardly be distinguished as brushes; but as long as sound was heard, the discharge could be ascertained by the eye to be intermitting; and when the sound ceased, the light became continuous as a glow (1359. 1405. 1526-1543.).

1432. By using wires with thinner ends, smaller brushes were created, until they were barely recognizable as brushes; but as long as sound was heard, the discharge could be seen to be intermittent; and when the sound stopped, the light became continuous like a glow (1359. 1405. 1526-1543.).

1433. To those not accustomed to use the eye in the manner I have described, or, in cases where the recurrence is too quick for any unassisted eye, the beautiful revolving mirror of Professor Wheatstone283 will be useful for such developments of condition as those mentioned above. Another excellent process is to produce the brush or other luminous phenomenon on the end of a rod held in the hand opposite to a charged positive or negative conductor, and then move the rod rapidly from side to side whilst the eye remains still. The successive discharges occur of course in different places, and the state of things before, at, and after a single coruscation or brush can be exceedingly well separated.

1433. For those who aren't used to using their eyes the way I've explained, or in situations where the flashes happen too quickly for an unaided eye, the amazing rotating mirror by Professor Wheatstone283 will be helpful for observing conditions like those mentioned above. Another great method is to create a brush or other glowing effect at the end of a rod held in the opposite hand to a charged positive or negative conductor, and then quickly move the rod side to side while keeping your eyes still. The successive discharges happen in different places, allowing you to clearly distinguish the state of things before, during, and after a single flash or brush.

1434. The brush is in reality a discharge between a bad or a non-conductor and either a conductor or another non-conductor. Under common circumstances, the brush is a discharge between a conductor and air, and I conceive it to take place in something like the following manner. When the end of an electrified rod projects into the middle of a room, induction takes place between it and the walls of the room, across the dielectric, air; and the lines of inductive force accumulate upon the end in greater quantity than elsewhere, or the particles of air at the end of the rod are more highly polarized than those at any other part of the rod, for the reasons already given (1374.). The particles of air situated in sections across these lines of force are least polarized in the sections towards the walls and most polarized in those nearer to the end of the wires (1369.): thus, it may well happen, that a particle at the end of the wire is at a tension that will immediately terminate in discharge, whilst in those even only a few inches off, the tension is still beneath that point. But suppose the rod to be charged positively, a particle of air A, fig. 118, next it, being polarized, and having of course its negative force directed towards the rod and its positive force outwards; the instant that discharge takes place between the positive force of the particle of the rod opposite the air and the negative force of the particle of air towards the rod, the whole particle of air becomes positively electrified; and when, the next instant, the discharged part of the rod resumes its positive state by conduction from the surface of metal behind, it not only acts on the particles beyond A, by throwing A into a polarized state again, but A itself, because of its charged state, exerts a distinct inductive act towards these further particles, and the tension is consequently so much exalted between A and B, that discharge takes place there also, as well as again between the metal and A.

1434. The brush is actually a discharge happening between a bad or non-conductor and either a conductor or another non-conductor. Typically, the brush is a discharge between a conductor and air, and I think it happens in a way similar to the following. When the end of an electrified rod extends into the middle of a room, induction occurs between it and the walls of the room, across the dielectric, which is air; and the lines of inductive force gather at the end in greater amounts than elsewhere, meaning the air particles at the end of the rod are more highly polarized than those at any other part of the rod, for the reasons already explained (1374.). The air particles located along these lines of force are least polarized in the sections closest to the walls and most polarized nearer to the end of the rod (1369.): thus, it's possible that a particle at the end of the wire is at a tension that will quickly lead to discharge, while even those just a few inches away still have a tension below that point. But let's say the rod is positively charged; a particle of air A, shown in fig. 118, next to it becomes polarized, with its negative force directed towards the rod and its positive force outwards; the moment a discharge occurs between the positive force of the particle of the rod opposite the air and the negative force of the air particle towards the rod, the entire air particle becomes positively electrified; then, the next instant, when the discharged part of the rod regains its positive state through conduction from the metal surface behind, it not only affects the particles beyond A by polarizing A again, but A itself, due to its charged state, exerts a distinct inductive effect on these further particles, resulting in the tension becoming so much higher between A and B that discharge occurs there as well, as again between the metal and A.

1435. In addition to this effect, it has been shown, that, the act of discharge having once commenced, the whole operation, like a case of unstable equilibrium, is hastened to a conclusion (1370. 1418.), the rest of the act being facilitated in its occurrence, and other electricity than that which caused the first necessary tension hurrying to the spot. When, therefore, disruptive discharge has once commenced at the root of a brush, the electric force which has been accumulating in the conductor attached to the rod, finds a more ready discharge there than elsewhere, and will at once follow the course marked out as it were for it, thus leaving the conductor in a partially discharged state, and the air about the end of the wire in a charged condition; and the time necessary for restoring the full charge of the conductor, and the dispersion of the charged air in a greater or smaller degree, by the joint forces of repulsion from the conductor and attraction towards the walls of the room, to which its inductive action is directed, is just that time which forms the interval between brush and brush (1420. 1427. 1431. 1447.).

1435. Additionally, it has been shown that once the process of discharge starts, the entire operation, similar to an unstable equilibrium, is sped up to a conclusion (1370. 1418.), with the remaining part of the act occurring more easily, while other electricity beyond what caused the initial necessary tension rushes to the area. Therefore, once a disruptive discharge begins at the base of a brush, the electric force that has built up in the conductor connected to the rod finds it easier to discharge there than anywhere else and will immediately follow the designated path, leaving the conductor in a partially discharged state and the air around the end of the wire in a charged condition. The time it takes to fully restore the charge of the conductor and the dispersal of the charged air varies, influenced by both the repulsive forces from the conductor and the attraction toward the walls of the room, which is where its inductive action is directed. This duration is exactly what forms the interval between brushes (1420. 1427. 1431. 1447.).

1436. The words of this description are long, but there is nothing in the act or the forces on which it depends to prevent the discharge being instantaneous, as far as we can estimate and measure it. The consideration of time is, however, important in several points of view (1418.), and in reference to disruptive discharge, it seemed from theory far more probable that it might be detected in a brush than in a spark; for in a brush, the particles in the line through which the discharge passes are in very different states as to intensity, and the discharge is already complete in its act at the root of the brush, before the particles at the extremity of the ramifications have yet attained their maximum intensity.

1436. The wording of this description is lengthy, but there’s nothing in the action or the forces involved that prevents the discharge from being instantaneous, as far as we can estimate and measure it. However, the consideration of time is important from several perspectives (1418.), and regarding disruptive discharge, theory suggests it is much more likely to be detected in a brush than in a spark; in a brush, the particles along the path of the discharge are in very different states of intensity, and the discharge is already complete at the base of the brush before the particles at the tips of the branches have reached their maximum intensity.

1437. I consider brush discharge as probably a successive effect in this way. Discharge begins at the root (1426. 1553.), and, extending itself in succession to all parts of the single brush, continues to go on at the root and the previously formed parts until the whole brush is complete; then, by the fall in intensity and power at the conductor, it ceases at once in all parts, to be renewed, when that power has risen again to a sufficient degree. But in a spark, the particles in the line of discharge being, from the circumstances, nearly alike in their intensity of polarization, suffer discharge so nearly at the same moment as to make the time quite insensible to us.

1437. I think of brush discharge as probably a sequential effect in this way. Discharge starts at the root (1426. 1553.) and, moving successively through all parts of the single brush, continues at the root and the previously formed parts until the entire brush is finished; then, due to the drop in intensity and power at the conductor, it immediately stops in all parts, only to restart when that power rises again to a sufficient level. However, in a spark, the particles along the discharge line, due to the circumstances, have nearly the same intensity of polarization and discharge almost simultaneously, making the time quite imperceptible to us.

1438. Mr. Wheatstone has already made experiments which fully illustrate this point. He found that the brush generally had a sensible duration, but that with his highest capabilities he could not detect any such effect in the spark284. I repeated his experiment on the brush, though with more imperfect means, to ascertain whether I could distinguish a longer duration in the stem or root of the brush than in the extremities, and the appearances were such as to make me think an effect of this kind was produced.

1438. Mr. Wheatstone has already conducted experiments that clearly demonstrate this point. He discovered that the brush usually had a noticeable duration, but with his best equipment, he couldn't detect any effect in the spark284. I repeated his experiment on the brush, although with less precise tools, to see if I could tell a longer duration in the stem or base of the brush compared to the ends, and the results led me to believe that some effect of this sort was happening.

1439. That the discharge breaks into several ramifications, and by them passes through portions of air alike, or nearly alike, as to polarization and the degree of tension the particles there have acquired, is a very natural result of the previous state of things, and rather to be expected than that the discharge should continue to go straight out into space in a single line amongst those particles which, being at a distance from the end of the rod, are in a lower state of tension than those which are near: and whilst we cannot but conclude, that those parts where the branches of a single brush appear, are more favourably circumstanced for discharge than the darker parts between the ramifications, we may also conclude, that in those parts where the light of concomitant discharge is equal, there the circumstances are nearly equal also. The single successive brushes are by no means of the same particular shape even when they are observed without displacement of the rod or surrounding objects (1427. 1433.), and the successive discharges may be considered as taking place into the mass of air around, through different roads at each brush, according as minute circumstances, such as dust, &c. (1391. 1392.), may have favoured the course by one set of particles rather than another.

1439. The discharge splits into several branches, and through these branches, it moves through areas of air that are similar, or nearly similar, in terms of polarization and the level of tension the particles have reached. This is a very natural outcome of the prior conditions and is to be expected rather than believing that the discharge would continue to travel straight into space in a single line among those particles that, being farther from the end of the rod, have a lower tension than those that are closer. While we can conclude that the areas where the branches of a single brush appear are more favorable for discharge than the darker areas between the branches, we can also infer that in places where the light of concurrent discharge is equal, the conditions are also nearly equal. The individual successive brushes vary in shape, even when observed without moving the rod or surrounding objects (1427. 1433.), and the successive discharges can be seen as occurring into the surrounding mass of air through different pathways at each brush, depending on minor factors, such as dust, etc. (1391. 1392.), that may have benefited the route taken by one set of particles over another.

1440. Brush discharge does not essentially require any current of the medium in which the brush appears: the current almost always occurs, but is a consequence of the brush, and will be considered hereafter (1562-1610.). On holding a blunt point positively charged towards uninsulated water, a star or glow appeared on the point, a current of air passed from it, and the surface of the water was depressed; but on bringing the point so near that sonorous brushes passed, then the current of air instantly ceased, and the surface of the water became level.

1440. Brush discharge doesn't really need any current in the medium where the brush forms: the current usually happens, but it's a result of the brush, and we'll discuss that later (1562-1610.). When you hold a blunt point that's positively charged near uninsulated water, a star or glow appears at the point, an airflow moves away from it, and the water's surface dips down. However, when you bring the point so close that audible brushes occur, the airflow stops immediately, and the water's surface goes back to level.

1441. The discharge by a brush is not to all the particles of air that are near the electrified conductor from which the brush issues; only those parts where the ramifications pass are electrified: the air in the central dark parts between them receives no charge, and, in fact, at the time of discharge, has its electric and inductive tension considerably lowered. For consider fig. 128 to represent a single positive brush;—the induction before the discharge is from the end of the rod outwards, in diverging lines towards the distant conductors, as the walls of the room, &c., and a particle at a has polarity of a certain degree of tension, and tends with a certain force to become charged; but at the moment of discharge, the air in the ramifications b and d, acquiring also a positive state, opposes its influence to that of the positive conductor on a, and the tension of the particle at a is therefore diminished rather than increased. The charged particles at b and d are now inductive bodies, but their lines of inductive action are still outwards towards the walls of the room; the direction of the polarity and the tendency of other particles to charge from these, being governed by, or in conformity with, these lines of force.

1441. The discharge from a brush doesn’t affect all the air particles near the electrified conductor; only the areas where the branches extend are electrified. The air in the central dark areas between them doesn’t get charged and actually has its electric and inductive tension significantly reduced at the time of discharge. For example, consider fig. 128, which shows a single positive brush; the induction before the discharge radiates from the end of the rod outward in diverging lines toward distant conductors, like the walls of the room, etc. A particle at a has a certain degree of tension and is pulled with a certain force to become charged. However, at the moment of discharge, the air in branches b and d, which also becomes positively charged, counteracts the influence of the positive conductor on a, resulting in a decrease rather than an increase in the tension of the particle at a. The charged particles at b and d are now inductive bodies, but their lines of inductive action still point outward toward the walls of the room; the direction of the polarity and the tendency of other particles to charge from these are determined by, or align with, these lines of force.

1442. The particles that are charged are probably very highly charged, but, the medium being a non-conductor, they cannot communicate that state to their neighbours. They travel, therefore, under the influence of the repulsive and attractive forces, from the charged conductor towards the nearest uninsulated conductor, or the nearest body in a different state to themselves, just as charged particles of dust would travel, and are then discharged; each particle acting, in its course, as a centre of inductive force upon any bodies near which it may come. The travelling of these charged particles when they are numerous, causes wind and currents, but these will come into consideration under carrying discharge (1319. 1562. &c.).

1442. The charged particles are likely very highly charged, but since the medium is a non-conductor, they can't transfer that charge to their neighbors. They therefore move under the influence of repulsive and attractive forces, traveling from the charged conductor to the nearest uninsulated conductor or the nearest object in a different state, similar to how charged dust particles would move, and then they discharge; each particle acts as a center of inductive force on any nearby objects it encounters. The movement of these charged particles, when they are abundant, generates wind and currents, but these will be discussed under carrying discharge (1319. 1562. &c.).

1443. When air is said to be electrified, and it frequently assumes this state near electrical machines, it consists, according to my view, of a mixture of electrified and unelectrified particles, the latter being in very large proportion to the former. When we gather electricity from air, by a flame or by wires, it is either by the actual discharge of these particles, or by effects dependent on their inductive action, a case of either kind being produceable at pleasure. That the law of equality between the two forces or forms of force in inductive action is as strictly preserved in these as in other cases, is fully shown by the fact, formerly stated (1173. 1174.), that, however strongly air in a vessel might be charged positively, there was an exactly equal amount of negative force on the inner surface of the vessel itself, for no residual portion of either the one or the other electricity could be obtained.

1443. When we say that air is electrified, which often happens near electrical machines, I believe it consists of a mix of electrified and unelectrified particles, with the latter being far more numerous than the former. When we collect electricity from the air using a flame or wires, it's either due to the actual discharge of these particles or the effects based on their inductive action, and we can create either situation at will. The principle of equality between the two forces or types of force in inductive action is just as rigorously maintained in these cases as it is in others. This is clearly demonstrated by the previously mentioned fact (1173. 1174.), that no matter how strongly the air in a container might be positively charged, there is an exactly equal amount of negative force on the inner surface of the container itself, as no leftover portion of either type of electricity can be captured.

1444. I have nowhere said, nor does it follow, that the air is charged only where the luminous brush appears. The charging may extend beyond those parts which are visible, i.e. particles to the right or left of the lines of light may receive electricity, the parts which are luminous being so only because much electricity is passing by them to other parts (1437.); just as in a spark discharge the light is greater as more electricity passes, though it has no necessary relation to the quantity required to commence discharge (1370. 1420.). Hence the form we see in a brush may by no means represent the whole quantity of air electrified; for an invisible portion, clothing the visible form to a certain depth, may, at the same time, receive its charge (1552.).

1444. I haven't said anywhere, nor does it necessarily follow, that the air is only charged where the glowing brush appears. The charging might extend beyond those visible areas, meaning that particles to the right or left of the light beams can be receiving electricity, while the parts that are glowing are just reflecting the fact that a lot of electricity is passing through them to other areas (1437.); similarly, in a spark discharge, the brightness increases as more electricity flows, even though there's no essential connection to the amount needed to start the discharge (1370. 1420.). Therefore, the shape we see in a brush does not necessarily represent the total amount of electrified air; an invisible part surrounding the visible form to a certain depth may also be receiving its charge at the same time (1552.).

1445. Several effects which I have met with in muriatic acid gas tend to make me believe, that that gaseous body allows of a dark discharge. At the same time, it is quite clear from theory, that in some gases, the reverse of this may occur, i.e. that the charging of the air may not extend even so far as the light. We do not know as yet enough of the electric light to be able to state on what it depends, and it is very possible that, when electricity bursts forth into air, all the particles of which are in a state of tension, light may be evolved by such as, being very near to, are not of, those which actually receive a charge at the time.

1445. I've noticed several effects from muriatic acid gas that make me think this gas allows for a dark discharge. At the same time, it's clear from theory that in some gases, the opposite can happen, meaning the charging of the air might not even reach the light. We still don't understand enough about electric light to determine what it's based on, and it's very possible that when electricity discharges into air, where all the particles are under tension, light might be produced by particles that are close but not actually receiving a charge at that moment.

1446. The further a brush extends in a gas, the further no doubt is the charge or discharge carried forward; but this may vary between different gases, and yet the intensity required for the first moment of discharge not vary in the same, but in some other proportion. Thus with respect to nitrogen and muriatic acid gases, the former, as far as my experiments have proceeded, produces far finer and larger brushes than the latter (1458. 1462.), but the intensity required to commence discharge is much higher for the muriatic acid than the nitrogen (1395.). Here again, therefore, as in many other qualities, specific differences are presented by different gaseous dielectrics, and so prove the special relation of the latter to the act and the phenomena of induction.

1446. The farther a brush reaches in a gas, the greater the charge or discharge that moves forward; however, this can differ among various gases, and yet the intensity needed for the initial moment of discharge may not change in the same way, but rather in another proportion. For example, in the case of nitrogen and hydrochloric acid gases, my experiments have shown that nitrogen produces much finer and larger brushes compared to hydrochloric acid (1458. 1462.), but the intensity needed to start discharge is significantly higher for hydrochloric acid than for nitrogen (1395.). Thus, as with many other properties, different gaseous dielectrics show specific differences, demonstrating their unique relationship to the act and phenomena of induction.

1447. To sum up these considerations respecting the character and condition of the brush, I may state that it is a spark to air; a diffusion of electric force to matter, not by conduction, but disruptive discharge, a dilute spark which, passing to very badly conducting matter, frequently discharges but a small portion of the power stored up in the conductor; for as the air charged reacts on the conductor, whilst the conductor, by loss of electricity, sinks in its force (1435.), the discharge quickly ceases, until by the dispersion of the charged air and the renewal of the excited conditions of the conductor, circumstances have risen up to their first effective condition, again to cause discharge, and again to fall and rise,

1447. To sum up these thoughts on the nature and state of the brush, I can say that it's like a spark in the air; it's a spread of electric force to matter, not through conduction, but through a disruptive discharge. It's a weak spark that, when moving into poorly conductive material, often only releases a small portion of the energy stored in the conductor. As the charged air interacts with the conductor, the conductor loses electricity and its force decreases (1435). This causes the discharge to stop quickly until the charged air disperses and the conductor's excited state is renewed. Only then can the conditions return to their initial effective state, enabling another discharge and leading to a cycle of rising and falling.

1448. The brush and spark gradually pass into one another, Making a small ball positive by a good electrical machine with a large prime conductor, and approaching a large uninsulated discharging ball towards it, very beautiful variations from the spark to the brush may be obtained. The drawings of long and powerful sparks, given by Van Marum285, Harris286, and others, also indicate the same phenomena. As far as I have observed, whenever the spark has been brushy in air of common pressures, the whole of the electricity has not been discharged, but only portions of it, more or less according to circumstances; whereas, whenever the effect has been a distinct spark throughout the whole of its course, the discharge has been perfect, provided no interruption had been made to it elsewhere, in the discharging circuit, than where the spark occurred.

1448. The brush and spark gradually blend into each other, creating a small positive ball using a good electrical machine with a large prime conductor. By bringing a large uninsulated discharging ball close to it, you can get some really beautiful changes from spark to brush. The illustrations of long and powerful sparks provided by Van Marum285, Harris286, and others reflect the same phenomena. From what I've observed, whenever the spark appears brushy in air at normal pressures, not all of the electricity is discharged—only parts of it, varying by circumstance. On the other hand, when the effect is a clear spark throughout its entire path, the discharge is complete, as long as there hasn’t been any interruption in the discharging circuit except where the spark occurs.

1449. When an electrical brush from an inch to six inches in length or more is issuing into free air, it has the form given, fig. 117. But if the hand, a ball, of any knobbed conductor be brought near, the extremities of the coruscations turn towards it and each other, and the whole assumes various forms according to circumstances, as in figs. 119, 120, and 121. The influence of the circumstances in each case is easily traced, and I might describe it here, but that I should be ashamed to occupy the time of the Society in things so evident. But how beautifully does the curvature of the ramifications illustrate the curved form of the lines of inductive force existing previous to the discharge! for the former are consequences of the latter, and take their course, in each discharge, where the previous inductive tension had been raised to the proper degree. They represent these curves just as well as iron filings represent magnetic curves, the visible effects in both cases being the consequences of the action of the forces in the places where the effects appear. The phenomena, therefore, constitute additional and powerful testimony (1216. 1230.) to that already given in favour both of induction through dielectrics in curved lines (1231.), and of the lateral relation of these lines, by an effect equivalent to a repulsion producing divergence, or, as in the cases figured, the bulging form.

1449. When an electrical brush that is one to six inches long or more is projecting into open air, it takes on the shape shown in fig. 117. However, if a hand, a ball, or any knobbed conductor is brought near, the tips of the sparks turn towards it and each other, and the entire structure takes on different forms depending on the situation, as illustrated in figs. 119, 120, and 121. The impact of these situations is easy to identify, and I could explain it here, but I would feel embarrassed to take up the Society's time with matters that are so obvious. But how beautifully the curve of the branches illustrates the curved shape of the lines of inductive force that exist before the discharge! The former are the results of the latter and follow a path in each discharge where the prior inductive tension had been increased to the right level. They depict these curves just as effectively as iron filings demonstrate magnetic curves, with the visible effects in both instances being a result of the forces acting in the places where the effects show up. Therefore, the phenomena provide further and strong evidence (1216. 1230.) supporting both induction through dielectrics in curved lines (1231.) and the lateral relationship of these lines, demonstrated by an effect akin to repulsion that causes divergence or, as in the depicted cases, a bulging shape.

1450. In reference to the theory of molecular inductive action, I may also add, the proof deducible from the long brushy ramifying spark which, may be obtained between a small ball on the positive conductor of an electrical machine, and a larger one at a distance (1448. 1504.). What a fine illustration that spark affords of the previous condition of all the particles of the dielectric between the surfaces of discharge, and how unlike the appearances are to any which would be deduced from the theory which assumes inductive action to be action at a distance, in straight lines only; and charge, as being electricity retained upon the surface of conductors by the mere pressure of the atmosphere!

1450. Regarding the theory of molecular inductive action, I can also mention the evidence that can be inferred from the long, branching spark that appears between a small ball on the positive side of an electrical machine and a larger one positioned farther away (1448. 1504.). That spark beautifully illustrates the initial state of all the particles of the dielectric between the discharge surfaces, and how different the results are compared to those we would expect from a theory that claims inductive action occurs at a distance, only in straight lines; and that charge is simply electricity held on the surface of conductors by atmospheric pressure!

* * * * *

* * * * *

1451. When the brush is obtained in rarefied air, the appearances vary greatly, according to circumstances, and are exceedingly beautiful. Sometimes a brush may be formed of only six or seven branches, these being broad and highly luminous, of a purple colour, and in some parts an inch or more apart: by a spark discharge at the prime conductor (1455.) single brushes may be obtained at pleasure. Discharge in the form of a brush is favoured by rarefaction of the air, in the same manner and for the same reason as discharge in the form of a spark (1375.); but in every case there is previous induction and charge through the dielectric, and polarity of its particles (1437.), the induction being, as in any other instance, alternately raised by the machine and lowered by the discharge. In certain experiments the rarefaction was increased to the utmost degree, and the opposed conducting surfaces brought as near together as possible without producing glow (1529.): the brushes then contracted in their lateral dimensions, and recurred so rapidly as to form an apparently continuous arc of light from metal to metal. Still the discharge could be observed to intermit (1427.), so that even under these high conditions, induction preceded each single brush, and the tense polarized condition of the contiguous particles was a necessary preparation for the discharge itself.

1451. When the brush is created in low-pressure air, its appearance can vary widely depending on the conditions, and it looks incredibly beautiful. Sometimes a brush may form with only six or seven branches, which are broad and very bright, displaying a purple color, and spaced an inch or more apart in some areas. By discharging a spark at the prime conductor (1455.), single brushes can be produced at will. The brush discharge is encouraged by the low pressure of the air, just like the spark discharge (1375.); but in all cases, there is initial induction and charging through the dielectric, along with the polarity of its particles (1437.), with the induction being alternately increased by the machine and decreased by the discharge, as in any other instance. In certain experiments, the pressure was reduced to the maximum level, and the opposing conductive surfaces were brought as close together as possible without creating a glow (1529.); then the brushes became narrower and flickered so quickly that they seemed to create a continuous arc of light from one metal to another. Still, the discharge could be seen to pause intermittently (1427.), indicating that even under these extreme conditions, induction existed before each individual brush, and the strongly polarized state of the nearby particles was essential for the discharge itself.

1452. The brush form of disruptive discharge may be obtained not only in air and gases, but also in much denser media. I procured it in oil of turpentine from the end of a wire going through a glass tube into the fluid contained in a metal vessel. The brush was small and very difficult to obtain; the ramifications were simple, and stretched out from each other, diverging very much. The light was exceedingly feeble, a perfectly dark room being required for its observation. When a few solid particles, as of dust or silk, were in the liquid, the brush was produced with much greater facility.

1452. The brush form of disruptive discharge can be created not just in air and gases, but also in much denser substances. I obtained it in turpentine oil from the end of a wire passing through a glass tube into the liquid inside a metal container. The brush was small and quite hard to obtain; the branches were simple and spread out from each other, diverging significantly. The light was extremely weak, requiring a completely dark room for observation. When a few solid particles, like dust or silk, were present in the liquid, the brush formed much more easily.

1453. The running together or coalescence of different lines of discharge (1412.) is very beautifully shown in the brush in air. This point may present a little difficulty to those who are not accustomed to see in every discharge an equal exertion of power in opposite directions, a positive brush being considered by such (perhaps in consequence of the common phrase direction of a current) as indicating a breaking forth in different directions of the original force, rather than a tendency to convergence and union in one line of passage. But the ordinary case of the brush may be compared, for its illustration, with that in which, by holding the knuckle opposite to highly excited glass, a discharge occurs, the ramifications of a brush then leading from the glass and converging into a spark on the knuckle. Though a difficult experiment to make, it is possible to obtain discharge between highly excited shell-lac and the excited glass of a machine: when the discharge passes, it is, from the nature of the charged bodies, brush at each end and spark in the middle, beautifully illustrating that tendency of discharge to facilitate like action, which I have described in a former page (1418.).

1453. The coming together or merging of different discharge lines (1412.) is nicely demonstrated in the brush in the air. This might be a bit confusing for those who aren't used to seeing every discharge as an equal force acting in opposite directions; they often view a positive brush (possibly due to the common term direction of a current) as representing a spread of the original force in different directions, rather than a tendency to converge and unite in a single path. However, the typical case of the brush can be illustrated by holding a knuckle close to highly charged glass, resulting in a discharge where the brush's branches extend from the glass and come together in a spark on the knuckle. Although it's a tricky experiment to conduct, it's possible to achieve a discharge between highly charged shellac and excited glass from a machine: when the discharge occurs, due to the nature of the charged materials, there is a brush at both ends and a spark in the middle, beautifully illustrating the tendency of discharge to promote similar actions, which I mentioned on a previous page (1418.).

1454. The brush has specific characters in different gases, indicating a relation to the particles of these bodies even in a stronger degree than the spark (1422. 1423.). This effect is in strong contrast with the non-variation caused by the use of different substances as conductors from which the brushes are to originate. Thus, using such bodies as wood, card, charcoal, nitre, citric acid, oxalic acid, oxide of lead, chloride of lead, carbonate of potassa, potassa fusa, strong solution of potash, oil of vitriol, sulphur, sulphuret of antimony, and hæmatite, no variation in the character of the brushes was obtained, except that (dependent upon their effect as better or worse conductors) of causing discharge with more or less readiness and quickness from the machine287.

1454. The brush has specific features in different gases, showing a stronger connection to the particles of these substances than the spark (1422. 1423.). This effect sharply contrasts with the lack of variation from using different materials as conductors from which the brushes originate. Therefore, when using materials like wood, card, charcoal, nitre, citric acid, oxalic acid, lead oxide, lead chloride, potassium carbonate, fused potassium, strong potassium solution, sulfuric acid, sulfur, antimony sulfide, and hematite, there was no change in the characteristics of the brushes, except for variations based on their effectiveness as better or worse conductors, which affected how readily and quickly they discharged from the machine287.

1455. The following are a few of the effects I observed in different gasses at the positively charged surfaces, and with atmospheres varying in their pressure. The general effect of rarefaction was the same for all the gases: at first, sparks passed; these gradually were converted into brushes, which became larger and more distinct in their ramifications, until, upon further rarefaction, the latter began to collapse and draw in upon each other, till they formed a stream across from conductor to conductor: then a few lateral streams shot out towards the glass of the vessel from the conductors; these became thick and soft in appearance, and were succeeded by the full constant glow which covered the discharging wire. The phenomena varied with the size of the vessel (1477.), the degree of rarefaction, and the discharge of electricity from the machine. When the latter was in successive sparks, they were most beautiful, the effect of a spark from a small machine being equal to, and often surpassing, that produced by the constant discharge of a far more powerful one.

1455. Here are some of the effects I noticed in different gases at positively charged surfaces, and with atmospheres that varied in pressure. The overall effect of rarefaction was similar for all the gases: at first, sparks flew; these gradually turned into brushes, which grew larger and more distinct in their branches, until, with further rarefaction, the branches began to collapse and pull in on each other, forming a stream between the conductors. Then a few side streams shot out toward the glass of the vessel from the conductors; these appeared thick and soft, followed by the steady glow that covered the discharging wire. The phenomena varied with the size of the vessel (1477.), the level of rarefaction, and the discharge of electricity from the machine. When the machine produced successive sparks, they were the most striking, with the effect of a spark from a small machine being equal to, and often exceeding, that produced by the constant discharge of a much more powerful one.

1456. Air.—Fine positive brushes are easily obtained in air at common pressures, and possess the well-known purplish light. When the air is rarefied, the ramifications are very long, filling the globe (1477.); the light is greatly increased, and is of a beautiful purple colour, with an occasional rose tint in it.

1456. Air.—You can easily get fine positive brushes in air at normal pressures, which emit a well-known purplish light. When the air is thinned out, the branches are very long, filling the globe (1477.); the light is significantly brighter and has a beautiful purple color, with an occasional hint of rose.

1457. Oxygen.—At common pressures, the brush is very close and compressed, and of a dull whitish colour. In rarefied oxygen, the form and appearance are better, the colour somewhat purplish, but all the characters very poor compared to those in air.

1457. Oxygen.—At normal pressures, the brush is tightly packed and has a dull whitish color. In rarefied oxygen, the shape and appearance improve, taking on a slightly purplish hue, but overall, the characteristics are still pretty weak compared to those in air.

1458. Nitrogen gives brushes with great facility at the positive surface, far beyond any other gas I have tried: they are almost always fine in form, light, and colour, and in rarefied nitrogen, are magnificent. They surpass the discharges in any other gas as to the quantity of light evolved.

1458. Nitrogen allows brushes to work really well at the positive surface, far better than any other gas I've tested: they are usually well-shaped, light, and colorful, and in rarefied nitrogen, they are stunning. They produce more light than discharges in any other gas.

1459. Hydrogen, at common pressures, gave a better brush than oxygen, but did not equal nitrogen; the colour was greenish gray. In rarefied hydrogen, the ramifications were very fine in form and distinctness, but pale in colour, with a soft and velvety appearance, and not at all equal to those in nitrogen. In the rarest state of the gas, the colour of the light was a pale gray green.

1459. Hydrogen, at normal pressures, provided a better brush than oxygen, but didn’t match nitrogen; the color was greenish gray. In thin hydrogen, the extensions were very fine in shape and clarity, but light in color, with a soft and velvety look, and were not at all comparable to those in nitrogen. In the rarest form of the gas, the light’s color was a pale gray green.

1460. Coal gas.—The brushes were rather difficult to produce, the contrast with nitrogen being great in this respect. They were short and strong, generally of a greenish colour, and possessing much of the spark character: for, occurring on both the positive and negative terminations, often when there was a dark interval of some length between the two brushes, still the quick, sharp sound of the spark was produced, as if the discharge had been sudden through this gas, and partaking, in that respect, of the character of a spark. In rare coal gas, the brush forms were better, but the light very poor and the colour gray.

1460. Coal gas.—The brushes were pretty tough to make, especially when compared to nitrogen. They were short and strong, usually a greenish color, and had a strong spark quality: because they appeared on both the positive and negative ends, often when there was a lengthy dark gap between the two brushes, the quick, sharp sound of the spark would still occur, as if the discharge happened suddenly through this gas, sharing some features of a spark. In rare coal gas, the brush shapes were improved, but the light was weak and gray in color.

1461. Carbonic acid gas produces a very poor brush at common pressures, as regards either size, light, or colour; and this is probably connected with the tendency which this gas has to discharge the electricity as a spark (1422.). In rarefied carbonic acid, the brush is better in form, but weak as to light, being of a dull greenish or purplish line, varying with the pressure and other circumstances.

1461. Carbon dioxide creates a very weak brush at normal pressures, in terms of size, brightness, or color; this is likely linked to the way this gas tends to release electricity as a spark (1422.). In rarified carbon dioxide, the brush has a better shape but is dim in brightness, showing a dull greenish or purplish line that changes with the pressure and other factors.

1462. Muriatic acid gas.—It is very difficult to obtain the brush in this gas at common pressures. On gradually increasing the distance of the rounded ends, the sparks suddenly ceased when the interval was about an inch, and the discharge, which was still through the gas in the globe, was silent and dark. Occasionally a very short brush could for a few moments be obtained, but it quickly disappeared. Even when the intermitting spark current (1455.) from the machine was used, still I could only with difficulty obtain a brush, and that very short, though I used rods with rounded terminations (about 0.25 of an inch in diameter) which had before given them most freely in air and nitrogen. During the time of this difficulty with the muriatic gas, magnificent brushes were passing off from different parts of the machine into the surrounding air. On rarefying the gas, the formation of the brush was facilitated, but it was generally of a low squat form, very poor in light, and very similar on both the positive and negative surfaces. On rarefying the gas still more, a few large ramifications were obtained of a pale bluish colour, utterly unlike those in nitrogen.

1462. Muriatic acid gas.—It's really hard to get the brush effect in this gas at normal pressures. When I gradually increased the distance between the rounded ends, the sparks suddenly stopped when the gap was about an inch, and the discharge, which was still happening through the gas in the globe, was quiet and dark. Occasionally, I could get a very short brush for a few moments, but it quickly vanished. Even when using the intermittent spark current (1455.) from the machine, I could only barely create a brush, and it was very short, even though I was using rods with rounded ends (about 0.25 of an inch in diameter), which had previously produced brushes easily in air and nitrogen. While I was struggling with the muriatic gas, impressive brushes were forming from various parts of the machine into the surrounding air. When I reduced the gas pressure, it became easier to form the brush, but it was usually short and not very bright, showing similar characteristics on both the positive and negative surfaces. When I reduced the gas pressure even more, I was able to get a few large branches of a pale bluish color, completely different from those in nitrogen.

* * * * *

* * * * *

1463. In all the gases, the different forms of disruptive discharge may be linked together and gradually traced from one extreme to the other, i.e. from the spark to the glow (1405. 1526.), or, it may be, to a still further condition to be called dark discharge (1544-1560.); but it is, nevertheless, very surprising to see what a specific character each keeps whilst under the predominance of the general law. Thus, in muriatic acid, the brush is very difficult to obtain, and there comes in its place almost a dark discharge, partaking of the readiness of the spark action. Moreover, in muriatic acid, I have never observed the spark with any dark interval in it. In nitrogen, the spark readily changes its character into that of brush. In carbonic acid gas, there seems to be a facility to occasion spark discharge, whilst yet that gas is unlike nitrogen in the facility of the latter to form brushes, and unlike muriatic acid in its own facility to continue the spark. These differences add further force, first to the observations already made respecting the spark in various gases (1422. 1423.), and then, to the proofs deducible from it, of the relation of the electrical forces to the particles of matter.

1463. In all gases, the different types of disruptive discharge can be connected and traced from one extreme to the other, from the spark to the glow (1405. 1526.), or possibly to another state known as dark discharge (1544-1560.); however, it's still quite surprising to see how distinct each one remains while still following the general principle. For example, in muriatic acid, it's very hard to get the brush discharge, and instead, we often see something almost like a dark discharge that behaves more like a spark. Additionally, in muriatic acid, I have never seen a spark that has any dark interval. In nitrogen, the spark easily shifts into a brush form. In carbon dioxide, there's a tendency to cause spark discharge, but this gas behaves differently from nitrogen in that nitrogen can more easily form brushes, and it also differs from muriatic acid in its ability to maintain the spark. These variations strengthen the earlier observations about sparks in different gases (1422. 1423.) and provide further evidence of the connection between electrical forces and matter particles.

1464. The peculiar characters of nitrogen in relation to the electric discharge (1422. 1458.) must, evidently, have an important influence over the form and even the occurrence of lightning. Being that gas which most readily produces coruscations, and, by them, extends discharge to a greater distance than any other gas tried, it is also that which constitutes four-fifths of our atmosphere; and as, in atmospheric electrical phenomena, one, and sometimes both the inductive forces are resident on the particles of the air, which, though probably affected as to conducting power by the aqueous particles in it, cannot be considered as a good conductor; so the peculiar power possessed by nitrogen, to originate and effect discharge in the form of a brush or of ramifications, has, probably, an important relation to its electrical service in nature, as it most seriously affects the character and condition of the discharge when made. The whole subject of discharge from and through gases is of great interest, and, if only in reference to atmospheric electricity, deserves extensive and close experimental investigation.

1464. The unique properties of nitrogen in relation to electric discharge (1422. 1458.) clearly play a significant role in the shape and even the occurrence of lightning. As the gas that most easily creates flashes and extends discharge farther than any other tested gas, it also makes up four-fifths of our atmosphere. In atmospheric electrical phenomena, one or sometimes both inductive forces are present on the particles of air, which, although likely influenced by the water particles in it, cannot be considered good conductors. Thus, the unique ability of nitrogen to initiate and carry discharge in the form of a brush or branches likely has a significant connection to its electrical role in nature, as it greatly impacts the characteristics and conditions of the discharge. The entire topic of discharge from and through gases is fascinating and, especially regarding atmospheric electricity, warrants extensive and thorough experimental study.

Difference of discharge at the positive and negative conducting surfaces.

1465. I have avoided speaking of this well-known phenomenon more than was quite necessary, that I might bring together here what I have to say on the subject. When the brush discharge is observed in air at the positive and negative surfaces, there is a very remarkable difference, the true and full comprehension of which would, no doubt, be of the utmost importance to the physics of electricity; it would throw great light on our present subject, i.e. the molecular action of dielectrics under induction, and its consequences; and seems very open to, and accessible by, experimental inquiry.

1465. I've avoided discussing this well-known phenomenon more than necessary so I can share my thoughts on the topic here. When the brush discharge is seen in air at the positive and negative surfaces, there's a striking difference that, if fully understood, would be extremely important for the physics of electricity. It would shed significant light on our current subject, which is the molecular action of dielectrics under induction and its consequences, and it seems quite open to and accessible for experimental investigation.

1466. The difference in question used to be expressed in former times by saying, that a point charged positively gave brushes into the air, whilst the same point charged negatively gave a star. This is true only of bad conductors, or of metallic conductors charged intermittingly, or otherwise controlled by collateral induction. If metallic points project freely into the air, the positive and negative light upon them differ very little in appearance, and the difference can be observed only upon close examination.

1466. The difference in question used to be described in the past by saying that a positively charged point released sparks into the air, whereas the same point charged negatively produced a glow. This is only true for poor conductors, or for metallic conductors that are charged intermittently or influenced by nearby induction. If metallic points extend freely into the air, the positive and negative light on them look very similar, and the difference can only be noticed upon careful inspection.

1467. The effect varies exceedingly under different circumstances, but, as we must set out from some position, may perhaps be stated thus: if a metallic wire with a rounded termination in free air be used to produce the brushy discharge, then the brushes obtained when the wire is charged negatively are very poor and small, by comparison with those produced when the charge is positive. Or if a large metal ball connected with the electrical machine be charged positively, and a fine uninsulated point be gradually brought towards it, a star appears on the point when at a considerable distance, which, though it becomes brighter, does not change its form of a star until it is close up to the ball: whereas, if the ball be charged negatively, the point at a considerable distance has a star on it as before; but when brought nearer, (in my case to the distance of 1-1/2 inch,) a brush formed on it, extending to the negative ball; and when still nearer, (at 1/8 of an inch distance,) the brush ceased, and bright sparks passed. These variations, I believe, include the whole series of differences, and they seem to show at once, that the negative surface tends to retain its discharging character unchanged, whilst the positive surface, under similar circumstances, permits of great variation.

1467. The effect varies greatly depending on the circumstances, but since we need to start from some point, we might put it this way: if a metallic wire with a rounded tip is used in open air to create the brushy discharge, then the brushes produced when the wire is negatively charged are quite small and weak compared to those produced when the charge is positive. If a large metal ball connected to an electrical machine is positively charged, and a fine uninsulated point is slowly brought closer, a star shape appears on the point from a distance, which gets brighter but doesn't change shape until it's very near the ball. Conversely, if the ball is negatively charged, the point still has a star shape at a distance; however, when it gets closer—about 1.5 inches away— a brush forms on it, extending to the negative ball. When it gets even closer, to 1/8 of an inch, the brush disappears and bright sparks occur. These variations seem to capture the entire range of differences, indicating that the negative surface maintains its discharging properties consistently, while the positive surface allows for significant changes under similar conditions.

1468. There are several points in the character of the negative discharge to air which it is important to observe. A metal rod, 0.3 of an inch in diameter, with a rounded end projecting into the air, was charged negatively, and gave a short noisy brush (fig. 122.). It was ascertained both by sight (1427. 1433.) and sound (1431.), that the successive discharges were very rapid in their recurrence, being seven or eight times more numerous in the same period, than those produced when the rod was charged positively to an equal degree. When the rod was positive, it was easy, by working the machine a little quicker, to replace the brush by a glow (1405. 1463.), but when it was negative no efforts could produce this change. Even by bringing the hand opposite the wire, the only effect was to increase the number of brush discharges in a given period, raising at the same time the sound to a higher pitch.

1468. There are several important aspects of the negative discharge to air that should be noted. A metal rod, 0.3 inches in diameter, with a rounded end extending into the air, was charged negatively and produced a short, loud brush (fig. 122.). It was determined both visually (1427. 1433.) and acoustically (1431.) that the successive discharges occurred very quickly, being seven or eight times more frequent in the same timeframe compared to those produced when the rod was charged positively to the same level. When the rod was positively charged, it was easy to create a glow (1405. 1463.) by simply operating the machine a bit faster, but with a negative charge, no effort could achieve this change. Even bringing a hand close to the wire only increased the number of brush discharges in a given timeframe while simultaneously raising the pitch of the sound.

1469. A point opposite the negative brush exhibited a star, and as it was approximated caused the size and sound of the negative brush to diminish, and, at last, to cease, leaving the negative end silent and dark, yet effective as to discharge.

1469. A point opposite the negative brush showed a star, and as it got closer, it made the size and sound of the negative brush decrease until it finally stopped, leaving the negative end quiet and dark, yet still able to discharge.

1470. When the round end of a smaller wire (fig. 123.) was advanced towards the negative brush, it (becoming positive by induction) exhibited the quiet glow at 8 inches distance, the negative brush continuing. When nearer, the pitch of the sound of the negative brush rose, indicating quicker intermittences (1431.); still nearer, the positive end threw off ramifications and distinct brushes; at the same time, the negative brush contracted in its lateral directions and collected together, giving a peculiar narrow longish brush, in shape like a hair pencil, the two brushes existing at once, but very different in their form and appearance, and especially in the more rapid recurrence of the negative discharges than of the positive. On using a smaller positive wire for the same experiment, the glow first appeared on it, and then the brush, the negative brush being affected at the same time; and the two at one distance became exceedingly alike in appearance, and the sounds, I thought, were in unison; at all events they were in harmony, so that the intermissions of discharge were either isochronous, or a simple ratio existed between the intervals. With a higher action of the machine, the wires being retained unaltered, the negative surface became dark and silent, and a glow appeared on the positive one. A still higher action changed the latter into a spark. Finer positive wires gave other variations of these effects, the description of which I must not allow myself to go into here.

1470. When the round end of a smaller wire (fig. 123.) was brought closer to the negative brush, it became positive through induction and showed a soft glow from 8 inches away, with the negative brush still working. As it got closer, the sound pitch of the negative brush increased, indicating faster interruptions (1431.); getting even closer, the positive end produced branches and distinct brushes. At the same time, the negative brush shrank in width and gathered together, forming a narrow, elongated brush that resembled a hair pencil. Both brushes existed simultaneously but were very different in shape and look, particularly because the negative discharges happened more frequently than the positive ones. When a smaller positive wire was used for the same experiment, the glow first appeared on it, followed by the brush, while the negative brush was also affected; at the same distance, they looked almost identical, and I thought the sounds were in sync; at any rate, they seemed harmonious, with the discharge interruptions either occurring at the same time or in a simple ratio. With a stronger machine action, keeping the wires unchanged, the negative surface went dark and quiet while the positive one glowed. With an even higher action, the positive one turned into a spark. Thinner positive wires produced different variations of these effects, the details of which I won't delve into here.

1471. A thinner rod was now connected with the negative conductor in place of the larger one (1468.), its termination being gradually diminished to a blunt point, as in fig. 124; and it was beautiful to observe that, notwithstanding the variation of the brush, the same general order of effects was produced. The end gave a small sonorous negative brush, which the approach of the hand or a large conducting surface did not alter, until it was so near as to produce a spark. A fine point opposite to it was luminous at a distance; being nearer it did not destroy the light and sound of the negative brush, but only tended to have a brush produced on itself, which, at a still less distance, passed into a spark joining the two surfaces.

1471. A thinner rod was now connected to the negative conductor instead of the larger one (1468.), and its end was gradually tapered to a blunt point, as shown in fig. 124. It was fascinating to see that, despite the changes in the brush, the same overall effects were produced. The end emitted a small, resonant negative brush, which remained unchanged by the proximity of a hand or a large conductive surface until it got close enough to create a spark. A fine point positioned opposite emitted light from a distance; as it got closer, it didn't disrupt the light and sound of the negative brush, but instead tended to generate a brush on itself, which, at an even closer distance, transitioned into a spark connecting the two surfaces.

1472. When the distinct negative and positive brushes are produced simultaneously in relation to each other in air, the former almost always has a contracted form, as in fig. 125, very much indeed resembling the figure which the positive brush itself has when influenced by the lateral vicinity of positive parts acting by induction. Thus a brush issuing from a point in the re-entering angle of a positive conductor has the same compressed form (fig. 126.).

1472. When the distinct negative and positive brushes are produced at the same time in relation to each other in air, the negative brush almost always has a contracted shape, like in fig. 125, which closely resembles the shape that the positive brush takes when influenced by the nearby positive parts through induction. Therefore, a brush coming from a point in the re-entering angle of a positive conductor has the same compressed shape (fig. 126.).

1473. The character of the negative brush is not affected by the chemical nature of the substances of the conductors (1454.), but only by their possession of the conducting power in a greater or smaller degree.

1473. The nature of the negative brush isn't influenced by the chemical makeup of the conductors (1454.), but solely by how well they can conduct electricity, whether it's to a greater or lesser extent.

1474. Rarefaction of common air about a negative ball or blunt point facilitated the development of the negative brush, the effect being, I think, greater than on a positive brush, though great on both. Extensive ramifications could be obtained from a ball or end electrified negatively to the plate of the air-pump on which the jar containing it stood.

1474. The thinning of regular air around a negatively charged ball or blunt point helped the negative brush to form, and I believe the effect is stronger than that on a positive brush, though significant for both. A wide range of extensions could be produced from a ball or end that was negatively charged in relation to the plate of the air pump where the jar holding it was situated.

1475. A very important variation of the relative forms and conditions of the positive and negative brush takes place on varying the dielectric in which they are produced. The difference is so very great that it points to a specific relation of this form of discharge to the particular gas in which it takes place, and opposes the idea that gases are but obstructions to the discharge, acting one like another and merely in proportion to their pressure (1377.).

1475. A significant change in the relative forms and conditions of the positive and negative brush occurs when the dielectric in which they are created is altered. The difference is substantial enough to suggest a specific relationship between this type of discharge and the particular gas involved, contradicting the notion that gases only serve as barriers to the discharge, behaving similarly to one another and merely according to their pressure (1377.).

1476. In air, the superiority of the positive brush is well known (1467. 1472.). In nitrogen, it is as great or even greater than in air (1458.). In hydrogen, the positive brush loses a part of its superiority, not being so good as in nitrogen or air; whilst the negative brush does not seem injured (1459.). In oxygen, the positive brush is compressed and poor (1457); whilst the negative did not become less: the two were so alike that the eye frequently could not tell one from the other, and this similarity continued when the oxygen was gradually rarefied. In coal gas, the brushes are difficult of production as compared to nitrogen (1460.), and the positive not much superior to the negative in its character, either at common or low pressures. In carbonic acid gas, this approximation of character also occurred. In muriatic acid gas, the positive brush was very little better than the negative, and both difficult to produce (1462.) as compared with the facility in nitrogen or air.

1476. In air, the positive brush is well-known to be superior (1467. 1472.). In nitrogen, its superiority is just as significant, if not greater, than in air (1458.). In hydrogen, the positive brush loses some of its advantage, performing not as well as in nitrogen or air, while the negative brush remains effective (1459.). In oxygen, the positive brush is compressed and less effective (1457), whereas the negative brush stays consistent: the two were so similar that it was often hard to tell them apart, and this similarity persisted even as the oxygen was gradually thinned out. In coal gas, producing the brushes is more challenging compared to nitrogen (1460.), and the positive brush isn't much better than the negative either at normal or low pressures. In carbonic acid gas, this similarity in character was also observed. In muriatic acid gas, the positive brush was only slightly better than the negative, and both were difficult to produce (1462.) compared to the ease in nitrogen or air.

1477. These experiments were made with rods of brass about a quarter of an inch thick having rounded ends, these being opposed in a glass globe 7 inches in diameter, containing the gas to be experimented with. The electric machine was used to communicate directly, sometimes the positive, and sometimes the negative state, to the rod in connection with it.

1477. These experiments were done with brass rods about a quarter of an inch thick, which had rounded ends. These rods were placed opposite each other inside a glass globe 7 inches in diameter, filled with the gas being tested. An electric machine was used to directly apply either a positive or a negative charge to the connected rod.

1478. Thus we see that, notwithstanding there is a general difference in favour of the superiority of the positive brush over the negative, that difference is at its maximum in nitrogen and air; whilst in carbonic acid, muriatic acid, coal gas, and oxygen, it diminishes, and at last almost disappears. So that in this particular effect, as in all others yet examined, the evidence is in favour of that view which refers the results to a direct relation of the electric forces with the molecules of the matter concerned in the action (1421. 1423. 1463.). Even when special phenomena arise under the operation of the general law, the theory adopted seems fully competent to meet the case.

1478. So, we see that, even though there's a general advantage to the positive brush compared to the negative one, that advantage is at its peak with nitrogen and air; while in carbon dioxide, hydrochloric acid, coal gas, and oxygen, it decreases and eventually nearly disappears. Therefore, in this specific effect, like in all others we've looked at, the evidence supports the idea that the results are related to a direct connection between electric forces and the molecules involved in the process (1421. 1423. 1463.). Even when unique phenomena occur due to the overarching principle, the theory we use seems fully capable of addressing the situation.

1479. Before I proceed further in tracing the probable cause of the difference between the positive and negative brush discharge, I wish to know the results of a few experiments which are in course of preparation: and thinking this Series of Researches long enough, I shall here close it with the expectation of being able in a few weeks to renew the inquiry, and entirely redeem my pledge (1306.).

1479. Before I go any further in figuring out the possible reason for the difference between the positive and negative brush discharge, I want to know the results of some experiments that are currently being prepared. Since I believe this series of research has been long enough, I will conclude it here, hoping to resume the inquiry in a few weeks and fully keep my promise (1306.).

Royal Institution,

Royal Institution

Dec. 23rd, 1837.

Dec. 23, 1837.


Thirteenth Series.

§ 18. On Induction (continued). ¶ ix. Disruptive discharge (continued)—Peculiarities of positive and negative discharge either as spark or brush—Glow discharge—Dark discharge. ¶ x. Convection, or carrying discharge. ¶ xi. Relation of a vacuum to electrical phenomena. § 19. Nature of the electrical current.

§ 18. On Induction (continued). ¶ ix. Disruptive discharge (continued)—Unique features of positive and negative discharge, whether as spark or brush—Glow discharge—Dark discharge. ¶ x. Convection, or carrying discharge. ¶ xi. Connection between a vacuum and electrical phenomena. § 19. Nature of the electrical current.

Received February 22,—Read March 15, 1838.

Received February 22, — Read March 15, 1838.

¶ ix. Disruptive discharge (continued).

1480. Let us now direct our attention to the general difference of the positive and negative disruptive discharge, with the object of tracing, as far as possible, the cause of that difference, and whether it depends on the charged conductors principally, or on the interposed dielectric; and as it appears to be great in air and nitrogen (1476.), let us observe the phenomena in air first.

1480. Let’s now focus on the overall difference between positive and negative disruptive discharge, aiming to identify the cause of that difference, and whether it mainly depends on the charged conductors or the dielectric material in between. Since the difference seems significant in air and nitrogen (1476.), let’s first examine the phenomena in air.

1481. The general case is best understood by a reference to surfaces of considerable size rather than to points, which involve (as a secondary effect) the formation of currents (1562). My investigation, therefore, was carried on with balls and terminations of different diameters, and the following are some of the principal results.

1481. The general case is better understood by looking at large surfaces instead of points, which create (as a side effect) the formation of currents (1562). Therefore, I conducted my investigation using balls and endings of different sizes, and here are some of the main results.

1482. If two balls of very different dimensions, as for instance one-half an inch, and the other three inches in diameter, be arranged at the ends of rods so that either can be electrified by a machine and made to discharge by sparks to the other, which is at the same time uninsulated; then, as is well known, far longer sparks are obtained when the small ball is positive and the large ball negative, than when the small ball is negative and the large ball positive. In the former case, the sparks are 10 or 12 inches in length; in the latter, an inch or an inch and a half only.

1482. If you have two balls of very different sizes, like one-half an inch and the other three inches in diameter, and you set them up at the ends of rods so that either can be charged by a machine and produce sparks to the other, which is uninsulated at the same time; then, as is well known, you get much longer sparks when the smaller ball is positive and the larger ball is negative, compared to when the smaller ball is negative and the larger ball is positive. In the first case, the sparks can reach 10 or 12 inches in length; in the second case, they’re only about an inch or an inch and a half.

* * * * *

Sure! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1483. But previous to the description of further experiments, I will mention two words, for which with many others I am indebted to a friend, and which I think it would be expedient to introduce and use. It is important in ordinary inductive action, to distinguish at which charged surface the induction originates and is sustained: i.e. if two or more metallic balls, or other masses of matter, are in inductive relation, to express which are charged originally, and which are brought by them into the opposite electrical condition. I propose to call those bodies which are originally charged, inductric bodies; and those which assume the opposite state, in consequence of the induction, inducteous bodies. This distinction is not needful because there is any difference between the sums of the inductric and the inducteous forces; but principally because, when a ball A is inductric, it not merely brings a ball B, which is opposite to it, into an inducteous state, but also many other surrounding conductors, though some of them may be a considerable distance off, and the consequence is, that the balls do not bear the same precise relation to each other when, first one, and then the other, is made the inductric ball; though, in each case, the same ball be made to assume the same state.

1483. Before I describe more experiments, I want to mention two terms that I owe to a friend, which I believe would be useful to introduce and use. It's essential in typical inductive interactions to identify which charged surface the induction comes from and is maintained: that is, when two or more metallic balls or other masses of matter are interacting inductively, we should specify which ones are originally charged and which ones are influenced by them into the opposite electrical condition. I suggest calling the bodies that are originally charged, inductric bodies; and those that take on the opposite state as a result of the induction, inducteous bodies. This distinction is not necessary because there is any difference between the total forces of inductric and inducteous; rather, it’s mainly because when ball A is inductric, it not only causes ball B, which is opposite to it, to become inducteous, but also affects many other surrounding conductors, even if they are quite far away. Consequently, the balls do not have the same exact relationship to each other when one is made the inductric ball first and then the other; however, in each case, the same ball is made to take on the same state.

1484, Another liberty which I may also occasionally take in language I will explain and limit. It is that of calling a particular spark or brush, positive or negative, according as it may be considered as originating at a positive or a negative surface. We speak of the brush as positive or negative when it shoots out from surfaces previously in those states; and the experiments of Mr. Wheatstone go to prove that it really begins at the charged surface, and from thence extends into the air (1437. 1438.) or other dielectric. According to my view, sparks also originate or are determined at one particular spot (1370.), namely, that where the tension first rises up to the maximum degree; and when this can be determined, as in the simultaneous use of large and small balls, in which case the discharge begins or is determined by the latter, I would call that discharge which passes at once, a positive spark, if it was at the positive surface that the maximum intensity was first obtained; or a negative spark, if that necessary intensity was first obtained at the negative surface.

1484. Another liberty that I might occasionally take in language is one I will explain and limit. It involves calling a particular spark or brush, positive or negative, depending on whether it is considered as originating from a positive or a negative surface. We refer to the brush as positive or negative when it shoots out from surfaces that were previously in those states; and the experiments by Mr. Wheatstone prove that it really begins at the charged surface and then extends into the air (1437. 1438.) or another dielectric. In my view, sparks also originate or are determined at one specific spot (1370.), namely, where the tension first rises to the maximum level; and when this can be established, as in the simultaneous use of large and small balls—where the discharge begins or is determined by the smaller one—I would call that discharge which occurs at once a positive spark if it was at the positive surface that the maximum intensity was first reached, or a negative spark if that necessary intensity was first reached at the negative surface.

* * * * *

This text is empty.

1485. An apparatus was arranged, as in fig. 129. (Plate VIII.): A and B were brass balls of very different diameters attached to metal rods, moving through sockets on insulating pillars, so that the distance between the balls could be varied at pleasure. The large ball A, 2 inches in diameter, was connected with an insulated brass conductor, which could be rendered positive or negative directly from a cylinder machine: the small ball B, 0.25 of an inch in diameter, was connected with a discharging train (292.) and perfectly uninsulated. The brass rods sustaining the balls were 0.2 of an inch in thickness.

1485. A device was set up, as shown in fig. 129. (Plate VIII.): A and B were brass balls of very different sizes attached to metal rods, moving through sockets on insulating pillars, allowing the distance between the balls to be adjusted as needed. The larger ball A, measuring 2 inches in diameter, was linked to an insulated brass conductor, which could be made positive or negative directly from a cylinder machine: the smaller ball B, 0.25 inches in diameter, was connected to a discharging train (292.) and was completely uninsulated. The brass rods holding the balls were 0.2 inches thick.

1486. When the large ball was positive and inductric (1483.), negative sparks occurred until the interval was 0.49 of an inch; then mixed brush and spark between that and 0.51; and from 0.52 and upwards, negative brush alone. When the large ball was made negative and inductric, then positive spark alone occurred until the interval was as great as 1.15 inches; spark and brush from that up to 1.55; and to have the positive brush alone, it required an interval of at least 1.65 inches.

1486. When the large ball was positive and inductive (1483.), negative sparks appeared until the distance was 0.49 inches; then mixed brush and spark occurred between that and 0.51; and from 0.52 inches and higher, there were only negative brush sparks. When the large ball was made negative and inductive, only positive sparks were present until the distance reached 1.15 inches; spark and brush occurred from that distance up to 1.55 inches; and to have only the positive brush, the distance had to be at least 1.65 inches.

1487. The balls A and B were now changed for each other. Then making the small ball B inductric positively, the positive sparks alone continued only up to 0.67; spark and brush occurred from 0.68 up to 0.72; and positive brush alone from 0.74 and upwards. Rendering the small ball B inductric and negative, negative sparks alone occurred up to 0.40; then spark and brush at 0.42; whilst from 0.44 and upwards the noisy negative brush alone took place.

1487. The balls A and B were swapped. Then, by charging the small ball B positively, positive sparks appeared only up to 0.67; spark and brush occurred from 0.68 to 0.72; and positive brush alone happened from 0.74 and above. When the small ball B was charged negatively, negative sparks were observed up to 0.40; then spark and brush occurred at 0.42; while from 0.44 and above, only the noisy negative brush was present.

1488. We thus find a great difference as the balls are rendered inductric or inducteous; the small ball rendered positive inducteously giving a spark nearly twice as long as that produced when it was charged positive inductrically, and a corresponding difference, though not, under the circumstances, to the same extent, was manifest, when it was rendered negative288.

1488. We can see a significant difference in how the balls are charged inductively or through induction; the small ball charged positive through induction produces a spark that's almost twice as long as the one generated when it was charged positive inductively. There’s a noticeable difference, although not as pronounced under the circumstances, when it was charged negative288.

1489. Other results are, that the small ball rendered positive gives a much longer spark than when it is rendered negative, and that the small ball rendered negative gives a brush more readily than when positive, in relation to the effect produced by increasing the distance between the two balls.

1489. Other results show that when the small ball is charged positively, it produces a much longer spark compared to when it is charged negatively. Additionally, the small ball charged negatively generates a brush effect more easily than when it is positively charged, especially as the distance between the two balls increases.

1490. When the interval was below 0.4 of an inch, so that the small ball should give sparks, whether positive or negative, I could not observe that there was any constant difference, either in their ready occurrence or the number which passed in a given time. But when the interval was such that the small ball when negative gave a brush, then the discharges from it, as separate negative brushes, were far more numerous than the corresponding discharges from it when rendered positive, whether those positive discharges were as sparks or brushes.

1490. When the gap was less than 0.4 inches, allowing the small ball to create sparks, both positive and negative, I didn’t notice any consistent difference in how often they occurred or the number that happened within a set timeframe. However, when the gap was such that the small ball produced a brush discharge when negative, the negative brush discharges were significantly more frequent than the positive discharges, whether those positive discharges were sparks or brushes.

1491. It is, therefore, evident that, when a ball is discharging electricity in the form of brushes, the brushes are far more numerous, and each contains or carries off far less electric force when the electricity so discharged is negative, than when it is positive.

1491. It is, therefore, clear that when a ball is releasing electricity in the form of sparks, there are many more sparks, and each spark contains or carries away significantly less electric force when the electricity being released is negative, compared to when it is positive.

1492. In all such experiments as those described, the point of change from spark to brush is very much governed by the working state of the electrical machine and the size of the conductor connected with the discharging ball. If the machine be in strong action and the conductor large, so that much power is accumulated quickly for each discharge, then the interval is greater at which the sparks are replaced by brushes; but the general effect is the same289.

1492. In all the experiments mentioned, the transition from spark to brush is largely influenced by the operating condition of the electrical machine and the size of the conductor linked to the discharging ball. If the machine is running strongly and the conductor is large, allowing for a rapid buildup of power for each discharge, then the interval at which sparks turn into brushes is longer; however, the overall effect remains the same289.

1493. These results, though indicative of very striking and peculiar relations of the electric force or forces, do not show the relative degrees of charge which the small ball acquires before discharge occurs, i.e. they do not tell whether it acquires a higher condition in the negative, or in the positive state, immediately preceding that discharge. To illustrate this important point I arranged two places of discharge as represented, fig 130. A and D are brass balls 2 inches diameter, B and C are smaller brass balls 0.25 of an inch in diameter; the forks L and R supporting them were of brass wire 0.2 of an inch in diameter; the space between the large and small ball on the same fork was 5 inches, that the two places of discharge n and o might be sufficiently removed from each other's influence. The fork L was connected with a projecting cylindrical conductor, which could be rendered positive or negative at pleasure, by an electrical machine, and the fork R was attached to another conductor, but thrown into an uninsulated state by connection with a discharging train (292.). The two intervals or places of discharge n and o could be varied at pleasure, their extent being measured by the occasional introduction of a diagonal scale. It is evident, that, as the balls A and B connected with the same conductor are always charged at once, and that discharge may take place to either of the balls connected with the discharging train, the intervals of discharge n and o may be properly compared to each other, as respects the influence of large and small balls when charged positively and negatively in air.

1493. These results, while showing very striking and unique relationships of the electric force or forces, don’t indicate the relative degrees of charge that the small ball gains before discharge happens, meaning they don't clarify whether it gets a higher charge in the negative or positive state just before the discharge. To illustrate this crucial point, I set up two discharge points as shown in fig 130. A and D are brass balls that are 2 inches in diameter, while B and C are smaller brass balls measuring 0.25 inches in diameter; the forks L and R supporting them are made of brass wire with a diameter of 0.2 inches. The space between the large and small ball on the same fork is 5 inches, ensuring that the two discharge points n and o are far enough apart to avoid interfering with each other. The fork L is connected to a projecting cylindrical conductor, which can be made positive or negative at will, using an electrical machine, and the fork R is attached to another conductor but is put into an uninsulated state through a connection with a discharging train (292.). The two intervals or discharge points n and o can be adjusted as needed, with their range measured by using a diagonal scale. It’s clear that, since the balls A and B connected to the same conductor are always charged simultaneously, and discharge can occur to either of the balls connected to the discharging train, the discharge intervals n and o can be effectively compared regarding the influence of large and small balls when charged positively and negatively in air.

1494. When the intervals n and o were each made = 0.9 of an inch, and the balls A and B inductric positively, the discharge was all at n from the small ball of the conductor to the large ball of the discharging train, and mostly by positive brush, though once by a spark. When the balls A and B were made inductric negatively, the discharge was still from the same small ball, at n, by a constant negative brush.

1494. When the distances n and o were each set to 0.9 inches, and the balls A and B were charged positively, the discharge occurred entirely at n from the small ball of the conductor to the large ball of the discharging train, primarily as a positive brush, although there was one instance of a spark. When balls A and B were charged negatively, the discharge still came from the same small ball, at n, as a steady negative brush.

1495. I diminished the intervals n and o to 0.6 of an inch. When A and B were inductric positively, all the discharge was at n as a positive brush: when A and B were inductric negatively, still all the discharge was at n, as a negative brush.

1495. I reduced the distances n and o to 0.6 inches. When A and B had a positive charge, all the discharge occurred at n as a positive brush; when A and B had a negative charge, all the discharge still happened at n but as a negative brush.

1496. The facility of discharge at the positive and negative small balls, therefore, did not appear to be very different. If a difference had existed, there were always two small balls, one in each state, that the discharge might happen at that most favourable to the effect. The only difference was, that one was in the inductric, and the other in the inducteous state, but whichsoever happened for the time to be in that state, whether positive or negative, had the advantage.

1496. The ease of discharge at the positive and negative small balls didn't seem to be very different. If there had been a difference, there were always two small balls, one in each state, so the discharge could occur in the situation that was most favorable for the effect. The only difference was that one was in the inducing state, and the other was in the induced state, but whichever was in that state at the time, whether positive or negative, had the advantage.

1497. To counteract this interfering influence, I made the interval n = 0.79 and interval o = 0.58 of an inch. Then, when the balls A and B were inductric positive, the discharge was about equal at both intervals. When, on the other hand, the balls A and B were inductric negative, there was discharge, still at both, but most at n, as if the small ball negative could discharge a little easier than the same ball positive.

1497. To counteract this interfering influence, I set the interval n = 0.79 and the interval o = 0.58 of an inch. Then, when balls A and B were inductric positive, the discharge was about the same at both intervals. However, when balls A and B were inductric negative, there was still a discharge at both, but it was greater at n, as if the small ball negative could discharge a little easier than the same ball positive.

1498. The small balls and terminations used in these and similar experiments may very correctly be compared, in their action, to the same balls and ends when electrified in free air at a much greater distance from conductors, than they were in those cases from each other. In the first place, the discharge, even when as a spark, is, according to my view, determined, and, so to speak, begins at a spot on the surface of the small ball (1374.), occurring when the intensity there has risen up to a certain maximum degree (1370.); this determination of discharge at a particular spot first, being easily traced from the spark into the brush, by increasing the distance, so as, at last, even to render the time evident which is necessary for the production of the effect (1436. 1438.). In the next place, the large balls which I have used might be replaced by larger balls at a still greater distance, and so, by successive degrees, may be considered as passing into the sides of the rooms; these being under general circumstances the inducteous bodies, whilst the small ball rendered either positive or negative is the inductric body.

1498. The small balls and ends used in these experiments can be accurately compared in their behavior to the same balls and ends when charged in open air at a much greater distance from conductors than they were from each other in those cases. Firstly, the discharge, even when it appears as a spark, is determined, and, so to speak, starts at a specific spot on the surface of the small ball (1374.), occurring when the intensity there has increased to a certain maximum level (1370.); this initiation of discharge at a particular point can easily be traced from the spark into the brush by increasing the distance, ultimately showing the time needed to produce the effect (1436. 1438.). Additionally, the large balls I've used could be replaced by even larger ones at a greater distance, and thus, through successive steps, can be thought of as extending to the walls of the rooms; these serve as the inductive bodies, while the small ball, which is either positively or negatively charged, is the inducing body.

1499. But, as has long been recognised, the small ball is only a blunt end, and, electrically speaking, a point only a small ball; so that when a point or blunt end is throwing out its brushes into the air, it is acting exactly as the small balls have acted in the experiments already described, and by virtue of the same properties and relations.

1499. However, it has long been understood that the small ball is just a blunt end, and, in terms of electricity, a point is only a small ball; therefore, when a point or blunt end releases its charges into the air, it behaves exactly like the small balls used in the experiments already outlined, and due to the same properties and relationships.

1500. It may very properly be said with respect to the experiments, that the large negative ball is as essential to the discharge as the small positive ball, and also that the large negative ball shows as much superiority over the large positive ball (which is inefficient in causing a spark from its opposed small negative ball) as the small positive ball does over the small negative ball; and probably when we understand the real cause of the difference, and refer it rather to the condition of the particles of the dielectric than to the sizes of the conducting balls, we may find much importance in such an observation. But for the present, and whilst engaged in investigating the point, we may admit, what is the fact, that the forces are of higher intensity at the surfaces of the smaller balls than at those of the larger (1372. 1374.); that the former, therefore, determine the discharge, by first rising up to that exalted condition which is necessary for it; and that, whether brought to this condition by induction towards the walls of a room or the large balls I have used, these may fairly be compared one with the other in their influence and actions.

1500. It can be said regarding the experiments that the large negative ball is just as crucial for the discharge as the small positive ball. Additionally, the large negative ball is more effective than the large positive ball (which is ineffective at causing a spark with its opposing small negative ball), just as the small positive ball is more effective than the small negative ball. Once we understand the actual reasons behind this difference, and attribute it more to the state of the dielectric particles than to the sizes of the conducting balls, we may discover significant value in this observation. However, for now, while we investigate this issue, we can accept the fact that the forces are stronger at the surfaces of the smaller balls than at those of the larger ones (1372. 1374.); therefore, the former initiate the discharge by first reaching the elevated state necessary for it. Regardless of whether this condition is achieved by induction towards the walls of a room or the large balls I've used, they can be fairly compared to one another in their influences and actions.

1501. The conclusions I arrive at are: first, that when two equal small conducting surfaces equally placed in air are electrified, one positively and the other negatively, that which is negative can discharge to the air at a tension a little lower than that required for the positive ball: second, that when discharge does take place, much more passes at each time from the positive than from the negative surface (1491.). The last conclusion is very abundantly proved by the optical analysis of the positive and negative brushes already described (1468.), the latter set of discharges being found to recur five or six times oftener than the former290.

1501. The conclusions I've reached are: first, that when two equal small conducting surfaces placed similarly in the air are electrified, one positively and the other negatively, the negative one can discharge to the air at a slightly lower tension than what’s needed for the positive surface. Second, when discharge occurs, significantly more electricity flows from the positive surface compared to the negative one (1491.). The last conclusion is strongly supported by the optical analysis of the positive and negative brushes mentioned earlier (1468.), where the negative discharges occur about five or six times more frequently than the positive ones.290.

1502. If, now, a small ball be made to give brushes or brushy sparks by a powerful machine, we can, in some measure, understand and relate the difference perceived when it is rendered positive or negative. It is known to give when positive a much larger and more powerful spark than when negative, and with greater facility (1482.): in fact, the spark, although it takes away so much more electricity at once, commences at a tension higher only in a small degree, if at all. On the other hand, if rendered negative, though discharge may commence at a lower degree, it continues but for a very short period, very little electricity passing away each time. These circumstances are directly related; for the extent to which the positive spark can reach, and the size and extent of the positive brush, are consequences of the capability which exists of much electricity passing off at one discharge from the positive surface (1468. 1501.).

1502. If a small ball is made to create brushes or brushy sparks using a powerful machine, we can somewhat understand and relate to the difference observed when it is charged positively or negatively. It is known that when the ball is positive, it produces a much larger and more powerful spark than when it is negative, and it does so more easily (1482.). In fact, the spark, even though it draws away significantly more electricity at once, starts at a tension that is only slightly higher, if at all. On the other hand, when it is negative, although the discharge may start at a lower degree, it lasts only for a very short period, with very little electricity flowing away each time. These circumstances are closely connected; the range that the positive spark can reach, as well as the size and extent of the positive brush, are outcomes of the ability to release a lot of electricity at once from the positive surface (1468. 1501.).

1503. But to refer these effects only to the form and size of the conductor, would, according to my notion of induction, be a very imperfect mode of viewing the whole question (1523. 1600.). I apprehend that the effects are due altogether to the mode in which the particles of the interposed dielectric polarize, and I have already given some experimental indications of the differences presented by different electrics in this respect (1475. 1476.). The modes of polarization, as I shall have occasion hereafter to show, may be very diverse in different dielectrics. With respect to common air, what seems to be the consequence of a superiority in the positive force at the surface of the small ball, may be due to the more exalted condition of the negative polarity of the particles of air, or of the nitrogen in it (the negative part being, perhaps, more compressed, whilst the positive part is more diffuse, or vice versa (1687. &c.)); for such a condition could determine certain effects at the positive ball which would not take place to the same degree at the negative ball, just as well as if the positive ball had possessed some special and independent power of its own.

1503. However, attributing these effects solely to the shape and size of the conductor would, in my view of induction, be a very incomplete way of addressing the entire issue (1523. 1600.). I believe that the effects stem entirely from how the particles of the intervening dielectric polarize, and I have already provided some experimental evidence showing the differences exhibited by various dielectrics in this regard (1475. 1476.). The modes of polarization, as I will demonstrate later, can be quite different in different dielectrics. Regarding common air, the apparent superiority of the positive force at the surface of the small ball might be a result of the heightened condition of the negative polarity of the air particles, or the nitrogen within it (the negative part possibly being more compressed, while the positive part is more spread out, or vice versa (1687. &c.)); such a condition could produce certain effects at the positive ball that wouldn’t occur to the same extent at the negative ball, just as if the positive ball had its own unique and independent power.

1504. The opinion, that the effects are more likely to be dependent upon the dielectric than the ball, is supported by the character of the two discharges. If a small positive ball be throwing off brushes with ramifications ten inches long, how can the ball affect that part of a ramification which is five inches from it? Yet the portion beyond that place has the same character as that preceding it, and no doubt has that character impressed by the same general principle and law. Looking upon the action of the contiguous particles of a dielectric as fully proved, I see, in such a ramification, a propagation of discharge from particle to particle, each doing for the one next it what was done for it by the preceding particle, and what was done for the first particle by the charged metal against which it was situated.

1504. The idea that the effects are more likely caused by the dielectric than by the ball is supported by the nature of the two discharges. If a small positive ball is emitting sparks with branches ten inches long, how can the ball influence that part of a branch that is five inches away? Yet the section beyond that point has the same characteristics as the part before it, and it certainly has that quality influenced by the same overall principle and law. Considering the behavior of the nearby particles of a dielectric as fully established, I envision, in such a branch, a transfer of discharge from particle to particle, with each one doing for the next what was done for it by the particle before it, and what was done for the first particle by the charged metal it was in contact with.

1505. With respect to the general condition and relations of the positive and negative brushes in dense or rare air, or in other media and gases, if they are produced at different times and places they are of course independent of each other. But when they are produced from opposed ends or balls at the same time, in the same vessel of gas (1470. 1477.), they are frequently related; and circumstances may be so arranged that they shall be isochronous, occurring in equal numbers in equal times; or shall occur in multiples, i.e. with two or three negatives to one positive; or shall alternate, or be quite irregular. All these variations I have witnessed; and when it is considered that the air in the vessel, and also the glass of the vessel, can take a momentary charge, it is easy to comprehend their general nature and cause.

1505. Regarding the overall state and interactions of the positive and negative brushes in dense or rare air, or in other media and gases, if they're created at different times and places, they are obviously independent of one another. However, when they are generated from opposite ends or balls at the same time within the same gas vessel (1470. 1477.), they often have a connection; and situations can be arranged such that they occur simultaneously, happening in equal amounts in equal time; or they can happen in multiples, meaning there might be two or three negatives for each positive; or they can alternate, or be completely random. I have observed all these variations; and when you consider that the air in the vessel, as well as the glass of the vessel, can hold a temporary charge, it's easy to understand their general nature and cause.

* * * * *

I'm ready for the text. Please provide it.

1506. Similar experiments to those in air (1485. 1493.) were made in different gases, the results of which I will describe as briefly as possible. The apparatus is represented fig. 131, consisting of a bell-glass eleven inches in diameter at the widest part, and ten and a half inches high up to the bottom of the neck. The balls are lettered, as in fig. 130, and are in the same relation to each other; but A and B were on separate sliding wires, which, however, were generally joined by a cross wire, w, above, and that connected with the brass conductor, which received its positive or negative charge from the machine. The rods of A and B were graduated at the part moving through the stuffing-box, so that the application of a diagonal scale applied there, told what was the distance between these balls and those beneath them. As to the position of the balls in the jar, and their relation to each other, C and D were three and a quarter inches apart, their height above the pump plate five inches, and the distance between any of the balls and the glass of the jar one inch and three quarters at least, and generally more. The balls A and D were two inches in diameter, as before (1493.); the balls B and C only 0.15 of an inch in diameter.

1506. Similar experiments to those in air (1485, 1493) were conducted in different gases, and I will describe the results as briefly as possible. The apparatus is shown in fig. 131, consisting of a bell-shaped glass that is eleven inches wide at its widest point and ten and a half inches high up to the bottom of the neck. The balls are labeled, as in fig. 130, and are positioned similarly; however, A and B were on separate sliding wires, which were generally connected by a cross wire, w, above, that linked to the brass conductor, which received its positive or negative charge from the machine. The rods of A and B were marked at the section moving through the stuffing box, so that the use of a diagonal scale applied there indicated the distance between these balls and those below them. Regarding the placement of the balls in the jar and their relation to each other, C and D were three and a quarter inches apart, their height above the pump plate was five inches, and the distance from any of the balls to the glass of the jar was at least one inch and three-quarters, often more. The balls A and D were two inches in diameter, as previously stated (1493), while balls B and C measured only 0.15 inch in diameter.

Another apparatus was occasionally used in connection with that just described, being an open discharger (fig. 132.), by which a comparison of the discharge in air and that in gases could be obtained. The balls E and F, each 0.6 of an inch in diameter, were connected with sliding rods and other balls, and were insulated. When used for comparison, the brass conductor was associated at the same time with the balls A and B of figure 131 and ball E of this apparatus (fig. 132.); whilst the balls C, D and F were connected with the discharging train.

Another device was sometimes used alongside the one just described, which was an open discharger (fig. 132.) that allowed for a comparison of the discharge in air and that in gases. The balls E and F, each 0.6 inches in diameter, were attached to sliding rods and other balls, and were insulated. When used for comparison, the brass conductor was connected at the same time with the balls A and B from figure 131 and ball E from this apparatus (fig. 132.); meanwhile, the balls C, D, and F were linked to the discharging circuit.

1507. I will first tabulate the results as to the restraining power of the gases over discharge. The balls A and C (fig. 131.) were thrown out of action by distance, and the effects at B and D, or the interval n in the gas, compared with those at the interval p in the air, between E and F (fig. 132.). The Table sufficiently explains itself. It will be understood that all discharge was in the air, when the interval there was less than that expressed in the first or third columns of figures; and all the discharge in the gas, when the interval in air was greater than that in the second or fourth column of figures. At intermediate distances the discharge was occasionally at both places, i.e. sometimes in the air, sometimes in the gas.

1507. I will first summarize the results regarding the restraining power of the gases on discharge. The balls A and C (fig. 131) were rendered inactive due to distance, and the effects at B and D, or the interval n in the gas, were compared with those at the interval p in the air, between E and F (fig. 132). The Table explains itself clearly. It should be noted that all discharge occurred in the air when the interval there was less than what’s shown in the first or third columns of figures, and all discharge happened in the gas when the interval in air was greater than what's indicated in the second or fourth column of figures. At distances in between, the discharge occasionally occurred in both places, meaning sometimes in the air and sometimes in the gas.

Interval p in parts of an inch
Constant interval n between B and D = 1 inchWhen the small ball B was inductric and positive the discharge was allWhen the small ball B was inductric and negative the discharge was all
at p in air beforeat n in the gas afterat p in air before at n in the gas after
In Air0.100.500.280.33
In Nitrogen0.300.650.310.40
In Oxygen0.330.520.270.30
In Hydrogen0.200.10 0.220.24
In Coal Gas0.200.900.200.27
In Carbonic Acid0.611.300.300.15

1508. These results are the same generally, as far as they go, as those of the like nature in the last series (1388.), and confirm the conclusion that different gases restrain discharge in very different proportions. They are probably not so good as the former ones, for the glass jar not being varnished, acted irregularly, sometimes taking a certain degree of charge as a non-conductor, and at other times acting as a conductor in the conveyance and derangement of that charge. Another cause of difference in the ratios is, no doubt, the relative sizes of the discharge balls in air; in the former case they were of very different size, here they were alike.

1508. These results are generally similar to those of the previous series (1388.) and support the conclusion that different gases limit discharge in very different amounts. They are probably not as reliable as the earlier results because the glass jar wasn’t coated, which caused it to behave inconsistently—sometimes acting as a non-conductor and taking on a certain level of charge, and at other times acting as a conductor, affecting the transfer and disruption of that charge. Another reason for the differences in the ratios is likely the relative sizes of the discharge balls in air; in the previous case, they were of very different sizes, while here they are the same.

1509. In future experiments intended to have the character of accuracy, the influence of these circumstances ought to be ascertained, and, above all things, the gases themselves ought to be contained in vessels of metal, and not of glass.

1509. In future experiments aimed at accuracy, the impact of these circumstances should be determined, and most importantly, the gases should be stored in metal containers, not glass.

* * * * *

Understood. Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1510. The next set of results are those obtained when the intervals n and o (fig. 131.) were made equal to each other, and relate to the greater facility of discharge at the small ball, when rendered positive or negative (1493.).

1510. The next set of results comes from when the intervals n and o (fig. 131.) were made equal, and they relate to how much easier it is to discharge at the small ball when it is either positive or negative (1493.).

1511. In air, with the intervals = 0.4 of an inch, A and B being inductric and positive, discharge was nearly equal at n and o; when A and B were inductric and negative, the discharge was mostly at n by negative brush. When the intervals were = 0.8 of an inch, with A and B inductric positively, all discharge was at n by positive brush; with A and B inductric negatively, all the discharge was at n by a negative brush. It is doubtful, therefore, from these results, whether the negative ball has any greater facility than the positive.

1511. In air, with intervals of 0.4 inches, A and B acting as positive inductors, the discharge was almost the same at n and o; when A and B were negative inductors, the discharge mainly occurred at n due to the negative brush. When the intervals were 0.8 inches, with A and B as positive inductors, all discharge was at n via the positive brush; with A and B as negative inductors, all discharge was at n through the negative brush. Therefore, based on these results, it's questionable whether the negative ball is any more effective than the positive one.

1512. Nitrogen.—Intervals n and o = 0.4 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge at both intervals, most at n, by positive sparks; A, B inductric negative, discharge equal at n and o. The intervals made = 0.8 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge all at n by positive brush; A, B inductric negative, discharge most at o by positive brush. In this gas, therefore, though the difference is not decisive, it would seem that the positive small ball caused the most ready discharge.

1512. Nitrogen.—Intervals n and o = 0.4 inches: A, B inductric positive, discharge at both intervals, mostly at n, with positive sparks; A, B inductric negative, discharge equal at n and o. The intervals set to 0.8 inches: A, B inductric positive, discharge entirely at n with positive brush; A, B inductric negative, discharge mostly at o with positive brush. In this gas, therefore, while the difference isn't definitive, it seems that the positive small ball led to the quickest discharge.

1513. Oxygen.—Intervals n and o = 0.4 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge nearly equal; inductric negative, discharge mostly at n by negative brush. Made the intervals = 0.8 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge both at n and o; inductric negative, discharge all at o by negative brush. So here the negative small ball seems to give the most ready discharge.

1513. Oxygen.—Intervals n and o = 0.4 inches: A, B inductive positive, discharge nearly equal; inductive negative, discharge mostly at n with a negative brush. Increased the intervals to 0.8 inches: A, B inductive positive, discharge occurred at both n and o; inductive negative, discharge happened entirely at o with a negative brush. So here, the small negative ball seems to provide the most effective discharge.

1514. Hydrogen.—Intervals n and o = 0.4 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge nearly equal: inductric negative, discharge mostly at o. Intervals = 0.8 of an inch: A and B inductric positive, discharge mostly at n, as positive brush; inductric negative, discharge mostly at o, as positive brush. Here the positive discharge seems most facile.

1514. Hydrogen.—Intervals n and o = 0.4 inches: A, B inductive positive, discharge nearly equal; inductive negative, discharge mostly at o. Intervals = 0.8 inches: A and B inductive positive, discharge mostly at n, as positive brush; inductive negative, discharge mostly at o, as positive brush. Here, the positive discharge seems to be the easiest.

1515. Coal gas.n and o = 0.4 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge nearly all at o by negative spark: A, B inductric negative, discharge nearly all at n by negative spark. Intervals = 0.8 of an inch, and A, B inductric positive, discharge mostly at o by negative brush: A, B inductric negative, discharge all at n by negative brush. Here the negative discharge most facile.

1515. Coal gas.n and o = 0.4 inches: A, B inductive positive, discharge almost completely at o by negative spark: A, B inductive negative, discharge almost completely at n by negative spark. Intervals = 0.8 inches, and A, B inductive positive, discharge mostly at o by negative brush: A, B inductive negative, discharge completely at n by negative brush. Here, the negative discharge is the easiest.

1516. Carbonic acid gas.n and o = 0.1 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge nearly all at o, or negative: A, B inductric negative, discharge nearly all at n, or negative. Intervals = 0.8 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge mostly at o, or negative. A, B inductric negative, discharge all at n, or negative. In this case the negative had a decided advantage in facility of discharge.

1516. Carbonic acid gas.n and o = 0.1 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge mostly at o, or negative: A, B inductric negative, discharge mostly at n, or negative. Intervals = 0.8 of an inch: A, B inductric positive, discharge mostly at o, or negative. A, B inductric negative, discharge fully at n, or negative. In this situation, the negative had a clear advantage in ease of discharge.

1517. Thus, if we may trust this form of experiment, the negative small ball has a decided advantage in facilitating disruptive discharge over the positive small ball in some gases, as in carbonic acid gas and coal gas (1399.), whilst in others that conclusion seems more doubtful; and in others, again, there seems a probability that the positive small ball may be superior. All these results were obtained at very nearly the same pressure of the atmosphere.

1517. Therefore, if we can rely on this type of experiment, the negative small ball clearly has an advantage in causing disruptive discharge compared to the positive small ball in certain gases, like carbon dioxide and coal gas (1399.), while in other gases, that conclusion seems less certain; and in other cases, it appears that the positive small ball might be better. All these results were gathered under nearly the same atmospheric pressure.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like modernized.

1518. I made some experiments in these gases whilst in the air jar (fig. 131.), as to the change from spark to brush, analogous to those in the open air already described (1486. 1487.). I will give, in a Table, the results as to when brush began to appear mingled with the spark; but the after results were so varied, and the nature of the discharge in different gases so different, that to insert the results obtained without further investigation, would be of little use. At intervals less than those expressed the discharge was always by spark.

1518. I conducted some experiments with these gases while in the air jar (fig. 131.), focusing on the transition from spark to brush, similar to what I previously described in the open air (1486. 1487.). I will present a Table with the results showing when the brush started to appear alongside the spark; however, the subsequent results were so varied, and the discharge characteristics in different gases were so distinct, that including the results obtained without further analysis would be of little value. At intervals shorter than those mentioned, the discharge was consistently by spark.

Discharge between balls B and D.Discharge between balls A and C.
Small ball B inductric pos.Small ball B inductric neg.Large ball A inductric pos.Large ball A inductric neg.
Air0.550.300.400.75
Nitrogen0.300.400.520.41
Oxygen0.700.300.450.82
Hydrogen0.200.10
Coal gas0.130.300.300.44
Carbonic acid0.820.431.60{above 1.80; had not space.)

1519. It is to be understood that sparks occurred at much higher intervals than these; the table only expresses that distance beneath which all discharge was as spark. Some curious relations of the different gases to discharge are already discernible, but it would be useless to consider them until illustrated by further experiments.

1519. It should be understood that sparks happened at much greater intervals than these; the table only shows the distance below which all discharges appeared as sparks. Some interesting relationships between the different gases and discharges are already noticeable, but it would be pointless to explore them until further experiments clarify the findings.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1520. I ought not to omit noticing here, that Professor Belli of Milan has published a very valuable set of experiments on the relative dissipation of positive and negative electricity in the air291; he finds the latter far more ready, in this respect, than the former.

1520. I should also mention that Professor Belli from Milan has published a very valuable series of experiments on how positive and negative electricity dissipate in the air291; he finds that negative electricity dissipates much more readily than positive electricity does.

1521. I made some experiments of a similar kind, but with sustained high charges; the results were less striking than those of Signore Belli, and I did not consider them as satisfactory. I may be allowed to mention, in connexion with the subject, an interfering effect which embarrassed me for a long time. When I threw positive electricity from a given point into the air, a certain intensity was indicated by an electrometer on the conductor connected with the point, but as the operation continued this intensity rose several degrees; then making the conductor negative with the same point attached to it, and all other things remaining the same, a certain degree of tension was observed in the first instance, which also gradually rose as the operation proceeded. Returning the conductor to the positive state, the tension was at first low, but rose as before; and so also when again made negative.

1521. I conducted some similar experiments, but with sustained high charges; the results weren’t as impressive as those of Signore Belli, and I didn’t find them satisfactory. I should mention, in connection with this topic, an interference effect that puzzled me for quite a while. When I directed positive electricity from a specific point into the air, a certain intensity was shown by an electrometer on the conductor connected to that point, but as the process continued, this intensity increased several degrees. Then, by making the conductor negative while keeping everything else the same, a certain level of tension was initially observed, which also gradually increased as the operation went on. When I switched the conductor back to positive, the tension was initially low but increased again as before; the same happened when it was made negative again.

1522. This result appeared to indicate that the point which had been giving off one electricity, was, by that, more fitted for a short time to give off the other. But on closer examination I found the whole depended upon the inductive reaction of that air, which being charged by the point, and gradually increasing in quantity before it, as the positive or negative issue was continued, diverted and removed a part of the inductive action of the surrounding wall, and thus apparently affected the powers of the point, whilst really it was the dielectric itself that was causing the change of tension.

1522. This result seemed to suggest that the point that was emitting one type of electricity was, as a result, better suited to emit the other type for a short time. However, upon closer inspection, I found that everything depended on the inductive reaction of the air, which, being charged by the point and gradually increasing in quantity in front of it as the positive or negative output continued, diverted and diminished part of the inductive action of the surrounding wall. This, in turn, appeared to affect the abilities of the point, while in reality, it was the dielectric itself that was causing the change in tension.

* * * * *

* * * * *

1523. The results connected with the different conditions of positive and negative discharge will have a far greater influence on the philosophy of electrical science than we at present imagine, especially if, as I believe, they depend on the peculiarity and degree of polarized condition which the molecules of the dielectrics concerned acquire (1503. 1600.). Thus, for instance, the relation of our atmosphere and the earth within it, to the occurrence of spark or brush, must be especial and not accidental (1464.). It would not else consist with other meteorological phenomena, also of course dependent on the special properties of the air, and which being themselves in harmony the most perfect with the functions of animal and vegetable life, are yet restricted in their actions, not by loose regulations, but by laws the most precise.

1523. The outcomes related to the different conditions of positive and negative discharge will have a much larger impact on the philosophy of electrical science than we currently realize, especially if, as I believe, they depend on the unique nature and level of polarization that the molecules of the involved dielectrics acquire (1503. 1600.). For example, the relationship between our atmosphere and the earth within it, regarding the occurrence of sparks or brushes, must be specific and not coincidental (1464.). It wouldn’t make sense otherwise, considering other weather phenomena that are also dependent on the unique properties of air, which, while perfectly aligned with the functions of animal and plant life, are still restricted in their actions not by loose guidelines, but by very precise laws.

1524. Even in the passage through air of the voltaic current we see the peculiarities of positive and negative discharge at the two charcoal points; and if these discharges are made to take place simultaneously to mercury, the distinction is still more remarkable, both as to the sound and the quantity of vapour produced.

1524. Even in the flow of electricity through the air, we can observe the differences between positive and negative discharges at the two charcoal points. If these discharges occur at the same time with mercury, the distinction becomes even more pronounced, both in terms of sound and the amount of vapor produced.

1525. It seems very possible that the remarkable difference recently observed and described by my friend Professor Daniell292, namely, that when a zinc and a copper ball, the same in size, were placed respectively in copper and zinc spheres, also the same in size, and excited by electrolytes or dielectrics of the same strength and nature, the zinc ball far surpassed the zinc sphere in action, may also be connected with these phenomena; for it is not difficult to conceive how the polarity of the particles shall be affected by the circumstance of the positive surface, namely the zinc, being the larger or the smaller of the two inclosing the electrolyte. It is even possible, that with different electrolytes or dielectrics the ratio may be considerably varied, or in some cases even inverted.

1525. It seems quite likely that the notable difference recently noted and described by my friend Professor Daniell292, namely, that when a zinc ball and a copper ball of the same size were placed in copper and zinc spheres of the same size, and energized by electrolytes or dielectrics of the same strength and type, the zinc ball performed much better than the zinc sphere, may also be linked to these phenomena. It isn't hard to imagine how the polarity of the particles might be influenced by whether the positive surface, that is, the zinc, is larger or smaller than the one containing the electrolyte. It's even possible that with different electrolytes or dielectrics, the ratio could vary significantly or, in some cases, even flip.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

Glow discharge.

1526. That form of disruptive discharge which appears as a glow (1359. 1405.), is very peculiar and beautiful: it seems to depend on a quick and almost continuous charging of the air close to, and in contact with, the conductor.

1526. That type of disruptive discharge that looks like a glow (1359. 1405.) is quite unique and beautiful: it seems to rely on a rapid and almost constant charging of the air near and in contact with the conductor.

1527. Diminution of the charging surface will produce it. Thus, when a rod 0.3 of an inch in diameter, with a rounded termination, was rendered positive in free air, it gave fine brushes from the extremity, but occasionally these disappeared, and a quiet phosphorescent continuous glow took their place, covering the whole of the end of the wire, and extending a very small distance from the metal into the air. With a rod 0.2 of an inch in diameter the glow was more readily produced. With still smaller rods, and also with blunt conical points, it occurred still more readily; and with a fine point I could not obtain the brush in free air, but only this glow. The positive glow and the positive star are, in fact, the same.

1527. Reducing the charging surface will result in it. So, when a rod 0.3 inches in diameter, with a rounded end, was made positive in open air, it emitted fine brushes from the tip. However, these sometimes vanished, and a steady phosphorescent glow appeared in their place, covering the entire end of the wire and extending a short distance from the metal into the air. With a rod 0.2 inches in diameter, the glow was produced more easily. With even smaller rods, and also with blunt conical points, it happened even more readily; and with a fine point, I could only achieve this glow in free air, without any brushes. The positive glow and the positive star are, in fact, the same.

1528. Increase of power in the machine tends to produce the glow; for rounded terminations which will give only brushes when the machine is in weak action, will readily give the glow when it is in good order.

1528. Increase of power in the machine tends to create the glow; for rounded ends that will only provide brushes when the machine is running weakly, will easily produce the glow when it is functioning properly.

1529. Rarefaction of the air wonderfully favours the glow phenomena. A brass ball, two and a half inches in diameter, being made positively inductric in an air-pump receiver, became covered with glow over an area of two inches in diameter, when the pressure was reduced to 4.4 inches of mercury. By a little adjustment the ball could be covered all over with this light. Using a brass ball 1.25 inches in diameter, and making it inducteously positive by an inductric negative point, the phenomena, at high degrees of rarefaction, were exceedingly beautiful. The glow came over the positive ball, and gradually increased in brightness, until it was at last very luminous; and it also stood up like a low flame, half an inch or more in height. On touching the sides of the glass jar this lambent flame was affected, assumed a ring form, like a crown on the top of the ball, appeared flexible, and revolved with a comparatively slow motion, i.e. about four or five times in a second. This ring-shape and revolution are beautifully connected with the mechanical currents (1576.) taking place within the receiver. These glows in rarefied air are often highly exalted in beauty by a spark discharge at the conductor (1551. Note.).

1529. Rarefaction of the air greatly enhances the glow phenomena. A brass ball, two and a half inches in diameter, became positively charged in an air-pump receiver and was covered with glow over an area of two inches in diameter when the pressure was reduced to 4.4 inches of mercury. With a little adjustment, the entire surface of the ball could be illuminated. Using a brass ball that was 1.25 inches in diameter and positively charged through a negatively charged point, the effects at high levels of rarefaction were exceptionally striking. The glow enveloped the positive ball, gradually increased in brightness, and eventually became very luminous, standing up like a low flame, half an inch or more in height. When the sides of the glass jar were touched, this gentle flame reacted, forming a ring shape that resembled a crown on top of the ball. It appeared flexible and rotated at a relatively slow speed, about four or five times per second. This ring shape and rotation are elegantly linked to the mechanical currents (1576.) occurring within the receiver. These glows in rarefied air are often greatly enhanced in beauty by a spark discharge at the conductor (1551. Note.).

1530. To obtain a negative glow in air at common pressures is difficult. I did not procure it on the rod 0.3 of an inch in diameter by my machine, nor on much smaller rods; and it is questionable as yet, whether, even on fine points, what is called the negative star is a very reduced and minute, but still intermitting brush, or a glow similar to that obtained on a positive point.

1530. Achieving a negative glow in air at normal pressures is challenging. I couldn't generate it on a rod 0.3 inches in diameter with my machine, nor on much smaller rods; and it’s still uncertain whether, even on fine points, what’s referred to as the negative star is just a very small and faint, yet still intermittent brush, or a glow similar to what you get on a positive point.

1531. In rarefied air the negative glow can easily be obtained. If the rounded ends of two metal rods, about O.2 of an inch in diameter, are introduced into a globe or jar (the air within being rarefied), and being opposite to each other, are about four inches apart, the glow can be obtained on both rods, covering not only the ends, but an inch or two of the part behind. On using balls in the air-pump jar, and adjusting the distance and exhaustion, the negative ball could be covered with glow, whether it were the inductric or the inducteous surface.

1531. In thin air, the negative glow can be easily achieved. If the rounded ends of two metal rods, about 0.2 inches in diameter, are inserted into a globe or jar (with the air inside being thin), and positioned opposite each other about four inches apart, the glow can be produced on both rods, covering not just the ends but also an inch or two of the section behind. By using balls in the air-pump jar and adjusting the distance and vacuum, the negative ball can be illuminated, whether it's the inductric or the inducteous surface.

1532. When rods are used it is necessary to be aware that, if placed concentrically in the jar or globe, the light on one rod is often reflected by the sides of the vessel on to the other rod, and makes it apparently luminous, when really it is not so. This effect may be detected by shifting the eye at the time of observation, or avoided by using blackened rods.

1532. When using rods, it's important to know that if they are placed concentrically in the jar or globe, the light on one rod is often reflected off the sides of the vessel onto the other rod, making it look like it’s glowing when it actually isn't. You can notice this effect by moving your eye while observing, or you can prevent it by using blackened rods.

1533. It is curious to observe the relation of glow, brush, and spark to each other, as produced by positive or negative surfaces; thus, beginning with spark discharge, it passes into brush much sooner when the surface at which the discharge commences (1484.) is negative, than it does when positive; but proceeding onwards in the order of change, we find that the positive brush passes into glow long before the negative brush does. So that, though each presents the three conditions in the same general order, the series are not precisely the same. It is probable, that, when these points are minutely examined, as they must be shortly, we shall find that each different gas or dielectric presents its own peculiar results, dependent upon the mode in which its particles assume polar electric condition.

1533. It’s interesting to see how glow, brush, and spark relate to each other when generated by positive or negative surfaces. Starting with spark discharge, it transitions into brush much sooner when the surface where the discharge starts (1484.) is negative, compared to when it’s positive. However, as we continue along the sequence of change, we notice that the positive brush turns into glow a lot earlier than the negative brush does. So, even though each one shows the three states in a similar general order, the sequences aren't exactly the same. It’s likely that when we look into these details closely, as we should soon, we’ll discover that each different gas or dielectric has its own unique results based on how its particles take on polar electric conditions.

1534. The glow occurs in all gases in which I have looked for it. These are air, nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen, coal gas, carbonic acid, muriatic acid, sulphurous acid and ammonia. I thought also that I obtained it in oil of turpentine, but if so it was very dull and small.

1534. The glow happens in all the gases I've examined. These include air, nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen, coal gas, carbon dioxide, hydrochloric acid, sulfur dioxide, and ammonia. I also thought I found it in turpentine oil, but if I did, it was very faint and minimal.

1535. The glow is always accompanied by a wind proceeding either directly out from the glowing part, or directly towards it; the former being the most general case. This takes place even when the glow occurs upon a ball of considerable size: and if matters be so arranged that the ready and regular access of air to a part exhibiting the glow be interfered with or prevented, the glow then disappears.

1535. The glow is always accompanied by a wind moving either directly away from the glowing area or directly toward it; the former being the most common situation. This happens even when the glow appears on a large object: and if the flow of air to the part that is glowing is blocked or restricted, the glow will then disappear.

1536. I have never been able to analyse or separate the glow into visible elementary intermitting discharges (1427. 1433.), nor to obtain the other evidence of intermitting action, namely an audible sound (1431.). The want of success, as respects trials made by ocular means, may depend upon the large size of the glow preventing the separation of the visible images: and, indeed, if it does intermit, it is not likely that all parts intermit at once with a simultaneous regularity.

1536. I have never been able to analyze or break down the glow into visible, intermittent discharges (1427. 1433.), nor to get the other sign of intermittent action, which is an audible sound (1431.). The lack of success with tests done by sight might be due to the large size of the glow making it hard to separate the visible images: and, in fact, if it does intermit, it’s unlikely that all parts would intermit together in perfect synchronization.

1537. All the effects tend to show, that glow is due to a continuous charge or discharge of air; in the former case being accompanied by a current from, and in the latter by one to, the place of the glow. As the surrounding air comes up to the charged conductor, on attaining that spot at which the tension of the particles is raised to the sufficient degree (1370. 1410.), it becomes charged, and then moves off, by the joint action of the forces to which it is subject; and, at the same time that it makes way for other particles to come and be charged in turn, actually helps to form that current by which they are brought into the necessary position. Thus, through the regularity of the forces, a constant and quiet result is produced; and that result is, the charging of successive portions of air, the production of a current, and of a continuous glow.

1537. All the evidence suggests that glow is caused by a steady charge or discharge of air; in the first case, it's accompanied by a current moving away from the glow, and in the second, by a current moving towards it. As the surrounding air approaches the charged conductor, when it reaches the point where the tension of the particles is high enough (1370. 1410.), it becomes charged and then moves away due to the combined actions of the forces acting on it. At the same time, as it clears the way for other particles to come in and get charged, it actually helps create the current that brings them into the right position. As a result of the consistent nature of these forces, a stable and steady outcome is achieved: the charging of successive portions of air, the creation of a current, and a continuous glow.

1538. I have frequently been able to make the termination of a rod, which, when left to itself, would produce a brush, produce in preference a glow, simply by aiding the formation of a current of air at its extremity; and, on the other hand, it is not at all difficult to convert the glow into brushes, by affecting the current of air (1574. 1579.) or the inductive action near it.

1538. I've often been able to make the end of a rod, which would normally create a brush on its own, produce a glow instead, just by helping create a current of air at its tip; and, on the flip side, it's not very hard to change the glow into brushes by influencing the current of air (1574. 1579.) or the inductive action around it.

1539. The transition from glow, on the one hand, to brush and spark, on the other, and, therefore, their connexion, may be established in various ways. Those circumstances which tend to facilitate the charge of the air by the excited conductor, and also those which tend to keep the tension at the same degree notwithstanding the discharge, assist in producing the glow; whereas those which tend to resist the charge of the air or other dielectric, and those which favour the accumulation of electric force prior to discharge, which, sinking by that act, has to be exalted before the tension can again acquire the requisite degree, favour intermitting discharge, and, therefore, the production of brush or spark. Thus, rarefaction of the air, the removal of large conducting surfaces from the neighbourhood of the glowing termination, the presentation of a sharp point towards it, help to sustain or produce the glow: but the condensation of the air, the presentation of the hand or other large surface, the gradual approximation of a discharging ball, tend to convert the glow into brush or even spark. All these circumstances may be traced and reduced, in a manner easily comprehensible, to their relative power of assisting to produce, either a continuous discharge to the air, which gives the glow; or an interrupted one, which produces the brush, and, in a more exalted condition, the spark.

1539. The shift from glow to brush and spark, and their connection, can be established in various ways. Factors that help the charged air by the excited conductor, as well as those that maintain the same level of tension despite discharge, contribute to the glow. In contrast, factors that resist charging the air or other dielectric, and those that promote the buildup of electric force before discharge—which needs to be elevated again before the tension can reach the necessary level—favor intermittent discharge and thus the creation of brush or spark. For example, thinning the air, moving large conductive surfaces away from the glowing end, or pointing a sharp tip toward it helps sustain or create the glow. However, compressing the air, presenting a hand or other large surface, or gradually bringing a discharging ball closer tends to change the glow into brush or even spark. All these factors can be traced back and simplified in a way that is easy to understand, based on their ability to facilitate either a continuous discharge to the air, which creates the glow, or an interrupted one, which produces the brush and, under stronger conditions, the spark.

1540. The rounded end of a brass rod, 0.3 of an inch in diameter, was covered with a positive glow by the working of an electrical machine: on stopping the machine, so that the charge of the connected conductor should fall, the glow changed for a moment into brushes just before the discharge ceased altogether, illustrating the necessity for a certain high continuous charge, for a certain sized termination. Working the machine so that the intensity should be just low enough to give continual brushes from the end in free air, the approach of a fine point changed these brushes into a glow. Working the machine so that the termination presented a continual glow in free air, the gradual approach of the hand caused the glow to contract at the very end of the wire, then to throw out a luminous point, which, becoming a foot stalk (1426.), finally produced brushes with large ramifications. All these results are in accordance with what is stated above (1539.).

1540. The rounded end of a brass rod, 0.3 inches in diameter, was glowing brightly because of an electrical machine's operation. When the machine was turned off, causing the charge of the connected conductor to drop, the glow briefly transformed into brushes before the discharge completely stopped, demonstrating the need for a specific high continuous charge for a certain size of termination. When the machine was operated at just the right intensity to produce continuous brushes from the end in open air, bringing a fine point close transformed these brushes into a glow. When the machine provided a steady glow in free air, slowly bringing a hand closer caused the glow to shrink at the very end of the wire, eventually producing a luminous point, which developed into a stalk (1426.), ultimately forming brushes with large extensions. All these outcomes align with what was mentioned above (1539.).

1541. Greasing the end of a rounded wire will immediately make it produce brushes instead of glow. A ball having a blunt point which can be made to project more or less beyond its surface, at pleasure, can be made to produce every gradation from glow, through brush, to spark.

1541. Coating the tip of a rounded wire will instantly cause it to emit brushes instead of a glow. A ball with a blunt tip that can be adjusted to extend varying amounts beyond its surface can generate every variation from a glow, through brushes, to sparks.

1542. It is also very interesting and instructive to trace the transition from spark to glow, through the intermediate condition of stream, between ends in a vessel containing air more or less rarefied; but I fear to be prolix.

1542. It’s also quite fascinating and informative to follow the change from spark to glow, through the in-between state of stream, in a container with air that's more or less thinned out; but I’m afraid I might go on too long.

1543. All the effects show, that the glow is in its nature exactly the same as the luminous part of a brush or ramification, namely a charging of air; the only difference being, that the glow has a continuous appearance from the constant renewal of the same action in the same place, whereas the ramification is due to a momentary, independent and intermitting action of the same kind.

1543. All the effects show that the glow is fundamentally the same as the luminous part of a brush or ramification, which is essentially a charging of air. The only difference is that the glow appears continuous because of the constant renewal of the same action in the same place, while the ramification results from a momentary, independent, and intermittent action of the same sort.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

Dark discharge.

1544. I will now notice a very remarkable circumstance in the luminous discharge accompanied by negative glow, which may, perhaps, be correctly traced hereafter into discharges of much higher intensity. Two brass rods, 0.3 of an inch in diameter, entering a glass globe on opposite sides, had their ends brought into contact, and the air about them very much rarefied. A discharge of electricity from the machine was then made through them, and whilst that was continued the ends were separated from each other. At the moment of separation a continuous glow came over the end of the negative rod, the positive termination remaining quite dark. As the distance was increased, a purple stream or haze appeared on the end of the positive rod, and proceeded directly outwards towards the negative rod; elongating as the interval was enlarged, but never joining the negative glow, there being always a short dark space between. This space, of about 1/16th or 1/20th of an inch, was apparently invariable in its extent and its position, relative to the negative rod; nor did the negative glow vary. Whether the negative end were inductric or inducteous, the same effect was produced. It was strange to see the positive purple haze diminish or lengthen as the ends were separated, and yet this dark space and the negative glow remain unaltered (fig. 133).

1544. I will now point out a very interesting occurrence in the bright discharge accompanied by a negative glow, which might later be accurately linked to discharges of much higher intensity. Two brass rods, 0.3 inches in diameter, entered a glass globe from opposite sides and were brought into contact at their ends, while the air around them was significantly rarefied. A discharge of electricity from the machine was then directed through them, and as that continued, the ends were pulled apart. At the moment of separation, a continuous glow appeared at the end of the negative rod, while the positive end remained completely dark. As the distance increased, a purple stream or haze showed up at the end of the positive rod, extending directly outward towards the negative rod; it elongated as the gap widened but never connected with the negative glow, always maintaining a short dark space in between. This space, about 1/16th or 1/20th of an inch, seemed to be constant in size and position relative to the negative rod, and the negative glow did not change. Whether the negative end was inductive or induced, the same effect occurred. It was remarkable to see the positive purple haze shrink or stretch as the ends were separated, while this dark space and the negative glow stayed the same (fig. 133).

1545. Two balls were then used in a large air-pump receiver, and the air rarefied. The usual transitions in the character of the discharge took place; but whenever the luminous stream, which appears after the spark and the brush have ceased, was itself changed into glow at the balls, the dark space occurred, and that whether the one or the other ball was made inductric, or positive, or negative.

1545. Two balls were then used in a large air pump, and the air was thinned out. The usual changes in the nature of the discharge occurred; however, whenever the glowing stream, which appears after the spark and the brush have stopped, changed into a glow at the balls, a dark space appeared, regardless of whether one ball was made inductive, positive, or negative.

1546. Sometimes when the negative ball was large, the machine in powerful action, and the rarefaction high, the ball would be covered over half its surface with glow, and then, upon a hasty observation, would seem to exhibit no dark space: but this was a deception, arising from the overlapping of the convex termination of the negative glow and the concave termination of the positive stream. More careful observation and experiment have convinced me, that when the negative glow occurs, it never visibly touches the luminous part of the positive discharge, but that the dark space is always there.

1546. Sometimes when the negative ball was large, the machine was working powerfully, and the rarefaction was high, the ball would be glowing on over half its surface, and upon a quick look, it would seem to show no dark area at all. But this was misleading, caused by the overlapping of the curved end of the negative glow and the curved end of the positive stream. More careful observation and experiments have convinced me that when the negative glow occurs, it never actually touches the bright part of the positive discharge, but the dark area is always present.

1547. This singular separation of the positive and negative discharge, as far as concerns their luminous character, under circumstances which one would have thought very favourable to their coalescence, is probably connected with their differences when in the form of brush, and is perhaps even dependent on the same cause. Further, there is every likelihood that the dark parts which occur in feeble sparks are also connected with these phenomena293. To understand them would be very important, for it is quite clear that in many of the experiments, indeed in all that I have quoted, discharge is taking place across the dark part of the dielectric to an extent quite equal to what occurs in the luminous part. This difference in the result would seem to imply a distinction in the modes by which the two electric forces are brought into equilibrium in the respective parts; and looking upon all the phenomena as giving additional proofs, that it is to the condition of the particles of the dielectric we must refer for the principles of induction and discharge, so it would be of great importance if we could know accurately in what the difference of action in the dark and the luminous parts consisted.

1547. This unique separation of the positive and negative discharge, regarding their brightness, under conditions that seemed very conducive to their merging, is likely related to their differences when in the form of brush, and may even depend on the same cause. Additionally, it's quite likely that the dark areas that appear in weak sparks are also tied to these phenomena293. Understanding them would be very important because it's clear that in many of the experiments, indeed in all that I've mentioned, discharge occurs across the dark part of the dielectric to an extent that is just as significant as what happens in the bright part. This difference in the results seems to suggest a distinction in how the two electric forces reach equilibrium in their respective areas. Considering all the phenomena as further proof that we must refer to the condition of the particles of the dielectric for the principles of induction and discharge, it would be essential to know precisely how the action differs between the dark and bright parts.

1548. The dark discharge through air (1552.), which in the case mentioned is very evident (1544.), leads to the inquiry, whether the particles of air are generally capable of effecting discharge from one to another without becoming luminous; and the inquiry is important, because it is connected with that degree of tension which is necessary to originate discharge (1368. 1370.). Discharge between air and conductors without luminous appearances are very common; and non-luminous discharges by carrying currents of air and other fluids (1562. 1595.) are also common enough: but these are not cases in point, for they are not discharges between insulating particles.

1548. The dark discharge through air (1552.), which is very clear in the situation mentioned (1544.), raises the question of whether air particles can generally cause discharge between each other without glowing; and this question is significant because it relates to the level of tension needed to create a discharge (1368. 1370.). Discharge between air and conductors without any glowing is quite common, and non-luminous discharges from flowing air and other fluids (1562. 1595.) are also fairly common. However, these cases are not relevant since they do not involve discharges between insulating particles.

1549. An arrangement was made for discharge between two balls (1485.) (fig. 129.) but, in place of connecting the inducteous ball directly with the discharging train, it was put in communication with the inside coating of a Leyden jar, and the discharging train with the outside coating. Then working the machine, it was found that whenever sonorous and luminous discharge occurred at the balls A B, the jar became charged; but that when these did not occur, the jar acquired no charge: and such was the case when small rounded terminations were used in place of the balls, and also in whatever manner they were arranged. Under these circumstances, therefore, discharge even between the air and conductors was always luminous.

1549. An arrangement was set up for discharge between two balls (1485.) (fig. 129.) but instead of connecting the inductive ball directly to the discharging system, it was linked to the inside coating of a Leyden jar, while the discharging system was connected to the outside coating. When the machine was operated, it was observed that whenever a sound and light discharge happened at the balls A and B, the jar became charged. However, when those discharges did not occur, the jar didn't gain any charge. This was also true when small rounded ends were used instead of the balls, regardless of how they were arranged. Therefore, under these conditions, discharge between the air and conductors was always luminous.

1550. But in other cases, the phenomena are such as to make it almost certain, that dark discharge can take place across air. If the rounded end of a metal rod, 0.15 of an inch in diameter, be made to give a good negative brush, the approach of a smaller end or a blunt point opposite to it will, at a certain distance, cause a diminution of the brush, and a glow will appear on the positive inducteous wire, accompanied by a current of air passing from it. Now, as the air is being charged both at the positive and negative surfaces, it seems a reasonable conclusion, that the charged portions meet somewhere in the interval, and there discharge to each other, without producing any luminous phenomena. It is possible, however, that the air electrified positively at the glowing end may travel on towards the negative surface, and actually form that atmosphere into which the visible negative brushes dart, in which case dark discharge need not, of necessity, occur. But I incline to the former opinion, and think, that the diminution in size of the negative brush, as the positive glow comes on to the end of the opposed wire, is in favour of that view.

1550. However, in other situations, the phenomena are such that it's almost certain dark discharge can happen across air. If the rounded end of a metal rod, 0.15 inches in diameter, is made to produce a good negative brush, bringing a smaller end or a blunt point close to it will, at a certain distance, cause the brush to shrink, and a glow will appear on the positive inductive wire, accompanied by a current of air moving away from it. Since the air is being charged at both the positive and negative surfaces, it seems reasonable to conclude that the charged portions meet somewhere in between and discharge to each other without creating any visible phenomena. However, it's also possible that the positively charged air at the glowing end may travel toward the negative surface, actually forming the atmosphere into which the visible negative brushes extend, in which case dark discharge wouldn’t necessarily occur. But I lean towards the former opinion and believe that the reduction in size of the negative brush as the positive glow reaches the end of the opposing wire supports that view.

1551. Using rarefied air as the dielectric, it is very easy to obtain luminous phenomena as brushes, or glow, upon both conducting balls or terminations, whilst the interval is dark, and that, when the action is so momentary that I think we cannot consider currents as effecting discharge across the dark part. Thus if two balls, about an inch in diameter, and 4 or more inches apart, have the air rarefied about them, and are then interposed in the course of discharge, an interrupted or spark current being produced at the machine294, each termination may be made to show luminous phenomena, whilst more or less of the interval is quite dark. The discharge will pass as suddenly as a retarded spark (295. 334.), i.e. in an interval of time almost inappreciably small, and in such a case, I think it must have passed across the dark part as true disruptive discharge, and not by convection.

1551. Using rarefied air as the dielectric makes it easy to produce luminous effects like brushes or glow on both conducting balls or ends, while the space in between remains dark. This occurs when the action is so brief that we can't really consider currents causing discharge through the dark area. If two balls, about an inch in diameter and 4 or more inches apart, have the air around them rarefied and are placed in the path of a discharge, with an interrupted or spark current generated at the machine294, each end can exhibit luminous effects, while more or less of the space between them stays completely dark. The discharge occurs as quickly as a delayed spark (295. 334.), meaning it happens in a time interval that is almost too small to measure, and in this case, I believe it must have passed through the dark part as a true disruptive discharge, rather than by convection.

1552. Hence I conclude that dark disruptive discharge may occur (1547. 1550.); and also, that, in the luminous brush, the visible ramifications may not show the full extent of the disruptive discharge (1444. 1452.), but that each may have a dark outside, enveloping, as it were, every part through which the discharge extends. It is probable, even, that there are such things as dark discharges analogous in form to the brush and the spark, but not luminous in any part (1445.).

1552. Therefore, I conclude that dark disruptive discharges can happen (1547. 1550.); and also, that in the luminous brush, the visible branches may not display the complete extent of the disruptive discharge (1444. 1452.), but each may have a dark outer layer, surrounding, so to speak, every part through which the discharge stretches. It's even likely that there are dark discharges shaped like the brush and the spark, but with no luminosity at all (1445.).

1553. The occurrence of dark discharge in any case shows at how low a tension disruptive discharge may occur (1548,), and indicates that the light of the ultimate brush or spark is in no relation to the intensity required (1368. 1370.). So to speak, the discharge begins in darkness, and the light is a mere consequence of the quantity which, after discharge has commenced, flows to that spot and there finds its most facile passage (1418. 1435.). As an illustration of the growth generally of discharge, I may remark that, in the experiments on the transition in oxygen of the discharge from spark to brush (1518.), every spark was immediately preceded by a short brush.

1553. The presence of dark discharge in any situation shows how low the tension can be for disruptive discharge to happen (1548), and it indicates that the brightness of the final brush or spark has no correlation with the intensity required (1368, 1370). In a way, the discharge starts in darkness, and the light is just a result of the amount that, once the discharge has started, flows to that area and finds its easiest path there (1418, 1435). To illustrate the overall growth of discharge, I can mention that in the experiments on the transition in oxygen from spark to brush discharge (1518), every spark was immediately preceded by a short brush.

1554. The phenomena relative to dark discharge in other gases, though differing in certain characters from those in air, confirm the conclusions drawn above. The two rounded terminations (1544.) (fig. 133.), were placed in muriatic acid gas (1445. 1463.) at the pressure of 6.5 inches of mercury, and a continuous machine current of electricity sent through the apparatus: bright sparks occurred until the interval was about or above an inch, when they were replaced by squat brushy intermitting glows upon both terminations, with a dark part between. When the current at the machine was in spark, then each spark caused a discharge across the muriatic acid gas, which, with a certain interval, was bright; with a larger interval, was straight across and flamy, like a very exhausted and sudden, but not a dense sharp spark; and with a still larger interval, produced a feeble brush on the inductric positive end, and a glow on the inducteous negative end, the dark part being between (1544.); and at such times, the spark at the conductor, instead of being sudden and sonorous, was dull and quiet (334.).

1554. The behaviors related to dark discharge in other gases, although different in some ways from those in air, support the conclusions mentioned earlier. The two rounded ends (1544.) (fig. 133.) were placed in muriatic acid gas (1445. 1463.) at a pressure of 6.5 inches of mercury, and a continuous electric current was sent through the setup: bright sparks appeared until the gap was about or over an inch, at which point they were replaced by short, flickering glowing patches on both ends, with a dark area in between. When the current from the machine was in spark mode, each spark created a discharge across the muriatic acid gas, which, with a certain gap, was bright; with a larger gap, it was straight across and flame-like, resembling a very exhausted and sudden spark, but not a dense sharp one; and with an even larger gap, it produced a weak brush on the inductive positive end and a glow on the inductive negative end, with the dark area in between (1544.); during those times, the spark at the conductor, instead of being sudden and loud, was dull and quiet (334.).

1555. On introducing more muriatic acid gas, until the pressure was 29.97 inches, the same terminations gave bright sparks within at small distances; but when they were about an inch or more apart, the discharge was generally with very small brushes and glow, and frequently with no light at all, though electricity had passed through the gas. Whenever the bright spark did pass through the muriatic acid gas at this pressure, it was bright throughout, presenting no dark or dull space.

1555. When more muriatic acid gas was added, bringing the pressure to 29.97 inches, bright sparks appeared inside at short distances. However, when the gaps were about an inch or more apart, the discharge usually showed very small brushes and a glow, and often produced no light at all, even though electricity had flowed through the gas. Whenever a bright spark did travel through the muriatic acid gas at this pressure, it was consistent in brightness, showing no dark or dull areas.

1556. In coal gas, at common pressures, when the distance was about an inch, the discharge was accompanied by short brushes on the ends, and a dark interval of half an inch or more between them, notwithstanding the discharge had the sharp quick sound of a dull spark, and could not have depended in the dark part on convection (1562.).

1556. In coal gas, at normal pressures, when the gap was about an inch, the discharge produced short flashes at the ends, with a dark space of half an inch or more between them. Even though the discharge made a sharp, quick sound like a dull spark, it couldn't have been influenced in the dark area by convection (1562.).

1557. This gas presents several curious points in relation to the bright and dark parts of spark discharge. When bright sparks passed between the rod ends 0.3 of an inch in diameter (1544.), very sudden dark parts would occur next to the brightest portions of the spark. Again with these ends and also with balls (1422.), the bright sparks would be sometimes red, sometimes green, and occasionally green and red in different parts of the same spark. Again, in the experiments described (1518.), at certain intervals a very peculiar pale, dull, yet sudden discharge would pass, which, though apparently weak, was very direct in its course, and accompanied by a sharp snapping noise, as if quick in its occurrence.

1557. This gas shows several interesting features regarding the bright and dark sections of a spark discharge. When bright sparks traveled between the rod ends, which were 0.3 inches in diameter (1544.), sudden dark sections would appear right next to the brightest parts of the spark. Additionally, with these ends and with balls (1422.), the bright sparks would sometimes be red, sometimes green, and sometimes display both colors in different areas of the same spark. In the experiments described (1518.), at certain intervals, a very unusual pale, dull, yet sudden discharge would occur, which, although it seemed weak, followed a very direct path and was accompanied by a sharp snapping sound, as if it happened quickly.

1558. Hydrogen frequently gave peculiar sparks, one part being bright red, whilst the other was a dull pale gray, or else the whole spark was dull and peculiar.

1558. Hydrogen often produced strange sparks, with one part being bright red while the other was a dull pale gray, or sometimes the entire spark was dull and unusual.

1559. Nitrogen presents a very remarkable discharge, between two balls of the respective diameters of 0.15 and 2 inches (1506. 1518.), the smaller one being rendered negative either directly inducteously. The peculiar discharge occurs at intervals between 0.42 and 0.68, and even at 1.4 inches when the large ball was inductric positively; it consisted of a little brushy part on the small negative ball, then a dark space, and lastly a dull straight line on the large positive ball (fig. 134.). The position of the dark space was very constant, and is probably in direct relation to the dark space described when negative glow was produced (1544.). When by any circumstance a bright spark was determined, the contrast with the peculiar spark described was very striking; for it always had a faint purple part, but the place of this part was constantly near the positive ball.

1559. Nitrogen shows a very interesting discharge between two balls measuring 0.15 and 2 inches in diameter (1506. 1518.), with the smaller one becoming negatively charged through direct induction. This unique discharge occurs at intervals of 0.42 to 0.68 inches, and even at 1.4 inches when the larger ball is positively charged; it features a small brushy area on the small negative ball, followed by a dark space, and finally a dull straight line on the large positive ball (fig. 134.). The position of the dark space remained very consistent and is likely directly related to the dark space noted when negative glow was produced (1544.). Whenever a bright spark was generated, the contrast with the unique spark described was quite striking; it always had a faint purple part, which was consistently located near the positive ball.

1560. Thus dark discharge appears to be decidedly established. But its establishment is accompanied by proofs that it occurs in different degrees and modes in different gases. Hence then another specific action, added to the many (1296. 1398. 1399. 1423. 1454. 1503.) by which the electrical relations of insulating dielectrics are distinguished and established, and another argument in favour of that molecular theory of induction, which is at present under examination295.

1560. So, dark discharge seems to be clearly established. But this establishment comes with evidence that it happens in varying degrees and forms in different gases. Therefore, this adds another specific action to the many (1296. 1398. 1399. 1423. 1454. 1503.) that distinguish and establish the electrical relationships of insulating dielectrics, providing further support for the molecular theory of induction, which is currently being examined 295.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1561. What I have had to say regarding disruptive discharge has extended to some length, but I hope will be excused in consequence of the importance of the subject. Before concluding my remarks, I will again intimate in the form of a query, whether we have not reason to consider the tension or retention and after discharge in air or other insulating dielectrics, as the same thing with retardation and discharge in a metal wire, differing only, but almost infinitely, in degree (1334. 1336.). In other words, can we not, by a gradual chain of association, carry up discharge from its occurrence in air, through spermaceti and water, to solutions, and then on to chlorides, oxides and metals, without any essential change in its character; and, at the same time, connecting the insensible conduction of air, through muriatic acid gas and the dark discharge, with the better conduction of spermaceti, water, and the all but perfect conduction of the metals, associate the phenomena at both extremes? and may it not be, that the retardation and ignition of a wire are effects exactly correspondent in their nature to the retention of charge and spark in air? If so, here again the two extremes in property amongst dielectrics will be found to be in intimate relation, the whole difference probably depending upon the mode and degree in which their particles polarize under the influence of inductive actions (1338. 1603. 1610.).

1561. I've said quite a bit about disruptive discharge, but I hope you'll forgive the length because of how important the topic is. Before I wrap up my thoughts, I’d like to pose a question: should we consider the tension or retention and after discharge in air or other insulating materials as essentially the same as retardation and discharge in a metal wire, differing only in degree? In other words, can we trace the phenomenon of discharge from its occurrence in air through different substances like spermaceti and water, to solutions, and then onto chlorides, oxides, and metals without any significant change in nature? At the same time, can we link the imperceptible conduction of air, through muriatic acid gas and the dark discharge, with the better conduction of spermaceti, water, and the nearly perfect conduction of metals, establishing a connection between the two extremes? And could it be that the delay and heating of a wire are effects that correspond directly in nature to the retention of charge and spark in air? If that's the case, it seems that the extremes of properties among insulating materials might be closely related, with the differences likely arising from how their particles polarize under the influence of inductive actions.

* * * * *

I need text to modernize.

¶ x. Convection, or carrying discharge.

1562. The last kind of discharge which I have to consider is that effected by the motion of charged particles from place to place. It is apparently very different in its nature to any of the former modes of discharge (1319.), but, as the result is the same, may be of great importance in illustrating, not merely the nature of discharge itself, but also of what we call the electric current. It often, as before observed, in cases of brush and glow (1440. 1535.), joins its effect to that of disruptive discharge, to complete the act of neutralization amongst the electric forces.

1562. The last type of discharge I need to discuss is caused by the movement of charged particles from one place to another. It seems quite different in nature from the previous methods of discharge (1319.), but since the outcome is the same, it could be very important in helping us understand not just the discharge itself but also what we refer to as the electric current. As noted before, in the cases of brush and glow (1440. 1535.), it often works alongside disruptive discharge to fully neutralize the electric forces.

1563. The particles which being charged, then travel, may be either of insulating or conducting matter, large or small. The consideration in the first place of a large particle of conducting matter may perhaps help our conceptions.

1563. The charged particles that move can be made of either insulating or conducting materials, and they can vary in size. First, thinking about a large particle of conducting material might help us understand the concept better.

1564. A copper boiler 3 feet in diameter was insulated and electrified, but so feebly, that dissipation by brushes or disruptive discharge did not occur at its edges or projecting parts in a sensible degree. A brass ball, 2 inches in diameter, suspended by a clean white silk thread, was brought towards it, and it was found that, if the ball was held for a second or two near any part of the charged surface of the boiler, at such distance (two inches more or less) as not to receive any direct charge from it, it became itself charged, although insulated the whole time; and its electricity was the reverse of that of the boiler.

1564. A copper boiler three feet wide was insulated and electrified, but just barely, so there was no noticeable discharge from its edges or protruding parts. A brass ball, two inches in diameter, hung from a clean white silk thread, was moved closer to it, and it was observed that if the ball was held near any part of the charged surface of the boiler for a second or two—at a distance of about two inches, more or less—without receiving a direct charge from it, the ball became charged on its own, even while insulated, and its electrical charge was the opposite of that of the boiler.

1565. This effect was the strongest opposite the edges and projecting parts of the boiler, and weaker opposite the sides, or those extended portions of the surface which, according to Coulomb's results, have the weakest charge. It was very strong opposite a rod projecting a little way from the boiler. It occurred when the copper was charged negatively as well as positively: it was produced also with small balls down to 0.2 of an inch and less in diameter, and also with smaller charged conductors than the copper. It is, indeed, hardly possible in some cases to carry an insulated ball within an inch or two of a charged plane or convex surface without its receiving a charge of the contrary kind to that of the surface.

1565. This effect was strongest at the edges and protruding parts of the boiler, and weaker along the sides, or those extended areas of the surface that, according to Coulomb's results, have the weakest charge. It was very strong near a rod that extended slightly from the boiler. It happened when the copper was negatively charged as well as positively charged; it was also produced with small balls down to 0.2 inches or less in diameter, and with smaller charged conductors than the copper. In fact, in some cases, it was almost impossible to bring an insulated ball within an inch or two of a charged flat or curved surface without it picking up a charge opposite to that of the surface.

1566. This effect is one of induction between the bodies, not of communication. The ball, when related to the positive charged surface by the intervening dielectric, has its opposite sides brought into contrary states, that side towards the boiler being negative and the outer side positive. More inductric action is directed towards it than would have passed across the same place if the ball had not been there, for several reasons; amongst others, because, being a conductor, the resistance of the particles of the dielectric, which otherwise would have been there, is removed (1298.); and also, because the reacting positive surface of the ball being projected further out from the boiler than when there is no introduction of conducting matter, is more free therefore to act through the rest of the dielectric towards surrounding conductors, and so favours the exaltation of that inductric polarity which is directed in its course. It is, as to the exaltation of force upon its outer surface beyond that upon the inductric surface of the boiler, as if the latter were itself protuberant in that direction. Thus it acquires a state like, but higher than, that of the surface of the boiler which causes it; and sufficiently exalted to discharge at its positive surface to the air, or to affect small particles, as it is itself affected by the boiler, and they flying to it, take a charge and pass off; and so the ball, as a whole, is brought into the contrary inducteous state. The consequence is, that, if free to move, its tendency, under the influence of all the forces, to approach the boiler is increased, whilst it at the same time becomes more and more exalted in its condition, both of polarity and charge, until, at a certain distance, discharge takes place, it acquires the same state as the boiler, is repelled, and passing to that conductor most favourably circumstanced to discharge it, there resumes its first indifferent condition.

1566. This effect is a result of induction between the objects, not of direct communication. When the ball is placed near the positively charged surface with the dielectric in between, its opposite sides are charged differently—one side facing the boiler becomes negative while the outer side becomes positive. More inductive action is directed towards the ball than would occur if the ball weren't there, for several reasons. One reason is that, since the ball is a conductor, it eliminates the resistance of the dielectric particles that would otherwise be present. Additionally, because the positively charged surface of the ball extends further from the boiler compared to when there's no conducting material, it can more effectively act through the rest of the dielectric towards surrounding conductors, enhancing the inductive polarity it directs. The force on its outer surface is elevated beyond that on the inductive surface of the boiler, as if the boiler's surface itself were protruding in that direction. Consequently, the ball reaches a state that resembles, but is greater than, that of the boiler's surface, making it sufficiently charged to discharge into the air or to influence small particles. As the particles are drawn to it, they pick up a charge and move away, causing the ball as a whole to enter a contrary inductive state. As a result, if it's free to move, its tendency to approach the boiler increases due to all the forces acting on it, while it simultaneously becomes increasingly charged and polarized until, at a certain distance, discharge occurs. At that point, it attains the same state as the boiler, is repelled, and moves towards the nearest conductor capable of discharging it, returning to its original neutral state.

1567. It seems to me, that the manner in which inductric bodies affect uncharged floating or moveable conductors near them, is very frequently of this nature, and generally so when it ends in a carrying operation (1562. 1602.). The manner in which, whilst the dominant inductric body cannot give off its electricity to the air, the inducteous body can effect the discharge of the same kind of force, is curious, and, in the case of elongated or irregularly shaped conductors, such as filaments or particles of dust, the effect will often be very ready, and the consequent attraction immediate.

1567. It seems to me that the way inductive bodies affect uncharged floating or movable conductors nearby is often like this, especially when it leads to a carrying operation (1562. 1602.). The fact that while the dominant inductive body can't release its electricity into the air, the induced body can discharge the same type of force is interesting. In the case of elongated or irregularly shaped conductors, like filaments or dust particles, the effect is often quick, and the resulting attraction is immediate.

1568. The effect described is also probably influential in causing those variations in spark discharge referred to in the last series (1386. 1390. 1391.): for if a particle of dust were drawn towards the axis of induction between the balls, it would tend, whilst at some distance from that axis, to commence discharge at itself, in the manner described (1566.), and that commencement might so far facilitate the act (1417. 1420.) as to make the complete discharge, as spark, pass through the particle, though it might not be the shortest course from ball to ball. So also, with equal balls at equal distances, as in the experiments of comparison already described (1493. 1506.), a particle being between one pair of balls would cause discharge there in preference; or even if a particle were between each, difference of size or shape would give one for the time a predominance over the other.

1568. The effect mentioned probably also plays a role in causing those variations in spark discharge discussed in the last series (1386. 1390. 1391.): because if a dust particle is drawn toward the axis of induction between the balls, it would start to discharge itself while at some distance from that axis, as previously described (1566.), and that initial discharge could facilitate the process (1417. 1420.) enough for the complete spark discharge to occur through the particle, even if it wasn't the shortest path from one ball to the other. Similarly, with equal balls at equal distances, as seen in the already described comparison experiments (1493. 1506.), a particle positioned between one pair of balls would lead to discharge there rather than elsewhere; or even if a particle was situated between each pair, differences in size or shape would give one ball a temporary advantage over the other.

1569. The power of particles of dust to carry off electricity in cases of high tension is well known, and I have already mentioned some instances of the kind in the use of the inductive apparatus (1201.). The general operation is very well shown by large light objects, as the toy called the electrical spider; or, if smaller ones are wanted for philosophical investigation, by the smoke of a glowing green wax taper, which, presenting a successive stream of such particles, makes their course visible.

1569. It's well known that dust particles can carry electricity when there's high tension, and I've already pointed out some examples in using the inductive apparatus (1201.). The general effect is clearly demonstrated by large light objects, like a toy called the electrical spider; or, for smaller examples suitable for philosophical study, by the smoke from a glowing green wax taper, which, by providing a steady flow of such particles, makes their movement visible.

1570. On using oil of turpentine as the dielectric, the action and course of small conducting carrying particles in it can be well observed. A few short pieces of thread will supply the place of carriers, and their progressive action is exceedingly interesting.

1570. By using oil of turpentine as the dielectric, you can clearly observe the behavior and movement of small conducting particles within it. A few short pieces of thread can serve as carriers, and their active movement is really fascinating.

1571. A very striking effect was produced on oil of turpentine, which, whether it was due to the carrying power of the particles in it, or to any other action of them, is perhaps as yet doubtful. A portion of that fluid in a glass vessel had a large uninsulated silver dish at the bottom, and an electrified metal rod with a round termination dipping into it at the top. The insulation was very good, and the attraction and other phenomena striking. The rod end, with a drop of gum water attached to it, was then electrified in the fluid; the gum water soon spun off in fine threads, and was quickly dissipated through the oil of turpentine. By the time that four drops had in this way been commingled with a pint of the dielectric, the latter had lost by far the greatest portion of its insulating power; no sparks could be obtained in the fluid; and all the phenomena dependent upon insulation had sunk to a low degree. The fluid was very slightly turbid. Upon being filtered through paper only, it resumed its first clearness, and now insulated as well as before. The water, therefore, was merely diffused through the oil of turpentine, not combined with or dissolved in it: but whether the minute particles acted as carriers, or whether they were not rather gathered together in the line of highest inductive tension (1350.), and there, being drawn into elongated forms by the electric forces, combined their effects to produce a band of matter having considerable conducting power, as compared with the oil of turpentine, is as yet questionable.

1571. A very noticeable effect was observed with oil of turpentine, which, whether it was caused by the particles’ ability to carry charge or some other action, is still uncertain. A portion of this liquid in a glass container had a large, uninsulated silver dish at the bottom and an electrified metal rod with a rounded end dipping into it at the top. The insulation was very effective, and the attraction and other phenomena were impressive. The end of the rod, with a drop of gum water attached, was then electrified in the fluid; the gum water quickly spun off into fine threads and was rapidly dispersed throughout the oil of turpentine. By the time that four drops had been mixed with a pint of the dielectric, it had lost most of its insulating ability; no sparks could be produced in the fluid, and all phenomena related to insulation had diminished significantly. The fluid was only slightly hazy. After being filtered through paper, it regained its original clarity and insulated just as well as before. Therefore, the water was simply dispersed through the oil of turpentine, not combined with or dissolved in it: but whether the tiny particles acted as carriers, or if they were rather concentrated in the area of highest inductive tension (1350.), drawn into elongated shapes by the electric forces and combining their effects to create a structure with significantly more conductivity than the oil of turpentine, remains uncertain.

1572. The analogy between the action of solid conducting carrying particles and that of the charged particles of fluid insulating substances, acting as dielectrics, is very evident and simple; but in the latter case the result is, necessarily, currents in the mobile media. Particles are brought by inductric action into a polar state; and the latter, after rising to a certain tension (1370.), is followed by the communication of a part of the force originally on the conductor; the particles consequently become charged, and then, under the joint influence of the repellent and attractive forces, are urged towards a discharging place, or to that spot where these inductric forces are most easily compensated by the contrary inducteous forces.

1572. The comparison between the way solid conductors move carrying particles and how charged particles in fluid insulating substances, acting as dielectrics, operate is clear and straightforward; however, in the latter case, it inevitably results in currents within the moving media. Particles are induced into a polar state through inductive action; once this reaches a certain level of tension (1370.), it leads to the transfer of some of the force originally present in the conductor. The particles then become charged and, under the combined effect of repelling and attracting forces, are pushed toward a discharge point or to the location where these inductive forces can be most easily balanced by the opposing inductive forces.

1573. Why a point should be so exceedingly favourable to the production of currents in a fluid insulating dielectric, as air, is very evident. It is at the extremity of the point that the intensity necessary to charge the air is first acquired (1374.); it is from thence that the charged particle recedes; and the mechanical force which it impresses on the air to form a current is in every way favoured by the shape and position of the rod, of which the point forms the termination. At the same time, the point, having become the origin of an active mechanical force, does, by the very act of causing that force, namely, by discharge, prevent any other part of the rod from acquiring the same necessary condition, and so preserves and sustains its own predominance.

1573. It’s clear why a point is so effective at generating currents in a fluid insulating dielectric like air. The intensity needed to charge the air first builds up at the tip of the point; it's from there that the charged particle moves away, and the mechanical force it creates to produce a current is enhanced by the design and placement of the rod, of which the point is the end. At the same time, as the point generates this active mechanical force through discharge, it prevents any other part of the rod from achieving the same necessary condition, thus maintaining its own dominance.

1574. The very varied and beautiful phenomena produced by sheltering or enclosing the point, illustrate the production of the current exceedingly well, and justify the same conclusions; it being remembered that in such cases the effect upon the discharge is of two kinds. For the current may be interfered with by stopping the access of fresh uncharged air, or retarding the removal of that which has been charged, as when a point is electrified in a tube of insulating matter closed at one extremity; or the electric condition of the point itself may be altered by the relation of other parts in its neighbourhood, also rendered electric, as when the point is in a metal tube, by the metal itself, or when it is in the glass tube, by a similar action of the charged parts of the glass, or even by the surrounding air which has been charged, and which cannot escape.

1574. The diverse and beautiful phenomena created by sheltering or enclosing the point illustrate the generation of the current very well and support the same conclusions. It's important to remember that there are two types of effects on the discharge in these cases. The current can be disrupted by blocking the flow of fresh, uncharged air, or by slowing down the removal of already charged air, like when a point is electrified in a tube made of insulating material that is closed at one end. Alternatively, the electric condition of the point itself can change based on how other nearby parts interact with it, which also become electrified. This can happen when the point is inside a metal tube because of the metal itself, or when it is in a glass tube due to the effects of the charged parts of the glass or even by the surrounding air that has been charged and can't escape.

1575. Whenever it is intended to observe such inductive phenomena in a fluid dielectric as have a direct relation to, and dependence upon, the fluidity of the medium, such, for instance, as discharge from points, or attractions and repulsions, &c., then the mass of the fluid should be great, and in such proportion to the distance between the inductric and inducteous surfaces as to include all the lines of inductive force (1369.) between them; otherwise, the effects of currents, attraction, &c., which are the resultants of all these forces, cannot be obtained. The phenomena, which occur in the open air, or in the middle of a globe filled with oil of turpentine, will not take place in the same media if confined in tubes of glass, shell-lac, sulphur, or other such substances, though they be excellent insulating dielectrics; nor can they be expected: for in such cases, the polar forces, instead of being all dispersed amongst fluid particles, which tend to move under their influence, are now associated in many parts with particles that, notwithstanding their tendency to motion, are constrained by their solidity to remain quiescent.

1575. When observing inductive phenomena in a fluid dielectric that directly relates to and depends on the fluidity of the medium, such as discharges from points or attractions and repulsions, the mass of the fluid should be substantial. It should also be proportionate to the distance between the inductive and induced surfaces in order to encompass all the lines of inductive force between them; otherwise, you won't be able to achieve the effects of currents, attraction, etc., which result from all these forces. The phenomena that occur in open air or in the center of a globe filled with turpentine oil won’t happen in the same media if confined within glass, shellac, sulfur, or other similar materials, even though they are excellent insulating dielectrics; nor should they be expected to. In such cases, the polar forces, instead of being dispersed among fluid particles that tend to move under their influence, are associated with many solid particles that, despite their tendency to move, are forced to remain still due to their solidity.

1576. The varied circumstances under which, with conductors differently formed and constituted, currents can occur, all illustrate the same simplicity of production. A ball, if the intensity be raised sufficiently on its surface, and that intensity be greatest on a part consistent with the production of a current of air up to and off from it, will produce the effect like a point (1537); such is the case whenever the glow occurs upon a ball, the current being essential to that phenomenon. If as large a sphere as can well be employed with the production of glow be used, the glow will appear at the place where the current leaves the ball, and that will be the part directly opposite to the connection of the ball and rod which supports it; but by increasing the tension elsewhere, so as to raise it above the tension upon that spot, which can easily be effected inductively, then the place of the glow and the direction of the current will also change, and pass to that spot which for the time is most favourable for their production (1591.).

1576. The different situations in which currents can occur with variously shaped and structured conductors all demonstrate the same underlying simplicity of production. A ball, when the intensity on its surface is increased sufficiently, especially at a point favorable for creating airflow away from it, will produce an effect similar to that of a point (1537); this happens whenever a glow appears on the ball, as the current is crucial to that phenomenon. If a large sphere is used where glow can be produced, the glow will show up at the spot where the current exits the ball, which will be directly opposite the connection point of the ball and the supporting rod; however, by increasing the tension in other areas to exceed the tension at that spot, which can be easily done through induction, the location of the glow and the direction of the current will also shift to the spot that is currently most favorable for their production (1591.).

1577. For instance, approaching the hand towards the ball will tend to cause brush (1539.), but by increasing the supply of electricity the condition of glow may be preserved; then on moving the hand about from side to side the position of the glow will very evidently move with it.

1577. For example, bringing your hand closer to the ball will likely create a brush effect (1539.), but by boosting the supply of electricity, the glow can be maintained; then, when you move your hand side to side, you will clearly see the glow move with it.

1578. A point brought towards a glowing ball would at twelve or fourteen inches distance make the glow break into brush, but when still nearer, glow was reproduced, probably dependent upon the discharge of wind or air passing from the point to the ball, and this glow was very obedient to the motion of the point, following it in every direction.

1578. If you bring a point close to a glowing ball, about twelve or fourteen inches away, the glow will scatter into tendrils, but as you get closer, the glow comes back, likely because of the discharge of wind or air moving from the point to the ball. This glow responded very well to the movement of the point, following it in every direction.

1579. Even a current of wind could affect the place of the glow; for a varnished glass tube being directed sideways towards the ball, air was sometimes blown through it at the ball and sometimes not. In the former case, the place of the glow was changed a little, as if it were blown away by the current, and this is just the result which might have been anticipated. All these effects illustrate beautifully the general causes and relations, both of the glow and the current of air accompanying it (1574.).

1579. Even a breeze could change the position of the glow; when a polished glass tube was pointed sideways at the ball, air was sometimes pushed through it toward the ball and sometimes not. In the first case, the position of the glow shifted slightly, as if it were being blown away by the current, which is exactly the outcome that could have been expected. All these effects nicely demonstrate the overall causes and connections between the glow and the airflow that comes with it (1574.).

1580. Flame facilitates the production of a current in the dielectric surrounding it. Thus, if a ball which would not occasion a current in the air have a flame, whether large or small, formed on its surface, the current is produced with the greatest ease; but not the least difficulty can occur in comprehending the effective action of the flame in this case, if its relation, as part of the surrounding dielectric, to the electrified ball, be but for a moment considered (1375. 1380.).

1580. A flame helps create a flow of electricity in the dielectric around it. So, if a ball that wouldn't normally create a current in the air has a flame, whether big or small, on its surface, the current is produced very easily. However, it can be hard to understand how the flame works in this situation unless we briefly consider how it relates to the electrified ball as part of the surrounding dielectric (1375. 1380.).

1581. Conducting fluid terminations, instead of rigid points, illustrate in a very beautiful manner the formation of the currents, with their effects and influence in exalting the conditions under which they were commenced. Let the rounded end of a brass rod, 0.3 of an inch or thereabouts in diameter, point downwards in free air; let it be amalgamated, and have a drop of mercury suspended from it; and then let it be powerfully electrized. The mercury will present the phenomenon of glow; a current of air will rush along the rod, and set off from the mercury directly downwards; and the form of the metallic drop will be slightly affected, the convexity at a small part near the middle and lower part becoming greater, whilst it diminishes all round at places a little removed from this spot. The change is from the form of a (fig. 135.) to that of b, and is due almost, if not entirely, to the mechanical force of the current of air sweeping over its surface.

1581. Using fluid terminations instead of rigid points beautifully demonstrates the formation of currents, along with their effects and influence on enhancing the conditions under which they started. Imagine the rounded end of a brass rod, about 0.3 inches in diameter, pointing downwards in open air; it should be amalgamated, and have a drop of mercury hanging from it; then it should be strongly electrified. The mercury will exhibit a glow, a current of air will rush along the rod, and stream directly downwards from the mercury; the shape of the metallic drop will be slightly altered, the curve slightly increasing at a small section near the middle and lower part, while decreasing all around a bit farther from this area. The change is from the shape of a (fig. 135.) to that of b, and is caused almost entirely by the mechanical force of the air current passing over its surface.

1582. As a comparative observation, let it be noticed, that a ball gradually brought towards it converts the glow into brushes, and ultimately sparks pass from the most projecting part of the mercury. A point does the same, but at much smaller distances.

1582. As a comparative observation, it should be noted that a ball gradually brought closer converts the glow into streaks, and eventually sparks fly from the most protruding part of the mercury. A point does the same, but at much smaller distances.

1583. Take next a drop of strong solution of muriate of lime; being electrified, a part will probably be dissipated, but a considerable portion, if the electricity be not too powerful, will remain, forming a conical drop (fig. 136.), accompanied by a strong current. If glow be produced, the drop will be smooth on the surface. If a short low brush is formed, a minute tremulous motion of the liquid will be visible; but both effects coincide with the principal one to be observed, namely, the regular and successive charge of air, the formation of a wind or current, and the form given by that current to the fluid drop, if a discharge ball be gradually brought toward the cone, sparks will at last pass, and these will be from the apex of the cone to the approached ball, indicating a considerable degree of conducting power in this fluid.

1583. Next, take a drop of strong lime chloride solution; when electrified, some of it will likely dissipate, but a significant portion, if the electricity isn't too strong, will stay behind, forming a conical drop (fig. 136.), along with a strong current. If a glow occurs, the drop will appear smooth on the surface. If a short low brush forms, you'll see a slight trembling motion in the liquid; however, both effects happen alongside the main observation, which is the orderly and continuous charge of air, the creation of a wind or current, and the shape that current gives to the fluid drop. If a discharge ball is slowly brought closer to the cone, sparks will eventually fly, and these will travel from the tip of the cone to the ball, indicating a significant level of conductivity in this fluid.

1584. With a drop of water, the effects were of the same kind, and were best obtained when a portion of gum water or of syrup hung from a ball (fig. 137.). When the machine was worked slowly, a fine large quiet conical drop, with concave lateral outline, and a small rounded end, was produced, on which the glow appeared, whilst a steady wind issued, in a direction from the point of the cone, of sufficient force to depress the surface of uninsulated water held opposite to the termination. When the machine was worked more rapidly some of the water was driven off; the smaller pointed portion left was roughish on the surface, and the sound of successive brush discharges was heard. With still more electricity, more water was dispersed; that which remained was elongated and contracted, with an alternating motion; a stronger brush discharge was heard, and the vibrations of the water and the successive discharges of the individual brushes were simultaneous. When water from beneath was brought towards the drop, it did not indicate the same regular strong contracted current of air as before; and when the distance was such that sparks passed, the water beneath was attracted rather than driven away, and the current of air ceased.

1584. With a droplet of water, the effects were similar, best achieved when a bit of gum water or syrup hung from a ball (fig. 137.). When the machine operated slowly, a large, calm conical droplet was formed, featuring a concave outline on the sides and a small rounded tip, where a glow appeared, while a steady wind flowed from the point of the cone with enough force to depress the surface of uninsulated water held opposite the tip. When the machine was operated more quickly, some of the water was blown away; the smaller pointed portion that remained had a rough surface, and the sound of successive brush discharges could be heard. With even more electricity, more water was dispersed; that which stayed behind elongated and contracted in a back-and-forth motion; a stronger brush discharge was audible, and the vibrations in the water and the successive discharges of the individual brushes occurred simultaneously. When water from underneath was brought closer to the droplet, it no longer showed the same strong, regular inward airflow as before; and when the distance was such that sparks occurred, the water below was attracted instead of being pushed away, and the current of air ceased.

1585. When the discharging ball was brought near the drop in its first quiet glowing state (1582.), it converted that glow into brushes, and caused the vibrating motion of the drop. When still nearer, sparks passed, but they were always from the metal of the rod, over the surface of the water, to the point, and then across the air to the ball. This is a natural consequence of the deficient conducting power of the fluid (1584. 1585.).

1585. When the discharging ball was brought close to the drop in its initial quiet glowing state (1582.), it transformed that glow into brush-like patterns and made the drop vibrate. When it got even closer, sparks flew, but they always originated from the metal of the rod, moved over the surface of the water, to the point, and then across the air to the ball. This is a natural result of the fluid's poor conducting ability (1584. 1585.).

1586. Why the drop vibrated, changing its form between the periods of discharging brushes, so as to be more or less acute at particular instants, to be most acute when the brush issued forth, and to be isochronous in its action, and how the quiet glowing liquid drop, on assuming the conical form, facilitated, as it were, the first action, are points, as to theory, so evident, that I will not stop to speak of them. The principal thing to observe at present is, the formation of the carrying current of air, and the manner in which it exhibits its existence and influence by giving form to the drop.

1586. Why the drop vibrated, changing its shape between the times when the brushes were discharging, becoming more or less pointed at certain moments, being most pointed when the brush extended outward, and acting in a consistent manner, as well as how the calm, glowing liquid drop took on a conical shape, making the initial action easier, are aspects of the theory that are so clear that I won’t discuss them further. The main thing to note right now is the formation of the air current that carries it, and how it shows its existence and impact by shaping the drop.

1587. That the drop, when of water, or a better conductor than water, is formed into a cone principally by the current of air, is shown amongst other ways (1594.) thus. A sharp point being held opposite the conical drop, the latter soon lost its pointed form; was retraced and became round; the current of air from it ceased, and was replaced by one from the point beneath, which, if the latter were held near enough to the drop, actually blew it aside, and rendered it concave in form.

1587. The shape of a drop, when it’s made of water or a better conductor than water, forms into a cone mainly because of the airflow. This is demonstrated in several ways (1594.). When a sharp point is held opposite the conical drop, the drop quickly loses its pointed shape, flattens out, and becomes round. The airflow from the drop stops and is replaced by a current coming from the point below it, which, if held close enough to the drop, can actually blow the drop aside, making it concave in shape.

1588. It is hardly necessary to say what happened with still worse conductors than water, as oil, or oil of turpentine; the fluid itself was then spun out into threads and carried off, not only because the air rushing over its surface helped to sweep it away, but also because its insulating particles assumed the same charged state as the particles of air, and, not being able to discharge to them in a much greater decree than the air particles themselves could do, were carried off by the same causes which urged those in their course. A similar effect with melted sealing-wax on a metal point forms an old and well-known experiment.

1588. It’s hardly necessary to explain what happened with even worse conductors than water, like oil or turpentine; the liquid itself was then spun into threads and carried away, not only because the air rushing over its surface helped push it along but also because its insulating particles became charged similarly to the particles in the air. Since they couldn't discharge to the air particles any more than those particles could, they were moved along by the same forces that were affecting the air. A similar effect can be seen with melted sealing wax on a metal point, which is an old and well-known experiment.

1589. A drop of gum water in the exhausted receiver of the air-pump was not sensibly affected in its form when electrified. When air was let in, it begun to show change of shape when the pressure was ten inches of mercury. At the pressure of fourteen or fifteen inches the change was more sensible, and as the air increased in density the effects increased, until they were the same as those in the open atmosphere. The diminished effect in the rare air I refer to the relative diminished energy of its current; that diminution depending, in the first place, on the lower electric condition of the electrified ball in the rarefied medium, and in the next, on the attenuated condition of the dielectric, the cohesive force of water in relation to rarefied air being something like that of mercury to dense air (1581.), whilst that of water in dense air may be compared to that of mercury in oil of turpentine (1597.).

1589. A drop of gum water in the empty receiver of the air pump didn't noticeably change its shape when electrified. When air was let in, it started to change shape when the pressure reached ten inches of mercury. At fourteen or fifteen inches of pressure, the change was more noticeable, and as the air became denser, the effects intensified until they were similar to those in open air. The reduced effect in the thin air is due to the relative decrease in the energy of its current; this reduction is primarily because of the lower electric condition of the electrified ball in the rarified medium, and secondly, due to the reduced condition of the dielectric. The cohesive force of water in relation to rarified air is similar to that of mercury in dense air (1581.), while the behavior of water in dense air can be compared to that of mercury in oil of turpentine (1597.).

1590. When a ball is covered with a thick conducting fluid, as treacle or syrup, it is easy by inductive action to determine the wind from almost any part of it (1577.); the experiment, which before was of rather difficult performance, being rendered facile in consequence of the fluid enabling that part, which at first was feeble in its action, to rise into an exalted condition by assuming a pointed form.

1590. When a ball is covered with a thick conducting liquid, like treacle or syrup, it's easy to determine the wind from almost any part of it through inductive action (1577.); the experiment, which used to be somewhat challenging, becomes easy because the liquid allows the initially weak part to rise into a higher state by taking on a pointed shape.

1591. To produce the current, the electric intensity must rise and continue at one spot, namely, at the origin of the current, higher than elsewhere, and then, air having a uniform and ready access, the current is produced. If no current be allowed (1574.), then discharge may take place by brush or spark. But whether it be by brush or spark, or wind, it seems very probable that the initial intensity or tension at which a particle of a given gaseous dielectric charges, or commences discharge, is, under the conditions before expressed, always the same (1410.).

1591. To generate the current, the electric intensity must increase and remain concentrated at one point, specifically at the source of the current, at a level higher than in other areas. Then, with air having consistent and easy access, the current is created. If no current is allowed (1574.), then discharge can happen through brush or spark. However, whether it occurs through brush, spark, or wind, it appears very likely that the initial intensity or tension at which a particle of a specific gaseous dielectric starts to charge or discharge, under the previously mentioned conditions, is always the same (1410.).

1592. It is not supposed that all the air which enters into motion is electrified; on the contrary, much that is not charged is carried on into the stream. The part which is really charged may be but a small proportion of that which is ultimately set in motion (1442.).

1592. It’s not believed that all the air that moves is electrically charged; in fact, a lot of it isn’t charged at all and still gets carried along with the flow. The portion that is actually charged might be just a small fraction of what is eventually set in motion (1442.).

1593. When a drop of gum water (1584.) is made negative, it presents a larger cone than when made positive; less of the fluid is thrown off, and yet, when a ball is approached, sparks can hardly be obtained, so pointed is the cone, and so free the discharge. A point held opposite to it did not cause the retraction of the cone to such an extent as when it was positive. All the effects are so different from those presented by the positive cone, that I have no doubt such drops would present a very instructive method of investigating the difference of positive and negative discharge in air and other dielectrics (1480. 1501.).

1593. When a drop of gum water (1584.) is made negative, it forms a larger cone compared to when it’s made positive; less fluid is expelled, and yet, when a ball is brought close, sparks are hard to get because the cone is so pointed and the discharge is so free. A point held opposite it did not cause the cone to retract as much as it did when it was positive. All the effects are so different from those produced by the positive cone that I’m certain such drops would provide a very useful way to investigate the differences between positive and negative discharge in air and other insulators (1480. 1501.).

1594. That I may not be misunderstood (1587.), I must observe here that I do not consider the cones produced as the result only of the current of air or other insulating dielectric over their surface. When the drop is of badly conducting matter, a part of the effect is due to the electrified state of the particles, and this part constitutes almost the whole when the matter is melted sealing-wax, oil of turpentine, and similar insulating bodies (1588.). But even when the drop is of good conducting matter, as water, solutions, or mercury, though the effect above spoken of will then be insensible (1607.), still it is not the mere current of air or other dielectric which produces all the change of form; for a part is due to those attractive forces by which the charged drop, if free to move, would travel along the line of strongest induction, and not being free to move, has its form elongated until the sum of the different forces tending to produce this form is balanced by the cohesive attraction of the fluid. The effect of the attractive forces are well shown when treacle, gum water, or syrup is used; for the long threads which spin out, at the same time that they form the axes of the currents of air, which may still be considered as determined at their points, are like flexible conductors, and show by their directions in what way the attractive forces draw them.

1594. To avoid being misunderstood (1587.), I want to clarify that I don’t believe the cones formed are solely the result of the air flow or any insulating material over their surface. When the drop is made of poorly conducting material, part of the effect comes from the charged state of the particles, which makes up almost the entire effect when the material is melted sealing-wax, oil of turpentine, and similar insulating substances (1588.). However, even if the drop consists of a good conductor, like water, solutions, or mercury, while the effect mentioned earlier may then be negligible (1607.), it’s not just the air current or other dielectric that causes all of the shape changes. Some of it is due to attractive forces that cause the charged drop, if it could move, to travel along the path of strongest induction. Since it can’t move, its shape gets elongated until the sum of the different forces trying to create this shape is balanced by the cohesive attraction of the fluid. The effect of these attractive forces is clearly demonstrated when using treacle, gum water, or syrup; the long threads that stretch out while also serving as the axes of the air currents, which can still be seen as determined at their points, act like flexible conductors and reveal how the attractive forces pull them.

1595. When the phenomena of currents are observed in dense insulating dielectrics, they present us with extraordinary degrees of mechanical force. Thus, if a pint of well-rectified and filtered (1571.) oil of turpentine be put into a glass vessel, and two wires be dipped into it in different places, one leading to the electrical machine, and the other to the discharging train, on working the machine the fluid will be thrown into violent motion throughout its whole mass, whilst at the same time it will rise two, three or four inches up the machine wire, and dart off jets from it into the air.

1595. When we observe the effects of currents in thick insulating materials, they show us remarkable levels of mechanical force. For example, if you put a pint of well-purified and filtered oil of turpentine into a glass container and dip two wires into it at different spots—one connected to the electrical machine and the other to the discharge system—operating the machine will cause the liquid to become violently active throughout its entire mass. At the same time, it will rise two, three, or four inches up the machine wire and shoot off jets into the air.

1596. If very clean uninsulated mercury be at the bottom of the fluid, and the wire from the machine be terminated either by a ball or a point, and also pass through a glass tube extending both above and below the surface of the oil of turpentine, the currents can be better observed, and will be seen to rush down the wire, proceeding directly from it towards the mercury, and there, diverging in all directions, will ripple its surface strongly, and mounting up at the sides of the vessel, will return to re-enter upon their course.

1596. If very clean uninsulated mercury sits at the bottom of the fluid, and the wire from the machine ends in either a ball or a point, while also running through a glass tube that extends both above and below the surface of the turpentine oil, the currents can be observed more clearly. They will be seen rushing down the wire directly toward the mercury, where they will spread out in all directions, making its surface ripple strongly, and as they rise up the sides of the vessel, they will return to rejoin their path.

1597. A drop of mercury being suspended from an amalgamated brass ball, preserved its form almost unchanged in air (1581.); but when immersed in the oil of turpentine it became very pointed, and even particles of the metal could be spun out and carried off by the currents of the dielectric. The form of the liquid metal was just like that of the syrup in air (1584.), the point of the cone being quite as fine, though not so long. By bringing a sharp uninsulated point towards it, it could also be effected in the same manner as the syrup drop in air (1587.), though not so readily, because of the density and limited quantity of the dielectric.

1597. A drop of mercury hanging from a combined brass ball kept its shape almost the same in air (1581.); but when it was put into turpentine, it became very pointed, and even tiny particles of the metal could be spun out and carried away by the currents of the dielectric. The shape of the liquid metal resembled that of the syrup in air (1584.), with the tip of the cone being just as fine, though not as long. By bringing a sharp, uninsulated point close to it, it could also be influenced in the same way as the syrup drop in air (1587.), though not as easily, due to the density and limited amount of the dielectric.

1598. If the mercury at the bottom of the fluid be connected with the electrical machine, whilst a rod is held in the hand terminating in a ball three quarters of an inch, less or more, in diameter, and the ball be dipped into the electrified fluid, very striking appearances ensue. When the ball is raised again so as to be at a level nearly out of the fluid, large portions of the latter will seem to cling to it (fig. 138.). If it be raised higher, a column of the oil of turpentine will still connect it with that in the basin below (fig. 139.). If the machine be excited into more powerful action, this will become more bulky, and may then also be raised higher, assuming the form (fig. 140); and all the time that these effects continue, currents and counter-currents, sometimes running very close together, may be observed in the raised column of fluid.

1598. If the mercury at the bottom of the fluid is connected to the electrical machine, while a rod is held in the hand with a ball about three-quarters of an inch in diameter, and the ball is dipped into the electrified fluid, very striking effects occur. When the ball is lifted so that it's nearly out of the fluid, large portions of the fluid will appear to cling to it (fig. 138.). If it's raised higher, a column of turpentine oil will still connect it to the fluid in the basin below (fig. 139.). If the machine is energized more powerfully, this column will get larger, and it can then be raised even higher, taking the shape shown in (fig. 140); and throughout these effects, currents and counter-currents, sometimes running very close together, can be seen in the raised column of fluid.

1599. It is very difficult to decide by sight the direction of the currents in such experiments as these. If particles of silk are introduced they cling about the conductors; but using drops of water and mercury the course of the fluid dielectric seems well indicated. Thus, if a drop of water be placed at the end of a rod (1571.) over the uninsulated mercury, it is soon swept away in particles streaming downwards towards the mercury. If another drop be placed on the mercury beneath the end of the rod, it is quickly dispersed in all directions in the form of streaming particles, the attractive forces drawing it into elongated portions, and the currents carrying them away. If a drop of mercury be hung from a ball used to raise a column of the fluid (1598.), then the shape of the drop seems to show currents travelling in the fluid in the direction indicated by the arrows (fig. 141.).

1599. It's really hard to visually determine the direction of the currents in experiments like these. When silk fibers are introduced, they stick around the conductors; but when using drops of water and mercury, the flow of the fluid dielectric is much clearer. For instance, if a drop of water is placed at the end of a rod (1571.) over uninsulated mercury, it quickly gets swept away in particles moving downward toward the mercury. If another drop is placed on the mercury below the end of the rod, it spreads out rapidly in all directions as streaming particles, with the attractive forces stretching it into elongated shapes, while the currents carry them away. If a drop of mercury is suspended from a ball used to lift a column of the fluid (1598.), then the shape of the drop appears to indicate currents flowing in the fluid in the direction shown by the arrows (fig. 141.).

1600. A very remarkable effect is produced on these phenomena, connected with positive and negative charge and discharge, namely, that a ball charged positively raises a much higher and larger column of the oil of turpentine than when charged negatively. There can be no doubt that this is connected with the difference of positive and negative action already spoken of (1480. 1525.), and tends much to strengthen the idea that such difference is referable to the particles of the dielectric rather than to the charged conductors, and is dependent upon the mode in which these particles polarize (1503. 1523.).

1600. A very interesting effect occurs with these phenomena related to positive and negative charge and discharge: a positively charged ball lifts a much taller and larger column of turpentine oil than when it’s negatively charged. It’s clear that this is related to the differences between positive and negative actions previously mentioned (1480. 1525.), which strongly supports the idea that this difference is related to the particles of the dielectric rather than the charged conductors, and depends on how these particles polarize (1503. 1523.).

1601. Whenever currents travel in insulating dielectrics they really effect discharge; and it is important to observe, though a very natural result, that it is indifferent which way the current or particles travel, as with reversed direction their state is reversed. The change is easily made, either in air or oil of turpentine, between two opposed rods, for an insulated ball being placed in connexion with either rod and brought near its extremity, will cause the current to set towards it from the opposite end.

1601. Whenever currents flow through insulating materials, they actually cause discharge; and it’s important to note, though it’s quite a natural result, that it doesn’t matter which direction the current or particles move, because if they reverse direction, their state reverses as well. It's easy to make this change, whether in air or turpentine oil, between two opposing rods, because when an insulated ball is connected to either rod and brought near its end, it will cause the current to move toward it from the opposite end.

1602. The two currents often occur at once, as when both terminations present brushes, and frequently when they exhibit the glow (1531.). In such cases, the charged particles, or many of them, meet and mutually discharge each other (1518. 1612.). If a smoking wax taper be held at the end of an insulating rod towards a charged prime conductor, it will very often happen that two currents will form, and be rendered visible by its vapour, one passing as a fine filament of smoky particles directly to the charged conductor, and the other passing as directly from the same taper wick outwards, and from the conductor: the principles of inductric action and charge, which were referred to in considering the relation of a carrier ball and a conductor (1566.), being here also called into play.

1602. The two currents often happen simultaneously, like when both ends show brushes, and often when they glow (1531.). In these situations, many charged particles come together and discharge each other (1518. 1612.). If you hold a smoking wax taper at the end of an insulating rod towards a charged prime conductor, it often results in the formation of two currents that can be seen in its vapor. One current travels as a fine filament of smoky particles directly to the charged conductor, while the other moves directly from the taper wick outwards and from the conductor. The principles of inductive action and charge, which were mentioned when discussing the relationship between a carrier ball and a conductor (1566.), are also in effect here.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1603. The general analogy and, I think I may say, identity of action found to exist as to insulation and conduction (1338. 1561.) when bodies, the best and the worst in the classes of insulators or conductors, were compared, led me to believe that the phenomena of convection in badly conducting media were not without their parallel amongst the best conductors, such even as the metals. Upon consideration, the cones produced by Davy296 in fluid metals, as mercury and tin, seemed to be cases in point, and probably also the elongation of the metallic medium through which a current of electricity was passing, described by Ampère (1113)297; for it is not difficult to conceive, that the diminution of convective effect, consequent upon the high conducting power of the metallic media used in these experiments, might be fully compensated for by the enormous quantity of electricity passing. In fact, it is impossible not to expect some effect, whether sensible or not, of the kind in question, when such a current is passing through a fluid offering a sensible resistance to the passage of the electricity, and, thereby, giving proof of a certain degree of insulating power (1328.).

1603. The general analogy and, I think I can say, similarity of action related to insulation and conduction (1338. 1561.) when comparing bodies, both the best and the worst in the categories of insulators or conductors, led me to believe that the phenomena of convection in poorly conducting materials have parallels in the best conductors, including metals. Upon reflection, the cones produced by Davy296 in liquid metals like mercury and tin seemed to be relevant examples, as likely did the elongation of the metallic medium through which an electric current was passing, as described by Ampère (1113)297; because it’s easy to imagine that the decrease in convective effect, resulting from the high conductivity of the metallic materials used in these experiments, could be fully balanced by the massive amount of electricity flowing through. In fact, one cannot help but expect some effect, whether noticeable or not, of this kind when such a current flows through a fluid that provides a noticeable resistance to the flow of electricity, thereby demonstrating some degree of insulating power (1328.).

1604. I endeavoured to connect the convective currents in air, oil of turpentine, &c. and those in metals, by intermediate cases, but found this not easy to do. On taking bodies, for instance, which, like water, adds, solutions, fused salts or chlorides, &c., have intermediate conducting powers, the minute quantity of electricity which the common machine can supply (371. 861.) is exhausted instantly, so that the cause of the phenomenon is kept either very low in intensity, or the instant of time during which the effect lasts is so small, that one cannot hope to observe the result sought for. If a voltaic battery be used, these bodies are all electrolytes, and the evolution of gas, or the production of other changes, interferes and prevents observation of the effect required.

1604. I tried to link the flow of currents in air, turpentine oil, etc., with those in metals through intermediate cases, but I found it difficult. For example, when using substances that, like water, have intermediate conductivity, such as solutions, melted salts, or chlorides, the small amount of electricity that a typical machine can generate (371. 861.) is used up instantly. This means that the cause of the phenomenon remains at a very low intensity, or the time duration of the effect is so brief that it’s impossible to observe the desired result. When using a voltaic battery, these materials act as electrolytes, and the release of gas or other changes interferes and prevents us from seeing the effect we need.

1605. There are, nevertheless, some experiments which illustrate the connection. Two platina wires, forming the electrodes of a powerful voltaic battery, were placed side by side, near each other, in distilled water, hermetically sealed up in a strong glass tube, some minute vegetable fibres being present in the water. When, from the evolution of gas and the consequent increased pressure, the bubbles formed on the electrodes were so small as to produce but feebly ascending currents, then it could be observed that the filaments present were attracted and repelled between the two wires, as they would have been between two oppositely charged surfaces in air or oil of turpentine, moving so quickly as to displace and disturb the bubbles and the currents which these tended to form. Now I think it cannot be doubted, that under similar circumstances, and with an abundant supply of electricity, of sufficient tension also, convective currents might have been formed; the attractions and repulsions of the filaments were, in fact, the elements of such currents (1572.), and therefore water, though almost infinitely above air or oil of turpentine as a conductor, is a medium in which similar currents can take place.

1605. However, there are some experiments that show the connection. Two platinum wires, acting as electrodes of a powerful voltaic battery, were placed side by side in distilled water, sealed in a strong glass tube, with some tiny plant fibers present in the water. When gas bubbles formed on the electrodes were so small that they only created weakly rising currents due to increased pressure, it was observed that the fibers were attracted to and repelled by the two wires, just like they would be between two oppositely charged surfaces in air or turpentine, moving quickly enough to disturb the bubbles and the currents they caused. I believe it is clear that under similar conditions, with a sufficient supply of electricity and enough tension, convective currents could have formed. The attractions and repulsions of the fibers were, in fact, the building blocks of such currents (1572.), and therefore, even though water is vastly superior to air or turpentine as a conductor, it is still a medium where similar currents can occur.

1606. I had an apparatus made (fig. 142.) in which a is a plate of shell-lac, b a fine platina wire passing through it, and having only the section of the wire exposed above; c a ring of bibulous paper resting on the shell-lac, and d distilled water retained by the paper in its place, and just sufficient in quantity to cover the end of the wire b; another wire, e, touched a piece of tinfoil lying in the water, and was also connected with a discharging train; in this way it was easy, by rendering b either positive or negative, to send a current of electricity by its extremity into the fluid, and so away by the wire e.

1606. I had a device made (fig. 142.) in which a is a plate of shellac, b is a fine platinum wire passing through it, with only the section of the wire exposed above; c is a ring of absorbent paper resting on the shellac, and d is distilled water held by the paper in its place, and just enough in quantity to cover the end of the wire b; another wire, e, touched a piece of tinfoil lying in the water and was also connected with a discharging circuit; in this way, it was easy to send a current of electricity from the end of wire b into the fluid and then out through wire e by making b either positive or negative.

1607. On connecting b with the conductor of a powerful electrical machine, not the least disturbance of the level of the fluid over the end of the wire during the working of the machine could be observed; but at the same time there was not the smallest indication of electrical charge about the conductor of the machine, so complete was the discharge. I conclude that the quantity of electricity passed in a given time had been too small, when compared with the conducting power of the fluid to produce the desired effect.

1607. When I connected b to the conductor of a powerful electrical machine, there was no noticeable change in the level of the fluid at the end of the wire while the machine was operating. At the same time, there was no sign of electrical charge around the machine's conductor; the discharge was that complete. I conclude that the amount of electricity transmitted in a given time was too small compared to the fluid's conductivity to produce the desired effect.

1608. I then charged a large Leyden battery (291.), and discharged it through the wire b, interposing, however, a wet thread, two feet long, to prevent a spark in the water, and to reduce what would else have been a sudden violent discharge into one of more moderate character, enduring for a sensible length of time (334.). I now did obtain a very brief elevation of the water over the end of the wire; and though a few minute bubbles of gas were at the same time formed there, so as to prevent me from asserting that the effect was unequivocally the same as that obtained by DAVY in the metals, yet, according to my best judgement, it was partly, and I believe principally, of that nature.

1608. I then charged a large Leyden battery (291.), and discharged it through the wire b, but I added a wet thread, two feet long, to prevent a spark in the water and to turn what would have been a sudden, violent discharge into a more moderate one that lasted for a noticeable amount of time (334.). I did manage to create a very brief rise of the water at the end of the wire; and while a few tiny bubbles of gas formed there at the same time, which made it hard for me to say definitively that the effect was exactly the same as what DAVY achieved with the metals, I believe, based on my best judgement, that it was partly, and I think mainly, of that nature.

1609. I employed a voltaic battery of 100 pair of four-inch plates for experiments of a similar nature with electrolytes. In these cases the shell-lac was cupped, and the wire b 0.2 of an inch in diameter. Sometimes I used a positive amalgamated zinc wire in contact with dilute sulphuric acid; at others, a negative copper wire in a solution of sulphate of copper; but, because of the evolution of gas, the precipitation of copper, &c., I was not able to obtain decided results. It is but right to mention, that when I made use of mercury, endeavouring to repeat DAVY's experiment, the battery of 100 pair was not sufficient to produce the elevations298.

1609. I used a voltaic battery with 100 pairs of four-inch plates for experiments with electrolytes. In these cases, the shellac was shaped like a cup, and the wire b was 0.2 inches in diameter. Sometimes, I used a positive amalgamated zinc wire in dilute sulfuric acid, and other times, a negative copper wire in a copper sulfate solution. However, due to gas production, copper precipitation, etc., I couldn’t get clear results. It’s important to mention that when I used mercury, trying to repeat DAVY's experiment, the 100-pair battery wasn’t enough to produce the elevations298.

1610. The latter experiments (1609.) may therefore be considered as failing to give the hoped-for proof, but I have much confidence in the former (1605. 1608.), and in the considerations (1603.) connected with them. If I have rightly viewed them, and we may be allowed to compare the currents at points and surfaces in such extremely different bodies as air and the metals, and admit that they are effects of the same kind, differing only in degree and in proportion to the insulating or conducting power of the dielectric used, what great additional argument we obtain in favour of that theory, which in the phenomena of insulation and conduction also, as in these, would link the same apparently dissimilar substances together (1336. 1561.); and how completely the general view, which refers all the phenomena to the direct action of the molecules of matter, seems to embrace the various isolated phenomena as they successively come under consideration!

1610. The later experiments (1609) can be seen as unsuccessful in providing the expected proof, but I have a lot of confidence in the earlier ones (1605, 1608) and the ideas (1603) related to them. If I understand them correctly, and if we can compare the currents at different points and surfaces in such vastly different materials as air and metals and agree that they are effects of the same kind, varying only in degree and relative to the insulating or conducting ability of the dielectric used, we gain a significant additional argument for this theory, which in both insulation and conduction phenomena, as in these cases, would connect the same seemingly different substances (1336, 1561); and how completely the overall perspective, which attributes all phenomena to the direct action of matter's molecules, seems to encompass the various isolated phenomena as they are examined one by one!

* * * * *

Please provide the text for modernization.

1611. The connection of this convective or carrying effect, which depends upon a certain degree of insulation, with conduction; i.e. the occurrence of both in so many of the substances referred to, as, for instance, the metals, water, air, &c., would lead to many very curious theoretical generalizations, which I must not indulge in here. One point, however, I shall venture to refer to. Conduction appears to be essentially an action of contiguous particles, and the considerations just stated, together with others formerly expressed (1326, 1336, &c.), lead to the conclusion, that all bodies conduct, and by the same process, air as well as metals; the only difference being in the necessary degree of force or tension between the particles which must exist before the act of conduction or transfer from one particle to another can take place.

1611. The link between this convective or carrying effect, which relies on a certain level of insulation, and conduction—meaning their occurrence in many of the substances mentioned, like metals, water, air, etc.—could lead to some very interesting theoretical ideas that I won’t discuss here. However, I will point out one thing. Conduction seems to be primarily an action involving neighboring particles, and the points mentioned along with others stated earlier (1326, 1336, etc.) suggest that all substances conduct in the same way, including air and metals; the only difference is the necessary level of force or tension between the particles that must be present before conduction or transfer from one particle to another can happen.

1612. The question then arises, what is this limiting condition which separates, as it were, conduction and insulation from each other? Does it consist in a difference between the two contiguous particles, or the contiguous poles of these particles, in the nature and amount of positive and negative force, no communication or discharge occurring unless that difference rises up to a certain degree, variable for different bodies, but always the same for the same body? Or is it true that, however small the difference between two such particles, if time be allowed, equalization of force will take place, even with the particles of such bodies as air, sulphur or lac? In the first case, insulating power in any particular body would be proportionate to the degree of the assumed necessary difference of force; in the second, to the time required to equalize equal degrees of difference in different bodies. With regard to airs, one is almost led to expect a permanent difference of force; but in all other bodies, time seems to be quite sufficient to ensure, ultimately, complete conduction. The difference in the modes by which insulation may be sustained, or conduction effected, is not a mere fanciful point, but one of great importance, as being essentially connected with the molecular theory of induction, and the manner in which the particles of bodies assume and retain their polarized state.

1612. The question then arises, what is this limiting condition that separates conduction from insulation? Does it stem from a difference between the two neighboring particles, or the adjacent ends of these particles, in the nature and amount of positive and negative force, with no communication or discharge happening unless that difference reaches a certain level, which varies for different materials but always remains consistent for the same material? Or is it true that, no matter how small the difference between two such particles, if we allow time, the forces will equalize, even with the particles of materials like air, sulfur, or lacquer? In the first scenario, the insulating ability of a specific material would relate to the degree of the necessary force difference; in the second, it would relate to the time needed to equalize similar degrees of difference in various materials. Regarding gases, one might almost expect a permanent difference in force; however, for all other materials, time seems adequate to ultimately ensure complete conduction. The distinction in how insulation can be maintained or conduction achieved isn’t just a trivial point, but one of significant importance, as it is fundamentally linked to the molecular theory of induction and how the particles of materials adopt and maintain their polarized state.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

¶ xi. Relation of a vacuum to electrical phenomena.

1613. It would seem strange, if a theory which refers all the phenomena of insulation and conduction, i.e. all electrical phenomena, to the action of contiguous particles, were to omit to notice the assumed possible case of a vacuum. Admitting that a vacuum can be produced, it would be a very curious matter indeed to know what its relation to electrical phenomena would be; and as shell-lac and metal are directly opposed to each other, whether a vacuum would be opposed to them both, and allow neither of induction or conduction across it. Mr. Morgan299 has said that a vacuum does not conduct. Sir H. Davy concluded from his investigations, that as perfect a vacuum as could be made300 did conduct, but does not consider the prepared spaces which he used as absolute vacua. In such experiments I think I have observed the luminous discharge to be principally on the inner surface of the glass; and it does not appear at all unlikely, that, if the vacuum refused to conduct, still the surface of glass next it might carry on that action.

1613. It seems odd that a theory explaining all insulation and conduction phenomena, that is, all electrical phenomena, focusing on the actions of nearby particles, would overlook the potential situation of a vacuum. If we accept that a vacuum can be created, it would be quite fascinating to understand how it relates to electrical phenomena; and since shellac and metal are completely opposite to each other, one might wonder if a vacuum would be opposed to both and prevent either induction or conduction from occurring across it. Mr. Morgan299 has stated that a vacuum does not conduct. Sir H. Davy concluded from his research that the best vacuum achievable300 does conduct, but he does not consider the spaces he worked with as true vacuums. In such experiments, I've noticed that the luminous discharge predominantly occurs on the inner surface of the glass; and it seems quite possible that, even if the vacuum doesn't conduct, the glass surface next to it could still support that action.

1614. At one time, when I thought inductive force was exerted in right lines, I hoped to illustrate this important question by making experiments on induction with metallic mirrors (used only as conducting vessels) exposed towards a very clear sky at night time, and of such concavity that nothing but the firmament could be visible from the lowest part of the concave n, fig. 143. Such mirrors, when electrified, as by connexion with a Leyden jar, and examined by a carrier ball, readily gave electricity at the lowest part of their concavity if in a room; but I was in hopes of finding that, circumstanced as before stated, they would give little or none at the same spot, if the atmosphere above really terminated in a vacuum. I was disappointed in the conclusion, for I obtained as much electricity there as before; but on discovering the action of induction in curved lines (1231.), found a full and satisfactory explanation of the result.

1614. At one point, when I believed that inductive force acted in straight lines, I wanted to explore this important question by conducting experiments on induction using metallic mirrors (which were just acting as conductors) placed under a clear night sky. These mirrors were shaped so that all you could see from the lowest part of the concave surface was the sky itself, as shown in fig. 143. When these mirrors were electrified by connecting them to a Leyden jar and tested with a carrier ball, they easily generated electricity at the lowest point of their concavity if placed indoors. However, I hoped to find that, under the conditions I described, they would produce little to no electricity at the same spot if the atmosphere above actually ended in a vacuum. I was disappointed with the results, as I found the same amount of electricity there as before. But upon discovering the action of induction in curved lines (1231.), I found a complete and satisfactory explanation for the outcome.

1615. My theory, as far as I have ventured it, does not pretend to decide upon the consequences of a vacuum. It is not at present limited sufficiently, or rendered precise enough, either by experiments relating to spaces void of matter, or those of other kinds, to indicate what would happen in the vacuum case. I have only as yet endeavoured to establish, what all the facts seem to prove, that when electrical phenomena, as those of induction, conduction, insulation and discharge occur, they depend on, and are produced by the action of contiguous particles of matter, the next existing particle being considered as the contiguous one; and I have further assumed, that these particles are polarized; that each exhibits the two forces, or the force in two directions (1295. 1298.); and that they act at a distance, only by acting on the contiguous and intermediate particles.

1615. My theory, as far as I've explored it, doesn't claim to determine the effects of a vacuum. Right now, it's not specific enough, based on experiments related to empty spaces or other types, to show what would occur in a vacuum situation. So far, I've only tried to establish, which all the facts seem to support, that when electrical phenomena like induction, conduction, insulation, and discharge happen, they depend on and are caused by the action of neighboring particles of matter, with the closest particle being considered the neighboring one. I've also assumed that these particles are polarized; that each shows two forces, or a force in two directions (1295. 1298.); and that they act at a distance only by influencing the neighboring and intermediate particles.

1616. But assuming that a perfect vacuum were to intervene in the course of the lines of inductive action (1304.), it does not follow from this theory, that the particles on opposite sides of such a vacuum could not act on each other. Suppose it possible for a positively electrified particle to be in the centre of a vacuum an inch in diameter, nothing in my present views forbids that the particle should act at the distance of half an inch on all the particles forming the inner superficies of the bounding sphere, and with a force consistent with the well-known law of the squares of the distance. But suppose the sphere of an inch were full of insulating matter, the electrified particle would not then, according to my notion, act directly on the distant particles, but on those in immediate association with it, employing all its power in polarizing them; producing in them negative force equal in amount to its own positive force and directed towards the latter, and positive force of equal amount directed outwards and acting in the same manner upon the layer of particles next in succession. So that ultimately, those particles in the surface of a sphere of half an inch radius, which were acted on directly when that sphere was a vacuum, will now be acted on indirectly as respects the central particle or source of action, i.e. they will be polarized in the same way, and with the same amount of force.

1616. But if a perfect vacuum were to come between the lines of inductive action (1304.), it doesn’t mean that the particles on opposite sides of that vacuum couldn’t affect each other. Let’s say there’s a positively charged particle in the center of a vacuum that's an inch in diameter; based on my current understanding, there’s nothing to stop that particle from acting on all the particles on the inner surface of the boundary sphere from a distance of half an inch, following the well-known law of the squares of the distance. However, if the inch-wide sphere were filled with insulating material, the charged particle wouldn’t directly act on the distant particles. Instead, it would only affect the particles immediately around it, using all its power to polarize them; it would create a negative force in those nearby particles equal to its positive force, both of which would be directed toward it, while also exerting a positive force outward that would similarly affect the layer of particles next in line. Ultimately, the particles on the surface of a sphere with a half-inch radius, which were influenced directly when that sphere was a vacuum, will now be influenced indirectly regarding the central particle or action source. In other words, they will be polarized in the same way and with the same amount of force.

§ 19. Nature of the electric current.

1617. The word current is so expressive in common language, that when applied in the consideration of electrical phenomena we can hardly divest it sufficiently of its meaning, or prevent our minds from being prejudiced by it (283. 511.). I shall use it in its common electrical sense, namely, to express generally a certain condition and relation of electrical forces supposed to be in progression.

1617. The word current is so expressive in everyday language that when we use it to think about electrical phenomena, it's hard to separate it from its usual meaning or keep our thoughts from being influenced by it (283. 511.). I'll use it in its standard electrical sense, which is to generally refer to a specific condition and relationship of electrical forces that are assumed to be in motion.

1618. A current is produced both by excitement and discharge; and whatsoever the variation of the two general causes may be, the effect remains the same. Thus excitement may occur in many ways, as by friction, chemical action, influence of heat, change of condition, induction, &c.; and discharge has the forms of conduction, electrolyzation, disruptive discharge, and convection; yet the current connected with these actions, when it occurs, appears in all cases to be the same. This constancy in the character of the current, notwithstanding the particular and great variations which may be made in the mode of its occurrence, is exceedingly striking and important; and its investigation and development promise to supply the most open and advantageous road to a true and intimate understanding of the nature of electrical forces.

1618. A current is created both by excitement and discharge, and regardless of the variations in these two general causes, the effect remains the same. Excitement can happen in various ways, such as through friction, chemical reactions, heat influence, changes in conditions, induction, etc.; and discharge can take forms like conduction, electrolyzation, disruptive discharge, and convection. Yet, the current linked to these actions, when it happens, seems to be the same in all cases. This consistency in the character of the current, despite the significant and varied ways it can arise, is remarkably striking and important; its study and development promise to provide the clearest and most beneficial path to a true and deep understanding of electrical forces.

1619. As yet the phenomena of the current have presented nothing in opposition to the view I have taken of the nature of induction as an action of contiguous particles. I have endeavoured to divest myself of prejudices and to look for contradictions, but I have not perceived any in conductive, electrolytic, convective, or disruptive discharge.

1619. So far, the behavior of the current hasn't shown anything that contradicts my understanding of induction as an action involving neighboring particles. I've tried to set aside my biases and search for inconsistencies, but I haven't noticed any in conductive, electrolytic, convective, or disruptive discharge.

1620. Looking at the current as a cause, it exerts very extraordinary and diverse powers, not only in its course and on the bodies in which it exists, but collaterally, as in inductive or magnetic phenomena.

1620. Viewing the current as a cause, it displays remarkably diverse and extraordinary powers, not just in its flow and on the bodies it interacts with, but also indirectly, as seen in inductive or magnetic phenomena.

1621. Electrolytic action.—One of its direct actions is the exertion of pure chemical force, this being a result which has now been examined to a considerable extent. The effect is found to be constant and definite for the quantity of electric force discharged (783. &c.); and beyond that, the intensity required is in relation to the intensity of the affinity or forces to be overcome (904. 906. 911.). The current and its consequences are here proportionate; the one may be employed to represent the other; no part of the effect of either is lost or gained; so that the case is a strict one, and yet it is the very case which most strikingly illustrates the doctrine that induction is an action of contiguous particles (1164. 1343.).

1621. Electrolytic action.—One of its direct actions is the exertion of pure chemical force, a result that has been explored in depth. The effect is found to be constant and definite for the amount of electric force released (783. &c.); and beyond that, the intensity needed is related to the intensity of the attraction or forces that need to be overcome (904. 906. 911.). The current and its effects are proportional; one can be used to represent the other; no part of the effect from either is lost or gained; making this a strict case that strongly illustrates the principle that induction is an action of adjacent particles (1164. 1343.).

1622. The process of electrolytic discharge appears to me to be in close analogy, and perhaps in its nature identical with another process of discharge, which at first seems very different from it, I mean convection (1347. 1572.). In the latter case the particles may travel for yards across a chamber; they may produce strong winds in the air, so as to move machinery; and in fluids, as oil of turpentine, may even shake the hand, and carry heavy metallic bodies about301; and yet I do not see that the force, either in kind or action, is at all different to that by which a particle of hydrogen leaves one particle of oxygen to go to another, or by which a particle of oxygen travels in the contrary direction.

1622. The process of electrolytic discharge seems to be very similar, and perhaps fundamentally the same, as another discharge process that initially appears quite different, which I refer to as convection (1347. 1572.). In this latter case, particles can travel several yards across a space; they can create strong winds in the air that can power machinery, and in liquids like turpentine, they can even shake a hand and move heavy metal objects301; yet I don’t see any difference in either the type or the action of the force compared to how a hydrogen particle moves from one oxygen particle to another, or how an oxygen particle travels in the opposite direction.

1623. Travelling particles of the air can effect chemical changes just as well as the contact of a fixed platina electrode, or that of a combining electrode, or the ions of a decomposing electrolyte (453. 471.); and in the experiment formerly described, where eight places of decomposition were rendered active by one current (469.), and where charged particles of air in motion were the only electrical means of connecting these parts of the current, it seems to me that the action of the particles of the electrolyte and of the air were essentially the same. A particle of air was rendered positive; it travelled in a certain determinate direction, and coming to an electrolyte, communicated its powers; an equal amount of positive force was accordingly acquired by another particle (the hydrogen), and the latter, so charged, travelled as the former did, and in the same direction, until it came to another particle, and transferred its power and motion, making that other particle active. Now, though the particle of air travelled over a visible and occasionally a large space, whilst the particle of the electrolyte moved over an exceedingly small one; though the air particle might be oxygen, nitrogen, or hydrogen, receiving its charge from force of high intensity, whilst the electrolytic particle of hydrogen had a natural aptness to receive the positive condition with extreme facility; though the air particle might be charged with very little electricity at a very high intensity by one process, whilst the hydrogen particle might be charged with much electricity at a very low intensity by another process; these are not differences of kind, as relates to the final discharging action of these particles, but only of degree; not essential differences which make things unlike, but such differences as give to things, similar in their nature, that great variety which fits them for their office in the system of the universe.

1623. Moving particles in the air can cause chemical changes just like the contact of a fixed platinum electrode, a combining electrode, or the ions from a decomposing electrolyte (453. 471.); and in the previously described experiment, where eight areas of decomposition were activated by one current (469.), and where charged particles of air in motion were the only electrical means connecting these parts of the current, it seems to me that the actions of the electrolyte particles and the air particles were essentially the same. An air particle became positively charged; it moved in a specific direction, and upon reaching an electrolyte, transferred its energy; an equal amount of positive force was then gained by another particle (the hydrogen), which, now charged, moved in the same way and direction until it encountered another particle, passing on its energy and motion, activating that particle. Now, even though the air particle traveled over a visible and sometimes large distance, while the electrolyte particle moved only a tiny distance; even though the air particle could be oxygen, nitrogen, or hydrogen, gaining its charge from high intensity, while the electrolytic particle of hydrogen naturally adapted to take on a positive condition very easily; even though the air particle might be charged with a small amount of electricity at a very high intensity by one method, while the hydrogen particle might gain a large amount of electricity at a low intensity by another method; these are not differences in nature when it comes to the final discharging action of these particles, but only differences in degree; not fundamental differences that make things unlike, but differences that give similar things the variety they need to play their roles in the universe's system.

1624. So when a particle of air, or of dust in it, electrified at a negative point, moves on through the influence of the inductive forces (1572.) to the next positive surface, and after discharge passes away, it seems to me to represent exactly that particle of oxygen which, having been rendered negative in the electrolyte, is urged by the same disposition of inductive forces, and going to the positive platina electrode, is there discharged, and then passes away, as the air or dust did before it.

1624. So when a particle of air, or a piece of dust in it, gets negatively charged and moves toward the next positive surface due to inductive forces (1572.), and then discharges and moves away, it seems to me that this is exactly like a particle of oxygen that, having been negatively charged in the electrolyte, is pushed by the same inductive forces toward the positive platinum electrode, where it discharges and then moves away, just like the air or dust did before it.

1625. Heat is another direct effect of the current upon substances in which it occurs, and it becomes a very important question, as to the relation of the electric and heating forces, whether the latter is always definite in amount302. There are many cases, even amongst bodies which conduct without change, that at present are irreconcileable with the assumption that it is303; but there are also many which indicate that, when proper limitations are applied, the heat produced is definite. Harris has shown this for a given length of current in a metallic wire, using common electricity304; and De la Rive has proved the same point for voltaic electricity by his beautiful application of Breguet's thermometer305.

1625. Heat is another direct effect of the current on the substances it interacts with, and it raises an important question about the relationship between electric and heating forces—whether the latter is always a specific amount302. There are many cases, even among materials that conduct without change, that currently seem irreconcilable with the assumption that it is303; however, there are also many that suggest that, when certain limitations are applied, the heat produced is indeed specific. Harris demonstrated this for a specific length of current in a metal wire, using standard electricity304; and De la Rive confirmed the same point for voltaic electricity through his elegant use of Breguet's thermometer305.

1626. When the production of heat is observed in electrolytes under decomposition, the results are still more complicated. But important steps have been taken in the investigation of this branch of the subject by De la Rive306 and others; and it is more than probable that, when the right limitations are applied, constant and definite results will here also be obtained.

1626. When heat production is noticed in electrolytes undergoing decomposition, the outcomes become even more complex. However, significant progress has been made in exploring this area by De la Rive306 and others; and it’s quite likely that, with the correct constraints applied, consistent and clear results will also be achieved here.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like modernized.

1627. It is a most important part of the character of the current, and essentially connected with its very nature, that it is always the same. The two forces are everywhere in it. There is never one current of force or one fluid only. Any one part of the current may, as respects the presence of the two forces there, be considered as precisely the same with any other part; and the numerous experiments which imply their possible separation, as well as the theoretical expressions which, being used daily, assume it, are, I think, in contradiction with facts (511, &c.). It appears to me to be as impossible to assume a current of positive or a current of negative force alone, or of the two at once with any predominance of one over the other, as it is to give an absolute charge to matter (516. 1169. 1177.).

1627. A key aspect of the current, and fundamentally tied to its very nature, is that it is always consistent. Both forces are present everywhere within it. There’s never just one current of force or one fluid alone. Any section of the current can be seen as exactly the same as any other section regarding the presence of the two forces; the many experiments suggesting their potential separation, along with the theoretical expressions used daily that assume this, contradict the facts (511, &c.). It seems impossible to claim a current of positive or negative force by itself, or of the two at once with one being more dominant than the other, just as it’s impossible to assign an absolute charge to matter (516. 1169. 1177.).

1628. The establishment of this truth, if, as I think, it be a truth, or on the other hand the disproof of it, is of the greatest consequence. If, as a first principle, we can establish, that the centres of the two forces, or elements of force, never can be separated to any sensible distance, or at all events not further than the space between two contiguous particles (1615.), or if we can establish the contrary conclusion, how much more clear is our view of what lies before us, and how much less embarrassed the ground over which we have to pass in attaining to it, than if we remain halting between two opinions! And if, with that feeling, we rigidly test every experiment which bears upon the point, as far as our prejudices will let us (1161.), instead of permitting them with a theoretical expression to pass too easily away, are we not much more likely to attain the real truth, and from that proceed with safety to what is at present unknown?

1628. Establishing this truth, if it is indeed a truth, or disproving it, is extremely important. If we can establish, as a foundational principle, that the centers of the two forces, or elements of force, can never be separated by any significant distance, or at least not more than the space between two adjacent particles (1615.), or if we can prove the opposite, our understanding of what lies ahead becomes much clearer and the path we need to take less complicated than if we remain stuck between two conflicting beliefs! And if we rigorously test every experiment related to this idea, as much as our biases allow (1161.), instead of letting them be dismissed too easily with a theoretical explanation, aren’t we much more likely to discover the real truth and safely move towards what is currently unknown?

1629. I say these things, not, I hope, to advance a particular view, but to draw the strict attention of those who are able to investigate and judge of the matter, to what must be a turning point in the theory of electricity; to a separation of two roads, one only of which can be right: and I hope I may be allowed to go a little further into the facts which have driven me to the view I have just given.

1629. I'm saying these things, not to push a specific opinion, but to grab the serious attention of those who can investigate and judge the matter. This is a crucial moment in the theory of electricity; it's a crossroads where only one path can be correct. I hope I can delve a bit deeper into the facts that led me to the view I've just shared.

1630. When a wire in the voltaic circuit is heated, the temperature frequently rises first, or most at one end. If this effect were due to any relation of positive or negative as respects the current, it would be exceedingly important. I therefore examined several such cases; but when, keeping the contacts of the wire and its position to neighbouring things unchanged, I altered the direction of the current, I found that the effect remained unaltered, showing that it depended, not upon the direction of the current, but on other circumstances. So there is here no evidence of a difference between one part of the circuit and another.

1630. When a wire in the electrical circuit heats up, the temperature often increases first, or mostly at one end. If this effect were related to whether the current is positive or negative, it would be very significant. So, I looked into several such cases; however, when I kept the wire's connections and its position relative to nearby objects the same while changing the direction of the current, I found that the effect stayed the same. This shows that the effect didn't depend on the direction of the current but rather on other factors. Therefore, there's no evidence of any difference between one part of the circuit and another.

1631. The same point, i.e. uniformity in every part, may be illustrated by what may be considered as the inexhaustible nature of the current when producing particular effects; for these effects depend upon transfer only, and do not consume the power. Thus a current which will heat one inch of platina wire will heat a hundred inches (853. note). If a current be sustained in a constant state, it will decompose the fluid in one voltameter only, or in twenty others if they be placed in the circuit, in each to an amount equal to that in the single one.

1631. The same idea, which is uniformity in every part, can be explained by the limitless nature of the current when it creates specific effects; because these effects rely solely on transfer and do not use up the power. So, a current that heats one inch of platinum wire can also heat a hundred inches (853. note). If a current is kept steady, it will break down the fluid in one voltameter only, or in twenty others if they are connected in the circuit, each to the same extent as in the single one.

1632. Again, in cases of disruptive discharge, as in the spark, there is frequently a dark part (1422.) which, by Professor Johnson, has been called the neutral point307; and this has given rise to the use of expressions implying that there are two electricities existing separately, which, passing to that spot, there combine and neutralize each other308. But if such expressions are understood as correctly indicating that positive electricity alone is moving between the positive ball and that spot, and negative electricity only between the negative ball and that spot, then what strange conditions these parts must be in; conditions, which to my mind are every way unlike those which really occur! In such a case, one part of a current would consist of positive electricity only, and that moving in one direction; another part would consist of negative electricity only, and that moving in the other direction; and a third part would consist of an accumulation of the two electricities, not moving in either direction, but mixing up together! and being in a relation to each other utterly unlike any relation which could be supposed to exist in the two former portions of the discharge. This does not seem to me to be natural. In a current, whatever form the discharge may take, or whatever part of the circuit or current is referred to, as much positive force as is there exerted in one direction, so much negative force is there exerted in the other. If it were not so we should have bodies electrified not merely positive and negative, but on occasions in a most extraordinary manner, one being charged with five, ten, or twenty times as much of both positive and negative electricity in equal quantities as another. At present, however, there is no known fact indicating such states.

1632. Once again, in cases of disruptive discharge, like in a spark, there is often a dark area (1422.) which Professor Johnson has referred to as the neutral point307; and this has led to expressions suggesting that two types of electricity exist separately, which, when reaching that point, combine and cancel each other out308. However, if these expressions are taken to mean that positive electricity is moving solely between the positive ball and that spot, and negative electricity is only moving between the negative ball and that spot, then the conditions at these points must be very strange; conditions that, in my opinion, are completely different from what actually happens! In such a scenario, one part of a current would consist only of positive electricity moving in one direction; another part would consist only of negative electricity moving in the opposite direction; and a third part would consist of a mixture of the two types of electricity, not moving in either direction but mingling together! This would create a relationship between them that is completely different from what could be expected in the first two parts of the discharge. This doesn't seem natural to me. In a current, no matter the form the discharge takes or which part of the circuit or current is being discussed, the amount of positive force exerted in one direction is equal to the amount of negative force exerted in the opposite direction. If this weren't true, we'd have bodies that are electrified in ways that are not just positive and negative, but sometimes in an incredibly odd manner, with one being charged with five, ten, or twenty times as much of both positive and negative electricity in equal amounts as another. However, there are currently no known facts indicating such states.

1633. Even in cases of convection, or carrying discharge, the statement that the current is everywhere the same must in effect be true (1627.); for how, otherwise, could the results formerly described occur? When currents of air constituted the mode of discharge between the portions of paper moistened with iodide of potassium or sulphate of soda (465. 469.), decomposition occurred; and I have since ascertained that, whether a current of positive air issued from a spot, or one of negative air passed towards it, the effect of the evolution of iodine or of acid was the same, whilst the reversed currents produced alkali. So also in the magnetic experiments (307.) whether the discharge was effected by the introduction of a wire, or the occurrence of a spark, or the passage of convective currents either one way or the other (depending on the electrified state of the particles), the result was the same, being in all cases dependent upon the perfect current.

1633. Even in cases of convection, or transporting discharge, the statement that the current is the same everywhere must essentially be true (1627.); because, otherwise, how could the previously described results happen? When air currents served as the method of discharge between pieces of paper soaked with iodide of potassium or sulfate of soda (465. 469.), decomposition took place; and I have since confirmed that, whether a current of positive air came from a spot or negative air moved toward it, the effect of producing iodine or acid was the same, while the reversed currents produced alkali. Similarly, in the magnetic experiments (307.), whether the discharge was caused by inserting a wire, creating a spark, or the flow of convective currents in either direction (based on the electrified state of the particles), the result was consistent, relying in all cases on the complete current.

1634. Hence, the section of a current compared with other sections of the same current must be a constant quantity, if the actions exerted be of the same kind; or if of different kinds, then the forms under which the effects are produced are equivalent to each other, and experimentally convertible at pleasure. It is in sections, therefore, we must look for identity of electrical force, even to the sections of sparks and carrying actions, as well as those of wires and electrolytes.

1634. Therefore, the portion of a current compared to other portions of the same current must remain constant, if the types of actions are the same; or if they are of different types, then the ways in which the effects are produced are similar to each other and can be experimentally transformed as desired. It is in these portions that we must seek the identity of electrical force, including the portions of sparks and flowing actions, as well as those of wires and electrolytes.

1635. In illustration of the utility and importance of establishing that which may be the true principle, I will refer to a few cases. The doctrine of unipolarity, as formerly stated, and I think generally understood309, is evidently inconsistent with my view of a current (1627.); and the later singular phenomena of poles and flames described by Erman and others310 partake of the same inconsistency of character. If a unipolar body could exist, i.e. one that could conduct the one electricity and not the other, what very new characters we should have a right to expect in the currents of single electricities passing through them, and how greatly ought they to differ, not only from the common current which is supposed to have both electricities travelling in opposite directions in equal amount at the same time, but also from each other! The facts, which are excellent, have, however, gradually been more correctly explained by Becquerel311, Andrews312, and others; and I understand that Professor Ohms313 has perfected the work, in his close examination of all the phenomena; and after showing that similar phenomena can take place with good conductors, proves that with soap, &c. many of the effects are the mere consequences of the bodies evolved by electrolytic action.

1635. To illustrate the utility and importance of establishing what might be the true principle, I will refer to a few cases. The idea of unipolarity, as previously stated and I believe generally understood309, is clearly inconsistent with my view of a current (1627.); and the later unusual phenomena of poles and flames described by Erman and others310 share the same inconsistency. If a unipolar body could exist, meaning one that could conduct one type of electricity but not the other, we would expect to see very new characteristics in the currents of single electricities passing through them, which should differ greatly—not only from the standard current, where both types of electricity are thought to be traveling in opposite directions in equal amounts at the same time, but also from each other! The facts, which are excellent, have gradually been better explained by Becquerel311, Andrews312, and others; and I understand that Professor Ohms313 has refined the work with his thorough examination of all the phenomena; and after demonstrating that similar phenomena can occur with good conductors, he proves that with soap, etc., many of the effects are simply the results of the substances produced by electrolytic action.

1636. I conclude, therefore, that the facts upon which the doctrine of unipolarity was founded are not adverse to that unity and indivisibility of character which I have stated the current to possess, any more than the phenomena of the pile itself (which might well bear comparison with those of unipolar bodies,) are opposed to it. Probably the effects which have been called effects of unipolarity, and the peculiar differences of the positive and negative surface when discharging into air, gases, or other dielectrics (1480. 1525.) which have been already referred to, may have considerable relation to each other314.

1636. I conclude, therefore, that the facts supporting the idea of unipolarity do not contradict the unity and indivisibility of character that I claim the current possesses, just as the phenomena of the pile itself (which could easily be compared to those of unipolar bodies) do not oppose it. It's likely that the effects referred to as effects of unipolarity, along with the distinct differences between the positive and negative surfaces when discharging into air, gases, or other dielectrics (1480. 1525.), may have a significant relationship to one another314.

* * * * *

Please provide the short piece of text you would like me to modernize.

1637. M. de la Rive has recently described a peculiar and remarkable effect of heat on a current when passing between electrodes and a fluid315. It is, that if platina electrodes dip into acidulated water, no change is produced in the passing current by making the positive electrode hotter or colder; whereas making the negative electrode hotter increased the deflexion of a galvanometer affected by the current, from 12° to 30° and even 45°, whilst making it colder diminished the current in the same high proportions.

1637. M. de la Rive has recently described a unique and notable effect of heat on a current when it flows between electrodes and a fluid315. Specifically, when platinum electrodes are placed in acidulated water, changing the temperature of the positive electrode doesn’t affect the current. However, heating the negative electrode increases the deflection of a galvanometer influenced by the current, from 12° to 30° and even 45°, while cooling it decreases the current in similar significant amounts.

1638. That one electrode should have this striking relation to heat whilst the other remained absolutely without, seem to me as incompatible with what I conceived to be the character of a current as unipolarity (1627. 1635.), and it was therefore with some anxiety that I repeated the experiment. The electrodes which I used were platina; the electrolyte, water containing about one sixth of sulphuric acid by weight: the voltaic battery consisted of two pairs of amalgamated zinc and platina plates in dilute sulphuric acid, and the galvanometer in the circuit was one with two needles, and gave when the arrangement was complete a deflexion of 10° or 12°.

1638. The fact that one electrode should have such a significant relationship with heat while the other had none at all seems incompatible with my understanding of a current as unipolar (1627. 1635.), and so I was a bit anxious when I repeated the experiment. The electrodes I used were platinum; the electrolyte was water mixed with about one-sixth sulfuric acid by weight. The voltaic battery consisted of two pairs of amalgamated zinc and platinum plates in dilute sulfuric acid, and the galvanometer in the circuit was a type with two needles, which showed a deflection of 10° or 12° when the setup was complete.

1639. Under these circumstances heating either electrode increased the current; heating both produced still more effect. When both were heated, if either were cooled, the effect on the current fell in proportion. The proportion of effect due to heating this or that electrode varied, but on the whole heating the negative seemed to favour the passage of the current somewhat more than heating the positive. Whether the application of heat were by a flame applied underneath, or one directed by a blowpipe from above, or by a hot iron or coal, the effect was the same.

1639. In these situations, heating either electrode increased the current; heating both had an even greater impact. When both were heated, if either was cooled, the effect on the current decreased accordingly. The degree of effect from heating either electrode varied, but overall, heating the negative electrode appeared to promote the flow of current slightly more than heating the positive one. Whether the heat was applied with a flame from below, directed by a blowpipe from above, or using a hot iron or coal, the effect remained consistent.

1640. Having thus removed the difficulty out of the way of my views regarding a current, I did not pursue this curious experiment further. It is probable, that the difference between my results and those of M. de la Rive may depend upon the relative values of the currents used; for I employed only a weak one resulting from two pairs of plates two inches long and half an inch wide, whilst M. de la Rive used four pairs of plates of sixteen square inches in surface.

1640. After clearing the obstacle in my understanding of a current, I decided not to take this interesting experiment any further. It's likely that the difference between my results and those of M. de la Rive is due to the different strengths of the currents used; I only used a weak current generated by two pairs of plates that were two inches long and half an inch wide, while M. de la Rive used four pairs of plates with a surface area of sixteen square inches.

* * * * *

Understood. Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1641. Electric discharges in the atmosphere in the form of balls of fire have occasionally been described. Such phenomena appear to me to be incompatible with all that we know of electricity and its modes of discharge. As time is an element in the effect (1418. 1436.) it is possible perhaps that an electric discharge might really pass as a ball from place to place; but as every thing shows that its velocity must be almost infinite, and the time of its duration exceedingly small, it is impossible that the eye should perceive it as anything else than a line of light. That phenomena of balls of fire may appear in the atmosphere, I do not mean to deny; but that they have anything to do with the discharge of ordinary electricity, or are at all related to lightning or atmospheric electricity, is much more than doubtful.

1641. Electric discharges in the atmosphere that look like balls of fire have been described from time to time. I find these phenomena to be inconsistent with everything we know about electricity and how it discharges. Since time plays a role in the effect (1418. 1436.), it’s possible that an electric discharge could actually travel as a ball from one place to another; however, everything suggests that its speed must be nearly infinite, and its duration extremely short, making it impossible for the eye to see it as anything other than a line of light. While I don’t deny that ball lightning phenomena can appear in the atmosphere, I’m highly skeptical that they are related to ordinary electricity discharges or are connected to lightning or atmospheric electricity in any way.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1642. All these considerations, and many others, help to confirm the conclusion, drawn over and over again, that the current is an indivisible thing; an axis of power, in every part of which both electric forces are present in equal amount316 (517. 1627.). With conduction and electrolyzation, and even discharge by spark, such a view will harmonize without hurting any of our preconceived notions; but as relates to convection, a more startling result appears, which must therefore be considered.

1642. All these factors, along with many others, help to reaffirm the conclusion that current is a single entity; an axis of power where both electric forces are equally present in every part316 (517. 1627.). This perspective aligns well with conduction, electrolyzation, and even discharge by spark, without challenging any of our existing beliefs; however, when it comes to convection, a more surprising result emerges that must be taken into account.

1643. If two balls A and B be electrified in opposite states and held within each other's influence, the moment they move towards each other, a current, or those effects which are understood by the word current, will be produced. Whether A move towards B, or B move in the opposite direction towards A, a current, and in both cases having the same direction, will result. If A and B move from each other, then a current in the opposite direction, or equivalent effects, will be produced.

1643. If two balls A and B are electrified in opposite states and held within each other's influence, the moment they move towards each other, a current, or effects associated with the term current, will be produced. Whether A moves towards B or B moves towards A, a current, with the same direction in both cases, will result. If A and B move away from each other, then a current in the opposite direction, or equivalent effects, will be produced.

1644. Or, as charge exists only by induction (1178. 1299.), and a body when electrified is necessarily in relation to other bodies in the opposite state; so, if a ball be electrified positively in the middle of a room and be then moved in any direction, effects will be produced, as current in the same direction (to use the conventional mode of expression) had existed: or, if the ball be negatively electrified, and then moved, effects as if a current in a direction contrary to that of the motion had been formed, will be produced.

1644. Charge only exists through induction, and when a body is electrified, it necessarily relates to other bodies that are in the opposite state. So, if a ball is positively electrified in the middle of a room and then moved in any direction, effects will occur as if a current is flowing in the same direction (using the usual way of expressing this). Alternatively, if the ball is negatively electrified and then moved, effects will happen as if a current is flowing in the opposite direction to the motion.

1645. I am saying of a single particle or of two what I have before said, in effect, of many (1633.). If the former account of currents be true, then that just stated must be a necessary result. And, though the statement may seem startling at first, it is to be considered that, according to my theory of induction, the charged conductor or particle is related to the distant conductor in the opposite state, or that which terminates the extent of the induction, by all the intermediate particles (1165, 1295.), these becoming polarized exactly as the particles of a solid electrolyte do when interposed between the two electrodes. Hence the conclusion regarding the unity and identity of the current in the case of convection, jointly with the former cases, is not so strange as it might at first appear.

1645. I am discussing a single particle or two, much like I mentioned before about many (1633.). If the previous explanation of currents is correct, then the one just mentioned must be a necessary outcome. And, even though this statement might seem surprising at first, it should be understood that, according to my theory of induction, the charged conductor or particle is connected to the distant conductor in the opposite state, or the one that marks the end of the induction, through all the intermediate particles (1165, 1295.), which become polarized just like the particles of a solid electrolyte do when placed between the two electrodes. Therefore, the conclusion about the unity and identity of the current in the case of convection, along with the earlier cases, isn’t as unusual as it might initially seem.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1646. There is a very remarkable phenomenon or effect of the electrolytic discharge, first pointed out, I believe, by Mr. Porrett, of the accumulation of fluid under decomposing action in the current on one side of an interposed diaphragm317. It is a mechanical result; and as the liquid passes from the positive towards the negative electrode in all the known cases, it seems to establish a relation to the polar condition of the dielectric in which the current exists (1164. 1525.). It has not as yet been sufficiently investigated by experiment; for De la Rive says318, it requires that the water should be a bad conductor, as, for instance, distilled water, the effect not happening with strong solutions; whereas, Dutrochet says319 the contrary is the case, and that, the effect is not directly due to the electric current.

1646. There is a very notable phenomenon resulting from electrolytic discharge, which I believe was first noted by Mr. Porrett, involving the buildup of fluid under the decomposition action of the current on one side of an interposed diaphragm317. This is a mechanical result; as the liquid moves from the positive to the negative electrode in all known instances, it appears to relate to the polar condition of the dielectric where the current flows (1164. 1525.). This phenomenon hasn't been thoroughly experimented on yet; De la Rive states318 that it requires the water to be a poor conductor, such as distilled water, since the effect doesn't occur with strong solutions. However, Dutrochet argues319 that the opposite is true, and that the effect is not directly caused by the electric current.

1647. Becquerel, in his Traité de l'Electricité, has brought together the considerations which arise for and against the opinion, that the effect generally is an electric effect320. Though I have no decisive fact to quote at present, I cannot refrain from venturing an opinion, that the effect is analogous both to combination and convection (1623.), being a case of carrying due to the relation of the diaphragm and the fluid in contact with it, through which the electric discharge is jointly effected; and further, that the peculiar relation of positive and negative small and large surfaces already referred to (1482. 1503. 1525.), may be the direct cause of the fluid and the diaphragm travelling in contrary but determinate directions. A very valuable experiment has been made by M. Becquerel with particles of clay321, which will probably bear importantly on this point.

1647. Becquerel, in his Treatise on Electricity, has gathered the arguments for and against the view that the effect is generally an electric effect320. Although I don’t have a decisive fact to mention right now, I can’t help but share my opinion that the effect is similar to both combination and convection (1623.), representing a case of movement due to the relationship between the diaphragm and the fluid in contact with it, through which the electric discharge is produced; and furthermore, that the unique relationship between positive and negative small and large surfaces mentioned earlier (1482. 1503. 1525.) may directly cause the fluid and the diaphragm to move in opposite yet specific directions. A very valuable experiment has been conducted by M. Becquerel with particles of clay321, which will likely be significant for this issue.

* * * * *

Understood. Please provide the text for modernization.

1648. As long as the terms current and electro-dynamic are used to express those relations of the electric forces in which progression of either fluids or effects are supposed to occur (283.), so long will the idea of velocity be associated with them; and this will, perhaps, be more especially the case if the hypothesis of a fluid or fluids be adopted.

1648. As long as the terms current and electro-dynamic are used to describe the relationships of electric forces where the movement of either fluids or effects is assumed (283.), the idea of velocity will continue to be linked to them; and this will, perhaps, be even more true if the idea of a fluid or fluids is accepted.

1649. Hence has arisen the desire of estimating this velocity either directly or by some effect dependent on it; and amongst the endeavours to do this correctly, may be mentioned especially those of Dr. Watson322 in 1748, and of Professor Wheatstone323 in 1834; the electricity in the early trials being supposed to travel from end to end of the arrangement, but in the later investigations a distinction occasionally appearing to be made between the transmission of the effect and of the supposed fluid by the motion of whose particles that effect is produced.

1649. This led to the desire to measure this speed either directly or by some effect that depends on it. Among the efforts to do this accurately, we can specifically mention those of Dr. Watson322 in 1748 and Professor Wheatstone323 in 1834. In the early experiments, electricity was thought to travel from one end to the other of the setup, while in the later studies, a distinction sometimes seems to be made between the transmission of the effect and the supposed fluid, with the motion of its particles producing that effect.

1650. Electrolytic action has a remarkable bearing upon this question of the velocity of the current, especially as connected with the theory of an electric fluid or fluids. In it there is an evident transfer of power with the transfer of each particle of the anion or cathion present, to the next particles of the cathion or anion; and as the amount of power is definite, we have in this way a means of localizing as it were the force, identifying it by the particle and dealing it out in successive portions, which leads, I think, to very striking results.

1650. Electrolytic action has a significant impact on the question of the speed of the current, particularly in relation to the theory of electric fluid or fluids. It shows a clear transfer of energy with each particle of the anion or cathion moving to the next particles of the cathion or anion. Since the amount of energy is fixed, this process allows us to somewhat localize the force, identifying it by the particle and distributing it in successive portions, which I believe leads to some very impressive results.

1651. Suppose, for instance, that water is undergoing decomposition by the powers of a voltaic battery. Each particle of hydrogen as it moves one way, or of oxygen as it moves in the other direction, will transfer a certain amount of electrical force associated with it in the form of chemical affinity (822. 852. 918.) onwards through a distance, which is equal to that through which the particle itself has moved. This transfer will be accompanied by a corresponding movement in the electrical forces throughout every part of the circuit formed (1627. 1634.), and its effects may be estimated, as, for instance, by the heating of a wire (853.) at any particular section of the current however distant. If the water be a cube of an inch in the side, the electrodes touching, each by a surface of one square inch, and being an inch apart, then, by the time that a tenth of it, or 25.25 grs., is decomposed, the particles of oxygen and hydrogen throughout the mass may be considered as having moved relatively to each other in opposite directions, to the amount of the tenth of an inch; i.e. that two particles at first in combination will after the motion be the tenth of an inch apart. Other motions which occur in the fluid will not at all interfere with this result; for they have no power of accelerating or retarding the electric discharge, and possess in fact no relation to it.

1651. For example, let's say water is breaking down due to a voltaic battery. As each hydrogen particle moves in one direction and each oxygen particle moves in the opposite direction, they will transfer a certain amount of electrical energy related to them through chemical affinity (822. 852. 918.) across a distance equal to how far each particle has moved. This transfer will cause a corresponding movement of electrical energy throughout every part of the circuit (1627. 1634.), and we can see its effects, like the heating of a wire (853.) at any specific point in the current, no matter how far away. If the water is a cube with an inch on each side and the electrodes touch each with a one square inch surface, being an inch apart, then by the time a tenth of it, or 25.25 grams, is decomposed, the oxygen and hydrogen particles throughout will have moved relatively to each other by a tenth of an inch in opposite directions; meaning that two particles that were initially together will now be a tenth of an inch apart. Other movements happening in the fluid won’t affect this outcome at all since they don’t influence the electric discharge and are unrelated to it.

1652. The quantity of electricity in 25.25 grains of water is, according to an estimate of the force which I formerly made (861.), equal to above 24 millions of charges of a large Leyden battery; or it would have kept any length of a platina wire 1/104 of an inch in diameter red-hot for an hour and a half (853.). This result, though given only as an approximation, I have seen no reason as yet to alter, and it is confirmed generally by the experiments and results of M. Pouillet324. According to Mr. Wheatstone's experiments, the influence or effects of the current would appear at a distance of 576,000 miles in a second325. We have, therefore, in this view of the matter, on the one hand, an enormous quantity of power equal to a most destructive thunder-storm appearing instantly at the distance of 576,000 miles from its source, and on the other, a quiet effect, in producing which the power had taken an hour and a half to travel through the tenth of an inch: yet these are the equivalents to each other, being effects observed at the sections of one and the same current (1634.).

1652. The amount of electricity in 25.25 grains of water is, based on a force estimate I made earlier (861.), equal to over 24 million charges from a large Leyden battery; or it could have kept a piece of platinum wire with a diameter of 1/104 of an inch glowing red-hot for an hour and a half (853.). This result, though only an approximation, has not suggested to me any reason to change it, and it is generally supported by the experiments and findings of M. Pouillet324. According to Mr. Wheatstone's experiments, the effects of the current could be detected at a distance of 576,000 miles in one second325. Therefore, from this perspective, we have, on one hand, an enormous amount of power equal to an extremely destructive thunderstorm appearing instantly at a distance of 576,000 miles from its source, and on the other hand, a subtle effect, where the power took an hour and a half to travel through just a tenth of an inch; yet these are equivalent, being effects observed in different sections of the same current (1634.).

* * * * *

Sure! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

1653. It is time that I should call attention to the lateral or transverse forces of the current. The great things which have been achieved by Oersted, Arago, Ampère, Davy, De la Rive, and others, and the high degree of simplification which has been introduced into their arrangement by the theory of Ampère, have not only done their full service in advancing most rapidly this branch of knowledge, but have secured to it such attention that there is no necessity for urging on its pursuit. I refer of course to magnetic action and its relations; but though this is the only recognised lateral action of the current, there is great reason for believing that others exist and would by their discovery reward a close search for them (951.).

1653. It's time to draw attention to the sideways or transverse forces of the current. The significant advancements made by Oersted, Arago, Ampère, Davy, De la Rive, and others, along with the considerable simplification brought about by Ampère's theory, have not only greatly propelled this field of knowledge forward but have also garnered enough interest that further encouragement for its exploration isn't necessary. I'm specifically referring to magnetic action and its connections; however, while this is the only acknowledged lateral action of the current, there's a strong possibility that others exist, and discovering them would be worth a thorough investigation (951.).

1654. The magnetic or transverse action of the current seems to be in a most extraordinary degree independent of those variations or modes of action which it presents directly in its course; it consequently is of the more value to us, as it gives us a higher relation of the power than any that might have varied with each mode of discharge. This discharge, whether it be by conduction through a wire with infinite velocity (1652.), or by electrolyzation with its corresponding and exceeding slow motion (1651.), or by spark, and probably even by convection, produces a transverse magnetic action always the same in kind and direction.

1654. The magnetic or transverse effect of the current seems to be remarkably independent of the variations or methods of action it shows along its path; therefore, it is more valuable to us because it provides a more consistent understanding of the power than any that might change with each mode of discharge. This discharge, whether it happens through a wire at infinite speed (1652.), through electrolyzation with its corresponding slower motion (1651.), or through a spark, and likely even through convection, always produces a transverse magnetic effect that is consistent in both type and direction.

1655. It has been shown by several experimenters, that whilst the discharge is of the same kind the amount of lateral or magnetic force is very constant (216. 366. 367. 368. 376.). But when we wish to compare discharge of different kinds, for the important purpose of ascertaining whether the same amount of current will in its different forms produce the same amount of transverse action, we find the data very imperfect. Davy noticed, that when the electric current was passing through an aqueous solution it affected a magnetic needle326, and Dr. Ritchie says, that the current in the electrolyte is as magnetic as that in a metallic wire327, and has caused water to revolve round a magnet as a wire carrying the current would revolve.

1655. Several experimenters have shown that when the discharge is of the same kind, the amount of lateral or magnetic force remains quite consistent (216. 366. 367. 368. 376.). However, when we want to compare discharges of different types to determine whether the same amount of current will produce the same amount of transverse action in its different forms, we find the data to be quite lacking. Davy observed that when the electric current flowed through an aqueous solution, it affected a magnetic needle326. Dr. Ritchie mentions that the current in the electrolyte is just as magnetic as that in a metal wire327, and has caused water to rotate around a magnet in the same way that a wire carrying the current would.

1656. Disruptive discharge produces its magnetic effects: a strong spark, passed transversely to a steel needle, will magnetise it as well as if the electricity of the spark were conducted by a metallic wire occupying the line of discharge; and Sir H. Davy has shown that the discharge of a voltaic battery in vacuo is affected and has motion given to it by approximated magnets328.

1656. A disruptive discharge creates magnetic effects: a strong spark traveling across a steel needle will magnetize it just as effectively as if the electricity from the spark were carried by a metal wire following the discharge path; and Sir H. Davy demonstrated that the discharge from a voltaic battery in a vacuum is influenced and set in motion by nearby magnets328.

1657. Thus the three very different modes of discharge, namely, conduction, electrolyzation, and disruptive discharge, agree in producing the important transverse phenomenon of magnetism. Whether convection or carrying discharge will produce the same phenomenon has not been determined, and the few experiments I have as yet had time to make do not enable me to answer in the affirmative.

1657. So, the three distinct ways of discharge—conduction, electrolyzation, and disruptive discharge—all result in the crucial transverse phenomenon of magnetism. It hasn't been established whether convection or carrying discharge will create the same phenomenon, and the few experiments I've had time to conduct so far don't allow me to confirm that.

* * * * *

Unchanged.

1658. Having arrived at this point in the consideration of the current and in the endeavour to apply its phenomena as tests of the truth or fallacy of the theory of induction which I have ventured to set forth, I am now very much tempted to indulge in a few speculations respecting its lateral action and its possible connexion with the transverse condition of the lines of ordinary induction (1165, 1304.)329. I have long sought and still seek for an effect or condition which shall be to statical electricity what magnetic force is to current electricity (1411.); for as the lines of discharge are associated with a certain transverse effect, so it appeared to me impossible but that the lines of tension or of inductive action, which of necessity precede that discharge, should also have their correspondent transverse condition or effect (951.).

1658. Now that I've reached this point in considering the current and trying to apply its phenomena as tests for the truth or falsehood of the induction theory I've proposed, I’m really tempted to explore a few ideas about its lateral action and how it might connect with the transverse condition of regular induction (1165, 1304.)329. I’ve been looking for a long time and still am for an effect or condition that would relate to static electricity in the same way that magnetic force relates to current electricity (1411.); just as the discharge lines are linked to a certain transverse effect, it seems to me that it's impossible for the lines of tension or inductive action, which necessarily come before that discharge, not to also have their own corresponding transverse condition or effect (951.).

1659. According to the beautiful theory of Ampère, the transverse force of a current may be represented by its attraction for a similar current and its repulsion of a contrary current. May not then the equivalent transverse force of static electricity be represented by that lateral tension or repulsion which the lines of inductive action appear to possess (1304.)? Then again, when current or discharge occurs between two bodies, previously under inductrical relations to each other, the lines of inductive force will weaken and fade away, and, as their lateral repulsive tension diminishes, will contract and ultimately disappear in the line of discharge. May not this be an effect identical with the attractions of similar currents? i.e. may not the passage of static electricity into current electricity, and that of the lateral tension of the lines of inductive force into the lateral attraction of lines of similar discharge, have the same relation and dependences, and run parallel to each other?

1659. According to Ampère's elegant theory, the transverse force of a current can be described by its attraction to a similar current and its repulsion of a different current. Could the equivalent transverse force of static electricity be illustrated by the lateral tension or repulsion that seems to exist in the lines of inductive action (1304.)? Furthermore, when a current or discharge occurs between two objects that were previously in inductive relation to each other, the lines of inductive force will weaken and fade. As their lateral repulsive tension lessens, they will contract and eventually disappear along the path of discharge. Could this effect be similar to the attractions of similar currents? That is, could the transition from static electricity to current electricity, along with the shift from the lateral tension of the lines of inductive force to the lateral attraction of lines of similar discharge, be related and parallel to each other?

1660. The phenomena of induction amongst currents which I had the good fortune to discover some years ago (6. &c. 1048.) may perchance here form a connecting link in the series of effects. When a current is first formed, it tends to produce a current in the contrary direction in all the matter around it; and if that matter have conducting properties and be fitly circumstanced, such a current is produced. On the contrary, when the original current is stopped, one in the same direction tends to form all around it, and, in conducting matter properly arranged, will be excited.

1660. The phenomenon of induction among currents that I was fortunate enough to discover a few years ago (6. &c. 1048.) might serve as a connecting link in the series of effects. When a current is created, it tends to generate a current in the opposite direction in all the surrounding matter; and if that matter is conductive and appropriately situated, such a current will be produced. Conversely, when the original current is stopped, another current in the same direction tends to form all around it, which, in properly arranged conductive matter, will be triggered.

1661. Now though we perceive the effects only in that portion of matter which, being in the neighbourhood, has conducting properties, yet hypothetically it is probable, that the nonconducting matter has also its relations to, and is affected by, the disturbing cause, though we have not yet discovered them. Again and again the relation of conductors and non-conductors has been shown to be one not of opposition in kind, but only of degree (1334, 1603.); and, therefore, for this, as well as for other reasons, it is probable, that what will affect a conductor will affect an insulator also; producing perhaps what may deserve the term of the electrotonic state (60. 242. 1114.).

1661. Even though we only notice the effects in the part of matter that is nearby and has conducting properties, it's likely that non-conducting matter is also connected to and influenced by the disturbing cause, even if we haven't figured that out yet. Time and again, the relationship between conductors and non-conductors has been shown to be one of degree rather than a fundamental opposition (1334, 1603.); therefore, for this reason, as well as others, it's likely that what affects a conductor will also affect an insulator, possibly creating what might be called the electrotonic state (60. 242. 1114.).

1662. It is the feeling of the necessity of some lateral connexion between the lines of electric force (1114.); of some link in the chain of effects as yet unrecognised, that urges me to the expression of these speculations. The same feeling has led me to make many experiments on the introduction of insulating dielectrics having different inductive capacities (1270. 1277.) between magnetic poles and wires carrying currents, so as to pass across the lines of magnetic force. I have employed such bodies both at rest and in motion, without, as yet, being able to detect any influence produced by them; but I do by no means consider the experiments as sufficiently delicate, and intend, very shortly, to render them more decisive330.

1662. I feel a need for some kind of connection between the lines of electric force (1114.); something in the chain of effects that hasn’t been recognized yet, which motivates me to share these thoughts. This same feeling has driven me to conduct numerous experiments on introducing insulating materials with different inductive capacities (1270. 1277.) between magnetic poles and wires carrying currents, in order to intersect the lines of magnetic force. I've used these materials both when still and in motion, but so far, I haven’t been able to detect any effect from them; however, I definitely don’t think the experiments are sensitive enough, and I plan to make them more conclusive very soon.330.

1663. I think the hypothetical question may at present be put thus: can such considerations as those already generally expressed (1658.) account for the transverse effects of electrical currents? are two such currents in relation to each other merely by the inductive condition of the particles of matter between them, or are they in relation by some higher quality and condition (1654.), which, acting at a distance and not by the intermediate particles, has, like the force of gravity, no relation to them?

1663. I think we can now frame the hypothetical question like this: can the considerations we've already discussed (1658) explain the transverse effects of electrical currents? Are two such currents related to each other simply through the inductive condition of the particles of matter between them, or are they connected by some higher quality and condition (1654) that operates at a distance and not through the intermediate particles, similar to how gravity works?

1664. If the latter be the case, then, when electricity is acting upon and in matter, its direct and its transverse action are essentially different in their nature; for the former, if I am correct, will depend upon the contiguous particles, and the latter will not. As I have said before, this may be so, and I incline to that view at present; but I am desirous of suggesting considerations why it may not, that the question may be thoroughly sifted.

1664. If that’s the case, then when electricity interacts with matter, its direct and transverse actions are fundamentally different in nature; the former, if I’m right, will rely on the particles next to each other, and the latter will not. As I mentioned before, this might be true, and I’m leaning towards that perspective right now; but I want to propose some points to consider why it might not be, so the question can be examined thoroughly.

1665. The transverse power has a character of polarity impressed upon it. In the simplest forms it appears as attraction or repulsion, according as the currents are in the same or different directions: in the current and the magnet it takes up the condition of tangential forces; and in magnets and their particles produces poles. Since the experiments have been made which have persuaded me that the polar forces of electricity, as in induction and electrolytic action (1298. 1343.), show effects at a distance only by means of the polarized contiguous and intervening particles, I have been led to expect that all polar forces act in the same general manner; and the other kinds of phenomena which one can bring to bear upon the subject seem fitted to strengthen that expectation. Thus in crystallizations the effect is transmitted from particle to particle; and in this manner, in acetic acid or freezing water a crystal a few inches or even a couple of feet in length will form in less than a second, but progressively and by a transmission of power from particle to particle. And, as far as I remember, no case of polar action, or partaking of polar action, except the one under discussion, can be found which does not act by contiguous particles331. It is apparently of the nature of polar forces that such should be the case, for the one force either finds or developed the contrary force near to it, and has, therefore, no occasion to seek for it at a distance.

1665. The transverse power has a polarity characteristic. In its simplest forms, it seems like attraction or repulsion, depending on whether the currents are moving in the same or different directions: in the case of the current and the magnet, it manifests as tangential forces; and in magnets and their particles, it creates poles. Since the experiments have convinced me that the polar forces of electricity, like in induction and electrolytic action (1298. 1343.), affect things from a distance only through the nearby and intervening polarized particles, I have come to expect that all polar forces work in a similar way; and the other kinds of phenomena related to this topic seem to support that expectation. For instance, in crystallization, the effect is passed from one particle to the next; in this way, in acetic acid or freezing water, a crystal just a few inches or even a couple of feet long can form in less than a second, but progressively and through the transmission of power from particle to particle. And, as far as I remember, no instance of polar action, or any action resembling polar action, except for this one being discussed, can be found that does not operate through contiguous particles331. It seems to be in the nature of polar forces for this to happen, as one force either discovers or generates the opposing force nearby, and therefore has no need to search for it at a distance.

1666. But leaving these hypothetical notions respecting the nature of the lateral action out of sight, and returning to the direct effects, I think that the phenomena examined and reasoning employed in this and the two preceding papers tend to confirm the view first taken (1464.), namely, that ordinary inductive action and the effects dependent upon it are due to an action of the contiguous particles of the dielectric interposed between the charged surfaces or parts which constitute, as it were, the terminations of the effect. The great point of distinction and power (if it have any) in the theory is, the making the dielectric of essential and specific importance, instead of leaving it as it were a mere accidental circumstance or the simple representative of space, having no more influence over the phenomena than the space occupied by it. I have still certain other results and views respecting the nature of the electrical forces and excitation, which are connected with the present theory; and, unless upon further consideration they sink in my estimation, I shall very shortly put them into form as another series of these electrical researches.

1666. But putting aside these hypothetical ideas about the nature of lateral action and focusing on the direct effects, I believe that the phenomena analyzed and the reasoning used in this paper and the two previous ones support the initial view taken (1464.), which is that ordinary inductive action and its effects are the result of the interaction between the neighboring particles of the dielectric placed between the charged surfaces or parts that essentially serve as the endpoints of the effect. The main point of distinction and strength (if it possesses any) in this theory is emphasizing the dielectric's essential and specific role, rather than treating it as merely an incidental factor or a simple representation of space, having little more impact on the phenomena than the space it occupies. I have additional results and insights about the nature of electrical forces and excitation that are related to this theory; unless my perspective changes with further consideration, I plan to organize them soon into another series of these electrical studies.

Royal Institution.

Royal Institution.

February 14th, 1838.

February 14, 1838.


Fourteenth Series.

§ 20. Nature of the electric force or forces. § 21. Relation of the electric and magnetic forces. § 22. Note on electrical excitation.

§ 20. Nature of the electric force or forces. § 21. Relation of the electric and magnetic forces. § 22. Note on electrical excitation.

Received June 21, 1838.—Read June 21, 1838.

Received June 21, 1838.—Read June 21, 1838.

§ 20. Nature of the electric force or forces.

1667. The theory of induction set forth and illustrated in the three preceding series of experimental researches does not assume anything new as to the nature of the electric force or forces, but only as to their distribution. The effects may depend upon the association of one electric fluid with the particles of matter, as in the theory of Franklin, Epinus, Cavendish, and Mossotti; or they may depend upon the association of two electric fluids, as in the theory of Dufay and Poisson; or they may not depend upon anything which can properly be called the electric fluid, but on vibrations or other affections of the matter in which they appear. The theory is unaffected by such differences in the mode of viewing the nature of the forces; and though it professes to perform the important office of stating how the powers are arranged (at least in inductive phenomena), it does not, as far as I can yet perceive, supply a single experiment which can be considered as a distinguishing test of the truth of any one of these various views,

1667. The theory of induction presented and illustrated in the three previous series of experiments doesn’t assume anything new about the nature of electric forces, but only about how they are distributed. The effects might depend on the association of one electric fluid with particles of matter, like in the theories of Franklin, Epinus, Cavendish, and Mossotti; or they might depend on the association of two electric fluids, as in the theories of Dufay and Poisson; or they might not depend on anything that can really be called an electric fluid, but rather on vibrations or other influences of the matter in which they occur. The theory remains unaffected by these differences in how the nature of the forces is viewed; and while it aims to clarify how the powers are arranged (at least in inductive phenomena), it doesn’t seem to provide a single experiment that could serve as a clear test of the validity of any one of these different perspectives.

1668. But, to ascertain how the forces are arranged, to trace them in their various relations to the particles of matter, to determine their general laws, and also the specific differences which occur under these laws, is as important as, if not more so than, to know whether the forces reside in a fluid or not; and with the hope of assisting in this research, I shall offer some further developments, theoretical and experimental, of the conditions under which I suppose the particles of matter are placed when exhibiting inductive phenomena.

1668. However, understanding how the forces are organized, mapping them in relation to matter's particles, determining their general laws, and exploring the specific differences that arise under these laws is just as important, if not more so, than knowing whether the forces are contained in a fluid or not. In the hope of contributing to this research, I will present some additional theoretical and experimental developments about the conditions I believe the particles of matter are in when demonstrating inductive phenomena.

1669. The theory assumes that all the particles, whether of insulating or conducting matter, are as wholes conductors.

1669. The theory assumes that all the particles, whether from insulating or conducting materials, act as conductors overall.

1670. That not being polar in their normal state, they can become so by the influence of neighbouring charged particles, the polar state being developed at the instant, exactly as in an insulated conducting mass consisting of many particles.

1670. That not being polar in their normal state, they can become so by the influence of nearby charged particles, the polar state being developed in an instant, just like in an insulated conducting mass made up of many particles.

1671. That the particles when polarized are in a forced state, and tend to return to their normal or natural condition.

1671. When particles are polarized, they are in a forced state and want to go back to their normal or natural condition.

1672. That being as wholes conductors, they can readily be charged, either bodily or polarly.

1672. That being as whole conductors, they can easily be charged, either bodily or polarly.

1673. That particles which being contiguous332 are also in the line of inductive action can communicate or transfer their polar forces one to another more or less readily.

1673. Particles that are touching each other 332 are also in a position to affect each other and can transfer their polar forces to one another more or less easily.

1674. That those doing so less readily require the polar forces to be raised to a higher degree before this transference or communication takes place.

1674. Those who are less willing to do so need the polar forces to be increased to a higher level before this transfer or communication occurs.

1675. That the ready communication of forces between contiguous particles constitutes conduction, and the difficult communication insulation; conductors and insulators being bodies whose particles naturally possess the property of communicating their respective forces easily or with difficulty; having these differences just as they have differences of any other natural property.

1675. That the direct communication of forces between neighboring particles constitutes conduction, and the limited communication insulation; conductors and insulators are materials whose particles naturally have the ability to transmit their respective forces easily or with difficulty; having these differences just like they have differences in any other natural property.

1676. That ordinary induction is the effect resulting from the action of matter charged with excited or free electricity upon insulating matter, tending to produce in it an equal amount of the contrary state.

1676. Ordinary induction is the result of the interaction between matter that is charged with excited or free electricity and insulating matter, which tends to create an equal amount of the opposite state in the insulating matter.

1677. That it can do this only by polarizing the particles contiguous to it, which perform the same office to the next, and these again to those beyond; and that thus the action is propagated from the excited body to the next conducting mass, and there renders the contrary force evident in consequence of the effect of communication which supervenes in the conducting mass upon the polarization of the particles of that body (1675.).

1677. It can only do this by polarizing the particles next to it, which then do the same to the ones following them; and this way, the action spreads from the excited body to the next conductive mass, making the opposing force clear because of the effect of the communication that occurs in the conducting mass due to the polarization of its particles (1675.).

1678. That therefore induction can only take place through or across insulators; that induction is insulation, it being the necessary consequence of the state of the particles and the mode in which the influence of electrical forces is transferred or transmitted through or across such insulating media.

1678. Therefore, induction can only happen through or across insulators; induction is essentially insulation, as it is the required outcome of the arrangement of the particles and the way electrical forces are conveyed or transmitted through or across these insulating materials.

1679. The particles of an insulating dielectric whilst under induction may be compared to a series of small magnetic needles, or more correctly still to a series of small insulated conductors. If the space round a charged globe were filled with a mixture of an insulating dielectric, as oil of turpentine or air, and small globular conductors, as shot, the latter being at a little distance from each other so as to be insulated, then these would in their condition and action exactly resemble what I consider to be the condition and action of the particles of the insulating dielectric itself (1337.). If the globe were charged, these little conductors would all be polar; if the globe were discharged, they would all return to their normal state, to be polarized again upon the recharging of the globe. The state developed by induction through such particles on a mass of conducting mutter at a distance would be of the contrary kind, and exactly equal in amount to the force in the inductric globe. There would be a lateral diffusion of force (1224. 1297.), because each polarized sphere would be in an active or tense relation to all those contiguous to it, just as one magnet can affect two or more magnetic needles near it, and these again a still greater number beyond them. Hence would result the production of curved lines of inductive force if the inducteous body in such a mixed dielectric were an uninsulated metallic ball (1219. &c.) or other properly shaped mass. Such curved lines are the consequences of the two electric forces arranged as I have assumed them to be: and, that the inductive force can be directed in such curved lines is the strongest proof of the presence of the two powers and the polar condition of the dielectric particles.

1679. The particles of an insulating dielectric under induction can be compared to a series of small magnetic needles or, more accurately, to a series of small insulated conductors. If the space around a charged sphere is filled with a mixture of an insulating dielectric, like turpentine oil or air, and small spherical conductors, like shot, with the latter spaced apart enough to remain insulated, then their behavior and condition would closely resemble what I believe to be the state and behavior of the particles in the insulating dielectric itself (1337.). If the sphere is charged, these tiny conductors would all become polarized; if the sphere is discharged, they would revert to their normal state, only to be polarized again when the sphere is recharged. The state induced by such particles on a mass of conducting matter at a distance would be opposite in nature and equal in magnitude to the force in the inductive sphere. There would be a lateral spread of force (1224. 1297.), because each polarized sphere would have an active or tense relationship with all those next to it, just like one magnet can influence two or more nearby magnetic needles, and those, in turn, can affect even more beyond them. This would lead to the creation of curved lines of inductive force if the inductive body in this mixed dielectric were an uninsulated metallic sphere (1219. &c.) or some other appropriately shaped mass. These curved lines are the result of the two electric forces arranged as I have described, and the fact that the inductive force can be directed along these curved lines is the strongest evidence of the existence of the two powers and the polar condition of the dielectric particles.

1680. I think it is evident, that in the case stated, action at a distance can only result through an action of the contiguous conducting particles. There is no reason why the inductive body should polarize or affect distant conductors and leave those near it, namely the particles of the dielectric, unaffected: and everything in the form of fact and experiment with conducting masses or particles of a sensible size contradicts such a supposition.

1680. I think it's clear that in the situation described, action at a distance can only happen through the interaction of the nearby conducting particles. There’s no reason for the inductive body to polarize or influence distant conductors while leaving those near it, specifically the particles of the dielectric, unaffected. Moreover, all facts and experiments involving conducting masses or particles of a significant size go against such an assumption.

1681. A striking character of the electric power is that it is limited and exclusive, and that the two forces being always present are exactly equal in amount. The forces are related in one of two ways, either as in the natural normal condition of an uncharged insulated conductor; or as in the charged state, the latter being a case of induction.

1681. A notable feature of electric power is that it is limited and unique, with the two forces always present and exactly equal in magnitude. These forces are connected in one of two ways: either like in the natural state of an uncharged insulated conductor, or in the charged state, which is an example of induction.

1682. Cases of induction are easily arranged so that the two forces being limited in their direction shall present no phenomena or indications external to the apparatus employed, Thus, if a Leyden jar, having its external coating a little higher than the internal, be charged and then its charging ball and rod removed, such jar will present no electrical appearances so long as its outside is uninsulated. The two forces which may be said to be in the coatings, or in the particles of the dielectric contiguous to them, are entirely engaged to each other by induction through the glass; and a carrier ball (1181.) applied either to the inside or outside of the jar will show no signs of electricity. But if the jar be insulated, and the charging ball and rod, in an uncharged state and suspended by an insulating thread of white silk, be restored to their place, then the part projecting above the jar will give electrical indications and charge the carrier, and at the same time the outside coating of the jar will be found in the opposite state and inductric towards external surrounding objects.

1682. Induction cases can be easily set up so that the two forces are limited in their direction, showing no phenomena or indications outside the apparatus used. For instance, if a Leyden jar has its external coating a bit higher than the internal one, and it's charged before removing the charging ball and rod, the jar will show no electrical signs as long as its exterior is uninsulated. The two forces located in the coatings, or in the particles of the dielectric next to them, completely interact through induction via the glass. A carrier ball (1181.) placed either inside or outside the jar will not exhibit any signs of electricity. However, if the jar is insulated and the charging ball and rod, which are uncharged, are put back in place while being suspended by an insulating thread made of white silk, then the part extending above the jar will show electrical indications and charge the carrier. At the same time, the outside coating of the jar will be found in the opposite state and will induce effects on surrounding external objects.

1683. These are simple consequences of the theory. Whilst the charge of the inner coating could induce only through the glass towards the outer coating, and the latter contained no more of the contrary force than was equivalent to it, no induction external to the jar could be perceived; but when the inner coating was extended by the rod and ball so that it could induce through the air towards external objects, then the tension of the polarized glass molecules would, by their tendency to return to the normal state, fall a little, and a portion of the charge passing to the surface of this new part of the inner conductor, would produce inductive action through the air towards distant objects, whilst at the same time a part of the force in the outer coating previously directed inwards would now be at liberty, and indeed be constrained to induct outwards through the air, producing in that outer coating what is sometimes called, though I think very improperly, free charge. If a small Leyden jar be converted into that form of apparatus usually known by the name of the electric well, it will illustrate this action very completely.

1683. These are straightforward outcomes of the theory. While the charge of the inner coating could only induce effects through the glass towards the outer coating, and the latter contained no more of the opposing force than was equivalent to it, there was no induction outside the jar. However, when the inner coating was extended by the rod and ball so that it could induce effects through the air towards external objects, the tension of the polarized glass molecules would slightly decrease, as they tended to return to their normal state. A portion of the charge moving to the surface of this new part of the inner conductor would create inductive action through the air towards distant objects. At the same time, some of the force in the outer coating that was previously directed inward would now be free and, in fact, compelled to induce outward through the air. This would produce what is sometimes called, though I believe incorrectly, free charge in that outer coating. If a small Leyden jar is converted into the type of apparatus commonly referred to as the electric well, it will clearly demonstrate this action.

1684. The terms free charge and dissimulated electricity convey therefore erroneous notions if they are meant to imply any difference as to the mode or kind of action. The charge upon an insulated conductor in the middle of a room is in the same relation to the walls of that room as the charge upon the inner coating of a Leyden jar is to the outer coating of the same jar. The one is not more free or more dissimulated than the other; and when sometimes we make electricity appear where it was not evident before, as upon the outside of a charged jar, when, after insulating it, we touch the inner coating, it is only because we divert more or less of the inductive force from one direction into another; for not the slightest change is in such circumstances impressed upon the character or action of the force.

1684. The terms free charge and dissimulated electricity create misleading ideas if they suggest any difference in how action occurs. The charge on an insulated conductor in the middle of a room is related to the walls of that room the same way the charge on the inner coating of a Leyden jar relates to the outer coating of the same jar. One is not more free or more dissimulated than the other; and when we sometimes make electricity visible where it wasn’t apparent before, like on the outside of a charged jar after we insulate it and touch the inner coating, it's just because we redirect more or less of the inductive force from one direction to another; there’s not the slightest change in the nature or action of the force under those circumstances.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the text you want me to modernize.

1685. Having given this general theoretical view, I will now notice particular points relating to the nature of the assumed electric polarity of the insulating dielectric particles.

1685. Having provided this general theoretical overview, I will now highlight specific aspects related to the nature of the assumed electric polarity of the insulating dielectric particles.

1686. The polar state may be considered in common induction as a forced state, the particles tending to return to their normal condition. It may probably be raised to a very high degree by approximation of the inductric and inducteous bodies or by other circumstances; and the phenomena of electrolyzation (861. 1652. 1796.) seem to imply that the quantity of power which can thus be accumulated on a single particle is enormous. Hereafter we may be able to compare corpuscular forces, as those of gravity, cohesion, electricity, and chemical affinity, and in some way or other from their effects deduce their relative equivalents; at present we are not able to do so, but there seems no reason to doubt that their electrical, which are at the same time their chemical forces (891. 918.), will be by far the most energetic.

1686. The polar state can be seen as a forced state, with particles trying to return to their normal condition. It can likely be increased significantly through the proximity of the inductive and induced bodies or due to other factors; and the phenomena of electrolysis (861. 1652. 1796.) suggest that the amount of energy that can be stored on a single particle is huge. In the future, we may be able to compare particle forces, such as gravity, cohesion, electricity, and chemical affinity, and somehow deduce their relative strengths based on their effects; for now, we can’t do that, but there seems to be no reason to doubt that their electrical forces, which are also their chemical forces (891. 918.), will be the most powerful.

1687. I do not consider the powers when developed by the polarization as limited to two distinct points or spots on the surface of each particle to be considered as the poles of an axis, but as resident on large portions of that surface, as they are upon the surface of a conductor of sensible size when it is thrown into a polar state. But it is very probable, notwithstanding, that the particles of different bodies may present specific differences in this respect, the powers not being equally diffused though equal in quantity; other circumstances also, as form and quality, giving to each a peculiar polar relation. It is perhaps to the existence of some such differences as these that we may attribute the specific actions of the different dielectrics in relation to discharge(1394. 1508.). Thus with respect to oxygen and nitrogen singular contrasts were presented when spark and brush discharge were made to take place in these gases, as may be seen by reference to the Table in paragraph 1518 of the Thirteenth Series; for with nitrogen, when the small, negative or the large positive ball was rendered inductric, the effects corresponded with those which in oxygen were produced when the small positive or the large negative ball was rendered inductric.

1687. I don't think the forces created by polarization are limited to just two specific points on the surface of each particle, which can be seen as the poles of an axis. Instead, I believe they exist over larger areas of that surface, similar to how they appear on the surface of a conductor when it's put in a polarized state. However, it's likely that the particles of different materials may show specific differences in this regard, meaning the forces may not be evenly spread even though they're equal in quantity. Other factors like shape and quality also give each material a unique polar relationship. We might attribute the distinct behaviors of different dielectrics in relation to discharge to some of these differences (1394. 1508.). For example, notable contrasts were observed with oxygen and nitrogen when spark and brush discharges occurred in these gases, as noted in the Table in paragraph 1518 of the Thirteenth Series. With nitrogen, when either the small negative or the large positive ball was made inductive, the results were similar to those seen in oxygen when the small positive or the large negative ball was made inductive.

1688. In such solid bodies as glass, lac, sulphur, &c., the particles appear to be able to become polarized in all directions, for a mass when experimented upon so as to ascertain its inductive capacity in three or more directions (1690.), gives no indication of a difference. Now as the particles are fixed in the mass, and as the direction of the induction through them must change with its change relative to the mass, the constant effect indicates that they can be polarized electrically in any direction. This accords with the view already taken of each particle as a whole being a conductor (1669.), and, as an experimental fact, helps to confirm that view.

1688. In solid materials like glass, lacquer, sulfur, etc., the particles seem to be able to become polarized in all directions. When a mass is tested to determine its inductive capacity in three or more directions (1690.), it shows no signs of variance. Since the particles are fixed within the mass and the direction of the induction must change as the mass changes, the consistent effect suggests that they can be electrically polarized in any direction. This aligns with the earlier perspective of each particle as a whole being a conductor (1669.), and, as an experimental observation, supports that idea.

1689. But though particles may thus be polarized in any direction under the influence of powers which are probably of extreme energy (1686.), it does not follow that each particle may not tend to polarize to a greater degree, or with more facility, in one direction than another; or that different kinds may not have specific differences in this respect, as they have differences of conducting and other powers (1296. 1326. 1395.). I sought with great anxiety for a relation of this nature; and selecting crystalline bodies as those in which all the particles are symmetrically placed, and therefore best fitted to indicate any result which might depend upon variation of the direction of the forces to the direction of the particles in which they were developed, experimented very carefully with them. I was the more strongly stimulated to this inquiry by the beautiful electrical condition of the crystalline bodies tourmaline and boracite, and hoped also to discover a relation between electric polarity and that of crystallization, or even of cohesion itself (1316.). My experiments have not established any connexion of the kind sought for. But as I think it of equal importance to show either that there is or is not such a relation, I shall briefly describe the results.

1689. While particles can be polarized in any direction due to forces that are likely extremely powerful (1686.), it doesn’t mean that each particle won’t tend to polarize more easily or to a greater extent in one direction compared to another; or that different types of particles might not have specific differences in this regard, just as they have variations in conducting and other properties (1296. 1326. 1395.). I eagerly sought a relationship of this nature, and by choosing crystalline bodies—where all the particles are symmetrically arranged and therefore better suited to reveal any results based on the variation of the forces’ direction relative to the direction of the particles where they were developed—I conducted careful experiments with them. I was particularly motivated by the fascinating electrical properties of the crystalline materials tourmaline and boracite, and I also hoped to uncover a link between electric polarity and that of crystallization, or even cohesion itself (1316.). My experiments didn’t establish the connection I was looking for. However, as I believe it’s equally important to demonstrate whether such a relationship exists or not, I will briefly summarize the results.

1690. The form of experiment was as follows. A brass ball 0.73 of an inch in diameter, fixed at the end of a horizontal brass rod, and that at the end of a brass cylinder, was by means of the latter connected with a large Leyden battery (291.) by perfect metallic communications, the object being to keep that ball, by its connexion with the charged battery in an electrified state, very nearly uniform, for half an hour at a time. This was the inductric ball. The inducteous ball was the carrier of the torsion electrometer (1229. 1314.); and the dielectric between them was a cube cut from a crystal, so that two of its faces should be perpendicular to the optical axis, whilst the other four were parallel to it. A small projecting piece of shell-lac was fixed on the inductric ball at that part opposite to the attachment of the brass rod, for the purpose of preventing actual contact between the ball and the crystal cube. A coat of shell-lac was also attached to that side of the carrier ball which was to be towards the cube, being also that side which was furthest from the repelled ball in the electrometer when placed in its position in that instrument. The cube was covered with a thin coat of shell-lac dissolved in alcohol, to prevent the deposition of damp upon its surface from the air. It was supported upon a small table of shell-lac fixed on the top of a stem of the same substance, the latter being of sufficient strength to sustain the cube, and yet flexible enough from its length to act as a spring, and allow the cube to bear, when in its place, against the shell-lac on the inductric ball.

1690. The setup for the experiment was as follows. A brass ball, 0.73 inches in diameter, was attached to the end of a horizontal brass rod, which connected to a larger brass cylinder. This was linked to a big Leyden battery (291.) through solid metal connections, with the aim of keeping that ball in an electrified state, almost consistently, for half an hour at a time. This was the inductric ball. The inducteous ball served as the carrier for the torsion electrometer (1229. 1314.); the dielectric between them was a cube made from crystal, designed so two of its faces were perpendicular to the optical axis, while the other four were parallel to it. A small piece of shellac was attached to the inductric ball on the side opposite the brass rod attachment, to prevent direct contact between the ball and the crystal cube. A layer of shellac was also applied to the side of the carrier ball that faced the cube, which was also the side furthest from the repelled ball in the electrometer when it was positioned in that instrument. The cube was coated with a thin layer of shellac dissolved in alcohol to stop moisture from settling on its surface from the air. It was held on a small shellac table mounted on top of a stem of the same material, the latter being strong enough to support the cube while still flexible enough due to its length to function as a spring, allowing the cube to press against the shellac on the inductric ball when in place.

1691. Thus it was easy to bring the inducteous ball always to the same distance from the inductric bull, and to uninsulate and insulate it again in its place; and then, after measuring the force in the electrometer (1181.), to return it to its place opposite to the inductric ball for a second observation. Or it was easy by revolving the stand which supported the cube to bring four of its faces in succession towards the inductric ball, and so observe the force when the lines of inductive action (1304.) coincided with, or were transverse to, the direction of the optical axis of the crystal. Generally from twenty to twenty-eight observations were made in succession upon the four vertical faces of a cube, and then an average expression of the inductive force was obtained, and compared with similar averages obtained at other times, every precaution being taken to secure accurate results.

1691. It was easy to keep the charged ball always at the same distance from the charged sphere and to insulate and uninsulate it again in its position. Then, after measuring the force with the electrometer (1181.), we could return it to its place opposite the charged sphere for a second observation. Alternatively, we could rotate the stand that held the cube to bring each of its four faces towards the charged sphere in succession, observing the force when the lines of inductive action (1304.) aligned with or crossed the direction of the crystal's optical axis. Typically, we made about twenty to twenty-eight observations on the four vertical faces of a cube, then calculated an average of the inductive force, which was compared to similar averages obtained at other times, with every precaution taken to ensure accurate results.

1692. The first cube used was of rock crystal; it was 0.7 of an inch in the side. It presented a remarkable and constant difference, the average of not less than 197 observations, giving 100 for the specific inductive capacity in the direction coinciding with the optical axis of the cube, whilst 93.59 and 93.31 were the expressions for the two transverse directions.

1692. The first cube used was made of rock crystal; it measured 0.7 inches on each side. It showed a notable and consistent difference, with an average of at least 197 observations, providing a value of 100 for the specific inductive capacity in the direction aligned with the optical axis of the cube, while 93.59 and 93.31 represented the values for the two transverse directions.

1693. But with a second cube of rock crystal corresponding results were not obtained. It was 0.77 of an inch in the side. The average of many experiments gave 100 for the specific inductive capacity coinciding with the direction of the optical axis, and 98.6 and 99.92 for the two other directions.

1693. However, when a second cube of rock crystal was tested, the results were not the same. It was 0.77 inches on each side. The average of numerous experiments showed a specific inductive capacity of 100 in the direction of the optical axis, and 98.6 and 99.92 in the other two directions.

1694. Lord Ashley, whom I have found ever ready to advance the cause of science, obtained for me the loan of three globes of rock crystal belonging to Her Grace the Duchess of Sutherland for the purposes of this investigation. Two had such fissures as to render them unfit for the experiments (1193. 1698.). The third, which was very superior, gave me no indications of any difference in the inductive force for different directions.

1694. Lord Ashley, who has always been eager to support scientific endeavors, helped me borrow three rock crystal globes owned by Her Grace the Duchess of Sutherland for this investigation. Two of them had fissures that made them unsuitable for the experiments (1193. 1698.). The third globe, which was much better, showed no signs of any difference in inductive force for different directions.

1695. I then used cubes of Iceland spar. One 0.5 of an inch in diameter gave 100 for the axial direction, and 98.66 and 95.74 for the two cross directions. The other, 0.8 of an inch in the side, gave 100 for the axial direction, whilst 101.73 and 101.86 were the numbers for the cross direction.

1695. I then used cubes of Iceland spar. One that was 0.5 inches in diameter gave 100 for the axial direction, and 98.66 and 95.74 for the two cross directions. The other, measuring 0.8 inches on the side, gave 100 for the axial direction, while 101.73 and 101.86 were the numbers for the cross direction.

1696. Besides these differences there were others, which I do not think it needful to state, since the main point is not confirmed. For though the experiments with the first cube raised great expectation, they have not been generalized by those which followed. I have no doubt of the results as to that cube, but they cannot as yet be referred to crystallization. There are in the cube some faintly coloured layers parallel to the optical axis, and the matter which colours them may have an influence; but then the layers are also nearly parallel to a cross direction, and if at all influential should show some effect in that direction also, which they did not.

1696. In addition to these differences, there were others that I don’t think are necessary to mention since the main point isn't confirmed. Even though the experiments with the first cube raised high expectations, they haven't been generalized by the following ones. I have no doubt about the results concerning that cube, but they can't yet be linked to crystallization. In the cube, there are some faintly colored layers that run parallel to the optical axis, and the material that colors them might have an influence; however, those layers are also nearly parallel to a cross direction, and if they were influential at all, we should see some effect in that direction too, which we didn't.

1697. In some of the experiments one half or one part of a cube showed a superiority to another part, and this I could not trace to any charge the different parts had received. It was found that the varnishing of the cubes prevented any communication of charge to them, except (in a few experiments) a small degree of the negative state, or that which was contrary to the state of the inductric ball (1564. 1566.).

1697. In some of the experiments, one half or one part of a cube showed a superiority over another part, and I couldn't link that to any charge the different sections had received. It was discovered that varnishing the cubes stopped any communication of charge to them, except for a small degree of the negative state in a few experiments, which was the opposite of the state of the inducing ball (1564. 1566.).

1698. I think it right to say that, as far as I could perceive, the insulating character of the cubes used was perfect, or at least so nearly perfect, as to bear a comparison with shell-lac, glass, &c. (1255). As to the cause of the differences, other than regular crystalline structure, there may be several. Thus minute fissures in the crystal insensible to the eye may be so disposed as to produce a sensible electrical difference (1193.). Or the crystallization may be irregular; or the substance may not be quite pure; and if we consider how minute a quantity of matter will alter greatly the conducting power of water, it will seem not unlikely that a little extraneous matter diffused through the whole or part of a cube, may produce effects sufficient to account for all the irregularities of action that have been observed.

1698. I think it's fair to say that, from what I could see, the insulating quality of the cubes used was perfect, or at least nearly perfect, enough to compare with shellac, glass, etc. (1255). As for the reasons behind the differences, apart from regular crystalline structure, there could be several. For instance, tiny cracks in the crystal that are invisible to the eye might be arranged in a way that creates a noticeable electrical difference (1193.). Alternatively, the crystallization could be irregular, or the material might not be completely pure; and considering how a tiny amount of matter can significantly change the conductivity of water, it's not unlikely that a small bit of foreign substance mixed throughout all or part of a cube could create effects sufficient to explain all the observed irregularities in action.

1699. An important inquiry regarding the electrical polarity of the particles of an insulating dielectric, is, whether it be the molecules of the particular substance acted on, or the component or ultimate particles, which thus act the part of insulated conducting polarizing portions (1669.).

1699. An important question about the electrical polarity of the particles in an insulating dielectric is whether it is the molecules of the specific substance that are affected, or the component or ultimate particles, that act as insulated conductive polarizing parts (1669.).

1700. The conclusion I have arrived at is, that it is the molecules of the substance which polarize as wholes (1347.); and that however complicated the composition of a body may be, all those particles or atoms which are held together by chemical affinity to form one molecule of the resulting body act as one conducting mass or particle when inductive phenomena and polarization are produced in the substance of which it is a part.

1700. The conclusion I've come to is that it is the molecules of the substance that polarize as a whole (1347.); and regardless of how complicated the composition of a body may be, all the particles or atoms that are bonded by chemical affinity to form one molecule of the resulting body act as one conducting mass or particle when inductive phenomena and polarization occur in the substance of which it is a part.

1701. This conclusion is founded on several considerations. Thus if we observe the insulating and conducting power of elements when they are used as dielectrics, we find some, as sulphur, phosphorus, chlorine, iodine, &c., whose particles insulate, and therefore polarize in a high degree; whereas others, as the metals, give scarcely any indication of possessing a sensible proportion of this power (1328.), their particles freely conducting one to another. Yet when these enter into combination they form substances having no direct relation apparently, in this respect, to their elements; for water, sulphuric acid, and such compounds formed of insulating elements, conduct by comparison freely; whilst oxide of lead, flint glass, borate of lead, and other metallic compounds containing very high proportions of conducting matter, insulate excellently well. Taking oxide of lead therefore as the illustration, I conceive that it is not the particles of oxygen and lead which polarize separately under the act of induction, but the molecules of oxide of lead which exhibit this effect, all the elements of one particle of the resulting body, being held together as parts of one conducting individual by the bonds of chemical affinity; which is but another term for electrical force (918.).

1701. This conclusion is based on several factors. If we look at the insulating and conducting properties of elements when they are used as dielectrics, we see some, like sulfur, phosphorus, chlorine, iodine, etc., whose particles insulate and therefore polarize to a high degree; while others, like metals, barely show any sign of having a significant proportion of this ability (1328.), as their particles conduct freely among themselves. However, when these elements combine, they create substances that seem to have no direct relation, in this regard, to their original elements; for example, water, sulfuric acid, and similar compounds made from insulating elements conduct electricity fairly well in comparison, while lead oxide, flint glass, borate of lead, and other metallic compounds with a very high amount of conductive material insulate excellently. So, taking lead oxide as an example, I believe it’s not the individual particles of oxygen and lead that polarize separately during induction, but rather the molecules of lead oxide that display this effect, with all the elements of a single particle of the resulting compound being held together as parts of one conducting unit by the forces of chemical affinity; which is just another way of describing electrical force (918.).

1702. In bodies which are electrolytes we have still further reason for believing in such a state of things. Thus when water, chloride of tin, iodide of lead, &c. in the solid state are between the electrodes of the voltaic battery, their particles polarize as those of any other insulating dielectric do (1164.); but when the liquid state is conferred on these substances, the polarized particles divide, the two halves, each in a highly charged state, travelling onwards until they meet other particles in an opposite and equally charged state, with which they combine, to the neutralization of their chemical, i.e. their electrical forces, and the reproduction of compound particles, which can again polarize as wholes, and again divide to repeat the same series of actions (1347.).

1702. In substances that are electrolytes, we have more reasons to believe in this situation. When solid water, tin chloride, lead iodide, etc., are placed between the electrodes of a voltaic battery, their particles polarize just like those of any other insulating dielectric do (1164.); but when these substances are in liquid form, the polarized particles separate. The two halves, each in a highly charged state, move forward until they encounter other particles that are oppositely and equally charged, and they combine, which neutralizes their chemical, or electrical, forces and creates compound particles. These can again polarize as a whole and divide once more to repeat the same series of actions (1347.).

1703. But though electrolytic particles polarize as wholes, it would appear very evident that in them it is not a matter of entire indifference how the particle polarizes (1689.), since, when free to move (380, &c.) the polarities are ultimately distributed in reference to the elements; and sums of force equivalent to the polarities, and very definite in kind and amount, separate, as it were, from each other, and travel onwards with the elementary particles. And though I do not pretend to know what an atom is, or how it is associated or endowed with electrical force, or how this force is arranged in the cases of combination and decomposition, yet the strong belief I have in the electrical polarity of particles when under inductive action, and the hearing of such an opinion on the general effects of induction, whether ordinary or electrolytic, will be my excuse, I trust, for a few hypothetical considerations.

1703. Even though electrolytic particles polarize as whole units, it seems clear that it does matter how the particle polarizes (1689.). When these particles are free to move (380, &c.), their polarities end up arranged based on the elements. Forces equivalent to the polarities, which are specific in type and amount, separate from each other and move along with the elementary particles. And while I don't claim to know what an atom is or how it is connected to or infused with electrical force, or how this force is organized during combination and decomposition, my strong belief in the electrical polarity of particles during inductive action, along with discussions about the general effects of induction, whether ordinary or electrolytic, will justify my few hypothetical considerations, I hope.

1704 In electrolyzation it appears that the polarized particles would (because of the gradual change which has been induced upon the chemical, i.e. the electrical forces of their elements (918.)) rather divide than discharge to each other without division (1348.); for if their division, i.e. their decomposition and recombination, be prevented by giving them the solid state, then they will insulate electricity perhaps a hundredfold more intense than that necessary for their electrolyzation (419, &c.). Hence the tension necessary for direct conduction in such bodies appears to be much higher than that for decomposition (419. 1164. 1344.).

1704 In electrolysis, it seems that the polarized particles would rather separate than discharge to each other without splitting, due to the gradual changes induced in the chemical and electrical forces of their elements. If their division, meaning their breakdown and recombination, is blocked by putting them in a solid state, then they can insulate electricity, potentially a hundred times more intense than needed for electrolysis. Therefore, the tension required for direct conduction in these materials appears to be much higher than that needed for decomposition.

1705. The remarkable stoppage of electrolytic conduction by solidification (380. 1358.), is quite consistent with these views of the dependence of that process on the polarity which is common to all insulating matter when under induction, though attended by such peculiar electro-chemical results in the case of electrolytes. Thus it may be expected that the first effect of induction is so to polarize and arrange the particles of water that the positive or hydrogen pole of each shall be from the positive electrode and towards the negative electrode, whilst the negative or oxygen pole of each shall be in the contrary direction; and thus when the oxygen and hydrogen of a particle of water have separated, passing to and combining with other hydrogen and oxygen particles, unless these new particles of water could turn round they could not take up that position necessary for their successful electrolytic polarization. Now solidification, by fixing the water particles and preventing them from assuming that essential preliminary position, prevents also their electrolysis (413.); and so the transfer of forces in that manner being prevented (1347. 1703.), the substance acts as an ordinary insulating dielectric (for it is evident by former experiments (419. 1704.) that the insulating tension is higher than the electrolytic tension), induction through it rises to a higher degree, and the polar condition of the molecules as wholes, though greatly exalted, is still securely maintained.

1705. The impressive halt in electrolytic conduction due to solidification (380. 1358.) aligns well with the idea that this process relies on the polarity common to all insulating materials when they are under induction, even though it results in unique electro-chemical outcomes for electrolytes. Consequently, it's expected that the initial impact of induction is to polarize and arrange water particles so that the positive or hydrogen part is toward the positive electrode and the negative or oxygen part is toward the negative electrode. When the oxygen and hydrogen in a water particle separate and move to combine with other hydrogen and oxygen particles, those new water particles must be able to rotate; otherwise, they won't be able to achieve the necessary positioning for effective electrolytic polarization. Solidification, by locking the water particles in place and preventing them from reaching that crucial preliminary position, also halts their electrolysis (413.); thus, the transfer of forces in this way is stopped (1347. 1703.), and the substance behaves like a standard insulating dielectric (since previous experiments (419. 1704.) show that the insulating tension is greater than the electrolytic tension). Induction through it increases, and although the polar condition of the molecules as a whole is significantly enhanced, it remains stable.

1706. When decomposition happens in a fluid electrolyte, I do not suppose that all the molecules in the same sectional plane (1634.) part with and transfer their electrified particles or elements at once. Probably the discharge force for that plane is summed up on one or a few particles, which decomposing, travelling and recombining, restore the balance of forces, much as in the case of spark disruptive discharge (1406.); for as those molecules resulting from particles which have just transferred power must by their position (1705.) be less favourably circumstanced than others, so there must be some which are most favourably disposed, and these, by giving way first, will for the time lower the tension and produce discharge.

1706. When decomposition occurs in a fluid electrolyte, I don't think that all the molecules in the same sectional plane (1634.) release and transfer their charged particles or elements at once. Likely, the discharge force for that plane concentrates on one or a few particles, which decompose, move, and recombine to restore the balance of forces, similar to spark disruptive discharge (1406.); because the molecules resulting from the particles that have just transferred energy must, by their position (1705.), be at a disadvantage compared to others, there will be some that are in a more favorable position to discharge, and those will give way first, temporarily lowering the tension and causing discharge.

1707. In former investigations of the action of electricity (821, &c.) it was shown, from many satisfactory cases, that the quantity of electric power transferred onwards was in proportion to and was definite for a given quantity of matter moving as anion or cathion onwards in the electrolytic line of action; and there was strong reason to believe that each of the particles of matter then dealt with, had associated with it a definite amount of electrical force, constituting its force of chemical affinity, the chemical equivalents and the electro-chemical equivalents being the same (836.). It was also found with few, and I may now perhaps say with no exceptions (1341.), that only those compounds containing elements in single proportions could exhibit the characters and phenomena of electrolytes (697.); oxides, chlorides, and other bodies containing more than one proportion of the electro-negative element refusing to decompose under the influence of the electric current.

1707. In earlier studies of how electricity works (821, &c.), it was demonstrated through many convincing examples that the amount of electrical energy transferred was proportional and definitive for a specific quantity of matter moving as anion or cathion in the electrolytic process. There was strong evidence to suggest that each of these particles of matter had a specific amount of electrical force associated with it, which made up its chemical affinity; the chemical equivalents and electro-chemical equivalents being the same (836.). It was also found, with few, and I might now say with no exceptions (1341.), that only those compounds with elements in single proportions could show the properties and behaviors of electrolytes (697.); oxides, chlorides, and other substances with more than one proportion of the electro-negative element did not decompose under the influence of an electric current.

1708. Probable reasons for these conditions and limitations arise out of the molecular theory of induction. Thus when a liquid dielectric, as chloride of tin, consists of molecules, each composed of a single particle of each of the elements, then as these can convey equivalent opposite forces by their separation in opposite directions, both decomposition and transfer can result. But when the molecules, as in the bichloride of tin, consist of one particle or atom of one element, and two of the other, then the simplicity with which the particles may be supposed to be arranged and to act, is destroyed. And, though it may be conceived that when the molecules of bichloride of tin are polarized as wholes by the induction across them, the positive polar force might accumulate on the one particle of tin whilst the negative polar force accumulated on the two particles of chlorine associated with it, and that these might respectively travel right and left to unite with other two of chlorine and one of tin, in analogy with what happens in cases of compounds consisting of single proportions, yet this is not altogether so evident or probable. For when a particle of tin combines with two of chlorine, it is difficult to conceive that there should not be some relation of the three in the resulting molecule analogous to fixed position, the one particle of metal being perhaps symmetrically placed in relation to the two of chlorine: and, it is not difficult to conceive of such particles that they could not assume that position dependent both on their polarity and the relation of their elements, which appears to be the first step in the process of electrolyzation (1345. 1705.).

1708. The likely reasons for these conditions and limitations come from the molecular theory of induction. When a liquid dielectric, like tin chloride, is made up of molecules that each have one particle from each element, those molecules can carry equal and opposite forces by moving in opposite directions, leading to both decomposition and transfer. However, when the molecules, such as in tin dichloride, consist of one particle or atom of one element and two of the other, the simple way the particles might be arranged and act is disrupted. Although one could imagine that when the molecules of tin dichloride are polarized as a whole by induction, the positive force could gather on the single tin particle while the negative force builds up on the two chlorine particles, allowing them to potentially move left and right to bond with other chlorine and tin, it isn’t entirely clear or likely. When a tin particle combines with two chlorine particles, it’s hard to believe there isn't some fixed relationship to how they’re organized in the resulting molecule, with the tin particle possibly arranged symmetrically in relation to the two chlorine particles. It also seems plausible that these particles could adopt that position based on their polarity and the relationship of their elements, which appears to be the initial stage in the process of electrolyzation (1345. 1705.).

§ 21. Relation of the electric and magnetic forces.

1709. I have already ventured a few speculations respecting the probable relation of magnetism, as the transverse force of the current, to the divergent or transverse force of the lines of inductive action belonging to static electricity (1658, &c.).

1709. I have already made some guesses about the likely connection between magnetism, as the sideways force of the current, and the spread or sideways force of the lines of inductive action related to static electricity (1658, &c.).

1710. In the further consideration of this subject it appeared to me to be of the utmost importance to ascertain, if possible, whether this lateral action which we call magnetism, or sometimes the induction of electrical currents (26. 1048, &c.), is extended to a distance by the action of the intermediate particles in analogy with the induction of static electricity, or the various effects, such as conduction, discharge, &c., which are dependent on that induction; or, whether its influence at a distance is altogether independent of such intermediate particles (1662.).

1710. As I continued to think about this topic, it became clear to me that it was extremely important to determine, if possible, whether this lateral action we refer to as magnetism, or sometimes the induction of electrical currents (26. 1048, &c.), extends to a distance through the action of the intermediate particles similar to how static electricity induction works, or the various effects like conduction, discharge, etc., that depend on that induction; or whether its influence at a distance is completely independent of such intermediate particles (1662.).

1711. I arranged two magneto-electric helices with iron cores end to end, but with an interval of an inch and three quarters between them, in which interval was placed the end or pole of a bar magnet. It is evident, that on moving the magnetic pole from one core towards the other, a current would tend to form in both helices, in the one because of the lowering, and in the other because of the strengthening of the magnetism induced in the respective soft iron cores. The helices were connected together, and also with a galvanometer, so that these two currents should coincide in direction, and tend by their joint force to deflect the needle of the instrument. The whole arrangement was so effective and delicate, that moving the magnetic pole about the eighth of an inch to and fro two or three times, in periods equal to those required for the vibrations of the galvanometer needle, was sufficient to cause considerable vibration in the latter; thus showing readily the consequence of strengthening the influence of the magnet on the one core and helix, and diminishing it on the other.

1711. I set up two magneto-electric coils with iron cores end to end, leaving a gap of an inch and three quarters between them, where I placed the end or pole of a bar magnet. Clearly, moving the magnetic pole from one core to the other would generate a current in both coils: one due to the decrease in magnetism and the other because of the increase in magnetism induced in the respective soft iron cores. The coils were connected to each other and to a galvanometer, ensuring that these two currents flowed in the same direction and combined their strength to deflect the needle of the instrument. The entire setup was so effective and sensitive that moving the magnetic pole about an eighth of an inch back and forth two or three times, in sync with the vibrations of the galvanometer needle, was enough to cause significant movement in the latter; thus clearly demonstrating the effect of increasing the magnet's influence on one core and coil while reducing it on the other.

1712. Then without disturbing the distances of the magnet and cores, plates of substances were interposed. Thus calling the two cores A and B, a plate of shell-lac was introduced between the magnetic pole and A for the time occupied by the needle in swinging one way; then it was withdrawn for the time occupied in the return swing; introduced again for another equal portion of time; withdrawn for another portion, and so on eight or nine times; but not the least effect was observed on the needle. In other cases the plate was alternated, i.e. it was introduced between the magnet and A for one period of time, withdrawn and introduced between the magnet and B for the second period, withdrawn and restored to its first place for the third period, and so on, but with no effect on the needle.

1712. Then, without changing the distances of the magnet and cores, plates of different substances were placed in between. For clarity, let's call the two cores A and B. A plate of shell-lac was put between the magnetic pole and A for the duration it took the needle to swing one way; then it was removed for the time it took to return; reintroduced for another equal duration; removed again for another period, and this was repeated eight or nine times; however, no noticeable effect was seen on the needle. In other experiments, the plate was alternated, meaning it was placed between the magnet and A for one duration, then removed and placed between the magnet and B for the next duration, removed again, and restored to its original position for the third duration, and so on, but still, there was no effect on the needle.

1713. In these experiments shell-lac in plates 0.9 of an inch in thickness, sulphur in a plate 0.9 of an inch in thickness, and copper in a plate 0.7 of an inch in thickness were used without any effect. And I conclude that bodies, contrasted by the extremes of conducting and insulating power, and opposed to each other as strongly as metals, air, and sulphur, show no difference with respect to magnetic forces when placed in their lines of action, at least under the circumstances described.

1713. In these experiments, shellac in plates 0.9 inches thick, sulfur in a plate 0.9 inches thick, and copper in a plate 0.7 inches thick were used without any effect. I conclude that materials that are at opposite ends of the spectrum in terms of conductivity and insulation—like metals, air, and sulfur—show no difference regarding magnetic forces when positioned in their lines of action, at least under the conditions described.

1714. With a plate of iron, or even a small piece of that metal, as the head of a nail, a very different effect was produced, for then the galvanometer immediately showed its sensibility, and the perfection of the general arrangement.

1714. Using a plate of iron, or even a small piece of that metal, as the head of a nail created a very different outcome, as the galvanometer instantly demonstrated its sensitivity and the effectiveness of the overall setup.

1715. I arranged matters so that a plate of copper 0.2 of an inch in thickness, and ten inches in diameter, should have the part near the edge interposed between the magnet and the core, in which situation it was first rotated rapidly, and then held quiescent alternately, for periods according with that required for the swinging of the needle; but not the least effect upon the galvanometer was produced.

1715. I set things up so that a plate of copper, 0.2 inches thick and ten inches in diameter, was placed between the magnet and the core. In this position, it was first spun quickly and then held still alternately, for durations that matched the time needed for the needle to swing; however, there was no noticeable effect on the galvanometer.

1716. A plate of shell-lac 0.6 of an inch in thickness was applied in the same manner, but whether rotating or not it produced no effect.

1716. A plate of shellac 0.6 inches thick was applied in the same way, but whether it was rotating or not, it had no effect.

1717. Occasionally the plane of rotation was directly across the magnetic curve: at other times it was made as oblique as possible; the direction of the rotation being also changed in different experiments, but not the least effect was produced.

1717. Sometimes the rotation plane was positioned directly across the magnetic curve; at other times, it was angled as much as possible. The direction of rotation was also varied in different experiments, but there was no noticeable effect produced.

1718. I now removed the helices with their soft iron cores, and replaced them by two flat helices wound upon card board, each containing forty-two feet of silked copper wire, and having no associated iron. Otherwise the arrangement was as before, and exceedingly sensible; for a very slight motion of the magnet between the helices produced an abundant vibration of the galvanometer needle.

1718. I took out the helices with their soft iron cores and replaced them with two flat helices wrapped around cardboard, each containing forty-two feet of silked copper wire, and without any iron. Otherwise, the setup was the same and worked really well; even a tiny movement of the magnet between the helices caused the galvanometer needle to vibrate a lot.

1719. The introduction of plates of shell-lac, sulphur, or copper into the intervals between the magnet and these helices (1713.), produced not the least effect, whether the former were quiescent or in rapid revolution (1715.). So here no evidence of the influence of the intermediate particles could be obtained (1710.).

1719. Adding plates of shell-lac, sulfur, or copper between the magnet and these coils (1713.) had no effect at all, whether the former were still or spinning rapidly (1715.). So, there was no evidence of the influence of the intermediate particles (1710.).

1720. The magnet was then removed and replaced by a flat helix, corresponding to the two former, the three being parallel to each other. The middle helix was so arranged that a voltaic current could be sent through it at pleasure. The former galvanometer was removed, and one with a double coil employed, one of the lateral helices being connected with one coil, and the other helix with the other coil, in such manner that when a voltaic current was sent through the middle helix its inductive action (26.) on the lateral helices should cause currents in them, having contrary directions in the coils of the galvanometer. By a little adjustment of the distances these induced currents were rendered exactly equal, and the galvanometer needle remained stationary notwithstanding their frequent production in the instrument. I will call the middle coil C, and the external coils A and B.

1720. The magnet was then taken out and replaced with a flat helix, matching the two previous ones, with all three lined up parallel to each other. The middle helix was set up so that a voltaic current could be sent through it whenever needed. The old galvanometer was taken away, and one with a double coil was used instead, connecting one of the side helices to one coil and the other helix to the other coil. This setup was designed so that when a voltaic current passed through the middle helix, its inductive effect (26.) on the side helices would create currents in them that flowed in opposite directions in the galvanometer coils. With a slight adjustment of the distances, these induced currents were made exactly equal, keeping the galvanometer needle steady despite their frequent occurrence in the instrument. I will refer to the middle coil as C, and the outer coils as A and B.

1721. A plate of copper 0.7 of an inch thick and six inches square, was placed between coils C and B, their respective distances remaining unchanged; and then a voltaic current from twenty pairs of 4 inch plates was sent through the coil C, and intermitted, in periods fitted to produce an effect on the galvanometer (1712.). if any difference had been produced in the effect of C on A and B. But notwithstanding the presence of air in one interval and copper in the other, the inductive effect was exactly alike on the two coils, and as if air had occupied both intervals. So that notwithstanding the facility with which any induced currents might form in the thick copper plate, the coil outside of it was just as much affected by the central helix C as if no such conductor as the copper had been there (65.).

1721. A copper plate that was 0.7 inches thick and six inches square was placed between coils C and B, with their distances unchanged. Then, a voltaic current from twenty pairs of 4-inch plates was sent through coil C, turning on and off in intervals designed to see if it would affect the galvanometer (1712.) in any way compared to A and B. However, despite having air in one gap and copper in the other, the inductive effect on the two coils was exactly the same, as if both gaps were filled with air. So, even with the ease of forming any induced currents in the thick copper plate, the coil outside was just as influenced by the central helix C as if there were no copper conductor present (65.).

1722. Then, for the copper plate was substituted one of sulphur 0.9 of an inch thick; still the results were exactly the same, i.e. there was no action at the galvanometer.

1722. Then, a copper plate was replaced with one made of sulfur that was 0.9 inches thick; still, the results were exactly the same, meaning there was no reaction at the galvanometer.

1723. Thus it appears that when a voltaic current in one wire is exerting its inductive action to produce a contrary or a similar current in a neighbouring wire, according as the primary current is commencing or ceasing, it makes not the least difference whether the intervening space is occupied by such insulating bodies as air, sulphur and shell-lac, or such conducting bodies as copper, and the other non-magnetic metals.

1723. So it seems that when an electric current in one wire is inducing a corresponding or opposite current in a nearby wire, depending on whether the primary current is starting or stopping, it doesn't matter at all if the space between them is filled with insulating materials like air, sulfur, and shellac, or with conducting materials like copper and other non-magnetic metals.

1724. A correspondent effect was obtained with the like forces when resident in a magnet thus. A single flat helix (1718.) was connected with a galvanometer, and a magnetic pole placed near to it; then by moving the magnet to and from the helix, or the helix to and from the magnet, currents were produced indicated by the galvanometer.

1724. A similar effect was achieved with the same forces when situated in a magnet like this. A single flat coil (1718.) was attached to a galvanometer, and a magnetic pole was positioned nearby; then by moving the magnet towards and away from the coil, or the coil towards and away from the magnet, currents were generated as shown by the galvanometer.

1725. The thick copper plate (1721.) was afterwards interposed between the magnetic pole and the helix; nevertheless on moving these to and fro, effects, exactly the same in direction and amount, were obtained as if the copper had not been there. So also on introducing a plate of sulphur into the interval, not the least influence on the currents produced by motion of the magnet or coils could be obtained.

1725. The thick copper plate (1721.) was later placed between the magnetic pole and the helix; however, moving these back and forth produced effects that were exactly the same in direction and amount as if the copper plate wasn't there. Similarly, when a plate of sulfur was introduced into the space, there was no noticeable impact on the currents generated by the movement of the magnet or coils.

1726. These results, with many others which I have not thought it needful to describe, would lead to the conclusion that (judging by the amount of effect produced at a distance by forces transverse to the electric current, i.e. magnetic forces,) the intervening matter, and therefore the intervening particles, have nothing to do with the phenomena; or in other words, that though the inductive force of static electricity is transmitted to a distance by the action of the intermediate particles (1164. 1666.), the transverse inductive force of currents, which can also act at a distance, is not transmitted by the intermediate particles in a similar way.

1726. These results, along with many others I haven't felt the need to describe, suggest that (based on the amount of effect produced at a distance by forces perpendicular to the electric current, i.e. magnetic forces) the matter in between, and therefore the particles in between, are not involved in the phenomena; in other words, while the inductive force of static electricity can be transmitted over a distance through the action of the intermediate particles (1164. 1666.), the transverse inductive force of currents, which can also operate at a distance, is not transmitted by the intermediate particles in the same way.

1727. It is however very evident that such a conclusion cannot be considered as proved. Thus when the metal copper is between the pole and the helix (1715. 1719. 1725.) or between the two helices (1721.) we know that its particles are affected, and can by proper arrangements make their peculiar state for the time very evident by the production of either electrical or magnetical effects. It seems impossible to consider this effect on the particles of the intervening matter as independent of that produced by the inductric coil or magnet C, on the inducteous coil or core A (1715. 1721.); for since the inducteous body is equally affected by the inductric body whether these intervening and affected particles of copper are present or not (1723. 1725.), such a supposition would imply that the particles so affected had no reaction back on the original inductric forces. The more reasonable conclusion, as it appears to me, is, to consider these affected particles as efficient in continuing the action onwards from the inductric to the inducteous body, and by this very communication producing the effect of no loss of induced power at the latter.

1727. However, it is clear that this conclusion cannot be considered proven. When copper is placed between the pole and the helix (1715. 1719. 1725.) or between the two helices (1721.), we know that its particles are affected, and with the right setup, we can clearly demonstrate their unique state at the time through the production of either electrical or magnetic effects. It seems impossible to view the effect on the particles of the intervening matter as separate from that produced by the inductric coil or magnet C on the inducteous coil or core A (1715. 1721.); since the inducteous body is equally affected by the inductric body regardless of whether these intervening and affected particles of copper are present or not (1723. 1725.), such a belief would suggest that these affected particles did not influence the original inductric forces. The more reasonable conclusion, as I see it, is to view these affected particles as instrumental in transmitting the action from the inductric to the inducteous body, and through this very interaction resulting in no loss of induced power at the latter.

1728. But then it may be asked what is the relation of the particles of insulating bodies, such as air, sulphur, or lac, when they intervene in the line of magnetic action? The answer to this is at present merely conjectural. I have long thought there must be a particular condition of such bodies corresponding to the state which causes currents in metals and other conductors (26. 53. 191. 201. 213.); and considering that the bodies are insulators one would expect that state to be one of tension. I have by rotating non-conducting bodies near magnetic poles and poles near them, and also by causing powerful electric currents to be suddenly formed and to cease around and about insulators in various directions, endeavoured to make some such state sensible, but have not succeeded. Nevertheless, as any such state must be of exceedingly low intensity, because of the feeble intensity of the currents which are used to induce it, it may well be that the state may exist, and may be discoverable by some more expert experimentalist, though I have not been able to make it sensible.

1728. But then you might wonder what happens to the particles of insulating materials, like air, sulfur, or shellac, when they get in the way of magnetic action. Right now, the answer is just a guess. I've long believed that there must be a specific condition in these materials that corresponds to the state that generates currents in metals and other conductors (26. 53. 191. 201. 213.); and since these materials are insulators, you would expect that condition to be one of tension. I have tried rotating non-conductive materials near magnetic poles and near poles themselves, and also creating powerful electric currents that suddenly start and stop around insulators in various directions, in an effort to make this condition noticeable, but I haven't had any success. Still, since any such condition would likely be of very low intensity due to the weak intensity of the currents used to induce it, it’s possible that this state exists and could be detected by a more skilled experimentalist, even though I haven't been able to make it evident.

1729. It appears to me possible, therefore, and even probable, that magnetic action may be communicated to a distance by the action of the intervening particles, in a manner having a relation to the way in which the inductive forces of static electricity are transferred to a distance (1677.); the intervening particles assuming for the time more or less of a peculiar condition, which (though with a very imperfect idea) I have several times expressed by the term electro-tonic state (60. 242. 1114. 1661.). I hope it will not be understood that I hold the settled opinion that such is the case. I would rather in fact have proved the contrary, namely, that magnetic forces are quite independent of the matter intervening between the inductric and the inductions bodies; but I cannot get over the difficulty presented by such substances as copper, silver, lead, gold, carbon, and even aqueous solutions (201. 213.), which though they are known to assume a peculiar state whilst intervening between the bodies acting and acted upon (1727.), no more interfere with the final result than those which have as yet had no peculiarity of condition discovered in them.

1729. It seems to me possible, and even likely, that magnetic influence can be transmitted over distances through the action of particles in between, similar to how the inductive forces of static electricity are transferred (1677.). These intervening particles temporarily take on a unique state, which I have often referred to, albeit somewhat imperfectly, as the electro-tonic state (60. 242. 1114. 1661.). I hope it's clear that I don't firmly believe this is the case. In fact, I would prefer to prove the opposite, that magnetic forces are completely independent of the materials between the inducing and induced bodies. However, I struggle with the issue presented by substances like copper, silver, lead, gold, carbon, and even aqueous solutions (201. 213.), which, although they are known to take on a special condition while in between the acting and acted-on bodies (1727.), do not affect the final outcome any more than those that have yet to show any unique characteristics.

1730. A remark important to the whole of this investigation ought to be made here. Although I think the galvanometer used as I have described it (1711. 1720.) is quite sufficient to prove that the final amount of action on each of the two coils or the two cores A and B (1713. 1719.) is equal, yet there is an effect which may be consequent on the difference of action of two interposed bodies which it would not show. As time enters as an element into these actions333 (125.), it is very possible that the induced actions on the helices or cores A, B, though they rise to the same degree when air and copper, or air and lac are contrasted as intervening substances, do not do so in the same time; and yet, because of the length of time occupied by a vibration of the needle, this difference may not be visible, both effects rising to their maximum in periods so short as to make no sensible portion of that required for a vibration of the needle, and so exert no visible influence upon it.

1730. An important point for the entire investigation needs to be made here. While I believe the galvanometer I've described (1711. 1720.) is adequate to show that the final amount of action on each of the two coils or the two cores A and B (1713. 1719.) is equal, there's an effect that might result from the differing actions of two intervening materials that it wouldn’t reveal. Since time plays a role in these actions333 (125.), it’s quite possible that the induced actions on the helices or cores A, B, although they reach the same level when air and copper, or air and lac are used as intervening substances, do not do so in the same time frame; and yet, due to the duration of the needle's vibration, this difference may not be noticeable, as both effects peak in such brief moments that they don't significantly contribute to the time needed for a needle vibration, and therefore exert no visible influence on it.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

1731. If the lateral or transverse force of electrical currents, or what appears to be the same thing, magnetic power, could be proved to be influential at a distance independently of the intervening contiguous particles, then, as it appears to me, a real distinction of a high and important kind, would be established between the natures of these two forces (1654. 1664.). I do not mean that the powers are independent of each other and might be rendered separately active, on the contrary they are probably essentially associated (1654.), but it by no means follows that they are of the same nature. In common statical induction, in conduction, and in electrolyzation, the forces at the opposite extremities of the particles which coincide with the lines of action and have commonly been distinguished by the term electric, are polar, and in the cases of contiguous particles act only to insensible distances; whilst those which are transverse to the direction of these lines, and are called magnetic, are circumferential, act at a distance, and if not through the mediation of the intervening particles, have their relations to ordinary matter entirely unlike those of the electrical forces with which they are associated.

1731. If the sideways or crosswise force of electrical currents, or what seems to be the same thing, magnetic power, could be shown to have an effect at a distance without needing the nearby particles, then, in my view, a significant and important distinction would be made between the nature of these two forces (1654. 1664.). I don’t mean to say that the forces are completely independent of each other and can act separately; on the contrary, they are likely fundamentally connected (1654.), but that doesn’t mean they are the same in nature. In typical static induction, conduction, and electrolysis, the forces at the far ends of the particles that align with the lines of action, commonly referred to as electric, are polar and only affect neighboring particles at very short distances. Meanwhile, those forces that are perpendicular to these lines, which are known as magnetic, can act at a distance and, if they don’t operate through the intermediary particles, have a relationship with ordinary matter that is completely different from that of the electrical forces with which they’re linked.

1732. To decide this question of the identity or distinction of the two kinds of power, and establish their true relation, would be exceedingly important. The question seems fully within the reach of experiment, and offers a high reward to him who will attempt its settlement.

1732. Figuring out whether these two types of power are the same or different, and understanding how they truly relate to each other, is really important. This question seems like it can be explored through experiments and promises great rewards for anyone who tries to solve it.

1733. I have already expressed a hope of finding an effect or condition which shall be to statical electricity what magnetic force is to current electricity (1658.). If I could have proved to my own satisfaction that magnetic forces extended their influence to a distance by the conjoined action of the intervening particles in a manner analogous to that of electrical forces, then I should have thought that the natural tension of the lines of inductive action (1659.), or that state so often hinted at as the electro-tonic state (1661. 1662.), was this related condition of statical electricity.

1733. I've already expressed hope of discovering an effect or condition that would compare to static electricity the way magnetic force relates to current electricity (1658.). If I could have convinced myself that magnetic forces reach out their influence through the combined action of the intervening particles in a way similar to electrical forces, then I would have believed that the natural tension of the lines of inductive action (1659.), or that state often mentioned as the electro-tonic state (1661. 1662.), was this related condition of static electricity.

1734. It may be said that the state of no lateral action is to static or inductive force the equivalent of magnetism to current force; but that can only be upon the view that electric and magnetic action are in their nature essentially different (1664.). If they are the same power, the whole difference in the results being the consequence of the difference of direction, then the normal or undeveloped state of electric force will correspond with the state of no lateral action of the magnetic state of the force; the electric current will correspond with the lateral effects commonly called magnetism; but the state of static induction which is between the normal condition and the current will still require a corresponding lateral condition in the magnetic series, presenting its own peculiar phenomena; for it can hardly be supposed that the normal electric, and the inductive or polarized electric, condition, can both have the same lateral relation. If magnetism be a separate and a higher relation of the powers developed, then perhaps the argument which presses for this third condition of that force would not be so strong.

1734. It can be said that the state of no lateral action is to static or inductive force what magnetism is to current force; but this view holds only if electric and magnetic actions are fundamentally different (1664.). If they are the same power, with the only difference being the direction, then the normal or undeveloped state of electric force would align with the no lateral action state of the magnetic force; the electric current would correspond to the lateral effects commonly referred to as magnetism; however, the state of static induction, which lies between the normal condition and the current, would still require a corresponding lateral condition in the magnetic framework, revealing its own unique phenomena. It seems unlikely that the normal electric condition and the inductive or polarized electric condition could have the same lateral relation. If magnetism is a distinct and higher relation of the powers involved, then the case for this third condition of that force might not be as compelling.

1735. I cannot conclude these general remarks upon the relation of the electric and magnetic forces without expressing my surprise at the results obtained with the copper plate (1724. 1725.). The experiments with the flat helices represent one of the simplest cases of the induction of electrical currents (1720.); the effect, as is well known, consisting in the production of a momentary current in a wire at the instant when a current in the contrary direction begins to pass through a neighbouring parallel wire, and the production of an equally brief current in the reverse direction when the determining current is stopped (26.). Such being the case, it seems very extraordinary that this induced current which takes place in the helix A when there is only air between A and C (1720.). should be equally strong when that air is replaced by an enormous mass of that excellently conducting metal copper (1721.). It might have been supposed that this mass would have allowed of the formation and discharge of almost any quantity of currents in it, which the helix C was competent to induce, and so in some degree have diminished if not altogether prevented the effect in A: instead of which, though we can hardly doubt that an infinity of currents are formed at the moment in the copper plate, still not the smallest diminution or alteration of the effect in A appears (65.). Almost the only way of reconciling this effect with generally received notions is, as it appears to me, to admit that magnetic action is communicated by the action of the intervening particles (1729. 1733.).

1735. I can’t wrap up these general comments about the relationship between electric and magnetic forces without showing my surprise at the results obtained with the copper plate (1724. 1725.). The experiments with the flat helices are among the simplest examples of how electrical currents are induced (1720.); the effect, as is well known, involves generating a brief current in a wire at the moment when a current in the opposite direction starts flowing through a nearby parallel wire, and creating a similarly short current in the opposite direction when the initiating current stops (26.). Given this, it's quite remarkable that the induced current in helix A, when there’s just air between A and C (1720.), remains just as strong when that air is replaced by a huge amount of the highly conductive metal copper (1721.). One might expect that this mass would allow the formation and discharge of nearly any amount of current that helix C could induce, and therefore somewhat reduce, if not completely eliminate, the effect in A. Instead, although it's hard to doubt that countless currents are generated in the copper plate at the moment, there’s still no noticeable decrease or change in the effect in A (65.). The only way I can reconcile this with commonly accepted ideas is to suggest that magnetic action is transmitted through the action of the particles in between (1729. 1733.).

1736. This condition of things, which is very remarkable, accords perfectly with the effects observed in solid helices where wires are coiled over wires to the amount of five or six or more layers in succession, no diminution of effect on the outer ones being occasioned by those within.

1736. This situation, which is quite interesting, aligns perfectly with the effects seen in solid helices where wires are coiled around other wires in five, six, or more layers in succession, without any decrease in effect on the outer ones caused by those inside.

§ 22. Note on electrical excitation.

1737. That the different modes in which electrical excitement takes place will some day or other be reduced under one common law can hardly be doubted, though for the present we are bound to admit distinctions. It will be a great point gained when these distinctions are, not removed, but understood.

1737. It's hard to doubt that the various ways electrical excitement occurs will eventually be simplified into one common law, although for now we have to acknowledge the differences. It will be a significant achievement when these differences are understood, not eliminated.

1738. The strict relation of the electrical and chemical powers renders the chemical mode of excitement the most instructive of all, and the case of two isolated combining particles is probably the simplest that we possess. Here however the action is local, and we still want such a test of electricity as shall apply to it, to cases of current electricity, and also to those of static induction. Whenever by virtue of the previously combined condition of some of the acting particles (923.) we are enabled, as in the voltaic pile, to expand or convert the local action into a current, then chemical action can be traced through its variations to the production of all the phenomena of tension and the static state, these being in every respect the same as if the electric forces producing them had been developed by friction.

1738. The close link between electrical and chemical forces makes the chemical method of stimulation the most informative of all, and the scenario of two isolated combining particles is likely the simplest example we have. However, in this case, the action is localized, and we still need a test for electricity that applies not only to this situation but also to cases of current electricity and static induction. Whenever, due to the previously combined state of some of the acting particles (923.), we can, like in the voltaic pile, transform the local action into a current, then chemical action can be traced through its variations to account for the production of all the phenomena of tension and the static state, which are in every way identical to what would happen if the electric forces causing them had been generated by friction.

1739. It was Berzelius, I believe, who first spoke of the aptness of certain particles to assume opposite states when in presence of each other (959.). Hypothetically we may suppose these states to increase in intensity by increased approximation, or by heat, &c. until at a certain point combination occurs, accompanied by such an arrangement of the forces of the two particles between themselves as is equivalent to a discharge, producing at the same time a particle which is throughout a conductor (1700.).

1739. It was Berzelius, I think, who first mentioned how certain particles tend to take on opposite states when they are near each other (959.). Hypothetically, we can assume that these states become stronger with closer proximity, heat, etc., until a certain point is reached where they combine. This combination leads to an arrangement of the forces of the two particles that is similar to a discharge, resulting in a particle that acts as a conductor throughout (1700.).

1740. This aptness to assume an excited electrical state (which is probably polar in those forming non-conducting matter) appears to be a primary fact, and to partake of the nature of induction (1162.), for the particles do not seem capable of retaining their particular state independently of each other (1177.) or of matter in the opposite state. What appears to be definite about the particles of matter is their assumption of a particular state, as the positive or negative, in relation to each other, and not of either one or other indifferently; and also the acquirement of force up to a certain amount.

1740. The ability to take on an excited electrical state (which is likely polar in non-conducting materials) seems to be a fundamental fact and resembles the nature of induction (1162.). The particles don’t appear to be able to maintain their specific state independently of one another (1177.) or of matter in the opposite state. What seems clear about the particles of matter is their ability to adopt a specific state, either positive or negative, in relation to each other, rather than being neutral; and also the gain of force up to a certain limit.

1741. It is easily conceivable that the same force which causes local action between two free particles shall produce current force if one of the particles is previously in combination, forming part of an electrolyte (923. 1738.). Thus a particle of zinc, and one of oxygen, when in presence of each other, exert their inductive forces (1740.), and these at last rise up to the point of combination. If the oxygen be previously in union with hydrogen, it is held so combined by an analogous exertion and arrangement of the forces; and as the forces of the oxygen and hydrogen are for the time of combination mutually engaged and related, so when the superior relation of the forces between the oxygen and zinc come into play, the induction of the former or oxygen towards the metal cannot be brought on and increased without a corresponding deficiency in its induction towards the hydrogen with which it is in combination (for the amount of force in a particle is considered as definite), and the latter therefore has its force turned towards the oxygen of the next particle of water; thus the effect may be considered as extended to sensible distances, and thrown into the condition of static induction, which being discharged and then removed by the action of other particles produces currents.

1741. It's easy to imagine that the same force causing local action between two free particles can create a current force if one of the particles is already part of a combination, forming an electrolyte (923. 1738.). For example, a zinc particle and an oxygen particle, when in proximity, exert their inductive forces (1740.), ultimately reaching the point of combination. If the oxygen is already bonded with hydrogen, it is held together by a similar exertion and arrangement of forces; and while the forces of oxygen and hydrogen are engaged and related during this combination, when the stronger relationship of forces between oxygen and zinc takes effect, the induction of oxygen towards the metal can't increase without a corresponding decrease in its induction towards the hydrogen it is combined with (since the amount of force in a particle is considered fixed). Consequently, its force redirects towards the oxygen of the next water particle; thus, the effect can be seen to extend to noticeable distances, creating a state of static induction, which, once discharged and removed by the action of other particles, generates currents.

1742. In the common voltaic battery, the current is occasioned by the tendency of the zinc to take the oxygen of the water from the hydrogen, the effective action being at the place where the oxygen leaves the previously existing electrolyte. But Schoenbein has arranged a battery in which the effective action is at the other extremity of this essential part of the arrangement, namely, where oxygen goes to the electrolyte334. The first may be considered as a case where the current is put into motion by the abstraction of oxygen from hydrogen, the latter by that of hydrogen from oxygen. The direction of the electric current is in both cases the same, when referred to the direction in which the elementary particles of the electrolyte are moving (923. 962.), and both are equally in accordance with the hypothetical view of the inductive action of the particles just described (1740.).

1742. In a typical voltaic battery, the current is created by zinc pulling oxygen from water, taking it from hydrogen. The main action happens where the oxygen leaves the existing electrolyte. However, Schoenbein has designed a battery where the key action occurs at the opposite end of this crucial component, specifically where oxygen enters the electrolyte334. The first can be seen as a scenario where the current starts by removing oxygen from hydrogen, while the latter involves removing hydrogen from oxygen. In both cases, the flow of the electric current is the same when looking at the direction in which the basic particles of the electrolyte are moving (923. 962.), and both align with the theoretical idea of the inductive action of the particles described earlier (1740.).

1743. In such a view of voltaic excitement, the action of the particles may be divided into two parts, that which occurs whilst the force in a particle of oxygen is rising towards a particle of zinc acting on it, and falling towards the particle of hydrogen with which it is associated (this being the progressive period of the inductive action), and that which occurs when the change of association takes place, and the particle of oxygen leaves the hydrogen and combines with the zinc. The former appears to be that which produces the current, or if there be no current, produces the state of tension at the termination of the battery; whilst the latter, by terminating for the time the influence of the particles which have been active, allows of others coming into play, and so the effect of current is continued.

1743. In this perspective on voltaic excitement, the behavior of the particles can be divided into two parts: the first is when a particle of oxygen is attracted to a particle of zinc, while it's also being repelled by the particle of hydrogen it's connected to (this is the active phase of the inductive action), and the second is when the association changes, causing the oxygen particle to leave the hydrogen and bond with the zinc. The first part seems to create the current, or if there’s no current, it creates the state of tension at the end of the battery; meanwhile, the second part, by temporarily ending the influence of the previously active particles, allows other particles to become active, thus continuing the current effect.

1744. It seems highly probable, that excitement by friction may very frequently be of the same character. Wollaston endeavoured to refer such excitement to chemical action335; but if by chemical action ultimate union of the acting particles is intended, then there are plenty of cases which are opposed to such a view. Davy mentions some such, and for my own part I feel no difficulty in admitting other means of electrical excitement than chemical action, especially if by chemical action is meant a final combination of the particles.

1744. It seems very likely that excitement from friction can often be similar. Wollaston tried to link such excitement to chemical action335; however, if we define chemical action as the ultimate union of the acting particles, then there are many instances that contradict this idea. Davy points out some of these cases, and personally, I have no trouble accepting other sources of electrical excitement apart from chemical action, especially if chemical action refers to a final combination of the particles.

1745. Davy refers experimentally to the opposite states which two particles having opposite chemical relations can assume when they are brought into the close vicinity of each other, but not allowed to combine336. This, I think, is the first part of the action already described (1743.); but in my opinion it cannot give rise to a continuous current unless combination take place, so as to allow other particles to act successively in the same manner, and not even then unless one set of the particles be present as an element of an electrolyte (923. 963.); i.e. mere quiescent contact alone without chemical action does not in such cases produce a current.

1745. Davy experimentally refers to the opposing states that two particles with opposite chemical properties can take on when they are in close proximity to each other, but not allowed to combine336. I believe this is the first part of the action described earlier (1743.); however, in my view, it cannot create a continuous current unless a combination occurs to allow other particles to act successively in the same way, and even then, only if one set of the particles is present as an element of an electrolyte (923. 963.); that is, mere still contact without chemical action does not produce a current in these cases.

1746. Still it seems very possible that such a relation may produce a high charge, and thus give rise to excitement by friction. When two bodies are rubbed together to produce electricity in the usual way, one at least must be an insulator. During the act of rubbing, the particles of opposite kinds must be brought more or less closely together, the few which are most favourably circumstanced being in such close contact as to be short only of that which is consequent upon chemical combination. At such moments they may acquire by their mutual induction (1740.) and partial discharge to each other, very exalted opposite states, and when, the moment after, they are by the progress of the rub removed from each other's vicinity, they will retain this state if both bodies be insulators, and exhibit them upon their complete separation.

1746. It still seems quite likely that such a relationship could create a strong charge and lead to excitement through friction. When two objects are rubbed together to generate electricity in the usual way, at least one of them must be an insulator. While rubbing, the particles of opposite types come together more or less closely, with the few that are positioned just right being in such close contact that it’s almost like they’re chemically combined. In those moments, they may acquire highly charged opposite states through their mutual induction (1740.) and partial discharge to each other. Then, when they are pulled apart by the process of rubbing, they will keep this charged state if both objects are insulators, and will show it as soon as they are fully separated.

1747. All the circumstances attending friction seem to me to favour such a view. The irregularities of form and pressure will cause that the particles of the two rubbing surfaces will be at very variable distances, only a few at once being in that very close relation which is probably necessary for the development of the forces; further, those which are nearest at one time will be further removed at another, and others will become the nearest, and so by continuing the friction many will in succession be excited. Finally, the lateral direction of the separation in rubbing seems to me the best fitted to bring many pairs of particles, first of all into that close vicinity necessary for their assuming the opposite states by relation to each other, and then to remove them from each other's influence whilst they retain that state.

1747. All the circumstances surrounding friction seem to support this idea. The uneven shapes and pressure will mean that the particles of the two surfaces rubbing against each other will be at very different distances; only a few will be in that very close relationship which is probably needed for the forces to develop. Moreover, those that are closest at one moment will be farther apart at another, and other particles will become the closest instead, so by continuing to rub, many will be affected in turn. Lastly, the sideways movement during rubbing seems best suited to bring many pairs of particles close together initially, allowing them to take on opposing states in relation to one another, and then moving them apart while they maintain that state.

1748. It would be easy, on the same view, to explain hypothetically, how, if one of the rubbing bodies be a conductor, as the amalgam of an electrical machine, the state of the other when it comes from under the friction is (as a mass) exalted; but it would be folly to go far into such speculation before that already advanced has been confirmed or corrected by fit experimental evidence. I do not wish it to be supposed that I think all excitement by friction is of this kind; on the contrary, certain experiments lead me to believe, that in many cases, and perhaps in all, effects of a thermo-electric nature conduce to the ultimate effect; and there are very probably other causes of electric disturbance influential at the same time, which we have not as yet distinguished.

1748. It would be easy to theoretically explain how, if one of the rubbing surfaces is a conductor, like the amalgam in an electrical machine, the state of the other surface after friction is (as a mass) increased; but it would be unwise to delve too deeply into such speculation before the ideas already put forth have been confirmed or corrected by appropriate experimental evidence. I don't want it to be assumed that I believe all friction-induced excitement is of this type; on the contrary, certain experiments lead me to believe that in many cases, and perhaps in all, the effects of a thermo-electric nature contribute to the final outcome; and there are probably other causes of electric disturbances at play simultaneously that we have not yet identified.

Royal Institution.

Royal Institution.

June, 1838.

June 1838.


Index.

* * * * *

Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

N.B. A dash rule represents the italics immediately preceding it. The references are sometimes to the individual paragraph, and sometimes to that in conjunction with those which follow.

N.B. A dash rule indicates the italics right before it. The references are sometimes to the individual paragraph and sometimes to it along with the ones that follow.

* * * * *

Understood! Please provide the short phrases you'd like me to modernize.

Absolute charge of matter

Total charge of matter

—— quantity of electricity in matter

—— quantity of electricity in matter

Acetate of potassa, its electrolysis

Potassium acetate, its electrolysis

Acetates, their electrolysis

Acetates, their electrolysis

Acetic acid, its electrolysis

Acetic acid, its electrolysis

Acid, nitric, formed in air by a spark

Nitric acid, created in the air by a spark

—— or alkali, alike in exciting the pile

—— or alkali, similar in stimulating the battery

—— transference of

transfer of

—— for battery, its nature and strength

—— for battery, its nature and strength

—— —— nitric, the best

Nitric, the best.

—— —— effect of different strengths

—— —— effect of different strengths

—— in voltaic pile, does not evolve the electricity

—— in a voltaic pile, does not produce electricity

—— —— its use

—— —— its usage

Acids and bases, their relation in the voltaic pile

Acids and bases, their relationship in the battery

Active battery, general remarks on

Battery performance, general comments on

Adhesion of fluids to metals

Fluid adhesion to metals

Advantages of a new voltaic battery

Advantages of a new solar battery

Affinities, chemical, opposed voltaically

Chemical affinities, opposed voltically

—— their relation in the active pile

—— their relationship in the active pile

Air, its attraction by surfaces

Air, its attraction to surfaces

—— charge of

in charge of

—— —— by brush

—— —— by paintbrush

—— —— by glow

—— —— by glow

—— convective currents in

convective currents in

—— dark discharge in

dark discharge in

—— disruptive discharge in

disruptive discharge in

—— induction in

induction into

—— its insulating and conducting power

—— its insulating and conductive properties

—— its rarefaction facilitates discharge

—— its rarefaction helps discharge

—— electrified

electrified

—— electro-chemical decompositions in

electrochemical decompositions in

—— hot, discharges voltaic battery

—— hot, discharges rechargeable battery

—— poles of

—— poles of

—— positive and negative brush in

good and bad brush in

—— —— glow in

glow in

—— —— spark in

—— —— ignite in

—— rarefied, brush in

rarefied, brush it in

—— retention of electricity on conductors by

—— retention of electricity on conductors by

—— specific inductive capacity of

specific inductive capacity of

—— —— not varied by temperature or pressure

—— —— not affected by temperature or pressure

Alkali has strong exciting power in voltaic pile

Alkali has a strong electrifying effect in a battery.

—— transference of

transfer of

Amalgamated zinc, its condition

Zinc alloy, its condition

—— how prepared

how ready

—— its valuable use

its valuable application

—— battery

battery

Ammonia, nature of its electrolysis

Ammonia, nature of its electrolysis

—— solution of, a bad conductor

—— solution of, a poor conductor

Ampère's inductive results , note

Ampère's inductive findings, note

Anions defined

Anions explained

—— table of

—— table of contents

—— related through the entire circuit

—— related through the whole circuit

—— their action in the voltaic pile

—— their action in the battery

—— their direction of transfer

their transfer direction

Anode defined

Anode explained

Antimony, its relation to magneto-electric induction

Antimony, its connection to magneto-electric induction

—— chloride of, not an electrolyte

—— chloride of, not an electrolyte

—— oxide of, how affected by the electric current

—— oxide of, how it’s affected by the electric current

—— supposed new protoxide

supposed new protoxide

—— —— sulphuret

sulfur compound

Animal electricity, its general characters considered

Animal electricity, looking at its overall features

—— is identical with other electricities

—— is the same as other electricities

—— its chemical force

its chemical strength

—— enormous amount

huge amount

—— evolution of heat

heat evolution

—— magnetic force

magnetic energy

—— physiological effects

physiological effects

—— spark

spark

—— tension

—— stress

Apparatus, inductive, . See Inductive apparatus

Inductive device. See Inductive apparatus

Arago's magnetic phenomena, their nature

Arago's magnetic phenomena, their characteristics

—— reason why no effect if no motion

—— reason why there's no effect if there's no motion

—— direction of motion accounted for

—— direction of movement taken into account

—— due to induced electric currents

—— due to induced electric currents

—— like electro-magnetic rotations in principle

—— like electromagnetic rotations in principle

—— not due to direct induction of magnetism

—— not because of direct induction of magnetism

—— obtained with electro-magnets

obtained with electromagnets

—— produced by conductors only

—— produced by conductors only

—— time an element in

time an element in

—— Babbage and Hershel's results explained

—— Babbage and Hershel's results explained

Arago's experiment, Sturgeon's form of

Arago's experiment, Sturgeon's shape of

Associated voltaic circles

Linked power cells

Atmospheric balls of fire

Fireballs in the atmosphere

—— electricity, its chemical action

electricity, its chemical reaction

Atomic number judged of from electrochemical equivalent

Atomic number determined by electrochemical equivalent

Atoms of matter

Atoms of matter

—— their electric power

their electricity

Attraction of particles, its influence in Döbereiner's phenomena

Attraction of particles, its influence in Döbereiner's phenomena

Attractions, electric, their force, note

Attractions, electric, their energy, note

—— chemic, produce current force

chemicals generate electric current

—— —— local force

local police force

—— hygrometric

– humidity

Aurora borealis referred to magneto-electric induction

Aurora borealis referred to magnetic-electric induction

Axis of power, the electric current on , .
Balls of fire, atmospheric

Axis of power, the electric current on, .
Fireballs, atmospheric

Barlow's revolving globe, magnetic effects explained

Barlow's spinning globe, explained magnetic effects

Barry, decomposed bodies by atmospheric electricity

Barry, decaying bodies caused by electric atmospheric conditions.

Bases and acids, their relation in the pile

Bases and acids, their relationship in the mixture

Battery, Leyden, that generally used

Leyden battery, commonly used

Battery, voltaic, its nature

Voltaic battery, its nature

—— origin of its power

origin of its power

—— —— not in contact ,

—— —— not in contact ,

—— —— chemical

—— —— chemical

—— —— oxidation of the zinc

—— —— oxidation of the zinc

—— its circulating force

its circulating power

—— its local force

—— its local police

—— quantity of electricity circulating

amount of electricity flowing

—— intensity of electricity circulating

electricity flow intensity

—— intensity of its current

intensity of its flow

—— —— increased

—— —— increased

—— its diminution in power

its reduction in power

—— —— from adhesion of fluid

from fluid adhesion

—— —— —— peculiar state of metal

—— —— —— peculiar state of metal

—— —— —— exhaustion of charge

—— —— —— exhaustion of charge

—— —— —— irregularity of plates

—— —— —— irregularity of plates

—— use of metallic contact in

—— use of metallic contact in

—— electrolytes essential to it

essential electrolytes

—— —— why

Why

—— state of metal and electrolyte before contact

—— state of metal and electrolyte before contact

—— conspiring action of associated affinities

—— collaborative effort of related interests

—— purity of its zinc

purity of its zinc

—— use of amalgamated zinc in

—— use of amalgamated zinc in

—— plates, their number

plates, their quantity

—— —— size

—— —— size

—— —— vicinity

nearby

—— —— immersion

immersive experience

—— —— relative age

relative age

—— —— foulness

filth

—— excited by acid

thrilled by acid

—— —— alkali

alkaline

—— —— sulphuretted solutions

sulfur solutions

—— the acid, its use

—— the acid, its application

—— acid for

—— acid for

—— nitric acid best for

best nitric acid for

—— construction of

building of

—— with numerous alternations

with many changes

—— Hare's

Hare's

—— general remarks on, .

—— general remarks on, .

—— simultaneous decompositions with

simultaneous breakdowns with

—— practical results with

—— practical results with

—— improved

improved

—— —— its construction

—— —— its building

—— —— power

—— —— energy

—— —— advantages

—— —— benefits

—— —— disadvantages

disadvantages

Batteries, voltaic, compared

Voltaic batteries, compared

Becquerel, his important secondary results

Becquerel’s significant secondary results

Berzelius, his view of combustion

Berzelius, his take on combustion

Biot's theory of electro-chemical decomposition

Biot's theory of electrochemical breakdown

Bismuth, its relation to magneto-electric induction

Bismuth, its connection to magneto-electric induction

Bodies classed in relation to the electric current

Bodies categorized in relation to the electric current

—— classed in relation to magnetism

—— classed in relation to magnetism

Bodies electrolyzable

Electrolyzable substances

Bonijol decomposed substances by atmospheric electricity

Bonijol broke down substances using atmospheric electricity.

Boracic acid a bad conductor

Boracic acid is a poor conductor.

Brush, electric

Electric toothbrush

—— produced

—— created

—— not affected by nature of conductors

—— not affected by the nature of conductors

—— is affected by the dielectrics

—— is influenced by the dielectrics.

—— not dependent on current of air

—— not dependent on the flow of air

—— proves molecular action of dielectric

—— proves the molecular action of dielectric

—— its analysis

— its analysis

—— nature

—— environment

—— form

form

—— ramifications

consequences

—— —— their coalescence

—— —— their coming together

—— sound

—— audio

—— requisite intensity for

required intensity for

—— has sensible duration

—— has a reasonable duration

—— is intermitting

—— is intermittent

—— light of

light of

—— —— in different gases

—— —— in various gases

—— dark?

—— gloomy?

—— passes into spark

—— turns into spark

—— spark and glow relation of

—— spark and glow relation of

—— in gases

— in gases

—— oxygen

oxygen

—— nitrogen

nitrogen

—— hydrogen

—— hydrogen

—— coal-gas

coal gas

—— carbonic acid gas

carbon dioxide

—— muriatic acid gas

hydrochloric acid gas

—— rare air

rarefied atmosphere

—— oil of turpentine

turpentine oil

—— positive

—— good

—— negative

bad

—— —— of rapid recurrence

—— —— of quick returns

—— positive and negative in different gases , .
Capacity, specific inductive

—— positive and negative in different gases, .
Specific Inductive Capacity

——. See Specific inductive capacity

——. See Specific inductive capacity

Carbonic acid gas facilitates formation of spark

Carbon dioxide creates sparks.

—— brush in

brush it in

—— glow in

shine in

—— spark in

—— ignite in

—— positive and negative brush in

positive and negative brush in

—— —— discharge in

discharge in

—— non-interference of

non-involvement of

Carbonic oxide gas, interference of

Carbon monoxide gas interference

Carrying discharge

Carrying discharge

——. See Discharge convective

——. See discharge convection

Cathode described

Cathode explained

Cations, or cathions, described

Cations, or cations, described

—— table of

—— table of contents

—— direction of their transfer

—— direction of their transfer

Cations, are in relation through the entire circuit

Cations are connected throughout the entire circuit.

Characters of electricity, table of

Characters of electricity, periodic table of

—— the electric current, constant

— the electric current, steady

—— voltaic electricity

solar power

—— ordinary electricity

regular electricity

—— magneto-electricity

magnetoelectricity

—— thermo-electricity

thermoelectricity

—— animal electricity

animal electricity

Charge, free

Charge, no cost

—— is always induction

—— is always onboarding

—— on surface of conductors: why

—— on the surface of conductors: why

——. influence of form on

——. impact of form on

—— —— distance on

distance on

—— loss of, by convection

loss of heat, by convection

—— removed from good insulators

removed from good insulators

—— of matter, absolute

—— of matter, absolute

—— of air

—— of air

—— —— by brush

—— —— by paintbrush

—— —— by glow

—— —— by glow

—— of particles in air

particles in the air

—— of oil of turpentine

turpentine oil

—— of inductive apparatus divided

—— of inductive devices split

—— residual, of a Leyden jar

—— residual, of a Leyden jar

—— chemical, for battery, good

Battery-grade chemical, good

——-, —— weak and exhausted

——-, —— tired and drained

Chemical action, the, exciting the pile is oxidation

Chemical action, the exciting the pile is oxidation

—— superinduced by metals

induced by metals

—— —— platina

platinum

—— tested by iodide of potassium

tested with potassium iodide

Chemical actions, distant, opposed to each other

Chemical actions, distant and opposite from one another

Chemical affinity influenced by mechanical forces

Chemical affinity affected by mechanical forces

—— transferable through metals

transferable via metals

—— statical or local

static or local

—— current

—— now

Chemical decomposition by voltaic electricity

Chemical breakdown by voltaic electricity

—— common electricity

Standard electricity

—— magneto-electricity

magnetoelectricity

—— thermo-electricity

thermoelectricity

—— animal electricity

animal power

——. See Decomposition electro-chemical

——. See Electrochemical Decomposition

Chemical and electrical forces identical

Chemical and electrical forces are identical

Chloride of antimony not an electrolyte

Antimony chloride is not an electrolyte

—— lead, its electrolysis

lead, its electrolysis

—— —— electrolytic intensity for

electrolytic intensity for

—— silver, its electrolysis

silver, its electrolysis

—— —— electrolytic intensity for

electrolytic intensity for

—— tin, its electrolysis

tin, its electrolysis process

Chlorides in solution, their electrolysis

Chlorides in solution, electrolysis

—— fusion, their electrolysis

—— fusion, their electrolysis

Circle of anions and cathions

Circle of anions and cations

Circles, simple voltaic

Circles, basic battery

—— associated voltaic

associated battery

Circuit, voltaic, relation of bodies in

Circuit, voltaic, relationship of bodies in

Classification of bodies in relation to magnetism

Classification of bodies in relation to magnetism

—— the electric current

the electric power

Cleanliness of metals and other solids

Cleanliness of metals and other solids

Clean platina, its characters

Clean platinum, its characters

—— its power of effecting combination

its ability to form combinations

—— ——. See Plates of platina

Platinum Plates

Coal gas, brush in

Coal gas, brush in

—— dark discharge in

dark discharge in

—— positive and negative brush in

—— positive and negative brush in

—— positive and negative discharge in

—— positive and negative discharge in

—— spark in

ignite in

Colladon on magnetic force of common electricity

Colladon on the magnetic force of regular electricity

Collectors, magneto-electric

Magneto-electric collectors

Combination effected by metals

Metal combination achieved by

—— solids

solids

—— poles of platina

platinum poles

—— platina

platinum

—— —— as plates

—— —— as dishes

—— —— as sponge

—— —— as a sponge

—— —— cause of

—— —— reason for

—— —— how

—— —— how

—— —— interferences with

interfering with

—— —— retarded by olefiant gas

retarded by olefin gas

—— —— —— carbonic oxide

carbon monoxide

—— —— —— sulphuret of carbon

carbon disulfide

—— —— —— ether

—— —— —— ether

—— —— —— other substances

other substances

Comparison of voltaic batteries

Comparison of batteries

Conditions, general, of voltaic decomposition

Conditions, general, of electrolysis

—— new, of electro-chemical decomposition

new, of electrochemical decomposition

Conducting power measured by a magnet

Magnetic power measurement

—— of solid electrolytes

—— of solid-state electrolytes

—— of water, constant

water, constant

Conduction

Heat transfer

—— its nature

— its essence

—— of two kinds

types of two kinds

—— preceded by induction

—— followed by induction

—— and insulation, cases of the same kind

—— and insulation, cases of the same type

—— its relation to the intensity of the current conducted

—— its relation to the strength of the current being conducted

—— common to all bodies

—— universal to all bodies

—— by a vacuum

by a vacuum cleaner

—— by lac

—— by lac

—— by sulphur

—— by sulfur

—— by glass

through glass

—— by spermaceti

—— by spermaceti

—— by gases

—— by gases

—— slow

—— slow down

—— affected by temperature

affected by temperature

—— by metals diminished by heat

—— by metals reduced by heat

—— increased by heat

—— heated up

—— of electricity and heat, relation of

—— of electricity and heat, relation of

—— simple, can occur in electrolytes

simple, can happen in electrolytes

—— —— with very feeble currents

—— —— with very weak currents

—— by electrolytes without decomposition

—— by electrolytes without breaking down

—— and decomposition associated in electrolytes

—— and decomposition related to electrolytes

—— facilitated in electrolytes

—— facilitated in electrolytes

—— by water bad

by water, bad

—— —— improved by dissolved bodies

—— —— improved by dissolved bodies

—— electrolytic, stopped

electrolytic, halted

—— of currents stopped by ice

—— of currents stopped by ice

—— conferred by liquefaction

granted by liquefaction

—— taken away by solidification

removed by solidification

—— —— why

Why?

—— new law of

new law of

—— —— supposed exception to

supposed exception to

—— general results as to

general results regarding

Conductive discharge

Conductive discharge

Conductors, electrolytic

Electrolytic conductors

—— magneto-electric

magnetoelectric

—— their nature does not affect the electric brush

—— their nature does not affect the electric brush

—— size of, affects discharge

size of, impacts discharge

—— form of, affects discharge

form of, affects release

—— distribution of electricity on

distribution of electricity on

—— —— affected by form

influenced by form

—— —— —— distance

—— —— —— distance

—— —— —— air pressure

air pressure

—— —— irregular with equal pressure

—— —— irregular with equal pressure

Constancy of electric current

Consistency of electric current

Constitution of electrolytes as to proportions

Constitution of electrolytes by proportions

—— liquidity

liquidity

Contact of metals not necessary for electrolyzation

Contact of metals isn't necessary for electrolysis.

—— its use in the voltaic battery

—— its use in the battery

—— not necessary for spark

not needed for spark

Contiguous particles, their relation to induction

Connected particles, their relation to induction

—— active in electrolysis

active in electrolysis

Convection

Heat transfer

—— or convective discharge. See Discharge convective

—— or convective discharge. See Discharge convective

Copper, iron, and sulphur circle

Copper, iron, and sulfur circle

Coruscations of lightning

Flashes of lightning

Coulomb's electrometer

Coulomb's electric meter

—— precautions in its use

precautions for its use

Crystals, induction through

Crystals, induction via

Cube, large, electrified

Big electric cube

Cubes of crystals, induction through

Crystal cubes, induction through

Current chemical affinity

Current chemical attraction

Current, voltaic, without metallic contact

Current, battery-powered, no metal contact

Current, electric

Current, electric

—— defined

— defined

—— nature of

—— nature of

—— variously produced

made in different ways

—— produced by chemical action

produced by chemical reaction

—— —— animals

—— —— animals

—— —— friction

—— —— friction

—— —— heat

heat

—— —— discharge of static electricity

—— —— discharge of static electricity

—— —— induction by other currents

induction by other currents

—— —— —— magnets

—— —— —— magnets

—— evolved in the moving earth

—— evolved in the shifting earth

—— in the earth

in the ground

—— natural standard of direction

natural standard of direction

—— none of one electricity

none of one electricity

—— two forces everywhere in it

—— two forces everywhere in it

—— one, and indivisible

one and indivisible

—— an axis of power

a power axis

—— constant in its characters

—— consistent in its characters

—— inexhaustibility of

endless supply of

—— its velocity in conduction

its speed in conduction

—— —— electrolyzation

electrolysis

—— regulated by a fine wire note

—— regulated by a thin wire note

—— affected by heat

heat-affected

—— stopped by solidification

—— stopped by solidification

—— its section

its section

—— —— presents a constant force

—— —— presents a constant force

—— produces chemical phenomena

creates chemical phenomena

—— —— heat

heat

—— its heating power uniform

its heating power consistent

—— produces magnetism

—— generates magnetism

—— Porrett's effects produced by

Porrett's effects caused by

—— induction of

inducing

—— —— on itself

—— —— to itself

—— ——. See Induction of electric current

Induction of electric current

—— its inductive force lateral

its lateral magnetic force

—— induced in different metals

—— induced in various metals

—— its transverse effects

its cross effects

—— —— constant

constant

—— its transverse forces

its lateral forces

—— —— are in relation to contiguous particles

—— —— are related to adjacent particles

—— —— their polarity of character

—— —— their personality traits

—— and magnet, their relation remembered note

—— and magnet, their relation remembered note

Currents in air by convection

Air currents by convection

—— metals by convection

metals through convection

—— oil of turpentine by convection

—— oil of turpentine by convection

Curved lines, induction in

Curved lines, induction in

Curves, magnetic, their relation to dynamic induction .
Daniell on the size of the voltaic metals

Curves, magnetic; their connection to dynamic induction.
Daniell on the size of the voltaic metals

Dark discharge,

Dark discharge

——. See Discharge, dark

——. See Discharge, dark

Dates of some facts and publications note after

Dates of certain facts and publications note after

Davy's theory of electro-chemical decomposition

Davy's electro-chemical decomposition theory

—— electro-chemical views

electrochemical perspectives

—— mercurial cones, convective phenomena

mercurial cones, convection phenomena

Decomposing force alike in every section of the current

Decomposing force is the same in every part of the current

—— variation of, on each particle

—— variation of, on each particle

Decomposition and conduction associated in electrolytes

Decomposition and conduction in electrolytes

—— primary and secondary results of

—— primary and secondary results of

—— by common electricity

by standard electricity

—— —— precautions

safety precautions

Decomposition, electro-chemical

Decomposition, electrochemical

—— nomenclature of

naming of

—— new terms relating to

—— new terms related to

—— its distinguishing character

its unique trait

—— by common electricity

—— by regular electricity

—— by a single pair of plates

—— by a single pair of plates

—— by the electric current

by the electric current

—— without metallic contact

without metal contact

—— its cause

its reason

—— not due to direct attraction or repulsion of poles

—— not because of the direct attraction or repulsion of poles

—— dependent on previous induction

dependent on prior induction

—— —— the electric current

—— —— the electricity

—— —— intensity of current

Current intensity

—— —— chemical affinity of particles

—— —— chemical affinity of particles

—— resistance to

—— resistance against

—— intensity requisite for

required intensity for

—— stopped by solidification

—— halted by solidification

—— retarded by interpositions

delayed by interruptions

—— assisted by dissolved bodies

—— aided by dissolved bodies

—— division of the electrolyte

electrolyte separation

—— transference

transferring

—— why elements appear at the poles

—— why elements show up at the poles

—— uncombined bodies do not travel

—— uncombined bodies do not travel

—— circular series of effects

feedback loop

—— simultaneous

at the same time

—— definite

definite

—— —— independent of variations of electrodes

—— —— independent of changes in electrodes

—— necessary intensity of current

required current intensity

—— influence of water in

influence of water on

—— in air

—— in the air

—— some general conditions of

some general terms of

—— new conditions of

new conditions of

—— primary results

primary results

—— secondary results

— secondary outcomes

—— of acetates

Acetate sheets

—— acetic acid

vinegar

—— ammonia

ammonia

—— chloride of antimony

antimony chloride

—— —— lead

lead

—— —— silver

silver

—— chlorides in solution

chlorides in solution

—— —— fusion

fusion

—— fused electrolytes

fused electrolytes

—— hydriodic acid and iodides

hydriodic acid and iodides

—— hydrocyanic acid and cyanides

hydrogen cyanide and cyanides

—— hydrofluoric acid and fluorides

hydrofluoric acid and fluorides

—— iodide of lead

lead iodide

—— —— potassium

potassium

—— muriatic acid

hydrochloric acid

—— nitre

nitrate

—— nitric acid

nitric acid

—— oxide antimony

oxide antimony

—— —— lead

lead

—— protochloride of tin

tin(II) chloride

—— protiodide of tin

tin protodide

—— sugar, gum, &c.

sugar, gum, etc.

—— of sulphate of magnesia

of magnesium sulfate

—— sulphuric acid

sulfuric acid

—— sulphurous acid

sulfuric acid

—— tartaric acid

tartaric acid

—— water

water

—— theory of

theory of

—— —— by A. de la Rive

—— —— by A. de la Rive

—— —— Biot

Biot

—— —— Davy

—— —— Davy

—— —— Grotthuss

Grotthuss

—— —— Hachette ,

Hachette,

—— —— Riffault and Chompré

Riffault and Chompré

—— author's theory

author's theory

Definite decomposing action of electricity

Clear decomposition action of electricity

—— magnetic action of electricity

magnetic effect of electricity

—— electro-chemical action

electrochemical reaction

—— —— general principles of

general principles of

—— —— in chloride of lead

in lead chloride

—— —— —— silver

silver

—— —— in hydriodic acid

—— —— in HI

—— —— iodide of lead

lead iodide

—— —— muriatic acid ,

hydrochloric acid,

—— —— protochloride of tin

tin protochloride

—— —— water

—— —— water

Degree in measuring electricity, proposal for

Degree in measuring electricity, proposal for

De la Rive on heat at the electrodes

De la Rive on heat at the electrodes

—— his theory of electro-chemical decomposition

—— his theory of electro-chemical decomposition

Dielectrics, what

Dielectrics, what?

—— their importance in electrical actions

—— their importance in electrical processes

—— their relation to static induction

—— their relation to static induction

—— their condition under induction

their condition during induction

—— their nature affects the brush

—— their nature affects the brush

—— their specific electric actions

their specific electrical actions

Difference of positive and negative discharge

Difference between positive and negative discharge

Differential inductometer

Differential inductance meter

Direction of ions in the circuit

Ions' direction in the circuit

—— the electric current

the electric current

—— the magneto-electric current

the magneto-electric current

—— the induced volta-electric current

the induced electric current

Disruptive discharge . See Discharge, disruptive

Disruptive discharge. See Discharge, disruptive

Discharge, electric, as balls of fire

Electric discharge, like fireballs

—— of Leyden jar

of Leyden jar

—— of voltaic battery by hot air

of battery by hot air

—— —— points

—— —— points

—— velocity of, in metal, varied

—— the velocity of metal varied

—— varieties of

types of

—— brush, . See Brush

Brush. See Brush

—— carrying, . See Discharge, convective

carrying. See Discharge, convective

—— conductive, . See Conduction

— conductive. See Conduction

—— dark

dim

—— disruptive

disruptive

—— electrolytic

electrolytic

—— glow, . See Glow

—— glow, . See Glow

—— positive and negative

—— pros and cons

—— spark, . See Spark, electric

—— spark, . See Spark, electric

Discharge, connective

Release, connector

—— in insulating media

in insulating materials

—— in good conductors

in good conductors

—— with fluid terminations in air

with smooth endings in air

—— —— liquids

—— —— drinks

—— from a ball

from a party

—— influence of points in

influence of points in

—— affected by mechanical causes

impacted by mechanical causes

—— —— flame

fire

—— with glow

with glow

—— charge of a particle in air

charge of a particle in air

—— —— oil of turpentine

turpentine oil

—— charge of air by

—— charge of air by

—— currents produced in air

air currents

—— —— oil of turpentine

turpentine oil

—— direction of the currents

current direction

—— Porrett's effects

Porrett's impact

—— positive and negative

—— pros and cons

—— related to electrolytic discharge

—— related to electrolytic discharge

Discharge, dark

Discharge, dark

—— with negative glow

—— with negative lighting

—— between positive and negative glow

—— between positive and negative light

—— in air

—— in the air

—— muriatic acid gas

hydrochloric acid gas

—— coal gas

coal gas

—— hydrogen

hydrogen

—— nitrogen

nitrogen

Discharge, disruptive

Discharge, disruptive

—— preceded by induction

—— followed by introduction

—— determined by one particle

determined by a single particle

—— necessary intensity

essential focus

—— determining intensity constant

— determining intensity constant

—— related to particular dielectric

—— related to specific dielectric

—— facilitates like action

—— enables similar action

—— its time

It's time

—— varied by form of conductors

varied by type of conductors

—— —— change in the dielectric ,

—— —— change in the dielectric ,

—— —— rarefaction of air

air rarefaction

—— —— temperature

—— —— temp

—— —— distance of conductors

Distance between conductors

—— —— size of conductors

conductor sizes

—— in liquids and solids

in liquids and solids

—— in different gases

in various gases

—— —— not alike

not the same

—— —— specific differences

specific differences

—— positive and negative

positive and negative

—— —— distinctions

—— —— distinctions

—— —— differences

—— —— differences

—— —— relative facility

relative convenience

—— —— dependent on the dielectric

—— —— dependent on the dielectric

—— —— in different gases

—— —— in various gases

—— —— of voltaic current

voltaic current source

—— brush

—— brush

—— collateral

— collateral

—— dark

dark

—— glow

—— shine

—— spark

—— ignite

—— theory of

theory of

Discharge, electrolytic

Electrolytic discharge

—— previous induction

previous induction

—— necessary intensity

essential intensity

—— division of the electrolyte

division of the electrolyte

—— stopped by solidifying the electrolyte

—— stopped by solidifying the electrolyte

—— facilitated by added bodies

—— facilitated by additional personnel

—— in curved lines

in curved lines

—— proves action of contiguous particles

—— proves the actions of neighboring particles

—— positive and negative

good and bad

—— velocity of electric current in

—— velocity of electric current in

—— related to convective discharge

—— related to convection discharge

—— theory of

—— theory of

Discharging train generally used

Discharging train usually used

Disruptive discharge, . See Discharge, disruptive

Disruptive discharge. See Discharge, disruptive

Dissimulated electricity

Hidden electricity

Distance, its influence in induction ,

Distance and its influence in induction,

—— over disruptive discharge

—— over disruptive dumping

Distant chemical actions, connected and opposed

Distant chemical reactions, linked and contrasting

Distinction of magnetic and magneto-electric action

Distinction between magnetic and magneto-electric action

Division of a charge by inductive apparatus

Division of a charge using inductive devices

Döbereiner on combination effected by platina

Döbereiner on combinations made possible by platinum

Dulong and Thenard on combination by platina and solids

Dulong and Thenard on the combination of platinum and solids

Dust, charge of its particles, .
Earth, natural magneto-electric induction in

Dust, the charge of its particles.
Earth, natural magneto-electric induction in

Elasticity of gases

Gas elasticity

—— gaseous particles

gas particles

Electric brush, . See Brush, electric

Electric toothbrush. See electric brush.

—— condition of particles of matter

—— condition of particles of matter

—— conduction, . See Conduction

Conduction, . See Conduction

—— current defined

—— current defined

—— —— nature of

—— —— nature of

—— ——. See Current, electric

Current, electric

—— —— induction of , . See Induction of

—— —— induction of, . See Induction of

electric current

electricity

—— —— —— on itself

—— —— —— on itself

—— discharge, . See Discharge

Discharge. See Discharge

—— force, nature of, . See Forces

force, nature of. See Forces

—— induction, . See Induction

Induction, . See Induction

—— inductive capacity, . See Specific inductive capacity

—— inductive capacity, . See Specific inductive capacity

—— polarity, . See Polarity, electric

polarity, . See electric polarity

—— spark, . See Spark, electric

—— spark, . See Spark, electricity

—— and magnetic forces, their relation

—— and magnetic forces, their relation

Electrics, charge of

Electrical charge

Electrical excitation, . See Excitation

Electrical excitation. See Excitation

—— machine generally used

commonly used machine

—— battery generally used

commonly used battery

—— and chemical forces identical

—— and chemical forces the same

Electricities, their identity, however excited

Electricities, their identity, however thrilled

—— one or two

one or two

—— two

two

—— —— their independent existence

—— —— their own existence

—— —— their inseparability

—— —— their bond

—— —— never separated in the current

—— —— never separated in the current

Electricity, quantity of, in matter

Electricity quantity in matter

—— its distribution on conductors

its distribution on leaders

—— —— influenced by form

influenced by style

—— —— —— distance

—— —— —— distance

—— —— —— air's pressure

air pressure

—— relation of a vacuum to

—— relation of a vacuum to

—— dissimulated

hidden

—— common and voltaic, measured

common and battery-powered, measured

—— its definite decomposing action

its clear decomposing action

—— —— heating action

heating effect

—— —— magnetic action

magnetic force

—— animal, its characters

animal, its traits

—— magneto-, its characters

magneto-, its characters

—— ordinary, its characters

ordinary, its characters

—— thermo-, its characters

thermo-, its features

—— voltaic, its characters

voltaic, its letters

Electricity from magnetism

Electricity generated by magnetism

—— on magnetisation of soft iron by currents

on magnetizing soft iron with currents

—— —— magnets

—— —— magnets

—— employing permanent magnets

using permanent magnets

—— —— terrestrial magnetic force

terrestrial magnetic field

—— —— moving conductors

live wires

—— —— —— essential condition

essential requirement

—— by revolving plate

by rotating plate

—— —— a constant source of electricity

—— —— a constant source of power

—— —— law of evolution

law of evolution

—— —— direction of the current evolved

—— —— direction of the current evolved

—— —— course of the currents in the plate

—— —— course of the currents in the plate

—— by a revolving globe

by a spinning globe

—— by plates

—— by plates

—— by a wire

by wire

—— conductors and magnet may move together

—— conductors and magnets can move together

—— current produced in a single wire

current generated in a single wire

—— —— a ready source of electricity note

—— —— a reliable source of electricity note

—— —— momentary

temporary

—— —— permanent

—— —— permanent

—— —— deflects galvanometer

Deflects galvanometer

—— —— makes magnets

—— —— creates magnets

—— —— shock of

shock of

—— —— spark of

spark of

—— —— traverses fluids

—— —— moves through liquids

—— —— its direction

—— —— its way

—— effect of approximation and recession

—— effect of approximation and recession

—— the essential condition

the essential requirement

—— general expression of the effects

—— general expression of the effects

—— from magnets alone

from just magnets

Electricity of the voltaic pile

Voltaic pile electricity

—— its source

its source

—— —— not metallic contact

—— —— non-metallic contact

—— —— is in chemical action

—— —— is in chemical action

Electro-chemical decomposition

Electrochemical decomposition

—— nomenclature

— terminology

—— general conditions of

general terms of

—— new conditions of

new conditions of

—— influence of water in

water's influence on

—— primary and secondary results

primary and secondary outcomes

—— definite

definite

—— theory of

—— theory of

——. See also Decomposition, electrochemical

——. See also Electrochemical Decomposition

Electro-chemical equivalents

Electrochemical equivalents

—— table of

table of

—— how ascertained

how confirmed

—— always consistent

always reliable

—— same as chemical equivalents

same as chemical equivalents

—— able to determine atomic number

—— able to determine atomic number

Electro-chemical excitation

Electrochemical excitation

Electrode defined

Electrode described

Electrodes affected by heat

Heat-affected electrodes

—— varied in size

varied in size

—— —— nature

—— —— nature

——. See Poles

——. Check out Poles

Electrolysis, resistance to

Electrolysis, resistance against

Electrolyte defined

Electrolyte definition

—— exciting, solution of acid

exciting solution of acid

—— —— alkali

alkaline

—— exciting, water

exciting water

—— —— sulphuretted solution

sulfurous solution

Electrolytes, their necessary constitution

Electrolytes, their essential makeup

—— consist of single proportionals of elements

—— consist of single proportions of elements

—— essential to voltaic pile

essential for a battery

—— —— why

why

—— conduct and decompose simultaneously

conduct and break down simultaneously

—— can conduct feeble currents without decomposition

—— can carry weak currents without breaking down.

—— as ordinary conductors

as regular conductors

—— solid, their insulating and conducting power

—— solid, their insulating and conducting ability

—— real conductive power not affected by dissolved matters

—— real conductive power not influenced by dissolved substances

—— needful conducting power

essential leadership力

—— are good conductors when fluid

—— are good conductors when fluid

Electrolytes non-conductors when solid

Electrolytes don't conduct when solid

—— why

—— why

—— the exception

the outlier

Electrolytes, their particles polarize as wholes

Electrolytes are substances that can dissociate into charged particles, which then become polarized as complete units.

—— polarized light sent across

polarized light transmitted across

—— relation of their moving elements to the passing current

—— relation of their moving elements to the flowing current

—— their resistance to decomposition

their resistance to decay

—— and metal, their states in the voltaic pile

—— and metal, their states in the battery

—— salts considered as

salts viewed as

—— acids not of this class

—— acids not of this class

Electrolytic action of the current

Electrolytic action of the current

—— conductors

—— leaders

—— discharge, . See Discharge, electrolytic

discharge, . See Electrolytic discharge

—— induction

induction

—— intensity

intensity

—— —— varies for different bodies

—— —— varies for different bodies

—— —— of chloride of lead

Here is the paragraph: —— —— of lead chloride

—— —— chloride of silver

silver chloride

—— —— sulphate of soda

sodium sulfate

—— —— water

clean water

—— —— its natural relation

—— —— its natural connection

Electrolyzation , . See Decomposition

Electrolysis, See Decomposition

electro-chemical

electrochemical

—— defined

—— defined

—— facilitated

—— coordinated

—— in a single circuit

in one circuit

—— intensity needful for ,

—— intensity necessary for ,

—— of chloride of silver

of silver chloride

—— sulphate of magnesia

magnesium sulfate

—— and conduction associated

—— and related conduction

Electro-magnet, inductive effects in

Electromagnet, inductive effects in

Electro-magnetic induction definite

Electromagnetic induction confirmed

Electrometer, Coulomb's, described

Coulomb's Electrometer, described

—— how used

how it’s used

Electro-tonic state

Electrotonic state

—— considered common to all metals

considered common to all metals

—— —— conductors

—— —— leaders

—— is a state of tension

—— is a state of tension

—— is dependent on particles

—— relies on particles

Elementary bodies probably ions

Elementary bodies likely ions

Elements evolved by force of the current

Elements evolved by the force of the current

—— at the poles, why

—— at the poles, why

—— determined to either pole

—— determined to reach either pole

—— transference of

transfer of

—— if not combined, do not travel

—— if not combined, do not travel

Equivalents, electro-chemical

Equivalents, electrochemical

—— chemical and electro-chemical, the same

—— chemical and electrochemical, the same

Ether, interference of

Ether, interference of

Evolution of electricity

Evolution of electricity

—— of one electric force impossible

—— of one electric force impossible

—— of elements at the poles, why

—— of elements at the poles, why

Excitation, electrical

Electrical excitation

—— by chemical action

by chemical reaction

—— by friction

—— by rubbing

Exclusive induction, .
Flame favours convectivc discharge

Exclusive induction, .
Flame favors convective discharge

Flowing water, electric currents in

Flowing water, electric currents in

Fluid terminations for convection

Fluid terminations for convection

Fluids, their adhesion to metals

Fluids, their stickiness to metals

Fluoride of lead, hot, conducts well

Fluoride of lead conducts heat well when it's hot.

Force, chemical, local

Local chemical force

—— circulating

- in circulation

Force, electric, nature of

Electric force, nature of

—— inductive, of currents, its nature

—— inductive, of currents, its nature

Forces, electric, two

Electric forces, two

—— inseparable

inseparable

—— and chemical, are the same

—— and chemical, are the same

—— and magnetic, relation of

and magnetic, relationship of

—— —— are they essentially different?

—— —— are they essentially different?

Forces, exciting, of voltaic apparatus

Exciting forces of battery devices

—— exalted

elevated

Forces, polar

Polar forces

—— of the current, direct

of the present, direct

—— —— lateral or transverse

side or cross

Form, its influence on induction

Form, its impact on induction

—— discharge

release

Fox, his terrestrial electric currents

Fox, his ground electric currents

Friction electricity, its characters

Static electricity, its properties

—— excitement by

—— excitement from

Fusion, conduction consequent upon

Fusion and conduction resulting from

Fusinieri, on combination effected by platina, .
Galvanometer, affected by common electricity

Fusinieri, on the combination made by platinum, .
Galvanometer, affected by regular electricity.

—— a correct measure of electricity note

—— a correct measure of electricity note

Gases, their elasticity

Gases, their flexibility

—— conducting power

- conducting energy

—— insulating power

electrical insulation

—— —— not alike

not the same

—— specific inductive capacity

specific inductive capacity

—— —— alike in all

—— —— alike in every way

—— specific influence on brush and spark

—— specific influence on brush and spark

—— discharge, disruptive, through

discharge, disruptive, via

—— brush in

brush in

—— spark in

—— spark in

—— positive and negative brushes in

Positive and negative brushes in

—— —— their differences

Recognize their differences

—— positive and negative discharge in

—— positive and negative discharge in

—— solubility of, in cases of electrolyzation

—— solubility of, in cases of electrolysis

—— from water, spontaneous recombination of

—— from water, spontaneous recombination of

—— mixtures of, affected by platina plates

—— mixtures of, affected by platinum plates

—— mixed, relation of their particles

—— mixed, relation of their particles

General principles of definite electrolytic action

General principles of specific electrolytic action

—— remarks on voltaic batteries

— comments on electric batteries

—— results as to conduction

results regarding conduction

—— —— induction

—— —— onboarding

Glass, its conducting power

Glass, its conductivity

—— its specific inductive capacity

its specific inductive capacity

—— its attraction for air

its appeal to air

—— —— water

—— —— water

Globe, revolving of Barlow, effects explained

Globe, revolving of Barlow, effects explained

—— is magnetic

—— is enticing

Glow

Shine

—— produced

produced

—— positive

—— good

—— negative

—— not positive

—— favoured by rarefaction of air

—— favored by lower air pressure

—— is a continuous charge of air

—— is a constant flow of air

—— occurs in all gases

—— occurs in all gases

—— accompanied by a wind

— with a breeze

—— its nature

— its essence

—— discharge

release

—— brush and spark relation of

—— brush and spark relation of

Grotthuss' theory of electro-chemical decomposition

Grotthuss' theory of electrochemical decomposition

Growth of a brush

Growth of a brush

—— spark, .
Hachette's view of electro-chemical decomposition

—— spark, .
Hachette's perspective on electro-chemical decomposition

Hare's voltaic trough

Hare's electric trough

Harris on induction in air

Harris on air induction

Heat affects the two electrodes

Heat affects the two electrodes

—— increases the conducting power of some bodies

—— increases the conductivity of certain materials

—— its conduction related to that of electricity

—— its conduction related to that of electricity

—— as a result of the electric current note

—— as a result of the electric current note

—— evolved by animal electricity

evolved by animal electricity

—— —— common electricity

—— —— regular power

—— —— magneto-electricity

magnetoelectricity

—— —— thermo-electricity

thermoelectricity

—— —— voltaic electricity

voltaic power

Helix, inductive effects in

Helix, inductive effects in

Hydriodic acid, its electrolyses

Hydriodic acid, its electrolysis

Hydrocyanic acid, its electrolyses

Hydrocyanic acid, its electrolysis

Hydrofluoric acid, not electrolysable

Hydrofluoric acid, non-electrolyzable

Hydrogen, brush in

Hydrogen, brush it in

—— positive and negative brush in

positive and negative brush in

—— —— discharge in

discharge in

Hydrogen and oxygen combined by platina plates

Hydrogen and oxygen combined by platinum plates

—— spongy platina, .
Ice, its conducting power

—— spongy platinum, .
Ice, its conductivity

—— a non-conductor of voltaic currents

—— a material that doesn’t conduct electric currents

Iceland crystal, induction across

Iceland crystal, induction across

Identity, of electricities

Identity, of electricity

—— of chemical and electrical forces

—— of chemical and electrical forces

Ignition of wire by electric current note

Ignition of wire by electric current note

Improved voltaic battery

Better battery technology

Increase of cells in voltaic battery, effect of

Increase of cells in a voltaic battery, effect of

Inducteous surfaces

Inductive surfaces

Induction apparatus

Induction equipment

—— fixing the stem

fixing the stem

—— precautions

—— safety measures

—— removal of charge

no more charge

—— retention of charge

keeping the charge

—— a charge divided

A split charge

—— peculiar effects with

weird effects with

Induction, static

Static induction

—— an action of contiguous particles

—— an action of adjacent particles

—— consists in a polarity of particles

—— consists of a polarity of particles

—— continues only in insulators

—— continues only in insulators

—— intensity of, sustained

—— sustained intensity

—— influenced by the form of conductors

influenced by the way conductors act

—— —— distance of conductors

—— —— distance of wires

—— —— relation of the bounding surfaces

—— —— relation of the bounding surfaces

—— charge, a case of

—— charge, a situation of

—— exclusive action

exclusive action

—— towards space

—— to space

—— across a vacuum

— across a void

—— through air

through the air

—— —— different gases

Different gases

—— —— crystals

—— —— crystals

—— —— lac

lac

—— —— metals

—— —— metals

—— —— all bodies

—— —— all bodies

—— its relation to other electrical actions

its relation to other electrical actions

—— —— insulation

—— —— insulation

—— —— conduction

—— —— conduction

—— —— discharge

discharge

—— —— electrolyzation

electrolysis

—— —— intensity

—— —— intensity

—— —— excitation

—— —— excitement

—— its relation to charge

its relation to charge

—— an essential general electric function

—— an essential general electric function

—— general results as to

general results regarding

—— theory of

—— theory of

—— in curved lines

in curved lines

—— —— through air

through the air

—— —— —— other gases

other gases

—— —— —— lac

—— —— —— lac

—— —— —— sulphur

sulfur

—— —— —— oil of turpentine

—— —— —— oil of turpentine

induction, specific

induction, specific

—— the problem stated

the issue described

—— —— solved

—— —— resolved

—— of air

of air

—— —— invariable

—— —— unchanging

—— of gases

of gases

—— —— alike in all

—— —— the same in all

—— of shell-lac

—— of shellac

—— glass

glass

—— sulphur

sulfur

—— spermaceti

spermaceti

—— certain fluid insulators

certain liquid insulators

Induction of electric currents

Inducing electric currents

—— on aiming the principal current

—— on targeting the main flow

—— on stopping the principal current

—— on stopping the main current

—— by approximation

— by estimation

—— by increasing distance

—— by increasing distance

—— effective through conductors

effective through wires

—— —— insulators

—— —— insulators

—— in different metals

— in various metals

—— in the moving earth

in the shifting ground

—— in flowing water

- in a stream

—— in revolving plates

in rotating plates

—— the induced current, its direction

the induced current's direction

—— —— duration

—— —— length

—— —— traverses fluids

—— —— moves through fluids

—— —— its intensity in different conductors

—— —— its intensity in different conductors

—— —— not obtained by Leyden discharge

—— —— not obtained by Leyden discharge

—— Ampère's results note

Ampère's findings note

Induction of a current on itself

Induction of a current on itself

—— apparatus used

device used

—— in a long wire

in a long cable

—— —— doubled wire

double wire

—— —— helix

helix

—— in doubled helices

in double helices

—— in an electro-magnet

in an electromagnet

—— wire and helix compared

wire vs helix

—— short wire, effects with

Short wire, effects with

—— action momentary

—— action instant

—— causes no permanent change in the current

—— causes no permanent change in the current

—— not due to momentum

—— not because of momentum

—— induced current separated

induced current isolated

—— effect at breaking contact

effect of breaking contact

—— —— making contact

Getting in touch

—— effects produced, shock

effects produced, shock

—— —— spark

spark

—— —— chemical decomposition

chemical breakdown

—— —— ignition of wire

wire ignition

—— cause is in the conductor

—— cause is in the leader

—— general principles of the action

—— general principles of the action

—— direction of the forces lateral

—— direction of the lateral forces

induction, magnetic

magnetic induction

—— by intermediate particles

—— by intermediate particles

—— through quiescent bodies

through calm bodies

—— —— moving bodies

moving bodies

—— and magneto-electric, distinguished

—— and magneto-electric, distinctive

Induction, magneto-electric . See Arago's

Induction, magneto-electric. See Arago's

magnetic phenomena

magnetic effects

—— magnelectric

magnelectric

—— electrolytic

electrolytic

—— volta-electric

volta electric

Inductive capacity, specific

Specific inductive capacity

Inductive force of currents lateral

Inductive force of lateral currents

—— its nature

—— its essence

Inductive force, lines of

Inductive force, magnetic fields

—— often curved

often bent

—— exhibited by the brush

—— shown by the brush

—— their lateral relation

—— their side relationship

—— their relation to magnetism

their connection to magnetism

Inductometer, differential

Differential inductometer

Inductric surfaces

Inductive surfaces

Inexhaustible nature of the electric current

Endless nature of electric current

Inseparability of the two electric forces

Inseparability of the two electric forces

Insulating power of different gases

Insulating qualities of various gases

Insulation

Insulation

—— its nature

—— its essence

—— is sustained induction

—— is continuous induction

—— degree of induction sustained

induction level maintained

—— dependent on the dielectrics

dependent on the dielectrics

—— —— distance in air

distance in air

—— —— density of air

air density

—— —— induction

—— —— onboarding

—— —— form of conductors

—— —— type of conductors

—— as affected by temperature of air

—— as influenced by air temperature

—— in different gases

in various gases

—— —— differs

—— —— is different

—— in liquids and solids

in liquids and solids

—— in metals

—— in metals

—— and conduction not essentially different

—— and conduction not essentially different

—— its relation to induction

its connection to induction

Insulators, liquid, good

Liquid insulators, efficient

—— solid, good

great, good

—— the best conduct

the best behavior

—— tested as to conduction

tested for conduction

—— and conductors, relation of

—— and conductors, relation of

Intensity, its influence in conduction

Intensity, its impact on conduction

—— inductive, how represented

inductive, how represented?

—— relative, of magneto-electric currents

relative, of magnetoelectric currents

—— of disruptive discharge constant

—— of disruptive discharge constant

—— electrolytic

electrolytic

—— necessary for electrolyzation

necessary for electrolysis

—— of the current of single circles

—— of the flow of individual circles

—— —— increased

—— —— increased

—— of electricity in the voltaic battery

—— of electricity in the battery

—— of voltaic current increased

Voltaic current increased

Interference with combining power of platina

Interference with the combining power of platinum

—— by olefiant gas

—— by olefiant gas

—— carbonic oxide

carbon monoxide

—— sulphuret of carbon

carbon disulfide

—— ether

—— cryptocurrency

Interpositions, their retarding effects

Interventions, their delaying effects

Iodides in solution, their electrolysis

solution, their electrolysis

—— fusion, their electrolysis

fusion, their electrolysis

Iodide of lead, electrolysed

Lead iodide, electrolyzed

—— of potassium, test of chemical action

—— of potassium, test of chemical action

Ions, what

Ions, what?

—— not transferable alone

not transferable by itself

—— table of

—— table of contents

Iron, both magnetic and magneto-electric at once

Iron, magnetic and magneto-electric at the same time

—— copper and sulphur circles, .
Jenkin, his shock by one pair of plates, .
Kemp, his amalgam of zinc

—— copper and sulfur circles, .
Jenkin, shocked by one pair of plates, .
Kemp, his mix of zinc

Knight, Dr. Gowin, his magnet, .
Lac, charge removed from

Knight, Dr. Gowin, his magnet.
Lac, charge taken off

—— induction through

induction via

—— specific inductive capacity of

specific inductive capacity of

—— effects of its conducting power

—— effects of its conducting power

—— its relation to conduction and insulation

—— its relation to conduction and insulation

Lateral direction of inductive forces of currents

Lateral direction of inductive forces of currents

—— forces of the current

current forces

Law of conduction, new

Conduction law, new

—— magneto-electric induction

magneto-electric induction

—— volta-electric induction

volta-electric induction

Lead, chloride of, electrolysed

Lead chloride electrolyzed

—— fluoride of, conducts well when heated

—— fluoride of, conducts well when heated

—— iodide of, electrolysed

iodized, electrolyzed

—— oxide of, electrolysed

—— oxide of, electrolyzed

Leyden jar, condition of its charge

Leyden jar, state of its charge

—— its charge, nature of

its charge, nature of

—— its discharge

its release

—— its residual charge

its leftover charge

Light, polarized, passed across electrolytes

Polarized light passed through electrolytes

—— electric note

electric note

—— —— spark

—— —— ignite

—— —— brush

—— —— paintbrush

—— —— glow

—— —— glow

Lightning

Lightning

Lines of inductive force ,

Inductive force lines

—— often curved

often curved

—— as shown by the brush

—— as shown by the brush

—— their lateral relation

—— their side relationship

—— their relation to magnetism

their connection to magnetism

Liquefaction, conduction consequent upon

Liquefaction, conduction resulting from

Liquid bodies which are non-conductors

Non-conductive liquids

Local chemical affinity .
Machine, electric, evolution of electricity by

Local chemical affinity.
Machine, electric, development of electricity by

——— magneto-electric

magnetoelectric

Magnelectric induction

Magnelectric induction

—— collectors or conductors

collectors or leaders

Magnesia, sulphate, decomposed against water

Magnesia, sulfate, decomposed in water

—— transference of

transfer of

Magnet, a measure of conducting power

Magnet, a measure of conductivity

—— and current, their relation remembered note

and current, their relationship noted

—— —— plate revolved together

—— —— plate spun together

—— —— cylinder revolved together

—— —— cylinder rotated together

—— revolved alone

spun solo

—— and moving conductors, their general relation

—— and moving conductors, their general relation

—— made by induced current

—— made by induced current

—— electricity from

- power from

Magnetic bodies, but few

Magnetic objects, but few

—— curves, their inductive relation

—— curves, their connected relationship

—— effects of voltaic electricity

effects of battery electricity

—— —— common electricity

common electricity

—— —— magneto-electricity

magnetoelectricity

—— —— thermo-electricity

thermoelectricity

—— —— animal electricity

animal power

—— and electric forces, their relation

—— and electric forces, their relation

—— forces active through intermediate particles

—— forces active through intermediate particles

—— forces of the current

current forces

—— —— very constant

very consistent

—— deflection by common electricity

deflection by common electricity

—— phenomena of Arago explained

Arago's phenomenon explained

—— induction. See Induction, magnetic

induction. See Magnetic induction

—— induction through quiescent bodies

induction via still bodies

—— —— moving bodies

moving bodies

—— and magneto-electric action distinguished

—— and magneto-electric action differentiated

Magnetism, electricity evolved by

Magnetism, electricity developed by

—— its relation to the lines of inductive force

—— its relation to the lines of inductive force

—— bodies classed in relation to

—— bodies classed in relation to

Magneto-electric currents, their intensity

Magneto-electric currents, their strength

—— their direction

their path

—— traverse fluids

navigate liquids

—— momentary

brief

—— permanent

permanent

—— in all conductors

—— in all leaders

Magneto-electric induction

Magnetoelectric induction

—— terrestrial

earthbound

—— law of

law of

——. See Arago's magnetic phenomena

——. See Arago's magnetic effects

Magneto-electric machines

Magnetoelectric machines

—— inductive effects in their wires

—— inductive effects in their wires

Magneto-electricity, its general characters considered &c

Magneto-electricity, considering its general characteristics, etc.

—— identical with other electricities

identical to other electricities

—— its tension

— its stress

—— evolution of heat

evolution of heat

—— magnetic force

magnetic field

—— chemical force

chemical energy

—— spark

—— ignite

—— physiological effects

physiological impacts

——. See Induction, magnetic

——. See Magnetic Induction

Matter, atoms of

Atoms of matter

—— new condition of

—— new state of

—— quantity of electricity in

amount of electricity in

—— absolute charge of

complete control of

Measures of electricity, galvanometer note

Electricity measurements, galvanometer note

—— voltameter

voltage meter

—— metal precipitated

—— metal settled

Measure of specific inductive capacity

Measure of specific inductive capacity

Measurement of common and voltaic electricities

Measurement of common and battery electricity

—— electricity, degree

electricity degree

—— —— by voltameter

—— —— by voltmeter

—— —— by galvanometer note

—— —— by galvanometer note

—— —— by metal precipitated

—— —— by metal deposited

Mechanical forces affect chemical affinity

Mechanical forces influence chemical affinity

Mercurial terminations for convection

Mercurial endings for convection

Mercury, periodide of, an exception to the law of conduction?

Mercury, periodide of, is it an exception to the conduction law?

—— perchloride of

perchloride of

Metallic contact not necessary for electrolyzation

Metal contact not necessary for electrolyzation

—— not essential to the voltaic current

—— not essential to the electric current

—— its use in the pile

—— its use in the pile

Metallic poles

Metal poles

Metal and electrolyte, their state

Metal and electrolyte, their status

Metals, adhesion of fluids to

Metals, fluid adhesion to

—— their power of inducing combination

their ability to create combinations

—— —— interfered with

—— —— got in the way

—— static induction in

static induction in

—— different, currents induced in

different, currents generated in

—— generally secondary results of electrolysis

—— generally secondary results of electrolysis

—— transfer chemical force

transfer chemical energy

—— transference of

transfer of

—— insulate in a certain degree

—— insulate to a certain extent

—— convective currents in

convective currents in

—— but few magnetic

but few are magnetic

Model of relation of magnetism and electricity

Model of the relationship between magnetism and electricity

Molecular inductive action

Molecular induction action

Motion essential to magneto-electric induction

Motion crucial to magneto-electric induction

—— across magnetic curves

—— across magnetic curves

—— of conductor and magnet, relative

of conductor and magnet, relative

—— —— not necessary

Not needed

Moving magnet is electric

Moving magnet generates electricity

Muriatic acid gas, its high insulating power

, its great insulating strength

—— brush in

brush in

—— dark discharge in

dark discharge in

—— glow in

shine in

—— positive and negative brush in

—— positive and negative brush in

—— spark in

ignite in

—— —— has no dark interval

—— —— has no dark interval

Muriatic acid decomposed by common electricity

broken down by electricity

—— its electrolysis (primary) .
Nascent state, its relation to combination

—— its electrolysis (primary) .
Nascent state, its relationship to combination

Natural standard of direction for current

Natural standard for direction of current

—— relation of electrolytic intensity

relation of electrolytic strength

Nature of the electric current

Nature of electric current

—— force or forces

—— force or forces

Negative current, none

Negative current, none

—— discharge

release

—— —— as Spark

—— —— as Spark

—— —— as brush

—— —— as a brush

—— spark or brush

—— spark or swipe

Negative and positive discharge

Negative and positive charge

—— in different gases

—— in various gases

New electrical condition of matter

New electrical state of matter

—— law of conduction

conduction law

Nitric acid formed by spark in air

Nitric acid made by a spark in the air

—— favours excitation of current

supports excitement of current

—— —— transmission of current

Current transmission

—— is best for excitation of battery

—— is best for energizing the battery.

—— nature of its electrolysis

—— nature of its electrolysis

Nitrogen determined to either pole

Nitrogen set to either pole

—— a secondary result of electrolysis

—— a secondary result of electrolysis

—— brush in

brush inside

—— dark discharge in

dark discharge in

—— glow in

shine in

—— spark in

—— ignite in

—— positive and negative brush in

positive and negative brush in

—— —— discharge in

discharge in

—— its influence on lightning

its impact on lightning

Nomenclature

Naming conventions

Nonconduction by solid electrolytes

Non-conductivity of solid electrolytes

Note on electrical excitation

Note on electrical stimulation

Nuclei, their action .
Olefiant gas, interference of

Nuclei, their action.
Olefiant gas, interference of

Ordinary electricity, its tension

Regular electricity, its voltage

—— evolution of heat

heat evolution

—— magnetic force

magnetic field

—— chemical force

chemical energy

—— —— precautions

safety precautions

—— spark

—— ignite

—— physiological effect

physiological response

—— general characters considered

general characters evaluated

—— identity with other electricities

connect with other electricities

Origin of the force of the voltaic pile

Origin of the force of the battery

Oxidation the origin of the electric current in the voltaic pile

Oxidation is the source of electric current in the voltaic pile.

Oxide of lead electrolysed

Lead oxide electrolyzed

Oxygen, brush in

Oxygen, brush it in

—— positive and negative brush in

positive and negative brush in

—— —— discharge in

discharge in

—— solubility of, in cases of electrolyzation

—— solubility of, in cases of electrolysis

—— spark in

spark into

—— and hydrogen combined by platina plates

and hydrogen combined by platinum plates

—— —— spongy platina

soft platinum

—— —— other metals, .
Particles, their nascent state

—— —— other metals, .
Particles, their early form

—— in air, how charged

—— in the air, how charged

—— neighbouring, their relation to each other

—— neighbouring, their relation to each other

—— contiguous, active in induction

- connected, engaged in induction

—— of a dielectric, their inductive condition

—— of a dielectric, their inductive condition

—— polarity of, when under induction

—— polarity of, when under induction

—— how polarised

how divided

—— —— in any direction

—— —— in any direction

—— —— as wholes or elements

—— —— as wholes or elements

—— —— in electrolytes

—— —— in electrolytes

—— crystalline

—— crystal

—— contiguous, active in electrolysis

connected, active in electrolysis

—— their action in electrolyzation

their action in electrolysis

—— —— local chemical action

local chemical reaction

—— —— relation to electric action

—— —— relation to electric action

—— —— electric action

electric motion

Path of the electric spark

Path of the electric spark

Phosphoric acid not an electrolyte

Phosphoric acid is not an electrolyte

Physiological effects of voltaic-electricity

Effects of electric current

—— common electricity

average electricity

—— magneto-electricity

magnetoelectricity

—— thermo-electricity

thermoelectricity

—— animal electricity

animal power

Pile, voltaic, electricity of

Pile, voltaic, electric power of

——. See Battery, voltaic

——. See battery, voltaic

Plates of platina effect combination

Platinum plate effect combination

—— prepared by electricity

powered by electricity

—— —— friction

—— —— friction

—— —— heat

—— —— warmth

—— —— chemical cleansing ,

chemical cleansing

—— clean, their general properties

—— clean, their overall properties

—— their power preserved

their power maintained

—— —— in water

—— —— in water

—— their power diminished by action

their power reduced by action

—— —— exposure to air

air exposure

—— their power affected by washing in water

—— their power influenced by washing in water

—— —— heat

heat

—— —— presence of certain gases

—— —— presence of certain gases

—— their power, cause of

their power, cause of

—— theory of their action, Döbereiner's

Döbereiner's action theory

—— —— Dulong and Thenard's

Dulong and Thenard's

—— —— Fusinieri's

Fusinieri's

—— —— author's

author's

Plates of voltaic battery foul

Voltaic battery plates are dirty

—— new and old

— new and old

—— vicinity of

nearby

—— immersion of

immersive experience of

—— number of

number of

—— large or small

big or small

Platina, clean, its characters

Platina, clean, its characters

—— attracts matter from the air

—— attracts matter from the air

—— spongy, its state

spongy, its condition

—— clean, its power of effecting combination

—— clear, its ability to create connections

—— —— interfered with

—— —— obstructed

—— its action retarded by olefiant gas

its action slowed by olefiant gas

—— —— carbonic oxide

carbon monoxide

——. See Combination, Plates of platina, and Interference

——. See Combination, Platinum Plates, and Interference

—— poles, recombination effected by

—— poles, recombination caused by

Plumbago poles for chlorides

Plumbago rods for chlorides

Poisson's theory of electric induction

Poisson's theory of electric induction

Points, favour convective discharge

Points, favor convection discharge

—— fluid for convection

convection fluid

Polar forces, their character

Polar forces, their nature

—— decomposition by common electricity

decomposition by standard electricity

Polarity, meaning intended

Polarity, meaning intended

—— of particles under induction

—— of particles under induction

—— electric

electric

—— —— its direction ,

—— —— its direction,

—— —— its variation

—— —— its variation

—— —— its degree

—— —— its level

—— —— in crystals

Shining in crystals

—— —— in molecules or atoms

—— —— in molecules or atoms

—— —— in electrolytes

—— —— in electrolytes

Polarized light across electrolytes

Polarized light through electrolytes

Poles, electric, their nature

Electric poles, their nature

—— appearance of evolved bodies at, accounted for

—— appearance of evolved bodies at, accounted for

—— one element to either?

one option for either?

—— of air

air flow

—— of water

water supply

—— of metal

metal ——

—— of platina, recombination effected by

—— of platinum, recombination carried out by

—— of plumbago

of leadwort

Poles, magnetic, distinguished note

Magnetic poles, distinguished note

Porrett's peculiar effects

Porrett's unusual effects

Positive current none

Positive current none

—— discharge

release

—— —— as spark

—— —— as a spark

—— —— as brush

—— —— as a brush

—— spark or brush

—— spark or brush

—— and negative, convective discharge

and negative, convective discharge

—— —— disruptive discharge

disruptive discharge

—— —— —— in different gases

—— —— —— in different gases

—— —— voltaic discharge

electric discharge

—— —— electrolytic discharge

electrolytic discharge

Potassa acetate, nature of its electrolysis

Potassium acetate, nature of its electrolysis

Potassium, iodide of, electrolysed

Electrolyzed potassium iodide

Power of voltaic batteries estimated

Estimated power of batteries

Powers, their state of tension in the pile

Powers, their state of tension in the pile

Practical results with the voltaic battery

Battery performance results.

Pressure of air retains electricity, explained

Pressure of air holds electricity, explained

Primary electrolytical results

Main electrolytic findings

Principles, general, of definite electrolytic action

Principles, general, of definite electrolytic action

Proportionals in electrolytes, single .
Quantity of electricity in matter

Proportions in electrolytes, alone.
Amount of electricity in matter

—— voltaic battery, .
Rarefaction of air facilitates discharge, why

—— voltaic battery, .
The thinning of air helps discharge, and here's why.

Recombination, spontaneous, of gases from water

Recombination of gases from water happens spontaneously.

Relation, by measure, of electricities

Electricity relation by measurement

—— of magnets and moving conductors

—— of magnets and moving conductors

—— of magnetic induction to intervening bodies

—— of magnetic induction to intervening bodies

—— of a current and magnet, to remember note

—— of a current and magnet, to remember note

—— of electric and magnetic forces

—— of electric and magnetic forces

—— of conductors and insulators

Conductors and insulators

—— of conduction and induction

—— of conduction and induction

—— of induction and disruptive discharge

of induction and disruptive discharge

—— —— electrolyzation

electrolysis

—— —— excitation

—— —— excitement

—— —— charge

—— —— fee

—— of insulation and induction

—— of insulation and induction

—— lateral, of lines of inductive force

—— lateral, of lines of inductive force

—— of a vacuum to electricity

—— of a vacuum to electricity

—— of spark, brush, and glow

—— of spark, brush, and glow

—— of gases to positive and negative discharge

—— of gases to positive and negative discharge

—— of neighbouring particles to each other

—— of neighboring particles to each other

—— of elements in decomposing electrolytes

of elements in breaking down electrolytes

—— —— exciting electrolytes

—— —— awesome electrolytes

—— of acids and bases voltaically

—— of acids and bases voltically

Remarks on the active battery

Thoughts on the active battery

Residual charge of a Leyden jar

Residual charge of a Leyden jar

Resistance to electrolysis

Resistance to electrolysis

—— of an electrolyte to decomposition

—— of an electrolyte to decomposition

Results of electrolysis, primary or secondary

Electrolysis results, primary or secondary

—— practical, with the voltaic battery

—— practical with the battery

—— general, as to induction

— general, regarding induction

Retention of electricity by pressure of the atmosphere explained

Retention of electricity by atmospheric pressure explained

Revolving plate. See Arago's phenomena

Revolving plate. See Arago's phenomena.

—— globe, Barlow's, effect explained

globe, Barlow's effect explained

—— —— magnetic

magnetic

—— —— direction of currents in

Here is the paragraph: —— —— direction of currents in

Riffault's and Chompré's theory of electro-chemical decomposition

Riffault's and Chompré's theory of electro-chemical decomposition

Rock crystal, induction across

Rock crystal, induction across

Room, insulated and electrified

Insulated and electrified room

Rotation of the earth a cause of magneto-electric induction, .
Salts considered as electrolytes

Rotation of the Earth is a cause of magneto-electric induction.
Salts are considered electrolytes.

Scale of electrolytic intensities

Electrolytic intensity scale

Secondary electrolytical results

Secondary electrolysis results

—— become measures of the electric current

—— become measures of electric current

Sections of the current

Parts of the current

—— decomposing force alike in all

—— decomposing force similar in all

Sections of lines of inductive action

Sections of lines of inductive action

—— amount of force constant

constant force amount

Shock, strong, with one voltaic pair

Shock, intense, with one electric pair

Silver, chloride of, its electrolyzation

Silver chloride, its electrolysis

—— electrolytic intensity for

electrolytic intensity for

Silver, sulphuret of, hot, conducts well

Silver sulfide, when hot, conducts well.

Simple voltaic circles

Simple electric circuits

—— decomposition effected by

— decomposition caused by

Single and many pairs of plates, relation of

Single and multiple pairs of plates, relationship of

Single voltaic circuits

Single electric circuits

—— without metallic contact

without metal contact

—— with metallic contact

with metal contact

—— their force exalted

— their power elevated

—— give strong shocks

provide strong shocks

—— —— a bright spark

—— —— a bright idea

Solid electrolytes are non-conductors

Solid electrolytes don’t conduct electricity

—— why

why

Solids, their power of inducing combination

Solids and their ability to cause combinations

—— interfered with

interfered with

Solubility of gases in cases of electrolyzation

Solubility of gases in cases of electrolysis

Source of electricity in the voltaic pile

Source of electricity in the battery

—— is chemical action

—— is chemical reaction

Spark

Ignite

Spark, electric, its conditions

Electric spark, its conditions

—— path

—— path

—— light

light

—— insensible duration or time

unconscious period of time

—— accompanying dark parts

— accompanying dark sections

—— determination, .

determination.

Spark is affected by the dielectrics

Spark is influenced by the dielectrics

—— size of conductor

conductor size

—— form of conductor

type of conductor

—— rarefaction of air

air rarefaction

Spark, atmospheric or lightning

Spark, atmospheric or lightning

—— negative

—— not positive

—— positive

—— good

—— ragged

tattered

—— when not straight, why

—— when not straight, why

—— variation in its length

variation in its length

—— tendency to its repetition

tendency to repeat it

—— facilitates discharge

—— helps with discharge

—— passes into brush

—— brushes past

—— preceded by induction

—— followed by induction

—— forms nitric acid in air

—— forms nitric acid in the air

—— in gases

—— in gases

—— in air

in the air

—— in nitrogen

in nitrogen

—— in oxygen

in oxygen

—— in hydrogen

—— in hydrogen

—— in carbonic acid

in carbonated water

—— in muriatic acid gas

in hydrochloric acid gas

—— in coal-gas

in coal gas

—— in liquids

—— in fluids

—— precautions

safety measures

—— voltaic, without metallic contact

— electricity without metal contact

—— from single voltaic pair

from a single battery pair

—— from common and voltaic electricity assimilated

—— from common and voltaic electricity absorbed

—— first magneto-electric

first magneto-electric

—— of voltaic electricity

- of electric power

—— of common electricity

—— of shared electricity

—— of magneto-electricity

—— of magnetoelectricity

—— of thermo-electricity

Thermoelectric energy

—— of animal electricity

Animal electricity

—— brush and glow related

Brush and glow related

Sparks, their expected coalition

Sparks, their anticipated coalition

Specific induction. See Induction, specific

Specific induction. See Specific induction

Specific inductive capacity

Specific inductive capacity

—— apparatus for

— equipment for

—— of lac

—— of lac

—— of sulphur

—— of sulfur

—— of air

—— of air

—— of gases

Gas emissions

—— of glass

glass

Spermaceti, its conducting power

Spermaceti, its conductivity

—— its relation to conduction and insulation

—— its relation to conduction and insulation

Standard of direction in the current

Standard of direction in the current

State, electrotonic

Electrotonic state

Static induction. See Induction, static

Static induction. See Static induction

Sturgeon, his form of Arago's experiment

Sturgeon, his version of Arago's experiment

—— use of amalgamated zinc by

—— use of blended zinc by

Sulphate of soda, decomposed by common electricity

, broken down by regular electricity.

—— electrolytic intensity for

electrolytic intensity for

Sulphur determined to either pole

Sulfur determined to either pole

—— its conducting power

its conductivity

—— its specific inductive capacity

its specific inductive capacity

—— copper and iron, circle

copper and iron, circle

Sulphuret of carbon, interference of

Sulfur compound, interference of

—— silver, hot, conducts well

silver, hot, conducts electricity well

Sulphuretted solution excites the pile

Sulfide solution excites the pile

Sulphuric acid, conduction by

Sulfuric acid, conduction by

—— magneto-electric induction on

magneto-electric induction on

—— in voltaic pile, its use

—— in voltaic pile, its use

—— not an electrolyte

not an electrolyte

—— its transference

—— its transfer

—— its decomposition

its breakdown

Sulphurous acid, its decomposition

Sulfurous acid, its decomposition

Summary of conditions of conduction

Summary of conduction conditions

—— molecular inductive theory, .
Table of discharge in gases

—— molecular inductive theory, .
Table of discharge in gases

—— electric effects

electric effects

—— electro-chemical equivalents

electrochemical equivalents

—— electrolytes affected by fusion

electrolytes influenced by fusion

—— insulation in gases

gas insulation

—— ions, anions, and cathions

ions, negative ions, and positive ions

Tartaric acid, nature of its electrolysis

Tartaric acid, the nature of its electrolysis

Tension, inductive, how represented

Tension, inductive, how it's shown

—— of voltaic electricity

of electric current

—— of common electricity

—— of shared electricity

—— of thermo-electricity

—— of thermoelectricity

—— of magneto-electricity

- of magnetoelectricity

—— of animal electricity

Animal electricity

—— of zinc and electrolyte in the voltaic pile

—— of zinc and electrolyte in the battery

Terrestrial electric currents

Earth's electric currents

Terrestrial magneto-electric induction

Earth's magneto-electric induction

—— cause of aurora borealis

cause of the northern lights

—— electric currents produced by

electric currents generated by

—— —— in helices alone

in spirals alone

—— —— —— with iron

—— —— —— with metal

—— —— —— with a magnet

—— —— —— with a magnet

—— —— a single wire

—— —— one wire

—— —— a revolving plate

—— —— a spinning plate

—— —— a revolving ball

—— —— a spinning ball

—— —— the earth

save the earth

Test between magnetic and magneto-electric action

Test between magnetic and magneto-electric action

Theory of combination of gases by clean platina

Theory of combining gases with pure platinum

—— electro-chemical decomposition

electrochemical decomposition

—— the voltaic apparatus

—— the battery system

—— static induction

static induction

—— disruptive discharge

disruptive delivery

—— Arago's phenomena

Arago's phenomena

Thermo-electricity, its general characters

Thermoelectricity, its general characteristics

—— identical with other electricities

identical to other electricities

—— its evolution of heat

its heat evolution

—— magnetic, force

magnetic force

—— physiological effects

physiological impacts

—— spark

— ignite

Time

Time

Tin, iodide of, electrolysed

Tin iodide, electrolyzed

—— protochloride, electrolysis of, definite

—— protochloride, electrolysis, definite

Torpedo, nature of its electric discharge

Torpedo, the nature of its electric discharge

—— its enormous amount of electric force

—— its huge amount of electric power

Transfer of elements and the current, their relation

Transfer of elements and the current, their relationship

Transference is simultaneous in opposite directions

Transference happens in both directions.

—— uncombined bodies do not travel

—— uncombined bodies do not travel

—— of elements

of elements

—— —— across great intervals

—— —— across long distances

—— —— its nature

—— —— its essence

—— of chemical force

—— of chemical energy

Transverse forces of the current

Current transverse forces

Travelling of charged particles

Movement of charged particles

Trough, voltaic. See Battery, voltaic

Trough, voltaic. See Voltaic battery

Turpentine, oil of, a good fluid insulator

Turpentine, oil of, a great fluid insulator

—— its insulating power destroyed

its insulation compromised

—— charged

—— charged up

—— brush in

brush it in

—— electric motions in ,

electric motions in,

—— convective currents in .
Unipolarity, .
Vacuum, its relation to electricity

—— convective currents in .
Unipolarity, .
Vacuum, its relation to electricity

Vaporization

Vaping

Velocity of conduction in metals varied

Speed of conduction in metals varied

—— the electric discharge

the electric shock

—— conductive and electrolytic discharge, difference of

—— conductive and electrolytic discharge, difference of

Vicinity of plates in voltaic battery

Vicinity of plates in a battery

Volta-electric induction

Electric induction

Volta-electrometer

Volta electrometer

—— fluid decomposed in it, water

—— fluid decomposed in it, water

—— forms of

types of

—— tested for variation of electrodes

tested for variation of electrodes

—— —— fluid within

fluid inside

—— —— intensity

—— —— intensity

—— strength of acid used in

—— strength of acid used in

—— its indications by oxygen and hydrogen

its indications by oxygen and hydrogen

—— —— hydrogen

hydrogen

—— —— oxygen

breathable air

—— how used

—— how to use

Voltameter

Voltmeter

Voltaic battery, its nature

Voltaic battery, its characteristics

—— remarks on

—— comments on

—— improved

—— enhanced

—— practical results with

real-world outcomes with

——. See Battery, voltaic

——. See Battery, rechargeable

Voltaic circles, simple

Electric circuits, simple

—— decomposition by

—— decomposed by

Voltaic circles associated, or battery

Battery or associated voltaic circles

Voltaic circuit, relation of bodies in

Voltaic circuit, relation of bodies in

—— defined

—— defined

—— origin of

— source of

—— its direction ,

— its direction,

—— intensity increased

— intensity up

—— produced by oxidation of zinc

—— produced by the oxidation of zinc

—— not due to combination of oxide and acid

—— not due to the mixture of oxide and acid

—— its relation to the combining oxygen

its relation to combining oxygen

—— —— combining sulphur

combining sulfur

—— —— the transferred elements

—— —— the moved elements

—— relation of bodies in

relation of bodies in

Voltaic current, . See Current, electric

Electric current, . See Current, electric

Voltaic discharge, positive and negative

Electric discharge, positive and negative

Voltaic decomposition . See Decomposition, electro-chemical

Voltaic decomposition. See Electrochemical decomposition

Voltaic electricity, identical with electricity, otherwise evolved

Voltaic electricity, the same as electricity from other sources

—— discharged by points

discharged by points

—— —— hot air

hot air

—— its tension

— its stress

—— evolution of heat by

heat evolution by

—— its magnetic force

its magnetic field

—— its chemical force

its chemical power

—— its spark

—— its vibe

—— its physiological effects

— its physical effects

—— its general characters considered

—— its overall traits considered

Voltaic pile distinguished note

Battery distinguished note

—— electricity of

electrical power of

—— depends on chemical action

depends on chemical reactions

—— relation of acid and bases in the

—— relation of acid and bases in the

——. See Battery, voltaic

——. See Battery, electric

Voltaic spark without contact

Contactless electric spark

—— precautions

—— safety measures

Voltaic trough, . See Battery, voltaic.
Water, flowing, electric currents in

Voltaic trough, . See Battery, voltaic.
Water, flowing, electric currents in

—— retardation of current by

slowing down current by

—— its direct conducting power

its direct conductivity

—— —— constant

—— —— constant

—— electro-chemical decomposition against

—— electrochemical decomposition against

—— poles of

—— poles of

—— its influence in electro-chemical decomposition

—— its influence in electrochemical decomposition

—— is the great electrolyte

—— is the ultimate electrolyte

—— the exciting electrolyte when pure

the thrilling electrolyte when pure

—— —— acidulated

sour

—— —— alkalized

alkalized

—— electrolytic intensity for

electrolytic intensity for

—— electrolyzed in a single circuit

—— electrolyzed in a single circuit

—— its electrolysis definite

its electrolysis is definite

—— decomposition of by fine wires

—— decomposition of by fine wires

—— quantity of electricity in its elements

—— amount of electricity in its elements

—— determined to either pole

—— determined to reach either pole

Wheatstone's analysis of the electric brush

Wheatstone's analysis of the electric brush

—— measurement of conductive velocity in metals

—— measurement of the speed of conductivity in metals

Wire, ignition of, by the electric current note

Wire, ignition of, by the electric current note

—— is uniform throughout

is consistent throughout

Wire a regulator of the electric current note

Wire a regulator of the electric current note

—— velocity of conduction in, varied

—— the speed of conduction in, varied

—— single, a current induced in

—— single, a current induced in

—— long, inductive effects in

long, inductive effects in

Wollaston on decomposition by common electricity

Wollaston on decomposition by electricity

—— decomposition of water by points, .
Zinc, amalgamated, its condition

—— decomposition of water by points, .
Zinc, combined with mercury, its state

—— used in pile

—— used in stack

Zinc, how amalgamated

Zinc, how combined

—— of troughs, its purity

—— of troughs, its clarity

—— its relation to the electrolyte

—— its relation to the electrolyte

—— its oxidation is the source of power in the pile

—— its oxidation is the source of energy in the battery

—— plates of troughs, foul

trough plates, disgusting

—— —— new and old

new and old

—— waste of, in voltaic batteries

—— waste of, in voltaic batteries

THE END.

THE END.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS TO THE UNIVERSITY OF LONDON, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR, PRINTERS AND PUBLISHERS TO THE UNIVERSITY OF LONDON, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Daubeny on Active and Extinct Volcanos, Earthquakes, and Thermal Springs; with Remarks on their Causes, Products, and influence on the condition of the Globe. By Professor CHARLES DAUBENY, M.D., F.R.S. Second Edition, greatly enlarged. 21s. cloth, with 12 Maps and Plates.

Daubeny on Active and Extinct Volcanoes, Earthquakes, and Thermal Springs; with Comments on Their Causes, Products, and Impact on the State of the Earth. By Professor CHARLES DAUBENY, M.D., F.R.S. Second Edition, significantly expanded. 21s. cloth, with 12 Maps and Plates.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, being a continuation of Tilloch's 'Philosophical Magazine,' Nicholson's 'Journal,' and Thomson's 'Annals of Philosophy,' conducted by SIR DAVID BREWSTER, K.R. LL.D. F.R.S. L.&E. &c. RICHARD TAYLOR, F.S.A. L.S. G.S. Astr. S. &c. RICHARD PHILLIPS, F.R.S. L.&E. F.G.S. &c. SIR ROBERT KANE, M.D. M.R.I.A.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, continuing Tilloch's 'Philosophical Magazine,' Nicholson's 'Journal,' and Thomson's 'Annals of Philosophy,' is run by SIR DAVID BREWSTER, K.R. LL.D. F.R.S. L.&E. &c. RICHARD TAYLOR, F.S.A. L.S. G.S. Astr. S. &c. RICHARD PHILLIPS, F.R.S. L.&E. F.G.S. &c. SIR ROBERT KANE, M.D. M.R.I.A.

In Monthly Numbers, price 2s. 6d. each.

In Monthly Issues, priced at 2.50 each.

The Second Series, in eleven volumes, with a general Index; and the Third or present Series, in thirty-one volumes (with a general Index to the first twelve), may be had; also a complete set at a reduced price, from 1798 to June 1848, in one hundred and eleven volumes.

The Second Series, in eleven volumes, with a general Index; and the Third or current Series, in thirty-one volumes (with a general Index for the first twelve), are available; also a complete set at a discounted price, from 1798 to June 1848, in one hundred and eleven volumes.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History; including Zoology, Botany, and Geology; being a continuation of the 'Annals' combined with Messrs. London and Charlesworth's 'Magazine of Natural History,' conducted by

Annals and Magazine of Natural History; including Zoology, Botany, and Geology; being a continuation of the 'Annals' combined with Messrs. London and Charlesworth's 'Magazine of Natural History,' conducted by

SIR W. JARDINE, BART., F.L.S.

SIR W. JARDINE, BART., F.L.S.

P.J. SELBY, ESQ., F.L.S.

P.J. Selby, Esq., F.L.S.

Dr. JOHNSTON.

Dr. Johnson.

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esq, M.A., F.L.S.

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esq., M.A., F.L.S.

Dr. BALFOUR, Prof. Bot. Edinb.,

Dr. Balfour, Professor of Botany, Edinburgh

and RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S.

and RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S.

New Series.—In Monthly Numbers, price 2s. 6d. each.

New Series.—In monthly issues, priced at £2.50 each.

The First Series may be had at reduced prices: viz. Vol. I. to X., £3 5s. Vol. XI. to XX., £4 15s. Or the whole Set of 20 Volumes for £7.

The First Series is available at discounted prices: Volume I to X for £3 5s. Volume XI to XX for £4 15s. Or you can get the complete set of 20 volumes for £7.

Scientific Memoirs, selected from the Transactions of Foreign Academies of Science, and Learned Societies, end from Foreign Journals; edited by RICHARD TAYLOR, F.S.A. F.L.S. F.G.S. &c. &c. In parts, price 6s. each,

Scientific Memoirs, selected from the Transactions of Foreign Academies of Science, and Learned Societies, and from Foreign Journals; edited by RICHARD TAYLOR, F.S.A. F.L.S. F.G.S. &c. &c. In parts, price 6s. each,

The Chemical Gazette; or Journal of Practical Chemistry, in all its applications to PHARMACY, ARTS and MANUFACTURES. Conducted by WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.I.S., &c.—Published on the 1st and 13th of each Month, price Sixpence (Stamped, Seven pence). Five volumes published. Vol. I. 14s.; Vols. II., III., IV., V., 12s. each.

The Chemical Gazette; or Journal of Practical Chemistry, focusing on its applications in PHARMACY, ARTS, and MANUFACTURING. Managed by WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.I.S., etc.—Published on the 1st and 13th of every month, price sixpence (Stamped, seven pence). Five volumes published. Vol. I. 14s.; Vols. II., III., IV., V., 12s. each.

Faraday's Experimental Researches in Electricity. Vol. I. with 13 plates, cloth, 18s. Vol. II. with 5 plates, cloth, 9s.

Faraday's Experimental Researches in Electricity. Vol. I. with 13 illustrations, hardcover, 18s. Vol. II. with 5 illustrations, hardcover, 9s.

The Catalogue of Stars of the British Association FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE; containing the Mean Right Ascensions and North POLAR DISTANCES of EIGHT THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY-SEVEN FIXED STARS, reduced to January 1, 1850: together with their Annual Precessions, Secular Variations, and Proper Motions, as well as the Logarithmic Constants for computing Precession, Aberration and Nutation: with a Preface explanatory of their Construction and Application. By the late FRANCIS BAILY, Esq., D.C.L. Oxford and Dublin; President of the Royal Astr. Soc. &c. &c. &c.—Price Three Guineas.

The Catalogue of Stars of the British Association for the Advancement of Science; featuring the Mean Right Ascensions and North Polar Distances of 8,377 fixed stars, updated to January 1, 1850: along with their Annual Precessions, Secular Variations, and Proper Motions, as well as the Logarithmic Constants for calculating Precession, Aberration, and Nutation: with a Preface explaining their Construction and Application. By the late Francis Baily, Esq., D.C.L. Oxford and Dublin; President of the Royal Astronomical Society, etc. — Price Three Guineas.

A Catalogue of 47,390 Stars, for the beginning of the year 1800, from the observations of Lalande, in the HISTOIRE CELESTE FRANÇAISE. Reduced at the expense of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, under the immediate superintendence of the late FRANCIS BAILY, Esq. Printed at the expense of Her Majesty's Government.—Price £1 1s.

A Catalogue of 47,390 Stars, for the start of the year 1800, based on observations by Lalande, in the HISTOIRE CELESTE FRANÇAISE. Compiled at the expense of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, under the direct supervision of the late FRANCIS BAILY, Esq. Printed at the expense of Her Majesty's Government.—Price £1 1s.

A Catalogue of 9766 Stars in the Southern Hemisphere, for the beginning of the year 1750, from the Observations of the ABBE DE LACAILLE, made at the Cape of Good Hope in the years 1751 and 1752. Reduced at the expense of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, under the immediate superintendence of the late Professor HENDERSON, Director of the Royal Observatory, Edinburgh. And printed at the expense of Her Majesty's Government, under the direction of the late FRANCIS BAILY, Esq. With a Preface by Sir J.F.W. HERSCHEL, Bart., H.K., President of the Royal Astronomical Society.—Price 5s.

A Catalog of 9,766 Stars in the Southern Hemisphere, for the start of the year 1750, based on the Observations of the ABBE DE LACAILLE, conducted at the Cape of Good Hope in 1751 and 1752. Compiled at the expense of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, under the direct supervision of the late Professor HENDERSON, Director of the Royal Observatory, Edinburgh. Printed at the expense of Her Majesty's Government, under the guidance of the late FRANCIS BAILY, Esq. With a Preface by Sir J.F.W. HERSCHEL, Bart., H.K., President of the Royal Astronomical Society.—Price 5s.

Hygrometrical Tables, to be used with, and Description of the DRY- and WET-BULB THERMOMETERS. By JAMES GLAISHER, Esq., of the Royal Observatory, Greenwich. Royal 8vo, 2s. 6d.

Hygrometric Tables, for use with, and Description of the DRY and WET BULB THERMOMETERS. By JAMES GLAISHER, Esq., of the Royal Observatory, Greenwich. Royal 8vo, £2.50.

Griffith's Practical Manual on Urine, &c., containing a Description of the GENERAL, CHEMICAL and MICROSCOPICAL CHARACTERS of the URINE and its DEPOSITS, both in Health and Disease. By JOHN WILLIAM GRIFFITH, M.D., F.L.S. &c. With two Plates, price 3s. cloth.

Griffith's Practical Manual on Urine, etc., which includes a Description of the GENERAL, CHEMICAL, and MICROSCOPICAL FEATURES of URINE and its DEPOSITS, both in Health and Illness. By JOHN WILLIAM GRIFFITH, M.D., F.L.S. etc. With two Plates, price 3s. cloth.

Griffith's Practical Manual on Blood, &c., containing a Description of the GENERAL, CHEMICAL and MICROSCOPICAL CHARACTERS of the other FLUIDS of the Body, viz. the Blood, Chyle, Lymph, Gastric Juice, Bile, &c.; with the best methods of analysing them qualitatively as well its quantitatively. By JOHN WILLIAM GRIFFITH, M.D., F.L.S. &c. With two Plates, price 5s. cloth.

Griffith's Practical Manual on Blood, etc., which includes a description of the general, chemical, and microscopic characteristics of the other bodily fluids, such as blood, chyle, lymph, gastric juice, bile, etc.; along with the best methods for analyzing them both qualitatively and quantitatively. By JOHN WILLIAM GRIFFITH, M.D., F.L.S., etc. With two plates, priced at 5s. cloth.

The Botanical Gazette. Edited by Arthur Henfrey, Esq. F.L.S. &c. Published on the first of each month. Price 1s.

The Botanical Gazette. Edited by Arthur Henfrey, Esq. F.L.S. etc. Published on the first of each month. Price 1 shilling.


Notes

1.

The relative position of an electric current and a magnet is by most persons found very difficult to remember, and three or four helps to the memory have been devised by M. Ampère and others. I venture to suggest the following as a very simple and effectual assistance in these and similar latitudes. Let the experimenter think he is looking down upon a dipping needle, or upon the pole of the north, and then let him think upon the direction of the motion of the hands of a watch, or of a screw moving direct; currents in that direction round a needle would make it into such a magnet as the dipping needle, or would themselves constitute an electro-magnet of similar qualities; or if brought near a magnet would tend to make it take that direction; or would themselves be moved into that position by a magnet so placed; or in M. Ampère's theory are considered as moving in that direction in the magnet. These two points of the position of the dipping-needle and the motion of the watch hands being remembered, any other relation of the current and magnet can be at once deduced from it.

The relative position of an electric current and a magnet is usually hard for most people to remember, and M. Ampère and others have come up with a few memory aids. I’d like to suggest a very simple and effective way to help with this in similar situations. Imagine you're looking down at a dipping needle or at the north pole, and then consider the direction in which the hands of a clock move, or how a screw turns. Currents moving in that direction around a needle would turn it into a magnet like the dipping needle, or they would create an electro-magnet with similar properties. If brought close to a magnet, they would push it to align in that direction, or they would themselves shift into that position under the influence of a magnet placed that way. According to M. Ampère’s theory, these currents are also seen as moving in that direction within the magnet. By remembering these two points—the position of the dipping needle and the motion of the clock hands— you can easily figure out any other relationship between the current and the magnet.

2.

To avoid any confusion as to the poles of the magnet, I shall designate the pole pointing to the north as the marked pole; I may occasionally speak of the north and south ends of the needle, but do not mean thereby north and south poles. That is by many considered the true north pole of a needle which points to the south; but in this country it in often called the south pole.

To clear up any confusion about the poles of the magnet, I’ll call the pole that points north the marked pole. I might sometimes refer to the north and south ends of the needle, but that doesn't mean I'm talking about the north and south poles. Many people think of the true north pole of a needle as the one that points south; however, in this country, it’s often referred to as the south pole.

3.

A soft iron bar in the form of a lifter to a horse-shoe magnet, when supplied with a coil of this kind round the middle of it, becomes, by juxta-position with a magnet, a ready source of a brief but determinate current of electricity.

A soft iron bar shaped like a lifter for a horseshoe magnet, when wrapped with a coil around the middle, turns into a quick but clear source of electricity when placed next to a magnet.

4.

For a mode of obtaining the spark from the common magnet which I have found effectual, see the Philosophical Magazine for June 1832, p. 5. In the same Journal for November 1834, vol. v. p. 349, will be found a method of obtaining the magneto-electric spark, still simpler in its principle, the use of soft iron being dispensed with altogether.—Dec. 1838.

For a way to get a spark from a regular magnet that I've found effective, check out the Philosophical Magazine from June 1832, p. 5. In the same journal from November 1834, vol. v. p. 349, you'll find an even simpler method for getting the magneto-electric spark, which completely avoids the use of soft iron.—Dec. 1838.

5.

For important additional phenomena and developments of the induction of electrical currents, see now the ninth series, 1048-1118.—Dec. 1838.

For important additional phenomena and developments of the induction of electrical currents, see now the ninth series, 1048-1118.—Dec. 1838.

6.

This section having been read at the Royal Society and reported upon, and having also, in consequence of a letter from myself to M. Hachette, been noticed at the French Institute, I feel bound to let it stand as part of the paper; but later investigations (intimated 73. 76. 77.) of the laws governing those phenomena, induce me to think that the latter can be fully explained without admitting the electro-tonic state. My views on this point will appear in the second series of these researches.—M.F.

This section was read at the Royal Society and reported on, and because I sent a letter to M. Hachette, it was also mentioned at the French Institute. I feel it’s important to keep it as part of the paper; however, later investigations (mentioned in 73. 76. 77.) into the laws governing those phenomena lead me to believe that the latter can be fully explained without accepting the electro-tonic state. My thoughts on this issue will be presented in the second series of these research studies.—M.F.

7.

Philosophical Transactions, 1801, p. 247.

Philosophical Transactions, 1801, p. 247.

8.

Annales de Chimie, xxxviii. 5.

Annales de Chimie, 38. 5.

9.

Ibid. xxviii. 190.

Ibid. 28. 190.

10.

Ibid. xxxviii. 49.

Ibid. 38. 49.

11.

The Lycée, No. 36, for January 1st, has a long and rather premature article, in which it endeavours to show anticipations by French philosophers of my researches. It however mistakes the erroneous results of MM. Fresnel and Ampère for true ones, and then imagines my true results are like those erroneous ones. I notice it here, however, for the purpose of doing honour to Fresnel in a much higher degree than would have been merited by a feeble anticipation of the present investigations. That great philosopher, at the same time with myself and fifty other persons, made experiments which the present paper proves could give no expected result. He was deceived for the moment, and published his imaginary success; but on more carefully repeating his trials, he could find no proof of their accuracy; and, in the high and pure philosophic desire to remove error as well as discover truth, he recanted his first statement. The example of Berzelius regarding the first Thorina is another instance of this fine feeling; and as occasions are not rare, it would be to the dignity of science if such examples were more frequently followed.—February 10th, 1832.

The Lycée, No. 36, for January 1st, has a lengthy and somewhat premature article that attempts to highlight how French philosophers anticipated my research. However, it confuses the incorrect results of Fresnel and Ampère with the correct ones, then assumes that my actual findings are similar to their mistaken conclusions. I mention this here to pay greater tribute to Fresnel than his weak anticipation of my current studies would warrant. That esteemed philosopher, along with myself and about fifty other people, conducted experiments that this paper demonstrates could not yield the expected results. He was momentarily misled and published his mistaken success, but upon more careful repetition of his trials, he could find no evidence supporting their accuracy; in a noble and genuine spirit of philosophy, aiming to correct errors as well as uncover truth, he retracted his initial claim. The case of Berzelius regarding the first Thorina is another example of this admirable sentiment; since such occurrences are not uncommon, it would elevate the stature of science if we saw these examples followed more often.—February 10th, 1832.

12.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825, p. 467.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825, p. 467.

13.

By magnetic curves, I mean the lines of magnetic forces, however modified by the juxtaposition of poles, which would be depicted by iron filings; or those to which a very small magnetic needle would form a tangent.

By magnetic curves, I mean the lines of magnetic forces, adjusted by the positioning of poles, which would be shown by iron filings; or those to which a very small magnetic needle would align.

14.

Quarterly Journal of Science, vol. xii. pp. 74. 186. 416. 283.

Quarterly Journal of Science, vol. 12, pp. 74, 186, 416. 283.

15.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825, p. 481.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825, p. 481.

16.

This experiment has actually been made by Mr. Christie, with the results here described, and is recorded in the Philosophical Transactions for 1827, p. 82.

This experiment was actually conducted by Mr. Christie, with the results described here, and is documented in the Philosophical Transactions for 1827, p. 82.

17.

Experiments which I have since made convince me that this particular action is always due to the electrical currents formed; and they supply a test by which it may be distinguished from the action of ordinary magnetism, or any other cause, including those which are mechanical or irregular, producing similar effects (254.)

Experiments I've conducted since then have convinced me that this specific action always results from the electrical currents generated; and they provide a way to differentiate it from the effects of regular magnetism or any other causes, including mechanical or irregular ones, that produce similar results (254.)

18.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825. p. 317.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825, p. 317.

19.

Ibid. 1825. p. 485.

Ibid. 1825. p. 485.

20.

I have since been able to explain these differences, and prove, with several metals, that the effect is in the order of the conducting power; for I have been able to obtain, by magneto-electric induction, currents of electricity which are proportionate in strength to the conducting power of the bodies experimented with (211.).

I have since been able to explain these differences and prove, with several metals, that the effect follows the order of their conductivity; I've been able to generate electrical currents through magneto-electric induction that are proportional in strength to the conductivity of the materials I tested (211.).

21.

Christie, Phil. Trans. 1825, pp. 58, 347, &c. Barlow, Phil. Trans. 1825, p. 317.

Christie, Phil. Trans. 1825, pp. 58, 347, &c. Barlow, Phil. Trans. 1825, p. 317.

22.

1830. p. 399.

1830, p. 399.

23.

Theoretically, even a ship or a boat when passing on the surface of the water, in northern or southern latitudes, should have currents of electricity running through it directly across the line of her motion; or if the water is flowing past the ship at anchor, similar currents should occur.

Theoretically, even a ship or a boat traveling on the surface of the water, whether in northern or southern latitudes, should have electric currents flowing through it directly along its path; or if the water is moving past a ship at anchor, similar currents should be present.

24.

Philosophical Transactions, 1831, p. 202.

Philosophical Transactions, 1831, p. 202.

25.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825, p. 472; 1831, p.78.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825, p. 472; 1831, p. 78.

26.

Mr. Christie, who being appointed reporter upon this paper, had it in his hands before it was complete, felt the difficulty (202.); and to satisfy his mind, made experiments upon iron and copper with the large magnet(44.), and came to the same conclusions as I have arrived at. The two sets of experiments were perfectly independent of each other, neither of us being aware of the other's proceedings.

Mr. Christie, who was appointed as the reporter for this paper, had it in his hands before it was finished and recognized the challenge (202.); to clarify his thoughts, he conducted tests on iron and copper using a large magnet (44.), and reached the same conclusions I did. Our two sets of experiments were entirely separate, with neither of us knowing about the other's work.

27.

Philosophical Transactions, 1831. p. 68.

Philosophical Transactions, 1831, p. 68.

28.

Edin. Phil. Journal, 1825, p. 124.

Edin. Phil. Journal, 1825, p. 124.

29.

Phil. Trans. 1779, p. 196.

Phil. Trans. 1779, p. 196.

30.

Annnles de Chimie, 1826, p. 62, &c.

Annnles de Chimie, 1826, p. 62, &c.

31.

Phil. Trans. 1832, p. 282, note.

Phil. Trans. 1832, p. 282, note.

32.

Ibid. 1801, p. 434.

Ibid. 1801, p. 434.

33.

Phil. Trans. 1892, p. 17. "Common electricity is excited upon non-conductors, and is readily carried off by conductors and imperfect conductors. Voltaic electricity is excited upon combinations of perfect and imperfect conductors, and is only transmitted by perfect conductors or imperfect conductors of the best kind. Magnetism, if it be a form of electricity, belongs only to perfect conductors; and, in its modifications, to a peculiar class of them34. Animal electricity resides only in the imperfect conductors forming the organs of living animals, &c."

Phil. Trans. 1892, p. 17. "Common electricity is generated on non-conductors and is easily transferred through conductors and poor conductors. Voltaic electricity is produced on combinations of good and poor conductors and can only be transmitted by good conductors or the highest quality poor conductors. Magnetism, if it is a form of electricity, is found only in good conductors and, in its various forms, in a specific group of them34. Animal electricity exists solely in the poor conductors that make up the organs of living animals, etc."

34.

Dr. Ritchie has shown this is not the case. Phil. Trans. 1832, p. 294.

Dr. Ritchie has demonstrated that this isn't true. Phil. Trans. 1832, p. 294.

35.

Phil. Trans. 1832, p. 259. Dr. Davy, in making experiments on the torpedo, obtains effects the same as those produced by common and voltaic electricity, and says that in its magnetic and chemical power it does not seem to be essentially peculiar,—p. 274; but he then says, p. 275, there are other points of difference; and after referring to them, adds, "How are these differences to be explained? Do they admit of explanation similar to that advanced by Mr. Cavendish in his theory of the torpedo; or may we suppose, according to the analogy of the solar ray, that the electrical power, whether excited by the common machine, or by the voltaic battery, or by the torpedo, is not a simple power, but a combination of powers, which may occur variously associated, and produce all the varieties of electricity with which we are acquainted?"

Phil. Trans. 1832, p. 259. Dr. Davy, while experimenting on the torpedo, achieves effects similar to those created by standard and voltaic electricity. He notes that its magnetic and chemical power doesn’t seem to be fundamentally unique—p. 274; however, he then states on p. 275 that there are other differences. After discussing them, he adds, "How can we explain these differences? Do they allow for an explanation similar to what Mr. Cavendish proposed in his theory of the torpedo? Or could we suggest, following the analogy of sunlight, that the electrical power, whether generated by the common machine, the voltaic battery, or the torpedo, isn’t a simple power but a mix of powers, which can be variously combined to create all the different types of electricity we know?"

At p. 279 of the same volume of Transactions is Dr. Ritchie's paper, from which the following are extracts: "Common electricity is diffused over the surface of the metal;—voltaic electricity exists within the metal. Free electricity is conducted over the surface of the thinnest gold leaf as effectually as over a mass of metal having the same surface;—voltaic electricity requires thickness of metal for its conduction," p. 280: and again, "The supposed analogy between common and voltaic electricity, which was so eagerly traced after the invention of the pile, completely fails in this case, which was thought to afford the most striking resemblance." p. 291.

At p. 279 of the same volume of Transactions is Dr. Ritchie's paper, from which the following are extracts: "Common electricity spreads across the surface of the metal;—voltaic electricity is found inside the metal. Free electricity is conducted across the surface of the thinnest gold leaf just as effectively as across a lump of metal with the same surface area;—voltaic electricity needs a certain thickness of metal to conduct," p. 280: and again, "The supposed similarity between common and voltaic electricity, which was so eagerly pursued after the invention of the pile, completely fails in this case, which was thought to be the most striking resemblance." p. 291.

36.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 153

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 153

37.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 154.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 154.

38.

Philosophical Transactions, 1827, p. 18. Edinburgh Transactions, 1831. Harris on a New Electrometer, &c. &c.

Philosophical Transactions, 1827, p. 18. Edinburgh Transactions, 1831. Harris on a New Electrometer, & &.

39.

Demonferrand's Manuel d'Electricité dynamique, p. 121.

Demonferrand's Manuel d'Electricité dynamique, p. 121.

40.

Annales de Chimie, xxxiii. p. 62.

Annales de Chimie, 33. p. 62.

41.

Philosophical Transactions, 1801, pp. 427, 434.

Philosophical Transactions, 1801, pp. 427, 434.

42.

Philosophical Transactions, 1801, p. 429.

Philosophical Transactions, 1801, p. 429.

43.

Nicholson's Journal, 4to. vol. I. pp. 311, 299. 349.

Nicholson's Journal, 4to. vol. I. pp. 311, 299. 349.

44.

Or even from thirty to forty.

Or even from thirty to forty.

45.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1830, tome xlv. p. 213.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1830, vol. xlv. p. 213.

46.

Philosophical Transactions, 1831, p. 165.

Philosophical Transactions, 1831, p. 165.

47.

Annales de Chimie, l. p. 322.

Annales de Chimie, l. p. 322.

48.

Ibid. li. p 77.

Ibid. li. p. 77.

49.

Phil, Mag. and Annals, 1832, vol. xi. p. 405.

Phil, Mag. and Annals, 1832, vol. 11, p. 405.

50.

Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. and Journ., 1832, vol. i. p. 161.

Lond. and Edinb. Phil. Mag. and Journ., 1832, vol. i. p. 161.

51.

Ibid. 1832. vol. i. p. 441.

Ibid. 1832. vol. i. p. 441.

52.

Annales de Chimie, li, p. 77.

Annales de Chimie, li, p. 77.

53.

Ibid. li. p. 72

Ibid. li. p. 72

54.

Bibliothèque Universelle, xxxvii. 15.

Bibliothèque Universelle, vol. 37, p. 15.

55.

Philosophical Transactions, 1773, p. 461.

Philosophical Transactions, 1773, p. 461.

56.

Ibid. 1775, p. 1.

Ibid. 1775, p. 1.

57.

Ibid. 1776, p. 196.

Ibid. 1776, p. 196.

58.

Ibid. 1829, p. 15.

Ibid. 1829, p. 15.

59.

Ibid. 1832, p. 259.

Ibid. 1832, p. 259.

60.

Philosophical Transactions, 1832, p. 260.

Philosophical Transactions, 1832, p. 260.

61.

Edinburgh Phil. Journal, ii. p. 249.

Edinburgh Phil. Journal, ii. p. 249.

62.

Mr. Brayley, who referred me to those statements, and has extensive knowledge of recorded facts, is unacquainted with any further account relating to them.

Mr. Brayley, who pointed me to those statements and has a lot of knowledge about recorded facts, doesn’t know of any additional information related to them.

63.

The term quantity in electricity is perhaps sufficiently definite as to sense; the term intensity is more difficult to define strictly. I am using the terms in their ordinary and accepted meaning.

The term quantity in electricity is probably clear enough; the term intensity is harder to define precisely. I'm using these terms in their common and accepted meanings.

64.

Many of the spaces in this table originally left blank may now be filled. Thus with thermo-electricity, Botto made magnets and obtained polar chemical decomposition: Antinori produced the spark; and if it has not been done before, Mr. Watkins has recently heated a wire in Harris's thermo-electrometer. In respect to animal electricity, Matteucci and Linari have obtained the spark from the torpedo, and I have recently procured it from the gymnotus: Dr. Davy has observed the heating power of the current from the torpedo. I have therefore filled up these spaces with crosses, in a different position to the others originally in the table. There remain but five spaces unmarked, two under attraction and repulsion, and three under discharge by hot air; and though these effects have not yet been obtained, it is a necessary conclusion that they must be possible, since the spark corresponding to them has been procured. For when a discharge across cold air can occur, that intensity which is the only essential additional requisite for the other effects must be present.—Dec. 13 1838.

Many of the spaces in this table that were originally left blank can now be filled in. With thermo-electricity, Botto created magnets and achieved polar chemical decomposition; Antinori generated the spark; and although it hasn't been done before, Mr. Watkins recently heated a wire in Harris's thermo-electrometer. Regarding animal electricity, Matteucci and Linari obtained the spark from the torpedo, and I recently got it from the gymnotus. Dr. Davy has noted the heating effect of the current from the torpedo. I have now marked these areas with crosses, positioned differently from the others in the table. There are only five spaces remaining, two under attraction and repulsion, and three under discharge by hot air; and while these effects haven't been achieved yet, it's a necessary conclusion that they must be possible since the spark associated with them has been produced. When a discharge across cold air can occur, the intensity that is the only essential additional requirement for the other effects must be present.—Dec. 13 1838.

65.

In further illustration of this subject see 855-873 in Series VII.—Dec. 1838.

In further illustration of this subject, see 855-873 in Series VII.—Dec. 1838.

66.

The great and general value of the galvanometer, as an actual measure of the electricity passing through it, either continuously or interruptedly, must be evident from a consideration of these two conclusions. As constructed by Professor Ritchie with glass threads (see Philosophical Transactions, 1830, p. 218, and Quarterly Journal of Science, New Series, vol. i. p.29.), it apparently seems to leave nothing unsupplied in its own department.

The overall importance of the galvanometer as a reliable measure of electricity flowing through it, whether steadily or intermittently, is clear from these two conclusions. Built by Professor Ritchie with glass threads (see Philosophical Transactions, 1830, p. 218, and Quarterly Journal of Science, New Series, vol. i. p.29.), it seemingly covers all the bases in its field.

67.

Quarterly Journal of Science, New Series, vol. i. p. 33.

Quarterly Journal of Science, New Series, vol. 1, p. 33.

68.

Plymouth Transactions, page 22.

Plymouth Transactions, p. 22.

69.

Of course the heightened power of the voltaic battery was necessary to compensate for the bad conductor now interposed.

Of course, the increased power of the battery was needed to make up for the poor conductor that was now in the way.

70.

Bibliothèque Universelle, xxi. p. 48.

Bibliothèque Universelle, vol. 21, p. 48.

71.

In reference to this law see further considerations at 910. 1358. 1705.—Dec. 1838.

In relation to this law, see additional thoughts at 910. 1358. 1705.—Dec. 1838.

72.

In 1801, Sir H. Davy knew that "dry nitre, caustic potash, and soda are conductors of galvanism when rendered fluid by a high degree of heat," (Journals of the Royal Institution, 1802, p. 53,) but was not aware of the general law which I have been engaged in developing. It is remarkable, that eleven years after that, he should say, "There are no fluids known except such as contain water, which are capable of being made the medium of connexion between the metal or metals of the voltaic apparatus."—Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 169.

In 1801, Sir H. Davy recognized that "dry nitre, caustic potash, and soda are conductors of galvanism when heated to high temperatures," (Journals of the Royal Institution, 1802, p. 53), but he wasn’t aware of the broader principle I’ve been working on. It’s interesting that eleven years later, he stated, "There are no known fluids except those containing water that can serve as a connection between the metal or metals of the voltaic apparatus."—Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 169.

73.

See a doubt on this point at 1356.—Dec. 1838.

See a question on this point at 1356.—Dec. 1838.

74.

See 673, &c. &c.—Dec. 1838.

See 673, etc. —Dec. 1838.

75.

In reference to this § refer to 983 in series viii., and the results connected with it.—Dec. 1838.

In relation to this § refer to 983 in series viii., and the results associated with it.—Dec. 1838.

76.

Philosophical Transactions, 1821, p. 131.

Philosophical Transactions, 1821, p. 131.

77.

See now on this subject, 1340, 1341.—Dec. 1838.

See now on this subject, 1340, 1341.—Dec. 1838.

78.

Annales de Chimie, xxi. pp. 127, 178.

Annales de Chimie, xxi. pp. 127, 178.

79.

See now in relation to this subject, 1320—1242.—Dec. 1838.

See now regarding this topic, 1320—1242.—Dec. 1838.

80.

See the next series of these Experimental Researches.

See the next series of these experimental studies.

81.

It is just possible that this case may, by more delicate experiment, hereafter disappear. (See now, 1340, 1341, in relation to this note.—Dec. 1838.)

It’s possible that this case might, through more careful experimentation, eventually fade away. (See now, 1340, 1341, in relation to this note.—Dec. 1838.)

82.

Refer to the note after 1047, Series viii.—Dec. 1838.

Refer to the note after 1047, Series viii.—Dec. 1838.

83.

I find (since making and describing these results,) from a note to Sir Humphry Davy's paper in the Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 31, that that philosopher, in repeating Wollaston's experiment of the decomposition of water by common electricity (327. 330.) used an arrangement somewhat like some of those I have described. He immersed a guarded platina point connected with the machine in distilled water, and dissipated the electricity from the water into the air by moistened filaments of cotton. In this way he states that he obtained oxygen and hydrogen separately from each other. This experiment, had I known of it, ought to have been quoted in an earlier series of these Researches (342.); but it does not remove any of the objections I have made to the use of Wollaston's apparatus as a test of true chemical action (331.).

I found (after creating and explaining these results) a note in Sir Humphry Davy's paper in the Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 31, that mentions how that philosopher, while repeating Wollaston's experiment on breaking down water with common electricity (327. 330.), used a setup somewhat similar to some of the ones I've described. He dipped a protected platinum point connected to the machine into distilled water and dissipated the electricity from the water into the air using moist cotton filaments. He states that he obtained oxygen and hydrogen separately from each other this way. If I had known about this experiment sooner, I should have referenced it in an earlier series of these Researches (342.); however, it doesn’t change any of the objections I’ve raised about using Wollaston’s apparatus as a test for true chemical action (331.).

84.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 160, &c.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 160, &c.

85.

Ibid. pp. 144, 145.

Ibid. pp. 144, 145.

86.

Journal of the Royal Institution, 1802, p. 53.

Journal of the Royal Institution, 1802, p. 53.

87.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 406.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 406.

88.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 406.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 406.

89.

Annales de Chimie, 1806, tom, lviii. p. 64.

Annales de Chimie, 1806, vol. 58, p. 64.

90.

Ibid. pp. 66, 67, also tom. lxiii. p. 20.

Ibid. pp. 66, 67, also tom. lxiii. p. 20.

91.

Ibid. tom. lviii. p. 68, tom, lxiii. p. 20.

Ibid. vol. 58, p. 68, vol. 63, p. 20.

92.

Ibid. tom. lxiii. p. 34.

Ibid. vol. 63, p. 34.

93.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, pp. 29, 30.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, pp. 29, 30.

94.

Ibid. p. 39.

Ibid. p. 39.

95.

Ibid. p. 29.

Ibid. p. 29.

96.

Ibid. p. 42.

Ibid. p. 42.

97.

Ibid. p. 42.

Ibid. p. 42.

98.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 383.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 383.

99.

Ibid. pp. 389, 407, 115.

Ibid. pp. 389, 407, 115.

100.

Annales de Chimie, 1807, tom. lxiii. p. 83, &c.

Annales de Chimie, 1807, vol. 63, p. 83, &c.

101.

Précis Elémentaire de Physique, 3me édition, 1824, tom. i. p. 641.

Précis Elémentaire de Physique, 3rd edition, 1824, vol. i. p. 641.

102.

Ibid. p. 637.

Ibid., p. 637.

103.

Ibid. pp. 641, 642.

Ibid., pp. 641, 642.

104.

Précis Elémentaire de Physique, 3me édition, 1824, tom. i. p. 636.

Précis Elémentaire de Physique, 3rd edition, 1824, vol. i. p. 636.

105.

Ibid. p, 642.

Ibid. p. 642.

106.

Précis Elémentaire de Physique, 3me édition, 1824, tom. i. pp. 638, 642.

Précis Élémentaire de Physique, 3rd edition, 1824, vol. i, pp. 638, 642.

107.

Annales de Chimie, tom, xxviii. p. 190.

Annales de Chimie, vol. 28, p. 190.

108.

Ibid. pp. 200, 202.

Ibid. pp. 200, 202.

109.

Ibid. p. 202.

Ibid., p. 202.

110.

Ibid. p. 201.

Ibid. p. 201.

111.

Annales de Chimie, tom, xxviii. pp. 197, 198.

Annales de Chimie, vol. 28, pp. 197, 198.

112.

Ibid. pp. 192, 199.

Ibid., pp. 192, 199.

113.

Ibid. p. 200.

Ibid. p. 200.

114.

Annales de Chimie, tom, xxviii. tom. li. p. 73.

Annales de Chimie, vol. 28, vol. 51, p. 73.

115.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 42.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 42.

116.

There are certain precautions, in this and such experiments, which can only be understood and guarded against by a knowledge of the phenomena to be described in the first part of the Sixth Series of these Researches.

There are specific precautions in this and similar experiments that can only be understood and avoided by knowing the phenomena described in the first part of the Sixth Series of these Researches.

117.

Annales de Chimie, 1807, tom, lxiii. p. 84.

Annales de Chimie, 1807, vol. 63, p. 84.

118.

Annales de Chimie, 1832, tom. li. p. 73.

Annales de Chimie, 1832, vol. li. p. 73.

119.

Annales de Chimie, 1825, tom, xxviii. pp. 197, 201.

Annales de Chimie, 1825, vol. xxviii, pp. 197, 201.

120.

See now in relation to this subject, 1627-1645.—Dec. 1838.

See now in relation to this subject, 1627-1645.—Dec. 1838.

121.

Thermo-electric currents are of course no exception, because when they fail to act chemically they also fail to be currents.

Thermo-electric currents are no different; if they don't behave chemically, they won't function as currents.

122.

In reference to this subject see now electrolytic induction and discharge, Series XII. ¶ viii. 1343-1351, &c.—Dec. 1838.

In relation to this topic, check out electrolytic induction and discharge, Series XII. ¶ viii. 1343-1351, etc.—Dec. 1838.

123.

See the note to (675.),—Dec. 1838.

See the note to (675.),—Dec. 1838.

124.

Even Sir Humphry Davy considered the attraction of the pole as being communicated from one particle to another of the same kind (483.).

Even Sir Humphry Davy thought that the attraction of the pole was transmitted from one particle to another of the same kind (483.).

125.

See the note to (670.).—Dec. 1838.

See the note to (670.).—Dec. 1838.

126.

In making this experiment, care must be taken that no substance be present that can act chemically on the gold. Although I used the metal very carefully washed, and diffused through dilute sulphuric acid, yet in the first instance I obtained gold at the negative pole, and the effect was repeated when the platina poles were changed. But on examining the clear liquor in the cell, after subsidence of the metallic gold, I found a little of that metal in solution, and a little chlorine was also present. I therefore well washed the gold which had thus been subjected to voltaic action, diffused it through other pure dilute sulphuric acid, and then found, that on subjecting it to the action of the pile, not the slightest tendency to the negative pole could be perceived.

In conducting this experiment, it's important to ensure that no substances that could chemically react with the gold are present. I used the metal carefully washed and dispersed in dilute sulfuric acid, yet initially, I obtained gold at the negative pole, and the result was the same when I switched the platinum poles. However, after examining the clear liquid in the cell following the settling of the metallic gold, I found a small amount of that metal dissolved, along with some chlorine. Therefore, I thoroughly washed the gold that had been exposed to electrical action, dispersed it in other pure dilute sulfuric acid, and then found that when I subjected it to the action of the battery, there was no sign of a tendency toward the negative pole.

127.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 1.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 1.

128.

Ibid. p, 24, &c.

Ibid. p. 24, etc.

129.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 25, &c.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 25, &c.

130.

At 681 and 757 of Series VII, will be found corrections of the statement here made respecting sulphur and sulphuric acid. At present there is no well-ascertained fact which proves that the same body can go directly to either of the two poles at pleasure.—Dec. 1838.

At 681 and 757 of Series VII, you will find corrections to the statement made here regarding sulfur and sulfuric acid. Currently, there is no solid evidence showing that the same substance can go directly to either of the two poles at will.—Dec. 1838.

131.

Refer for proof of the truth of this supposition to 748, 752, &c.—Dec. 1838.

Refer to 748, 752, and so on for proof of the truth of this assumption. Dec. 1838.

132.

Or Voltameter.—Dec. 1838.

Or Voltameter.—Dec. 1838.

133.

In proof that this is the case, refer to 1038.—Dec. 1838.

In proof that this is true, refer to 1038.—Dec. 1838.

134.

When heat does confer the property it is only by the destruction or dissipation of organic or other matter which had previously soiled the plate (632. 633. 634.).—Dec. 1838.

When heat does give the property, it's only by destroying or breaking down the organic or other substances that had previously contaminated the plate (632. 633. 634.).—Dec. 1838.

135.

The heat need not be raised so much as to make the alkali tarnish the platina, although if that effect does take place it does not prevent the ultimate action.

The heat doesn’t have to be turned up high enough to cause the alkali to tarnish the platinum, although if that does happen, it doesn’t stop the final reaction.

136.

Annales de Chimie, tom. xxiv. p. 93.

Annales de Chimie, vol. 24, p. 93.

137.

Ibid. tom. xxiii. p. 440; tom. xxiv. p. 380.

Ibid. vol. 23, p. 440; vol. 24, p. 380.

138.

Ibid. tom. xxiv. p. 383.

Ibid. vol. XXIV, p. 383.

139.

tom. xxiv. pp. 94, 95. Also Bibliothèque Universelle, tom. xxiv. p. 54.

tom. xxiv. pp. 94, 95. Also Bibliothèque Universelle, tom. xxiv. p. 54.

140.

Annales de Chimie, tom. xxiii. p. 440; tom. xxiv. p, 380.

Annales de Chimie, vol. 23, p. 440; vol. 24, p. 380.

141.

Giornale di Fisica, &c., 1825, tom. viii. p. 259.

Giornale di Fisica, &c., 1825, vol. viii, p. 259.

142.

pp. 138, 371.

pp. 138, 371.

143.

I met at Edinburgh with a case, remarkable as to its extent, of hygrometric action, assisted a little perhaps by very slight solvent power. Some turf had been well-dried by long exposure in a covered place to the atmosphere, but being then submitted to the action of a hydrostatic press, it yielded, by the mere influence of the pressure, 54 per cent. of water.

I met in Edinburgh with a case notable for its extent of hygrometric action, aided somewhat by a very slight solvent power. Some turf had been thoroughly dried after being exposed for a long time in a covered area to the atmosphere, but when subjected to the force of a hydrostatic press, it released, solely due to the pressure, 54 percent of water.

144.

Fusinieri and Bellani consider the air as forming solid concrete films in these cases.—Giornale di Fisica, tom. viii, p. 262. 1825.

Fusinieri and Bellani suggest that air creates solid concrete films in these situations.—Giornale di Fisica, vol. viii, p. 262. 1825.

145.

Philosophical Transactions, 1823, p. 161.

Philosophical Transactions, 1823, p. 161.

146.

Annales de Chimie, tom. xxiv. p. 386.

Annales de Chimie, vol. 24, p. 386.

147.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825, p.440.

Philosophical Transactions, 1825, p. 440.

148.

As a curious illustration of the influence of mechanical forces over chemical affinity, I will quote the refusal of certain substances to effloresce when their surfaces are perfect, which yield immediately upon the surface being broken, If crystals of carbonate of soda, or phosphate of soda, or sulphate of soda, having no part of their surfaces broken, be preserved from external violence, they will not effloresce. I have thus retained crystals of carbonate of soda perfectly transparent and unchanged from September 1827 to January 1833; and crystals of sulphate of soda from May 1832 to the present time, November 1833. If any part of the surface were scratched or broken, then efflorescence began at that part, and covered the whole. The crystals were merely placed in evaporating basins and covered with paper.

As an interesting example of how mechanical forces can affect chemical properties, I want to mention that some substances don't effloresce when their surfaces are intact, but they begin to do so as soon as the surface is damaged. If you keep crystals of sodium carbonate, sodium phosphate, or sodium sulfate completely intact and protected from external disturbance, they won’t effloresce. I managed to keep sodium carbonate crystals perfectly clear and unchanged from September 1827 to January 1833, and sodium sulfate crystals from May 1832 until now, November 1833. However, if any part of the surface was scratched or damaged, efflorescence would start in that spot and eventually spread to the entire crystal. I simply placed the crystals in evaporating dishes and covered them with paper.

149.

In reference to this paragraph and also 626, see a correction by Dr. C. Henry, in his valuable paper on this curious subject. Philosophical Magazine, 1835. vol. vi. p. 305.—Dec. 1838.

In relation to this paragraph and also 626, check out a correction by Dr. C. Henry in his important paper on this interesting topic. Philosophical Magazine, 1835. vol. vi. p. 305.—Dec. 1838.

150.

Quarterly Journal of Science, 1819, vol. vii. p. 106.

Quarterly Journal of Science, 1819, vol. 7, p. 106.

151.

Quarterly Journal of Science, vol. xxviii. p. 74, and Edinburgh Transactions, 1831.

Quarterly Journal of Science, vol. 28, p. 74, and Edinburgh Transactions, 1831.

152.

Journal of the Royal Institution for 1831, p. 101.

Journal of the Royal Institution for 1831, p. 101.

153.

Refer to the note after 1047, Series VIII.—Dec. 1838.

Refer to the note after 1047, Series VIII.—Dec. 1838.

154.

[Greek: elektron], and [Greek: -odos] a way.

[Greek: elektron], and [Greek: -odos] a way.

155.

[Greek: ano] upwards, and [Greek: -odos] a way; the way which the sun rises.

[Greek: ano] upwards, and [Greek: -odos] a way; the path where the sun rises.

156.

[Greek: kata] downwards, and [Greek: -odos] a way; the way which the sun sets.

[Greek: kata] downwards, and [Greek: -odos] a way; the way that the sun sets.

157.

[Greek: elektron], and [Greek: lyo], soluo. N. Electrolyte, V. Electrolyze.

[Greek: elektron], and [Greek: lyo], soluo. N. Electrolyte, V. Electrolyze.

158.

[Greek: aniôn] that which goes up. (Neuter participle.)

[Greek: aniôn] that which goes up. (Neuter participle.)

159.

[Greek: katiôn] that which goes down.

[Greek: katiôn] that which descends.

160.

Since this paper was read, I have changed some of the terms which were first proposed, that I might employ only such as were at the same time simple in their nature, clear in their reference, and free from hypothesis.

Since this paper was read, I have updated some of the terms I initially proposed so that I could use only ones that are simple in nature, clear in reference, and free from assumptions.

161.

Philosophical Transactions, 1830, p. 49.

Philosophical Transactions, 1830, p. 49.

162.

With regard to solution, I have met with some reasons for supposing that it will probably disappear as a cause of transference, and intend resuming the consideration at a convenient opportunity.

Regarding the solution, I've come across some reasons to believe that it will likely fade as a cause of transference, and I plan to revisit this topic at a more convenient time.

163.

See now, 1340, 1341.—Dec. 1838.

See now, 1340, 1341.—Dec. 1838.

164.

De la Rive.

De la Rive.

165.

With regard to perchloride and periodide of mercury, see now 1340, 1341.—Dec. 1838.

With respect to mercury perchloride and periodide, refer to 1340, 1341.—Dec. 1838.

166.

In relation to this and the three preceding paragraphs, and also 801, see Berzelius's correction of the nature of the supposed now sulphuret and oxide, Phil. Mag. 1836, vol. viii. 476: and for the probable explanation of the effects obtained with the protoxide, refer to 1340, 1341.—Dec. 1838.

In connection with this and the three previous paragraphs, as well as 801, check out Berzelius's clarification on the supposed sulfur compound and oxide in Phil. Mag. 1836, vol. viii. 476; for a likely explanation of the results achieved with the protoxide, see 1340, 1341.—Dec. 1838.

167.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, pp. 32, 39; also 1826, pp. 387, 389.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, pp. 32, 39; also 1826, pp. 387, 389.

168.

For a simple table of correction for moisture, I may take the liberty of referring to my Chemical Manipulation, edition of 1830, p. 376.

For a straightforward moisture correction table, I’ll refer you to my Chemical Manipulation, 1830 edition, p. 376.

169.

As early us the year 1811, Messrs. Gay-Lussac and Thénard employed chemical decomposition as a measure of the electricity of the voltaic pile. See Recherches Physico-chymiques, p. 12. The principles and precautions by which it becomes an exact measure were of course not then known.—Dec. 1838.

As early as 1811, Messrs. Gay-Lussac and Thénard used chemical decomposition to measure the electricity generated by the voltaic pile. See Recherches Physico-chymiques, p. 12. The principles and precautions that would make it an accurate measure were not known at that time.—Dec. 1838.

170.

Annales de Chimie, 1801, tom. li. p. 167.

Annales de Chimie, 1801, vol. li. p. 167.

171.

Annales de Chimie, 1804, tom. li. p. 172.

Annales de Chimie, 1804, vol. 51, p. 172.

172.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, pp. 144. 161.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, pp. 144. 161.

173.

It is remarkable that up to 1804 it was the received opinion that the metals were reduced by the nascent hydrogen. At that date the general opinion was reversed by Hisinger and Berzelius (Annales de Chimie, 1804, tom. li. p. 174,), who stated that the metals were evolved directly by the electricity: in which opinion it appears, from that time, Davy coincided (Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 388).

It’s interesting that until 1804, it was widely believed that metals were reduced by nascent hydrogen. At that point, Hisinger and Berzelius changed the consensus (Annales de Chimie, 1804, vol. li, p. 174), claiming that metals were produced directly by electricity. From then on, it seems Davy agreed with this view (Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 388).

174.

See also De la Rive, Bibliothèque Universelle, tom. xl. p. 205; or Quarterly Journal of Science, vol. xxvii. p, 407.

See also De la Rive, Bibliothèque Universelle, vol. 40, p. 205; or Quarterly Journal of Science, vol. 27, p. 407.

175.

Nicholson's Quarterly Journal, vol. iv. pp. 280, 281.

Nicholson's Quarterly Journal, vol. 4, pp. 280, 281.

176.

Annales de Chimie, 1804, tom. li. p. 173.

Annales de Chimie, 1804, vol. li, p. 173.

177.

I have not obtained fluorine: my expectations, amounting to conviction, passed away one by one when subjected to rigorous examination; some very singular results were obtained; and to one of these I refer at 1340.—Dec. 1838.

I haven't been able to get fluorine: my strong hopes faded away one by one when I put them to the test; some very unusual results showed up; and I’ll mention one of these at 1340.—Dec. 1838.

178.

It is a very remarkable thing to see carbon and nitrogen in this case determined powerfully towards the positive surface of the voltaic battery; but it is perfectly in harmony with the theory of electro-chemical decomposition which I have advanced.

It’s quite remarkable to see carbon and nitrogen strongly attracted to the positive surface of the voltaic battery; however, it completely aligns with the theory of electro-chemical decomposition that I’ve proposed.

179.

Annales de Chimie, tom, xxxv. p. 113.

Annales de Chimie, vol. 35, p. 113.

180.

This paragraph is subject to the corrective note now appended to paragraph 696.—Dec. 1838.

This paragraph is subject to the corrective note now appended to paragraph 696.—Dec. 1838.

181.

I mean here by voltaic electricity, merely electricity from a most abundant source, but having very small intensity.

By voltaic electricity, I’m referring to electricity from a very abundant source, but with a very low intensity.

182.

It will often happen that the electrodes used may be of such a nature as, with the fluid in which they are immersed, to produce an electric current, either according with or opposing that of the voltaic arrangement used, and in this way, or by direct chemical action, may sadly disturb the results. Still, in the midst of all these confusing effects, the electric current, which actually passes in any direction through the body suffering decomposition, will produce its own definite electrolytic action.

The electrodes used can often be such that, along with the fluid they are in, they create an electric current that either aligns with or goes against the voltaic setup being used, which can negatively affect the results. Yet, despite all these confusing effects, the electric current that flows in any direction through the body undergoing decomposition will generate its own specific electrolytic action.

183.

I have not stated the length of wire used, because I find by experiment, as would be expected in theory, that it is indifferent. The same quantity of electricity which, passed in a given time, can heat an inch of platina wire of a certain diameter red-hot, can also heat a hundred, a thousand, or any length of the same wire to the same degree, provided the cooling circumstances are the same for every part in all cases. This I have proved by the volta-electrometer. I found that whether half an inch or eight inches were retained at one constant temperature of dull redness, equal quantities of water were decomposed in equal times. When the half-inch was used, only the centre portion of wire was ignited. A fine wire may even be used as a rough but ready regulator of a voltaic current; for if it be made part of the circuit, and the larger wires communicating with it be shifted nearer to or further apart, so as to keep the portion of wire in the circuit sensibly at the same temperature, the current passing through it will be nearly uniform.

I haven’t mentioned the length of wire used because, through experiments, I’ve found that it doesn’t really matter, which aligns with what theory suggests. The same amount of electricity that can heat an inch of platinum wire of a certain diameter to red-hot can also heat a hundred, a thousand, or any length of the same wire to that same temperature, as long as the cooling conditions are consistent for all parts in every case. I proved this with the volta-electrometer. I discovered that whether I used half an inch or eight inches kept at a constant dull red temperature, equal amounts of water were decomposed in equal times. When the half-inch wire was used, only the center part of the wire got ignited. A thin wire can also act as a quick but effective regulator of a voltaic current; if it’s included in the circuit and the larger wires connected to it are moved closer together or farther apart to keep the wire in the circuit at a consistent temperature, the current flowing through it will be nearly stable.

184.

Literary Gazette, 1833, March 1 and 8. Philosophical Magazine, 1833, p. 201. L'Institut, 1833, p.261.

Literary Gazette, March 1 and 8, 1833. Philosophical Magazine, 1833, p. 201. L'Institut, 1833, p. 261.

185.

By the term voltaic pile, I mean such apparatus or arrangement of metals as up to this time have been called so, and which contain water, brine, acids, or other aqueous solutions or decomposable substances (476.), between their plates. Other kinds of electric apparatus may be hereafter invented, and I hope to construct some not belonging to the class of instruments discovered by Volta.

By "voltaic pile," I mean any setup or arrangement of metals that have been referred to as such until now, which includes water, saltwater, acids, or other liquid solutions or substances that can be broken down between their plates. Other types of electrical devices may be invented in the future, and I hope to create some that don't fit into the category of instruments discovered by Volta.

186.

Recent Experimental Researches, &c., 1830, p.74, &c.

Recent Experimental Researches, etc., 1830, p.74, etc.

187.

The experiment may be made with pure zinc, which, as chemists well know, is but slightly acted upon by dilute sulphuric acid in comparison with ordinary zinc, which during the action is subject to an infinity of voltaic actions. See De la Rive on this subject, Bibliothèque Universelle, 1830, p.391.

The experiment can be conducted using pure zinc, which, as chemists know, is only slightly affected by dilute sulfuric acid compared to regular zinc, which experiences numerous electrical reactions during the process. See De la Rive on this topic, Bibliothèque Universelle, 1830, p.391.

188.

The acid was left during a night with a small piece of unamalgamated zinc in it, for the purpose of evolving such air as might be inclined to separate, and bringing the whole into a constant state.

The acid was left overnight with a small piece of unamalgamated zinc in it, to produce any gas that might want to escape and keep everything in a steady state.

189.

The experiment was repeated several times with the same results.

The experiment was repeated multiple times with the same outcomes.

190.

The following is a more striking mode of making the above elementary experiment. Prepare a plate of zinc, ten or twelve inches long and two inches wide, and clean it thoroughly: provide also two discs of clean platina, about one inch and a half in diameter:—dip three or four folds of bibulous paper into a strong solution of iodide of potassium, place them on the clean zinc at one end of the plate, and put on them one of the platina discs: finally dip similar folds of paper or a piece of linen cloth into a mixture of equal parts nitric acid and water, and place it at the other end of the zinc plate with the second platina disc upon it. In this state of things no change at the solution of the iodide will be perceptible; but if the two discs be connected by a platina (or any other) wire for a second or two, and then that over the iodide be raised, it will be found that the whole of the surface beneath is deeply stained with evolved iodine.—Dec. 1838.

The following is a more striking way to conduct the basic experiment mentioned above. Prepare a zinc plate that is ten to twelve inches long and two inches wide, and clean it thoroughly. Also, get two clean platinum discs that are about one and a half inches in diameter. Dip three or four layers of absorbent paper into a strong solution of potassium iodide, place them on the clean zinc at one end of the plate, and position one of the platinum discs on top of them. Lastly, dip similar layers of paper or a piece of linen cloth into a mixture of equal parts nitric acid and water, and place it at the other end of the zinc plate with the second platinum disc on top. In this setup, no change will be noticeable in the iodide solution; however, if the two discs are connected by a platinum (or any other) wire for a second or two, and then the disc over the iodide is lifted, it will be found that the whole surface beneath is deeply stained with evolved iodine.—Dec. 1838.

191.

In relation to this difference and its probable cause, see considerations on inductive polarization, 1354, &c.—Dec. 1838.

In regard to this difference and its likely cause, see considerations on inductive polarization, 1354, etc.—Dec. 1838.

192.

Refer onwards to 1705.—Dec. 1838.

Refer to 1705.—Dec. 1838.

193.

Wollaston, Philosophical Transactions, 1801, p. 427.

Wollaston, Philosophical Transactions, 1801, p. 427.

194.

I do not mean to affirm that no traces of electricity ever appear in such cases. What I mean is, that no electricity is evolved in any way, due or related to the causes which excite voltaic electricity, or proportionate to them. That which does appear occasionally is the smallest possible fraction of that which the acting matter could produce if arranged so as to act voltaically, probably not the one hundred thousandth, or even the millionth part, and is very probably altogether different in its source.

I don’t mean to say that there are no signs of electricity in these cases. What I’m saying is that the electricity produced is not related to the causes that generate voltaic electricity, nor is it proportional to them. What does occasionally appear is a tiny fraction of what the materials could produce if they were organized to act voltically, probably not even one in a hundred thousand, or even a million, and is likely completely different in origin.

195.

It will be seen that I here agree with Sir Humphry Davy, who has experimentally supported the opinion that acids and alkalies in combining do not produce any current of electricity. Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 398.

It’s clear that I agree with Sir Humphry Davy, who has experimentally backed the idea that when acids and bases combine, they don’t generate any electrical current. Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 398.

196.

It will I trust be fully understood, that in these investigations I am not professing to take an account of every small, incidental, or barely possible effect, dependent upon slight disturbances of the electric fluid during chemical action, but am seeking to distinguish and identify those actions on which the power of the voltaic battery essentially depends.

I hope it’s clear that in these investigations, I’m not claiming to account for every minor, incidental, or unlikely effect caused by slight disturbances of electric flow during chemical reactions. Instead, I’m trying to distinguish and identify the actions that the power of the voltaic battery fundamentally relies on.

197.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 149; or Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 403.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 149; or Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 403.

198.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 148.

Elements of Chemical Philosophy, p. 148.

199.

In connexion with this part of the subject refer now to Series XI. 1164, Series XII. 1343-1358, and Series XIII. 1621. &c.—Dec. 1838.

In connection with this part of the topic, refer now to Series XI. 1164, Series XII. 1343-1358, and Series XIII. 1621, etc.—Dec. 1838.

200.

When nitro-sulphuric acid is used, the spark is more powerful, but local chemical action can then commence, and proceed without requiring metallic contact.

When nitro-sulphuric acid is used, the spark is stronger, but local chemical reactions can start up and continue without needing metallic contact.

201.

It has been universally supposed that no spark is produced on making the contact between a single pair of plates. I was led to expect one from the considerations already advanced in this paper. The wire of communication should be short; for with a long wire, circumstances strongly affecting the spark are introduced.

It has been widely believed that no spark is created when connecting a single pair of plates. I anticipated one based on the arguments presented earlier in this paper. The connecting wire should be short; because using a long wire introduces various factors that significantly influence the spark.

202.

See in relation to precautions respecting a spark, 1074.—Dec. 1838.

See regarding safety measures for a spark, 1074.—Dec. 1838.

203.

Refer to 1738, &c. Series XIV.—Dec. 1838.

Refer to 1738, &c. Series XIV.—Dec. 1838.

204.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807.

205.

Ibid. 1826, p. 383.

Ibid. 1826, p. 383.

206.

Ibid. 1826, p. 389.

Ibid. 1826, p. 389.

207.

I at one time intended to introduce here, in the form of a note, a table of reference to the papers of the different philosophers who have referred the origin of the electricity in the voltaic pile to contact, or to chemical action, or to both; but on the publication of the first volume of M. Becquerel's highly important and valuable Traité de l'Electricité et du Magnétisme, I thought it far better to refer to that work for these references, and the views held by the authors quoted. See pages 86, 91, 104, 110, 112, 117, 118, 120, 151, 152, 224, 227, 228, 232, 233, 252, 255, 257, 258, 290, &c.—July 3rd, 1834.

I once planned to include a note here with a reference table to the works of various philosophers who attributed the source of electricity in the voltaic pile to contact, chemical action, or both. However, after the release of the first volume of M. Becquerel's essential and valuable *Traité de l'Electricité et du Magnétisme*, I decided it would be better to direct readers to that work for these references and the perspectives of the authors mentioned. See pages 86, 91, 104, 110, 112, 117, 118, 120, 151, 152, 224, 227, 228, 232, 233, 252, 255, 257, 258, 290, etc.—July 3rd, 1834.

208.

Quarterly Journal of Science, 1831, p. 388; or Bibliothèque Universelle, 1830, p. 391.

Quarterly Journal of Science, 1831, p. 388; or Bibliothèque Universelle, 1830, p. 391.

209.

Jameson's Edinburgh Journal, October 1828.

Jameson's Edinburgh Journal, Oct 1828.

210.

Recent Experimental Researches, p. 42, &c. Mr. Sturgeon is of course unaware of the definite production of electricity by chemical action, and is in fact quoting the experiment as the strongest argument against the chemical theory of galvanism.

Recent Experimental Researches, p. 42, &c. Mr. Sturgeon is clearly not aware of the specific generation of electricity through chemical reactions, and is actually citing the experiment as the strongest argument against the chemical theory of galvanism.

211.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 405.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 405.

212.

Annales de Chimie, tom. xxviii. p 190; and Mémoires de Génève.

Annales de Chimie, vol. 28, p. 190; and Mémoires de Genève.

213.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 413.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 413.

214.

Annales de Chimie, tom. xxxiii. pp. 117, 119, &c.

Annales de Chimie, vol. xxxiii, pp. 117, 119, etc.

215.

Journal de Physique, tom. lvii. pp. 319, 350.

Journal of Physics, vol. 57, pp. 319, 350.

216.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 113.

Philosophical Transactions, 1826, p. 113.

217.

Journal de Physique, lvii. p. 349.

Journal de Physique, lvii. p. 349.

218.

The gradual increase in the action of the whole fifty pairs of plates was due to the elevation of temperature in the weakly charged trough by the passage of the current, in consequence of which the exciting energies of the fluid within were increased.

The gradual increase in the action of all fifty pairs of plates was due to the rise in temperature in the weakly charged trough because of the current passing through it, which in turn increased the exciting energies of the fluid inside.

219.

For further practical results relating to these points of the philosophy of the voltaic battery, see Series X. § 17. 1163.—1160.—Dec. 1838.

For more practical results related to these aspects of the voltaic battery philosophy, see Series X. § 17. 1163.—1160.—Dec. 1838.

220.

Vol. v. pp. 349, 444.

Vol. 5, pp. 349, 444.

221.

Philosophical Transactions, 1832, p. 126.

Philosophical Transactions, 1832, p. 126.

222.

Quarterly Journal of Science, vol. xii, p. 420.

Quarterly Journal of Science, vol. 12, p. 420.

223.

It was ascertained experimentally, that if a strong current was passed through the galvanometer only, and the needle restrained in one direction as above in its natural position, when the current was stopped, no vibration of the needle in the opposite direction took place.

It was experimentally confirmed that if a strong current was run through the galvanometer only, and the needle was held in one direction in its natural position, when the current was stopped, there was no vibration of the needle in the opposite direction.

224.

Recueil d'Observations Electro-Dynamiques, p. 285.

Recueil d'Observations Electro-Dynamiques, p. 285.

225.

Philosophical Transactions, 1823, p. 155.

Philosophical Transactions, 1823, p. 155.

226.

Philosophical Magazine, 1824, vol. lxiii. p. 241; or Silliman's Journal, vol. vii. See also a previous paper by Dr. Hare, Annals of Philosophy, 1821, vol. i. p. 329, in which he speaks of the non-necessity of insulation between the coppers.

Philosophical Magazine, 1824, vol. lxiii. p. 241; or Silliman's Journal, vol. vii. See also an earlier paper by Dr. Hare, Annals of Philosophy, 1821, vol. i. p. 329, where he discusses the lack of necessity for insulation between the coppers.

227.

The papers between the coppers are, for the sake of distinctness, omitted in the figure.

The papers between the coins are left out in the illustration for clarity.

228.

A single paper thus prepared could insulate the electricity of a trough of forty pairs of plates.

A single piece of paper prepared this way could insulate the electricity from a trough with forty pairs of plates.

229.

Gay-Lussac and Thenard, Recherches Physico-Chimiques, tom. i. p. 29.

Gay-Lussac and Thenard, Physico-Chemical Research, vol. i. p. 29.

230.

Gay-Lussac and Thenard, Recherches Physico-Chimiques, tom, i. p. 20.

Gay-Lussac and Thenard, Physico-Chemical Researches, vol. i. p. 20.

231.

Gay-Lussac and Thenard, Recherches Physico-Chimiques, tom. i. pp. 13, 15, 22.

Gay-Lussac and Thenard, Physical and Chemical Research, vol. 1. pp. 13, 15, 22.

232.

The word contiguous is perhaps not the best that might have been used here and elsewhere; for as particles do not touch each other it is not strictly correct. I was induced to employ it, because in its common acceptation it enabled me to state the theory plainly and with facility. By contiguous particles I mean those which are next.—Dec. 1838.

The word contiguous might not be the best choice here and elsewhere; since particles don’t actually touch each other, it’s not entirely accurate. I used it because, in its usual sense, it allowed me to explain the theory clearly and easily. By contiguous particles, I mean those that are next to each other.—Dec. 1838.

233.

I use the word dielectric to express that substance through or across which the electric forces are acting.—Dec. 1838.

I use the term dielectric to refer to the material that electric forces pass through or act across.—Dec. 1838.

234.

Mémoires de l'Académie, 1786, pp. 67. 69. 72; 1787, p. 452.

Mémoires de l'Académie, 1786, pp. 67. 69. 72; 1787, p. 452.

235.

Mémoires de l'Académie, 1785, p. 570.

Mémoires de l'Académie, 1785, p. 570.

236.

Philosophical Transactions, 1830.

Philosophical Transactions, 1830.

237.

It can hardly be necessary for me to say here, that whatever general state the carrier ball acquired in any place where it was uninsulated and then insulated, it retained on removal from that place, notwithstanding that it might pass through other places that would have given to it, if uninsulated, a different condition.

It’s probably unnecessary for me to mention that whatever general state the carrier ball had in any location where it was uninsulated and then insulated, it kept when removed from that location, even though it might pass through other places that would have given it a different condition if it were uninsulated.

238.

Encyclopædia Britannica, vol. vi. p. 504.

Encyclopædia Britannica, vol. 6, p. 504.

239.

Refer for the practical illustration of this statement to the supplementary note commencing 1307, &c.—Dec. 1838.

Refer to the practical example of this statement in the supplementary note starting on 1307, etc.—Dec. 1838.

240.

Mémoires de l'Académie, 1787, pp. 452, 453.

Mémoires de l'Académie, 1787, pp. 452, 453.

241.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, pp. 223, 224, 237, 244.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, pp. 223, 224, 237, 244.

242.

See in relation to this point 1382. &c.—Dec. 1838.

See in relation to this point 1382. &c.—Dec. 1838.

243.

The theory of induction which I am stating does not pretend to decide whether electricity be a fluid or fluids, or a mere power or condition of recognized matter. That is a question which I may be induced to consider in the next or following series of these researches.

The theory of induction that I'm presenting doesn't claim to determine whether electricity is a fluid or multiple fluids, or just a force or state of known matter. That's a question I might be prompted to explore in the next or future series of these studies.

244.

I have traced it experimentally from a ball placed in the middle of the large cube formerly described (1173.) to the sides of the cube six feet distant, and also from the same ball placed in the middle of our large lecture-room to the walls of the room at twenty-six feet distance, the charge sustained upon the ball in these cases being solely due to induction through these distances.

I have experimentally tracked it from a ball positioned in the center of the large cube previously described (1173.) to the sides of the cube six feet away, and also from the same ball placed in the center of our large lecture hall to the walls of the room at a distance of twenty-six feet, with the charge on the ball in these instances being entirely due to induction over these distances.

245.

See now 1685. &c.—Dec. 1838.

See now 1685. &c.—Dec. 1838.

246.

Mémoires de L'Institut, 1811, tom. xii. the first page 1, and the second paging 163.

Mémoires de L'Institut, 1811, vol. xii, page 1, and page 163.

247.

Refer to 1377, 1378, 1379, 1398.—Dec. 1838.

Refer to 1377, 1378, 1379, 1398.—Dec. 1838.

248.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 213.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 213.

249.

Refer for this investigation to 1680-1698.—Dec. 1838.

Refer for this investigation to 1680-1698.—Dec. 1838.

250.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 583.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 583.

251.

These will be examined hereafter (1348. &c.).

These will be looked at later (1348. &c.).

252.

Mémoires de l'Académie, 1785, p. 612. or Ency. Britann. First Supp. vol. i. p. 614.

Mémoires de l'Académie, 1785, p. 612. or Ency. Britann. First Supp. vol. i. p. 614.

253.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p, 212.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 212.

254.

Philosophical Transactions, 1776, p. 197.

Philosophical Transactions, 1776, p. 197.

255.

Annales de Chimie, xxi. pp. 127, 178, or Quarterly Journal of Science, xv. 145.

Annales de Chimie, xxi. pp. 127, 178, or Quarterly Journal of Science, xv. 145.

256.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 230

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 230

257.

Ibid. 1821, p. 431.

Ibid. 1821, p. 431.

258.

See 1699-1708.—Dec. 1838

See 1699-1708.—Dec. 1838

259.

Annales de Chimie, lviii. 60. and lxiii, 20.

Annales de Chimie, 58. 60. and 63, 20.

260.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1835, lix. 263. 416.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1835, lix. 263. 416.

261.

Quarterly Journal, xxvii. 407. or Bibliothèque Universelle, xl. 205. Kemp says sulphurous acid is a very good conductor, Quarterly Journal, 1831, p. 613.

Quarterly Journal, xxvii. 407. or Bibliothèque Universelle, xl. 205. Kemp mentions that sulfurous acid is a very good conductor, Quarterly Journal, 1831, p. 613.

262.

Quarterly Journal, xxiv, 465. or Annales de Chimie, xxxv. 161.

Quarterly Journal, xxiv, 465. or Annales de Chimie, xxxv. 161.

263.

Philosophical Transactions, 1827, p. 22.

Philosophical Transactions, 1827, p. 22.

264.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 225.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 225.

265.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 225.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 225.

266.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p.229.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 229.

267.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 237, 244.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 237, 244.

268.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 230

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 230

269.

See Harris on proposed particular meaning of these terms, Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 222.

See Harris on the proposed specific meaning of these terms, Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 222.

270.

Encyclopædia Britannica, Supplement, vol. iv. Article Electricity, pp. 76, 81. &c.

Encyclopædia Britannica, Supplement, vol. iv. Article Electricity, pp. 76, 81. &c.

271.

Bib. Univ. 1831, xlviii. 375.

Bib. Univ. 1831, xlviii. 375.

272.

The drawing is to a scale of 1/6.

The drawing is at a scale of 1/6.

273.

Similar experiments in different gases are described at 1507. 1508.—Dec. 1838.

Similar experiments in different gases are detailed at 1507. 1508.—Dec. 1838.

274.

Nautical Magazine, 1834, p 229.

Nautical Magazine, 1834, p. 229.

275.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1835, lix. 275.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1835, vol. 275.

276.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, pp. 227, 229.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, pp. 227, 229.

277.

See further investigations of this subject, 1658-1666. 1709-1735.—Dec. 1838.

See further investigations of this subject, 1658-1666. 1709-1735.—Dec. 1838.

278.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, pp. 584, 585.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, pp. 584, 585.

279.

See Van Marum's description of the Teylerian machine, vol. i. p. 112, and vol. ii. p. 196; also Ency. Britan., vol. vi., Article Electricity, pp. 505, 507.

See Van Marum's description of the Teylerian machine, vol. i. p. 112, and vol. ii. p. 196; also Ency. Britan., vol. vi., Article Electricity, pp. 505, 507.

280.

Van Marum says they are about four times as large in hydrogen as in air. vol. i. p. 122.

Van Marum says they are about four times larger in hydrogen than in air. vol. i. p. 122.

281.

Leslie. Cambridge Phil. Transactions, 267.

Leslie. Cambridge Phil. Transactions, 267.

282.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 586.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 586.

283.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, pp. 581, 585.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, pp. 581, 585.

284.

Philosophical Transactions, 1836, pp. 586, 590.

Philosophical Transactions, 1836, pp. 586, 590.

285.

Description of the Teylerian machine, vol. i. pp. 28. 32.; vol. ii. p. 226, &c.

Description of the Teylerian machine, vol. i. pp. 28, 32; vol. ii. p. 226, &c.

286.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 213.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 213.

287.

Exception must, of course, be made of those cases where the root of the brush, becoming a spark, causes a little diffusion or even decomposition of the matter there, and so gains more or less of a particular colour at that part.

An exception must, of course, be made for those cases where the root of the brush becomes a spark, causing a little diffusion or even breakdown of the material there, and thus gains more or less of a specific color at that spot.

288.

For similar experiments on different gases, see 1518.—Dec. 1838.

For similar experiments on different gases, see 1518.—Dec. 1838.

289.

For similar experiments in different gases, see 1510-1517.—Dec. 1838.

For similar experiments in different gases, see 1510-1517.—Dec. 1838.

290.

A very excellent mode of examining the relation of small positive and negative surfaces would be by the use of drops of gum water, solutions, or other liquids. See onwards (1581. 1593.).

A great way to explore the relationship between small positive and negative surfaces is by using drops of gum water, solutions, or other liquids. See onwards (1581. 1593.).

291.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1836, September, p. 152.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1836, September, p. 152.

292.

Philosophical Transactions, 1838, p. 47.

Philosophical Transactions, 1838, p. 47.

293.

See Professor Johnson's experiments. Silliman's Journal, xxv. p. 57.

See Professor Johnson's experiments. Silliman's Journal, 25. p. 57.

294.

By spark current I mean one passing in a series of spark between the conductor of the machine and the apparatus: by a continuous current one that passes through metallic conductors, and in that respect without interruption at the same place.

By spark current, I mean one that occurs in a series of sparks between the machine's conductor and the apparatus; by a continuous current, I mean one that flows through metallic conductors without interruption at the same point.

295.

I cannot resist referring here by a note to Biot's philosophical view of the nature of the light of the electric discharge, Annales de Chimie, liii. p. 321.

I can't help but mention Biot's philosophical perspective on the nature of electric discharge light, Annales de Chimie, liii. p. 321.

296.

Philosophical Transactions, 1823, p. 155.

Philosophical Transactions, 1823, p. 155.

297.

Bibliothèque Universelle, xxi, 417.

Bibliothèque Universelle, vol. 21, p. 417.

298.

In the experiments at the Royal Institution, Sir H. Davy used, I think, 500 or 600 pairs of plates. Those at the London Institution were made with the apparatus of Mr. Pepys (consisting of an enormous single pair of plates), described in the Philosophical Transactions for 1832, p. 187.

In the experiments at the Royal Institution, Sir H. Davy used, I think, 500 or 600 pairs of plates. Those at the London Institution were made with the equipment of Mr. Pepys (which consisted of one huge pair of plates), described in the Philosophical Transactions for 1832, p. 187.

299.

Philosophical Transactions, 1785, p. 272

Philosophical Transactions, 1785, p. 272

300.

Ibid. 1822, p. 64.

Ibid. 1822, p. 64.

301.

If a metallic vessel three or four inches deep, containing oil of turpentine, be insulated and electrified, and a rod with a ball (an inch or more in diameter) at the end have the ball immersed in the fluid whilst the end is held in the hand, the mechanical force generated when the ball is moved to and from the sides of the vessel will soon be evident to the experimenter.

If a metal container that's three or four inches deep, filled with turpentine, is isolated and electrified, and a rod with a ball (an inch or more in diameter) at the end has the ball dipped in the liquid while the end is held in hand, the mechanical force created when the ball is moved back and forth against the sides of the container will quickly become clear to the person conducting the experiment.

302.

See De la Rive's Researches, Bib. Universelle, 1829, xl. p. 40.

See De la Rive's Researches, Bib. Universelle, 1829, xl. p. 40.

303.

Amongst others, Davy, Philosophical Transactions, 1821, p. 438. Pelletier's important results, Annales de Chimie, 1834, lvi. p. 371. and Becquerel's non-heating current, Bib. Universelle, 1835, lx. 218.

Among other sources, Davy, Philosophical Transactions, 1821, p. 438. Pelletier's important findings, Annales de Chimie, 1834, lvi. p. 371. and Becquerel's current without heat, Bib. Universelle, 1835, lx. 218.

304.

Philosophical Transactions, 1824, pp. 225. 228.

Philosophical Transactions, 1824, pp. 225. 228.

305.

Annales de Chimie, 1836, lxii. 177.

Annales de Chimie, 1836, lxii. 177.

306.

Bib. Universelle, 1829, xl. 49; and Ritchie, Phil. Trans. 1832. p. 296.

Bib. Universelle, 1829, xl. 49; and Ritchie, Phil. Trans. 1832. p. 296.

307.

Silliman's Journal, 1834, xxv. p. 57.

Silliman's Journal, 1834, vol. 25, p. 57.

308.

Thomson on Heat and Electricity, p. 171.

Thomson on Heat and Electricity, p. 171.

309.

Erman, Annales de Chimie, 1807. lxi. p. 115. Davy's Elements, p. 168. Biot, Ency. Brit. Supp, iv. p. 444. Becquerel, Traité, i. p. 167. De la Rive, Bib. Univ. 1837. vii. 392.

Erman, Annales de Chimie, 1807. lxi. p. 115. Davy's Elements, p. 168. Biot, Ency. Brit. Supp, iv. p. 444. Becquerel, Traité, i. p. 167. De la Rive, Bib. Univ. 1837. vii. 392.

310.

Erman, Annales de Chimie, 1824. xxv. 278. Becquerel, Ibid. xxxvi. p. 329

Erman, Annales de Chimie, 1824. xxv. 278. Becquerel, Ibid. xxxvi. p. 329

311.

Becquerel, Annales de Chimie, 1831. xlvi. p. 283.

Becquerel, Annales de Chimie, 1831. xlvi. p. 283.

312.

Andrews, Philosophical Magazine, 1836. ix. 182.

Andrews, Philosophical Magazine, 1836. Vol. 9, p. 182.

313.

Schweigger's Jahrbuch de Chimie, &c. 1830. Heft 8. Not understanding German, it is with extreme regret I confess I have not access, and cannot do justice, to the many most valuable papers in experimental electricity published in that language. I take this opportunity also of stating another circumstance which occasions me great trouble, and, as I find by experience, may make, me seemingly regardless of the labours of others:—it is a gradual loss of memory for some years past; and now, often when I read a memoir, I remember that I have seen it before, and would have rejoiced if at the right time I could have recollected and referred to it in the progress of my own papers.—M.F.

Schweigger's Jahrbuch de Chimie, &c. 1830. Heft 8. Not knowing German, I regret to admit that I don't have access to, and can't properly appreciate, the many valuable papers on experimental electricity published in that language. I also want to mention another issue that troubles me greatly, and which, from experience, may make me seem indifferent to the efforts of others: it’s a gradual loss of memory that I've been experiencing for the past few years; and now, often when I read a paper, I remember having seen it before, and I would have been glad to refer to it in my own work if I could have remembered it in time.—M.F.

314.

See also Hare in Silliman's Journal, 1833. xxiv. 246.

See also Hare in Silliman's Journal, 1833. xxiv. 246.

315.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1837, vii. 388.

Bibliothèque Universelle, 1837, vol. 7, p. 388.

316.

I am glad to refer here to the results obtained by Mr. Christie with magneto-electricity, Philosophical Transactions, 1833, p. 113 note. As regards the current in a wire, they confirm everything that I am contending for.

I’m happy to mention the results that Mr. Christie achieved with magneto-electricity, Philosophical Transactions, 1833, p. 113 note. Regarding the current in a wire, they support everything I’m arguing for.

317.

Annals of Philosophy, 1816. viii. p. 75.

Annals of Philosophy, 1816. viii. p. 75.

318.

Annales de Chimie, 1835. xxviii. p. 196.

Annales de Chimie, 1835. xxviii. p. 196.

319.

Annales de Chimie, 1832, xlix. p. 423.

Annales de Chimie, 1832, xlix. p. 423.

320.

Vol. iv. p. 192, 197.

Vol. 4, p. 192, 197.

321.

Traité de l'Electricité, i. p. 285.

Traité de l'Electricité, i. p. 285.

322.

Philosophical Transactions, 1748.

Philosophical Transactions, 1748.

323.

Ibid. 1834, p. 583.

Ibid. 1834, p. 583.

324.

Becquerel, Traité de l'Electricité, v. p. 278.

Becquerel, Treatise on Electricity, v. p. 278.

325.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 589.

Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 589.

326.

Philosophical Transactions, 1821, p. 426.

Philosophical Transactions, 1821, p. 426.

327.

Ibid. 1832, p. 294.

Ibid. 1832, p. 294.

328.

Philosophical Transactions, 1821, p. 427.

Philosophical Transactions, 1821, p. 427.

329.

Refer for further investigations to 1709.—1736.—Dec. 1838.

Refer for further investigations to 1709.—1736.—Dec. 1838.

330.

See onwards 1711.—1726.—Dec. 1838.

See onwards 1711–1726. Dec. 1838.

331.

I mean by contiguous particles those which are next to each other, not that there is no space between them. See (1616.).

I’m referring to adjacent particles as those that are next to each other, not that there is no space between them. See (1616.).

332.

See note to 1164.—Dec. 1838.

See note to 1164.—Dec. 1838.

333.

See Annnles de Chimie, 1833, tom. li. pp. 422, 428.

See Annales de Chimie, 1833, vol. li. pp. 422, 428.

334.

Philosophical Magazine, 1838, xii. 225, 315. also De la Rive's results with peroxide of manganese. Annales de Chimie, 1836, lxi. p. 40.—Dec. 1838.

Philosophical Magazine, 1838, xii. 225, 315. also De la Rive's results with manganese peroxide. Annales de Chimie, 1836, lxi. p. 40.—Dec. 1838.

335.

Philosophical Transactions, 1801, p. 427.

Philosophical Transactions, 1801, p. 427.

336.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 31.

Philosophical Transactions, 1807, p. 31.

 



Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!